Beyond Linux � From Scratch

Installation of Certificate Authority Certificates

First create a script to reformat a certificate into a form needed by openssl. As the root user:

cat > /bin/make-cert.pl << "EOF"
#!/usr/bin/perl -w

# Used to generate PEM encoded files from Mozilla certdata.txt.
# Run as ./mkcrt.pl > certificate.crt
#
# Parts of this script courtesy of RedHat (mkcabundle.pl)
#
# This script modified for use with single file data (tempfile.cer) extracted
# from certdata.txt, taken from the latest version in the Mozilla NSS source.
# mozilla/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
#
# Authors: DJ Lucas
#          Bruce Dubbs
#
# Version 20120211

my $certdata = './tempfile.cer';

open( IN, "cat $certdata|" )
    || die "could not open $certdata";

my $incert = 0;

while ( <IN> )
{
    if ( /^CKA_VALUE MULTILINE_OCTAL/ )
    {
        $incert = 1;
        open( OUT, "|openssl x509 -text -inform DER -fingerprint" )
            || die "could not pipe to openssl x509";
    }

    elsif ( /^END/ && $incert )
    {
        close( OUT );
        $incert = 0;
        print "\n\n";
    }

    elsif ($incert)
    {
        my @bs = split( /\\/ );
        foreach my $b (@bs)
        {
            chomp $b;
            printf( OUT "%c", oct($b) ) unless $b eq '';
        }
    }
}
EOF

chmod +x /bin/make-cert.pl

The following script creates the certificates and a bundle of all the certificates. It creates a ./certs directory and ./BLFS-ca-bundle-${VERSION}.crt. Again create this script as the root user:

cat > /bin/make-ca.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# Begin make-ca.sh
# Script to populate OpenSSL's CApath from a bundle of PEM formatted CAs
#
# The file certdata.txt must exist in the local directory
# Version number is obtained from the version of the data.
#
# Authors: DJ Lucas
#          Bruce Dubbs
#
# Version 20120211

certdata="certdata.txt"

if [ ! -r $certdata ]; then
  echo "$certdata must be in the local directory"
  exit 1
fi

REVISION=$(grep CVS_ID $certdata | cut -f4 -d'$')

if [ -z "${REVISION}" ]; then
  echo "$certfile has no 'Revision' in CVS_ID"
  exit 1
fi

VERSION=$(echo $REVISION | cut -f2 -d" ")

TEMPDIR=$(mktemp -d)
TRUSTATTRIBUTES="CKA_TRUST_SERVER_AUTH"
BUNDLE="BLFS-ca-bundle-${VERSION}.crt"
CONVERTSCRIPT="/bin/make-cert.pl"
SSLDIR="/etc/ssl"

mkdir "${TEMPDIR}/certs"

# Get a list of staring lines for each cert
CERTBEGINLIST=$(grep -n "^# Certificate" "${certdata}" | cut -d ":" -f1)

# Get a list of ending lines for each cert
CERTENDLIST=`grep -n "^CKA_TRUST_STEP_UP_APPROVED" "${certdata}" | cut -d ":" -f 1`

# Start a loop
for certbegin in ${CERTBEGINLIST}; do
  for certend in ${CERTENDLIST}; do
    if test "${certend}" -gt "${certbegin}"; then
      break
    fi
  done

  # Dump to a temp file with the name of the file as the beginning line number
  sed -n "${certbegin},${certend}p" "${certdata}" > "${TEMPDIR}/certs/${certbegin}.tmp"
done

unset CERTBEGINLIST CERTDATA CERTENDLIST certebegin certend

mkdir -p certs
rm certs/*      # Make sure the directory is clean

for tempfile in ${TEMPDIR}/certs/*.tmp; do
  # Make sure that the cert is trusted...
  grep "CKA_TRUST_SERVER_AUTH" "${tempfile}" | \
    egrep "TRUST_UNKNOWN|NOT_TRUSTED" > /dev/null

  if test "${?}" = "0"; then
    # Throw a meaningful error and remove the file
    cp "${tempfile}" tempfile.cer
    perl ${CONVERTSCRIPT} > tempfile.crt
    keyhash=$(openssl x509 -noout -in tempfile.crt -hash)
    echo "Certificate ${keyhash} is not trusted!  Removing..."
    rm -f tempfile.cer tempfile.crt "${tempfile}"
    continue
  fi

  # If execution made it to here in the loop, the temp cert is trusted
  # Find the cert data and generate a cert file for it

  cp "${tempfile}" tempfile.cer
  perl ${CONVERTSCRIPT} > tempfile.crt
  keyhash=$(openssl x509 -noout -in tempfile.crt -hash)
  mv tempfile.crt "certs/${keyhash}.pem"
  rm -f tempfile.cer "${tempfile}"
  echo "Created ${keyhash}.pem"
done

# Remove blacklisted files
# MD5 Collision Proof of Concept CA
if test -f certs/8f111d69.pem; then
  echo "Certificate 8f111d69 is not trusted!  Removing..."
  rm -f certs/8f111d69.pem
fi

# Finally, generate the bundle and clean up.
cat certs/*.pem >  ${BUNDLE}
rm -r "${TEMPDIR}"
EOF

chmod +x /bin/make-ca.sh

Add a short script to remove expired certificates from a directory. Again create this script as the root user:

cat > /bin/remove-expired-certs.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# Begin /bin/remove-expired-certs.sh
#
# Version 20120211

# Make sure the date is parsed correctly on all systems
function mydate()
{
  local y=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f4 )
  local M=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f1 )
  local d=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f2 )
  local m

  if [ ${d} -lt 10 ]; then d="0${d}"; fi

  case $M in
    Jan) m="01";;
    Feb) m="02";;
    Mar) m="03";;
    Apr) m="04";;
    May) m="05";;
    Jun) m="06";;
    Jul) m="07";;
    Aug) m="08";;
    Sep) m="09";;
    Oct) m="10";;
    Nov) m="11";;
    Dec) m="12";;
  esac

  certdate="${y}${m}${d}"
}

OPENSSL=/usr/bin/openssl
DIR=/etc/ssl/certs

if [ $# -gt 0 ]; then
  DIR="$1"
fi

certs=$( find ${DIR} -type f -name "*.pem" -o -name "*.crt" )
today=$( date +%Y%m%d )

for cert in $certs; do
  notafter=$( $OPENSSL x509 -enddate -in "${cert}" -noout )
  date=$( echo ${notafter} |  sed 's/^notAfter=//' )
  mydate "$date"

  if [ ${certdate} -lt ${today} ]; then
     echo "${cert} expired on ${certdate}! Removing..."
     rm -f "${cert}"
  fi
done
EOF

chmod +x /bin/remove-expired-certs.sh

The following commands will fetch the certificates and convert them to the correct format. If desired, a web browser may be used instead of wget but the file will need to be saved with the name certdata.txt. These commands can be repeated as necessary to update the CA Certificates.

certhost='http://mxr.mozilla.org'                        &&
certdir='/mozilla/source/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins' &&
url="$certhost$certdir/certdata.txt?raw=1"               &&

wget --output-document certdata.txt $url &&
unset certhost certdir url               &&
make-ca.sh                               &&
remove-expired-certs.sh certs

Now, as the root user:

SSLDIR=/etc/ssl                                             &&
install -d ${SSLDIR}/certs                                  &&
cp -v certs/*.pem ${SSLDIR}/certs                           &&
c_rehash                                                    &&
install BLFS-ca-bundle*.crt ${SSLDIR}/ca-bundle.crt         &&
ln -sv ../ca-bundle.crt ${SSLDIR}/certs/ca-certificates.crt &&
unset SSLDIR

Finally, clean up the current directory:

rm -r certs BLFS-ca-bundle*

After installing or updating certificates, if OpenJDK is installed, update the certificates for Java using the procedures at the section called “Install or update the JRE Certificate Authority Certificates (cacerts) file”.

Installed Programs: make-ca.sh, make-cert.pl and remove-expired-certs.sh

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/ssl/certs

Short Descriptions

make-ca.sh	is a bash script that reformats the `certdata.txt` file for use by openssl.
make-cert.pl	is a utility perl script that converts a single binary certificate (.der format) into .pem format.
remove-expired-certs.sh	is a utility perl script that removes expired certificates from a directory. The default directory is `/etc/ssl/certs`.

Last updated on 2013-09-11 10:21:08 -0700

ConsoleKit-0.4.6

Introduction to ConsoleKit

The ConsoleKit package is a framework for keeping track of the various users, sessions, and seats present on a system. It provides a mechanism for software to react to changes of any of these items or of any of the metadata associated with them.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/c/ConsoleKit-0.4.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6aaadf5627d2f7587aa116727e2fc1da
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

ConsoleKit Dependencies

Required

acl-2.2.52, dbus-glib-0.100.2 and Xorg Libraries

Warning

If you intend NOT to install polkit, you will need to manually edit the ConsoleKit.conf file to lock down the service. Failure to do so may be a huge SECURITY HOLE.

Optional

xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/consolekit

Installation of ConsoleKit

Install ConsoleKit by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --enable-udev-acl    \
            --enable-pam-module  \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/ConsoleKit &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-udev-acl: This switch enables building of the udev-acl tool, which is used to allow normal users to access device nodes normally only accessible to root.

--enable-pam-module: This switch enables building of the ConsoleKit PAM module which is needed for ConsoleKit to work correctly with PAM. Remove if Linux PAM is NOT installed.

--enable-docbook-docs: Use this switch if xmlto is installed and you wish to build the API documentation.

Configuring ConsoleKit

PAM Module Configuration

If you use Linux PAM you need to configure Linux PAM to activate ConsoleKit upon user login. This can be achieved by editing the /etc/pam.d/system-session file as the root user:

cat >> /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF"
# Begin ConsoleKit addition

session   optional    pam_loginuid.so
session   optional    pam_ck_connector.so nox11

# End ConsoleKit addition
EOF

You will also need a helper script that creates a file in /var/run/console named as the currently logged in user and that contains the D-Bus address of the session. You can create the script by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /usr/lib/ConsoleKit/run-session.d/pam-foreground-compat.ck << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
TAGDIR=/var/run/console

[ -n "$CK_SESSION_USER_UID" ] || exit 1
[ "$CK_SESSION_IS_LOCAL" = "true" ] || exit 0

TAGFILE="$TAGDIR/`getent passwd $CK_SESSION_USER_UID | cut -f 1 -d:`"

if [ "$1" = "session_added" ]; then
    mkdir -p "$TAGDIR"
    echo "$CK_SESSION_ID" >> "$TAGFILE"
fi

if [ "$1" = "session_removed" ] && [ -e "$TAGFILE" ]; then
    sed -i "\%^$CK_SESSION_ID\$%d" "$TAGFILE"
    [ -s "$TAGFILE" ] || rm -f "$TAGFILE"
fi
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/ConsoleKit/run-session.d/pam-foreground-compat.ck

See /usr/share/doc/ConsoleKit/spec/ConsoleKit.html for more configuration.

Installed Programs: ck-history, ck-launch-session, ck-list-sessions, ck-log-system-restart, ck-log-system-start, ck-log-system-stop and console-kit-daemon

Installed Libraries: libck-connector.so and pam_ck_connector.so

Installed Directories: /etc/ConsoleKit, /usr/include/ConsoleKit, /usr/lib/ConsoleKit, /usr/share/doc/ConsoleKit and /var/log/ConsoleKit

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

CrackLib-2.9.0

Introduction to CrackLib

The CrackLib package contains a library used to enforce strong passwords by comparing user selected passwords to words in chosen word lists.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cracklib/cracklib-2.9.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e0f94ac2138fd33c7e77b19c1e9a9390
Download size: 616 KB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended word list for English-speaking countries (size: 4.5 MB; md5sum: 7fa6ba0cd50e7f9ccaf4707c810b14f1): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cracklib/cracklib-words-20080507.gz

There are additional word lists available for download, e.g., from http://www.cotse.com/tools/wordlists.htm. CrackLib can utilize as many, or as few word lists you choose to install.

Important

Users tend to base their passwords on regular words of the spoken language, and crackers know that. CrackLib is intended to filter out such bad passwords at the source using a dictionary created from word lists. To accomplish this, the word list(s) for use with CrackLib must be an exhaustive list of words and word-based keystroke combinations likely to be chosen by users of the system as (guessable) passwords.

The default word list recommended above for downloading mostly satisfies this role in English-speaking countries. In other situations, it may be necessary to download (or even create) additional word lists.

Note that word lists suitable for spell-checking are not usable as CrackLib word lists in countries with non-Latin based alphabets, because of “word-based keystroke combinations” that make bad passwords.

CrackLib Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cracklib

Installation of CrackLib

Install CrackLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict \
            --disable-static &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.9.0 /usr/lib/libcrack.so

Issue the following commands as the root user to install the recommended word list and create the CrackLib dictionary. Other word lists (text based, one word per line) can also be used by simply installing them into /usr/share/dict and adding them to the create-cracklib-dict command.

install -v -m644 -D ../cracklib-words-20080507.gz \
    /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words &&
echo $(hostname) >>/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words &&
install -v -m755 -d /lib/cracklib &&
create-cracklib-dict /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words \
                     /usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words

If desired, check the proper operation of the library as an unprivileged user by issuing the following command:

make test

Important

If you are installing CrackLib after your LFS system has been completed and you have the Shadow package installed, you must reinstall Shadow-4.1.5.1 if you wish to provide strong password support on your system. If you are now going to install the Linux-PAM-1.1.7 package, you may disregard this note as Shadow will be reinstalled after the Linux-PAM installation.

Command Explanations

--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict: This parameter forces the installation of the CrackLib dictionary to the /lib hierarchy.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2* /lib and ln -v -sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.1 ...: These two commands move the libcrack.so.2.8.1 library and associated symlink from /usr/lib to /lib, then recreates the /usr/lib/libcrack.so symlink pointing to the relocated file.

install -v -m644 -D ...: This command creates the /usr/share/dict directory (if it doesn't already exist) and installs the compressed word list there.

ln -v -s cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words: The word list is linked to /usr/share/dict/words as historically, words is the primary word list in the /usr/share/dict directory. Omit this command if you already have a /usr/share/dict/words file installed on your system.

echo $(hostname) >>...: The value of hostname is echoed to a file called cracklib-extra-words. This extra file is intended to be a site specific list which includes easy to guess passwords such as company or department names, user's names, product names, computer names, domain names, etc.

create-cracklib-dict ...: This command creates the CrackLib dictionary from the word lists. Modify the command to add any additional word lists you have installed.

Installed Programs: cracklib-check, cracklib-format, cracklib-packer, cracklib-unpacker and create-cracklib-dict

Installed Libraries: libcrack.so and the _cracklibmodule.so Python module

Installed Directories: /lib/cracklib, /usr/share/dict and /usr/share/cracklib

Short Descriptions

create-cracklib-dict	is used to create the CrackLib dictionary from the given word list(s).
`libcrack.so`	provides a fast dictionary lookup method for strong password enforcement.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

Cyrus SASL-2.1.26

Introduction to Cyrus SASL

The Cyrus SASL package contains a Simple Authentication and Security Layer, a method for adding authentication support to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol includes a command for identifying and authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol interactions. If its use is negotiated, a security layer is inserted between the protocol and the connection.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.cyrusimap.org/cyrus-sasl/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7f4e5e559a0e37b3ffc438c9456e425
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26-fixes-1.patch

Cyrus SASL Dependencies

Required

Optional

Linux-PAM-1.1.7, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, MySQL-5.6.13, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2, krb4 and Dmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl

Installation of Cyrus SASL

Install Cyrus SASL by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../cyrus-sasl-2.1.26-fixes-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
pushd saslauthd
autoreconf -fi &&
popd
./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --enable-auth-sasldb \
            --with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2 \
            --with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd \
            CFLAGS=-fPIC
make

This package does not come with a test suite. If you are planning on using the GSSAPI authentication mechanism, it is recommended to test it after installing the package using the sample server and client programs which were built in the preceding step. Instructions for performing the tests can be found at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/cyrus-sasl.txt.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26 &&
install -v -m644  doc/{*.{html,txt,fig},ONEWS,TODO} \
    saslauthd/LDAP_SASLAUTHD /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26 &&
install -v -dm700 /var/lib/sasl

Command Explanations

--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2: This switch forces the sasldb database to be created in /var/lib/sasl instead of /etc.

--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd: This switch forces saslauthd to use the FHS compliant directory /var/run/saslauthd for variable run-time data.

--enable-auth-sasldb: This switch enables SASLDB authentication backend.

--with-dblib=gdbm: This switch forces GDBM to be used instead of Berkeley DB.

--with-ldap: This switch enables the OpenLDAP support.

--enable-ldapdb: This switch enables the LDAPDB authentication backend. There is a circular dependency with this parameter. See http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl for a solution to this problem.

--enable-java: This switch enables compiling of the Java support libraries.

--enable-login: This option enables unsupported LOGIN authentication.

--enable-ntlm: This option enables unsupported NTLM authentication.

install -v -m644 ...: These commands install documentation which is not installed by the make install command.

install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl: This directory must exist when starting saslauthd or using the sasldb plugin. If you're not going to be running the daemon or using the plugins, you may omit the creation of this directory.

Configuring Cyrus SASL

Config Files

/etc/saslauthd.conf (for saslauthd LDAP configuration) and /etc/sasl2/Appname.conf (where "Appname" is the application defined name of the application)

Configuration Information

See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/sysadmin.html for information on what to include in the application configuration files.

See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/LDAP_SASLAUTHD for configuring saslauthd with OpenLDAP.

See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/gssapi.html for configuring saslauthd with Kerberos.

Init Script

If you need to run the saslauthd daemon at system startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/saslauthd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package using the following command:

make install-saslauthd

Note

You'll need to modify /etc/sysconfig/saslauthd and replace the AUTHMECH parameter with your desired authentication mechanism.

Installed Programs: pluginviewer, saslauthd, sasldblistusers2, saslpasswd2 and testsaslauthd

Installed Library: libsasl2.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/sasl, /usr/lib/sasl2, /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26 and /var/lib/sasl

Short Descriptions

pluginviewer	is used to list loadable SASL plugins and their properties.
saslauthd	is the SASL authentication server.
sasldblistusers2	is used to list the users in the SASL password database `sasldb2`.
saslpasswd2	is used to set and delete a user's SASL password and mechanism specific secrets in the SASL password database `sasldb2`.
testsaslauthd	is a test utility for the SASL authentication server.
`libsasl2.so`	is a general purpose authentication library for server and client applications.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

GnuPG-1.4.14

Introduction to GnuPG

The GnuPG package contains a public/private key encryptor. This is useful for signing files or emails as proof of identity and preventing tampering with the contents of the file or email. For a more enhanced version of GnuPG which supports S/MIME, see the GnuPG-2.0.21 package.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/g/gnupg-1.4.14.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-1.4.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 99dede468204cb6ee22de7e3e3772ab1
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

GnuPG Dependencies

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.4.36, libusb-compat-0.1.5, cURL-7.32.0, an MTA, and docbook-to-man

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnupg

Installation of GnuPG

Install GnuPG by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following command:

make -C doc pdf html

To test the results, issue: make check.

Note that if you have already installed GnuPG 2, the instructions below will overwrite /usr/share/man/man1/gpg-zip.1. Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.14 &&
cp      -v          /usr/share/gnupg/FAQ \
                    /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.14 &&
install -v -m644    doc/{highlights-1.4.txt,OpenPGP,samplekeys.asc,DETAILS} \
                    /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.14

If you created alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

cp -v -R doc/gnupg1.{html,pdf} /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.14

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This command creates a gnupg directory in /usr/lib instead of /usr/libexec.

Installed Programs: gpg, gpg-zip, gpgsplit, and gpgv

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnupg, /usr/share/gnupg and /usr/share/doc/gnupg-1.4.14

Short Descriptions

gpg	is the backend (command-line interface) for this OpenPGP implementation.
gpg-zip	shell script that implements a gpg-ized version of tar.
gpgsplit	separates key rings.
gpgv	is a verify only version of gpg.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

GnuPG-2.0.21

Introduction to GnuPG 2

The GnuPG 2 package is GNU's tool for secure communication and data storage. It can be used to encrypt data and to create digital signatures. It includes an advanced key management facility and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet standard as described in RFC2440 and the S/MIME standard as described by several RFCs. GnuPG 2 is the stable version of GnuPG integrating support for OpenPGP and S/MIME. It does not conflict with an installed GnuPG-1.4.14 OpenPGP-only version.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-2.0.21.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 48c05f5dfe97cf21ae0ced811aaad750
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

GnuPG 2 Dependencies

Required

Pth-2.0.7, Libassuan-2.1.1, libgcrypt-1.5.3, and Libksba-1.3.0

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.4.36, libusb-compat-0.1.5, cURL-7.32.0, GNU adns, and an MTA

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnupg2

Installation of GnuPG 2

Install GnuPG 2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnupg2 \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21 &&
make &&

makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gnupg_nochunks.html doc/gnupg.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext       -o doc/gnupg.txt           doc/gnupg.texi

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following commands:

make -C doc pdf ps html

To test the results, issue: make check.

Note that if you have already installed GnuPG, the instructions below will overwrite /usr/share/man/man1/gpg-zip.1. Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21/html &&
install -v -m644    doc/gnupg_nochunks.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21/gnupg.html &&
install -v -m644    doc/*.texi doc/gnupg.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21

If you created alternate formats of the documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.html/* \
                 /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.{pdf,dvi,ps} \
                 /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnupg2: This switch creates a gnupg directory in /usr/lib instead of /usr/libexec.

--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21: This switch changes the default docdir to /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21.

--enable-symcryptrun: This switch enables building the symcryptrun program.

Installed Programs: addgnupghome, applygnupgdefaults, gpg-agent, gpg-connect-agent, gpg2, gpgconf, gpgkey2ssh, gpgparsemail, gpgsm, gpgsm-gencert.sh, gpgv2, kbxutil, scdaemon, symcryptrun, and watchgnupg

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnupg2, /usr/share/gnupg and /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.0.21

Short Descriptions

addgnupghome	is used to create and populate user's `~/.gnupg` directories
applygnupgdefaults	is a wrapper script used to run gpgconf with the `--apply-defaults` parameter on all user's GnuPG home directories.
gpg-agent	is a daemon used to manage secret (private) keys independently from any protocol. It is used as a backend for gpg and gpgsm as well as for a couple of other utilities.
gpg-connect-agent	is a utility used to communicate with a running gpg-agent.
gpg2	is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool used to provide digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard.
gpgconf	is a utility used to automatically and reasonable safely query and modify configuration files in the `~/.gnupg` home directory. It is designed not to be invoked manually by the user, but automatically by graphical user interfaces.
gpgparsemail	is a utility currently only useful for debugging. Run it with `--help` for usage information.
gpgsm	is a tool similar to gpg used to provide digital encryption and signing services on X.509 certificates and the CMS protocol. It is mainly used as a backend for S/MIME mail processing.
gpgsm-gencert.sh	is a simple tool used to interactively generate a certificate request which will be printed to stdout.
gpgv2	is a verify only version of gpg2.
kbxutil	is used to list, export and import Keybox data.
scdaemon	is a daemon used to manage smartcards. It is usually invoked by gpg-agent and in general not used directly.
symcryptrun	is a simple symmetric encryption tool.
watchgnupg	is used to listen to a Unix Domain socket created by any of the GnuPG tools.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

GnuTLS-3.2.4

Introduction to GnuTLS

The GnuTLS package contains libraries and userspace tools which provide a secure layer over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library implements the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group. Quoting from the TLS protocol specification:

“The TLS protocol provides communications privacy over the Internet. The protocol allows client/server applications to communicate in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping, tampering, or message forgery.”

GnuTLS provides support for TLS 1.1, TLS 1.0 and SSL 3.0 protocols, TLS extensions, including server name and max record size. Additionally, the library supports authentication using the SRP protocol, X.509 certificates and OpenPGP keys, along with support for the TLS Pre-Shared-Keys (PSK) extension, the Inner Application (TLS/IA) extension and X.509 and OpenPGP certificate handling.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnutls.org/gcrypt/gnutls/v3.2/gnutls-3.2.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 79ef8538d65128b7ed47046649b98c27
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 104 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (additional 1.2 SBU if running the testsuite)

GnuTLS Dependencies

Required

Nettle-2.7.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, Guile-2.0.9, libidn-1.28, p11-kit-0.20.1, Unbound-1.4.20 (to build the DANE library), and Valgrind (used during the test suite)

Note

Note that if you do not install libtasn1-3.3, an older version shipped in the GnuTLS tarball will be used instead.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnutls

Installation of GnuTLS

Install GnuTLS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --with-default-trust-store-file=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not pass the --enable-gtk-doc parameter to the configure script, you can install the API documentation to the /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnutls directory using the following command as the root user:

make -C doc/reference install-data-local

Command Explanations

--with-default-trust-store-file=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt: This switch tells configure where to find the CA Certificates.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: certtool, crywrap, danetool, gnutls-cli, gnutls-cli-debug, gnutls-serv, ocsptool, p11tool, psktool and srptool

Installed Libraries: libgnutls.so, libgnutls-openssl.so, libgnutls-xssl.so and libgnutlsxx.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnutls, /usr/share/doc/gnutls-3.2.1, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnutls

Short Descriptions

certtool	is used to generate X.509 certificates, certificate requests, and private keys.
crywrap	is a simple wrapper that waits for TLS/SSL connections, and proxies them to an unencrypted location.
danetool	is a tool used to generate and check DNS resource records for the DANE protocol.
gnutls-cli	is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer.
gnutls-cli-debug	is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer and produces very verbose progress results.
gnutls-serv	is a simple server program that listens to incoming TLS connections.
ocsptool	is a program that can parse and print information about OCSP requests/responses, generate requests and verify responses.
p11tool	is a program that allows handling data from PKCS #11 smart cards and security modules.
psktool	is a simple program that generates random keys for use with TLS-PSK.
srptool	is a simple program that emulates the programs in the Stanford SRP (Secure Remote Password) libraries using GnuTLS.
`libgnutls.so`	contains the core API functions and X.509 certificate API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 09:34:27 -0700

GPGME-1.4.3

Introduction to GPGME

The GPGME package is a C language library that allows to add support for cryptography to a program. It is designed to make access to public key crypto engines like GnuPG or GpgSM easier for applications. GPGME provides a high-level crypto API for encryption, decryption, signing, signature verification and key management.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/gpgme/gpgme-1.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 334e524cffa8af4e2f43ae8afe585672
Download size: 956 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GPGME Dependencies

Required

Libassuan-2.1.1

Optional

GnuPG-1.4.14 or GnuPG-2.0.21 (used during the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gpgme

Installation of GPGME

Install GPGME by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-fd-passing &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-fd-passing: This option disables a problem causing a hang for some operations on some systems.

Installed Program: gpgme-config

Installed Libraries: libgpgme-pthread.so and libgpgme.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/common-lisp/source/gpgme

Short Descriptions

`libgpgme-pthread.so`	contains the GPGME API functions for applications using pthread.
`libgpgme.so`	contains the GPGME API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Iptables-1.4.20

Introduction to Iptables

The next part of this chapter deals with firewalls. The principal firewall tool for Linux is Iptables. You will need to install Iptables if you intend on using any form of a firewall.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/files/iptables-1.4.20.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netfilter.org/pub/iptables/iptables-1.4.20.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 387b92d3efcf4f07fe31c3bf0f1d18f5
Download size: 540 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iptables

Kernel Configuration

A firewall in Linux is accomplished through a portion of the kernel called netfilter. The interface to netfilter is Iptables. To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters are found in Networking Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Network Packet Filtering Framework.

Installation of Iptables

Note

The installation below does not include building some specialized extension libraries which require the raw headers in the Linux source code. If you wish to build the additional extensions (if you aren't sure, then you probably don't), you can look at the INSTALL file to see an example of how to change the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to point at the Linux source code. Note that if you upgrade the kernel version, you may also need to recompile Iptables and that the BLFS team has not tested using the raw kernel headers.

For some non-x86 architectures, the raw kernel headers may be required. In that case, modify the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to point at the Linux source code.

Install Iptables by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                          \
            --exec-prefix=                         \
            --bindir=/usr/bin                      \
            --with-xtlibdir=/lib/xtables           \
            --with-pkgconfigdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig \
            --enable-libipq                        \
            --enable-devel &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -sfv ../../sbin/xtables-multi /usr/bin/iptables-xml &&
for file in libip4tc libip6tc libipq libiptc libxtables
do
  ln -sfv ../../lib/`readlink /lib/${file}.so` /usr/lib/${file}.so &&
  rm -v /lib/${file}.so &&
  mv -v /lib/${file}.la /usr/lib &&
  sed -i "s@libdir='@&/usr@g" /usr/lib/${file}.la
done

Command Explanations

--exec-prefix=: Ensure all binaries and libraries end up in / directory tree.

--with-xtlibdir=/lib/xtables: Ensure all Iptables modules are installed in the /lib/xtables directory.

--with-pkgconfigdir=/usr/lib/pkgconfig: Ensure all the pkgconfig files are in the standard location.

--enable-libipq: This switch enables building of libipq.so which can be used by some packages outside of BLFS.

--enable-devel: This switch enables installation of Iptables development headers that can be used by some packages outside of BLFS.

ln -sfv ../../sbin/xtables-multi /usr/bin/iptables-xml: Ensure the symbolic link for iptables-xml is relative.

Configuring Iptables

Introductory instructions for configuring your firewall are presented in the next section: Firewalling

Boot Script

To set up the iptables firewall at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-iptables

Installed Programs: ip6tables, ip6tables-restore, ip6tables-save, iptables, iptables-restore, iptables-save, iptables-xml, and xtables-multi

Installed Libraries: libip4tc.so, libip6tc.so, libipq.so, libiptc.so, and libxtables.so

Installed Directories: /lib/xtables and /usr/include/libiptc

Short Descriptions

iptables	is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IP packet filter rules in the Linux kernel.
iptables-restore	is used to restore IP Tables from data specified on STDIN. Use I/O redirection provided by your shell to read from a file.
iptables-save	is used to dump the contents of an IP Table in easily parseable format to STDOUT. Use I/O-redirection provided by your shell to write to a file.
iptables-xml	is used to convert the output of iptables-save to an XML format. Using the `iptables.xslt` stylesheet converts the XML back to the format of iptables-restore.
ip6tables*	are a set of commands for IPV6 that parallel the iptables commands above.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

Setting Up a Network Firewall

Before you read this part of the chapter, you should have already installed iptables as described in the previous section.

Introduction to Firewall Creation

The general purpose of a firewall is to protect a computer or a network against malicious access.

In a perfect world, every daemon or service on every machine is perfectly configured and immune to flaws such as buffer overflows or other problems regarding its security. Furthermore, you trust every user accessing your services. In this world, you do not need to have a firewall.

In the real world however, daemons may be misconfigured and exploits against essential services are freely available. You may wish to choose which services are accessible by certain machines or you may wish to limit which machines or applications are allowed external access. Alternatively, you may simply not trust some of your applications or users. You are probably connected to the Internet. In this world, a firewall is essential.

Don't assume however, that having a firewall makes careful configuration redundant, or that it makes any negligent misconfiguration harmless. It doesn't prevent anyone from exploiting a service you intentionally offer but haven't recently updated or patched after an exploit went public. Despite having a firewall, you need to keep applications and daemons on your system properly configured and up to date. A firewall is not a cure all, but should be an essential part of your overall security strategy.

Meaning of the Word "Firewall"

The word firewall can have several different meanings.

Personal Firewall

This is a hardware device or software program commercially sold (or offered via freeware) by companies such as Symantec which claims that it secures a home or desktop computer connected to the Internet. This type of firewall is highly relevant for users who do not know how their computers might be accessed via the Internet or how to disable that access, especially if they are always online and connected via broadband links.

Masquerading Router

This is a system placed between the Internet and an intranet. To minimize the risk of compromising the firewall itself, it should generally have only one role—that of protecting the intranet. Although not completely risk free, the tasks of doing the routing and IP masquerading (rewriting IP headers of the packets it routes from clients with private IP addresses onto the Internet so that they seem to come from the firewall itself) are commonly considered relatively secure.

BusyBox

This is often an old computer you may have retired and nearly forgotten, performing masquerading or routing functions, but offering non-firewall services such as a web-cache or mail. This may be used for home networks, but is not to be considered as secure as a firewall only machine because the combination of server and router/firewall on one machine raises the complexity of the setup.

Firewall with a Demilitarized Zone [Not Further Described Here]

This box performs masquerading or routing, but grants public access to some branch of your network which, because of public IPs and a physically separated structure, is essentially a separate network with direct Internet access. The servers on this network are those which must be easily accessible from both the Internet and intranet. The firewall protects both networks. This type of firewall has a minimum of three network interfaces.

Packetfilter

This type of firewall does routing or masquerading, but does not maintain a state table of ongoing communication streams. It is fast, but quite limited in its ability to block undesired packets without blocking desired packets.

Now You Can Start to Build your Firewall

Caution

This introduction on how to setup a firewall is not a complete guide to securing systems. Firewalling is a complex issue that requires careful configuration. The scripts quoted here are simply intended to give examples of how a firewall works. They are not intended to fit into any particular configuration and may not provide complete protection from an attack.

Customization of these scripts for your specific situation will be necessary for an optimal configuration, but you should make a serious study of the iptables documentation and creating firewalls in general before hacking away. Have a look at the list of links for further reading at the end of this section for more details. There you will find a list of URLs that contain quite comprehensive information about building your own firewall.

The firewall configuration script installed in the iptables section differs from the standard configuration script. It only has two of the standard targets: start and status. The other targets are clear and lock. For instance if you issue:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables start

the firewall will be restarted just as it is upon system startup. The status target will present a list of all currently implemented rules. The clear target turns off all firewall rules and the lock target will block all packets in and out of the computer with the exception of the loopback interface.

The main startup firewall is located in the file /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables. The sections below provide three different approaches that can be used for a system.

Note

You should always run your firewall rules from a script. This ensures consistency and a record of what was done. It also allows retention of comments that are essential for understanding the rules long after they were written.

Personal Firewall

A Personal Firewall is designed to let you access all the services offered on the Internet, but keep your box secure and your data private.

Below is a slightly modified version of Rusty Russell's recommendation from the Linux 2.4 Packet Filtering HOWTO. It is still applicable to the Linux 2.6 kernels.

cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

# Begin rc.iptables

# Insert connection-tracking modules
# (not needed if built into the kernel)
modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG

# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_redirects

# Do not send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface, where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/log_martians

# be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses  (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT   DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT  DROP

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local-only connections
iptables -A INPUT  -i lo -j ACCEPT

# Free output on any interface to any ip for any service
# (equal to -P ACCEPT)
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

# Permit answers on already established connections
# and permit new connections related to established ones
# (e.g. port mode ftp)
iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT

# Log everything else. What's Windows' latest exploitable vulnerability?
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "

# End $rc_base/rc.iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables

This script is quite simple, it drops all traffic coming into your computer that wasn't initiated from your computer, but as long as you are simply surfing the Internet you are unlikely to exceed its limits.

If you frequently encounter certain delays at accessing FTP servers, take a look at BusyBox example number 4.

Even if you have daemons or services running on your system, these will be inaccessible everywhere but from your computer itself. If you want to allow access to services on your machine, such as ssh or ping, take a look at BusyBox.

Masquerading Router

A true Firewall has two interfaces, one connected to an intranet, in this example eth0, and one connected to the Internet, here ppp0. To provide the maximum security for the firewall itself, make sure that there are no unnecessary servers running on it such as X11 et al. As a general principle, the firewall itself should not access any untrusted service (think of a remote server giving answers that makes a daemon on your system crash, or even worse, that implements a worm via a buffer-overflow).

cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

# Begin rc.iptables

echo
echo "You're using the example configuration for a setup of a firewall"
echo "from Beyond Linux From Scratch."
echo "This example is far from being complete, it is only meant"
echo "to be a reference."
echo "Firewall security is a complex issue, that exceeds the scope"
echo "of the configuration rules below."
echo "You can find additional information"
echo "about firewalls in Chapter 4 of the BLFS book."
echo "http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs"
echo

# Insert iptables modules (not needed if built into the kernel).

modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe nf_conntrack_ftp
modprobe xt_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG
modprobe xt_state

# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts

# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route

# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies

# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects

# Don't send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects

# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter

# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians

# Be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses  (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr

# Disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# Too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn

# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT   DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT  DROP

# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z

iptables -t nat -F

# Allow local connections
iptables -A INPUT  -i lo -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT

# Allow forwarding if the initiated on the intranet
iptables -A FORWARD -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A FORWARD  -i ! ppp+ -m conntrack --ctstate NEW      -j ACCEPT

# Do masquerading
# (not needed if intranet is not using private ip-addresses)
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o ppp+ -j MASQUERADE

# Log everything for debugging
# (last of all rules, but before policy rules)
iptables -A INPUT   -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:FORWARD "
iptables -A OUTPUT  -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:OUTPUT "

# Enable IP Forwarding
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables

With this script your intranet should be reasonably secure against external attacks. No one should be able to setup a new connection to any internal service and, if it's masqueraded, makes your intranet invisible to the Internet. Furthermore, your firewall should be relatively safe because there are no services running that a cracker could attack.

Note

If the interface you're connecting to the Internet doesn't connect via PPP, you will need to change <ppp+> to the name of the interface (e.g., eth1) which you are using.

BusyBox

This scenario isn't too different from the Masquerading Router, but additionally offers some services to your intranet. Examples of this can be when you want to administer your firewall from another host on your intranet or use it as a proxy or a name server.

Note

Outlining a true concept of how to protect a server that offers services on the Internet goes far beyond the scope of this document. See the references at the end of this section for more information.

Be cautious. Every service you have enabled makes your setup more complex and your firewall less secure. You are exposed to the risks of misconfigured services or running a service with an exploitable bug. A firewall should generally not run any extra services. See the introduction to the Masquerading Router for some more details.

If you want to add services such as internal Samba or name servers that do not need to access the Internet themselves, the additional statements are quite simple and should still be acceptable from a security standpoint. Just add the following lines into the script before the logging rules.

iptables -A INPUT  -i ! ppp+  -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o ! ppp+  -j ACCEPT

If daemons, such as squid, have to access the Internet themselves, you could open OUTPUT generally and restrict INPUT.

iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT

However, it is generally not advisable to leave OUTPUT unrestricted. You lose any control over trojans who would like to "call home", and a bit of redundancy in case you've (mis-)configured a service so that it broadcasts its existence to the world.

To accomplish this, you should restrict INPUT and OUTPUT on all ports except those that it's absolutely necessary to have open. Which ports you have to open depends on your needs: mostly you will find them by looking for failed accesses in your log files.

Have a Look at the Following Examples:

Squid is caching the web:

iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
iptables -A INPUT  -p tcp --sport 80 -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED \
  -j ACCEPT

Your caching name server (e.g., named) does its lookups via UDP:
```
iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT
```

You want to be able to ping your computer to ensure it's still alive:

iptables -A INPUT  -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply   -j ACCEPT

If you are frequently accessing FTP servers or enjoy chatting, you might notice certain delays because some implementations of these daemons have the feature of querying an identd on your system to obtain usernames. Although there's really little harm in this, having an identd running is not recommended because many security experts feel the service gives out too much additional information.

To avoid these delays you could reject the requests with a 'tcp-reset':
```
iptables -A INPUT  -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-reset
```
To log and drop invalid packets (packets that came in after netfilter's timeout or some types of network scans) insert these rules at the top of the chain:
```
iptables -I INPUT 0 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID \
  -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INVALID "
iptables -I INPUT 1 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID -j DROP
```
Anything coming from the outside should not have a private address, this is a common attack called IP-spoofing:
```
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 10.0.0.0/8     -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 172.16.0.0/12  -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 192.168.0.0/16 -j DROP
```
There are other addresses that you may also want to drop: 0.0.0.0/8, 127.0.0.0/8, 224.0.0.0/3 (multicast and experimental), 169.254.0.0/16 (Link Local Networks), and 192.0.2.0/24 (IANA defined test network).

If your firewall is a DHCP client, you need to allow those packets:

iptables -A INPUT  -i ppp0 -p udp -s 0.0.0.0 --sport 67 \
   -d 255.255.255.255 --dport 68 -j ACCEPT

To simplify debugging and be fair to anyone who'd like to access a service you have disabled, purposely or by mistake, you could REJECT those packets that are dropped.

Obviously this must be done directly after logging as the very last lines before the packets are dropped by policy:
```
iptables -A INPUT -j REJECT
```

These are only examples to show you some of the capabilities of the firewall code in Linux. Have a look at the man page of iptables. There you will find much more information. The port numbers needed for this can be found in /etc/services, in case you didn't find them by trial and error in your log file.

Conclusion

Finally, there is one fact you must not forget: The effort spent attacking a system corresponds to the value the cracker expects to gain from it. If you are responsible for valuable information, you need to spend the time to protect it properly.

Extra Information

Where to Start with Further Reading on Firewalls

www.netfilter.org - Homepage of the netfilter/iptables project
Netfilter related FAQ
Netfilter related HOWTO's
en.tldp.org/LDP/nag2/x-087-2-firewall.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Security-HOWTO.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Firewall-HOWTO.html
www.linuxsecurity.com/docs/
www.little-idiot.de/firewall (German & outdated, but very comprehensive)
linux.oreillynet.com/pub/a/linux/2000/03/10/netadmin/ddos.html
staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/ddos
www.e-infomax.com/ipmasq
www.circlemud.org/~jelson/writings/security/index.htm
www.securityfocus.com
www.cert.org - tech_tips
security.ittoolbox.com
www.insecure.org/reading.html

Last updated on 2012-10-16 10:13:00 -0700

libcap2-2.22

Introduction to libcap2

The libcap2 package implements the user-space interfaces to the POSIX 1003.1e capabilities available in Linux kernels. These capabilities are a partitioning of the all powerful root privilege into a set of distinct privileges.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/libc/libcap2/libcap2_2.22.orig.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/libc/libcap2/libcap2_2.22.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b4896816b626bea445f0b3849bdd4077
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libcap2 Dependencies

Required

attr-2.4.47

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcap2

Installation of libcap2

Install libcap2 by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

If you want to disable installing the static library, use this sed:

sed -i '/install.*STALIBNAME/ s/^/#/' libcap/Makefile

Now, as the root user:

make RAISE_SETFCAP=no install

Command Explanations

RAISE_SETFCAP=no: This parameter skips trying to use setcap on itself. This avoids an installation error if the kernel or file system do not support extended capabilities.

Installed Programs: capsh, getcap, getpcaps, and setcap

Installed Library: libcap.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

capsh	is a shell wrapper to explore and constrain capability support.
getcap	examines file capabilities.
getpcaps	displays the capabilities on the queried process(es).
setcap	sets file file capabilities.
`libcap.{so,a}`	contains the libcap2 API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

Linux-PAM-1.1.7

Introduction to Linux PAM

The Linux PAM package contains Pluggable Authentication Modules used to enable the local system administrator to choose how applications authenticate users.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://linux-pam.org/library/Linux-PAM-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9f90888cd22212a6b5af2920f4eaaf1b
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://linux-pam.org/documentation/Linux-PAM-1.1.7-docs.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 808054213e884e69e3f7045d80700da1
Download size 152 KB

Linux PAM Dependencies

Optional

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, CrackLib-2.9.0, libtirpc-0.2.3 and Prelude

Optional (To Rebuild the Documentation)

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, fop-1.1, libxslt-1.1.28 and w3m-0.5.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/linux-pam

Installation of Linux PAM

If you downloaded the documentation, unpack the tarball by issuing the following command.

tar -xf ../Linux-PAM-1.1.7-docs.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1

Install Linux PAM by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-1.1.7 \
            --disable-nis &&
make

To test the results, a configuration file must be created. This file will be removed after the tests have completed. Ensure there are no errors produced by the tests before continuing the installation. First create the configuration file by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /etc/pam.d &&

cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
auth     required       pam_deny.so
account  required       pam_deny.so
password required       pam_deny.so
session  required       pam_deny.so
EOF

Now run the tests by issuing make check.

Remove the configuration file created earlier by issuing the following command as the root user:

rm -rfv /etc/pam.d

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 4755 /sbin/unix_chkpwd

Command Explanations

--disable-nis: This switch disables building of the Network Information Service/Yellow Pages support in pam_unix and pam_access modules. Remove it if you have installed libtirpc-0.2.3.

chmod -v 4755 /sbin/unix_chkpwd: The unix_chkpwd helper program must be setuid so that non-root processes can access the shadow file.

Configuring Linux-PAM

Config Files

/etc/security/* and /etc/pam.d/*

Configuration Information

Configuration information is placed in /etc/pam.d/. Below is an example file:

# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth            required        pam_unix.so     nullok
account         required        pam_unix.so
session         required        pam_unix.so
password        required        pam_unix.so     nullok

# End /etc/pam.d/other

The PAM man page (man pam) provides a good starting point for descriptions of fields and allowable entries. The Linux-PAM System Administrators' Guide is recommended for additional information.

Refer to http://debian.securedservers.com/kernel/pub/linux/libs/pam/modules.html for a list of various third-party modules available.

Important

You should now reinstall the Shadow-4.1.5.1 package.

Installed Program: mkhomedir_helper, pam_tally, pam_tally2, pam_timestamp_check, unix_chkpwd and unix_update

Installed Libraries: libpam.so, libpamc.so and libpam_misc.so

Installed Directories: /etc/security, /lib/security, /usr/include/security and /usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-1.1.7

Short Descriptions

mkhomedir_helper	is a helper binary that creates home directories.
pam_tally	is used to interrogate and manipulate the login counter file.
pam_tally2	is used to interrogate and manipulate the login counter file, but does not have some limitations that pam_tally does.
pam_timestamp_check	is used to check if the default timestamp is valid
unix_chkpwd	is a helper binary that verifies the password of the current user.
unix_update	is a helper binary that updates the password of a given user.
`libpam.so`	provides the interfaces between applications and the PAM modules.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 20:08:10 -0700

MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3

Introduction to MIT Kerberos V5

MIT Kerberos V5 is a free implementation of Kerberos 5. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It centralizes the authentication database and uses kerberized applications to work with servers or services that support Kerberos allowing single logins and encrypted communication over internal networks or the Internet.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://web.mit.edu/kerberos/www/dist/krb5/1.11/krb5-1.11.3-signed.tar
Download MD5 sum: 56f0ae274b285320b8a597cb89442449
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 178 MB (Additional 20 MB if running the testsuite)
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (additional 3.0 SBU if running the testsuite)

MIT Kerberos V5 Dependencies

Optional

DejaGnu-1.5.1 (required to run the testsuite), keyutils-1.5.6, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Python-2.7.5 (used during the testsuite) and rpcbind-0.2.1 (used during the testsuite)

Note

Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like ntp-4.2.6p5) is required since Kerberos won't authenticate if there is a time difference between a kerberized client and the KDC server.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mitkrb

Installation of MIT Kerberos V5

MIT Kerberos V5 is distributed in a TAR file containing a compressed TAR package and a detached PGP ASC file. You'll need to unpack the distribution tar file, then unpack the compressed tar file before starting the build.

After unpacking the distribution tarball and if you have GnuPG-1.4.14 installed, you can authenticate the package. First, check the contents of the file krb5-1.11.3.tar.gz.asc.

gpg --verify krb5-1.11.3.tar.gz.asc krb5-1.11.3.tar.gz

You will probably see output similar to:

gpg: Signature made Wed Aug  8 22:29:58 2012 GMT using RSA key ID F376813D
gpg: Can't check signature: public key not found

You can import the public key with:

gpg --keyserver pgp.mit.edu --recv-keys 0xF376813D

Now re-verify the package with the first command above. You should get a indication of a good signature, but the key will still not be certified with a trusted signature. Trusting the downloaded key is a separate operation but it is up to you to determine the level of trust.

Build MIT Kerberos V5 by running the following commands:

cd src &&
sed -e "[email protected]/Python.h@& python2.7/Python.h@g" \
    -e "[email protected]]@&,\n  AC_CHECK_LIB(python2.7,main,[PYTHON_LIB=-lpython2.7])@g" \
    -i configure.in &&
sed -e "s@interp->result@Tcl_GetStringResult(interp)@g" \
    -i kadmin/testing/util/tcl_kadm5.c &&
autoconf &&
./configure CPPFLAGS="-I/usr/include/et -I/usr/include/ss" \
            --prefix=/usr                                  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                              \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib                       \
            --with-system-et                               \
            --with-system-ss                               \
            --enable-dns-for-realm &&
make

The regression test suite is designed to be run after the installation has been completed.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

for LIBRARY in gssapi_krb5 gssrpc k5crypto kadm5clnt_mit kadm5srv_mit \
               kdb5 kdb_ldap krb5 krb5support verto ; do
    [ -e  /usr/lib/lib$LIBRARY.so.*.* ] && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/lib$LIBRARY.so.*.*
done &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5.so.3*        /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so.3*    /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so.0* /lib &&

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5.so.3.3        /usr/lib/libkrb5.so        &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libk5crypto.so.3.1    /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so    &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5support.so.0.1 /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so &&

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin &&
chmod -v 755 /bin/ksu   &&

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.11.3 &&
cp -vfr ../doc/*  /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.11.3 &&

unset LIBRARY

To test the installation, you must have DejaGnu-1.5.1 installed and issue: make check.

Command Explanations

sed -e ...: First sed fixes Python detection and second one fixes build with Tcl 8.6.

--enable-dns-for-realm: This switch allows realms to be resolved using the DNS server.

--with-system-et: This switch causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the error-table support software.

--with-system-ss: This switch causes the build to use the system-installed versions of the subsystem command-line interface software.

--localstatedir=/var/lib: This parameter is used so that the Kerberos variable run-time data is located in /var/lib instead of /usr/var.

mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin: Moves the ksu program to the /bin directory so that it is available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted.

--with-ldap: Use this switch if you want to compile OpenLDAP database backend module.

Configuring MIT Kerberos V5

Config Files

/etc/krb5.conf and /var/lib/krb5kdc/kdc.conf

Configuration Information

Kerberos Configuration

Tip

You should consider installing some sort of password checking dictionary so that you can configure the installation to only accept strong passwords. A suitable dictionary to use is shown in the CrackLib-2.9.0 instructions. Note that only one file can be used, but you can concatenate many files into one. The configuration file shown below assumes you have installed a dictionary to /usr/share/dict/words.

Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following commands issued by the root user:

cat > /etc/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/krb5.conf

[libdefaults]
    default_realm = <LFS.ORG>
    encrypt = true

[realms]
    <LFS.ORG> = {
        kdc = <belgarath.lfs.org>
        admin_server = <belgarath.lfs.org>
        dict_file = /usr/share/dict/words
    }

[domain_realm]
    .<lfs.org> = <LFS.ORG>

[logging]
    kdc = SYSLOG[:INFO[:AUTH]]
    admin_server = SYSLOG[INFO[:AUTH]]
    default = SYSLOG[[:SYS]]

# End /etc/krb5.conf
EOF

You will need to substitute your domain and proper hostname for the occurrences of the <belgarath> and <lfs.org> names.

default_realm should be the name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't required, but both Heimdal and MIT recommend it.

encrypt = true provides encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and servers. It's not necessary and can be left off. If you leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client to the server using a switch on the client program instead.

The [realms] parameters tell the client programs where to look for the KDC authentication services.

The [domain_realm] section maps a domain to a realm.

Create the KDC database:

kdb5_util create -r <LFS.ORG> -s

Now you should populate the database with principals (users). For now, just use your regular login name or root.

kadmin.local
kadmin: add_policy dict-only
kadmin: addprinc -policy dict-only <loginname>

The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:

kadmin: addprinc -randkey host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:

kadmin: ktadd host/<belgarath.lfs.org>

This should have created a file in /etc named krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5). This file should have 600 (root rw only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public access is crucial to the overall security of the Kerberos installation.

Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually, just to test out the installation:

/usr/sbin/krb5kdc

Attempt to get a ticket with the following command:

kinit <loginname>

You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you can list it with the following command:

klist

Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.

To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:

ktutil
ktutil: rkt /etc/krb5.keytab
ktutil: l

This should dump a list of the host principal, along with the encryption methods used to access the principal.

At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation and configuration of the package.

Additional Information

For additional information consult Documentation for krb5-1.11.3 on which the above instructions are based.

Init Script

If you want to start Kerberos services at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/krb5 init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package using the following command:

make install-krb5

Installed Programs: gss-client, gss-server, k5srvutil, kadmin, kadmin.local, kadmind, kdb5_ldap_util, kdb5_util, kdestroy, kinit, klist, kpasswd, kprop, kpropd, krb5-config, krb5kdc, krb5-send-pr, ksu, kswitch, ktutil, kvno, sclient, sim_client, sim_server, sserver, uuclient and uuserver

Installed Libraries: libgssapi_krb5.so, libgssrpc.so, libk5crypto.so, libkadm5clnt.so, libkadm5srv.so, libkdb5.so, libkdb_ldap.so, libkrb5.so, libkrb5support.so, and libverto.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gssapi, /usr/include/gssrpc, /usr/include/kadm5, /usr/include/krb5, /usr/lib/krb5, /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.11.3, /usr/share/examples/krb5 and /var/lib/krb5kdc

Short Descriptions

k5srvutil	is a host keytable manipulation utility.
kadmin	is an utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database.
kadmind	is a server for administrative access to a Kerberos database.
kdb5_util	is the KDC database utility.
kdestroy	removes the current set of tickets.
kinit	is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services.
klist	reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache.
kpasswd	is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords.
kprop	takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of database records.
kpropd	receives a database sent by kprop and writes it as a local database.
krb5-config	gives information on how to link programs against libraries.
krb5kdc	is the Kerberos 5 server.
ksu	is the super user program using Kerberos protocol. Requires a properly configured `/etc/shells` and `~/.k5login` containing principals authorized to become super users.
kswitch	makes the specified credential cache the primary cache for the collection, if a cache collection is available.
ktutil	is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs.
kvno	prints keyversion numbers of Kerberos principals.
sclient	used to contact a sample server and authenticate to it using Kerberos 5 tickets, then display the server's response.
sserver	is the sample Kerberos 5 server.
`libgssapi_krb5.so`	contain the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI) functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level portability of applications to different environments.
`libkadm5clnt.so`	contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 client-side programs.
`libkadm5srv.so`	contain the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 servers.
`libkdb5.so`	is a Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library.
`libkrb5.so`	is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Nettle-2.7.1

Introduction to Nettle

The Nettle package contains the low-level cryptographic library that is designed to fit easily in many contexts.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-2.7.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-2.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 003d5147911317931dd453520eb234a5
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 94 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Nettle Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nettle

Installation of Nettle

Install Nettle by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

If you want to disable installing the static library, use this sed:

sed -i '/^install-here/ s/install-static//' Makefile

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libhogweed.so.2.5 /usr/lib/libnettle.so.4.7 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nettle-2.7.1 &&
install -v -m644 nettle.html /usr/share/doc/nettle-2.7.1

Installed Programs: nettle-hash, nettle-lfib-stream, pkcs1-conv and sexp-conv

Installed Libraries: libhogweed.{so,a} and libnettle.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/nettle

Short Descriptions

nettle-hash	calulates a hash value using a specified algorithm.
nettle-lfib-stream	outputs a sequence of pseudorandom (non-cryptographic) bytes, using Knuth's lagged fibonacci generator. The stream is useful for testing, but should not be used to generate cryptographic keys or anything else that needs real randomness.
pkcs1-conv	converts private and public RSA keys from PKCS #1 format to sexp format.
sexp-conv	converts an s-expression to a different encoding.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 13:59:10 -0700

NSS-3.15.1

Introduction to NSS

The Network Security Services (NSS) package is a set of libraries designed to support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 v3 certificates, and other security standards. This is useful for implementing SSL and S/MIME or other Internet security standards into an application.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_15_1_RTM/src/nss-3.15.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_15_1_RTM/src/nss-3.15.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fb68f4d210ac9397dd0d3c39c4f938eb
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 74 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/nss-3.15.1-standalone-2.patch

NSS Dependencies

Required

NSPR-4.10

Installation of NSS

Note

This package does not support parallel build.

Install NSS by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../nss-3.15.1-standalone-2.patch &&
cd nss &&
make BUILD_OPT=1                      \
  NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr  \
  USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1                   \
  ZLIB_LIBS=-lz                       \
  $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo USE_64=1) \
  $([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ] && echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1)

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

cd ../dist                                                       &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/lib/*.so              /usr/lib           &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/{*.chk,libcrmf.a} /usr/lib           &&
install -v -m755 -d                           /usr/include/nss   &&
cp -v -RL {public,private}/nss/*              /usr/include/nss   &&
chmod 644                                     /usr/include/nss/* &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/bin/{certutil,nss-config,pk12util} /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/pkgconfig/nss.pc  /usr/lib/pkgconfig

Command Explanations

BUILD_OPT=1: This option is passed to make so that the build is performed with no debugging symbols built into the binaries and the default compiler optimizations are used.

NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr: This option sets the location of the nspr headers.

USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1: This option is passed to make to ensure that the libssl3.so library is linked to the system installed zlib instead of the in-tree version.

ZLIB_LIBS=-lz: This option provides the linker flags needed to link to the system zlib.

$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo USE_64=1): The USE_64=1 option is required on x86_64, otherwise make will try (and fail) to create 32-bit objects. The [ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32 bit system.

([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ] && echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1): This tests if sqlite is installed and if so it echos the option NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1 to make so that libsoftokn3.so will link against the system version of sqlite.

Installed Programs: certutil, nss-config, and pk12util

Installed Libraries: libcrmf.a, libfreebl3.so, libnss3.so, libnssckbi.so, libnssdbm3.so, libnsssysinit.so, libnssutil3.so, libsmime3.so, libsoftokn3.so, and libssl3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/nss

Short Descriptions

certutil	is the Mozilla Certificate Database Tool. It is a command-line utility that can create and modify the Netscape Communicator cert8.db and key3.db database files. It can also list, generate, modify, or delete certificates within the cert8.db file and create or change the password, generate new public and private key pairs, display the contents of the key database, or delete key pairs within the key3.db file.
nss-config	is used to determine the NSS library settings of the installed NSS libraries.
pk12util	is a tool for importing certificates and keys from pkcs #12 files into NSS or exporting them. It can also list certificates and keys in such files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

OpenSSH-6.3p1

Introduction to OpenSSH

The OpenSSH package contains ssh clients and the sshd daemon. This is useful for encrypting authentication and subsequent traffic over a network. The ssh and scp commands are secure implementions of telnet and rcp respectively.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-6.3p1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-6.3p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 225e75c9856f76011966013163784038
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB (additional 10 MB if running the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (running the tests takes at least 10 minutes, irrespective of processor speed)

OpenSSH Dependencies

Installation of OpenSSH

OpenSSH runs as two processes when connecting to other computers. The first process is a privileged process and controls the issuance of privileges as necessary. The second process communicates with the network. Additional installation steps are necessary to set up the proper environment, which are performed by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sshd &&
chown   -v root:sys /var/lib/sshd &&

groupadd -g 50 sshd &&
useradd -c 'sshd PrivSep' -d /var/lib/sshd -g sshd -s /bin/false -u 50 sshd

Install OpenSSH by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/openssh     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/ssh             \
            --datadir=/usr/share/sshd         \
            --with-md5-passwords              \
            --with-privsep-path=/var/lib/sshd &&
make

The testsuite requires an installed copy of scp to complete the multiplexing tests. To run the test suite, first copy the scp program to /usr/bin, making sure that you back up any existing copy first.

To test the results, issue: make tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                  &&
install -v -m755 contrib/ssh-copy-id /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 contrib/ssh-copy-id.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openssh-6.3p1           &&
install -v -m644 INSTALL LICENCE OVERVIEW README* /usr/share/doc/openssh-6.3p1

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh: This prevents the configuration files from being installed in /usr/etc.

--datadir=/usr/share/sshd: This switch puts the Ssh.bin file (used for SmartCard authentication) in /usr/share/sshd.

--with-md5-passwords: This enables the use of MD5 passwords.

--with-pam: This parameter enables Linux-PAM support in the build.

--with-xauth=/usr/bin/xauth: Set the default location for the xauth binary for X authentication. Change the location if xauth will be installed to a different path. This can also be controlled from sshd_config with the XAuthLocation keyword. You can omit this switch if Xorg is already installed.

--with-kerberos5=/usr: This option is used to include Kerberos 5 support in the build.

--with-libedit: This option enables line editing and history features for sftp.

Configuring OpenSSH

Config Files

~/.ssh/*, /etc/ssh/ssh_config, and /etc/ssh/sshd_config

There are no required changes to any of these files. However, you may wish to view the /etc/ssh/ files and make any changes appropriate for the security of your system. One recommended change is that you disable root login via ssh. Execute the following command as the root user to disable root login via ssh:

echo "PermitRootLogin no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config

If you want to be able to log in without typing in your password, first create ~/.ssh/id_rsa and ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub with ssh-keygen and then copy ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to ~/.ssh/authorized_keys on the remote computer that you want to log into. You'll need to change REMOTE_HOSTNAME for the hostname of the remote computer and you'll also need to enter you password for the ssh command to succeed:

ssh-keygen &&
public_key="$(cat ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub)" &&
ssh REMOTE_HOSTNAME "echo ${public_key} >> ~/.ssh/authorized_keys" &&
unset public_key

Once you've got passwordless logins working it's actually more secure than logging in with a password (as the private key is much longer than most people's passwords). If you would like to now disable password logins, as the root user:

echo "PasswordAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config &&
echo "ChallengeResponseAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config

If you added LinuxPAM support and you want ssh to use it then you will need to add a configuration file for sshd and enable use of LinuxPAM. Note, ssh only uses PAM to check passwords, if you've disabled password logins these commands are not needed. If you want to use PAM issue the following commands as the root user:

sed 's@d/login@d/sshd@g' /etc/pam.d/login > /etc/pam.d/sshd &&
chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sshd &&
echo "UsePAM yes" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config

Additional configuration information can be found in the man pages for sshd, ssh and ssh-agent.

Boot Script

To start the SSH server at system boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sshd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-sshd

Installed Programs: scp, sftp, sftp-server, slogin, ssh, sshd, ssh-add, ssh-agent, ssh-copy-id, ssh-keygen, ssh-keyscan, ssh-keysign, and ssh-pkcs11-helper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/ssh, /var/lib/sshd, /usr/lib/openssh, and /usr/share/doc/openssh-6.3p1

Short Descriptions

scp	is a file copy program that acts like rcp except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sftp	is an FTP-like program that works over the SSH1 and SSH2 protocols.
sftp-server	is an SFTP server subsystem. This program is not normally called directly by the user.
slogin	is a symlink to ssh.
ssh	is an rlogin/rsh-like client program except it uses an encrypted protocol.
sshd	is a daemon that listens for ssh login requests.
ssh-add	is a tool which adds keys to the ssh-agent.
ssh-agent	is an authentication agent that can store private keys.
ssh-copy-id	is a script that enables logins on remote machine using local keys.
ssh-keygen	is a key generation tool.
ssh-keyscan	is a utility for gathering public host keys from a number of hosts.
ssh-keysign	is used by ssh to access the local host keys and generate the digital signature required during hostbased authentication with SSH protocol version 2. This program is not normally called directly by the user.
ssh-pkcs11-helper	is a ssh-agent helper program for PKCS#11 support.

Last updated on 2013-09-13 12:50:39 -0700

OpenSSL-1.0.1e

Introduction to OpenSSL

The OpenSSL package contains management tools and libraries relating to cryptography. These are useful for providing cryptography functions to other packages, such as OpenSSH, email applications and web browsers (for accessing HTTPS sites).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.openssl.org/source/openssl-1.0.1e.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openssl.org/source/openssl-1.0.1e.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 66bf6f10f060d561929de96f9dfe5b8c
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openssl-1.0.1e-fix_parallel_build-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openssl-1.0.1e-fix_pod_syntax-1.patch

OpenSSL Dependencies

Optional

bc-1.06.95 (required for full coverage by the test suite during the build) and MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OpenSSL

Installation of OpenSSL

Install OpenSSL with the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../openssl-1.0.1e-fix_parallel_build-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../openssl-1.0.1e-fix_pod_syntax-1.patch &&

./config --prefix=/usr         \
         --openssldir=/etc/ssl \
         shared                \
         zlib-dynamic &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

If you want to disable installing the static libraries, use this sed:

sed -i 's# libcrypto.a##;s# libssl.a##' Makefile

Now, as the root user:

make MANDIR=/usr/share/man MANSUFFIX=ssl install &&
install -dv -m755 /usr/share/doc/openssl-1.0.1e  &&
cp -vfr doc/*     /usr/share/doc/openssl-1.0.1e

Command Explanations

shared: This parameter forces the creation of shared libraries along with the static libraries.

zlib-dynamic: This parameter adds compression/decompression functionality using the libz library.

no-rc5 no-idea: When added to the ./config command, this will eliminate the building of those encryption methods. Patent licenses may be needed for you to utilize either of those methods in your projects.

make MANDIR=/usr/share/man MANSUFFIX=ssl install: This command installs OpenSSL with the man pages in /usr/share/man instead of /etc/ssl/man and appends "ssl" suffix to the manual page names to avoid conflicts with manual pages installed by other packages.

Configuring OpenSSL

Config Files

/etc/ssl/openssl.cnf

Configuration Information

Most users will want to install Certificate Authority Certificates for validation of downloaded certificates. For example, these certificates can be used by git-1.8.4, cURL-7.32.0 or Wget-1.14 when accessing secure (https protocol) sites. To do this, follow the instructions from the Certificate Authority Certificates page.

Users who just want to use OpenSSL for providing functions to other programs such as OpenSSH and web browsers do not need to worry about additional configuration. This is an advanced topic and so those who do need it would normally be expected to either know how to properly update /etc/ssl/openssl.cnf or be able to find out how to do it.

Installed Programs: c_rehash and openssl

Installed Libraries: libcrypto.{so,a} and libssl.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /etc/ssl, /usr/include/openssl, /usr/lib/engines and /usr/share/doc/openssl-1.0.1e

Short Descriptions

c_rehash	is a Perl script that scans all files in a directory and adds symbolic links to their hash values.
openssl	is a command-line tool for using the various cryptography functions of OpenSSL's crypto library from the shell. It can be used for various functions which are documented in man 1 openssl.
`libcrypto.{so,a}`	implements a wide range of cryptographic algorithms used in various Internet standards. The services provided by this library are used by the OpenSSL implementations of SSL, TLS and S/MIME, and they have also been used to implement OpenSSH, OpenPGP, and other cryptographic standards.
`libssl.{so,a}`	implements the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL v2/v3) and Transport Layer Security (TLS v1) protocols. It provides a rich API, documentation on which can be found by running man 3 ssl.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 13:38:01 -0700

p11-kit-0.20.1

Introduction to p11-kit

The p11-kit package Provides a way to load and enumerate PKCS #11 (a Cryptographic Token Interface Standard) modules.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://p11-glue.freedesktop.org/releases/p11-kit-0.20.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 88c651137f76a167336639371eafd8cc
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 74 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

p11-kit Dependencies

Optional

NSS-3.15.1, GTK-Doc-1.19 and libxslt-1.1.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/p11-kit

Installation of p11-kit

Install p11-kit by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-hash-impl=freebl: Use this switch if you want to use Freebl library from NSS for SHA1 and MD5 hashing.

--enable-doc: Use this switch if you have installed GTK-Doc-1.19 and libxslt-1.1.28 and wish to rebuild the documentation and generate manual pages.

Installed Program: p11-kit and trust

Installed Libraries: libp11-kit.so and p11-kit-proxy.so

Installed Directories: /etc/pkcs11, /usr/include/p11-kit-1, /usr/lib/p11-kit, /usr/lib/pkcs11, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/p11-kit, and /usr/share/p11-kit

Short Descriptions

p11-kit	is a command line tool that can be used to perform operations on PKCS#11 modules configured on the system.
`libp11-kit.so`	contains functions used to coordinate initialization and finalization of any PKCS#11 module.
`p11-kit-proxy.so`	is the PKCS#11 proxy module.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 15:17:21 -0700

Polkit-0.111

Introduction to Polkit

Polkit is a toolkit for defining and handling authorizations. It is used for allowing unprivileged processes to communicate with privileged processes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/polkit/releases/polkit-0.111.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81b116edf986d8e13502929a171f4e0d
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Polkit Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and JS-17.0.0

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, GTK-Doc-1.19, libxslt-1.1.28 and Linux-PAM-1.1.7

Note

If libxslt-1.1.28 is installed, then docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.78.1 are required. If you have installed libxslt-1.1.28, but you do not want to install any of the DocBook packages mentioned, you will need to use --disable-man-pages in the instructions below.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit

Installation of Polkit

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the polkitd daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -fg 27 polkitd &&
useradd -c "PolicyKit Daemon Owner" -d /etc/polkit-1 -u 27 \
        -g polkitd -s /bin/false polkitd

Install Polkit by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --with-authfw=shadow \
            --disable-static     \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/polkit-1 &&

make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that system D-Bus daemon must be running for the testsuite to complete. There is also a warning about ConsoleKit database not present, but that one can be safely ignored.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-authfw=shadow: This parameter configures the package to use the Shadow rather than the Linux PAM Authentication framework. Remove it if you would like to use Linux PAM.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Configuring Polkit

PAM Configuration

Note

If you did not build Polkit with Linux PAM support, you can skip this section.

If you have built Polkit with Linux PAM support, you need to modify the default PAM configuration file which was installed by default to get Polkit to work correctly with BLFS. Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration file for Linux PAM:

cat > /etc/pam.d/polkit-1 << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/polkit-1

auth     include        system-auth
account  include        system-account
password include        system-password
session  include        system-session

# End /etc/pam.d/polkit-1
EOF

Installed Programs: pkaction, pkcheck, pk-example-frobnicate, pkexec, pkttyagent and polkitd

Installed Libraries: libpolkit-agent-1.so and libpolkit-gobject-1.so

Installed Directories: /etc/polkit-1, /usr/include/polkit-1, /usr/lib/polkit-1, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/polkit-1 and /usr/share/polkit-1

Short Descriptions

pkaction	is used to obtain information about registered PolicyKit actions.
pkcheck	is used to check whether a process is authorized for action.
pkexec	allows an authorized user to execute a command as another user.
pkttyagent	is used to start a textual authentication agent for the subject.
polkitd	provides the org.freedesktop.PolicyKit1 D-Bus service on the system message bus.
`libpolkit-agent-1.so`	contains the Polkit authentication agent API functions.
`libpolkit-gobject-1.so`	contains the Polkit authorization API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 04:52:21 -0700

Shadow-4.1.5.1

Introduction to Shadow

Shadow was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you installed CrackLib or Linux-PAM after your LFS system was completed. If you have installed CrackLib after LFS, then reinstalling Shadow will enable strong password support. If you have installed Linux-PAM, reinstalling Shadow will allow programs such as login and su to utilize PAM.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pkg-shadow.alioth.debian.org/releases/shadow-4.1.5.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a00449aa439c69287b6d472191dc2247
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Shadow Dependencies

Required

Linux-PAM-1.1.7 or CrackLib-2.9.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shadow

Installation of Shadow

Important

The installation commands shown below are for installations where Linux-PAM has been installed (with or without a CrackLib installation) and Shadow is being reinstalled to support the Linux-PAM installation.

If you are reinstalling Shadow to provide strong password support using the CrackLib library without using Linux-PAM, ensure you add the --with-libcrack parameter to the configure script below and also issue the following command:

sed -i 's@DICTPATH.*@DICTPATH\t/lib/cracklib/pw_dict@' etc/login.defs

Reinstall Shadow by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /' {} \; &&
sed -i -e 's/ ko//' -e 's/ zh_CN zh_TW//' man/Makefile.in &&

sed -i -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512@' \
       -e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' etc/login.defs &&

sed -i -e 's@PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin@&:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin@' \
       -e 's@PATH=/bin:/usr/bin@&:/usr/local/bin@' etc/login.defs &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in: This sed is used to suppress the installation of the groups program as the version from the Coreutils package installed during LFS is preferred.

find man -name Makefile.in -exec ... {} \;: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups man pages so the existing ones installed from the Coreutils package are not replaced.

sed -i -e '...' -e '...' man/Makefile.in: This command disables the installation of Chinese and Korean manual pages, since Man-DB cannot format them properly.

sed -i -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512@' -e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' etc/login.defs: Instead of using the default 'DES' method, this command modifies the installation to use the more secure 'SHA512' method of hashing passwords, which also allows passwords longer than eight characters. It also changes the obsolete /var/spool/mail location for user mailboxes that Shadow uses by default to the /var/mail location.

sed -i -e 's@PATH=/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin@&:/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin@' -e 's@PATH=/bin:/usr/bin@&:/usr/local/bin@' etc/login.defs: This sed expands PATH to /usr/local/bin for normal and root user and to /usr/local/sbin for root user only.

mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin: The passwd program may be needed during times when the /usr filesystem is not mounted so it is moved into the root partition.

Configuring Shadow

Shadow's stock configuration for the useradd utility may not be desirable for your installation. One default parameter causes useradd to create a mailbox file for any newly created user. useradd will make the group ownership of this file to the mail group with 0660 permissions. If you would prefer that these mailbox files are not created by useradd, issue the following command as the root user:

sed -i 's/yes/no/' /etc/default/useradd

Configuring Linux-PAM to Work with Shadow

Note

The rest of this page is devoted to configuring Shadow to work properly with Linux-PAM. If you do not have Linux-PAM installed, and you reinstalled Shadow to support strong passwords via the CrackLib library, no further configuration is required.

Config Files

/etc/pam.d/* or alternatively /etc/pam.conf, /etc/login.defs and /etc/security/*

Configuration Information

Configuring your system to use Linux-PAM can be a complex task. The information below will provide a basic setup so that Shadow's login and password functionality will work effectively with Linux-PAM. Review the information and links on the Linux-PAM-1.1.7 page for further configuration information. For information specific to integrating Shadow, Linux-PAM and CrackLib, you can visit the following link:

http://www.deer-run.com/~hal/sysadmin/pam_cracklib.html

Configuring /etc/login.defs

The login program currently performs many functions which Linux-PAM modules should now handle. The following sed command will comment out the appropriate lines in /etc/login.defs, and stop login from performing these functions (a backup file named /etc/login.defs.orig is also created to preserve the original file's contents). Issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 /etc/login.defs /etc/login.defs.orig &&
for FUNCTION in FAIL_DELAY FAILLOG_ENAB \
                LASTLOG_ENAB \
                MAIL_CHECK_ENAB \
                OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB \
                PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB \
                QUOTAS_ENAB \
                CONSOLE MOTD_FILE \
                FTMP_FILE NOLOGINS_FILE \
                ENV_HZ PASS_MIN_LEN \
                SU_WHEEL_ONLY \
                CRACKLIB_DICTPATH \
                PASS_CHANGE_TRIES \
                PASS_ALWAYS_WARN \
                CHFN_AUTH ENCRYPT_METHOD \
                ENVIRON_FILE
do
    sed -i "s/^${FUNCTION}/# &/" /etc/login.defs
done

Configuring the /etc/pam.d/ Files

As mentioned previously in the Linux-PAM instructions, Linux-PAM has two supported methods for configuration. The commands below assume that you've chosen to use a directory based configuration, where each program has its own configuration file. You can optionally use a single /etc/pam.conf configuration file by using the text from the files below, and supplying the program name as an additional first field for each line.

As the root user, replace the following Linux-PAM configuration files in the /etc/pam.d/ directory (or add the contents to the /etc/pam.conf file) using the following commands:

'system-account'

cat > /etc/pam.d/system-account << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-account

account   required    pam_unix.so

# End /etc/pam.d/system-account
EOF

'system-auth'

cat > /etc/pam.d/system-auth << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-auth

auth      required    pam_unix.so

# End /etc/pam.d/system-auth
EOF

'system-passwd' (with cracklib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password

# check new passwords for strength (man pam_cracklib)
password  required    pam_cracklib.so   type=Linux retry=3 difok=5 \
                                        difignore=23 minlen=9 dcredit=1 \
                                        ucredit=1 lcredit=1 ocredit=1 \
                                        dictpath=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict
# use sha512 hash for encryption, use shadow, and use the
# authentication token (chosen password) set by pam_cracklib
# above (or any previous modules)
password  required    pam_unix.so       sha512 shadow use_authtok

# End /etc/pam.d/system-password
EOF

Note

In its default configuration, owing to credits, pam_cracklib will allow multiple case passwords as short as 6 characters, even with the minlen value set to 11. You should review the pam_cracklib(8) man page and determine if these default values are acceptable for the security of your system.

'system-passwd' (without cracklib)

cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password

# use sha512 hash for encryption, use shadow, and try to use any previously
# defined authentication token (chosen password) set by any prior module
password  required    pam_unix.so       sha512 shadow try_first_pass

# End /etc/pam.d/system-password
EOF

'system-session'

cat > /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-session

session   required    pam_unix.so

# End /etc/pam.d/system-session
EOF

'login'

cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/login

# Set failure delay before next prompt to 3 seconds
auth      optional    pam_faildelay.so  delay=3000000

# Check to make sure that the user is allowed to login
auth      requisite   pam_nologin.so

# Check to make sure that root is allowed to login
# Disabled by default. You will need to create /etc/securetty
# file for this module to function. See man 5 securetty.
#auth      required    pam_securetty.so

# Additional group memberships - disabled by default
#auth      optional    pam_group.so

# include the default auth settings
auth      include     system-auth

# check access for the user
account   required    pam_access.so

# include the default account settings
account   include     system-account

# Set default environment variables for the user
session   required    pam_env.so

# Set resource limits for the user
session   required    pam_limits.so

# Display date of last login - Disabled by default
#session   optional    pam_lastlog.so

# Display the message of the day - Disabled by default
#session   optional    pam_motd.so

# Check user's mail - Disabled by default
#session   optional    pam_mail.so      standard quiet

# include the default session and password settings
session   include     system-session
password  include     system-password

# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF

'passwd'

cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd

password  include     system-password

# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF

'su'

cat > /etc/pam.d/su << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/su

# always allow root
auth      sufficient  pam_rootok.so
auth      include     system-auth

# include the default account settings
account   include     system-account

# Set default environment variables for the service user
session   required    pam_env.so

# include system session defaults
session   include     system-session

# End /etc/pam.d/su
EOF

'chage'

cat > /etc/pam.d/chage << "EOF"
#Begin /etc/pam.d/chage

# always allow root
auth      sufficient  pam_rootok.so

# include system defaults for auth account and session
auth      include     system-auth
account   include     system-account
session   include     system-session

# Always permit for authentication updates
password  required    pam_permit.so

# End /etc/pam.d/chage
EOF

'chfn', 'chgpasswd', 'chgpasswd', 'chsh', 'groupadd', 'groupdel', 'groupmems', 'groupmod', 'newusers', 'useradd', 'userdel' and 'usermod'

for PROGRAM in chfn chgpasswd chpasswd chsh groupadd groupdel \
               groupmems groupmod newusers useradd userdel usermod
do
    install -v -m644 /etc/pam.d/chage /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
    sed -i "s/chage/$PROGRAM/" /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
done

Warning

At this point, you should do a simple test to see if Shadow is working as expected. Open another terminal and log in as a user, then su to root. If you do not see any errors, then all is well and you should proceed with the rest of the configuration. If you did receive errors, stop now and double check the above configuration files manually. You can also run the test suite from the Linux-PAM package to assist you in determining the problem. If you cannot find and fix the error, you should recompile Shadow adding the --without-libpam switch to the configure command in the above instructions (also move the /etc/login.defs.orig backup file to /etc/login.defs). If you fail to do this and the errors remain, you will be unable to log into your system.

Other

Currently, /etc/pam.d/other is configured to allow anyone with an account on the machine to use PAM-aware programs without a configuration file for that program. After testing Linux-PAM for proper configuration, install a more restrictive other file so that program-specific configuration files are required:

cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other

auth        required        pam_warn.so
auth        required        pam_deny.so
account     required        pam_warn.so
account     required        pam_deny.so
password    required        pam_warn.so
password    required        pam_deny.so
session     required        pam_warn.so
session     required        pam_deny.so

# End /etc/pam.d/other
EOF

Configuring Login Access

Instead of using the /etc/login.access file for controlling access to the system, Linux-PAM uses the pam_access.so module along with the /etc/security/access.conf file. Rename the /etc/login.access file using the following command:

[ -f /etc/login.access ] && mv -v /etc/login.access{,.NOUSE}

Configuring Resource Limits

Instead of using the /etc/limits file for limiting usage of system resources, Linux-PAM uses the pam_limits.so module along with the /etc/security/limits.conf file. Rename the /etc/limits file using the following command:

[ -f /etc/limits ] && mv -v /etc/limits{,.NOUSE}

A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/7.4/chapter06/shadow.html#contents-shadow.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

stunnel-4.56

Introduction to stunnel

The stunnel package contains a program that allows you to encrypt arbitrary TCP connections inside SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) so you can easily communicate with clients over secure channels. stunnel can be used to add SSL functionality to commonly used Inetd daemons like POP-2, POP-3, and IMAP servers, to standalone daemons like NNTP, SMTP and HTTP, and in tunneling PPP over network sockets without changes to the server package source code.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mirrors.zerg.biz/stunnel/stunnel-4.56.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stunnel.org/stunnel/stunnel-4.56.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ac4c4a30bd7a55b6687cbd62d864054c
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

stunnel Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/stunnel

Installation of stunnel

The stunnel daemon will be run in a chroot jail by an unprivileged user. Create the new user and group using the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 51 stunnel &&
useradd -c "stunnel Daemon" -d /var/lib/stunnel \
        -g stunnel -s /bin/false -u 51 stunnel

Note

A signed SSL Certificate and a Private Key is necessary to run the stunnel daemon. If you own, or have already created a signed SSL Certificate you wish to use, copy it to /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem before starting the build (ensure only root has read and write access), otherwise you will be prompted to create one during the installation process. The .pem file must be formatted as shown below:

Install stunnel by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-libwrap &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/stunnel-4.56 install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces the configuration directory to /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: This parameter sets the installation to use /var/lib/stunnel instead of creating and using /usr/var/stunnel.

--disable-libwrap: This parameter is required if you don't have tcpwrappers installed. Remove the parameter if tcpwrappers is installed.

make docdir=... install: This command installs the package, changes the documentation installation directory to standard naming conventions and, if you did not copy an stunnel.pem file to the /etc/stunnel directory, prompts you for the necessary information to create one. Ensure you reply to the

Common Name (FQDN of your server) [localhost]:

prompt with the name or IP address you will be using to access the service(s).

Configuring stunnel

Config Files

/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

Configuration Information

As the root user, create the directory used for the .pid file that is created when the stunnel daemon starts:

install -v -m750 -o stunnel -g stunnel -d /var/lib/stunnel/run

Next, create a basic /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf configuration file using the following commands as the root user:

cat >/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF" &&
; File: /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

pid    = /run/stunnel.pid
chroot = /var/lib/stunnel
client = no
setuid = stunnel
setgid = stunnel
cert   = /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem

EOF
chmod -v 644 /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf

Finally, you need to add the service(s) you wish to encrypt to the configuration file. The format is as follows:

[<service>]
accept  = <hostname:portnumber>
connect = <hostname:portnumber>

If you use stunnel to encrypt a daemon started from [x]inetd, you may need to disable that daemon in the /etc/[x]inetd.conf file and enable a corresponding <service>_stunnel service. You may have to add an appropriate entry in /etc/services as well.

For a full explanation of the commands and syntax used in the configuration file, run man stunnel. To see a BLFS example of an actual setup of an stunnel encrypted service, read the the section called “Configuring SWAT” in the Samba instructions.

Boot Script

To automatically start the stunnel daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/stunnel bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-stunnel

Installed Programs: stunnel and stunnel3

Installed Library: libstunnel.so

Installed Directories: /etc/stunnel, /usr/lib/stunnel, /usr/share/doc/stunnel-4.56, and /var/lib/stunnel

Short Descriptions

stunnel	is a program designed to work as an SSL encryption wrapper between remote clients and local ({x}inetd-startable) or remote servers.
stunnel3	is a Perl wrapper script to use stunnel 3.x syntax with stunnel >=4.05.
`libstunnel.so`	contains the API functions required by stunnel.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

Sudo-1.8.7

Introduction to Sudo

The Sudo package allows a system administrator to give certain users (or groups of users) the ability to run some (or all) commands as root or another user while logging the commands and arguments.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.sudo.ws/sudo/dist/sudo-1.8.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.twaren.net/Unix/Security/Sudo/sudo-1.8.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a02367090e1dac8d0c1747de1127b6bf
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Sudo Dependencies

Optional

AFS, FWTK, Linux-PAM-1.1.7, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Opie and SecurID

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sudo

Installation of Sudo

Install Sudo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                      \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/sudo         \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/sudo-1.8.7 \
            --with-timedir=/var/lib/sudo       \
            --with-all-insults                 \
            --with-env-editor                  &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-timedir=/var/lib/sudo: This switch places the variable time stamp files in a FHS compatible location.

--with-all-insults: This switch includes all the sudo insult sets.

--with-env-editor: This switch enables use of the environment variable EDITOR for visudo.

Note

There are many options to sudo's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.

Configuring Sudo

Config File

/etc/sudoers

Configuration Information

The sudoers file can be quite complicated. It is composed of two types of entries: aliases (basically variables) and user specifications (which specify who may run what). The installation installs a default configuration that has no privileges installed for any user.

One example usage is to allow the system administrator to execute any program without typing a password each time root privileges are needed. This can be configured as:

# User alias specification
User_Alias  ADMIN = YourLoginId

# Allow people in group ADMIN to run all commands without a password
ADMIN       ALL = NOPASSWD: ALL

For details, see man sudoers.

Note

The Sudo developers highly recommend using the visudo program to edit the sudoers file. This will provide basic sanity checking like syntax parsing and file permission to avoid some possible mistakes that could lead to a vulnerable configuration.

If you've built Sudo with PAM support, issue the following command as the root user to create the PAM configuration file:

cat > /etc/pam.d/sudo << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/sudo

# include the default auth settings
auth      include     system-auth

# include the default account settings
account   include     system-account

# Set default environment variables for the service user
session   required    pam_env.so

# include system session defaults
session   include     system-session

# End /etc/pam.d/sudo
EOF
chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sudo

Installed Programs: sudo, sudoedit, sudoreplay, and visudo

Installed Libraries: group_file.so, sudoers.so, system_group.so, and sudo_noexec.so

Installed Directories: /etc/sudoers.d, /usr/lib/sudo, /usr/share/doc/sudo-1.8.7, and /var/lib/sudo

Short Descriptions

sudo	executes a command as another user as permitted by the `/etc/sudoers` configuration file.
sudoedit	is a hard link to sudo that implies the `-e` option to invoke an editor as another user.
visudo	allows for safer editing of the `sudoers` file.
sudoreplay	is used to play back or list the output logs created by sudo.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 13:38:01 -0700

Tripwire-2.4.2.2

Introduction to Tripwire

The Tripwire package contains programs used to verify the integrity of the files on a given system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tripwire/tripwire-2.4.2.2-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2462ea16fb0b5ae810471011ad2f2dd6
Download size: 704 KB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (includes interactive time during install)

Tripwire Dependencies

Required

Optional

An MTA

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tripwire

Installation of Tripwire

Compile Tripwire by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg            &&
sed -i -e 's/!Equal/!this->Equal/' src/cryptlib/algebra.h                &&
sed -i -e '/stdtwadmin.h/i#include <unistd.h>' src/twadmin/twadmincl.cpp &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/tripwire                     &&
make

Note

The default configuration is to use a local MTA. If you don't have an MTA installed and have no wish to install one, modify install/install.cfg to use an SMTP server instead. Otherwise the install will fail.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire

Command Explanations

sed -i -e 's@TWDB="${prefix}@TWDB="/var@' install/install.cfg: This command tells the package to install the program database and reports in /var/lib/tripwire.

sed ... src/cryptlib/algebra.h: Fix a compilation issue with gcc-4.7.

sed ... src/twadmin/twadmincl.cpp: Fix a compilation issue with gcc-4.7.

make install: This command creates the Tripwire security keys as well as installing the binaries. There are two keys: a site key and a local key which are stored in /etc/tripwire/.

cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire: This command installs the tripwire sample policy files with the other tripwire documentation.

Configuring Tripwire

Config Files

/etc/tripwire/*

Configuration Information

Tripwire uses a policy file to determine which files are integrity checked. The default policy file (/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt) is for a default installation and will need to be updated for your system.

Policy files should be tailored to each individual distribution and/or installation. Some example policy files can be found in /usr/doc/tripwire/ (Note that /usr/doc/ is a symbolic link on LFS systems to /usr/share/doc/).

If desired, copy the policy file you'd like to try into /etc/tripwire/ instead of using the default policy file, twpol.txt. It is, however, recommended that you edit your policy file. Get ideas from the examples above and read /usr/doc/tripwire/policyguide.txt for additional information. twpol.txt is a good policy file for learning about Tripwire as it will note any changes to the file system and can even be used as an annoying way of keeping track of changes for uninstallation of software.

After your policy file has been edited to your satisfaction you may begin the configuration steps (perform as the root) user:

twadmin --create-polfile --site-keyfile /etc/tripwire/site.key \
    /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init

Depending on your system and the contents of the policy file, the initialization phase above can take a relatively long time.

Usage Information

Tripwire will identify file changes in the critical system files specified in the policy file. Using Tripwire while making frequent changes to these directories will flag all these changes. It is most useful after a system has reached a configuration that the user considers stable.

To use Tripwire after creating a policy file to run a report, use the following command:

tripwire --check > /etc/tripwire/report.txt

View the output to check the integrity of your files. An automatic integrity report can be produced by using a cron facility to schedule the runs.

Reports are stored in binary and, if desired, encrypted. View reports, as the root user, with:

twprint --print-report -r /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>

After you run an integrity check, you should examine the report (or email) and then modify the Tripwire database to reflect the changed files on your system. This is so that Tripwire will not continually notify you that files you intentionally changed are a security violation. To do this you must first ls -l /var/lib/tripwire/report/ and note the name of the newest file which starts with your system name as presented by the command uname -n and ends in .twr. These files were created during report creation and the most current one is needed to update the Tripwire database of your system. As the root user, type in the following command making the appropriate report name:

tripwire --update --twrfile /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>

You will be placed into Vim with a copy of the report in front of you. If all the changes were good, then just type :wq and after entering your local key, the database will be updated. If there are files which you still want to be warned about, remove the 'x' before the filename in the report and type :wq.

A good summary of tripwire operations can be found at http://va-holladays.no-ip.info:2200/tools/security-docs/tripwire-v1.0.pdf.

Changing the Policy File

If you are unhappy with your policy file and would like to modify it or use a new one, modify the policy file and then execute the following commands as the root user:

twadmin --create-polfile /etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init

Installed Programs: siggen, tripwire, twadmin, and twprint

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/tripwire, /var/lib/tripwire, and /usr/share/doc/tripwire

Short Descriptions

siggen	is a signature gathering utility that displays the hash function values for the specified files.
tripwire	is the main file integrity checking program.
twadmin	administrative and utility tool used to perform certain administrative functions related to Tripwire files and configuration options.
twprint	prints Tripwire database and report files in clear text format.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Chapter 5. File Systems and Disk Management

Journaling file systems reduce the time needed to recover a file system that was not unmounted properly. While this can be extremely important in reducing downtime for servers, it has also become popular for desktop environments. This chapter contains other journaling file systems you can use instead of the default LFS extended file system (ext2/3/4). It also provides introductory material on managing disk arrays.

About initramfs

The only purpose of an initramfs is to mount the root filesystem. The initramfs is a complete set of directories that you would find on a normal root filesystem. It is bundled into a single cpio archive and compressed with one of several compression algorithms.

At boot time, the boot loader loads the kernel and the initramfs image into memory and starts the kernel. The kernel checks for the presence of the initramfs and, if found, mounts it as / and runs /init. The init program is typically a shell script. Note that the boot process takes longer, possibly significantly longer, if an initramfs is used.

For most distributions, kernel modules are the biggest reason to have an initramfs. In a general distribution, there are many unknowns such as file system types and disk layouts. In a way, this is the opposite of LFS where the system capabilities and layout are known and a custom kernel is normally built. In this situation, an initramfs is rarely needed.

There are only four primary reasons to have an initramfs in the LFS environment: loading the rootfs from a network, loading it from an LVM logical volume, having an encrypted rootfs where a password is required, or for the convenience of specifying the rootfs as a LABEL or UUID. Anything else usually means that the kernel was not configured properly.

Building an initramfs

If you do decide to build an initramfs, the following scripts will provide a basis to do it. The scripts will allow specifying a rootfs via partition UUID or partition LABEL or a rootfs on an LVM logical volume. They do not support an encrypted root file system or mounting the rootfs over a network card. For a more complete capability see the LFS Hints or dracut.

To install these scripts, run the following commands as the root user:

cat > /sbin/mkinitramfs << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# This file based in part on the mkinitrafms script for the LFS LiveCD
# written by Alexander E. Patrakov and Jeremy Huntwork.

copy()
{
  local file

  if [ "$2" == "lib" ]; then
    file=$(PATH=/lib:/usr/lib type -p $1)
  else
    file=$(type -p $1)
  fi

  if [ -n $file ] ; then
    cp $file $WDIR/$2
  else
    echo "Missing required file: $1 for directory $2"
    rm -rf $WDIR
    exit 1
  fi
}

if [ -z $1 ] ; then
  INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-no-kmods
else
  KERNEL_VERSION=$1
  INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION
fi

if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ ! -d "/lib/modules/$1" ] ; then
  echo "No modules directory named $1"
  exit 1
fi

printf "Creating $INITRAMFS_FILE... "

binfiles="sh cat cp dd killall ls mkdir mknod mount "
binfiles="$binfiles umount sed sleep ln rm uname"

sbinfiles="udevadm modprobe blkid switch_root"

#Optional files and locations
for f in mdadm udevd; do
  if [ -x /sbin/$f ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles $f"; fi
done

unsorted=$(mktemp /tmp/unsorted.XXXXXXXXXX)

DATADIR=/usr/share/mkinitramfs
INITIN=init.in

# Create a temporrary working directory
WDIR=$(mktemp -d /tmp/initrd-work.XXXXXXXXXX)

# Create base directory structure
mkdir -p $WDIR/{bin,dev,lib/firmware,run,sbin,sys,proc}
mkdir -p $WDIR/etc/{modprobe.d,udev/rules.d}
touch $WDIR/etc/modprobe.d/modprobe.conf
ln -s lib $WDIR/lib64

# Create necessary device nodes
mknod -m 640 $WDIR/dev/console c 5 1
mknod -m 664 $WDIR/dev/null    c 1 3

# Install the udev configuration files
cp /etc/udev/udev.conf $WDIR/etc/udev/udev.conf

for file in $(find /etc/udev/rules.d/ -type f) ; do
  cp $file $WDIR/etc/udev/rules.d
done

# Install any firmware present
cp -a /lib/firmware $WDIR/lib

# Copy the RAID configureation file if present
if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then
  cp /etc/mdadm.conf $WDIR/etc
fi

# Install the init file
install -m0755 $DATADIR/$INITIN $WDIR/init

if [  -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] ; then
  if [ -x /bin/kmod ] ; then
    binfiles="$binfiles kmod"
  else
    binfiles="$binfiles lsmod"
    sbinfiles="$sbinfiles insmod"
  fi
fi

# Install basic binaries
for f in $binfiles ; do
  ldd /bin/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
  copy $f bin
done

# Add lvm if present
if [ -x /sbin/lvm ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles lvm"; fi

for f in $sbinfiles ; do
  ldd /sbin/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
  copy $f sbin
done

# Add udevd libraries if not in /sbin
if [ -x /lib/udev/udevd ] ; then
  ldd /lib/udev/udevd | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
fi

# Add module symlinks if appropriate
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ -x /bin/kmod ] ; then
  ln -s kmod $WDIR/bin/lsmod
  ln -s kmod $WDIR/bin/insmod
fi

# Add lvm symlinks if appropriate
if  [ -x /sbin/lvm ] ; then
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvchange
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvrename
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvextend
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvcreate
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvdisplay
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvscan

  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvchange
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvck
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvcreate
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvdisplay
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvscan

  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgchange
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgcreate
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgscan
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgrename
  ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgck
fi

# Install libraries
sort $unsorted | uniq | while read library ; do
  if [ "$library" == "linux-vdso.so.1" ] ||
     [ "$library" == "linux-gate.so.1" ]; then
    continue
  fi

  copy $library lib
done

cp -a /lib/udev $WDIR/lib

# Install the kernel modules if requested
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ]; then
  find                                                                        \
     /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/{crypto,fs,lib}                      \
     /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{block,ata,md,firewire}      \
     /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{scsi,message,pcmcia,virtio} \
     /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/usb/{host,storage}           \
     -type f 2> /dev/null | cpio --make-directories -p --quiet $WDIR

  cp /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/modules.{builtin,order}                     \
            $WDIR/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION

  depmod -b $WDIR $KERNEL_VERSION
fi

( cd $WDIR ; find . | cpio -o -H newc --quiet | gzip -9 ) > $INITRAMFS_FILE

# Remove the temporary directory and file
rm -rf $WDIR $unsorted
printf "done.\n"

EOF

chmod 0755 /sbin/mkinitramfs

mkdir -p /usr/share/mkinitramfs &&
cat > /usr/share/mkinitramfs/init.in << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh

PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin
export PATH

problem()
{
   printf "Encountered a problem!\n\nDropping you to a shell.\n\n"
   sh
}

no_device()
{
   printf "The device %s, which is supposed to contain the\n" $1
   printf "root file system, does not exist.\n"
   printf "Please fix this problem and exit this shell.\n\n"
}

no_mount()
{
   printf "Could not mount device %s\n" $1
   printf "Sleeping forever. Please reboot and fix the kernel command line.\n\n"
   printf "Maybe the device is formatted with an unsupported file system?\n\n"
   printf "Or maybe filesystem type autodetection went wrong, in which case\n"
   printf "you should add the rootfstype=... parameter to the kernel command line.\n\n"
   printf "Available partitions:\n"
}

do_mount_root()
{
   mkdir /.root
   [ -n "$rootflags" ] && rootflags="$rootflags,"
   rootflags="$rootflags$ro"

   case "$root" in
      /dev/* ) device=$root ;;
      UUID=* ) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-uuid/$UUID"  ;;
      LABEL=*) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-label/$LABEL" ;;
      ""     ) echo "No root device specified." ; problem    ;;
   esac

   while [ ! -b "$device" ] ; do
       no_device $device
       problem
   done

   if ! mount -n -t "$rootfstype" -o "$rootflags" "$device" /.root ; then
       no_mount $device
       cat /proc/partitions
       while true ; do sleep 10000 ; done
   else
       echo "Successfully mounted device $root"
   fi
}

init=/sbin/init
root=
rootdelay=
rootfstype=auto
ro="ro"
rootflags=
device=

mount -n -t devtmpfs devtmpfs /dev
mount -n -t proc     proc     /proc
mount -n -t sysfs    sysfs    /sys
mount -n -t tmpfs    tmpfs    /run

read -r cmdline < /proc/cmdline

for param in $cmdline ; do
  case $param in
    init=*      ) init=${param#init=}             ;;
    root=*      ) root=${param#root=}             ;;
    rootdelay=* ) rootdelay=${param#rootdelay=}   ;;
    rootfstype=*) rootfstype=${param#rootfstype=} ;;
    rootflags=* ) rootflags=${param#rootflags=}   ;;
    ro          ) ro="ro"                         ;;
    rw          ) ro="rw"                         ;;
  esac
done

# udevd location depends on version
if [ -x /sbin/udevd ]; then
  UDEV_PATH=/sbin
else
  UDEV_PATH=/lib/udev
fi

${UDEV_PATH}/udevd --daemon --resolve-names=never
udevadm trigger
udevadm settle

if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then mdadm -As                                    ; fi
if [ -x /sbin/vgchange  ] ; then /sbin/vgchange --noudevsync -a y > /dev/null ; fi
if [ -n "$rootdelay"    ] ; then sleep "$rootdelay"                           ; fi

do_mount_root

killall -w ${UDEV_PATH}/udevd

exec switch_root /.root "$init" "$@"

EOF

Using an initramfs

Required Runtime Dependency

cpio-2.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/initramfs

To build an initramfs, run the following as the root user:

mkinitramfs [KERNEL VERSION]

The optional argument is the directory where the appropriate kernel modules are located. This must be a subdirectory of /lib/modules. If no modules are specified, then the initramfs is named initrd.img-no-kmods. If a kernel version is specified, the initrd is named initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION and is only appropriate for the specific kernel specified. The output file will be placed in the current directory.

After generating the initrd, copy it to the /boot directory.

Now edit /boot/grub/grub.cfg and add a new menuentry. Below are several examples.

# Generic initramfs and root fs identified by UUID
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb14) initrd, Linux 3.0.4"
{
  linux  /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120214 root=UUID=54b934a9-302d-415e-ac11-4988408eb0a8 ro
  initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}

# Generic initramfs and root fs on LVM partition
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb18) initrd lvm, Linux 3.0.4"
{
  linux  /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120218 root=/dev/mapper/myroot ro
  initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}

# Specific initramfs and root fs identified by LABEL
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.1-Feb20) initrd label, Linux 3.2.6"
{
  linux  /vmlinuz-3.2.6-lfs71-120220 root=LABEL=lfs71 ro
  initrd /initrd.img-3.2.6-lfs71-120220
}

Finally, reboot the system and select the desired system.

Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800

Fuse-2.9.3

Introduction to Fuse

FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) is a simple interface for userspace programs to export a virtual filesystem to the Linux kernel. Fuse also aims to provide a secure method for non privileged users to create and mount their own filesystem implementations.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fuse/fuse-2.9.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33cae22ca50311446400daf8a6255c6a
Download size: 564 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fuse

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

File systems  --->
  [*] FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support

Installation of Fuse

Note

After the configure script has finished you will see a warning shown below. You can safely disregard this warning.

configure: WARNING:
******************************************************************
* Please install util-linux version 2.18 or later which supports *
* --fake and --no-canonicalize options in mount and umount       *
******************************************************************

Install Fuse by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static INIT_D_PATH=/tmp/init.d &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen doc/Doxyfile.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v   /usr/lib/libfuse.so.* /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libfuse.so.2.9.3 /usr/lib/libfuse.so &&
rm -rf  /tmp/init.d &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/fuse-2.9.3 &&
install -v -m644    doc/{how-fuse-works,kernel.txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/fuse-2.9.3

If you built the API documentation, install it as the root user by issuing the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/fuse-2.9.3/api &&
install -v -m644    doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/fuse-2.9.3/api

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

INIT_D_PATH=/tmp/init.d: This parameter installs the bootscript into /tmp/init.d as a bootscript is not required.

mv -v /usr/lib/libfuse.so.* /lib: This moves the FUSE library to the root filesystem so that it is available early in the boot process in case /usr is mounted on a separate partition and ntfs-3g-2013.1.13 is built with a system-installed version of FUSE.

rm -rf /tmp/init.d: This removes the unneeded bootscript.

Configuring fuse

Config Files

Some options regarding mount policy can be set in the file /etc/fuse.conf. To install the file run the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/fuse.conf << "EOF"
# Set the maximum number of FUSE mounts allowed to non-root users.
# The default is 1000.
#
#mount_max = 1000

# Allow non-root users to specify the 'allow_other' or 'allow_root'
# mount options.
#
#user_allow_other
EOF

Additional information about the meaning of the configuration options are found in the man page.

Installed Programs: fusermount, mount.fuse, and ulockmgr_server

Installed Libraries: libfuse.so and libulockmgr.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/fuse

Short Descriptions

fusermount	is a set users ID root program to mount and unmount Fuse filesystems.
mount.fuse	is the command mount would call to mount a Fuse filesystem.
ulockmgr_server	is the Userspace Lock Manager Server for Fuse filesystems.
`libfuse.so`	contains the FUSE API functions.
`libulockmgr.so`	contains the Userspace Lock Manager API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

jfsutils-1.1.15

Introduction to jfsutils

The jfsutils package contains administration and debugging tools for the jfs file system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://jfs.sourceforge.net/project/pub/jfsutils-1.1.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8809465cd48a202895bc2a12e1923b5d
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/jfs

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

File Systems:
  JFS filesystem support: M or Y

Installation of jfsutils

Install jfsutils by running the following commands:

sed "s@<unistd.h>@&\n#include <sys/types.h>@g" -i fscklog/extract.c &&
./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed "s@<unistd.h>@&\n#include <sys/types.h>@g" -i fscklog/extract.c: Fixes building with Glibc 2.17.

Installed Programs: fsck.jfs, jfs_debugfs, jfs_fsck, jfs_fscklog, jfs_logdump, jfs_mkfs, jfs_tune, mkfs.jfs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

fsck.jfs	is used to replay the JFS transaction log, check a JFS formatted device for errors, and fix any errors found.
jfs_fsck	is a hard link to fsck.jfs.
mkfs.jfs	constructs an JFS file system.
jfs_mkfs	is a hard link to mkfs.jfs.
jfs_debugfs	is a program which can be used to perform various low-level actions on a JFS formatted device.
jfs_fscklog	extracts a JFS fsck service log into a file and/or formats and displays the extracted file.
jfs_logdump	dumps the contents of the journal log from the specified JFS formatted device into output file ./jfslog.dmp.
jfs_tune	adjusts tunable file system parameters on JFS file systems.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

LVM2-2.02.100

Introduction to LVM2

The LVM2 package is a package that manages logical partitions. It allows spanning of file systems across multiple physical disks and disk partitions and provides for dynamic growing or shrinking of logical partitions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/lvm2/LVM2.2.02.100.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 9629cf5728544d7e637cafde1f73d777
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

LVM2 Dependencies

Optional

mdadm-3.3 (for checks) and xfsprogs-3.1.11 (for checks)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lvm2

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

Note

There are several other Device Mapper options in the kernel beyond those listed below. In order to get reasonable results if running the regression tests, all must be enabled either internally or as a module.

Device Drivers --->
  Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM): Y
    Device mapper support: Y or M
    Crypt target support: (optional)
    Snapshot target: (optional)
    Mirror target: (optional)

Installation of LVM2

Install LVM2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --exec-prefix=      \
            --with-confdir=/etc \
            --enable-applib     \
            --enable-cmdlib     \
            --enable-pkgconfig  \
            --enable-udev_sync &&
make

The check command must be run as the root user. Also the tests are known to hang if at least one partition on a hard drive is not set up as a Linux LVM partition (type 8e00). To test the results, issue: make check as the root user.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-applib: This switch enables building of the shared application library.

--enable-cmdlib: This switch enables building of the shared command library. It is required when building the event daemon.

--enable-pkgconfig: This switch enables installation of pkg-config support files.

--enable-udev_sync: This switch enables synchronisation with Udev processing.

--enable-dmeventd: This switch enables building of the Device Mapper event daemon.

Installed Programs: dmsetup, fsadm, lvm, lvmconf, lvmdump, vgimportclone. There are also numerous symbolic links to lvm that implement specific functionality.

Installed Libraries: libdevmapper.so, liblvm2app.so and liblvm2cmd.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

dmsetup	is a low level logical volume management tool.
fsadm	is an utility used to resize or check filesystem on a device.
lvm	provides the command-line tools for LVM2. Commands are implemented via sympolic links to this program to manage physical devices (pv), volume groups (vg) and logical volumes (lv*).
lvmconf	is a script that modifies the locking configuration in the LVM2 configuration file.
lvmdump	is a tool used to dump various information concerning LVM2.
vgimportclone	is used to import a duplicated VG (e.g. hardware snapshot).
`libdevmapper.so`	contains the Device Mapper API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-27 10:06:41 -0700

About RAID

The storage technology known as RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) combines multiple physical disks into a logical unit. The drives can generally be combined to provide data redundancy or to extend the size of logical units beyond the capability of the physical disks or both. The technology also allows for providing hardware maintenance without powering down the system.

The types of RAID organization are described in the RAID Wiki.

Note that while RAID provides protection against disk failures, it is not a substitute for backups. A file deleted is still deleted on all the disks of a RAID array. Modern backups are generally done via rsync-3.0.9.

There are three major types of RAID implementation: Hardware RAID, BIOS-based RAID, and Software RAID.

Hardware RAID

Hardware based RAID provides capability through proprietary hardware and data layouts. The control and configuration is generally done via firmware in conjunction with executable programs made available by the device manufacturer. The capabilities are generally supplied via a PCI card, although there are some instances of RAID components integrated in to the motherboard. Hardware RAID may also be available in a stand-alone enclosure.

One advantage of hardware-based RAID is that the drives are offered to the operating system as a logical drive and no operating system dependent configuration is needed.

Disadvantages include difficulties in transferring drives from one system to another, updating firmware, or replacing failed RAID hardware.

BIOS-based RAID

Some computers offter a hardware-like RAID implementation in the system BIOS. Sometime this is referred to as 'fake' RAID as the capabilites are generally incorporated into firmware without any hardware acceleration.

The advantages and disadvantages of BIOS-based RAID are generally the same as hardware RAID with the additional disadvantage that there is no hardware acceleration.

In some cases, BIOS-based RAID firmware is enabled by default (e.g. some DELL systems). If software RAID is desired, this option must be explicitly disabled in the BIOS.

Software RAID

Software based RAID is the most flexible form of RAID. It is easy to install and update and provides full capability on all or part of any drives available to the system. In BLFS, the RAID software is found in mdadm-3.3.

Configuring a RAID device is straight forward using mdadm. Generally devices are created in the /dev directory as /dev/mdx where x is an integer.

The first step in creating a RAID array is to use partitioning software such as fdisk or parted-3.1 to define the partitions needed for the array. Usually, there will be one partition on each drive participating in the RAID array, but that is not strictly necessary. For this example, there will be four disk drives: /dev/sda, /dev/sdb, /dev/sdc, and /dev/sdd. They will be partitioned as follows:

Partition Size     Type                Use
sda1:     100 MB   fd Linux raid auto  /boot    (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sda2:      10 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /        (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sda3:       2 GB   83 Linux swap       swap
sda4      300 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /home    (RAID 5) /dev/md2

sdb1:     100 MB   fd Linux raid auto  /boot    (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sdb2:      10 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /        (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sdb3:       2 GB   83 Linux swap       swap
sdb4      300 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /home    (RAID 5) /dev/md2

sdc1:      12 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdc2:     300 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /home    (RAID 5) /dev/md2

sdd1:      12 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdd2:     300 GB   fd Linux raid auto  /home    (RAID 5) /dev/md2

Is this arrangement, a separate boot partition is created as the first small RAID array and a root filesystem as the secong RAID array, both mirrored. The third partition is a large (about 1TB) array for the /home directory. This provides an ability to stripe data across multiple devices, improving speed for botih reading and writing large files. Finally, a fourth array is created that concatenates two partitions into a larger device.

Note

All mdadm commands must be run as the root user.

To create these RAID arrays the commands are:

/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md0 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda1 /dev/sdb1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md1 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda2 /dev/sdb2
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md3 --level=0 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdd1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md2 --level=5 --raid-devices=4 \
        /dev/sda4 /dev/sdb4 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdd2

The devices created can be examined by device. For example, to see the details of /dev/md1, use /sbin/mdadm --detail /dev/md1:

        Version : 1.2
  Creation Time : Tue Feb  7 17:08:45 2012
     Raid Level : raid1
     Array Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
  Used Dev Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
   Raid Devices : 2
  Total Devices : 2
    Persistence : Superblock is persistent

    Update Time : Tue Feb  7 23:11:53 2012
          State : clean
 Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
 Failed Devices : 0
  Spare Devices : 0

           Name : core2-blfs:0  (local to host core2-blfs)
           UUID : fcb944a4:9054aeb2:d987d8fe:a89121f8
         Events : 17

    Number   Major   Minor   RaidDevice State
       0       8        1        0      active sync   /dev/sda1
       1       8       17        1      active sync   /dev/sdb1

From this point, the partitions can be formated with the filesystem of choice (e.g. ext3, ext4, xfsprogs-3.1.11, reiserfsprogs-3.6.24, etc). The formatted partitions can then be mounted. The /etc/fstab ifile can use the devices created for mounting at boot time and the linux command line in /boot/grub/grub.cfg can specify root=/dev/md1.

Note

The swap devices should be specified in the /etc/fstab file as normal. The kernel normally stripes swap data across multiple swap files and should not be made part of a RAID array.

For further options and management details of RAID devices, refer to man mdadm.

Additional details for monitoring RAID arrays and dealing with problems can be found at the Linux RAID Wiki.

Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800

mdadm-3.3

Introduction to mdadm

The mdadm package contains administration tools for software RAID.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/mdadm/mdadm-3.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: abb19b309281b93cf79d29fb2dfb2e85
Download size: 390 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mdadm

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel, if necessary. Only the RAID types desired are required.

File Systems:
  Device Drivers:
    Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM): Y
      RAID support: Y or M
        Autodetect RAID arrays during kernel boot: Y
        Linear (append) mode: Y or M
        RAID-0 (striping) mode : Y or M
        RAID-1 (mirroring) mode : Y or M
        RAID-10 (mirrored striping) mode: Y or M
        RAID-4/RAID-5/RAID-6 mode : Y or M

Installation of mdadm

Install mdadm by running the following commands:

make

If you wish to run the tests, ensure that your kernel supports RAID and that a version of mdadm is not already running, and issue: make test and then, as the root user: ./test

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--make everything: This switch creates extra programs, particularly a statically-linked version of mdadm and also versions of mdassemble. These all need to be manually installed.

Installed Programs: mdadm, mdmon and optionally mdassemble

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: None

Short Descriptions

mdadm	manages MD devices aka Linux Software RAID.
mdmon	monitors MD external metadata arrays.
mdassemble	is a tiny program that can be used to assemble MD devices inside an initial ramdisk (initrd) or initramfs.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 16:12:35 -0700

ntfs-3g-2013.1.13

Introduction to Ntfs-3g

The Ntfs-3g package contains an open source, driver for Windows NTFS file system. This can mount Windows partitions so that they are writeable and allows you edit or delete Windows files from Linux.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://tuxera.com/opensource/ntfs-3g_ntfsprogs-2013.1.13.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 2d6fb47ddf62b51733227126fe9227fe
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Ntfs-3g Dependencies

Optional

Fuse-2.9.3.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntfs-3g

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

File systems  --->
  [*] FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support

Installation of Ntfs-3g

Install Ntfs-3g by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -sv ../bin/ntfs-3g /sbin/mount.ntfs &&
ln -sv /usr/share/man/man8/{ntfs-3g,mount.ntfs}.8

If you want ordinary users to be able to mount NTFS partitions you'll need to set mount.ntfs with the root user ID. Note: it is probably unsafe to do this on a computer that needs to be secure (like a server). As the root user:

chmod -v 4755 /sbin/mount.ntfs

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-fuse=external: Ntfs-3g comes with a version of Fuse which it statically compiles into lowntfs-3g and ntfs-3g. If you have installed Fuse-2.9.3 use this --with-fuse=external option to dynamically link lowntfs-3g and ntfs-3g to libfuse.

ln -sv ../bin/ntfs-3g /sbin/mount.ntfs: Creating /sbin/mount.ntfs makes mount default to using Ntfs-3g to mount NTFS partitions.

chmod -v 4755 /sbin/mount.ntfs: Making mount.ntfs setuid root allows non root users to mount NTFS partitions.

Using Ntfs-3g

To mount a Windows partition at boot time, put a line like this in /etc/fstab:

/dev/sda1 /mnt/windows auto defaults 0 0

To allow users to mount a usb stick with an NTFS filesystem on it, put a line similar this (change sdc1 to whatever a usb stick would be on your system) in /etc/fstab:

/dev/sdc1 /mnt/usb auto user,noauto,umask=0,utf8 0 0

For a user to be able to mount the usb stick they will need to be able to write to /mnt/usb, so as the root user:

chmod -v 777 /mnt/usb

Installed Programs: lowntfs-3g, mkfs.ntfs, mkntfs, mount.lowntfs-3g, mount.ntfs, mount.ntfs-3g, ntfs-3g, ntfs-3g.probe, ntfs-3g.secaudit, ntfs-3g.usermap, ntfscat, ntfsclone, ntfscluster, ntfscmp, ntfscp, ntfsfix, ntfsinfo, ntfslabel, ntfsls, ntfsresize and ntfsundelete

Installed Library: libntfs-3g.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ntfs-3g and /usr/share/doc/ntfs-3g

Short Descriptions

lowntfs-3g	is similar to ntfs-3g but uses the Fuse low-level interface.
mkfs.ntfs	is a symlink to mkntfs.
mkntfs	creates an NTFS file system.
mount.lowntfs-3g	is a symlink to lowntfs-3g.
mount.ntfs	mounts an NTFS filesystem.
mount.ntfs-3g	is a symbolic link to ntfs-3g.
ntfs-3g	is an NTFS driver, which can create, remove, rename, move files, directories, hard links, and streams; it can read and write files, including streams, sparse files and transparently compressed files; it can handle special files like symbolic links, devices, and FIFOs; moreover it provides standard management of file ownership and permissions, including POSIX ACLs.
ntfs-3g.probe	tests if an NTFS volume is mountable read only or read-write, and exits with a status value accordingly. The volume can be a block device or image file.
ntfs-3g.secaudit	audits NTFS Security Data.
ntfs-3g.usermap	creates the file defining the mapping of Windows accounts to Linux logins for users who owns files which should be visible from both Windows and Linux.
ntfscluster	identifies files in a specified region of an NTFS volume
ntfscp	copies a file to an NTFS volume.
ntfsfix	fixes common errors and forces Windows to check an NTFS partition.
ntfsls	lists directory contents on an NTFS filesystem.
ntfscat	prints NTFS files and streams on the standard output.
ntfsclone	clones an NTFS filesystem.
ntfscmp	compares two NTFS filesystems and tells the differences.
ntfsinfo	dumps a file's attributes.
ntfslabel	displays or changes the label on an ntfs file system.
ntfsresize	resizes an NTFS filesystem without data loss.
ntfsundelete	recovers a deleted file from an NTFS volume.
`libntfs-3g.so`	contains the Ntfs-3g API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

gptfdisk-0.8.7

Introduction to gptfdisk

The gptfdisk package is a set of programs for creation and maintenance of GUID Partition Table (GPT) disk drives. A GPT partitioned disk is required for drives greater than 2 TB and is a modern replacement for legacy PC-BIOS partitioned disk drives that us a Master Boot Record (MBR). The main program, gdisk, has an inteface similar to the classic fdisk program.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/gptfdisk/gptfdisk/0.8.7/gptfdisk-0.8.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 005b45c0b37c37a99024704fdb2ee610
Download size: 188 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/gptfdisk-0.8.7-convenience-1.patch

gptfdisk Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.16 (required to build sgdisk) and ICU-51.2 (for Unicode partition names)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gptdisk

Installation of gptfdisk

The gptfdisk package comes with a rudimentary Makefile. First we update it to provide a simple build and install interface. Install gptfdisk by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gptfdisk-0.8.7-convenience-1.patch &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

ICU=1: Adding this option to the make command allows use of Unicode characters in partition names.

POPT=1: Adding this option to the make command is required to build sgdisk. If used, this option needs to be on both the make and the make install line.

Installed Programs: cgdisk, gdisk, fixparts, and sgdisk

Short Descriptions

cgdisk	is an is a curses-based text-mode tool for manipulating GPT partitions.
gdisk	is an interactive text-mode tool for manipulating GPT partitions.
fixparts	repairs mis-formatted MBR based disk partitions.
sgdisk	is a partition manipulation program for GPT partitions sililar to sfdisk.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

parted-3.1

Introduction to parted

The Parted package is a disk partitioning and partition resizing tool.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/parted-3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5d89d64d94bcfefa9ce8f59f4b81bdcb
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Parted Dependencies

Installation of parted

Install Parted by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make &&

make -C doc html                                       &&
makeinfo --html      -o doc/html       doc/parted.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/parted.txt doc/parted.texi

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and wish to create PDF and Postcript documentation issue the following commands:

texi2pdf             -o doc/parted.pdf doc/parted.texi &&
texi2dvi             -o doc/parted.dvi doc/parted.texi &&
dvips                -o doc/parted.ps  doc/parted.dvi

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/parted-3.1/html &&
install -v -m644    doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/parted-3.1/html &&
install -v -m644    doc/{FAT,API,parted.{txt,html}} \
                    /usr/share/doc/parted-3.1

Install the optional PDF and Postscript documentation by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/FAT doc/API doc/parted.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
                    /usr/share/doc/parted-3.1

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--disable-device-mapper: This option disables device mapper support. Add this parameter if you have not installed LVM2.

Installed Programs: parted and partprobe

Installed Library: libparted.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/parted

Short Descriptions

parted	is a partition manipulation program.
partprobe	informs the OS of partition table changes.
`libparted.so`	contains the Parted API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

reiserfsprogs-3.6.24

Introduction to reiserfsprogs

The reiserfsprogs package contains various utilities for use with the Reiser file system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/jeffm/reiserfsprogs/v3.6.24/reiserfsprogs-3.6.24.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 66787380fb418ff7d88a23e47cda7af6
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/reiser

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

File Systems:
  Reiserfs support: M or Y

Installation of reiserfsprogs

Install reiserfsprogs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sbindir=/sbin &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sbindir=/sbin: This ensures that the reiserfsprogs utilities are installed in /sbin.

Installed Programs: debugreiserfs, mkreiserfs, reiserfsck, reiserfstune, and resize_reiserfs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

debugreiserfs	can sometimes help to solve problems with ReiserFS file systems. If it is called without options, it prints the super block of any ReiserFS file system found on the device.
mkreiserfs	creates a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfsck	is used to check or repair a ReiserFS file system.
reiserfstune	is used for tuning the ReiserFS journal. WARNING: Don't use this utility without first reading the man page thoroughly.
resize_reiserfs	is used to resize an unmounted ReiserFS file system.

Last updated on 2013-08-29 15:03:56 -0700

sshfs-fuse-2.4

Introduction to Sshfs Fuse

The Sshfs Fuse package contains a filesystem client based on the SSH File Transfer Protocol. This is useful for mounting a remote computer that you have ssh access to as a local filesystem. This allows you to drag and drop files or run shell commands on the remote files as if they were on your local computer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fuse/sshfs-fuse-2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3c7c3647c52ce84d09486f1da3a3ce24
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Sshfs Fuse Dependencies

Required

Fuse-2.9.3, GLib-2.36.4, and OpenSSH-6.3p1.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sshfs-fuse

Installation of Sshfs Fuse

Install Sshfs Fuse by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Using Sshfs Fuse

To mount an ssh server you need to be able to log into the server. For example, to mount your home folder on the computer called THINGY on the folder ~/MOUNTPATH (the directory must exist and you must have permissions to write to it):

sshfs THINGY:~ ~/MOUNTPATH

When you've finished work and want to unmount it again:

fusermount -u ~/MOUNTPATH

Installed Program: sshfs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

sshfs

mounts an ssh server as a local file system.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

xfsprogs-3.1.11

Introduction to xfsprogs

The xfsprogs package contains administration and debugging tools for the XFS file system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/x/xfsprogs-3.1.11.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://oss.sgi.com/projects/xfs/cmd_tars/xfsprogs-3.1.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: de9f1f45026c2f4e0776058d429ff4b6
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfs

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

File Systems:
  XFS filesystem support: M or Y

Installation of xfsprogs

Install xfsprogs by running the following commands:

make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root \
     LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="--enable-readline"

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install install-dev &&
rm -rfv /lib/libhandle.{a,la,so} &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libhandle.so.1 /usr/lib/libhandle.so &&
sed -i "s@libdir='/lib@libdir='/usr/lib@g" /usr/lib/libhandle.la

Command Explanations

make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG: Turns off debugging symbols.

INSTALL_USER=root INSTALL_GROUP=root: This sets the owner and group of the installed files.

LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="...": This passes extra configuration options to the configure script. The example --enable-readline parameter enables linking the XFS programs with the libreadline.so library, in order to allow editing interactive commands.

OPTIMIZER="...": Adding this parameter to the end of the make command overrides the default optimization settings.

Installed Programs: fsck.xfs, mkfs.xfs, xfs_admin, xfs_bmap, xfs_check, xfs_copy, xfs_db, xfs_freeze, xfs_growfs, xfs_info, xfs_io, xfs_logprint, xfs_mdrestore, xfs_metadump, xfs_mkfile, xfs_ncheck, xfs_quota, xfs_repair, and xfs_rtcp

Installed Libraries: libhandle.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xfs and /usr/share/doc/xfsprogs

Short Descriptions

fsck.xfs	simply exits with a zero status, since XFS partitions are checked at mount time.
mkfs.xfs	constructs an XFS file system.
xfs_admin	changes the parameters of an XFS file system.
xfs_bmap	prints block mapping for an XFS file.
xfs_check	checks XFS file system consistency.
xfs_copy	copies the contents of an XFS file system to one or more targets in parallel.
xfs_db	is used to debug an XFS file system.
xfs_freeze	suspends access to an XFS file system.
xfs_growfs	expands an XFS file system.
xfs_info	is equivalent to invoking xfs_growfs, but specifying that no change to the file system is to be made.
xfs_io	is a debugging tool like xfs_db, but is aimed at examining the regular file I/O path rather than the raw XFS volume itself.
xfs_logprint	prints the log of an XFS file system.
xfs_mdrestore	restores an XFS metadump image to a filesystem image.
xfs_metadump	copies XFS filesystem metadata to a file.
xfs_mkfile	creates an XFS file, padded with zeroes by default.
xfs_ncheck	generates pathnames from inode numbers for an XFS file system.
xfs_quota	is a utility for reporting and editing various aspects of filesystem quota.
xfs_repair	repairs corrupt or damaged XFS file systems.
xfs_rtcp	copies a file to the real-time partition on an XFS file system.
`libhandle.so`	contains XFS-specific functions that provide a way to perform certain filesystem operations without using a file descriptor to access filesystem objects.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Chapter 6. Editors

This chapter is referenced in the LFS book for those wishing to use other editors on their LFS system. You're also shown how some LFS installed programs benefit from being recompiled after GUI libraries have been installed.

Bluefish-2.2.4

Introduction to Bluefish

Bluefish is a GTK+ text editor targeted towards programmers and web designers, with many options to write websites, scripts and programming code. Bluefish supports many programming and markup languages, and it focuses on editing dynamic and interactive websites.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.bennewitz.com/bluefish/stable/source/bluefish-2.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: abc06b90c38c3714f19428d16a5cb311
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 70 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Bluefish Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20 or GTK+-3.8.4. If both are installed, configure defaults to using GTK+ 3.

Optional

enchant-1.6.0 (for spell checking), Gucharmap-3.8.2, Jing and PCRE-8.33

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bluefish

Installation of Bluefish

Install Bluefish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: bluefish

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/bluefish, /usr/share/bluefish, /usr/share/doc/bluefish and /usr/share/xml/bluefish

Short Descriptions

bluefish

is a GTK+ text editor for markup and programming.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Ed-1.9

Introduction to Ed

Ed is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files, both interactively and via shell scripts. Ed isn't something which many people use. It's described here because it can be used by the patch program if you encounter an ed-based patch file. This happens rarely because diff-based patches are preferred these days.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-1.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/ed/ed-1.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 565b6d1d5a9a8816b9b304fc4ed9405d
Download size: 92 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ed

Installation of Ed

Install Ed by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: ed and red

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ed	is a line-oriented text editor.
red	is a restricted ed—it can only edit files in the current directory and cannot execute shell commands.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Emacs-24.3

Introduction to Emacs

The Emacs package contains an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-24.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/emacs/emacs-24.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ea9ed000ca165280265aabb55b9afbd7
Download size: 34 MB
Estimated disk space required: 458 MB
Estimated build time: 6.8 SBU

Emacs Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libpng-1.6.4, LibTIFF-4.0.3, and libungif

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/emacs

Installation of Emacs

Install Emacs by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr         \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --with-gif=no         \
            --localstatedir=/var  &&
make bootstrap

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/emacs/24.3

Command Explanations

--with-gif=no: This option is required if libungif is not installed.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: Place library executables in a Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS) location.

--localstatedir=/var: Create game score files in /var/games/emacs instead of /usr/var/games/emacs.

Installed Programs: ctags, ebrowse, emacs, emacsclient, etags, grep-changelog, and rcs-checkin

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/emacs, /usr/share/emacs, and /var/games/emacs

Short Descriptions

ctags	creates cross-reference tagfile database files for source code.
ebrowse	permits browsing of C++ class hierarchies from within emacs.
emacs	is an editor.
emacsclient	attaches an emacs session to an already running emacsserver instance.
etags	is another program to generate source code cross-reference tagfiles.
grep-changelog	prints entries in Change Logs matching various criteria.
rcs-checkin	is a shell script used to check files into RCS.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

JOE-3.7

Introduction to JOE

JOE (Joe's own editor) is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/joe-editor/joe-3.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/joe-3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 66de1b073e869ba12abbfcde3885c577
Download size: 680 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/joe

Installation of JOE

Install JOE by running the following commands:

./configure --sysconfdir=/etc --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring JOE

Config Files

/etc/joe/jmacsrc, /etc/joe/joerc, /etc/joe/jpicorc, /etc/joe/jstarrc, /etc/joe/rjoerc, and ~/.joerc

Installed Programs: jmacs, joe, jpico, jstar, rjoe, and termidx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/joe, /usr/share/joe, and /usr/share/doc/joe

Short Descriptions

jmacs	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Emacs emulation mode.
joe	is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.
jpico	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Pico emulation mode.
jstar	is a symbolic link to joe used to launch WordStar emulation mode.
rjoe	is a symbolic link to joe that restricts JOE to editing only files which are specified on the command-line.
termidx	is a program used by joe to generate the termcap index file.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Nano-2.3.2

Introduction to Nano

The Nano package contains a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nano/nano-2.3.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nano/nano-2.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6451aeae836471cadea8567c44a46c99
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Nano Dependencies

Optional

S-Lang-2.2.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Nano

Installation of Nano

Install Nano by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --enable-utf8 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/nanorc.sample /etc &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nano-2.3.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{,man/,texinfo/}*.html /usr/share/doc/nano-2.3.2

Command Explanations

--enable-utf8: This switch enables unicode support in Nano.

--with-slang=/usr: This forces Nano to use S-Lang. Use this if installed.

Configuring nano

Config Files

/etc/nanorc and ~/.nanorc

Configuration Information

Example configuration (create as a system-wide /etc/nanorc or a personal ~/.nanorc file)

set autoindent
set const
set fill 72
set historylog
set multibuffer
set nohelp
set regexp
set smooth
set suspend

Another example is the nanorc.sample file in the /etc directory. It includes color configurations and has some documentation included in the comments.

Installed Programs: nano and rnano

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/nano and /usr/share/doc/nano-2.3.2

Short Descriptions

nano	is a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.
rnano	is a restricted mode for nano.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Vim-7.4

Introduction to Vim

The Vim package, which is an abbreviation for VI IMproved, contains a vi clone with extra features as compared to the original vi.

The default LFS instructions install vim as a part of the base system. If you would prefer to link vim against X, you should recompile vim to enable GUI mode. There is no need for special instructions since X support is automatically detected.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/unix/vim-7.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 607e135c559be642f210094ad023dc65
Download size: 9.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 90 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

Additional Downloads

Translated Vim messages: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/extra/vim-7.2-lang.tar.gz

Vim Dependencies

Optional

GTK+-2.24.20 or LessTif, Python-2.7.5, Tcl-8.6.0, Ruby-2.0.0, and GPM-1.20.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vim

Installation of Vim

Note

If you recompile Vim to link against X and your X libraries are not on the root partition, you will no longer have an editor for use in emergencies. You may choose to install an additional editor, not link Vim against X, or move the current vim executable to the /bin directory under a different name such as vi.

If desired, unpack the translated messages archive:

tar -xf ../vim-7.2-lang.tar.gz --strip-components=1

Install Vim by running the following commands:

echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE  "/etc/vimrc"' >>  src/feature.h &&
echo '#define SYS_GVIMRC_FILE "/etc/gvimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-features=huge &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test. The vim test suite outputs a lot of binary data to the screen, which can cause issues with the settings of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting the output to a log file. Even if one of the tests fails to produce the file test.out in src/testdir, the remaining tests will still be executed. If all goes well,the final message in the log file will be ALL DONE. Note: Some color tests expect to be executed under the xterm terminal emulator.

Now, as the root user:

make install

By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-7.4, making it consistent with the location of documentation for other packages:

ln -snfv ../vim/vim74/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-7.4

If you wish to update the runtime files, issue the following command (requires rsync-3.0.9):

rsync -avzcP --delete --exclude="/dos/" --exclude="/spell/" \
    ftp.nluug.nl::Vim/runtime/ ./runtime/

To install the runtime files and regenerate the tags file, as the root user issue:

make -C src installruntime &&
vim -c ":helptags /usr/share/doc/vim-7.4" -c ":q"

Command Explanations

--with-features=huge: This switch enables all the additional features available in Vim.

--enable-gui=no: This will prevent compilation of the GUI. Vim will still link against X, so that some features such as the client-server model or the x11-selection (clipboard) are still available.

--without-x: If you prefer not to link Vim against X, use this switch.

--enable-perlinterp, --enable-pythoninterp, --enable-tclinterp, --enable-rubyinterp: These options include the Perl, Python, Tcl, or Ruby interpreters that allow using other application code in vim scripts.

Configuring Vim

Config Files

/etc/vimrc and ~/.vimrc

Configuration Information

Vim has an integrated spell checker which you can enable it if you issue the following in a vim window:

:setlocal spell spelllang=ru

This setting will enable spell checking for the Russian language for the current session.

By default, Vim only installs spell files for the English language. If a spell file is not available for a language, then Vim will call the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/spellfile.vim plugin and will try to obtain the *.spl and optionally *.sug from the vim ftp server, by using the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim plugin.

Alternatively you can manually download the *.spl and *.sug files from: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/ and save them to ~/.vim/spell or in /usr/share/vim/vim74/spell/.

To find out what's new in Vim-7.4 issue the following command:

:help version-7.4

For additional information on setting up Vim configuration files, see The vimrc Files and http://www.vi-improved.org/vimrc.php.

A list of the reinstalled files, along with their short descriptions can be found in the LFS Vim Installation Instructions

Installed Programs: gview, gvim, gvimdiff, rgview, and rgvim

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/vim

Short Descriptions

gview	starts gvim in read-only mode.
gvim	is the editor that runs under X and includes a GUI.
gvimdiff	edits two or three versions of a file with gvim and shows the differences.
rgview	is a restricted version of gview.
rgvim	is a restricted version of gvim.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Other Editors

pico is a text editor installed as a part of Re-alpine-2.03.

mcedit is a text editor installed as part of MC-4.8.10.

Last updated on 2012-04-17 10:53:55 -0700

Chapter 7. Shells

We are all familiar with the Bourne Again SHell, but there are two other user interfaces that are considered useful modern shells – the Berkeley Unix C shell and the Korn shell. This chapter installs packages compatible with these additional shell types.

Dash-0.5.7

Introduction to Dash

Dash is a POSIX compliant shell. It can be installed as /bin/sh or as the default shell for either root or a second user with a userid of 0. It depends on fewer libraries than the Bash shell and is therefore less likely to be affected by an upgrade problem or disk failure. Dash is also useful for checking that a script is completely compatible with POSIX syntax.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/dash/files/dash-0.5.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f6cedb10ae7258adb5ab17a10ae80d51
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Dash Dependencies

Optional

libedit (command line editor library)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dash

Installation of Dash

Install Dash by running the following commands:

./configure --bindir=/bin --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you would like to make dash the default sh, recreate the /bin/sh symlink as the root user:

Note

If you create the symbolic link from dash to sh, you will need to reset the link to bash to build LFS.

ln -svf dash /bin/sh

Command Explanations

--bindir=/bin: This parameter places the dash binary into the root filesystem.

--with-libedit: To compile Dash with libedit support.

Configuring Dash

Config Files

Dash sources /etc/profile and ~/.profile

Configuration Information

Update /etc/shells to include the Dash shell by issuing the following command as the root user:

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/dash
EOF

Installed Program: dash

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Description

dash

is a POSIX compliant shell.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 09:31:34 -0700

Tcsh-6.18.01

Introduction to Tcsh

The Tcsh package contains “an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell (csh)”. This is useful as an alternative shell for those who prefer C syntax to that of the bash shell, and also because some programs require the C shell in order to perform installation tasks.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.sfr-fresh.com/unix/misc/tcsh-6.18.01.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.astron.com/pub/tcsh/tcsh-6.18.01.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6eed09dbd4223ab5b6955378450d228a
Download size: 912 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcsh

Installation of Tcsh

Install Tcsh by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's|\$\*|#&|' -e 's|fR/g|&m|' tcsh.man2html &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin &&
make &&
sh ./tcsh.man2html

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install install.man &&
ln -v -sf tcsh   /bin/csh &&
ln -v -sf tcsh.1 /usr/share/man/man1/csh.1 &&
install -v -m755 -d          /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.18.01/html &&
install -v -m644 tcsh.html/* /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.18.01/html &&
install -v -m644 FAQ         /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.18.01

Command Explanations

sed -i -e 's|\$\*|#&|' -e 's|fR/g|&m|' tcsh.man2html: This updates some deprecated Perl code.

--bindir=/bin: This installs the tcsh program in /bin instead of /usr/bin.

sh ./tcsh.man2html: This creates HTML documentation from the formatted man page.

ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh: The FHS states that if there is a C shell installed, there should be a symlink from /bin/csh to it. This creates that symlink.

Configuring Tcsh

Config Files

There are numerous configuration files for the C shell. Examples of these are /etc/csh.cshrc, /etc/csh.login, /etc/csh.logout, ~/.tcshrc, ~/.cshrc, ~/.history, ~/.cshdirs, ~/.login, and ~/.logout. More information on these files can be found in the tcsh(1) man page.

Configuration Information

Update /etc/shells to include the C shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
EOF

Installed Program: tcsh

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.18.01

Short Descriptions

tcsh

is an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell, csh. It is usable as both an interactive shell and a script processor.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 09:31:34 -0700

zsh-5.0.2

Introduction to zsh

The zsh package contains a command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles ksh but includes many enhancements.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-5.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b8f2ad691acf58b3252225746480dcad
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB (includes installing documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/zsh-5.0.2-makeinfo-1.patch
Optional Documentation: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/zsh/zsh-5.0.2-doc.tar.bz2
Documentation MD5 sum: b6818cbbea635b2f70883bb913d0a04a

zsh Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-8.33 and libcap2-2.22

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zsh

Installation of zsh

If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack it with the following command:

tar --strip-components=1 -xvf ../zsh-5.0.2-doc.tar.bz2

Install zsh by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../zsh-5.0.2-makeinfo-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr         \
            --bindir=/bin         \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/zsh \
            --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh                  &&
make                                                  &&

makeinfo  Doc/zsh.texi --html      -o Doc/html        &&
makeinfo  Doc/zsh.texi --html --no-split --no-headers \
                                   -o Doc/zsh.html    &&
makeinfo  Doc/zsh.texi --plaintext -o Doc/zsh.txt

If you have texlive-20130530 installed, you can build PDF format of the documentation by issuing the following command:

texi2pdf  Doc/zsh.texi -o Doc/zsh.pdf

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make infodir=/usr/share/info install.info

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2/html &&
install -v -m644    Doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2/html &&
install -v -m644    Doc/zsh.{html,txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2

If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2/html install.html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.dvi /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2

If you built the PDF format of the documentation, install it by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.pdf \
        /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh and --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh: These parameters are used so that all the zsh configuration files are consolidated into the /etc/zsh directory. Omit these parameters if you wish to retain historical compatibility by having all the files located in the /etc directory.

--bindir=/bin: This parameter places the zsh binaries into the root filesystem.

--enable-cap: This parameter enables POSIX capabilities.

--disable-gdbm: This parameter disables the use of the GDBM library.

--enable-pcre: This parameter allows to use the pcre regular expression library in shell builtins.

Multiple partitions

Linking zsh dynamically against pcre and/or gdbm produces runtime dependencies on libpcre.so and/or libgdbm.so respectively, which both reside in /usr hierarchy. If /usr is a separate mount point and zsh needs to be available in boot time, then its supporting libraries should be in /lib too. You can move the libraries as follows:

mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpcre.so.0 /usr/lib/libpcre.so

mv -v /usr/lib/libgdbm.so.* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libgdbm.so.3 /usr/lib/libgdbm.so

Alternatively you can statically link zsh against pcre and gdbm if you modify the config.modules file (you need first to run configure to generate it).

Configuring zsh

Config Files

There are a whole host of configuration files for zsh including /etc/zsh/zshenv, /etc/zsh/zprofile, /etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout. You can find more information on these in the zsh(1) and related manual pages.

Configuration Information

Update /etc/shells to include the zsh shell program names (as the root user):

cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/zsh
/bin/zsh-5.0.2
EOF

Installed Programs: zsh and zsh-5.0.2

Installed Libraries: Numerous plugin helper modules

Installed Directories: /etc/zsh, /usr/lib/zsh, /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.0.2 and /usr/share/zsh

Short Description

zsh

is a shell which has command-line editing, built-in spelling correction, programmable command completion, shell functions (with autoloading), a history mechanism, and a host of other features.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 09:31:34 -0700

Chapter 8. Virtualization

Virtualization allows running a complete operating system, or virtual machine (VM), within another operating environment as a task. There are several commercial and open source environments that either emulate another processor or utilize the hardware virtualization features of the host processor.

qemu-1.6.0

Introduction to qemu

qemu is a full virtualization solution for Linux on x86 hardware containing virtualization extensions (Intel VT or AMD-V).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://wiki.qemu.org/download/qemu-1.6.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f3f39308472d629aca57a255a0c91ba9
Download size: 11.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 192 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

Qemu Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Python-2.7.5, SDL-1.2.15, and X Window System

Optional

ALSA-1.0.27, attr-2.4.47, Check-0.9.10, cURL-7.32.0, EsounD-0.2.41, MesaLib-9.2.0, and Cyrus SASL-2.1.26. Note that this optional dependencies list is not comprehensive. See the output of ./configure --help for a more complete list.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qemu

KVM Prerequsites

Before building qemu, check to see if your processor supports Virtualization Technology (VT):

egrep '^flags.*(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo

If you get any output, you have VT technology (vmx for Intel processors and svm for AMD processors). You then need to go into your system BIOS and ensure it is enabled. After enabing, reboot back to your LFS instance.

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Virtualization: Y
  Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) support: M or Y
  KVM for Intel processors support:           M or Y
  KVM for AMD processors support:             M or Y

The Intel or AMD settings are not both required, but the one matching your system processor is required.

For networking, check that the settings CONFIG_BRIDGE, CONFIG_STP, CONFIG_TUN are enabled and bridge-utils-1.5 is installed.

Installation of qemu

If xorg is not installed in /usr, then the linker needs to be told where it is. For example:

export LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/xorg/lib

Install qemu by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --sysconfdir=/etc            \
            --target-list=x86_64-softmmu &&
make

To run the built in tests, run make V=1 check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

For convenience you may want to create a symbolic link to run qemu-system-x86_64:

ln -sv qemu-system-x86_64 /usr/bin/qemu

Command Explanations

--target-list=x86_64-softmmu: This option limits the build target to the x86_64 architecture. For other hardware emulation see the --target-list list in configure's help output. Omitting this option will build all architectures.

Configuring qemu

To generate an image, run:

qemu-img create -f qcow2 vdisk.img 10G

Adjust the virtual disk size and image filename as desired. The actual size of the file will be less than specified, but will expand as it is used.

Note

The following instructions assume you have created the optional symbolic link, qemu. Additionally, you must run qemu from an X-Windows based terminal.

To install an operating system, download an iso of your choice or use a pre-intalled cdrom device. For the purposes of this example, use Fedora 16 that is downloaded as Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso in the current directory. Run the following:

qemu -enable-kvm -hda vdisk.img            \
     -cdrom Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso \
     -boot d                               \
     -m 384

Follow the normal installation procedures for the chosen distribution. The -boot option specifies the boot order of drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive letters are: a, b (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d (first CD-ROM). The -m option is the amount of memory to use for the virtual machine. If you have sufficient memory (2G or more), 1G is a reasonable value. For computers with 512MB of RAM it's safe to use -m 192, or even -m 128 (the default). The -enable-kvm option allows for hardware acceleeration. Without this switch, the emulation is relatively slow.

To run the newly installed operating system, run:

qemu -enable-kvm vdisk.img -m 384

To add networking to the instance add "-net nic -net user" to the command above. qemu provides a DHCP server for the VM and, depending on the client system, sets up networking though the host.

One problem with the above networking solution is that it does not provide the ability to connect with the local network. To do that, there are several additional steps that need to be done, all as the root user:

Set up bridging with bridge-utils-1.5.
Allow the host system to forward IP packets.
```
sysctl -w net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
```
To make this permanent, add the command to /etc/syssysctl.conf:
```
cat >> /etc/sysctl.conf << EOF
net.ipv4.ip_forward=1
EOF
```

Create scripts for qemu to attach the client network device, usually visible as tap0, to the host bridge.

cat > /etc/qemu-ifup << EOF
#!/bin/bash

switch=br0

if [ -n "\$1" ]; then
  # Add new tap0 interface to bridge
  /sbin/ip link set \$1 up
  sleep 0.5s
  /usr/sbin/brctl addif \$switch \$1
else
  echo "Error: no interface specified"
  exit 1
fi

exit 0
EOF

chmod +x /etc/qemu-ifup

cat > /etc/qemu-ifdown << EOF
#!/bin/bash

switch=br0

if [ -n "\$1" ]; then
  # Remove tap0 interface from bridge
  /usr/sbin/brctl delif \$switch \$1
else
  echo "Error: no interface specified"
  exit 1
fi

exit 0
EOF

chmod +x /etc/qemu-ifdown

Note

The backslashes in the abouve script are for convenience for cut/paste operations. The backslashes should not appear in the final scripts.

Start qemu with "-net nic -net tap" options.
If a connection, such as ssh, from the local network to the client VM is desired, the client should probably be configured with a static IP address.

Installed Program: qemu-ga, qemu-img, qemu-io, qemu-nbd, qemu-system-x86_64

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/qemu, /usr/share/qemu, /usr/share/doc/qemu

Short Description

qemu-ga	implements support for QMP (QEMU Monitor Protocol) commands and events that terminate and originate respectively within the guest using an agent built as part of QEMU.
qemu-img	provides commands to manage QEMU disk images.
qemu-io	is a diagnostic and manipulation program for (virtual) memory media. It is still at an early stage of development.
qemu-nbd	exports Qemu disk images using the QEMU Disk Network Block Device (NBD) protocol.
qemu-system-x86_64	is the QEMU PC System emulator.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

Part III. General Libraries and Utilities

Chapter 9. General Libraries

Libraries contain code which is often required by more than one program. This has the advantage that each program doesn't need to duplicate code (and risk introducing bugs), it just has to call functions from the libraries installed on the system. The most obvious example of a set of libraries is Glibc which is installed during the LFS book. This contains all of the C library functions which programs use.

There are two types of libraries: static and shared. Shared libraries (usually libXXX.so) are loaded into memory from the shared copy at runtime (hence the name). Static libraries (libXXX.a ) are actually linked into the program executable file itself, thus making the program file larger. Quite often, you will find both static and shared copies of the same library on your system.

Generally, you only need to install libraries when you are installing software that needs the functionality they supply. In the BLFS book, each package is presented with a list of (known) dependencies. Thus, you can figure out which libraries you need to have before installing that program. If you are installing something without using BLFS instructions, usually the README or INSTALL file will contain details of the program's requirements.

There are certain libraries which nearly everyone will need at some point. In this chapter these and some others are listed and it is explained why you may want to install them.

Apr-1.4.8

Introduction to Apr

The Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is a supporting library for the Apache web server. It provides a set of application programming interfaces (APIs) that map to the underlying Operating System (OS). Where the OS doesn't support a particular function, APR will provide an emulation. Thus programmers can use the APR to make a program portable across different platforms.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-1.4.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.apache.org/apr/apr-1.4.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ce2ab01a0c3cdb71cf0a6326b8654f41
Download size: 760 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (1.4 with tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apr

Installation of Apr

Install Apr by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static \
  --with-installbuilddir=/usr/share/apr-1/build &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This stops it from compiling a static version of libapr-1.

Installed Program: apr-1-config

Installed Library: libapr-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/apr-1 and /usr/share/apr-1

Short Descriptions

apr-1-config	is a shell script used to retrieve information about the apr library in the system. It is typically used to compile and link against the library.
`libapr-1.so`	is the Apache Portable Runtime library.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Apr-Util-1.5.2

Introduction to Apr Util

The Apache Portable Runtime Utility Library provides a predictable and consistent interface to underlying client library interfaces. This application programming interface assures predictable if not identical behaviour regardless of which libraries are available on a given platform.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-util-1.5.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 89c1348aa79e898d7c34a6206311c9c2
Download size: 680 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Apr Util Dependencies

Required

Apr-1.4.8

Optional

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, expat-2.1.0, FreeTDS, MySQL-5.6.13, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2 and unixODBC-2.3.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apr-util

Installation of Apr Util

Install Apr Util by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --with-apr=/usr     \
            --with-gdbm=/usr    \
            --with-openssl=/usr \
            --with-crypto &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-gdbm=/usr: This switch enables the apr_dbm_gdbm-1.so plugin.

--with-openssl=/usr --with-crypto: These switches enable the apr_crypto_openssl-1.so plugin. Remove them if you have not installed OpenSSL-1.0.1e.

--with-berkeley-db=/usr: If you have installed Berkeley DB-6.0.20, use this switch to compile the apr_dbm_db-1.so plugin.

Installed Program: apu-1-config

Installed Library: libaprutil-1.so

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/apr-util-1

Short Descriptions

libaprutil-1.so

contains functions that provide a predictable and consistent interface to underlying client library interfaces.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Aspell-0.60.6.1

Introduction to Aspell

The Aspell package contains an interactive spell checking program and the Aspell libraries. Aspell can either be used as a library or as an independent spell checker.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.6.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e66a9c9af6a60dc46134fdacf6ce97d7
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB (Additional 8 MB for EN dictionary)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

You'll need to download at least one dictionary. The link below will take you to a page containing links to dictionaries in many languages.

Aspell dictionaries: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict

Aspell Dependencies

Required

Which-2.20 (for the dictionaries)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aspell

Installation of Aspell

Install Aspell by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell{,-dev}.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell-dev.html/* \
    /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell-dev.html

If you do not plan to install Ispell, then copy the wrapper script ispell:

install -v -m 755 scripts/ispell /usr/bin/

If you do not plan to install Spell, then copy the wrapper script spell:

install -v -m 755 scripts/spell /usr/bin/

Configuring Aspell

Configuration Information

After Aspell is installed, you must set up at least one dictionary. Install one or more dictionaries by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: aspell, aspell-import, precat, preunzip, prezip, prezip-bin, pspell-config, run-with-aspell, word-list-compress and optionally, ispell and spell.

Installed Libraries: libaspell.so and libpspell.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pspell and /usr/lib/aspell-0.60

Short Descriptions

aspell	is a utility that can function as an ispell -a replacement, as an independent spell checker, as a test utility to test out Aspell features, and as a utility for managing dictionaries.
ispell	is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in ispell compatible mode.
spell	is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in spell compatible mode.
aspell-import	imports old personal dictionaries into Aspell.
precat	decompresses a prezipped file to stdout.
preunzip	decompresses a prezipped file.
prezip	is a prefix delta compressor, used to compress sorted word lists or other similar text files.
prezip-bin	is called by the various wrapper scripts to perform the actual compressing and decompressing.
pspell-config	displays information about the `libpspell` installation, mostly for use in build scripts.
run-with-aspell	is a script to help use Aspell as an ispell replacement.
word-list-compress	compresses or decompresses sorted word lists for use with the Aspell spell checker.
`libaspell.so`	contains spell checking API functions.
`libpspell.so`	is an interface to the `libaspell` library. All the spell checking functionality is now in `libaspell` but this library is included for backward compatibility.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Boost-1.54.0

Introduction to Boost

Boost provides a set of free peer-reviewed portable C++ source libraries. It includes libraries for linear algebra, pseudorandom number generation, multithreading, image processing, regular expressions and unit testing.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/boost/boost_1_54_0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 15cb8c0803064faef0c4ddf5bc5ca279
Download size: 55 MB
Estimated disk space required: 713 MB
Estimated build time: 5.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/boost-1.54.0-glibc-1.patch

Boost Dependencies

Optional

ICU-51.2 and Python-2.7.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/boost

Installation of Boost

Install Boost by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../boost-1.54.0-glibc-1.patch &&
./bootstrap.sh --prefix=/usr &&
./b2 stage threading=multi link=shared

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

./b2 install threading=multi link=shared

Command Explanations

threading=multi: This parameter ensures that Boost is built with multithreading support.

link=shared: This parameter ensures that only shared libraries are created, except for libboost_exception and libboost_test_exec_monitor which are created as static. Most people will not need the static libraries, indeed most programs using Boost only use the headers, but omit this parameter if you do need them.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libboost_atomic.so, libboost_chrono.so, libboost_context.so, libboost_date_time.so, libboost_exception.a, libboost_filesystem.so, libboost_graph.so, libboost_iostreams.so, libboost_locale.so, libboost_math_c99f.so, libboost_math_c99l.so, libboost_math_c99.so, libboost_math_tr1f.so, libboost_math_tr1l.so, libboost_math_tr1.so, libboost_prg_exec_monitor.so, libboost_program_options.so, libboost_python.so, libboost_random.so, libboost_regex.so, libboost_serialization.so, libboost_signals.so, libboost_system.so, libboost_test_exec_monitor.a, libboost_thread.so, libboost_timer.so, libboost_unit_test_framework.so, libboost_wave.so and libboost_wserialization.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/boost

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

dbus-glib-0.100.2

Introduction to D-Bus GLib

The D-Bus GLib package contains GLib interfaces to the D-Bus API.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-glib/dbus-glib-0.100.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ad0920c7e3aad669163bb59171cf138e
Download size: 732 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

D-Bus GLib Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14, expat-2.1.0 and GLib-2.36.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus-glib

Installation of D-Bus GLib

Install D-Bus GLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc              \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/dbus-1.0 \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that more comprehensive tests can be run by following the same method used in D-Bus instructions, which requires building the package twice.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: dbus-binding-tool

Installed Library: libdbus-glib-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/dbus-glib and /usr/share/doc/dbus-glib-0.100.2

Short Descriptions

dbus-binding-tool	is a tool used to interface with the D-Bus API.
`libdbus-glib-1.so`	contains GLib interface functions to the D-Bus API.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

enchant-1.6.0

Introduction to enchant

The enchant package provide a generic interface into various existing spell checking libaries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/enchant/1.6.0/enchant-1.6.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netbsd.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/enchant-1.6.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: de11011aff801dc61042828041fb59c7
Download size: 593 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

enchant Dependencies

Required

Optional

dbus-glib-0.100.2, Hspell, Hunspell, and Voikko

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/enchant

Installation of enchant

Install enchant by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring enchant

Config Files

~/.enchant and /usr/share/enchant/enchant.ordering

Configuration Information

See more details in the enchant(1) manual page.

Installed Programs: enchant and enchant-lsmod

Installed Libraries: libenchant.{so,a} and various backend libraries

Installed Directories: /usr/{include/enchant,lib/enchant,share/enchant}

Short Descriptions

enchant	is a spellchecker
enchant-lsmod	lists available backends, languages, and dictionaries.
`libenchant.{so,a}`	contains spell checking interface API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Exempi-2.2.1

Introduction to Exempi

Exempi is an implementation of XMP (Adobe's Extensible Metadata Platform).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://libopenraw.freedesktop.org/download/exempi-2.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0f8e5832299224684a65847eedf8d1e4
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 216 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Exempi Dependencies

Required

Boost-1.54.0

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exempi

Installation of Exempi

Install Exempi by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. If Valgrind is installed, mosts tests will indicate a failure, but that is a test problem and not a package problem.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: exempi

Installed Library: libexempi.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/exempi-2.0

Short Descriptions

libexempi.so

is a library used to parse XMP metadata.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Expat-2.1.0

Introduction to Expat

The Expat package contains a stream oriented C library for parsing XML.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/expat/expat-2.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dd7dab7a5fea97d2a6a43f511449b7cd
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/expat

Installation of Expat

Install Expat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,png,css} /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0

To test the results, issue: make check as an unprivileged user. Note this must be done after the package is installed.

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: xmlwf

Installed Library: libexpat.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/expat-2.1.0

Short Descriptions

xmlwf	is a non-validating utility to check whether or not XML documents are well formed.
`libexpat.so`	contains API functions for parsing XML.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Gamin-0.1.10

Introduction to Gamin

The Gamin package contains a File Alteration Monitor which is useful for notifying applications of changes to the file system. Gamin is compatible with FAM.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/sources/gamin-0.1.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/gamin-0.1.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b4ec549e57da470c04edd5ec2876a028
Download size: 639 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Gamin Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gamin

Installation of Gamin

Install Gamin by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/G_CONST_RETURN/const/' server/gam_{node,subscription}.{c,h} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/sbin --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that some tests may display errors.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.10 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{html,fig,gif,txt} /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.10

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/G_CONST_RETURN/const/' server/gam_{node,subscription}.{c,h}: This sed fixes compiling with Glib 2.32 or greater installed.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring Gamin

Configuration Information

No configuration is generally required and the default options should work for most users. See http://www.gnome.org/~veillard/gamin/config.html for details.

Installed Program: gam_server

Installed Libraries: libfam.so, libgamin-1.so, libgamin_shared.a and (if you've installed Python 2) _gamin.so.

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/gamin-0.1.10

Short Descriptions

gam_server	is the file alteration monitor daemon that is started on demand for each user.
`libgamin.so`	contains functions that support the file allocation monitor.
`libfam.so`	contains functions that provide compatibility with FAM.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

GLib-2.36.4

Introduction to GLib

The GLib package contains a low-level libraries useful for providing data structure handling for C, portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading and an object system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.36/glib-2.36.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.36/glib-2.36.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2f4b15f7ef43d8702d067ab987bf7aba
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 167 MB
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (additional 4.8 SBU to run the test suite)

GLib Dependencies

Required

libffi-3.0.13, pkg-config-0.28 and Python-2.7.5

Optional

attr-2.4.47, D-Bus-1.6.14 (required to run the tests) and GTK-Doc-1.19

Additional Runtime Dependencies

Quoted directly from the INSTALL file; “Some of the mimetype-related functionality in GIO requires the update-mime-database and update-desktop-database utilities”, which are part of shared-mime-info-1.1 and desktop-file-utils-0.22, respectively.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib2

Installation of GLib

Install GLib by running the following commands:

touch -t 201306082300 gtk-doc.make           &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-pcre=system &&
make

The GLib test suite requires desktop-file-utils in order to run. However, desktop-file-utils requires GLib in order to compile; therefore, you must first install GLib and then run the test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

You should now install desktop-file-utils-0.22 and proceed to run the test suite.

To test the results, issue: make -k check. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment.

Command Explanations

touch -t 201306082300 gtk-doc.make: Adjust a time stamp to avoid unnecessary rebuilding of documentation.

--with-pcre=system: This switch causes the build to use a system-provided version of the PCRE library instead of an internal version.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gdbus, gdbus-codegen, gio-querymodules, glib-compile-resources, glib-compile-schemas, glib-genmarshal, glib-gettextize, glib-mkenums, gobject-query, gresource, gsettings, gtester and gtester-report

Installed Libraries: libgio-2.0.so, libglib-2.0.so, libgmodule-2.0.so, libgobject-2.0.so and libgthread-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gio-unix-2.0, /usr/include/glib-2.0, /usr/lib/gdbus-2.0, /usr/lib/gio, /usr/lib/glib-2.0, /usr/share/glib-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gio, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/glib and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gobject

Short Descriptions

gdbus	is a simple tool used for working with D-Bus objects.
gdbus-codegen	is used to generate code and/or documentation for one or more D-Bus interfaces.
gio-querymodules	is used to create a giomodule.cache file in the listed directories. This file lists the implemented extension points for each module that has been found.
glib-compile-resources	is used to read the resource description from file and the files that it references to create a binary resource bundle that is suitable for use with the GResource API.
glib-compile-schemas	is used to compile all the GSettings XML schema files in directory into a binary file with the name gschemas.compiled that can be used by GSettings.
glib-genmarshal	is a C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures.
glib-gettextize	is a variant of the gettext internationalization utility.
glib-mkenums	is a C language enum description generation utility.
gobject-query	is a small utility that draws a tree of types.
gresource	offers a simple commandline interface to GResource.
gsettings	offers a simple commandline interface to GSettings.
gtester	is a test running utility.
gtester-report	is a test report formatting utility.
GLib libraries	contain a low-level core libraries for the GIMP Toolkit.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

GLibmm-2.36.2

Introduction to GLibmm

The GLibmm package is a set of C++ bindings for GLib.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glibmm/2.36/glibmm-2.36.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glibmm/2.36/glibmm-2.36.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5c96d566c22c209d7b9cbf2344c469e9
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 173 MB
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU

GLibmm Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and libsigc++-2.2.11

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glibmm

Installation of GLibmm

Install GLibmm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgiomm-2.4.so, libglibmm-2.4.so and libglibmm_generate_extra_defs-2.4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/giomm-2.4, /usr/include/glibmm-2.4, /usr/lib/giomm-2.4, /usr/lib/glibmm-2.4, /usr/share/devhelp/books/glibmm-2.4 and /usr/share/doc/glibmm-2.4

Short Descriptions

`libgiomm-2.4.so`	contains the Gio API classes.
`libglibmm-2.4.so`	contains the GLib API classes.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

GMime-2.6.17

Introduction to GMime

The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/2.6/gmime-2.6.17.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/2.6/gmime-2.6.17.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 20844d957c88d23217ee79b8f6caf99a
Download size: 728 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GMime Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and libgpg-error-1.12

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GPGME-1.4.3, GTK-Doc-1.19 and Gtk# (requires Mono)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gmime

Installation of GMime

Install GMime by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-smime: Use this switch if you have installed GPGME-1.4.3 and wish to enable S/MIME support in GMime.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgmime-2.6.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gmime-2.6 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gmime

Short Descriptions

libgmime-2.6.so

contains API functions used by programs that need to comply to the MIME standards.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gobject-introspection-1.36.0

Introduction to GObject Introspection

The GObject Introspection is used to describe the program APIs and collect them in a uniform, machine readable format.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gobject-introspection/1.36/gobject-introspection-1.36.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gobject-introspection/1.36/gobject-introspection-1.36.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 747523a60d02effe39417e2157b3a1c4
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Required

Optional

Cairo-1.12.16 (required for the tests), GTK-Doc-1.19 and Mako

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gobject-introspection

Installation of GObject Introspection

Install GObject Introspection by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: g-ir-annotation-tool, g-ir-compiler, g-ir-doc-tool, g-ir-generate, and g-ir-scanner

Installed Libraries: libgirepository-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gobject-introspection-1.0, /usr/lib/girepository-1.0, /usr/lib/gobject-introspection, /usr/share/gir-1.0, and /usr/share/gobject-introspection-1.0

Short Descriptions

g-ir-compiler	converts one or more GIR files into one or more typelib.
g-ir-scanner	is a tool which generates GIR XML files by parsing headers and introspecting GObject based libraries.
g-ir-generate	is a GIR generator using the repository API.
`libgirepository-1.0.so`	provides an API to access to the typelib metadata.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Gsl-1.16

Introduction to Gsl

The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It provides a wide range of mathematical routines such as random number generators, special functions and least-squares fitting.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gsl/gsl-1.16.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gsl/gsl-1.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e49a664db13d81c968415cd53f62bc8b
Download size: 3.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 208 MB
Estimated build time: 2.2 SBU

Installation of Gsl

Install Gsl by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make                                       &&
make html

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install                  &&
mkdir /usr/share/doc/gsl-1.16 &&
cp doc/gsl-ref.html/* /usr/share/doc/gsl-1.16

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: gsl-config, gsl-histogram, and gsl-randist.

Installed Libraries: libgslcblas.so and libgsl.so.

Installed Directory: /usr/include/gsl

Short Descriptions

gsl-config	is a shell script to get the version number and compiler flags of the installed Gsl library.
gsl-histogram	is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that computes a histogram from data taken from stdin.
gsl-randist	is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that generates random samples from various distributions.
`libgslcblas.so`	contains functions that implement a C interface to Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms.
`libgsl.so.so`	contains functions that provide a collection of numerical routines for scientific computing.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

ICU-51.2

Introduction to ICU

The International Components for Unicode (ICU) package is a mature, widely used set of C/C++ libraries providing Unicode and Globalization support for software applications. ICU is widely portable and gives applications the same results on all platforms.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.icu-project.org/files/icu4c/51.2/icu4c-51_2-src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 072e501b87065f3a0ca888f1b5165709
Download size: 21 MB
Estimated disk space required: 288 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

ICU Dependencies

Optional

LLVM-3.3 (with Clang)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icu

Installation of ICU

Install ICU by running the following commands:

cd source &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: derb, genbrk, genccode, gencfu, gencmn, gencnval, gendict, gennorm2, genrb, gensprep, icu-config, icuinfo, icupkg, makeconv, pkgdata and uconv

Installed Libraries: libicudata.so, libicui18n.so, libicuio.so, libicule.so, libiculx.so, libicutest.so, libicutu.so and libicuuc.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/layout, /usr/include/unicode, /usr/lib/icu and /usr/share/icu

Short Descriptions

derb	disassembles a resource bundle.
genbrk	compiles ICU break iteration rules source files into binary data files.
genccode	generates C or platform specific assembly code from an ICU data file.
gencfu	reads in Unicode confusable character definitions and writes out the binary data.
gencmn	generates an ICU memory-mappable data file.
gencnval	compiles the converter's aliases file.
gendict	compiles word list into ICU string trie dictionary.
genrb	compiles a resource bundle.
gensprep	compiles StringPrep data from filtered RFC 3454 files.
icu-config	outputs ICU build options.
icuinfo	outputs configuration information about the current ICU.
icupkg	extracts or modifies an ICU .dat archive.
makeconv	compiles a converter table.
pkgdata	packages data for use by ICU.
uconv	converts data from one encoding to another.
`libicudata.so`	is the data library.
`libicui18n.so`	is the internationalization (i18n) library.
`libicuio.so`	is the ICU I/O (unicode stdio) library.
`libicule.so`	is the layout engine.
`libiculx.so`	is the layout extensions engine.
`libicutest.so`	is the test library.
`libicutu.so`	is the tool utility library.
`libicuuc.so`	is the common library.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

ISO Codes-3.46

Introduction to ISO Codes

The ISO Codes package contains a list of country, language and currency names and it is used as a central database for accessing this data.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pkg-isocodes.alioth.debian.org/downloads/iso-codes-3.46.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9f5cb1990e00b549bdabd9bbbd4db809
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 106 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iso-codes

Installation of ISO Codes

Install ISO Codes by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/xml/iso-codes

Last updated on 2013-09-03 01:39:22 -0700

JS-17.0.0

Introduction to JS

JS is Mozilla's JavaScript engine written in C/C++.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/js/mozjs17.0.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/js/mozjs17.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 20b6f8f1140ef6e47daa3b16965c9202
Download size: 6.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 GB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

JS Dependencies

Required

libffi-3.0.13, NSPR-4.10, Python-2.7.5 and Zip-3.0

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and makedepend-1.0.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/JS

Installation of JS

Install JS by running the following commands:

cd js/src &&
./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --enable-readline   \
            --enable-threadsafe \
            --with-system-ffi   \
            --with-system-nspr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find /usr/include/js-17.0/            \
     /usr/lib/libmozjs-17.0.a         \
     /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mozjs-17.0.pc \
     -type f -exec chmod -v 644 {} \;

Command Explanations

--enable-threadsafe: This switch enables support for multiple threads.

--enable-readline: This switch enables Readline support in JS shell.

--with-system-ffi: This switch forces the package to link to the system version of libffi instead of using its included, and now old, version.

--with-system-nspr: This switch forces the package to link to the system version of NSPR instead of using its included, and now old, version.

Installed Programs: js17 and js17-config

Installed Libraries: libmozjs-17.0.a and libmozjs-17.0.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/js-17.0

Short Descriptions

js17	provides a command line interface to the JavaScript engine.
js17-config	is used to find out JS compiler and linker flags.
`libmozjs-17.0.so`	contains the Mozilla JavaScript API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

JSON-C-0.11

Introduction to JSON-C

The JSON-C implements a reference counting object model that allows you to easily construct JSON objects in C, output them as JSON formatted strings and parse JSON formatted strings back into the C representation of JSON objects.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://s3.amazonaws.com/json-c_releases/releases/json-c-0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: aa02367d2f7a830bf1e3376f77881e98
Download size: 548 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/json-c

Installation of JSON-C

Note

This package does not support parallel build.

Install JSON-C by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libjson-c.so and libjson.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/json and /usr/include/json-c

Short Descriptions

`libjson.so`	contains the JSON-C API functions.
`libjson-c.so`	contains the JSON-C API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

JSON-GLib-0.16.0

Introduction to JSON GLib

The JSON GLib package is a library providing serialization and deserialization support for the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format described by RFC 4627.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/json-glib/0.16/json-glib-0.16.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/json-glib/0.16/json-glib-0.16.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bbca11f32509d6eb3f54d24156e7312d
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

JSON-GLib Dependencies

Required

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/json-glib

Installation of JSON GLib

Install JSON GLib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libjson-glib-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/json-glib-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/json-glib

Short Descriptions

libjson-glib-1.0.so

contains the JSON GLib API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

keyutils-1.5.6

Introduction to keyutils

Keyutils is a set of utilities for managing the key retention facility in the kernel, which can be used by filesystems, block devices and more to gain and retain the authorization and encryption keys required to perform secure operations.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/keyutils/keyutils-1.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2a459462c7ebdff0ce2eb398b92ced9c
Download size: 63 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/keyutils

Installation of keyutils

Install keyutils by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make NO_ARLIB=1 install

Command Explanations

NO_ARLIB=1: This make flag disables installing the static library.

Configuring keyutils

Config Files

/etc/request-key.conf and /etc/request-key.d/*

Installed Programs: keyctl, key.dns_resolver, and request-key

Installed Library: libkeyutils.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/keyutils

Short Descriptions

keyctl	is to control the key management facility in various ways using a variety of subcommands.
`libkeyutils.so`	contains the keyuils library API instantiation.

Last updated on 2013-08-31 15:39:51 -0700

libarchive-3.1.2

Introduction to libarchive

The libarchive library provides a single interface for reading/writing various compression formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.libarchive.org/downloads/libarchive-3.1.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: efad5a503f66329bb9d2f4308b5de98a
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

libarchive Dependencies

Optional

acl-2.2.52, libxml2-2.9.1 or expat-2.1.0, LZO-2.06, Nettle-2.7.1 and OpenSSL-1.0.1e

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libarchive

Installation of libarchive

Install libarchive by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: bsdcpio and bsdtar

Installed Libraries: libarchive.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

bsdcpio	is a tool similar to cpio.
bsdtar	is a tool similar to GNU tar.
`libarchive.so`	is a library that can create and read several streaming archive formats.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

libassuan-2.1.1

Introduction to libassuan

The libassuan package contains an inter process communication library used by some of the other GnuPG related packages. libassuan's primary use is to allow a client to interact with a non-persistent server. libassuan is not, however, limited to use with GnuPG servers and clients. It was designed to be flexible enough to meet the demands of many transaction based environments with non-persistent servers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libassuan/libassuan-2.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 757243cc4a71b30ed8d8dbe784035d36
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libassuan Dependencies

Required

libgpg-error-1.12

Optional

texlive-20130530

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libassuan

Installation of libassuan

Install libassuan by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you wish to build documentation, you must have texlive-20130530 installed, then issue the following command:

make -C doc pdf ps

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the documentation, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.1.1 &&
install -v -m644  doc/assuan.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
                  /usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.1.1

Installed Program: libassuan-config

Installed Library: libassuan.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.1.1

Short Descriptions

libassuan.so

is an inter process communication library which implements the Assuan protocol.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

libatasmart-0.19

Introduction to libatasmart

The libatasmart package is a disk reporting library. It only supports a subset of the ATA S.M.A.R.T. functionality.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/public/libatasmart-0.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 53afe2b155c36f658e121fe6def33e77
Download size: 248 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libatasmart

Installation of libatasmart

Install libatasmart by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatasmart-0.19 install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: skdump and sktest

Installed Library: libatasmart.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libatasmart

Short Descriptions

skdump	is a utility that reports on the status of the disk.
sktest	is a utility to issue disks tests.
`libatasmart.so`	contains the ATA S.M.A.R.T API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

libatomic_ops-7.2d

Introduction to libatomic_ops

libatomic_ops provides implementations for atomic memory update operations on a number of architectures. This allows direct use of these in reasonably portable code. Unlike earlier similar packages, this one explicitly considers memory barrier semantics, and allows the construction of code that involves minimum overhead across a variety of architectures.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/research/linux/atomic_ops/download/libatomic_ops-7.2d.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e6997db4875909e11b514cd5c3caa3cf
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libatomic_ops

Installation of libatomic_ops

Install libatomic_ops by running the following commands:

sed -i 's#AM_CONFIG_HEADER#AC_CONFIG_HEADERS#' configure.ac &&
sed -i 's#AC_PROG_RANLIB#AC_LIBTOOL_DLOPEN\nAC_PROG_LIBTOOL#' configure.ac &&
sed -i 's#b_L#b_LTL#;s#\.a#.la#g;s#_a_#_la_#' src/Makefile.am &&
sed -i 's#\.a#.so#g;s#\.\./src/#../src/.libs/#g' tests/Makefile.am &&
sed -i 's#pkgdata#doc#' doc/Makefile.am &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatomic_ops-7.2d \
            --disable-static &&
make

To check the results, issue LD_LIBRARY_PATH=../src/.libs make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's#AM_CONFIG_HEADER ...: This sed fixes building with Automake 1.13.

sed -i 's#AC_PROG_RANLIB ...: These seds massage the autotool files so that a shared library is built, the tests pass, and the docs are installed in an appropriate directory.

autoreconf -fi: This regenerates the configure script and the Makefile.in files and installs a missing file.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libatomic_ops.so and libatomic_ops_gpl.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libatomic_ops

Short Descriptions

libatomic_ops.so

contains functions for atomic memory operations.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

libcroco-0.6.8

Introduction to libcroco

The libcroco package contains a standalone CSS2 parsing and manipulation library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 767e73c4174f75b99695d4530fd9bb80
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libcroco Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcroco

Installation of libcroco

Install libcroco by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To run the test suite, run LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$(pwd)/src/.libs make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: croco-0.6-config and csslint-0.6

Installed Library: libcroco-0.6.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libcroco-0.6 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libcroco

Short Descriptions

csslint-0.6	is used to parse one or more CSS files specified on the command line.
`libcroco-0.6.so`	contains the API functions for CSS2 parsing and manipulation.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

libdaemon-0.14

Introduction to libdaemon

The libdaemon package is a lightweight C library that eases the writing of UNIX daemons.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libdaemon/libdaemon-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 509dc27107c21bcd9fbf2f95f5669563
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libdaemon Dependencies

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and Lynx-2.8.8dev.16

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdaemon

Installation of libdaemon

Install libdaemon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If you have Doxygen installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:

make -C doc doxygen

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14 install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/reference/man/man3/* /usr/share/man/man3

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdaemon.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libdaemon and /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14

Short Descriptions

libdaemon.so

contains the libdaemon API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.2

Introduction to libdbusmenu-qt

This library provides a Qt implementation of the DBusMenu specs, which goal is to expose menus on DBus.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://launchpad.net/libdbusmenu-qt/trunk/0.9.2/+download/libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a49484927669cd2ec91b3bf9ba8b79e
Download size: 37 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libdbusmenu-qt Dependencies

Required

Qt-4.8.5

Optional

QJson-0.8.1 (for building the test suite) and Doxygen-1.8.5 (for building the API documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdbusmenu-qt

Installation of libdbusmenu-qt

Install libdbusmenu-qt by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QTDIR \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
      -DWITH_DOC=OFF .. &&
make

To test the results (QJson must be installed), issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to build without debugging symbols and apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.

-DWITH_DOC=OFF: This option is set to avoid building the API documentation. Omit it if you have doxygen installed and want the documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdbusmenu-qt.so

Installed Directory: $QTDIR/include/dbusmenu-qt

Last updated on 2013-08-24 11:18:35 -0700

libdrm-2.4.46

Introduction to libdrm

libdrm provides core library routines for the X Window System to directly interface with video hardware using the Linux kernel's Direct Rendering Manager (DRM).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dri.freedesktop.org/libdrm/libdrm-2.4.46.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9cba217fd3daa10b1d052ec60d3aa7d5
Download size: 544 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libdrm Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries

Optional

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1 and libxslt-1.1.28 (to build manual pages) and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdrm

Installation of libdrm

Install libdrm by running the following commands:

sed -e "/pthread-stubs/d" -i configure.ac &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-udev &&
make

To check the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -e "/pthread-stubs/d" -i configure.ac: This sed removes dependency on libpthread-stubs package which is useless on Linux.

--enable-udev: This option enables support for using Udev instead of mknod.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libdrm.so, libdrm_intel.so, libdrm_nouveau.so, libdrm_radeon.so and libkms.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libdrm and /usr/include/libkms

Short Descriptions

`libdrm.so`	contains the Direct Rendering Manager API functions.
`libdrm_intel.so`	contains the Intel specific Direct Rendering Manager functions.
`libdrm_nouveau.so`	contains the open source nVidia (Nouveau) specific Direct Rendering Manager functions.
`libdrm_radeon.so`	contains the AMD Radeon specific Direct Rendering Manager functions.
`libkms.so`	contains API functions for kernel mode setting abstraction.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libESMTP-1.0.6

Introduction to libESMTP

The libESMTP package contains the libESMTP libraries which are used by some programs to manage email submission to a mail transport layer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.stafford.uklinux.net/libesmtp/libesmtp-1.0.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/libesmtp-1.0.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf3915e627fd8f35524a8fdfeed979c8
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libESMTP Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libesmtp

Installation of libESMTP

Install libESMTP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: libesmtp-config

Installed Libraries: libesmtp.{so,a} and libESMTP SASL plugins

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/esmtp-plugins

Short Descriptions

libesmtp-config	displays version information and the options used to compile libESMTP.
`libesmtp.{so,a}`	is used to manage submission of electronic mail to a Mail Transport Agent.
`libesmtp SASL plugins`	are used to integrate libesmtp with SASL authentication.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

libffi-3.0.13

Introduction to libffi

The libffi library provides a portable, high level programming interface to various calling conventions. This allows a programmer to call any function specified by a call interface description at run time.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/libffi/libffi-3.0.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 45f3b6dbc9ee7c7dfbbbc5feba571529
Download size: 828 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libffi-3.0.13-includedir-1.patch

libffi Dependencies

Optional

DejaGnu-1.5.1 (required to run the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libffi

Installation of libffi

Install libffi by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libffi-3.0.13-includedir-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libffi.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libffi.so

contains the libffi API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

libgcrypt-1.5.3

Introduction to libgcrypt

The libgcrypt package contains a general purpose crypto library based on the code used in GnuPG. The library provides a high level interface to cryptographic building blocks using an extendable and flexible API.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-1.5.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 993159b2924ae7b0e4eaff0743c2db35
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libgcrypt Dependencies

Required

libgpg-error-1.12

Optional

libcap2-2.22 and Pth-2.0.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgcrypt

Installation of libgcrypt

Install libgcrypt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation, (you must have texlive-20130530 installed to build the PDF and PostScript documentation), then issue the following commands:

make -C doc pdf ps html &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html doc/gcrypt.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext       -o doc/gcrypt.txt           doc/gcrypt.texi

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -dm755   /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3 &&
install -v -m644    README doc/{README.apichanges,fips*,libgcrypt*} \
                    /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3

If you built the additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -dm755   /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
                    /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3

Command Explanations

--with-capabilities: This option enables libcap2 support.

Installed Programs: dumpsexp, hmac256 and libgcrypt-config

Installed Library: libgcrypt.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.5.3

Short Descriptions

libgcrypt.so

contains the cryptographic API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

libgee-0.6.8

Introduction to libgee

The libgee package is a collection library providing GObject based interfaces and classes for commonly used data structures.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgee/0.6/libgee-0.6.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgee/0.6/libgee-0.6.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2688c24f9a12e7616ee808f9092d0afe
Download size: 433 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgee Dependencies

Required

Installation of libgee

Install libgee by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgee.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/gee-1.0

Short Descriptions

libgee.so

contains the libgee API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

libglade-2.6.4

Introduction to libglade

The libglade package contains libglade libraries. These are useful for loading Glade interface files in a program at runtime.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d1776b40f4e166b5e9c107f1c8fe4139
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libglade Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.9.1 and GTK+-2.24.20

Optional

Python-2.7.5 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libglade

Installation of libglade

Install libglade by running the following commands:

sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d' glade/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. One of the tests, test-convert, is known to fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d': Some of the glib functions that libglade uses were declared deprecated in glib-2.30. This sed removes the G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED CFLAG.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: libglade-convert (requires python)

Installed Library: libglade-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/{include/libglade-2.0/glade,share/{gtk-doc/html/libglade, xml/libglade}}

Short Descriptions

libglade-convert	is used to convert old Glade interface files to Glade-2.0 standards.
`libglade-2.0.so`	contain the functions necessary to load Glade interface files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libgpg-error-1.12

Introduction to libgpg-error

The libgpg-error package contains a library that defines common error values for all GnuPG components. .

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libgpg-error/libgpg-error-1.12.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8f0eb41a344d19ac2aa9bd101dfb9ce6
Download size: 484 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgpg-error

Installation of libgpg-error

Install libgpg-error by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libgpg-error-1.12/README

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: gpg-error and gpg-error-config

Installed Library: libgpg-error.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/common-lisp and /usr/share/doc/libgpg-error-1.12

Short Descriptions

gpg-error	is used to determine libgpg-error error codes.
gpg-error-config	is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libgpg-error library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the libgpg-error library.
`libgpg-error.so`	contains the libgpg-error API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

libgsf-1.14.28

Introduction to libgsf

The libgsf package contains the library used for providing an extensible input/output abstraction layer for structured file formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.28.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.28.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 48cc1409951419c5e2be1a16f749adb2
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgsf Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgsf

Installation of libgsf

Install libgsf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gsf, gsf-office-thumbnailer, and gsf-vba-dump

Installed Library: libgsf-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgsf-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gsf

Short Descriptions

gsf	is a simple archive utility, somewhat similar to tar(1).
gsf-office-thumbnailer	is used internally by GNOME applications such as Nautilus to generate thumbnails of several types of office application files.
gsf-vba-dump	is used to extract Visual Basic for Applications macros from files.
`libgsf-1.so`	contains the libgsf API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

libgusb-0.1.6

Introduction to libgusb

The libgusb package contains the GObject wrappers for libusb-1.0 that makes it easy to do asynchronous control, bulk and interrupt transfers with proper cancellation and integration into a mainloop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~hughsient/releases/libgusb-0.1.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 672058e7a49a38259ab6ea01470c2fa2
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libgusb Dependencies

Required

libusb-1.0.9 and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgusb

Installation of libgusb

Install libgusb by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgusb.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gusb-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gusb

Short Descriptions

libgusb.so

contains the libgusb API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 18:27:34 -0700

libical-1.0

Introduction to libical

The libical package contains an implementation of the iCalendar protocols and data formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeassociation/libical-1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4438c31d00ec434f02867a267a92f8a1
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

libical Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libical

Installation of libical

Install libical by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release  \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler optimizations.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libical.{so,a}, libicalss.{so,a} and libicalvcal.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libical

Short Descriptions

`libical.{so,a}`	contains the libical API functions.
`libicalss.{so,a}`	is a library that allows you to store iCal component data to disk in a variety of ways.
`libicalvcal.{so,a}`	is a vCard/vCalendar C interface.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

LibIDL-0.8.14

Introduction to LibIDL

The libIDL package contains libraries for Interface Definition Language files. This is a specification for defining portable interfaces.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.14.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libIDL/0.8/libIDL-0.8.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bb8e10a218fac793a52d404d14adedcb
Download size: 417 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

LibIDL Dependencies

Required

Optional to Build Documentation

texlive-20130530

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidl

Installation of LibIDL

Install libIDL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make &&

makeinfo --plaintext -o libIDL2.txt libIDL2.texi

If you have Live TeX installed and wish to build alternate forms of the documentation, issue the following command:

make pdf ps

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.14 &&
install -v -m644    README libIDL2.{txt,texi} \
                    /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.14

If you built the additional documentation, issue the following command as the root user to install it:

install -v -m644 libIDL2.{pdf,dvi,ps} \
                 /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.14

Installed Program: libIDL-config-2

Installed Library: libIDL-2.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libIDL-2.0/libIDL and /usr/share/doc/libIDL-0.8.14

Short Descriptions

libIDL-config-2	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libIDL-2`.
`libIDL-2.{so,a}`	libraries provide the functions to create and maintain trees of CORBA Interface Definition Language (IDL) files.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

libidn-1.28

Introduction to libidn

libidn is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on the Stringprep, Punycode and IDNA specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) working group, used for internationalized domain names. This is useful for converting data from the system's native representation into UTF-8, transforming Unicode strings into ASCII strings, allowing applications to use certain ASCII name labels (beginning with a special prefix) to represent non-ASCII name labels, and converting entire domain names to and from the ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) form.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.28.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 43a6f14b16559e10a492acc65c4b0acc
Download size: 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libidn Dependencies

Optional

Pth-2.0.7, Emacs-24.3, GTK-Doc-1.19, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, DotGNU Portable.NET or Mono, and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidn

Installation of libidn

Install libidn by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find doc -name "Makefile*" -delete            &&
rm -rf -v doc/{gdoc,idn.1,stamp-vti,man,texi} &&
mkdir -v       /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.28     &&
cp -r -v doc/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.28

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: idn

Installed Library: libidn.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.28 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libidn

Short Descriptions

idn

is a command line interface to the internationalized domain name library.

libidn.so

contains a generic Stringprep implementation that does Unicode 3.2 NFKC normalization, mapping and prohibition of characters, and bidirectional character handling. Profiles for Nameprep, iSCSI, SASL and XMPP are included as well as support for Punycode and ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) via IDNA. A mechanism to define Top-Level Domain (TLD) specific validation tables, and to compare strings against those tables, as well as default tables for some TLDs are included.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

libiodbc-3.52.8

Introduction to libiodbc

libiodbc is an API to ODBC compatible databases.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/iodbc/iodbc/3.52.8/libiodbc-3.52.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9889f95f632f10895ff53b8a22162810
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libiodbc Dependencies

Installation of libiodbc

Install libiodbc by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                   \
            --with-iodbc-inidir=/etc/iodbc  \
            --includedir=/usr/include/iodbc \
            --disable-libodbc               &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-iodbc-inidir: libiodbc will install configuration files in this directory.

--includedir=/usr/include/iodbc: This installs the interface headers to a private directory to avoid a conflict with headers installed by unixODBC.

--disable-libodbc: This prevents the installation of the libodbc.so symbolic link to avoid a conflict with unixODBC.

Installed Programs: iodbc-config, iodbctest, iodbctestw, and iodbcadm

Installed Libraries: libiodbc.{a,so}, libiodbcinst.{a,so}, and libiodbcadm.{a,so}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/iodbc, /usr/share/libiodbc, and /etc/iodbc

Short Descriptions

iodbc-config	is a utility for retrieving the installation options of libiodbc.
iodbctest{,w}	are interactive SQL processors.
iodbcadm	is a graphical administration utility.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Libksba-1.3.0

Introduction to Libksba

The Libksba package contains a library used to make X.509 certificates as well as making the CMS (Cryptographic Message Syntax) easily accessible by other applications. Both specifications are building blocks of S/MIME and TLS. The library does not rely on another cryptographic library but provides hooks for easy integration with Libgcrypt.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/libksba/libksba-1.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cd86fad9c9d360b2cf80449f8a4a4075
Download size: 616 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libksba Dependencies

Required

libgpg-error-1.12

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libksba

Installation of Libksba

Install Libksba by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: ksba-config

Installed Library: libksba.{so,a}

Installed Directory: None

Short Descriptions

ksba-config	is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libksba(3) library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the libksba(3) library.
`libksba.{so,a}`	contains the cryptographic API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

libsigc++-2.2.11

Introduction to libsigc++

The libsigc++ package implements a typesafe callback system for standard C++.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsigc++/2.2/libsigc++-2.2.11.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsigc++/2.2/libsigc++-2.2.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 815d0c6d61601f51bbcaeef6826606b0
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsigc++

Installation of libsigc++

Install libsigc++ by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libsigc-2.0.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/sigc++-2.0, /usr/lib/sigc++-2.0, /usr/share/share/devhelp/books/libsigc++-2.0 and /usr/share/doc/libsigc++-2.0

Short Descriptions

libsigc-2.0.so

contains the libsigc++ API methods.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

libtasn1-3.3

Introduction to libtasn1

libtasn1 is a highly portable C library that encodes and decodes DER/BER data following an ASN.1 schema.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-3.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-3.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2bdd687f487c50a0382b99553866a6e0
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libtasn1 Dependencies

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtasn1

Installation of libtasn1

Install libtasn1 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not pass the --enable-gtk-doc parameter to the configure script, you can install the API documentation using the following command as the root user:

make -C doc/reference install-data-local

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: asn1Coding, asn1Decoding and asn1Parser

Installed Library: libtasn1.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libtasn1

Short Descriptions

asn1Coding	is an ASN.1 DER encoder.
asn1Decoding	is an ASN.1 DER decoder.
asn1Parser	is an ASN.1 syntax tree generator for libtasn1.
`libtasn1.so`	is a library for Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) and Distinguish Encoding Rules (DER) manipulation.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

libunistring-0.9.3

Introduction to libunistring

libunistring is a library that provides functions for manipulating Unicode strings and for manipulating C strings according to the Unicode standard.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-0.9.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-0.9.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: db8eca3b64163abadf8c40e5cecc261f
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

libunistring Dependencies

Optional

texlive-20130530 (to rebuild the documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libunistring

Installation of libunistring

Install libunistring by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libunistring.{a,so}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/libunistring

Short Descriptions

libunistring.{a,so}

provides the unicode string library API.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

libusb-1.0.9

Introduction to libusb

The libusb package contains a library used by some applications for USB device access.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libusb/libusb-1.0.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7f5a02375ad960d4e33a6dae7d63cfcb
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libusb Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libusb

Installation of libusb

Install libusb by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If Doxygen is installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:

make -C doc docs

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.9/apidocs &&
install -v -m644    doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.9/apidocs

Configuring Libusb

To access raw USB devices (those not treated as a disk by the mass-storage driver), appropriate support must be available in the kernel. Check your kernel configuration for Device Drivers ⇒ USB support ⇒ Support for Host-side USB. Select any USB hardware device drivers you may need on the same page.

For more details on setting up USB devices, see the section called “USB Device Issues”.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libusb-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libusb-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.9

Short Descriptions

libusb-1.0.so

contains API functions used for accessing USB hardware.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libusb-compat-0.1.5

Introduction to libusb-compat

The libusb-compat package aims to look, feel and behave exactly like libusb-0.1. It is a compatibility layer needed by packages that have not been upgraded to the libusb-1.0 API.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libusb/libusb-compat-0.1.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2780b6a758a1e2c2943bdbf7faf740e4
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libusb-compat Dependencies

Required

libusb-1.0.9 and pkg-config-0.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libusb-compat

Installation of libusb-compat

Install libusb-compat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: libusb-config

Installed Library: libusb.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libusb.so

is a library that is compatible with libusb-0.1, but uses libusb-1.0 to provide functionality.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

libxml2-2.9.1

Introduction to libxml2

The libxml2 package contains libraries and utilities used for parsing XML files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxml2-2.9.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxml2/libxml2-2.9.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9c0cfef285d5c4a5c80d00904ddab380
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional Testsuite: http://www.w3.org/XML/Test/xmlts20080827.tar.gz - This enables make check to do complete testing.

libxml2 Dependencies

Note

Some packages which utilize libxml2 (such as GNOME Doc Utils) need the Python module installed to function properly and some packages (such as MesaLib) will not build properly if the Python module is not available.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxml2

Installation of libxml2

If you downloaded the testsuite, issue the following command:

tar xf ../xmlts20080827.tar.gz

Install libxml2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static --with-history &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-history: This switch enables Readline support when running xmlcatalog or xmllint in shell mode.

Installed Programs: xml2-config, xmlcatalog and xmllint

Installed Libraries: libxml2.so and optionally, the libxml2mod.so Python module

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxml2, /usr/share/doc/libxml2-2.9.1, /usr/share/doc/libxml2-python-2.9.1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxml2

Short Descriptions

xml2-config	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libxml2`.
xmlcatalog	is used to monitor and manipulate XML and SGML catalogs.
xmllint	parses XML files and outputs reports (based upon options) to detect errors in XML coding.
`libxml2.so`	provides functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

libxslt-1.1.28

Introduction to libxslt

The libxslt package contains XSLT libraries used for extending libxml2 libraries to support XSLT files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxslt-1.1.28.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxslt/libxslt-1.1.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9667bf6f9310b957254fdcf6596600b7
Download size: 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libxslt Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

libgcrypt-1.5.3 and Python-2.7.5

Note

Although it is not a direct dependency, many applications using libxslt will expect docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.78.1 to be present.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxslt

Installation of libxslt

Install libxslt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: xslt-config and xsltproc

Installed Libraries: libexslt.so, libxslt.so and optionally, libxsltmod.so Python modules

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libexslt, /usr/include/libxslt, /usr/lib/libxslt-plugins, /usr/share/doc/libxslt-1.1.28, and /usr/share/doc/libxslt-python-1.1.28

Short Descriptions

xslt-config	is used to find out the pre-processor, linking and compiling flags necessary to use the libxslt libraries in 3rd-party programs.
xsltproc	is used to apply XSLT stylesheets to XML documents.
`libexslt.so`	is used to provide extensions to XSLT functions.
`libxslt.so`	provides extensions to the `libxml2` libraries to parse files that use the XSLT format.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

libzeitgeist-0.3.18

Introduction to libzeitgeist

The libzeitgeist package contains a client library used to access and manage the Zeitgeist event log from languages such as C and Vala. Zeitgeist is a service which logs the user's activities and events (files opened, websites visited, conversations hold with other people, etc.) and makes the relevant information available to other applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/libzeitgeist/0.3/0.3.18/+download/libzeitgeist-0.3.18.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d63a37295d01a58086d0d4ae26e604c2
Download size: 516 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libzeitgeist Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libzeitgeist

Installation of libzeitgeist

Install libzeitgeist by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libzeitgeist-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libzeitgeist-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/libzeitgeist

Short Descriptions

libzeitgeist-1.0.so

contains the libzeitgeist API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

LZO-2.06

Introduction to LZO

LZO is a data compression library which is suitable for data decompression and compression in real-time. This means it favors speed over compression ratio.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/download/lzo-2.06.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 95380bd4081f85ef08c5209f4107e9f8
Download size: 572 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.3 SBU to run the tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lzo

Installation of LZO

Install LZO by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                    \
            --enable-shared                  \
            --disable-static                 \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/lzo-2.06 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. All the checks should pass. Now issue make test to run the full suite of tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: liblzo2.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lzo and /usr/share/doc/lzo

Short Descriptions

liblzo2.so

is a data compression and decompression library.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

mtdev-1.1.4

Introduction to mtdev

The mtdev package contains Multitouch Protocol Translation Library which is used to transform all variants of kernel MT (Multitouch) events to the slotted type B protocol.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/mtdev-1.1.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 73a915d6075b31db4f08ab8c6d314695
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mtdev

Installation of mtdev

Install mtdev by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: mtdev-test

Installed Library: libmtdev.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libmtdev.so

contains Multitouch Protocol Translation API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 18:31:21 -0700

NSPR-4.10

Introduction to NSPR

Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) provides a platform-neutral API for system level and libc like functions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/nspr/releases/v4.10/src/nspr-4.10.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/nspr/releases/v4.10/src/nspr-4.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f5466def95726b3c900d8a0227bdd034
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nspr

Installation of NSPR

Install NSPR by running the following commands:

cd nspr                                                     &&
sed -ri 's#^(RELEASE_BINS =).*#\1#' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk                    &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-mozilla \
            --with-pthreads \
            $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-mozilla: This parameter adds Mozilla support to the libraries (required if you want to build any other Mozilla products and link them to these libraries).

--with-pthreads: This parameter forces use of the system pthread library.

$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit): The --enable-64bit option is required on an x86_64 system to prevent configure failing with a claim that this is a system without pthread support. The [ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32 bit system.

sed -ri 's#^(RELEASE_BINS =).*#\1#' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in: This sed disables installing two unneeded scripts.

sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk: This sed disables installing the static libraries.

Installed Programs: nspr-config

Installed Libraries: libnspr4.so, libplc4.so and libplds4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/nspr

Short Descriptions

nspr-config	provides compiler and linker options to other packages that use NSPR.
`libnspr4.so`	contains functions that provide platform independence for non-GUI operating system facilities such as threads, thread synchronization, normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic memory management and shared library linking.
`libplc4.so`	contains functions that implement many of the features offered by libnspr4
`libplds4.so`	contains functions that provide data structures.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

OpenOBEX-1.7.1

Introduction to OpenOBEX

The OpenOBEX package contains a library that implements Object Exchange Protocol used for binary file transfers between devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openobex/openobex-1.7.1-Source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3181bfed9cb7db591605391068cb0085
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

OpenOBEX Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2 and libusb-1.0.9

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5, libxslt-1.1.28, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, and xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openobex

Installation of OpenOBEX

Install OpenOBEX by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
      -DCMAKE_INSTALL_LIBDIR=lib  \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release  \
      .. &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler optimizations.

Installed Program: obex-check-device

Installed Library: libopenobex.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/openobex

Short Descriptions

libopenobex.so

contains the OpenOBEX API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

PCRE-8.33

Introduction to PCRE

The PCRE package contains Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl 5.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcre/pcre-8.33.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre-8.33.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 21514018448ac10062ece7a668fca949
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

PCRE Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pcre

Installation of PCRE

Install PCRE by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre-8.33 \
            --enable-utf                      \
            --enable-unicode-properties       \
            --enable-pcre16                   \
            --enable-pcre32                   \
            --enable-pcregrep-libz            \
            --enable-pcregrep-libbz2          \
            --enable-pcretest-libreadline     \
            --disable-static                 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install                     &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libpcre.so) /usr/lib/libpcre.so

Command Explanations

--enable-utf: This switch includes the code for handling UTF-8 character strings in the library.

--enable-unicode-properties: This switch enables Unicode properties support. Note: You need this switch if you are going to build GLib-2.36.4 with the --with-pcre=system switch.

--enable-pcre16: This switch enables 16 bit character support.

--enable-pcre32: This switch enables 32 bit character support.

--enable-pcregrep-libz: This switch adds support to pcregrep to read .gz compressed files.

--enable-pcregrep-libbz2: This switch adds support to pcregrep to read .bz2 compressed files.

--enable-pcretest-libreadline: This switch adds line editing and history features to pcretest program.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib: Moves the PCRE library on the root filesystem so that it is available in case grep gets reinstalled with PCRE support.

Installed Programs: pcregrep, pcretest and pcre-config

Installed Libraries: libpcre.so, libpcre16.so, libpcre32.so, libpcrecpp.so and libpcreposix.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pcre-8.33

Short Descriptions

pcregrep	is a grep that understands Perl compatible regular expressions.
pcretest	can test a Perl compatible regular expression.
pcre-config	is used during the compile process of programs linking to the PCRE libraries.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Popt-1.16

Introduction to Popt

The popt package contains the popt libraries which are used by some programs to parse command-line options.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://rpm5.org/files/popt/popt-1.16.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/svn/p/popt-1.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3743beefa3dd6247a73f8f7a32c14c33
Download size: 702 kB
Estimated disk space required: 8 MB (includes installing documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/popt

Installation of Popt

Install popt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.

To test the results, issue:make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it using the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/popt-1.16 &&
install -v -m644 doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/popt-1.16

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpopt.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/popt-1.16

Short Descriptions

libpopt.so

is used to parse command-line options.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Pth-2.0.7

Introduction to Pth

The Pth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9cb4a25331a4c4db866a31cbe507c793
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pth

Installation of Pth

Caution

Don't add the --enable-pthread parameter to the configure command below else you will overwrite the pthread library and interface header installed by the Glibc package in LFS.

Install Pth by running the following commands:

sed -i 's#$(LOBJS): Makefile#$(LOBJS): pth_p.h Makefile#' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --disable-static        \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7 &&
install -v -m644    README PORTING SUPPORT TESTS \
                    /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7

Command Explanations

sed -i 's#$(LOBJS) ...: This sed fixes a race condition in the Makefile. It allows you to run make with multiple jobs (e.g., make -j4) .

--disable-static: This option stops it compiling a static version of the library.

--mandir=/usr/share/man: This option puts the man pages in /usr/share/man and not /usr/man.

Installed Program: pth-config

Installed Library: libpth.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7

Short Descriptions

pth-config	is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the pth(3) library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the pth(3) library.
`libpth.so`	contains the API functions used by the GNU Portable Threads Library.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

Ptlib-2.10.10

Introduction to Ptlib

The Ptlib (Portable Tools Library) package contains a class library that has its genesis many years ago as PWLib (portable Windows Library), a method to produce applications to run on various platforms.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ptlib/2.10/ptlib-2.10.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ptlib/2.10/ptlib-2.10.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1fd609e25f101393bb7e42fbf874c174
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/ptlib-2.10.10-bison_fixes-1.patch

Ptlib Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.28

Optional

Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, libdc1394, libraw1394, Lua-5.1.5, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, PulseAudio-4.0, SDL-1.2.15, unixODBC-2.3.1, and Video4Linux

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ptlib

Installation of Ptlib

Install Ptlib by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../ptlib-2.10.10-bison_fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpt.so.2.10.10

Installed Program: ptlib-config

Installed Libraries: libpt.so and libpt_s.a

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ptclib, /usr/include/ptlib, /usr/lib/ptlib-2.10.10, and /usr/share/ptlib

Short Descriptions

libpt.so

contains the Ptlib API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Qca-2.0.3

Introduction to Qca

Qca aims to provide a straightforward and cross-platform crypto API, using Qt datatypes and conventions. Qca separates the API from the implementation, using plugins known as Providers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://delta.affinix.com/download/qca/2.0/qca-2.0.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fc15bd4da22b8096c51fcfe52d2fa309
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 2.2 SBU

Qca Dependencies

Required

Qt-4.8.5 and Which-2.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qca

Installation of Qca

Install Qca by running the following commands:

sed -i '217s@set@this->set@' src/botantools/botan/botan/secmem.h &&
./configure --prefix=$QTDIR \
            --certstore-path=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt \
            --no-separate-debug-info &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '217s@set@...: This sed fixes compiling with GCC 4.7 and newer. It is safe to omit when compiling with older GCC versions.

--certstore-path=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt: Causes the build to use the system-installed CA Certificates instead of a bundled copy.

--no-separate-debug-info: Prevents installation of a separate library and program file with debug information.

Installed Programs: qcatool2

Installed Libraries: libqca.so

Installed Directories: $QTDIR/include/QtCrypto

Short Descriptions

qcatool2	is a command line tool for performing various cryptographic operations with Qca.
`libqca.so`	is the Qt Cryptography Architecture (Qca) library.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 11:18:35 -0700

QJson-0.8.1

Introduction to QJson

QJson is a Qt-based library that maps JSON data to QVariant objects and vice versa.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/qjson/qjson-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 323fbac54a5a20c0b8fe45c1ced03e2d
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

QJson Dependencies

Required

Qt-4.8.5 and CMake-2.8.11.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qjson

Installation of QJson

Install QJson by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QTDIR \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
      .. &&
make

This package does not contain a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to build without debugging symbols and apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.

Installed Programs: none

Installed Library: libqjson.so

Installed Directory: $QTDIR/include/json and $QTDIR/lib/cmake/qjson

Short Descriptions

libqjson.so

contains QJson API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 11:18:35 -0700

SBC-1.1

Introduction to SBC

The SBC is a digital audio encoder and decoder used to transfer data to Bluetooth audio output devices like headphones or loudspeakers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/sbc-1.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/sbc-1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ecadadbfd4b1dfe7b98f446c69126b23
Download size: 240 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

SBC Dependencies

Optional

libsndfile-1.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sbc

Installation of SBC

Install SBC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: sbcdec, sbcenc, and sbcinfo

Installed Library: libsbc.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/sbc

Short Descriptions

libsbc.so

contains the SBC API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

SLIB-3b4

Introduction to SLIB

The SLIB package is a portable library for the Scheme programming language. It provides a platform independent framework for using “packages” of Scheme procedures and syntax. Its catalog can be transparently extended to accommodate packages specific to a site, implementation, user or directory. SLIB provides compatibility and utility functions for all standard Scheme implementations including Bigloo, Chez, ELK 3.0, GAMBIT 3.0, Guile, JScheme, MacScheme, MITScheme, PLT Scheme (DrScheme and MzScheme), Pocket Scheme, RScheme, scheme->C, Scheme48, SCM, SCM Mac, scsh, Stk, T3.1, umb-scheme, and VSCM.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://groups.csail.mit.edu/mac/ftpdir/scm/slib-3b4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dcada65c4df4209c8f71211095bcef8e
Download size: 956 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB (includes building and installing docs)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

SLIB Dependencies

Required

Guile-2.0.9.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/slib

Installation of SLIB

Install SLIB by issuing the following commands:

sed -i 's|usr/lib|usr/share|' RScheme.init                      &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libdir=/usr/share                   &&

sed -i -e 's# scm$# guile#;s#ginstall-info#install-info#' \
       -e 's/no-split -o/no-split --force -o/' Makefile         &&

makeinfo -o slib.txt --plaintext --force slib.texi              &&
makeinfo -o slib.html --html --no-split --force slib.texi

This package does not come with a functional test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                            &&
ln -v -sf ../slib /usr/share/guile                      &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/guile/site/2.0                     &&
guile -c "(use-modules (ice-9 slib)) (require 'printf)" &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/slib-3b4             &&
install -v -m644 ANNOUNCE FAQ README slib.{txt,html} /usr/share/doc/slib-3b4

Command Explanations

sed -i 's|usr/lib|usr/share|' RScheme.init: This command is used to change the libdir variable embedded in the script to match the installation.

--libdir=/usr/share: This option puts the installed in files /usr/share/slib instead of /usr/lib/slib.

makeinfo ... --force ... : This command creates needed documentation, but needs the --force option to overcome warnings that are flagged as errors in recent versions of makeinfo.

ln -v -sf ../slib /usr/share/guile: This command puts a symbolic link to the slib files in Guile's default “Implementation Vicinity”.

guile -c "(use-modules (ice-9 slib)) (require 'printf)": This command creates a guile catalog of the slib files.

Installed Program: slib

Installed Libraries: a Scheme library system

Installed Directory: /usr/share/slib, /usr/share/guile/site/2.0, and /usr/share/doc/slib-3b4

Short Descriptions

slib

is a shell script used to initialize SLIB in a named Scheme implementation. It can also be used to initialize an SLIB session using a given executable.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Talloc-2.1.0

Introduction to Talloc

Talloc provides a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://samba.org/ftp/talloc/talloc-2.1.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://samba.org/pub/talloc/talloc-2.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 85a69bfb5808fcadf378bd9eadb1f9c2
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Talloc Dependencies

Optional

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1 and libxslt-1.1.28 (To generate man pages) and Python-2.7.5 (To build Python module).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/talloc

Installation of Talloc

Install Talloc by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To check the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libpytalloc-util.so, libtalloc.so and talloc.so (Python Module)

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libtalloc.so

contains a replacemnt for the Glibc malloc function.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 15:17:21 -0700

wv-1.2.9

Introduction to wv

This package contains tools for reading information from an MS Word document.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/wv/1.2.9/wv-1.2.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: dbccf2e9f747e50c913b7e3d126b73f7
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

wv Dependencies

Required

libgsf-1.14.28 and libpng-1.6.4

Optional

libwmf

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wv

Installation of wv

Install wv by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not have a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: wvSummary and several other wv* programs which are deprecated in favour of abiword: see http://wvware.sourceforge.net/

Installed Library: libwv-1.2.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/wv

Short Descriptions

wvSummary	displays the summary information from an MS Word document.
`libwv-1.2.so`	provides functions to access MS Word documents.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Chapter 10. Graphics and Font Libraries

Depending on what your system will be used for, you may or may not require the graphics and font libraries. Most desktop machines will want them for use with graphical applications. Most servers on the other hand, will not require them.

AAlib-1.4rc5

Introduction to AAlib

AAlib is a library to render any graphic into ASCII Art.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/aa-project/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9801095c42bba12edebd1902bcf0a990
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

AAlib Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, S-Lang-2.2.4, and GPM-1.20.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aalib

Installation of AAlib

Fix a minor problem with the included m4 file:

sed -i -e '/AM_PATH_AALIB,/s/AM_PATH_AALIB/[&]/' aalib.m4

Install AAlib by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr             \
            --infodir=/usr/share/info \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man   \
            --disable-static          &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: aafire, aainfo, aalib-config, aasavefont, and aatest

Installed Library: libaa.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

aafire	is little toy of AAlib, rendering an animated fire in ASCII Art.
aainfo	provides information for your current settings related to AAlib.
aalib-config	provides configuration info for AAlib.
aatest	shows the abilities of AAlib in a little test.
`libaa.{so,a}`	is a collection of routines to render any graphical input in portable format to ASCII Art. It can be used through many programs and has a very well documented API, so you can easily put it into your own programs.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 18:31:21 -0700

babl-0.1.10

Introduction to Babl

The Babl package is a dynamic, any to any, pixel format translation library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/babl/0.1/babl-0.1.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9e1542ab5c0b12ea3af076a9a2f02d79
Download size: 440 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Babl Dependencies

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and Vala-0.20.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/babl

Installation of Babl

Install Babl by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{css,html} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl &&
install -v -m644 docs/graphics/*.{html,png,svg} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics

Command Explanations

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics: This and the subsequent commands install the library html documentation under /usr/share/gtk-doc/html where other gtk packages put the programmer-oriented documentation.

--with-vala: Use vapigen so that vala programs can use this application - not enabled by default, may cause breakage when building gegl.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libbabl.so, and libraries in /usr/lib/babl-0.1/

Installed Directories: /usr/include/babl-0.1/

Short Descriptions

libbabl.so

contains functions to access BablFishes to convert between formats.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

Exiv2-0.23

Introduction to Exiv2

Exiv2 is a C++ library and a command line utility for managing image metadata.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.exiv2.org/exiv2-0.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dab67c07bb63a4386d4ea607a8e06eaf
Download size: 3.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Exiv2 Dependencies

Required

expat-2.1.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exiv2

Installation of Exiv2

Install Exiv2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: exiv2

Installed Library: libexiv2.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

exiv2

is an utility used to dump Exif data.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

FreeType-2.5.0.1

Introduction to FreeType2

The FreeType2 package contains a library which allows applications to properly render TrueType fonts.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-2.5.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c72e9010b1d986d556fc0b2b5fcbf31a
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB (includes installing additional documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-doc-2.5.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 40f3d5cc0b16396b3fb6b98eeaa053b2
Download size: 112 KB

FreeType2 Dependencies

Installation of FreeType2

If you downloaded the additional documentation, unpack it into the source tree using the following command:

tar -xf ../freetype-doc-2.5.0.tar.bz2 --strip-components=2 -C docs

Install FreeType2 by running the following commands:

sed -i  -e "/AUX.*.gxvalid/s@^# @@" \
        -e "/AUX.*.otvalid/s@^# @@" \
        modules.cfg                         &&

sed -ri -e 's:.*(#.*SUBPIXEL.*) .*:\1:' \
        include/freetype/config/ftoption.h  &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static  &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.5.0.1 &&
cp -v -R docs/*     /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.5.0.1

Command Explanations

sed -e ...: First command enables GX/AAT and OpenType table validation and second command enables Subpixel Rendering and Subpixel Hinting in order to improve font rendering. Note that Subpixel Rendering may have patent issues. Be sure to read the 'Other patent issues' part of http://www.freetype.org/patents.html before enabling this option.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: freetype-config

Installed Library: libfreetype.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/freetype2 and /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.5.0.1

Short Descriptions

freetype-config	is used to get FreeType compilation and linking information.
`libfreetype.so`	contains functions for rendering various font types, such as TrueType and Type1.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:37:46 -0700

Fontconfig-2.10.93

Introduction to Fontconfig

The Fontconfig package contains a library and support programs used for configuring and customizing font access.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/release/fontconfig-2.10.93.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0f8e5c63c2d6931626185c02802375a3
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Fontconfig Dependencies

Required

FreeType-2.5.0.1 and either expat-2.1.0 or libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Note

If you have DocBook Utils installed and you remove the --disable-docs parameter from the configure command below, you must have SGMLSpm-1.1 installed also, or the Fontconfig build will fail.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Fontconfig

Installation of Fontconfig

Install Fontconfig by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.10.93 \
            --disable-docs \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not remove the --disable-docs parameter from the configure command, you can install the pre-generated documentation by using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -dm755 \
        /usr/share/{man/man{3,5},doc/fontconfig-2.10.93/fontconfig-devel} &&
install -v -m644 fc-*/*.1          /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.3           /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fonts-conf.5  /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fontconfig-devel/* \
        /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.10.93/fontconfig-devel &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{pdf,sgml,txt,html} \
       /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.10.93

Command Explanations

--disable-docs: This switch avoids building the documentation (the release tarball includes pre-generated documentation).

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring Fontconfig

Config Files

/etc/fonts/*, /etc/fonts/conf.d/* and /usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail/*

Configuration Information

The main configuration file for Fontconfig is /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Generally you do not want to edit this file. It will also read /etc/fonts/local.conf and any files in /etc/fonts/conf.d. To put a new font directory in the configuration, create (or update) the /etc/fonts/local.conf file with your local information or add a new file in /etc/fonts/conf.d. The default location of fonts in Fontconfig is:

/usr/share/fonts
~/.fonts

Fontconfig also ships many example configuration files in the /usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail directory. Symlinking specific files to /etc/fonts/conf.d will enable them. The default setup is generally good enough for most users. See /etc/fonts/conf.d/README for a description of the configuration files.

More information about configuring Fontconfig can be found in the user's manual in file:///usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.10.93/fontconfig-user.html

Installed Programs: fc-cache, fc-cat, fc-list, fc-match, fc-pattern, fc-query, fc-scan and fc-validate

Installed Library: libfontconfig.so

Installed Directories: /etc/fonts, /usr/include/fontconfig, /usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.10.93, /usr/share/xml/fontconfig and /var/cache/fontconfig

Short Descriptions

fc-cache	is used to create font information caches.
fc-cat	is used to read font information caches.
fc-list	is used to create font lists.
fc-match	is used to match available fonts, or find fonts that match a given pattern.
fc-pattern	is used to parse pattern (empty pattern by default) and show the parsed result.
fc-query	is used to query fonts files and print resulting patterns.
fc-scan	is used to scan font files and directories, and print resulting patterns.
fc-validate	is used to validate font files.
`libfontconfig.so`	contains functions used by the Fontconfig programs and also by other programs to configure or customize font access.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

FriBidi-0.19.5

Introduction to FriBidi

The FriBidi package is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (BIDI). This is useful for supporting Arabic and Hebrew alphabets in other packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fribidi.org/download/fribidi-0.19.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 925bafb97afee8a2fc2d0470c072a155
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fribidi

Installation of FriBidi

Install FriBidi by running the following commands:

sed -i "s|glib/gstrfuncs\.h|glib.h|" charset/fribidi-char-sets.c &&
sed -i "s|glib/gmem\.h|glib.h|"      lib/mem.h                   &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                                        &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: These commands fix two header files if GLib-2 is linked into the build.

--with-glib=yes: Add this option to the configure script so that the build will link against the GLib-2 library.

Installed Program: fribidi

Installed Library: libfribidi.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/fribidi

Short Descriptions

fribidi	is a command-line interface to the `libfribidi` library and can be used to convert a logical string to visual output.
`libfribidi.so`	contains functions used to implement the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

gegl-0.2.0

Introduction to gegl

This package provides the GEneric Graphics Library, which is a graph based image processing format.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gegl/0.2/gegl-0.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 32b00002f1f1e316115c4ed922e1dec8
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

gegl Dependencies

Required

babl-0.1.10

Optional

AsciiDoc, Cairo-1.12.16, enscript, Exiv2-0.23, FFmpeg-1.2.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, Graphviz-2.34.0, lensfun, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libopenraw, libpng-1.6.4, librsvg-2.37.0, libspiro, Lua-5.1.5, OpenEXR, Pango-1.34.1, Python-2.7.5, Ruby-2.0.0, SDL-1.2.15, gobject-introspection-1.36.0, Vala-0.20.1, w3m-0.5.3 and libumfpack

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gegl

Installation of gegl

Install gegl by running the following commands:

sed -e '274cerr = avformat_open_input (&p->ic, o->path, NULL, NULL);' \
    -i operations/external/ff-load.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{css,html} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gegl &&
install -d -v -m755 /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gegl/images &&
install -v -m644 docs/images/* /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gegl/images

Command Explanations

sed -e '274cerr ...: Fixes building against FFMpeg 0.11.1.

install -v -m644/docs/*/{css,html} ...: This and the subsequent commands install all the provided documentation instead of only operations.html and the stylesheet gegl.css.

--without-vala: Do not create a vala API - use this if vapigen breaks the build.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gegl

Installed Libraries: libgegl-0.2.so, and libraries in /usr/lib/gegl-0.2/

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gegl-0.2/

Short Descriptions

gegl	is a commandline tool for working with the XML data model.
`libgegl-0.2.so`	provides infrastructure to do demand based cached non destructive image editing on larger than RAM buffers.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

giflib-5.0.5

Introduction to giflib

The giflib package contains libraries for reading and writing GIFs as well as programs for converting and working with GIF files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/giflib/giflib-5.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (HTTP) MD5 sum: c3262ba0a3dad31ba876fb5ba1d71a02
Download (HTTP) size: 637 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

giflib Dependencies

Optional

xmlto-0.0.25 (for html documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/giflib

Installation of giflib

Install giflib by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not have a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you generated html documentation, install it as the root user:

install -v -dm755           /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.0.5/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.html /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.0.5/html

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: gif2raw, gif2rgb, gifbuild, gifclrmp, gifecho, giffix, gifinto, giftext and giftool

Installed Library: libgif.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.0.5

Short Descriptions

gif2raw	converts images saved as GIF to raw pixel data.
gif2rgb	converts images saved as GIF to 24-bit RGB images.
gifbuild	dumps GIF data in a textual format, or undumps it to a GIF.
gifclrmp	modifies GIF image colormaps.
gifecho	generates a GIF from ASCII text.
giffix	clumsily attempts to fix truncated GIF images.
gifinto	is an end-of-pipe fitting for GIF-processing pipelines.
giftext	prints (text only) general information about a GIF file.
giftool	is a GIF transformation tool.
`libgif.so`	contains API functions required by the giflib programs and any other programs needing library functionality to read, write and manipulate GIF images.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 02:38:42 -0700

Harfbuzz-0.9.20

Introduction to Harfbuzz

The Harfbuzz package contains an OpenType text shaping engine.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/harfbuzz/release/harfbuzz-0.9.20.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fe36a04a61a2562b8522d516fb36309d
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Harfbuzz Dependencies

Optional

Cairo-1.12.16 and Graphite2

Warning

Recommended dependencies are not strictly required to build the package. However, you might not get expected results at runtime if you don't install them. Please do not report bugs with this package if you have not installed the recommended dependencies.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/harfbuzz

Installation of Harfbuzz

Install Harfbuzz by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-graphite2: This switch enables Graphite2 support.

Installed Programs: hb-ot-shape-closure, hb-shape and hb-view

Installed Library: libharfbuzz.so and libharfbuzz-icu.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/harfbuzz

Short Descriptions

libharfbuzz.so

contains functions for complex text shaping.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 04:47:17 -0700

IJS-0.35

Introduction to IJS

The IJS package contains a library which implements a protocol for transmission of raster page images.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.openprinting.org/download/ijs/download/ijs-0.35.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 896fdcb7a01c586ba6eb81398ea3f6e9
Download size: 252 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ijs

Installation of IJS

Install IJS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --enable-shared \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: ijs_client_example, ijs-config and ijs_server_example

Installed Library: libijs.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/ijs

Short Descriptions

ijs-config	is a program that is used to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use IJS.
`libijs.so`	contains the IJS API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

Imlib2-1.4.5

Introduction to Imlib2

Imlib2 is a graphics library for fast file loading, saving, rendering and manipulation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/enlightenment/imlib2-1.4.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 859e5fede51ec819f4314eee11da3ea5
Download size: 880 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Imlib2 Dependencies

Required

FreeType-2.5.0.1

Optional

LibTIFF-4.0.3, giflib-5.0.5, and libid3tag

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imlib2

Installation of Imlib2

Install Imlib2 by running the following commands:

sed -i "/DGifOpen/s:fd:&, NULL:" src/modules/loaders/loader_gif.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.5 &&
install -v -m644    doc/{*.gif,index.html} \
                    /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.5

Command Explanations

sed -i "/DGifOpen/s:fd:&, NULL:" ...: This sed fixes building with recent versions of Giflib.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--without-x: Add this parameter if you do not have an X Window System installed.

Installed Programs: imlib2_bumpmap, imlib2_colorspace, imlib2-config, imlib2_conv, imlib2_grab, imlib2_poly, imlib2_show, imlib2_test, and imlib2_view

Installed Libraries: libImlib2.so and various filters and image loader modules.

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/imlib2, /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.4.5, and /usr/share/imlib2

Short Descriptions

libImlib2.so

provides the functions for programs to deal with various image data formats.

Last updated on 2013-08-27 03:42:56 -0700

JasPer-1.900.1

Introduction to JasPer

The JasPer Project is an open-source initiative to provide a free software-based reference implementation of the JPEG-2000 codec.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ece.uvic.ca/~mdadams/jasper/software/jasper-1.900.1.zip
Download MD5 sum: a342b2b4495b3e1394e161eb5d85d754
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11.1 MB (without the static library)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/jasper-1.900.1-security_fixes-1.patch

JasPer Dependencies

Required

UnZip-6.0

Installation of JasPer

Note

The package source is distributed in .zip format and requires unzip, but it has been correctly packaged and will create the jasper-1.900.1 directory when you unzip it.

patch -Np1 -i ../jasper-1.900.1-security_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to install the PDF files for the Reference Manual and a tutorial on the JPEG-2000 standard, run the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/jasper-1.900.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/jasper-1.900.1

Command Explanations

--enable-shared: This command causes the shared library to be built.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--x-includes=DIR --x-libraries=DIR: These tell the configure script where to find Xorg if it is not in /usr/X11, /usr/X11R6, or /usr.

Installed Programs: imgcmp, imginfo, jasper, jiv, and tmrdemo

Installed Library: libjasper.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/jasper and /usr/share/doc/jasper-1.900.1

Short Descriptions

imgcmp	compares two images of the same geometry.
imginfo	displays information about an image.
jasper	converts images between formats (BMP, JPS, JPC, JPG, PGX, PNM, MIF, and RAS).
jiv	displays images.
tmrdemo	is a timer demonstration program.
`libjasper.so`	a library used by programs for reading and writing JPEG2000 format files.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 13:59:10 -0700

Little CMS-1.19

Introduction to Little CMS

The Little CMS library is used by other programs to provide color management facilities.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lcms/lcms-1.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8af94611baf20d9646c7c2c285859818
Download size: 927 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Little CMS Dependencies

Optional

LibTIFF-4.0.3, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, and Python-2.7.5 (with SWIG also)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lcms

Installation of Little CMS

Install Little CMS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19 &&
install -v -m644    README.1ST doc/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-python: Use this parameter if Python and SWIG are installed.

Installed Programs: icc2ps, icclink, icctrans, wtpt and optionally, jpegicc, tiffdiff and tifficc

Installed Libraries: liblcms.so and the optional _lcms.so Python module

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19

Short Descriptions

icc2ps	generates PostScript CRD or CSA from ICC profiles.
icclink	links two or more profiles into a single device link profile.
icctrans	is a color space conversion calculator.
jpegicc	is an ICC profile applier for JPEG files.
tifficc	is an ICC profile applier for TIFF files.
tiffdiff	A TIFF compare utility
wtpt	shows media white of profiles, identifying black body locus.
`liblcms.so`	is used by the lcms programs as well as other programs to provide color management facilities.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

Little CMS-2.5

Introduction to Little CMS2

The Little Color Management System is a small-footprint color management engine, with special focus on accuracy and performance. It uses the International Color Consortium standard (ICC), which is the modern standard for color management.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lcms/lcms2-2.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 396d106600251441ff195fcaa277d10b
Download size: 6.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Little CMS2 Dependencies

Optional

libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0 and LibTIFF-4.0.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lcms2

Installation of Little CMS2

Install Little CMS2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: jpgicc, linkicc, psicc, tificc, and transicc

Installed Library: liblcms2.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

jpgicc	is the Little CMS ICC profile applier for JPEG.
linkicc	is the Little CMS ICC device link generator
psicc	is the Little CMS ICC PostScript generator.
tificc	is the Little CMS ICC tiff generator.
transicc	is the Little CMS ColorSpace conversion calculator.
`liblcms2.so`	contains functions implement the lcms2 API.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

libexif-0.6.21

Introduction to libexif

The libexif package contains a library for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data. Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with extra tags that contain information about the image. All EXIF tags described in EXIF standard 2.1 are supported.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libexif/libexif-0.6.21.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 27339b89850f28c8f1c237f233e05b27
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libexif Dependencies

Optional (to Build Documentation)

Doxygen-1.8.5 and Graphviz-2.34.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libexif

Installation of libexif

Install libexif by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-doc-dir=/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.21 \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Documentation was built and installed if you have the dependencies shown above installed. If you don't have the dependencies installed, there is a compressed tarball in the source tree doc directory that can be unpacked into /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.21.

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libexif.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libexif and /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.21

Short Descriptions

libexif.so

contains functions used for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0

Introduction to libjpeg-turbo

libjpeg-turbo is a fork of the original IJG libjpeg which uses SIMD to accelerate baseline JPEG compression and decompression. libjpeg is a library that implements JPEG image encoding, decoding and transcoding.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libjpeg-turbo/libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e1e65cc711a1ade1322c06ad4a647741
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libjpeg-turbo Dependencies

Required

NASM-2.10.09 or yasm-1.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libjpeg-turbo

Installation of libjpeg-turbo

Install libjpeg-turbo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --with-jpeg8 \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

docsdir=/usr/share/doc/libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0 &&
make docdir=$docsdir exampledir=$docsdir install &&
unset docsdir

Command Explanations

--with-jpeg8: This switch enables compatibility with libjpeg version 8.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran, rdjpgcom, tjbench and wrjpgcom

Installed Libraries: libjpeg.so and libturbojpeg.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0

Short Descriptions

cjpeg	compresses image files to produce a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. Currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, and Targa.
djpeg	decompresses image files from JPEG/JFIF format to either PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, or Targa format.
jpegtran	is used for lossless transformation of JPEG files.
rdjpgcom	displays text comments from within a JPEG file.
wrjpgcom	inserts text comments into a JPEG file.
`libjpeg.so`	contains functions used for reading and writing JPEG images.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 05:35:35 -0700

libmng-2.0.2

Introduction to libmng

The libmng libraries are used by programs wanting to read and write Multiple-image Network Graphics (MNG) files which are the animation equivalents to PNG files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libmng/libmng-2.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3804bf2523af9b4e0670b5982b3bf984
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libmng Dependencies

Required

libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0 and Little CMS-2.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmng

Installation of libmng

Install libmng by running the following commands:

sed -i "s:#include <jpeg:#include <stdio.h>\n&:" libmng_types.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.2

Command Explanations

sed -i "..." libmng_types.h: This command adds a missing header which would cause other apps that link to this package fail to compile.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmng.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.2

Short Descriptions

libmng.so

provides functions for programs wishing to read and write MNG files which are animation files without the patent problems associated with certain other formats.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

libpng-1.6.4

Introduction to libpng

The libpng package contains libraries used by other programs for reading and writing PNG files. The PNG format was designed as a replacement for GIF and, to a lesser extent, TIFF, with many improvements and extensions and lack of patent problems.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng/libpng-1.6.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c223da07809a132335dbc658253b438a
Download size: 849 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch to include animated png functionality in libpng (required to use the system libpng in Firefox): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng-apng/libpng-1.6.3-apng.patch.gz

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpng

Installation of libpng

If you want to patch libpng to support apng files, apply the patch:

gzip -cd ../libpng-1.6.3-apng.patch.gz | patch -p1

Install libpng by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.4 &&
cp -v README libpng-manual.txt /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.4

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: libpng-config and libpng16-config

Installed Libraries: libpng.so and libpng16.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libpng16 and /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.4

Short Descriptions

libpng-config	is a shell script that provides configuration information for applications wanting to use libpng.
`libpng.so`	contain routines used to create and manipulate PNG format graphics files.

Last updated on 2013-09-13 01:25:14 -0700

librsvg-2.37.0

Introduction to librsvg

The librsvg package contains a library and tools used to manipulate, convert and view Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) images.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.37/librsvg-2.37.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.37/librsvg-2.37.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3de91824870bf6758f37ab54bae2ac40
Download size: 504 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

librsvg Dependencies

Required

gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, libcroco-0.6.8 and Pango-1.34.1

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and Vala-0.20.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librsvg

Installation of librsvg

Install librsvg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --enable-vala \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. Some tests are known to fail for unknown reasons.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-vala: This switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove if you don't have Vala-0.20.1 installed.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--disable-introspection: Use this switch if you have not installed Gobject Introspection.

--disable-gtk-theme: Use this switch if you have not installed GTK+ 2.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: rsvg-convert and rsvg-view-3

Installed Library: librsvg-2.so and libpixbufloader-svg.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/librsvg-2, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/rsvg and /usr/share/themes/bubble

Short Descriptions

rsvg-convert	is used to covert SVG images into PNG, JPEG and ICO raster images.
rsvg-view-3	is a simple GTK+ 3 application that can be used to view an SVG file.
`librsvg-2.so`	provides the functions to render Scalable Vector Graphics.
`libpixbufloader-svg.so`	is the Gdk Pixbuf plugin that allows GTK+ applications to render Scalable Vector Graphics images.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

LibTIFF-4.0.3

Introduction to LibTIFF

The LibTIFF package contains the TIFF libraries and associated utilities. The libraries are used by many programs for reading and writing TIFF files and the utilities are used for general work with TIFF files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.osgeo.org/libtiff/tiff-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.remotesensing.org/libtiff/tiff-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 051c1068e6a0627f461948c365290410
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

LibTIFF Dependencies

Optional

Freeglut-2.8.1, JBIG-KIT, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0 and Xorg Libraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtiff

Installation of LibTIFF

Install LibTIFF by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: bmp2tiff, fax2ps, fax2tiff, gif2tiff, pal2rgb, ppm2tiff, ras2tiff, raw2tiff, rgb2ycbcr, thumbnail, tiff2bw, tiff2pdf, tiff2ps, tiff2rgba, tiffcmp, tiffcp, tiffcrop, tiffdither, tiffdump, tiffgt tiffinfo, tiffmedian, tiffset and tiffsplit

Installed Libraries: libtiff.so and libtiffxx.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tiff-4.0.3

Short Descriptions

bmp2tiff	converts a Microsoft Windows Device Independent Bitmap image file to a TIFF image.
fax2ps	converts a TIFF facsimile to compressed PostScript file.
fax2tiff	creates a TIFF Class F fax file from raw fax data.
gif2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a GIF87 format image file.
pal2rgb	converts a palette color TIFF image to a full color image.
ppm2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a PPM image file.
ras2tiff	creates a TIFF file from a Sun rasterfile.
raw2tiff	converts a raw byte sequence into TIFF.
rgb2ycbcr	converts non-YCbCr TIFF images to YCbCr TIFF images.
thumbnail	creates a TIFF file with thumbnail images.
tiff2bw	converts a color TIFF image to grayscale.
tiff2pdf	converts a TIFF image to a PDF document.
tiff2ps	converts a TIFF image to a PostScript file.
tiff2rgba	converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image.
tiffcmp	compares two TIFF files.
tiffcp	copies (and possibly converts) a TIFF file.
tiffcrop	selects, copies, crops, converts, extracts and/or processes one or more TIFF files.
tiffdither	converts a grayscale image to bilevel using dithering.
tiffdump	prints verbatim information about TIFF files.
tiffgt	displays an image stored in a TIFF file.
tiffinfo	prints information about TIFF files.
tiffmedian	applies the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file.
tiffset	sets the value of a TIFF header to a specified value.
tiffsplit	splits a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files.
`libtiff.so`	contains the API functions used by the libtiff programs as well as other programs to read and write TIFF files.
`libtiffxx.so`	contains the C++ API functions used by programs to read and write TIFF files.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libwebp-0.3.1

Introduction to libwebp

The libwebp package contains a library and support programs to encode and decode images in WebP format.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://webp.googlecode.com/files/libwebp-0.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dc862bb4006d819b7587767a9e83d31f
Download size: 832 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libwebp Dependencies

Optional

Freeglut-2.8.1 and giflib-5.0.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwebp

Installation of libwebp

Install libwebp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: cwebp and dwebp

Installed Library: libwebp.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/webp

Short Descriptions

cwebp	compresses an image using the WebP format.
dwebp	decompresses WebP files into PNG, PAM, PPM or PGM images.
`libwebp.so`	contains the API functions for WebP encoding and decoding.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 08:50:35 -0700

OpenJPEG-1.5.1

Introduction to OpenJPEG

OpenJPEG is an open-source implementation of the JPEG-2000 standard. OpenJPEG fully respects the JPEG-2000 specifications and can compress/decompress lossless 16-bit images.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://openjpeg.googlecode.com/files/openjpeg-1.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b5f74cec2688fb918331bb014061be6f
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

OpenJPEG Dependencies

Optional

Little CMS-2.5, libpng-1.6.4, LibTIFF-4.0.3 and Doxygen-1.8.5 (to build the API documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjpeg

Installation of OpenJPEG

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This prevents the static library from being built.

Installed Programs: image_to_j2k, j2k_dump and j2k_to_image

Installed Libraries: libopenjpeg.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/openjpeg-1.5 and /usr/share/doc/openjpeg-1.5

Short Descriptions

image_to_j2k	converts various image formats to the jpeg2000 format.
j2k_dump	reads in a jpeg2000 image and dumps the contents to stdout.
j2k_to_image	converts jpeg2000 images to other image types.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

Pixman-0.30.2

Introduction to Pixman

The Pixman package contains a library that provides low-level pixel manipulation features such as image compositing and trapezoid rasterization.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/pixman-0.30.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0d3e0dd1289553930df7e202a07ecd70
Download size: 788 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 0.8 SBU for tests)

Pixman Dependencies

Optional

GTK+-2.24.20 and libpng-1.6.4 (for tests and demos)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pixman

Installation of Pixman

Install Pixman by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpixman-1.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pixman-1

Short Descriptions

libpixman-1.so

contains functions that provide low-level pixel manipulation features.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 23:28:46 -0700

Poppler-0.24.1

Introduction to Poppler

The Poppler package contains a PDF rendering library and command line tools used to manipulate PDF files. This is useful for providing PDF rendering functionality as a shared library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-0.24.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b11cc0408b4ad3809fa455d7b3d5ade9
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 124 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Poppler Encoding Data

Download (HTTP): http://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-data-0.4.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a8a7ca808827dd674faba6e4fc73b471
Download size: 4.0 MB

The additional package consists of encoding files for use with Poppler. The encoding files are optional and Poppler will automatically read them if they are present. When installed, they enable Poppler to render CJK and Cyrillic properly.

Poppler Dependencies

Required

Fontconfig-2.10.93

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, GTK+-2.24.20, Little CMS-1.19 or Little CMS-2.5, LibTIFF-4.0.3, libxml2-2.9.1, OpenJPEG-1.5.1, Qt-4.8.5 (the libpoppler-qt4.so library is needed for PDF support in Okular), and Qt-5.1.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/poppler

Installation of Poppler

Install Poppler by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static  \
            --enable-xpdf-headers &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d      /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.24.1 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.24.1

If you downloaded the additional encoding data package, install it by issuing the following commands:

tar -xf ../poppler-data-0.4.6.tar.gz &&
cd poppler-data-0.4.6

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-xpdf-headers: Install some old Xpdf headers required by certain programs (e.g. Okular, LibreOffice and Inkscape).

--enable-libcurl: Use libcurl for HTTP support.

Installed Programs: pdfdetach, pdffonts, pdfimages, pdfinfo, pdfseparate, pdftocairo, pdftohtml, pdftoppm, pdftops, pdftotext, pdfunite, and poppler-glib-demo

Installed Libraries: libpoppler.so, libpoppler-cpp.so, libpoppler-glib.so, libpoppler-qt4.so, and libpoppler-qt5.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/poppler, /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.24.1, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/poppler, and /usr/share/poppler

Short Descriptions

pdfdetach	lists or extracts embedded files from PDF files.
pdffonts	lists the fonts used in a PDF file along with various information for each font.
pdfimages	saves images from a PDF file as PPM, PBM, or JPEG files.
pdfinfo	prints the contents of the 'Info' dictionary (plus some other useful information) from a PDF file.
pdfseparate	extracts single pages from a PDF file.
pdftocairo	converts a PDF file to one of several formats (PNG, JPEG, PDF, PS, EPS, SVG) using the cairo output device of the poppler library.
pdftohtml	converts a PDF file to HTML.
pdftoppm	converts PDF files to PBM, PGM and PPM formats.
pdftops	converts PDF files to Postscript format.
pdftotext	converts PDF files to plain text.
pdfunite	merges several PDF files, in the order of their occurrence on the command line, to one PDF output file.
poppler-glib-demo	is a tool to demonstrate the API, and for use when debugging and testing Poppler.
`libpoppler.so`	contains the API functions to render PDF files.
`libpoppler-cpp.so`	is a C++ backend for rendering PDF files.
`libpoppler-glib.so`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with GTK+.
`libpoppler-qt4.so`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt4.
`libpoppler-qt5.so`	is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt5.

Last updated on 2013-08-31 19:43:41 -0700

Qpdf-5.0.0

Introduction to Qpdf

The Qpdf package contains command-line programs and library that do structural, content-preserving transformations on PDF files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/qpdf/qpdf-5.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d501c61a8979132f6d601641483850cc
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 89 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Qpdf Dependencies

Required

PCRE-8.33

Optional

fop-1.1 and libxslt-1.1.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qpdf

Installation of Qpdf

Install Qpdf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/qpdf-5.0.0 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: fix-qdf, qpdf, and zlib-flate

Installed Library: libqpdf.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/qpdf and /usr/share/doc/qpdf

Short Descriptions

fix-qdf	is used to repair PDF files in QDF form after editing.
qpdf	is used to convert one PDF file to another equivalent PDF file.
`libqpdf.so`	contains the Qpdf API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

Chapter 11. General Utilities

This chapter contains various utilities that do not fit conveniently into other chapters. Programs include a command line calculator, several utilities for manipulating text and graphics, a program to interface with a palm-pilot, a program for entering PIN numbers and pass-phrases, and a hash generator.

bc-1.06.95

Introduction to bc

The bc package contains an arbitrary precision numeric processing language.

Note

Starting with linux-3.9 the bc program is needed to build the linux kernel. It is been moved to LFS for LFS-7.4.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.95.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/bc/bc-1.06.95.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5126a721b73f97d715bb72c13c889035
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (0.2 SBU if running the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bc

Installation of Bc

Install bc by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-readline &&
make

To test bc, run the commands below. There is quite a bit of output, so you may want to redirect it to a file. There are a very small percentage of tests (10 of 12,144) that will indicate a roundoff error at the last digit.

echo "quit" | ./bc/bc -l Test/checklib.b

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-readline: This option enables Readline support in interactive mode.

Installed Programs: bc and dc

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

bc	is a calculator.
dc	is a reverse-polish calculator.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 07:04:53 -0700

Compface-1.5.2

Introduction to Compface

Compface provides utilities and a library to convert from/to X-Face format, a 48x48 bitmap format used to carry thumbnails of email authors in a mail header.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/aux/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62f4f79c0861ad292ba3cf77b4c48319
Download size: 47 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/compface

Installation of Compface

Install Compface by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -m755 -v xbm2xface.pl /usr/bin

Installed Programs: compface, uncompface and xbm2xface.pl

Installed Library: libcompface.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

compface	is a filter for generating highly compressed representations of 48x48x1 face image files.
uncompface	is an inverse filter which performs an inverse transformation with no loss of data.
xbm2xface.pl	is a script to generate xfaces.
`libcompface.{so,a}`	allows the compression and decompression algorithms to be used in other programs such as MTAs.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

desktop-file-utils-0.22

Introduction to Desktop File Utils

The Desktop File Utils package contains command line utilities for working with Desktop entries. These utilities are used by Desktop Environments and other applications to manipulate the MIME-types application databases and help adhere to the Desktop Entry Specification.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/software/desktop-file-utils/releases/desktop-file-utils-0.22.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c6b9f9aac1ea143091178c23437e6cd0
Download size: 128 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Desktop File Utils Dependencies

Required

Optional

Emacs-24.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/desktop-file-utils

Installation of Desktop File Utils

Install Desktop File Utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Desktop File Utils

Configuration Information

The XDG Base Directory specification defines the standard locations for applications to place data and configuration files. These files can be used, for instance, to define the menu structure and menu items in a desktop environment.

The default location for configuration files to be installed is /etc/xdg, and the default locations for data files are /usr/local/share and /usr/share. These locations can be extended with the environment variables XDG_CONFIG_DIRS and XDG_DATA_DIRS, respectively. The GNOME, KDE and XFCE environments respect these settings.

When a package installs a .desktop file to a location in one of the base data directories, the database that maps MIME-types to available applications can be updated. For instance, the cache file at /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache can be rebuilt by executing the following command as the root user:

update-desktop-database /usr/share/applications

Installed Programs: desktop-file-edit, desktop-file-install, desktop-file-validate and update-desktop-database

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

desktop-file-edit	is used to modify an existing desktop file entry.
desktop-file-install	is used to install a new desktop file entry. It is also used to rebuild or modify the MIME-types application database.
desktop-file-validate	is used to verify the integrity of a desktop file.
update-desktop-database	is used to update the MIME-types application database.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 04:57:03 -0700

Gperf-3.0.4

Introduction to Gperf

Gperf generates a perfect hash function from a key set.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.0.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gperf/gperf-3.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c1f1db32fb6598d6a93e6e88796a8632
Download size: 968 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gperf

Installation of Gperf

Install Gperf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.4 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. There should be no output from the diff commands.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -m644 -v doc/gperf.{dvi,ps,pdf} \
                 /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.4 &&

pushd /usr/share/info &&
rm -v dir &&
for FILENAME in *; do
    install-info $FILENAME dir 2>/dev/null
done &&
popd

Command Explanations

install -m644 -v doc/gperf.{dvi,ps,pdf} ...: This command installs documentation.

pushd ... popd: This set of commands rebuilds the /usr/share/info/dir file as the installation failed to do so.

Installed Program: gperf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/gperf-3.0.4

Short Descriptions

gperf

generates a perfect hash function from a key set.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

Graphviz-2.34.0

Introduction to Graphviz

The Graphviz package contains graph visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. Graphviz has several main graph layout programs. It also has web and interactive graphical interfaces, auxiliary tools, libraries, and language bindings.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://graphviz.org/pub/graphviz/stable/SOURCES/graphviz-2.34.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a8a54f8abac5bcdafd9a568e85a086d6
Download size: 23 MB
Estimated disk space required: 174 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Graphviz Dependencies

Optional

DevIL, Electric Fence, libglade-2.6.4, libLASi, GD Library, glitz, ghostscript-9.10, GTK+-2.24.20 and Qt-4.8.5

Optional (To Build Language Bindings)

SWIG (SWIG must be installed or no bindings will be built), Guile-2.0.9, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, Io, Lua-5.1.5, Mono, OCaml, PHP-5.5.3, Python-2.7.5, R, Ruby-2.0.0, Tcl-8.6.0 and Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/graphviz

Installation of Graphviz

Install Graphviz by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If desired, create a symbolic link in the system documents directory to the documentation installed in /usr/share/graphviz/doc using the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s /usr/share/graphviz/doc \
         /usr/share/doc/graphviz-2.34.0

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring Graphviz

Config Files

/usr/lib/graphviz/config

Configuration Information

There are no specific configuration requirements for Graphviz. You may consider installing the additional plugins and tools available from the download page at http://www.graphviz.org/Download_source.php for additional capabilities. If additional plugins are installed, you can run dot -c (as the root user) to update the config file in /usr/lib/graphviz.

Installed Programs: acyclic, bcomps, ccomps, circo, cluster, diffimg, dijkstra, dot, dot2gxl, dot_builtins, dotty, fdp, gc, gml2gv, gv2gxl, gvcolor, gvedit, gvgen, gvmap, gvmap.sh, gvpack, gvpr, gxl2dot, gxl2gv, lefty, lneato, mm2gv, neato, nop, osage, patchwork, prune, sccmap, sfdp, tred, twopi, unflatten and vimdot

Installed Libraries: libcdt.so, libcgraph.so, libgraph.so, libgvc.so, libgvpr.so, libpathplan.so and libxdot.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/graphviz, /usr/lib/graphviz and /usr/share/graphviz

Short Descriptions

acyclic	is a filter that takes a directed graph as input and outputs a copy of the graph with sufficient edges reversed to make the graph acyclic.
bcomps	decomposes graphs into their biconnected components, printing the components to standard output.
ccomps	decomposes graphs into their connected components, printing the components to standard output.
circo	draws graphs using a circular layout.
cluster	takes as input a graph in DOT format, finds node clusters and augments the graph with this information.
diffimg	generates an image where each pixel is the difference between the corresponding pixel in each of the two source images.
dijkstra	reads a stream of graphs and for each computes the distance of every node from sourcenode.
dot	draws directed graphs. It works well on DAGs and other graphs that can be drawn as hierarchies. It reads attributed graph files and writes drawings. By default, the output format dot is the input file with layout coordinates appended.
dot2gxl	converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of the input file, a `.dot` suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL, and a `.gxl` suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
dotty	is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs.
fdp	draws undirected graphs using a “spring” model. It relies on a force-directed approach in the spirit of Fruchterman and Reingold.
gc	is a graph analogue to wc in that it prints to standard output the number of nodes, edges, connected components or clusters contained in the input files. It also prints a total count for all graphs if more than one graph is given.
gml2gv	converts a graph specified in the GML format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format.
gxl2gv	converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the GV language.
gvcolor	is a filter that sets node colors from initial seed values. Colors flow along edges from tail to head, and are averaged (as HSB vectors) at nodes.
gvedit	provides a simple graph editor and viewer. It allows many graphs to be viewed at the same time. The text of each graph is displayed in its own text window.
gvgen	generates a variety of simple, regularly-structured abstract graphs.
gvmap	takes as input a graph in DOT format, finds node clusters and produces a rendering of the graph as a geographic-style map, with clusters highlighted, in xdot format.
gvpack	reads in a stream of graphs, combines the graphs into a single layout, and produces a single graph serving as the union of the input graphs.
gvpr	is a graph stream editor inspired by awk. It copies input graphs to its output, possibly transforming their structure and attributes, creating new graphs, or printing arbitrary information.
gxl2dot	converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is specified using a flag, gxl2dot will deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of the input file, a `.dot` suffix causing a conversion from DOT to GXL, and a `.gxl` suffix causing a conversion from GXL to DOT.
lefty	is a two-view graphics editor for technical pictures.
lneato	is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs.
mm2gv	converts a sparse matrix of the Matrix Market format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format.
neato	draws undirected graphs using “spring” models. Input files must be formatted in the dot attributed graph language. By default, the output of neato is the input graph with layout coordinates appended.
nop	reads a stream of graphs and prints each in pretty-printed (canonical) format on stdout. If no files are given, it reads from stdin.
osage	draws clustered graphs. As input, it takes any graph in the DOT format.
patchwork	draws clustered graphs using a squarified treemap layout. As input, it takes any graph in the DOT format.
prune	reads directed graphs in the same format used by dot and removes subgraphs rooted at nodes specified on the command line via options.
sccmap	decomposes digraphs into strongly connected components and an auxiliary map of the relationship between components. In this map, each component is collapsed into a node. The resulting graphs are printed to stdout.
sfdp	draws undirected graphs using the “spring” model, but it uses a multi-scale approach to produce layouts of large graphs in a reasonably short time.
tred	computes the transitive reduction of directed graphs, and prints the resulting graphs to standard output. This removes edges implied by transitivity. Nodes and subgraphs are not otherwise affected.
twopi	draws graphs using a radial layout. Basically, one node is chosen as the center and put at the origin. The remaining nodes are placed on a sequence of concentric circles centered about the origin, each a fixed radial distance from the previous circle.
unflatten	is a preprocessor to dot that is used to improve the aspect ratio of graphs having many leaves or disconnected nodes. The usual layout for such a graph is generally very wide or tall.
vimdot	is a simple script which launches the gvim or vim editor along with a GUI window showing the dot output of the edited file.
`libcdt.so`	manages run-time dictionaries using standard container data types: unordered set/multiset, ordered set/multiset, list, stack, and queue.
`libcgraph.so`	supports graph programming by maintaining graphs in memory and reading and writing graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs.
`libgraph.so`	maintains directed and undirected attributed graphs in memory and reads and writes graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs.
`libgvc.so`	provides a context for applications wishing to manipulate and render graphs. It provides a command line parsing, common rendering code, and a plugin mechanism for renderers.
`libpathplan.so`	contains functions to find the shortest path between two points in a simple polygon.
`libxdot.so`	provides support for parsing and deparsing graphical operations specificed by the xdot language.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:58:02 -0700

GTK-Doc-1.19

Introduction to GTK-Doc

The GTK-Doc package contains a code documenter. This is useful for extracting specially formatted comments from the code to create API documentation. This package is optional; if it is not installed, packages will not build the documentation. This does not mean that you will not have any documentation. If GTK-Doc is not available, the install process will copy any pre-built documentation to your system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.19/gtk-doc-1.19.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.19/gtk-doc-1.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1d1b5c074598415454a4be88228cc8f2
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GTK-Doc Dependencies

Required

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, Itstool-1.2.0 and libxslt-1.1.28

Optional

dblatex or fop-1.1 (XML PDF support), GLib-2.36.4 (for the test suite), GNOME Doc Utils and Which-2.20 (required for the test suite and gtk-doc documentation), OpenJade-1.3.2 with docbook-4.5 and docbook-dsssl-1.79 (SGML support, not actively maintained any more), Python-2.7.5 (builds gtkdoc-depscan), and Rarian-0.8.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-doc

Installation of GTK-Doc

Install GTK-Doc by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gtkdoc-check, gtkdoc-depscan, gtkdoc-fixxref, gtkdocize, gtkdoc-mkdb, gtkdoc-mkhtml, gtkdoc-mkman, gtkdoc-mkpdf, gtkdoc-mktmpl, gtkdoc-rebase, gtkdoc-scan, gtkdoc-scangobj, and gtkdoc-scanobj

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/{gtk-doc,help,sgml/gtk-doc}

Short Descriptions

gtkdoc*

these are all shell, Perl, or Python scripts used by package Makefile scripts to generate documentation for the package being built.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Hd2u-1.0.3

Introduction to Hd2u

The hd2u package contains an any to any text format converter.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://hany.sk/~hany/_data/hd2u/hd2u-1.0.3.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 8f6668fafb279aa19f956ec0515717b6
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 380 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Hd2u Dependencies

Required

popt-1.16

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hd2u

Installation of Hd2u

Install hd2u by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: dos2unix

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

dos2unix

converts text between various OS formats (such as converting from DOS format to Unix).

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

icon-naming-utils-0.8.90

Introduction to icon-naming-utils

The icon-naming-utils package contains a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current desktop icon themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://tango.freedesktop.org/releases/icon-naming-utils-0.8.90.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dd8108b56130b9eedc4042df634efa66
Download size: 57 KB
Estimated disk space required: 440 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

icon-naming-utils Dependencies

Required

XML::Simple-2.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icon-naming-utils

Installation of icon-naming-utils

Install icon-naming-utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/icon-naming-utils &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/icon-naming-utils: This parameter is used so that the main program script is placed in /usr/lib/icon-naming-utils instead of /usr/libexec.

Installed Programs: icon-name-mapping

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/dtds and /usr/share/icon-naming-utils

Short Descriptions

icon-name-mapping

is a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current desktop icon themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

ImageMagick-6.8.6-9

Introduction to ImageMagick

ImageMagick is a collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in various image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line. Bindings for Perl and C++ are also available.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.org/pub/ImageMagick/ImageMagick-6.8.6-9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 20df51f2315a7ab44507383d175b1c50
Download size: 7.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 150 MB (with typical dependencies, reputedly 450 MB with all dependencies)
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (typical build - additional 4 SBU to run the test suite)

Note

The ImageMagick source releases are updated frequently and the version shown above may no longer be available from the download locations. You can download a more recent version and use the existing BLFS instructions to install it. Chances are that it will work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS team. If the package version shown above is not available from the locations shown above, or from the legacy/ directory at ftp.ImageMagick.org/pub/ImageMagick you can download it from the BLFS package server at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/i/ImageMagick-6.8.6-9.tar.xz.

ImageMagick Dependencies

The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if you need support for the specific format or the conversion tool the dependency provides. Many of the dependencies' capabilities and uses are described in the “MAGICK DELEGATES” section of the README.txt file located in the source tree. Additional information about the dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source tree as well as issuing the ./configure --help command. A summary of this information, as well as some additional notes can be viewed on-line at http://www.imagemagick.org/script/advanced-unix-installation.php.

Optional System Utilities

pkg-config-0.28, Cups-1.6.3, cURL-7.32.0, Dmalloc, Electric Fence, FFmpeg-1.2.2, FFTW, PGP or GnuPG-1.4.14 or GnuPG-2.0.21 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG), SANE-1.0.23, ufraw (for raw formats listed in www/formats.html), Wget-1.14, and xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1

Optional Graphics Libraries

corefonts, DjVuLibre, FlashPIX, JasPer-1.900.1, JBIG-KIT, Little CMS-1.19 or Little CMS-2.5, libexif-0.6.21, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libpng-1.6.4, librsvg-2.37.0, LibTIFF-4.0.3, libwebp-0.3.1, Liquid Rescale, OpenEXR, Pango-1.34.1, and RALCGM (or ralcgm)

Optional Graphics Utilities

Blender, DejaVu fonts, GhostPCL or GhostPDL, ghostscript-9.10, Gimp-2.8.6, Gnuplot, Graphviz-2.34.0, Inkscape-0.48.4, POV-Ray, and Radiance

Optional Conversion Tools

AutoTrace, Enscript-1.6.6, GeoExpress Command Line Utilities, AKA MrSID Utilities (binary package), hp2xx, html2ps, libwmf, MPEG-2 Video Codec, Netpbm, texlive-20130530, Transfig, UniConvertor, and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imagemagick

Installation of ImageMagick

Install Imagemagick by running the following commands:

Note

If Xorg is not installed in user, add the entry LDFLAGS=-L$XORG_PREFIX/lib to the configure line.

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-modules    \
            --with-perl       \
            --disable-static  &&
make

The validation suite is intended to be run after the package is installed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

To test the installation, issue: make check. Note that the EPS, PS, and PDF tests require a working Ghostscript.

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: Install the .xml configuration files into /etc/ImageMagick instead of the default /usr/etc/ImageMagick.

--with-modules: Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.

--with-perl: Enables building and installing PerlMagick.

--disable-static: Prevents the static libraries being built and installed.

--with-gslib=/usr/lib: Enables support to use the Ghostscript shared library.

--with-rsvg: Enables support to use the librsvg library.

--with-autotrace: Enables support to use the Autotrace library.

--with-wmf: Enables support to use the libwmf library.

--with-gvc: Enables support to use GraphViz.

--with-windows-font-dir= <Some/Directory>: This option specifies the directory where the Windows CoreFonts are installed.

--with-dejavu-font-dir= <Some/Directory>: This option specifies the directory where the DejaVu fonts are installed.

The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they are installed.

Installed Programs: animate, compare, composite, conjure, convert, display, identify, import, Magick-config, Magic++-config, MagickCore-config, MagickWand-config, mogrify, montage, stream, and Wand-config

Installed Libraries: libMagickCore-Q16.so, libMagickWand-Q16.so, libMagick++-Q16.so, and numerous plugin modules

Installed Directories: /etc/ImageMagick, /usr/include/ImageMagick, /usr/lib/ImageMagick-6.8.6, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/<5.x.y>/<arch-linux>/auto/Image, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/<5.x.y>/<arch-linux>/Image/Magick, /usr/share/ImageMagick-6.8.6 and /usr/share/doc/ImageMagick-6.8.6

Short Descriptions

animate	animates a sequence of images.
compare	compares an image to a reconstructed image.
composite	composites various images into the given base image.
conjure	processes a MSL script to create an image.
convert	converts image(s) from one format to another.
display	displays an image.
identify	describes the format and characteristics of an image file.
import	captures an X window.
Magick{,++,Core,Wand}-config	show information about the installed versions of the ImageMagick libraries.
mogrify	transforms an image.
montage	composites various images into a new image.
stream	streams one or more pixel components of an image or portion of the image to your choice of storage formats.
Wand-config	shows the options required to use the Wand library.
`Image::Magick`	allows the reading, manipulation and writing of a large number of image file formats using the ImageMagick library. Run make in the `PerlMagick/demo` directory of the package source tree after the package is installed to see a nice demo of the module's capabilities.

Last updated on 2013-09-11 13:05:27 -0700

Intltool-0.50.2

Introduction to Intltool

The Intltool is an internationalization tool used for extracting translatable strings from source files, collecting the extracted strings with messages from traditional source files (<source directory>/<package>/po) and merging the translations into .xml, .desktop and .oaf files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://launchpad.net/intltool/trunk/0.50.2/+download/intltool-0.50.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 23fbd879118253cb99aeac067da5f591
Download size: 188 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Intltool Dependencies

Required

XML::Parser-2.41

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/intltool

Installation of Intltool

Install Intltool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/I18N-HOWTO \
    /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.50.2/I18N-HOWTO

Installed Programs: intltool-extract, intltool-merge, intltool-prepare, intltool-update and intltoolize

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/intltool-0.50.2 and /usr/share/intltool

Short Descriptions

intltoolize	prepares a package to use intltool.
intltool-extract	generates header files that can be read by gettext.
intltool-merge	merges translated strings into various file types.
intltool-prepare	updates pot files and merges them with translation files.
intltool-update	updates the `po` template files and merges them with the translations.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

PIN-Entry-0.8.3

Introduction to PIN-Entry

The PIN-Entry package contains a collection of simple PIN or pass-phrase entry dialogs which utilize the Assuan protocol as described by the �gypten project. PIN-Entry programs are usually invoked by the gpg-agent daemon, but can be run from the command line as well. There are programs for various text-based and GUI environments, including interfaces designed for Ncurses (text-based), GTK+, GTK+2, Qt3, and Qt4.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnupg.org/gcrypt/pinentry/pinentry-0.8.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2ae681cbca0d9fb774b2c90b11ebf56c
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

PIN-Entry Dependencies

Optional

GTK+-2.24.20, libcap2-2.22 and Qt-4.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pinentry

Installation of PIN-Entry

Install PIN-Entry by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: pinentry, pinentry-curses, pinentry-gtk, pinentry-gtk-2, pinentry-qt, and pinentry-qt4

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: None

Short Descriptions

pinentry	is a symbolic link to the default PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-curses	is an Ncurses text-based PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-gtk	is a GTK+ GUI PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-gtk-2	is a GTK+2 GUI PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-qt	is a Qt3 GUI PIN-Entry program.
pinentry-qt4	is a Qt4 GUI PIN-Entry program.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 15:40:33 -0700

qtchooser-31

Introduction to qtchooser

The qtchooser package contains a wrapper used to select between Qt binary versions. It is only needed if both Qt4 and Qt5 are installed for access via the /usr/bin directory.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://macieira.org/qtchooser/qtchooser-31-g980c64c.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 36497558a0266dcbe4cccb6477bfc158
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 700 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

qtchooser Dependencies

Optional

Qt-4.8.5 (for the testsuite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qtchooser

Installation of qtchooser

Warning

If both Qt4 and Qt5 are installed on the system, then Qt4 should be set as default unless stated otherwise.

Install qtchooser by running the following commands:

make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -m644 doc/qtchooser.1 /usr/share/man/man1

Configuring qtchooser

Config Files

/etc/xdg/qtchooser/default.conf

Configuration Information

The /etc/xdg/qtchooser/default.conf configuration file contains paths to the Qt binaries and libraries which will be used when the wrapper is run. It is ussually a symlink to a package specific file, such as 4.conf or 5.conf. In first case, when invoking the wrappers, Qt4 equivalents will be invoked. In second case, Qt5 equivalents will be invoked.

Create the configuration files by running the following commands as the root user:

install -dm755 /etc/xdg/qtchooser &&
cat > /etc/xdg/qtchooser/4.conf << "EOF"
/usr/lib/qt4/bin
/usr/lib
EOF
cat > /etc/xdg/qtchooser/5.conf << "EOF"
/usr/lib/qt5/bin
/usr/lib
EOF

To set Qt4 as the default, run the following command as the root user:

ln -sfv 4.conf /etc/xdg/qtchooser/default.conf

To set Qt5 as the default, run the following command as the root user:

ln -sfv 5.conf /etc/xdg/qtchooser/default.conf

You can also select default Qt using an environment variable.

To set Qt4 as the default, run the following command:

export QT_SELECT=4

To set Qt5 as the default, run the following command:

export QT_SELECT=5

Installed Programs: assistant, designer, lconvert, linguist, lrelease, lupdate, moc, pixeltool, qcollectiongenerator, qdbus, qdbuscpp2xml, qdbusviewer, qdbusxml2cpp, qdoc, qdoc3, qglinfo, qhelpconverter, qhelpgenerator, qmake, qml1plugindump, qmlbundle, qmlmin, qmlplugindump, qmlprofiler, qmlscene, qmltestrunner, qmlviewer, qtchooser, qtconfig, rcc, uic, uic3, xmlpatterns and xmlpatternsvalidator

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

qtchooser

is a wrapper used to select between Qt binary versions.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 21:56:57 -0700

Rarian-0.8.1

Introduction to Rarian

The Rarian package is a documentation metadata library based on the proposed Freedesktop.org spec. Rarian is designed to be a replacement for ScrollKeeper.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/rarian/0.8/rarian-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/rarian/0.8/rarian-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 75091185e13da67a0ff4279de1757b94
Download size: 317 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Rarian Dependencies

Installation of Rarian

Install Rarian by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --localstatedir=/var &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: rarian-example, rarian-sk-config, rarian-sk-extract, rarian-sk-gen-uuid, rarian-sk-get-cl, rarian-sk-get-content-list, rarian-sk-get-extended-content-list, rarian-sk-get-scripts, rarian-sk-install, rarian-sk-migrate, rarian-sk-preinstall, rarian-sk-rebuild, and rarian-sk-update

Installed Library: librarian.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/rarian, /usr/share/help, /usr/share/librarian/manual, /usr/share/librarian/Templates/C, and /usr/var/lib/rarian

Short Descriptions

rarian-example	prints a nice list of all available documents found by the library.
rarian-sk-config	emulates scrollkeeper-config.
rarian-sk-extract	is a wrapper around xsltproc to mimic scrollkeeper-extract.
rarian-sk-gen-uuid	generates a unique (random) uuid.
rarian-sk-get-cl	gets a content list (category tree).
rarian-sk-get-content-list	is a simple wrapper to make calling scrollkeeper-get-cl easier.
rarian-sk-get-extended-content-list	is a simple wrapper to make calling scrollkeeper-get-cl (extended) easier.
rarian-sk-get-scripts	emulates scrollkeeper-get-index-from-index-from-docpath, scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-docpath, and scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-id.
rarian-sk-install	emulates scrollkeeper-install and scrollkeeper-uninstall.
rarian-sk-migrate	takes in a directory full of omf's, reads and parses them and spews out an equivalent scroll file.
rarian-sk-preinstall	creates the omf file by reading an existing omf file and replacing the url for a resource with the url.
rarian-sk-rebuild	is a simple wrapper script to emulate scrollkeeper-rebuilddb.
rarian-sk-update	is compatible with the scrollkeeper-update script that's required to be run when installing new omf files. It converts the omf files into new-style scrolls.
`librarian.{so,a}`	is the API to build a list of available meta data files and allows access to these.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Rep-gtk-0.90.8.1

Introduction to Rep-gtk

The rep-gtk package contains a Lisp and GTK binding. This is useful for extending GTK-2 and GDK libraries with Lisp. Starting at rep-gtk-0.15, the package contains the bindings to GTK and uses the same instructions. Both can be installed, if needed.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/rep-gtk/rep-gtk-0.90.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 00c1d9d7fe1c4d8851a59efa0e5a0645
Download size: 252 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Rep-gtk Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.4 and librep-0.92.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rep-gtk

Installation of Rep-gtk

Install rep-gtk by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Lisp bindings

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/rep/gui/

Short Descriptions

Lisp bindings

are libraries stored in /usr/lib/rep/gui/ that assist communication between Lisp and the GTK libraries.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 18:27:34 -0700

rxvt-unicode-9.18

Introduction to rxvt-unicode

rxvt-unicode is a clone of the terminal emulator rxvt, an X Window System terminal emulator which includes support for XFT and Unicode.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-9.18.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 963ccc748fe5bca925e7b92c0404d68b
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

rxvt-unicode Dependencies

Required

X Window System

Optional

gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, or libAfterImage (these add support for background images and simulated transparency)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rxvt-unicode

Installation of rxvt-unicode

Install rxvt-unicode by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-everything &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-everything: Add support for all non-multichoice options. Details about the different options can be found in the file README.configure.

--disable-xft: Remove support for Xft fonts.

--disable-perl: Disable the embedded Perl interpreter.

--disable-afterimage: Remove support for libAfterImage.

Configuring rxvt-unicode

The rxvt-unicode terminal emulator uses the resource class URxvt and the resource name urxvt. You can add X resource definitions to a user's ~/.Xresources file or to the system-wide /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt file. The following example will load the matcher Perl extension (assuming Perl support wasn't disabled), which enables a middle button click to open an underlined URL in the specified browser, sets a background and foreground color and loads an Xft font:

cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt << "EOF"
URxvt*perl-ext: matcher
URxvt*urlLauncher: firefox
URxvt.background: black
URxvt.foreground: yellow
URxvt*font: xft:Monospace:pixelsize=12
EOF

The rxvt-unicode application can also run in a daemon mode, which makes it possible to open multiple terminal windows within the same process. The urxvtc client then connects to the urxvtd daemon and requests a new terminal window. Use this option with caution. If the daemon crashes, all the running processes in the terminal windows are terminated.

You can start the urxvtd daemon in the system or personal startup X session script (e.g., ~/.xinitrc) by adding the following lines near the top of the script:

# Start the urxvtd daemon
urxvtd -q -f -o &

For more information, examine the urxvt, urxvtd, urxvtc, and urxvtperl man pages.

Installed Programs: urxvt, urxvtd, and urxvtc

Installed Libraries: Many Perl extensions located under /usr/lib/urxvt/perl

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/urxvt

Short Descriptions

urxvt	is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
urxvtd	is the urxvt terminal daemon.
urxvtc	controls the urxvtd daemon.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

Screen-4.0.3

Introduction to Screen

Screen is a terminal multiplexor that runs several separate processes, typically interactive shells, on a single physical character-based terminal. Each virtual terminal emulates a DEC VT100 plus several ANSI X3.64 and ISO 2022 functions and also provides configurable input and output translation, serial port support, configurable logging, multi-user support, and many character encodings, including UTF-8. Screen sessions can be detached and resumed later on a different terminal.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.uni-erlangen.de/pub/utilities/screen/screen-4.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8506fd205028a96c741e4037de6e3c42
Download size: 821 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Screen Dependencies

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/screen

Installation of Screen

Install Screen by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                     \
            --with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen \
            --with-pty-group=5                \
            --with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc &&

sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/* &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -m 644 etc/etcscreenrc /etc/screenrc

Command Explanations

--with-socket-dir=/var/run/screen: This option places the per-user sockets in a standard location.

--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc: This option places the global screenrc file in /etc.

--with-pty-group=5: This option sets the gid to the value used by LFS.

Note

Older versions of LFS use the value 4 for the tty group. If you are using LFS version 7.1 or older, change the pty-group option to 4.

sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/*: This command corrects the configuration and documentation files to the location that is used here for the global screenrc file.

Configuring Screen

Config Files

/etc/screenrc and ~/.screenrc

Configuration Information

You may want to look at the example configuration file that was installed and customize it for your needs.

Installed Program: screen

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /var/run/screen

Short Descriptions

screen

is a terminal multiplexor with VT100/ANSI terminal emulation.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Sharutils-4.13.5

Introduction to Sharutils

The Sharutils package contains utilities that can create 'shell' archives.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.13.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.13.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 05b66d9b30336a9fd3b28fd1860e26c1
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sharutils

Installation of Sharutils

Install Sharutils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: shar, unshar, uudecode and uuencode

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

shar	creates "shell archives" (or shar files) which are in text format and can be mailed.
unshar	unpacks a shar file.
uudecode	reads a file (or by default the standard input) and writes an encoded version to the standard output. The encoding uses only printing ASCII characters.
uuencode	reads a file (or by default the standard input) and decodes the uuencoded version to the standard output.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

HTML Tidy-cvs_20101110

Introduction to HTML Tidy

The HTML Tidy package contains a command line tool and libraries used to read HTML, XHTML and XML files and write cleaned up markup. It detects and corrects many common coding errors and strives to produce visually equivalent markup that is both W3C compliant and compatible with most browsers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/t/tidy-cvs_20101110.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dd1fe109b4259ad3f364b175787ad5e9
Download size: 807 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

HTML Tidy tarballs are no longer generated by the maintainers. To build from source, the HTML Tidy developers recommend using current CVS. The source tarball shown above was created by the BLFS team by pulling a CVS version, then generating the autotool components and documentation. BLFS made no changes to the existing source files.

HTML Tidy Dependencies

Optional

Dmalloc

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tidy

Installation of HTML Tidy

Install HTML Tidy by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m644 -D htmldoc/tidy.1 \
                    /usr/share/man/man1/tidy.1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tidy-cvs_20101110 &&
install -v -m644    htmldoc/*.{html,gif,css} \
                    /usr/share/doc/tidy-cvs_20101110

If you wish to install the API documentation you must have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed, then change directories into the htmldoc of the source tree and issue the command doxygen. Then as the root user copy the api directory to /usr/share/doc/tidy-cvs_20101110.

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring HTML Tidy

Config Files

The absolute path of the file specified in $HTML_TIDY.

Configuration Information

The default configuration options can be set in the file defined in $HTML_TIDY. Additional configuration options can be passed to tidy via command line parameters or the -config <file> parameter.

Installed Programs: tab2space and tidy

Installed Library: libtidy.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/tidy-cvs_20101110

Short Descriptions

tab2space	is a utility to expand tabs and ensure consistent line endings.
tidy	validates, corrects, and pretty-prints HTML files.
`libtidy.so`	library provides the HTML Tidy API functions to tidy and can also be called by other programs.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

unixODBC-2.3.1

Introduction to unixODBC

The unixODBC package is an Open Source ODBC (Open DataBase Connectivity) sub-system and an ODBC SDK for Linux, Mac OSX, and UNIX. ODBC is an open specification for providing application developers with a predictable API with which to access data sources. Data sources include optional SQL Servers and any data source with an ODBC Driver. unixODBC contains the following components used to assist with the manipulation of ODBC data sources: a driver manager, an installer library and command line tool, command line tools to help install a driver and work with SQL, drivers and driver setup libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.unixodbc.org/unixODBC-2.3.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/unixODBC-2.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 86788d4006620fa1f171c13d07fdcaab
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

unixODBC Dependencies

Optional

Mini SQL and Pth-2.0.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unixodbc

Installation of unixODBC

Install unixODBC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/unixODBC &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find doc -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&
chmod 644 doc/{lst,ProgrammerManual/Tutorial}/* &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.1 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.1

Command Explanations

--enable-drivers: This parameter enables building the drivers that were installed by default in previous versions.

--enable-drivers-conf: This parameter enables building the driver configuration libraries that were installed by default in previous versions.

Configuring unixODBC

Config Files

/etc/unixODBC/*

Configuration Information

The files in /etc/unixODBC are meant to be configured by the system administrator (or the ODBC site administrator if appropriate privileges are granted to /etc/unixODBC). These files are not meant to be directly edited. The ODBC installer library is responsible for reading and writing the unixODBC config files.

Unfortunately, there are no man or info pages for the various programs available in the unixODBC package. Along with the information in the “Short Descriptions” below and the documentation installed in /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.1, there are many README files throughout the source tree where the use and functionality of the programs can be found. Additionally, you can use the parameter -? for syntax and usage information. Lastly, the unixODBC web site at http://www.unixodbc.org/ has very good information.

Installed Programs: dltest, isql, iusql, odbc_config and odbcinst

Installed Libraries: libodbc.so, libodbccr.so and libodbcinst.so

Installed Directories: /etc/unixODBC and /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.1

Short Descriptions

dltest	is a utility used to check a share library to see if it can be loaded and if a given symbol exists in it.
isql	is an utility which can be used to submit SQL to a data source and to format/output results. It can be used in batch or interactive mode.
iusql	provides the same functionality as the isql program.
odbc_config	is used to find out details about the installation of the unixODBC package.
odbcinst	is an utility created for install script/RPM writers. It is a command line interface to key functionality in the `libodbcinst` library. It does not copy any files (i.e., libraries) but it will modify the ODBC System Information for the user.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

XScreenSaver-5.22

Introduction to XScreenSaver

The XScreenSaver is a modular screen saver and locker for the X Window System. It is highly customizable and allows the use of any program that can draw on the root window as a display mode. The purpose of XScreenSaver is to display pretty pictures on your screen when it is not in use, in keeping with the philosophy that unattended monitors should always be doing something interesting, just like they do in the movies. However, XScreenSaver can also be used as a screen locker, to prevent others from using your terminal while you are away.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.jwz.org/xscreensaver/xscreensaver-5.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f78dda2e82a4d22a87d0b7adbabc93f4
Download size: 7.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 146 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

XScreenSaver Dependencies

Required

bc-1.06.95, libglade-2.6.4 and Xorg Applications

Optional

GDM, GLE and Linux-PAM-1.1.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xscreensaver

Installation of XScreenSaver

Install XScreenSaver by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-setuid-hacks: This switch allows some demos to be installed setuid root which is needed in order to ping other hosts.

Configuring XScreenSaver

Config Files

/etc/X11/app-defaults/XScreenSaver and ~/.xscreensaver

Linux PAM Configuration

If you have built XScreenSaver with Linux PAM support, you need to create PAM configuration file to get XScreenSaver to work correctly with BLFS.

Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration file for Linux PAM:

cat > /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver

auth    include system-auth
account include system-account

# End /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
EOF

Installed Programs: xscreensaver, xscreensaver-command, xscreensaver-demo, xscreensaver-getimage, xscreensaver-getimage-file, xscreensaver-getimage-video, xscreensaver-gl-helper and xscreensaver-text

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xscreensaver and /usr/share/xscreensaver

Short Descriptions

xscreensaver	is a screen saver and locker daemon.
xscreensaver-command	controls a running xscreensaver process by sending it client messages.
xscreensaver-demo	is a graphical front-end for setting the parameters used by the background xscreensaver daemon.
xscreensaver-getimage	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-file	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-getimage-video	is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images.
xscreensaver-gl-helper	is a helper program for the xscreensaver OpenGL modules.
xscreensaver-text	prints some text to stdout, for use by screen savers.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

Chapter 12. System Utilities

This chapter contains mainly hardware utilities. It also contains some applications used by other applications in the book for installation or configuration purposes.

acpid-2.0.19

Introduction to acpid

The acpid (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface event daemon) is a completely flexible, totally extensible daemon for delivering ACPI events. It listens on netlink interface and when an event occurs, executes programs to handle the event. The programs it executes are configured through a set of configuration files, which can be dropped into place by packages or by the user.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/acpid2/acpid-2.0.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0b07a982e3e28cf37645f2c6269af72e
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/acpid

Installation of acpid

Install acpid by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.19 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install                         &&
install -v -m755 -d /etc/acpi/events &&
cp -r samples /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.19

Configuring acpid

acpid is configured by user defined events. Place event files under /etc/acpi/events directory. If an event occurs, acpid recurses through the event files in order to see if the regex defined after "event" matches. If they do, action is executed.

The following brief example will suspend the system when the laptop lid is closed (it requires pm-utils-1.4.1):

cat > /etc/acpi/events/lid << "EOF"
event=button/lid
action=/etc/acpi/lid.sh
EOF

cat > /etc/acpi/lid.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
/bin/grep -q open /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state && exit 0
/usr/sbin/pm-suspend
EOF
chmod +x /etc/acpi/lid.sh

Unfortunately, not every computer labels ACPI events in the same way. To determine how your buttons are recognized, use the acpi_listen tool. Also, look in package documentation's samples directory for more examples.

Boot Script

To automatically start acpid when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/acpid boot script from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-acpid

Installed Programs: acpid, acpi_listen, and kacpimon

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.19

Short Descriptions

acpid	is a program that listens for ACPI events and executes the rules that match the received event.
acpi_listen	is a simple tool which connects to acpid and listens for events.
kacpimon	is a monitor program that connects to three sources of ACPI events (events file, netlink and input layer) and then reports on what it sees while it is connected.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

at-3.1.14

Introduction to at

The at package provide delayed job execution and batch processing. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/a/at/at_3.1.14.orig.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.de.debian.org/debian/pool/main/a/at/at_3.1.14.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d41cfd79033b6e49a8838add59a42ac6
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

at Dependencies

Required

An MTA such as Postfix-2.10.2, sendmail-8.14.7, or Exim-4.80.1

Optional

RRDtool (required to build the sensord program)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at

Installation of at

Before building at, as the root user you should create the group and user atd which will run the atd daemon. Also ensure the working directory for the daemon exists:

groupadd -g 17 atd                                                  &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "atd daemon" -g atd -s /bin/false -u 17 atd &&
mkdir -p /var/spool/cron

Install at with the following commands:

./configure --with-daemon_username=atd  \
            --with-daemon_groupname=atd &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring at

Config Files

/etc/at.allow and /etc/at.deny determines who can submit jobs via at or batch.

Boot Script

Install the /etc/init.d/atd init script from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-atd

Installed Programs: at, atd, atrun, and batch

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/spool/{atjobs,atspool}

Short Descriptions

at	queues, examines or deletes jobs for later execution.
atd	is the daemon that runs jobs queued for later execution.
atrun	runs jobs queued for later execution.
batch	is a script that executes commands when system load levels permit.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 15:17:21 -0700

autofs-5.0.7

Introduction to Autofs

The Autofs package contains userspace tools that work with the kernel to mount and un-mount removable file systems. The primary use is to mount external network file systems like NFS (see nfs-utils-1.2.8) or Samba (see Samba-4.0.9) on demand.

It may also be useful for allowing users to mount floppies, cdroms and other removable storage devices without requiring the system administrator to mount the devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.0.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.0.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7aa414dd1d07e263795eced1992e8645
Download size: 248 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Autofs Dependencies

Required

OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/autofs

Kernel Configuration

Verify that kernel support has been compiled in or built as modules in the following areas:

File systems ⇒
    Kernel automounter version 4 support  Y or M
    Network File Systems ⇒
        NFS client support   Y or M (optional)
        CIFS support         Y or M (optional)

Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.

Installation of Autofs

Install Autofs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/ --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Autofs

Config Files

/etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf, /etc/auto.master, /etc/auto.misc, and /etc/auto.net

Configuration Information

The installation process creates auto.master, auto.misc, auto.smb, and auto.net. Replace the auto.master file with the following commands as the root user:

mv /etc/auto.master /etc/auto.master.bak &&
cat > /etc/auto.master << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/auto.master

/media/auto  /etc/auto.misc  --ghost
#/home        /etc/auto.home

# End /etc/auto.master
EOF

This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto that will overlay any existing directory of the same name. In this example, the file, /etc/auto.misc, has a line:

cd   -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom

that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if that directory is accessed. The --ghost option tells the automounter to create “ghost” versions (i.e. empty directories) of all the mount points listed in the configuration file regardless whether any of the file systems are actually mounted or not. This is very convenient and highly recommended, because it will show you the available auto-mountable file systems as existing directories, even when their file systems aren't currently mounted. Without the --ghost option, you'll have to remember the names of the directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the directory will be created and the file system will be mounted. When the file system gets unmounted again, the directory is destroyed too, unless the --ghost option was given.

Note

An alternative method would be to specify another automount location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom and create a symbolic link from /media/cdrom to the automount location.

The auto.misc file must be configured to your working hardware. The loaded configuration file should load your cdrom if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited to match your device setup. Examples for floppies are available in the file and easily activated. Documentation for this file is available using the man 5 autofs command.

In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory would be mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.auto would need to exist and have an entry similar to:

joe  example.org:/export/home/joe

where the directory /export/home/joe is exported via NFS from the system example.org. NFS shares are covered on the next page.

This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that feature is not configured in these instructions. For additional configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There are also web resources such as this AUTOFS HOWTO available.

Boot Script

autofs installs its own boot script, but it has no capability for logging or visual conformance with other BLFS scripts.

Install the /etc/init.d/autofs mount script included with the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-autofs

The time-out variable is set in /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf. The installed file sets a default of 60 seconds of inactivity before unmounting the device. A much shorter time may be necessary to protect buffer writing to a floppy if users tend to remove the media prior to the timeout setting.

Installed Program: automount

Installed Libraries: lookup_dir.so, lookup_file.so, lookup_hosts.so, lookup_ldap.so, lookup_multi.so, lookup_nisplus.so, lookup_program.so, lookup_userhome.so, lookup_yp.so, mount_afs.so, mount_autofs.so, mount_bind.so, mount_changer.so, mount_ext2.so, mount_generic.so, mount_nfs.so, parse_sun.so

Installed Directories: /lib/autofs

Short Descriptions

automount

is the daemon that performs the mounting when a request is made for the device.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 21:56:57 -0700

BlueZ-4.101

Introduction to BlueZ

The BlueZ package contains the Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/bluez-4.101.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/bluez-4.101.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c828c172f01f20c6ecd7f407894956a2
Download size: 868 KB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

BlueZ Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14 and GLib-2.36.4

Optional

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, Check-0.9.10, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, libsndfile-1.0.25, and libusb-compat-0.1.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bluez

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

[*] Networking support --->
  <*> or <M> Bluetooth subsystem support --->
    <*> or <M> RFCOMM protocol support
    [*] RFCOMM TTY support
    <*> or <M> BNEP protocol support
    [*] Multicast filter support
    [*] Protocol filter support
    <*> or <M> HIDP protocol support

    Bluetooth device drivers --->

Select the appropriate drivers for your Bluetooth hardware.

Installation of BlueZ

Install BlueZ by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --libexecdir=/lib    \
            --enable-bccmd       \
            --enable-dfutool     \
            --enable-dund        \
            --enable-hid2hci     \
            --enable-hidd        \
            --enable-pand        \
            --enable-tools       \
            --enable-wiimote     \
            --disable-test       \
            --without-systemdunitdir &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Install required configuration files as the root user:

for CONFFILE in audio input network serial ; do
    install -v -m644 ${CONFFILE}/${CONFFILE}.conf /etc/bluetooth/${CONFFILE}.conf
done
unset CONFFILE

If desired, install the API documentation as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/bluez-4.101 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/bluez-4.101

Command Explanations

--enable-bccmd: This switch enables building of the BCCMD interface utility.

--enable-dfutool: This switch enables building of the DFU firmware upgrade utility.

--enable-dund: This switch enables building of the DUN daemon.

--enable-hid2hci: This switch enables building of the HID mode switching utility.

--enable-hidd: This switch enables building of the HID daemon.

--enable-pand: This switch enables building of the PAN daemon.

--enable-tools: This switch enables building of the Bluetooth utilities.

--enable-wiimote: This switch enables building of the Wii Remote plugin.

--disable-test: This switch disables installation of the test programs.

--without-systemdunitdir: This switch disables installation of the systemd units.

--enable-cups: This switch enables CUPS backend support. Note that CUPS does not need to be installed for this support.

Configuring BlueZ

Config Files

/etc/bluetooth/audio.conf, /etc/bluetooth/input.conf, /etc/bluetooth/main.conf, /etc/bluetooth/network.conf, /etc/bluetooth/rfcomm.conf and /etc/bluetooth/serial.conf

Boot Script

To automatically start the bluetoothd daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/bluetooth bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-bluetooth

Installed Programs: bccmd, bluetoothd, ciptool, dfutool, dund, gatttool, hciattach, hciconfig, hcitool, hid2hci, hidd, l2ping, pand, rfcomm, and sdptool

Installed Library: libbluetooth.so

Installed Directories: /etc/bluetooth, /usr/include/bluetooth, /usr/lib/bluetooth, /usr/share/doc/bluez-4.101, and /var/lib/bluetooth

Short Descriptions

bccmd	is used to issue BlueCore commands to Cambridge Silicon Radio devices.
bluetoothd	is the Bluetooth daemon.
ciptool	is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the CIP configuration of the Bluetooth subsystem in the Linux kernel.
dfutool	is used to verify, archive and upgrade firmware files.
dund	is the Bluetooth dial-up networking daemon.
hciattach	is used to attach a serial UART to the Bluetooth stack as HCI transport interface.
hciconfig	is used to configure Bluetooth devices.
hcitool	is used to configure Bluetooth connections and send some special command to Bluetooth devices.
hid2hci	is used to set up switch supported Bluetooth devices into the HCI mode and back.
hidd	is the Bluetooth HID daemon.
l2ping	is used to send a L2CAP echo request to the Bluetooth MAC address given in dotted hex notation.
pand	is the Bluetooth daemon that allows you to connect to ethernet networks using Bluetooth.
rfcomm	is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the RFCOMM configuration of the Bluetooth subsystem in the Linux kernel.
sdptool	is used to perform SDP queries on Bluetooth devices.
`libbluetooth.so`	contains the BlueZ API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Colord-1.0.3

Introduction to Colord

Colord is a system activated daemon that maps devices to color profiles. It is used by GNOME Color Manager for system integration and use when there are no users logged in.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/releases/colord-1.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a5e0da68c656812113fe0fcdda33e82c
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Colord Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14, libgusb-0.1.6, Little CMS-2.5 and SQLite-3.8.0.2

Optional

Bash Completion, colord-gtk and gnome-desktop-3.8.4 (To build the example tools), DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GTK-Doc-1.19 and SANE-1.0.23

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/colord

Installation of Colord

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the colord daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 71 colord &&
useradd -c "Color Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/colord -u 71 \
        -g colord -s /bin/false colord

Install Colord by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --sysconfdir=/etc            \
            --localstatedir=/var         \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/colord \
            --with-daemon-user=colord    \
            --enable-vala                \
            --disable-bash-completion    \
            --disable-systemd-login      \
            --disable-static &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that system-wide D-Bus daemon must be running or the tests will fail.

Command Explanations

--with-daemon-user=colord: This switch is used so the colord daemon will run as an unprivileged user instead of root user.

--enable-vala: This switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove if you don't have Vala-0.20.1 installed.

--disable-bash-completion: This switch disables Bash Completion support for Colord apps.

--disable-systemd-login: This switch prevents configure to look for Systemd libraries since Systemd is not part of LFS or BLFS.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: cd-create-profile, cd-fix-profile, cd-iccdump, colord, colord-sane, colord-session, and colormgr

Installed Libraries: libcolordprivate.so, libcolord.so and libcolorhug.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/colord-1, /usr/lib/colord, /usr/lib/colord-plugins, /usr/lib/colord-sensors, /usr/share/color, /usr/share/colord, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/colord and /var/lib/colord

Short Descriptions

cd-create-profile	is a Color Manager Profile Creation Tool.
cd-fix-profile	is a tool used to fix metadata in ICC profiles.
colormgr	is a text-mode program that allows you to interact with colord on the command line.
`libcolord.so`	contains the Colord API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

cpio-2.11

Introduction to cpio

The cpio package contains tools for archiving.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.11.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 20fc912915c629e809f80b96b2e75d7d
Download size: 1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cpio

Installation of cpio

Install cpio by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnu/stdio.in.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --bindir=/bin     \
            --libexecdir=/tmp \
            --enable-mt       \
            --with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt &&
make &&
makeinfo --html            -o doc/html      doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/cpio.html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext       -o doc/cpio.txt  doc/cpio.texi

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and wish to create PDF or Postscript documentation, issue one or both of the following commands:

make -C doc pdf &&
make -C doc ps

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.11/html &&
install -v -m644    doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.11/html &&
install -v -m644    doc/cpio.{html,txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.11

If you built PDF or Postscript documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
                 /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.11

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/gets is a/d' gnu/stdio.in.h &&: This fixes an incompatibility with glibc-2.16.0.

--bindir=/bin: This parameter installs cpio to /bin instead of /usr/bin as recommended by the FHS guidelines.

--libexecdir=/tmp: This parameter is used so that /usr/libexec is not created.

--enable-mt: This parameter forces the building and installation of the mt program.

--with-rmt=/usr/sbin/rmt: This parameter inhibits building the rmt program as it is already installed by the Tar package in LFS.

Installed Programs: cpio and mt

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.11

Short Descriptions

cpio	copies files to and from archives.
mt	controls magnetic tape drive operations.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

D-Bus-1.6.14

Introduction to D-Bus

D-Bus is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another. D-Bus supplies both a system daemon (for events such as “new hardware device added” or “printer queue changed”) and a per-user-login-session daemon (for general IPC needs among user applications). Also, the message bus is built on top of a general one-to-one message passing framework, which can be used by any two applications to communicate directly (without going through the message bus daemon).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.6.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1c22aebdf952e92908800f1ec2aeb0c4
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 108 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

D-Bus Dependencies

Required

expat-2.1.0 or libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

dbus-glib-0.100.2 (to run tests), Python-2.7.5 (to run tests) and Doxygen-1.8.5 (to generate the API documentation)

Note that the configure script will look for xmlto-0.0.25 but it does nothing as the XML/HTML documentation is already shipped in the source tree.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus

Installation of D-Bus

As the root user, create a system user and group to handle the system message bus activity:

groupadd -g 18 messagebus &&
useradd -c "D-Bus Message Daemon User" -d /var/run/dbus \
        -u 18 -g messagebus -s /bin/false messagebus

Install D-Bus by running the following commands (you may wish to review the output from ./configure --help first and add any desired parameters to the configure command shown below):

./configure --prefix=/usr                  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc              \
            --localstatedir=/var           \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/dbus-1.0 \
            --with-console-auth-dir=/run/console/ \
            --without-systemdsystemunitdir \
            --disable-systemd              \
            --disable-static &&
make

See below for test instructions.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/share/doc/dbus /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.6.14

If you are still building your system in chroot or you did not start the daemon yet, but you want to compile some packages that require D-Bus, generate D-Bus UUID to avoid warnings when compiling some packages with the following command as the root user:

dbus-uuidgen --ensure

The dbus tests cannot be run until after dbus-glib-0.100.2 has been installed. The tests require passing additional parameters to configure and exposing additional functionality in the binaries. These interfaces are not intended to be used in a production build of D-Bus. If you would like to run the unit tests, issue the following commands:

make distclean                              &&
./configure --enable-tests --enable-asserts &&
make                                        &&
make check                                  &&
make distclean

Note there has been a report that the tests may fail if running inside a Midnight Commander shell. You may get out-of-memory error messages when running the tests. These are normal and can be safely ignored.

Command Explanations

--with-console-auth-dir=/run/console/: This parameter specifies location of the ConsoleKit auth dir.

--without-systemdsystemunitdir: This switch prevents installation of systemd unit files.

--disable-systemd: This switch disables systemd support in D-Bus

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-tests: Build extra parts of the code to support testing. Configure will end with a NOTE warning about this.

--enable-asserts: Enable debugging code to run assertions for statements normally assumed to be true. This prevents a warning that '--enable-tests' on its own is only useful for profiling and might not give true results for all tests, but adds its own NOTE that this should not be used in a production build.

Configuring dbus

Config Files

/etc/dbus-1/session.conf, /etc/dbus-1/system.conf and /etc/dbus-1/system.d/*

Configuration Information

The configuration files listed above should probably not be modified. If changes are required, you should create /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf and/or /etc/dbus-1/system-local.conf and make any desired changes to these files.

If any packages install a D-Bus .service file outside of the standard /usr/share/dbus-1/services directory, that directory should be added to the local session configuration. For instance, /usr/local/share/dbus-1/services can be added by performing the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
 "-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
 "http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>

  <!-- Search for .service files in /usr/local -->
  <servicedir>/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services</servicedir>

</busconfig>
EOF

Boot Script

To automatically start dbus-daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dbus bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-dbus

Note that this boot script only starts the system-wide D-Bus daemon. Each user requiring access to D-Bus services will also need to run a session daemon as well. There are many methods you can use to start a session daemon using the dbus-launch command. Review the dbus-launch man page for details about the available parameters and options. Here are some suggestions and examples:

Add dbus-launch to the line in the ~/.xinitrc file that starts your graphical desktop environment.
If you use xdm or some other display manager that calls the ~/.xsession file, you can add dbus-launch to the line in your ~/.xsession file that starts your graphical desktop environment. The syntax would be similar to the example in the ~/.xinitrc file.
The examples shown previously use dbus-launch to specify a program to be run. This has the benefit (when also using the --exit-with-session parameter) of stopping the session daemon when the specified program is stopped. You can also start the session daemon in your system or personal startup scripts by adding the following lines:
```
# Start the D-Bus session daemon
eval `dbus-launch`
export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
```
This method will not stop the session daemon when you exit your shell, therefore you should add the following line to your ~/.bash_logout file:
```
# Kill the D-Bus session daemon
kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID
```
A hint has been written that provides ways to start scripts using the KDM session manager of KDE. The concepts in this hint could possibly be used with other session managers as well. The hint is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/execute-session-scripts-using-kdm.txt.

Installed Programs: dbus-cleanup-sockets, dbus-daemon, dbus-launch, dbus-monitor, dbus-send and dbus-uuidgen

Installed Library: libdbus-1.so

Installed Directories: /etc/dbus-1, /usr/include/dbus-1.0, /usr/lib/dbus-1.0, /usr/share/dbus-1, /usr/share/doc/dbus-1.6.14 and /var/lib/dbus

Short Descriptions

dbus-cleanup-sockets	is used to clean up leftover sockets in a directory.
dbus-daemon	is the D-Bus message bus daemon.
dbus-launch	is used to start dbus-daemon from a shell script. It would normally be called from a user's login scripts.
dbus-monitor	is used to monitor messages going through a D-Bus message bus.
dbus-send	is used to send a message to a D-Bus message bus.
dbus-uuidgen	is used to generate a universally unique ID.
`libdbus-1.so`	contains the API functions used by the D-Bus message daemon. D-Bus is first a library that provides one-to-one communication between any two applications; dbus-daemon is an application that uses this library to implement a message bus daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 14:35:19 -0700

eject-2.1.5

Introduction to Eject

The Eject package is a program for ejecting removable media under software control.

Note

Starting with util-linux-2.22, the eject program has been incorporated into that package. If you have installed util-linux-2.22 or later, this package is not needed.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.paldo.org/paldo/sources/eject/eject-2.1.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirrors.kernel.org/slackware/slackware-13.1/source/a/eject/eject-2.1.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5a6cab2184ae4ed21128054d931d558f
Download size: 105 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/eject

Installation of Eject

Install Eject by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: eject and volname

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

eject	ejects removable media.
volname	returns the volume name.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 18:31:21 -0700

Fcron-3.1.2

Introduction to Fcron

The Fcron package contains a periodical command scheduler which aims at replacing Vixie Cron.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fcron.free.fr/archives/fcron-3.1.2.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.seul.org/pub/fcron/fcron-3.1.2.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 36bf213e15f3a480f2274f8e46cced0a
Download size: 583 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Fcron Dependencies

Optional

An MTA, text editor (default is vi from the Vim-7.4 package), Linux-PAM-1.1.7, DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fcron

Installation of Fcron

Fcron uses the cron facility of syslog to log all messages. Since LFS does not set up this facility in /etc/syslog.conf, it needs to be done prior to installing Fcron. This command will append the necessary line to the current /etc/syslog.conf (perform as the root user):

cat >> /etc/syslog.conf << "EOF"
# Begin fcron addition to /etc/syslog.conf

cron.* -/var/log/cron.log

# End fcron addition
EOF

The configuration file has been modified, so reloading the sysklogd daemon will activate the changes (again as the root user).

/etc/rc.d/init.d/sysklogd reload

For security reasons, an unprivileged user and group for Fcron should be created (perform as the root user):

groupadd -g 22 fcron &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "Fcron User" -g fcron -s /bin/false -u 22 fcron

Install Fcron by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --localstatedir=/var --without-sendmail --with-boot-install=no \
    --with-dsssl-dir=/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

autoconf: This command is required to rebuild configure using the fixed input file.

--without-sendmail: By default, Fcron will attempt to use the sendmail command from an MTA package to email you the results of the fcron script. This switch is used to disable default email notification. Omit the switch to enable the default. Alternatively, you can use the --with-sendmail=</path/to/MTA command> to use a different mailer command.

--with-boot-install=no: This prevents installation of the bootscript included with the package.

--with-editor=</path/to/editor>: This switch allows you to set the default text editor.

--with-dsssl-dir=</path/to/dsssl-stylesheets>: Avoid a warning message about not finding the DSSSL stylesheets.

Configuring Fcron

Config Files

/etc/fcron.conf, /etc/fcron.allow, and /etc/fcron.deny

Configuration Information

There are no required changes in any of the config files. Configuration information can be found in the man page for fcron.conf.

fcron scripts are written using fcrontab. Refer to the fcrontab man page for proper parameters to address your situation.

If Linux-PAM is installed, two PAM configuration files are installed in /etc/pam.d. Alternatively if /etc/pam.d is not used, the installation will append two configuration sections to the existing /etc/pam.conf file. You should ensure the files match your preferences. Modify them as required to suit your needs.

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/fcron init script from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-fcron

Installed Programs: fcron, fcrondyn, fcronsighup, and fcrontab

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/fcron-3.1.2 and /var/spool/fcron

Short Descriptions

fcron	is the scheduling daemon.
fcrondyn	is a user tool intended to interact with a running fcron daemon.
fcronsighup	instructs fcron to reread the Fcron tables.
fcrontab	is a program used to install, edit, list and remove the tables used by fcron.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

GPM-1.20.7

Introduction to GPM

The GPM (General Purpose Mouse daemon) package contains a mouse server for the console and xterm. It not only provides cut and paste support generally, but its library component is used by various software such as Links to provide mouse support to the application. It is useful on desktops, especially if following (Beyond) Linux From Scratch instructions; it's often much easier (and less error prone) to cut and paste between two console windows than to type everything by hand!

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.nico.schottelius.org/software/gpm/archives/gpm-1.20.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf84143905a6a903dbd4d4b911a2a2b8
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/GPM

Installation of GPM

Install GPM by running the following commands:

./autogen.sh                                &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                          &&

install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir           \
             /usr/share/info/gpm.info                 &&

ln -v -sfn libgpm.so.2.1.0 /usr/lib/libgpm.so         &&
install -v -m644 conf/gpm-root.conf /etc              &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644    doc/support/*                     \
                    /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644    doc/{FAQ,HACK_GPM,README*}        \
                    /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7

Command Explanations

./autogen.sh: This command creates the missing configure script.

install-info ...: This package installs an .info file, but does not update the system dir file. This command makes the update.

ln -v -sfn libgpm.so.2.1.0 /usr/lib/libgpm.so: This command is used to create (or update) the .so symlink to the library.

Configuring GPM

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gpm init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-gpm

Config Files

/etc/gpm-root.conf and ~/.gpm-root: The default and individual user gpm-root configuration files.

/etc/sysconfig/mouse: This file contains the name of your mouse device and the protocol it uses. To create this file, run the following as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/mouse << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/mouse

MDEVICE="<yourdevice>"
PROTOCOL="<yourprotocol>"
GPMOPTS="<additional options>"

# End /etc/sysconfig/mouse
EOF

Configuration Information

Examples of values to set MDEVICE, PROTOCOL, and GPMOPTS to are:

MDEVICE="/dev/psaux"
PROTOCOL="imps2"
GPMOPTS=""

A list of which protocol values are known can be found by running gpm -m [device] -t -help. The MDEVICE setting depends on which type of mouse you have. For example, /dev/ttyS0 for a serial mouse (on Windows this is COM1), /dev/input/mice is often used for USB mice and /dev/psaux for PS2 mice. GPMOPTS is the 'catch all' for any additional options that are needed for your hardware.

Installed Programs: disable-paste, display-buttons, display-coords, get-versions, gpm, gpm-root, hltest, mev, and mouse-test

Installed Library: libgpm.{so.a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7

Short Descriptions

disable-paste	is a security mechanism used to disable the paste buffer.
display-buttons	is a simple program that reports the mouse buttons being pressed and released.
display-coords	is a simple program that reports the mouse coordinates.
get-versions	is used to report the GPM library and server versions.
gpm	is a cut and paste utility and mouse server for virtual consoles.
gpm-root	is a default handler for gpm. It is used to draw menus on the root window.
hltest	is a simple sample application using the high-level library, meant to be read by programmers trying to use the high-level library.
mev	is a program to report mouse events.
mouse-test	is a tool for determining the mouse type and device it's attached to.
`libgpm.{so.a}`	contains the API functions to access the GPM daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

Hdparm-9.43

Introduction to Hdparm

The Hdparm package contains an utility that is useful for controlling ATA/IDE controllers and hard drives both to increase performance and sometimes to increase stability.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Warning

As well as being useful, incorrect usage of Hdparm can destroy your information and in rare cases, drives. Use with caution and make sure you know what you are doing. If in doubt, it is recommended that you leave the default kernel parameters alone.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/hdparm/hdparm-9.43.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f73233be118d86c779a8463d8b6a3cdb
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hdparm

Installation of Hdparm

Build Hdparm by running the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

Note that by default, hdparm is installed in /sbin as some systems may require it during the boot process before /usr is mounted. If you wish to install hdparm under the /usr hierarchy, then replace the above command with the following:

make binprefix=/usr/ install

Installed Program: hdparm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

hdparm

provides a command-line interface to various hard disk ioctls supported by the stock Linux ATA/IDE device driver subsystem.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

IBus-1.5.3

Introduction to IBus

IBus is an Intelligent Input Bus. It is a new input framework for Linux OS. It provides full featured and user friendly input method user interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ibus.googlecode.com/files/ibus-1.5.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fdde74794d8a1874f97294e0cd581d14
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

IBus Dependencies

Required

DConf-0.16.1 and ISO Codes-3.46

Optional

D-Bus Python-1.2.0, GTK-Doc-1.19, and PyXDG-0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ibus

Installation of IBus

Install IBus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/ibus &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. Two tests may fail due to problems with the tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-gtk2: This switch disables building of the GTK+ 2 immodule. Use it if you have not installed GTK+ 2.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: ibus, ibus-daemon, and ibus-setup

Installed Library: libibus-1.0.so and im-ibus.so (GTK+ Immodule)

Installed Directories: /etc/dconf/db/ibus.d, /usr/include/ibus-1.0, /usr/lib/ibus, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/ibus, and /usr/share/ibus

Short Descriptions

ibus-daemon	is the Intelligent Input Bus Daemon.
ibus-setup	is the GTK+ program used to configure the ibus-daemon.
`libibus-1.0.so`	contains IBus API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

LSB Tools for managing bootscripts

Introduction to initd-tools

The initd-tools package contains programs to install and remove LSB based bootscripts.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~dbn/initd-tools/releases/initd-tools-0.1.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ab6377700ace81ec5a556ebdbae1d8d9
Download size: 291 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/initd_tools

Installation of initd-tools

Install initd-tools by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: install_initd and remove_initd

Installed Libraries:

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/lsb

Short Descriptions

install_initd	installs a boot script and the necessary symbolic links using LSB methodology.
remove_initd	removes a boot script and the necessary symbolic links using LSB methodology.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

lm_sensors-3.3.4

Introduction to lm_sensors

The lm_sensors package provides user-space support for the hardware monitoring drivers in the Linux kernel. This is useful for monitoring the temperature of the CPU and adjusting the performance of some hardware (such as cooling fans).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dl.lm-sensors.org/lm-sensors/releases/lm_sensors-3.3.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netroedge.com/pub/lm-sensors/lm_sensors-3.3.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60cfb98ab7a8915c3ac684af5459de2e
Download size: 176 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

lm_sensors Dependencies

Required

Which-2.20

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lm_sensors

Kernel Configuration

Getting your kernel config right is an iterative process that may require that you recompile your kernel a couple of times. The simplest way to go about it is to start by enabling modules and then compile everything that may be needed by Lm Sensors as a module:

Top level 
  [*] Enable loadable module support  --->

Bus options (PCI etc.)  --->
  [*] PCI support

Device Drivers  --->
  [*] I2C support
    [*] I2C device interface
    I2C Algorithms  --->
      <M> (configure all of them as modules)
    I2C Hardware Bus support  --->
      <M> (configure all of them as modules)
    I2C Hardware Bus support  --->
      <M> (configure all of them as modules)
  [*] Hardware Monitoring support  --->
    <M> (configure all of them as modules)

Recompile your kernel and reboot into the new kernel. Don't forget to make modules_install We will come back to the kernel in the Configuring section below.

Installation of lm_sensors

Install lm_sensors by running the following commands:

make PREFIX=/usr        \
     BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
     MANDIR=/usr/share/man

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr        \
     BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
     MANDIR=/usr/share/man install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3.3.4 &&
cp -rv              README INSTALL doc/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3.3.4

Command Explanations

BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0: This parameter disables compiling and installing the static version of libsensors.

PROG_EXTRA=sensord: This parameter enables compiling sensord, a daemon that can monitor your system at regular intervals. Compiling sensord requires RRDtool. Compiling RRDtool 1.4.6 requires a sed: sed -i '/ sv_undef/d' bindings/perl-shared/RRDs.xs.

Configuring Lm Sensors

Config File

/etc/sensors3.conf

Configuration Information

To find out what hardware sensors your system has, issue the following command as the root user:

sensors-detect

The appropriate modules should have been loaded and a summary is displayed at the end. Now you know what is needed and you can recompile your kernel to enable just the options you need (i.e., don't enable the modules you cannot use).

Installed Programs: fancontrol, isadump, isaset, pwmconfig, sensors, sensors-conf-convert, sensors-detect, and optionally, sensord

Installed Library: libsensors.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/sensors and /usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3.3.4

Short Descriptions

fancontrol	is a shell script for use with lm_sensors. It reads its configuration from a file, then calculates fan speeds from temperatures and sets the corresponding PWM outputs to the computed values.
isadump	is a small helper program to examine registers visible through the ISA bus. It is intended to probe any chip that lives on the ISA bus working with an address register and a data register (I2C-like access) or a flat range (of up to 256 bytes).
isaset	is a small helper program to set registers visible through the ISA bus.
pwmconfig	tests the pulse width modulation (PWM) outputs of sensors and configures fancontrol.
sensors	prints the current readings of all sensor chips.
sensors-conf-convert	is a Perl script to convert lm-sensors version 2 configuration files to work with version 3.
sensors-detect	is a Perl script that will walk you through the process of scanning your system for various hardware monitoring chips (sensors) supported by `libsensors`, or more generally by the lm_sensors tool suite.
`libsensors.so`	contains the lm_sensors API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

MC-4.8.10

Introduction to MC

MC (Midnight Commander) is a text-mode full-screen file manager and visual shell. It provides a clear, user-friendly, and somewhat protected interface to a Unix system while making many frequent file operations more efficient and preserving the full power of the command prompt.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/m/mc-4.8.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/midnightcommander/mc-4.8.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d9c3777bb5c6e656792c1ef30f483b4
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 169 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

MC Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and PCRE-8.33

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5, GPM-1.20.7, Samba-4.0.9, S-Lang-2.2.4, UnZip-6.0, X Window System, and Zip-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/MC

Installation of MC

Install MC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --enable-charset  \
            --disable-static  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-screen=ncurses &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp -v doc/keybind-migration.txt /usr/share/mc

Command Explanations

--enable-charset: This option adds support to mcedit for editing files in encodings different from the one implied by the current locale.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This option places the global configureation directory in /etc.

--with-screen=ncurses: This option is only required if the optional S-Lang-2.2.4 package is not installed.

--with-screen=(slang|ncurses): This parameter selects the screen library used by MC. S-Lang-2.2.4 is the default if found.

Configuring MC

Config Files

~/.config/mc/*

Configuration Information

The ~/.config/mc directory and its contents are created when you start mc for the first time. Then you can edit the main ~/.config/mc/ini configuration file manually or through the MC shell. Consult the mc(1) man page for details.

Note

On 8.x versions of mc, keybind names used in mc.keymap.* files are changed. This is described in keybind-migration.txt.

Installed Programs: mc, mcdiff, mcedit, and mcview

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/mc, /usr/libexec/mc, /usr/share/mc, ~/.config/mc

Short Descriptions

cons.saver	is used internally by mc for saving and restoring the text behind the panels on Linux text console.
mc	is a visual shell.
mcedit	is an internal file editor.
mcdiff	is an internal visual diff tool.
mcview	is an internal file viewer.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

obex-data-server-0.4.6

Introduction to OBEX Data Server

OBEX Data Server package contains D-Bus service providing high-level OBEX client and server side functionality.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://tadas.dailyda.com/software/obex-data-server-0.4.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 961ca5db6fe9c97024e133cc6203cc4d
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/obex-data-server-0.4.6-build-fixes-1.patch

OBEX Data Server Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, ImageMagick-6.8.6-9 or gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, and OpenOBEX-1.7.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/obex-data-server

Installation of OBEX Data Server

Install OBEX Data Server by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../obex-data-server-0.4.6-build-fixes-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: obex-data-server

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/obex-data-server

Short Descriptions

obex-data-server

is a D-Bus service providing OBEX functionality.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

Obexd-0.48

Introduction to Obexd

The Obexd package contains D-Bus services providing OBEX client and server functionality. OBEX is a communications protocol that facilitates the exchange of binary objects between devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/obexd-0.48.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/obexd-0.48.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dfb9bdd490a975616afa3a0c2bf53c88
Download size: 344 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Obexd Dependencies

Required

BlueZ-4.101 and libical-1.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/obexd

Installation of Obexd

Install Obexd by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/#include <string.h>/&\n#include <stdio.h>/' plugins/mas.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib/obex &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/#include ...: This sed fixes building against the Glibc 2.17.

Installed Programs: obex-client and obexd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/obex

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:23:42 -0700

pciutils-3.2.0

Introduction to PCI Utils

The PCI Utils package contains a set of programs for listing PCI devices, inspecting their status and setting their configuration registers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-3.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-3.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: adb27c2d6ca54405115c532ae4c348e6
Download size: 272 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pciutils

Installation of PCI Utils

Install PCI Utils by running the following commands:

make PREFIX=/usr              \
     SHAREDIR=/usr/share/misc \
     MANDIR=/usr/share/man    \
     SHARED=yes               \
     ZLIB=no                  \
     all

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:


make PREFIX=/usr              \
     SHAREDIR=/usr/share/misc \
     MANDIR=/usr/share/man    \
     SHARED=yes               \
     ZLIB=no                  \
     install install-lib      &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpci.so.3.2.0

Command Explanations

SHARED=yes: This parameter enables building of shared library instead of static one.

ZLIB=no: This parameter prevents compression of the pci.ids file.

Configuring PCI Utils

The pci.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-pciids as the root user. This program requires the Which-2.20 script or program to find cURL-7.32.0, Lynx-2.8.8dev.16 or Wget-1.14 which are used to download the most current file, and then replace the existing file in /usr/share/misc.

You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share/misc) crontab to automatically update the pci.ids file periodically.

Installed Programs: lspci, setpci and update-pciids

Installed Library: libpci.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pci

Short Descriptions

lspci	is an utility for displaying information about all PCI buses in the system and all devices connected to them.
setpci	is an utility for querying and configuring PCI devices.
update-pciids	fetches the current version of the PCI ID list. Requires cURL-7.32.0, Lynx-2.8.8dev.16 or Wget-1.14.
`libpci.so`	is library that allows applications to access the PCI subsystem.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

pm-utils-1.4.1

Introduction to Power Management Utilities

The Power Management Utilities is a small collection of scripts to suspend and hibernate computer that can be used to run user supplied scripts on suspend and resume.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pm-utils.freedesktop.org/releases/pm-utils-1.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1742a556089c36c3a89eb1b957da5a60
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Power Management Utilities Dependencies

Optional

xmlto-0.0.25 (to generate man pages)

Optional (runtime)

Hdparm-9.43, Wireless Tools-29, ethtool and vbetool

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pm-utils

Installation of Power Management Utilities

Install Power Management Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pm-utils-1.4.1 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you don't have xmlto-0.0.25 installed, copy pregenerated man pages:

install -v -m644 man/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 man/*.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend.8 &&
ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-hibernate.8 &&
ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend-hybrid.8

Configuring Power Management Utilities

Suspend or resume functionality can be easily modified by installing files into the /etc/pm/sleep.d directory. These files, known as hooks, are run when the system is put into a sleep state or resumed. Default hooks are located in /usr/lib/pm-utils/sleep.d, and user hooks should be put in /etc/pm/sleep.d. See the pm-action(8) man page for more information.

Installed Programs: on_ac_power, pm-hibernate, pm-is-supported, pm-powersave, pm-suspend and pm-suspend-hybrid

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/pm, /usr/lib/pm-utils and /usr/share/doc/pm-utils-1.4.1

Short Descriptions

on_ac_power	is a script that determines whether the system is running on AC power (rather than a battery).
pm-hibernate	is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hibernate mode (the system is fully powered off and system state is saved to disk).
pm-is-supported	is a script that checks whether power management features such as suspend and hibernate are supported.
pm-powersave	is a script that puts the computer into powersaving (low power) mode.
pm-suspend	is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into suspend mode (most devices are shut down and system state is saved in RAM).
pm-suspend-hybrid	is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hybrid-suspend mode (the system does everything it needs to hibernate, but suspends instead of shutting down).

Last updated on 2013-07-10 14:18:46 +0200

Raptor-2.0.10

Introduction to Raptor

Raptor is a C library that provides a set of parsers and serializers that generate Resource Description Framework (RDF) triples.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/raptor2-2.0.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d9b0314eb835551adb48af037dcfd46e
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Raptor Dependencies

Required

cURL-7.32.0 and libxslt-1.1.28

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, ICU-51.2 and libyajl

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/raptor

Installation of Raptor

Install Raptor by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-icu-config=/usr/bin/icu-config: Use this switch if you have installed ICU-51.2 and wish to build Raptor with its support.

Installed Programs: rapper

Installed Libraries: libraptor2.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/raptor2 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/raptor2

Short Descriptions

rapper	is a RDF parsing and serializing utility.
`libraptor2.so`	contains the Raptor API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-29 15:42:28 -0700

Rasqal-0.9.30

Introduction to Rasqal

Rasqal is a C library that handles Resource Description Framework (RDF) query language syntaxes, query construction and execution of queries returning results as bindings, boolean, RDF graphs/triples or syntaxes. It is required by Soprano to build Nepomuk.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/rasqal-0.9.30.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b12c5f9cfdb6b04efce5a4a186b8416b
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Rasqal Dependencies

Required

Raptor-2.0.10

Optional

libgcrypt-1.5.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rasqal

Installation of Rasqal

Install Rasqal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: rasqal-config and roqet

Installed Library: librasqal.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/rasqal and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/rasqal

Short Descriptions

rasqal-config	is a utility for retrieving the installation options of Rasqal.
roqet	is an RDF query utility.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

Redland-1.0.16

Introduction to Redland

Redland is a set of free software C libraries that provide support for the Resource Description Framework (RDF). It is required by Soprano to build Nepomuk.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/redland-1.0.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 32f8e1417a64d3c6f2c727f9053f55ea
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Redland Dependencies

Required

Rasqal-0.9.30

Optional

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, libiodbc-3.52.8, SQLite-3.8.0.2, MySQL-5.6.13, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, Virtuoso-6.1.7 and 3store

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/redland

Installation of Redland

Install Redland by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: rdfproc, redland-config and redland-db-upgrade

Installed Libraries: librdf.so and /usr/lib/redland/librdf_storage_*.so

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/redland, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/redland and /usr/share/redland

Short Descriptions

rdfproc	is the Redland RDF processor utility.
redland-config	is a script to get information about the installed version of Redland.
redland-db-upgrade	upgrades older Redland databases to 0.9.12 format.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

sg3_utils-1.36

Introduction to sg3_utils

The sg3_utils package contains low level utilities for devices that use a SCSI command set. Apart from SCSI parallel interface (SPI) devices, the SCSI command set is used by ATAPI devices (CD/DVDs and tapes), USB mass storage devices, Fibre Channel disks, IEEE 1394 storage devices (that use the "SBP" protocol), SAS, iSCSI and FCoE devices (amongst others).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg3_utils-1.36.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5d1846c8aa03a2e39e1368cf05bf1cfd
Download size: 648 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sg3_utils

Installation of sg3_utils

Install sg3_utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: sg_compare_and_write, sg_copy_results, sg_dd, sg_decode_sense, sg_emc_trespass, sg_format, sg_get_config, sg_get_lba_status, sg_ident, sginfo, sg_inq, sg_logs, sg_luns, sg_map, sg_map26, sgm_dd, sg_modes, sg_opcodes, sgp_dd, sg_persist, sg_prevent, sg_raw, sg_rbuf, sg_rdac, sg_read, sg_read_block_limits, sg_read_buffer, sg_readcap, sg_read_long, sg_reassign, sg_referrals, sg_requests, sg_reset, sg_rmsn, sg_rtpg, sg_safte, sg_sanitize, sg_sat_identify, sg_sat_phy_event, sg_sat_set_features, sg_scan, sg_senddiag, sg_ses, sg_start, sg_stpg, sg_sync, sg_test_rwbuf, sg_turs, sg_unmap, sg_verify, sg_vpd, sg_write_buffer, sg_write_long, sg_write_same, sg_wr_mode, and sg_xcopy

Installed Library: libsgutils2.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

sg_compare_and_write	sends the SCSI COMPARE AND WRITE command to device.
sg_copy_results	sends the SCSI RECEIVE COPY RESULTS command (XCOPY related).
sg_dd	copies data to and from files and devices. Specialised for devices that understand the SCSI command set.
sg_decode_sense	takes SCSI sense data in binary or as a sequence of ASCII hexadecimal bytes and decodes it.
sg_emc_trespass	changes ownership of a LUN from another Service-Processor to this one.
sg_format	format or resize a SCSI disk (perhaps change its block size).
sg_get_config	sends a SCSI GET CONFIGURATION command (MMC-4 +).
sg_get_lba_status	sends the SCSI GET LBA STATUS command.
sg_ident	sends a SCSI REPORT or SET IDENTIFYING INFORMATION command.
sginfo	access mode page information for a SCSI (or ATAPI) device.
sg_inq	sends a SCSI INQUIRY or ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command and outputs the response.
sg_logs	access log pages with SCSI LOG SENSE command.
sg_luns	sends the SCSI REPORT LUNS command.
sg_map	displays mapping between linux sg and other SCSI devices.
sg_map26	maps a special file to a SCSI generic (sg) device (or vice versa).
sgm_dd	copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set and does memory mapped transfers from sg devices.
sg_modes	reads mode pages with SCSI MODE SENSE command.
sg_opcodes	reports information on supported SCSI commands or task management functions.
sgp_dd	copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set.
sg_persist	sends a SCSI PERSISTENT RESERVE (IN or OUT) command to manipulate registrations and reservations.
sg_prevent	sends a SCSI PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command.
sg_raw	sends an arbitrary SCSI command to a device.
sg_rbuf	reads data using SCSI READ BUFFER command.
sg_rdac	Display or Modify RDAC Redundant Controller Page.
sg_read	read blocks of data continually from same offset.
sg_read_block_limits	sends a SCSI READ BLOCK LIMITS command.
sg_read_buffer	sends a SCSI READ BUFFER command.
sg_readcap	sends a SCSI READ CAPACITY command.
sg_read_long	sends a SCSI READ LONG command.
sg_reassign	sends a SCSI REASSIGN BLOCKS command.
sg_referrals	sends the SCSI REPORT REFERRALS command.
sg_requests	sends one or more SCSI REQUEST SENSE commands.
sg_reset	sends SCSI device, target, bus or host reset; or checks reset state.
sg_rmsn	sends a SCSI READ MEDIA SERIAL NUMBER command.
sg_rtpg	sends a SCSI REPORT TARGET PORT GROUPS command.
sg_safte	fetch status from a SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure (SAF-TE) device.
sg_sanitize	sends a SCSI SANITIZE command.
sg_sat_identify	sends a ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer.
sg_sat_phy_event	sends an ATA READ LOG EXT command via a SAT pass through to fetch log page 11h which contains SATA phy event counters.
sg_sat_set_features	sends a ATA SET FEATURES command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer.
sg_scan	does a scan of sg devices (or given SCSI/ATAPI/ATA devices) and prints the results.
sg_senddiag	performs a SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.
sg_ses	sends controls and fetch status from a SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) device.
sg_start	sends SCSI START STOP UNIT command to start, stop, load or eject medium.
sg_stpg	sends a SCSI SET TARGET PORT GROUPS command.
sg_sync	sends the scsi command synchronize cache.
sg_test_rwbuf	tests the SCSI host adapter by issuing write and read operations on a device's buffer and calculating checksums.
sg_turs	sends one or more SCSI TEST UNIT READY commands.
sg_unmap	sends a SCSI UNMAP command.
sg_verify	invoke SCSI VERIFY command(s) on a block device.
sg_vpd	fetches Vital Product Data (VPD) pages using a SCSI INQUIRY command.
sg_write_buffer	sends a SCSI WRITE BUFFER command.
sg_write_long	sends the SCSI WRITE LONG command.
sg_write_same	sends the SCSI WRITE SAME command.
sg_wr_mode	writes mode page.
sg_xcopy	copies data to and from files and devices using SCSI EXTENDED COPY (XCOPY).
`libsgutils2.so`	contains the sg3_utils API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

Strigi-0.7.8

Introduction to Strigi

Strigi is a desktop search engine.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.vandenoever.info/software/strigi/strigi-0.7.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d69443234f4286d71997db9de543331a
Download size: 811 KB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Strigi Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2, expat-2.1.0 or libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

Gamin-0.1.10 (or FAM), FFmpeg-1.2.2, Exiv2-0.23, CLucene and log4cxx

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/strigi

Installation of Strigi

Install strigi by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DENABLE_DBUS=OFF: Use this cmake variable if you don't have D-Bus installed.

Installed Programs: deepfind, deepgrep, rdfindexer, strigiclient, strigicmd, strigidaemon and xmlindexer

Installed Libraries: libsearchclient.so, libstreamanalyzer.so, libstreams.so, libstrigihtmlgui.so, libstrigiqtdbusclient.so and several in /usr/lib/strigi

Installed Directories: /usr/include/strigi, /usr/lib/strigi and /usr/share/strigi

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Sysstat-10.1.7

Introduction to Sysstat

The Sysstat package contains utilities to monitor system performance and usage activity. Sysstat contains the sar utility, common to many commercial Unixes, and tools you can schedule via cron to collect and historize performance and activity data.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://perso.wanadoo.fr/sebastien.godard/sysstat-10.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 72e9d84efcbb366a988de09e958636e2
Download size: 304 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Sysstat Dependencies

There are no build-time requirements for this package; however, it is designed to be controlled by a cron daemon such as Fcron-3.1.2.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sysstat

Installation of Sysstat

Install Sysstat by running the following commands:

sa_lib_dir=/usr/lib/sa    \
sa_dir=/var/log/sa        \
conf_dir=/etc/sysconfig   \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-man-group &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sa_lib_dir: This environment variable specifies the location of the package-specific library directory.

sa_dir: This environment variable specifies the location of the directory containing the data files.

conf_dir: This environment variable specifies the location of the system configuration directory.

--disable-man-group: This parameter causes the installation to ignore the man group variable resulting in the man files having root:root ownership.

Run ./configure --help to see other influential environment variables you can pass to configure. You may want to use the history and compressafter variables to customize the amount of data files kept on the system.

Configuring Sysstat

Cron Information

To begin gathering Sysstat history information, you must add to, or create a privileged user's crontab. The history data location is /var/log/sa. The user running Sysstat utilities via cron must have write access to this location.

Below is an example of what to install in the crontab. Adjust the parameters to suit your needs. Use man sa1 and man sa2 for information about the commands.

# 8am-7pm activity reports every 10 minutes during weekdays
0 8-18 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 600 6 &

# 7pm-8am activity reports every hour during weekdays
0 19-7 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Activity reports every hour on Saturday and Sunday
0 * * * 0,6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &

# Daily summary prepared at 19:05
5 19 * * * /usr/lib/sa/sa2 -A &

Ensure you submit the revised crontab to the cron daemon.

System Startup Information

At system startup, a LINUX RESTART message must be inserted in the daily data file to reinitialize the kernel counters. This can be automated by installing the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sysstat init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package using the following command as the root user:

make install-sysstat

Installed Programs: cifsiostat, iostat, mpstat, nsfiostat, pidstat, sadf, and sar

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/sa, /usr/share/doc/sysstat-10.1.7 and, /var/log/sa

Short Descriptions

cifsiostat	displays statistics about read and write operations on CIFS filesystems.
iostat	reports CPU statistics and input/output statistics for devices and partitions.
mpstat	writes activities for each available processor.
nfsiostat	displays statistics about read and write operations on NFS filesystems.
pidstat	is used for monitoring individual tasks currently being managed by the Linux kernel.
sadf	is used for displaying the contents of data files created by the sar command. But unlike sar, sadf can write its data in many different formats.
sar	is used for displaying the contents of elected cumulative activity counters in the operating system.

Last updated on 2013-09-13 12:50:39 -0700

Udev-Installed LFS Version

Introduction to Udev

Note

If you installed LFS from SVN-20120719, LFS-7.2, or later, use udev-extras (from systemd) instead of this page.

Udev was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you are going to install a package such as UPower. This installation of Udev enables extra features which includes gudev, a requirement for UPower and optionally used by other packages.

Unlike any other package in the BLFS book, there is no set version of Udev specified to download. Several version updates to LFS and none to BLFS means there are probably many different versions of Udev on the platforms that BLFS is being built upon. Therefore, you should download and use the version of Udev your computer currently uses. The BLFS team has no experience updating (or reverting to an older version) the Udev package “on the fly.” To discover the version of Udev your computer currently uses, issue /sbin/udevadm --version.

You should look at the LFS instructions for the version you used, to check that you are using the correct testfiles (for some versions, this was a separate tarball, extracted in the udev directory with --strip-components=1) and to compare the configure options you are about to use against those which you used to build the version you are running (sometimes, the options change).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.0 platform. (Using Udev-173)

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.1 platform. (Using Udev-182)

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/kernel/hotplug/
Download size: ~500 KB
Estimated disk space required: ~10 MB
Estimated build time: ~1.8 SBU

Udev Dependencies

Required

acl-2.2.52, GLib-2.36.4, Gperf-3.0.4, pciutils-3.2.0, and usbutils-007

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/udev

Installation of Udev

Install Udev by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                  \
            --sysconfdir=/etc              \
            --sbindir=/sbin                \
            --with-rootlibdir=/lib         \
            --libexecdir=/lib              \
            --with-systemdsystemunitdir=no \
            --disable-introspection        \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/<udev-Installed LFS Version> &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

--disable-introspection: Remove this option if the optional dependency gobject-introspection is installed.

--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no: systemd is not used in (B)LFS.

A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/7.4/chapter06/udev.html#contents-udev.

The following is some additional content information.

Installed Programs: findkeyboards, firmware, input_id, keyboard-force-release.sh, keymap, modem-modeswitch, pci-db, udev-acl, usb-db, and v4l_id

Installed Library: libgudev-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /lib/udev/keymaps/force-release, /usr/{include/gudev-1.0/gudev,share/{doc/udev-Installed LFS Version, gtk-doc/html/gudev}}

Short Descriptions

keymap	configures computer model specific key mappings.
`libgudev-1.0.so`	is a GObject-based wrapper library for libudev.

Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800

Udev Extras (from systemd)

Introduction to Udev Extras

In 2012, the Udev code distribution was merged with systemd. Systemd is a set of programs that replace the SysVInit package used by LFS and is much more complex. It is not compatible with the LFS bootscripts and has many problems and few advantages for most LFS users.

The procedures below extract libraries and programs from the systemd sources that could not be built in LFS due to library dependency issues.

Unlike any other package in the BLFS book, there is no set version of systemd specified to download. Several version updates to LFS and BLFS means there are probably many different versions of Udev on the platforms that BLFS is being built upon. Therefore, you should download and use the version of systemd your computer currently uses. The BLFS team has no experience updating (or reverting to an older version) the Udev programs “on the fly.” To discover the version of Udev your computer currently uses, issue /sbin/udevadm --version.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/
Download size: ~1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: ~16 MB
Estimated build time: ~0.1 SBU

Udev Extras Dependencies

Required

http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/other/ (match the udev-lfs-???.tar.bz2 tarball version to the systemd version used in LFS). GLib-2.36.4 (for the gudev library), Gperf-3.0.4 (for keymap), and gobject-introspection-1.36.0 (for gir-data, needed for Gnome)

Optional

acl-2.2.52

Optional Runtime Dependencies

pciutils-3.2.0 and usbutils-007

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/udev-extras

Installation of Udev Extras

First, put the custom LFS files in place:

tar -xf ../udev-lfs-186.tar.bz2

Note

For udev-lfs-197-2.tar.bz2, there is a minor error in the Makefile. For that version, run:

sed -i -e '/samsung-9/d' udev-lfs-197-2/makefile-incl.keymap

keymap

Support for special keys for many laptops is provided by the keymap program and supporting files. If the keymap capability is desired, use:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs keymap

To install keymap and its associated files, issue the following command as the root user:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs install-keymap

gudev

To build the libgudev-1.0 library and interface files, run:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs gudev

Install the gudev library, run, as the root user:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs install-gudev

GObject Files

To build the gobject-introspection interface (gir) files for the libgudev-1.0 library, run:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs gir-data

Install the gir data, as the root user:

make -f udev-lfs-186/Makefile.lfs install-gir-data

Caution

There is a shortcut to build and install all of the udev components at once using the all and install-all Makefile.lfs targets. The installation of this target will overwrite the base LFS udev files and has not been thoroughly tested at the time of this writing. If using this procedure, the udev daemon should be stopped before overwriting the existing udevd and udev libraries.

A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/7.4/chapter06/udev.html#contents-udev.

The following is some additional content information.

Installed Programs: findkeyboards, keyboard-force-release.sh, and keymap

Installed Library: libgudev-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /lib/udev/keymaps/force-release, /usr/include/gudev-1.0/gudev, /usr/lib/girepository-1.0, /usr/share/gir-1.0, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gudev

Short Descriptions

keymap	configures computer model specific key mappings.
`libgudev-1.0.so`	is a GObject-based wrapper library for libudev.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

UDisks-1.0.4

Introduction to UDisks

The UDisks package provides a storage daemon that implements well-defined D-Bus interfaces that can be used to query and manipulate storage devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://hal.freedesktop.org/releases/udisks-1.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 86c63b2b5484f2060499a052b5b6256b
Download size: 704 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

udisks Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, libatasmart-0.19, LVM2-2.02.100, parted-3.1, Polkit-0.111, sg3_utils-1.36, and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for gudev)

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Sudo-1.8.7 (to run the test)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/udisks

Installation of UDisks

Install UDisks by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/udisks &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: udisks, udisks-daemon, udisks-tcp-bridge and umount.udisks

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/udisks, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/udisks and /var/lib/udisks

Short Descriptions

udisks	is a simple command line interface for the UDisks Daemon.
udisks-tcp-bridge	is the UDisks TCP/IP bridge.
udisks-daemon	is the UDisks Daemon.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

UDisks-2.1.1

Introduction to UDisks

The UDisks package provides a daemon, tools and libraries to access and manipulate disks and storage devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://udisks.freedesktop.org/releases/udisks-2.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 80e03f312542b800cf3162254b202725
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

UDisks Dependencies

Required

acl-2.2.52, libatasmart-0.19, libxslt-1.1.28, Polkit-0.111, and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev)

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/udisks2

Installation of UDisks

Install UDisks by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: udisksctl, udisksd and umount.udisks2

Installed Library: libudisks2.so

Installed Directories: /etc/udisks2, /usr/include/udisks2, /usr/lib/udisks2, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/udisks2 and /var/lib/udisks2

Short Descriptions

udisksctl	is a command-line program used to interact with the udisksd daemon.
udisksd	is the UDisks daemon itself.
`libudisks2.so`	contains the UDisks API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

UnRar-5.0.11

Introduction to UnRar

The UnRar package contains a RAR extraction utility used for extracting files from RAR archives. RAR archives are usually created with WinRAR, primarily in a Windows environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.rarlab.com/rar/unrarsrc-5.0.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e301d78cdee277e008afaf761ca0df4e
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unrar

Installation of UnRar

Install UnRar by running the following commands:

make -f makefile

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 unrar /usr/bin

Installed Program: unrar

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

unrar

uncompresses a RAR archive.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 00:27:36 -0700

UnZip-6.0

Introduction to UnZip

The UnZip package contains ZIP extraction utilities. These are useful for extracting files from ZIP archives. ZIP archives are created with PKZIP or Info-ZIP utilities, primarily in a DOS environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Caution

The previous version of the UnZip package had some locale related issues. Currently there are no BLFS editors capable of testing these local issues. Therefore, the locale related information is left on this page, but has not been tested. A more general discussion of these problems can be found in the Program Assumes Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/unzip60.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62b490407489521db863b523a7f86375
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unzip

UnZip Locale Issues

Note

Use of UnZip in the JDK, Mozilla, DocBook or any other BLFS package installation is not a problem, as BLFS instructions never use UnZip to extract a file with non-ASCII characters in the file's name.

The UnZip package assumes that filenames stored in the ZIP archives created on non-Unix systems are encoded in CP850, and that they should be converted to ISO-8859-1 when writing files onto the filesystem. Such assumptions are not always valid. In fact, inside the ZIP archive, filenames are encoded in the DOS codepage that is in use in the relevant country, and the filenames on disk should be in the locale encoding. In MS Windows, the OemToChar() C function (from User32.DLL) does the correct conversion (which is indeed the conversion from CP850 to a superset of ISO-8859-1 if MS Windows is set up to use the US English language), but there is no equivalent in Linux.

When using unzip to unpack a ZIP archive containing non-ASCII filenames, the filenames are damaged because unzip uses improper conversion when any of its encoding assumptions are incorrect. For example, in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale, conversion of filenames from CP866 to KOI8-R is required, but conversion from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 is done, which produces filenames consisting of undecipherable characters instead of words (the closest equivalent understandable example for English-only users is rot13). There are several ways around this limitation:

1) For unpacking ZIP archives with filenames containing non-ASCII characters, use WinZip while running the Wine Windows emulator.

2) After running unzip, fix the damage made to the filenames using the convmv tool (http://j3e.de/linux/convmv/). The following is an example for the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale:

Step 1. Undo the conversion done by unzip:
convmv -f iso-8859-1 -t cp850 -r --nosmart --notest \
    </path/to/unzipped/files>
Step 2. Do the correct conversion instead:
convmv -f cp866 -t koi8-r -r --nosmart --notest \
    </path/to/unzipped/files>

Installation of UnZip

case `uname -m` in
  i?86)
    sed -i -e 's/DASM"/DASM -DNO_LCHMOD"/' unix/Makefile
    make -f unix/Makefile linux
    ;;
  *)
    sed -i -e 's/CFLAGS="-O -Wall/& -DNO_LCHMOD/' unix/Makefile
    make -f unix/Makefile linux_noasm
    ;;
esac

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install

Command Explanations

sed ...: This command ensures an obsolete system call is not made.

linux, linux_noasm: The linux target in the Makefile makes assumptions that are useful for a Linux system when compiling the executables, but also uses some 32-bit x86 assembler code. The linux_noasm target will build on all linux hosts. To obtain alternatives to these targets, use make -f unix/Makefile list

Installed Programs: funzip, unzip, unzipfsx, zipgrep, and zipinfo

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

funzip	allows the output of unzip commands to be redirected.
unzip	lists, tests or extracts files from a `ZIP` archive.
unzipfsx	is a self-extracting stub that can be prepended to a `ZIP` archive. Files in this format allow the recipient to decompress the archive without installing UnZip.
zipgrep	searches files in a `ZIP` archive for lines matching a pattern.
zipinfo	produces technical information about the files in a `ZIP` archive, including file access permissions, encryption status, type of compression, etc.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

UPower-0.9.21

Introduction to UPower

The UPower package provides an interface to enumerating power devices, listening to device events and querying history and statistics. Any application or service on the system can access the org.freedesktop.UPower service via the system message bus.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://upower.freedesktop.org/releases/upower-0.9.21.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1aa2b9e6fd757cd151bbaa4991eacc18
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

UPower Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, Intltool-0.50.2, libusb-1.0.9, Polkit-0.111, and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev)

Recommended (runtime)

pm-utils-1.4.1

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Python-3.3.2 (used only in the testsuite).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/upower

Installation of UPower

Install UPower by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --enable-deprecated  \
            --disable-static     \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/upower &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Some checks may not pass due to missing files.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-deprecated: This switch enables deprecated functionality which is still needed by some applications.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Configuring your kernel for UPower

To use the command upower -w for information about processor wakeups (this command is used by gnome-power-manager-3.8.2) you need to enable CONFIG_TIMER_STATS. This is achieved in make menuconfig by going to the 'kernel-hacking' menu and selecting 'Collect kernel timers statistics'.

Installed Programs: upower and upowerd

Installed Libraries: libupower-glib.so

Installed Directories: /etc/UPower, /usr/include/libupower-glib, /usr/lib/upower and /var/lib/upower

Short Descriptions

upower	is the UPower command line tool.
upowerd	is the UPower Daemon. It provides the org.freedesktop.UPower service on the system message bus.
`libupower-glib.so`	contains the UPower API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

usbutils-007

Introduction to USB Utils

The USB Utils package contains an utility used to display information about USB buses in the system and the devices connected to them.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/usb/usbutils/usbutils-007.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/usb/usbutils/usbutils-007.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c9df5107ae9d26b10a1736a261250139
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

USB Utils Dependencies

Required

libusb-1.0.9 and pkg-config-0.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/usbutils

Installation of USB Utils

Install USB Utils by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr  \
            --disable-zlib \
            --datadir=/usr/share/misc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/sbin/update-usbids.sh /usr/sbin/update-usbids

Command Explanations

--disable-zlib: This stops USB Utils from installing a compressed usb.ids alongside the uncompressed one.

Configuring USB Utils

The usb.ids data file is constantly being updated. To get a current version of this file, run update-usbids as the root user. This program requires the Which-2.20 script or program to find Lynx-2.8.8dev.16 or Wget-1.14 which are used to download the most current file, and replace the existing file in /usr/share/misc.

You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write privilege to /usr/share/misc) crontab to automatically update the usb.ids file periodically.

Installed Programs: lsusb, update-usbids, usb-devices, and usbhid-dump

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

lsusb	is an utility for displaying information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them.
update-usbids	downloads the current version of the USB ID list. Requires Lynx-2.8.8dev.16 or Wget-1.14.
usb-devices	is a shell script that displays details of USB buses and devices connected to them. It is designed to be used if /proc/bus/usb/devices is not available on your system.
usbhid-dump	is used to dump report descriptors and streams from HID (human interface device) interfaces of USB devices.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Which-2.20 and Alternatives

The presence or absence of the which program in the main LFS book is probably one of the most contentious issues on the mailing lists. It has resulted in at least one flame war in the past. To hopefully put an end to this once and for all, presented here are two options for equipping your system with which. The question of which “which” is for you to decide.

The first option is to install the actual GNU which package.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Introduction to Which

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xs4all.nl/~carlo17/which/which-2.20.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 95be0501a466e515422cde4af46b2744
Download size: 135 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/which

Installation of Which

Install which by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: which

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

which

shows the full path of (shell) commands installed in your PATH.

The 'which' Script

The second option (for those who don't want to install the package) is to create a simple script (execute as the root user):

cat > /usr/bin/which << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
type -pa "$@" | head -n 1 ; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/which
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/which

This should work OK and is probably the easiest solution for most cases, but is not the most comprehensive implementation.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 13:38:01 -0700

Zip-3.0

Introduction to Zip

The Zip package contains Zip utilities. These are useful for compressing files into ZIP archives.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/zip30.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/src/zip30.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 7b74551e63f8ee6aab6fbc86676c0d37
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zip

Installation of Zip

Install Zip by running the following commands:

make -f unix/Makefile generic_gcc

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install

Command Explanations

make prefix=/usr -f unix/Makefile install: This command overrides the prefix variable that is set to /usr/local in the unix/Makefile. Alternatives to generic_gcc can be seen with a make -f unix/Makefile list command.

Installed Programs: zip, zipcloak, zipnote, and zipsplit

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

zip	compresses files into a `ZIP` archive.
zipcloak	is a utility to encrypt and decrypt a `ZIP` archive.
zipnote	reads or writes comments stored in a `ZIP` file.
zipsplit	is a utility to split `ZIP` files into smaller files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

Chapter 13. Programming

A base LFS system can be used as a development platform, however the base system only includes language support for C, C++ and Perl. This chapter provides instructions to build many popular programming environments to greatly expand your system's development capabilities.

Bazaar-2.5.1

Introduction to Bazaar

Bazaar is a version control system that helps track project history over time and collaborate with others.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/bzr/2.5/2.5.1/+download/bzr-2.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ac5079858364a046071000d5cdccb67b
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 69 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Bazaar Dependencies

Required

Optional

Certificate Authority Certificates, paramiko with OpenSSH-6.3p1 or PyCrypto (to access branches over SSH), and BzrTools (for rsync support and other extra functionality)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bazaar

Installation of Bazaar

Install Bazaar by running the following commands:

python setup.py build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

python setup.py install

Installed Program: bzr

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/bzrlib

Short Descriptions

bzr

is a command-line client program used to access bcr repositories.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Check-0.9.10

Introduction to Check

Check is a unit testing framework for C. It was installed by LFS in the temporary /tools directory. These instructions install it permanently.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/check/check-0.9.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6d10a8efb9a683467b92b3bce97aeb30
Download size: 637 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/check

Installation of Check

Install Check by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the installation, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/check-0.9.10 install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: checkmk

Installed Library: libcheck.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/check-0.9.10

Short Descriptions

checkmk	is an Awk script used for generating C unit tests for use with the Check unit testing framework.
`libcheck.so`	contains the Check API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

CMake-2.8.11.2

Introduction to CMake

The CMake package contains a modern toolset used for generating Makefiles. It is a successor of the auto-generated configure script and aims to be platform- and compiler-independent. A significant user of CMake is KDE since version 4.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.cmake.org/files/v2.8/cmake-2.8.11.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6f5d7b8e7534a5d9e1a7664ba63cf882
Download size: 5.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 330 MB (including tests)
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU (additional 3.5 SBU for the test suite)

CMake Dependencies

Optional

Subversion-1.8.3 (for testing) and Qt-4.8.5 (for the Qt-based GUI)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cmake

Installation of CMake

Install CMake by running the following commands:

./bootstrap --prefix=/usr       \
            --system-libs       \
            --mandir=/share/man \
            --docdir=/share/doc/cmake-2.8.11.2 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--system-libs: This switch forces the build system to link against Zlib, Bzip2, cURL, Expat and libarchive installed on the system.

--qt-gui: This switch enables building of the Qt-based GUI for CMake.

Installed Programs: ccmake, cmake, cmake-gui, cpack and ctest

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/cmake-2.8 and /usr/share/doc/cmake-2.8.11.2

Short Descriptions

ccmake	is a curses based interactive frontend to cmake.
cmake	is the makefile generator.
cmake-gui	is the Qt-based frontent to cmake.
cpack	is the CMake packaging program.
ctest	is a testing utility for cmake-generated build trees.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

CVS-1.11.23

Introduction to CVS

CVS is the Concurrent Versions System. This is a version control system useful for projects using a central repository to hold files and then track all changes made to those files. These instructions install the client used to manipulate the repository, creation of a repository is covered at Running a CVS Server.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.23/cvs-1.11.23.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/cvs/source/stable/1.11.23/cvs-1.11.23.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0213ea514e231559d6ff8f80a34117f0
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional ~20 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/cvs-1.11.23-zlib-1.patch

CVS Dependencies

Optional

Tcsh-6.18.01, OpenSSH-6.3p1, krb4, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 (for the GSSAPI libraries), ghostscript-9.10, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command)

CVS will invoke a default text editor to create a commit message if the -m "Commit message" parameter was not used when changes are committed to a repository. CVS looks for the following text editors, in the order shown below, during configuration to determine the default. This default can always be overridden by the CVSEDITOR or EDITOR environment variables and can be specified directly by passing the --with-editor=<desired text editor> parameter to the configure script.

Vim-7.4
Emacs-24.3
nano-2.3.2
Re-alpine-2.03 (for Pico)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cvs

Installation of CVS

By default CVS is statically linked against the Zlib library included in its source tree. This makes it exposed to possible security vulnerabilities in that library. If you want to modify CVS to use the system shared Zlib library, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../cvs-1.11.23-zlib-1.patch

Now fix some conflicts with newer libraries and programs:


sed -i -e 's/getline /get_line /' lib/getline.{c,h} &&
sed -i -e 's/^@sp$/& 1/'          doc/cvs.texinfo

Install CVS by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and wish to create HTML or text docs from the documentation source files, issue the following command:

make -C doc html txt

To test the results, issue: make check. This will take quite a while. If you don't have rsh configured for access to the host you are building on (or you didn't pass the --with-rsh= parameter to the configure script, some tests may fail. If you passed the --with-rsh=ssh parameter to enable ssh as the default remote shell program, you'll need to issue the following command so that the tests will complete without any failures:

sed -e 's/rsh};/ssh};/' \
    -e 's/g=rw,o=r$/g=r,o=r/' \
    -i src/sanity.sh

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d         /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23 &&
install -v -m644 FAQ README /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf  /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23

If you created any additional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23                   &&
install -v -m755 -d        /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23/html/cvs{,client} &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvs.html/* \
                           /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23/html/cvs          &&
install -v -m644 doc/cvsclient.html/* \
                           /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23/html/cvsclient

Configuring CVS

Config Files

~/.cvsrc, ~/.cvswrappers, and ~/.cvspass.

Configuration Information

~/.cvsrc is the main CVS configuration file. This file is used by users to specify defaults for different cvs commands. For example, to make all cvs diff commands run with -u, a user would add diff -u to their .cvsrc file.

~/.cvswrappers specifies wrappers to be used in addition to those specified in the CVSROOT/cvswrappers file in the repository.

~/.cvspass contains passwords used to complete logins to servers.

Installed Programs: cvs, cvsbug, and rcs2log

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/cvs and /usr/share/doc/cvs-1.11.23

Short Descriptions

cvs	is the main program file for the concurrent versions system.
cvsbug	is used to send problem reports about CVS to a central support site.
rcs2log	is a symlink to the contributed RCS to Change Log generator.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:23:52 -0700

Running a CVS Server

This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a CVS server.

CVS Server Dependencies

Required

CVS-1.11.23 and OpenSSH-6.3p1

Setting up a CVS Server.

A CVS server will be set up using OpenSSH as the remote access method. Other access methods, including :pserver: and :server: will not be used for write access to the CVS repository. The :pserver: method sends clear text passwords over the network and the :server: method is not supported in all CVS ports. Instructions for anonymous, read only CVS access using :pserver: can be found at the end of this section.

Configuration of the CVS server consists of four steps:

1. Create a Repository.

Create a new CVS repository with the following commands:

mkdir          /srv/cvsroot &&
chmod 1777     /srv/cvsroot &&
export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot &&
cvs init

2. Import Source Code Into the Repository.

Import a source module into the repository with the following commands, issued from a user account on the same machine as the CVS repository:

cd <sourcedir> &&
cvs import -m "<repository test>" <cvstest> <vendortag> <releasetag>

3. Verify Local Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from the same user account with the following command:

cvs co cvstest

4. Verify Remote Repository Access.

Test access to the CVS repository from a remote machine using a user account that has ssh access to the CVS server with the following commands:

Note

Replace <servername> with the IP address or host name of the CVS repository machine. You will be prompted for the user's shell account password before CVS checkout can continue.

export CVS_RSH=/usr/bin/ssh &&
cvs -d:ext:<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

Configuring CVS for Anonymous Read Only Access.

CVS can be set up to allow anonymous read only access using the :pserver: method by logging on as root and executing the following commands:

(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98) &&
echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd &&
echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers

Testing anonymous access to the new repository requires an account on another machine that can reach the CVS server via network. No account on the CVS repository is needed. To test anonymous access to the CVS repository, log in to another machine as an unprivileged user and execute the following command:

cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@<servername>:/srv/cvsroot co cvstest

Note

Replace <servername> with the IP address or hostname of the CVS server.

Command Explanations

mkdir /srv/cvsroot: Create the CVS repository directory.

chmod 1777 /srv/cvsroot: Set sticky bit permissions for CVSROOT.

export CVSROOT=/srv/cvsroot: Specify new CVSROOT for all cvs commands.

cvs init: Initialize the new CVS repository.

cvs import -m "repository test" cvstest vendortag releasetag: All source code modules must be imported into the CVS repository before use, with the cvs import command. The -m flags specifies an initial descriptive entry for the new module. The cvstest parameter is the name used for the module in all subsequent cvs commands. The vendortag and releasetag parameters are used to further identify each CVS module and are mandatory whether used or not.

(grep anonymous /etc/passwd || useradd anonymous -s /bin/false -u 98): Check for an existing anonymous user and create one if not found.

echo anonymous: > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/passwd: Add the anonymous user to the CVS passwd file, which is unused for anything else in this configuration.

echo anonymous > /srv/cvsroot/CVSROOT/readers: Add the anonymous user to the CVS readers file, a list of users who have read only access to the repository.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /srv/cvsroot

Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800

DejaGnu-1.5.1

Introduction to DejaGnu

DejaGnu is a framework for running test suites on GNU tools. It is written in expect, which uses Tcl (Tool command language). It was installed by LFS in the temporary /tools directory. These instructions install it permanently.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.5.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8386e04e362345f50ad169f052f4c4ab
Download size: 568 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

DejaGnu Dependencies

Required (Run-time Only)

Expect-5.45

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14 and docbook2X (both looked for by the configure script but not used in the build)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dejagnu

Installation of DejaGnu

Install DejaGnu by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/dejagnu.html doc/dejagnu.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext       -o doc/dejagnu.txt  doc/dejagnu.texi

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -dm755   /usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.5.1 &&
install -v -m644    doc/dejagnu.{html,txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.5.1

Installed Program: runtest

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/dejagnu

Short Descriptions

runtest

is the DejaGnu test driver program. It is used to control what tests to run, and variations on how to run them.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Doxygen-1.8.5

Introduction to Doxygen

The Doxygen package contains a documentation system for C++, C, Java, Objective-C, Corba IDL and to some extent PHP, C# and D. It is useful for generating HTML documentation and/or an off-line reference manual from a set of documented source files. There is also support for generating output in RTF, PostScript, hyperlinked PDF, compressed HTML, and Unix man pages. The documentation is extracted directly from the sources, which makes it much easier to keep the documentation consistent with the source code.

You can also configure Doxygen to extract the code structure from undocumented source files. This is very useful to quickly find your way in large source distributions. Used along with Graphviz, you can also visualize the relations between the various elements by means of include dependency graphs, inheritance diagrams, and collaboration diagrams, which are all generated automatically.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.stack.nl/pub/doxygen/doxygen-1.8.5.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stack.nl/pub/doxygen/doxygen-1.8.5.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: db51274568755e2c75c2657e30a78a55
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 81 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (includes building the GUI frontend)

Doxygen Dependencies

Optional

Graphviz-2.34.0, ghostscript-9.10, Python-2.7.5, Qt-4.8.5 (for doxywizard) and texlive-20130530

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/doxygen

Installation of Doxygen

Install Doxygen by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix /usr \
            --docdir /usr/share/doc/doxygen-1.8.5 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to generate and install the package documentation (note that man pages have already been installed), you must have Python, TeX Live (for HTML docs) and Ghostscript (for PDF docs) installed, then issue the following command as the root user:

make install_docs

Command Explanations

--with-doxywizard: Use this parameter if Qt is installed and you wish to build the GUI front-end.

Configuring Doxygen

There is no real configuration necessary for the Doxygen package although three additional packages are required if you wish to use extended capabilities. If you need to use the language translation features, you must have Python-2.7.5 installed. If you require formulas to create PDF documentation, then you must have texlive-20130530 installed. If you require formulas to convert PostScript files to bitmaps, then you must have ghostscript-9.10 installed.

Installed Programs: doxygen and optionally, doxywizard

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/doxygen-1.8.5

Short Descriptions

doxygen	is a command-line based utility used to generate template configuration files and then generate documentation from these templates. Use doxygen --help for an explanation of the command-line parameters.
doxywizard	is a GUI front-end for configuring and running doxygen.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 15:00:43 -0700

elfutils-0.156

Introduction to elfutils

The elfutils package contains set of utilities and libraries for handling ELF (Executable and Linkable Format) files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://fedorahosted.org/releases/e/l/elfutils/0.156/elfutils-0.156.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f3b5cbb63b0757f571c6cc109df4c55b
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/elfutils

Installation of elfutils

Install elfutils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --program-prefix="eu-" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--program-prefix="eu-": This switch renames installed programs to avoid conflict with Binutils programs installed in LFS.

Installed Programs: eu-addr2line, eu-ar, eu-elfcmp, eu-elflint, eu-findtextrel, eu-ld, eu-make-debug-archive, eu-nm, eu-objdump, eu-ranlib, eu-readelf, eu-size, eu-strings, eu-strip and eu-unstrip

Installed Libraries: libasm.{a,so}, libdw.{a,so}, libebl.a and libelf.{a,so}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/elfutils and /usr/lib/elfutils

Last updated on 2013-08-24 18:49:48 -0700

Expect-5.45

Introduction to Expect

The Expect package was installed in the LFS temporary tools directory for testing other packages. These procedures install it in a prmanent location. It contains tools for automating interactive applications such as telnet, ftp, passwd, fsck, rlogin, tip, etc. Expect is also useful for testing these same applications as well as easing all sorts of tasks that are prohibitively difficult with anything else.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://prdownloads.sourceforge.net/expect/expect5.45.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 44e1a4f4c877e9ddc5a542dfa7ecc92b
Download size: 620 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Expect Dependencies

Required

Tcl-8.6.0

Optional

Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/expect

Installation of Expect

Install Expect by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --with-tcl=/usr/lib \
            --enable-shared     \
            --with-tclinclude=/usr/include &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -svf expect5.45/libexpect5.45.so /usr/lib

Command Explanations

-with-tcl=/usr/lib: This parameter is used to tell the configure script where the tclConfig.sh is located.

--enable-shared: This option enables building the shared library.

ln -sf ...: This command creates a required link to the shared library.

Configuring Expect

Config Files

$exp_library/expect.rc and ~/.expect.rc

Configuration Information

Reference the expect man page for information about utilizing the expect.rc configuration files. Additionally, many of the tools contained in the Expect package will use their own configuration files. Reference the respective man page, or examine the script directly for configuration file information.

Installed Programs: autoexpect, autopasswd, cryptdir, decryptdir, dislocate, expect, ftp-rfc, kibitz, lpunlock, mkpasswd, passmass, rftp, rlogin-cwd, timed-read, timed-run, unbuffer, weather, and optionally (if Expect was linked against Tk), multixterm, tknewsbiff, tkpasswd, xkibitz, and xpstat

Installed Library: libexpect5.45.so

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/expect5.45

Short Descriptions

autoexpect	generates an Expect script from watching a session.
autopasswd	is a wrapper to make passwd(1) be non-interactive.
cryptdir	encrypts all files in a directory.
decryptdir	decrypts all files in a directory.
dislocate	allows processes to be disconnected and reconnected to a terminal.
expect	is a program that “talks” to other interactive programs according to a script.
ftp-rfc	retrieves an RFC (or the index) from UUNET.
kibitz	allows two (or more) people to interact with one shell (or any arbitrary program).
lpunlock	unhangs a printer which claims it is “waiting for lock”.
mkpasswd	generates passwords and can apply them automatically to users.
passmass	changes a password on multiple machines.
rftp	is much like ftp except it uses `~g` and `~p` instead of `mget` and `mput`.
rlogin-cwd	is rlogin except it uses the local current directory as the current working directory on the remote machine.
timed-read	reads a complete line from stdin and aborts after a given number of seconds.
timed-run	runs a program for a given amount of time.
unbuffer	disables the output buffering that occurs when program output is redirected.
weather	retrieves a weather report (courtesy University of Michigan) for a given city or geographical area.
multixterm	creates multiple xterms that can be driven together or separately.
tknewsbiff	pops up a window when there is unread news in your favorite newsgroups and removes the window after you've read the news.
tkpasswd	is a script to change passwords using expect and Tk.
xkibitz	allows users in separate xterms to share one shell (or any program that runs in an xterm).
xpstat	is a script that acts as a front-end for xpilot.
`libexpect5.45.so`	contains functions that allow Expect to be used as a Tcl extension or to be used directly from C or C++ (without Tcl).

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

GCC-4.8.1

Introduction to GCC

The GCC package contains GNU compilers. This package is useful for compiling programs written in C, C++, Fortran, Java, Objective C, Objective C++, Ada, and Go. You should ensure you actually need one of these additional compilers (C and C++ are installed in LFS) before you install them. Additionally, there are instructions in the BLFS book to install OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, which can be used instead of the Java provided by the GCC package. Many consider the Iced Tea version to be a more robust Java environment than the one provided by GCC.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Caution

If you are upgrading GCC from any other version prior to 4.8.1, then you must be careful compiling 3rd party kernel modules. You should ensure that the kernel and all its native modules are also compiled using the same version of GCC that you use to build the 3rd party module. This issue does not affect native kernel (and kernel modules) updates, as the instructions below are a complete reinstallation of GCC. If you have existing 3rd party modules installed, ensure they are recompiled using the updated version of GCC. As always, never update the kernel headers from the ones used when Glibc was compiled during LFS.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.8.1/gcc-4.8.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-4.8.1/gcc-4.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3b2386c114cd74185aa3754b58a79304
Download size: 83 MB
Estimated disk space required: ~6.2 GB (build, test and install all compilers)
Estimated build time: 98 SBU (build, test and install all compilers)

GCC Dependencies

Required if building java

Zip-3.0, UnZip-6.0, and Which-2.20

Note

If you plan to compile Ada, you will need to install GNAT temporarily to satisfy the circular dependency when you recompile GCC to include Ada. At the AdaCore download page, choose your platform and 2013, then select the file to download. You probably want the x86-linux or x86_64-linux file.

GNAT GPL 2013 Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://libre.adacore.com/download/

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc

Installation of GNAT

Before unpacking and changing into the GCC source directory, first unpack the GNAT tarball. You may have to drill down several levels and unpack a second tarball. For example, AdaCore-Download-2013-07-22_0530.tar expands to x86_64-linux/2013/gnatgpl/gnat-gpl-2013-x86_64-pc-linux-gnu-bin.tar.gz. Expand this second tarball and change into the newly created directory. Install GNAT by running the following command:

make ins-all prefix=/opt/gnat

The GNAT compiler can be invoked by executing the gcc binary installed in /opt/gnat/bin.

You may now remove the GNAT source directory if desired.

Prepare to compile GCC by placing the GNAT version of gcc at the beginning of the PATH variable by using the following commands as the root user:

PATH_HOLD=$PATH &&
export PATH=/opt/gnat/bin:$PATH_HOLD

Doing so has the drawback that the GCC and Binutils executables are taken from the just installed GNAT package, but the versions of those executables are outdated compared to those installed in LFS. This is not important for the GCC compilers, since they recompile themselves during the bootstrap process. On the other hand, the outdated ld and as tools are used all along. In order to use the LFS tools, issue:

find /opt/gnat -name ld -exec mv -v {} {}.old \;
find /opt/gnat -name as -exec mv -v {} {}.old \;

Installation of GCC

Install GCC by running the following commands:

Important

The installation process may overwrite your existing GCC gcc and c++ compilers and libraries. Having the Tcl, Expect and DejaGnu packages installed before beginning the build is highly recommended so you can run the full suite of tests.

Do not continue with the make install command until you are confident the build was successful. You can compare your test results with those found at http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/. You may also want to refer to the information found in the GCC section of Chapter 6 in the LFS book (../../../../lfs/view/7.4/chapter06/gcc.html).

The instructions below let the build machinery perform a “bootstrap” intentionally. This is necessary if you install the Ada compiler anyway. Even if you don't, a bootstrap is recommended for robustness.

sed -i 's/\(install.*:\) install-.*recursive/\1/' libffi/Makefile.in         &&
sed -i 's/\(install-data-am:\).*/\1/'             libffi/include/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's/install_to_$(INSTALL_DEST) //'          libiberty/Makefile.in      &&
sed -i 's@\./fixinc\.sh@-c true@'                 gcc/Makefile.in            &&

case `uname -m` in
      i?86) sed -i 's/^T_CFLAGS =$/& -fomit-frame-pointer/' gcc/Makefile.in ;;
esac &&

mkdir ../gcc-build &&
cd    ../gcc-build &&

../gcc-4.8.1/configure          \
    --prefix=/usr               \
    --libdir=/usr/lib           \
    --libexecdir=/usr/lib       \
    --enable-shared             \
    --enable-threads=posix      \
    --enable-__cxa_atexit       \
    --disable-multilib          \
    --disable-bootstrap         \
    --disable-install-libiberty \
    --with-system-zlib          \
    --enable-clocale=gnu        \
    --enable-lto                \
    --enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,ada,go,java,objc,obj-c++ &&
make

If you have installed additional packages such as valgrind and gdb, the gcc part of the testsuite will run more tests than in LFS. Some of those will report FAIL and others XPASS (pass when expected to FAIL). To run the checks:


ulimit -s 32768 &&
make -k check   &&

../gcc-4.8.1/contrib/test_summary

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib &&
ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc     &&

chown -v -R root:root \
    /usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/4.8.1/include{,-fixed} \
    /usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/4.8.1/ada{lib,include}

You should now remove the GNAT installation and perform other cleanups:

rm -rf /opt/gnat &&
export PATH=$PATH_HOLD &&
unset PATH_HOLD

Command Explanations

The first two sed commands prevent the installation of the libffi library bundled with GCC, since it is outdated compared to libffi-3.0.13. The three other sed commands are the same ones used during the build of LFS.

mkdir ../gcc-build; cd ../gcc-build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build directory.

--enable-shared --enable-threads=posix --enable-__cxa_atexit: These parameters are required to build the C++ libraries to published standards.

--disable-multilib: This parameter ensures that files are created for the specific architecture of your computer.

--enable-clocale=gnu: This parameter is a failsafe for incomplete locale data.

--enable-lto: Setting this parameter allows to build a compiler which is able to perform “link time optimization (lto)”.

--enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,java,objc,obj-c++,ada,go: This command identifies which languages to build. You may modify this command to remove undesired languages.

ulimit -s 32768: This command prevents several tests from running out of stack space.

make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.

../gcc-4.8.1/contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append | grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.

ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib: This command creates a link to the C PreProcessor as some packages expect it to be installed in the /lib directory.

ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc: This link is created as some packages refer to the C compiler using an alternate name.

chown -v -R root:root /usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/...: If the package is built by a user other than root, the ownership of the installed include and adalib directories (and their contents) will be incorrect. These commands change the ownership to the root user and group . Omit the command changing the Ada directories if you did not include Ada as one of the installed languages.

Installed Programs: aot-compile, gappletviewer, gc-analyze, gccgo, gcj, gcj-dbtool, gcjh, gfortran, gij, gjar, gjarsigner, gjavah, gkeytool, gnat, gnatbind, gnatchop, gnatclean, gnatfind, gnative2ascii, gnatkr, gnatlink, gnatls, gnatmake, gnatname, gnatprep, gnatxref, gorbd, grmic, grmid, grmiregistry, gserialver, gtnameserv, jcf-dump, jv-convert, rebuild-gcj-db, and architecture specific names

Installed Libraries: libgcj_bc.so, libgcj.so, libgcj-tools.so, libgfortran.{so,a}, libgij.so, libgo.{so,a}, libgobegin.a, libobjc.{so,a} and numerous other run-time libraries and executables in /usr/lib/gcc

Installed Directories: /usr/include/c++/4.8.1/{gcj,gnu,java,javax,org,sun}, /usr/lib/gcc/<arch-model>-linux-gnu/4.8.1/ada{include,lib}, /usr/lib/gcj-4.8.1-13, /usr/lib/go, /usr/lib/security, and /usr/share/java

Some program and library names and descriptions are not listed here, but can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/7.4/chapter06/gcc.html#contents-gcc as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.

Short Descriptions

aot-compile	searches a directory for Java bytecode and uses gcj to compile it to native code.
gappletviewer	loads and run a Java applet.
gc-analyze	analyzes garbage collector (GC) memory dumps from Java code.
gccgo	is a GCC-based compiler for the Go language.
gcj	is an ahead-of-time compiler for the Java language.
gcj-dbtool	is a tool for creating and manipulating class file mapping databases.
gcjh	generates header files from Java class files.
gfortran	is the Fortran compiler invoked by gcc.
gij	is the GNU interpreter for Java bytecode.
gjar	is an (partial) implementation of the jar utility that comes with Sun's JDK.
gjarsigner	is a Java ARchive (JAR) file signing and verification tool.
gjavah	generates header files from Java class files.
gkeytool	manages private keys and public certificates in a Java environment.
gnat	is the Ada compiler invoked by gcc.
gnatbind	is used to bind compiled objects.
gnatchop	is useful for renaming files to meet the standard Ada default file naming conventions.
gnatclean	is used to remove files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatfind	is the GNAT definition/use finder.
gnative2ascii	is an encoding converter for Java.
gnatkr	is used to determine the crunched name for a given file, when crunched to a specified maximum length.
gnatlink	is used to link programs and build an executable file.
gnatls	is the compiled unit browser.
gnatmake	is an automatic make facility.
gnatname	will list the files associated with a GNAT project.
gnatprep	is the GNAT external preprocessor.
gnatxref	is the GNAT cross-referencer.
gorbd	is an object request broker daemon.
grmic	generates stubs for Remote Method Invocation.
grmid	RMI activation system daemon.
grmiregistry	starts a remote object registry on the current host.
gserialver	prints the serialVersionUID of the specified class.
gtnameserv	starts a naming service.
jcf-dump	prints information about Java class files.
jv-convert	converts files from one encoding to another.
rebuild-gcj-db	Merge the per-solib databases made by aot-compile into one system-wide database.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 20:07:58 -0700

GC-7.2d

Introduction to GC

The GC package contains the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector, which can be used as a garbage collecting replacement for the C malloc function or C++ new operator. It allows you to allocate memory basically as you normally would, without explicitly deallocating memory that is no longer useful. The collector automatically recycles memory when it determines that it can no longer be otherwise accessed. The collector is also used by a number of programming language implementations that either use C as intermediate code, want to facilitate easier interoperation with C libraries, or just prefer the simple collector interface. Alternatively, the garbage collector may be used as a leak detector for C or C++ programs, though that is not its primary goal.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Hans_Boehm/gc/gc_source/gc-7.2d.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 91340b28c61753a789eb6077675d87d2
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Optional

libatomic_ops-7.2d (Gc contains a copy of Libatomic_ops-7.2d which it will compile and statically link if configure doesn't find Libatomic_ops installed on your system)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gc

Installation of GC

Install GC by running the following commands:

sed -i 's#AM_CONFIG_HEADER#AC_CONFIG_HEADERS#' configure.ac &&
sed -i 's#AM_CONFIG_HEADER#AC_CONFIG_HEADERS#' libatomic_ops/configure.ac &&
sed -i 's#pkgdata#doc#' doc/doc.am &&
autoreconf -fi  &&
./configure --prefix=/usr      \
            --enable-cplusplus \
            --disable-static   \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-7.2d &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/gc.man /usr/share/man/man3/gc_malloc.3 &&
ln -sfv gc_malloc.3 /usr/share/man/man3/gc.3

Command Explanations

sed -i 's#AM_CONFIG_HEADER ...: This sed fixes building with Automake 1.13.

sed -i 's#pkgdata#doc#' doc/doc.am and --docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-7.2d: These commands are used so the package will install the documentation in a versioned directory.

autoreconf -fi: This regenerates the configure script and the Makefile.in files.

--enable-cplusplus: This parameter enables the building and installing the C++ library along with the standard C library.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libcord.so, libgc.so and libgccpp.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gc and /usr/share/doc/gc

Short Descriptions

`libgc.so`	contains a C interface to the conservative garbage collector, primarily designed to replace the C malloc function.
`libgccpp.so`	contains a C++ interface to the conservative garbage collector.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

GDB-7.6.1

Introduction to GDB

GDB, the GNU Project debugger, allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes -- or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed. Note that GDB is most effective when tracing programs and libraries that were built with debugging symbols and not stripped.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-7.6.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-7.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fbc4dab4181e6e9937075b43a4ce2732
Download size: 23 MB
Estimated disk space required: 242 MB (472 MB with checks)
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (5.5 SBU with checks)

GDB Dependencies

Optional

DejaGnu-1.5.1 (for tests) and Python-2.7.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdb

Installation of GDB

Install GDB by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check.

Now, as the root user:

make -C gdb install

Installed Programs: gdb and gdbserver

Installed Library: libinproctrace.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gdb and /usr/share/gdb

Short Descriptions

gdb	is the GNU Debugger.
gdbserver	is a remote server for the GNU debugger (it allows programs to be debugged from a different machine).
`libinproctrace.so`	contains functions for the in-process tracing agent. The agent allows for installing fast tracepoints, listing static tracepoint markers, probing static tracepoints markers, and starting trace monitoring.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 09:34:27 -0700

Git-1.8.4

Introduction to Git

Git is a free and open source, distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency. Every Git clone is a full-fledged repository with complete history and full revision tracking capabilities, not dependent on network access or a central server. Branching and merging are fast and easy to do. Git is used for version control of files, much like tools such as Mercurial, Bazaar, Subversion-1.8.3, CVS-1.11.23, Perforce, and Team Foundation Server.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://git-core.googlecode.com/files/git-1.8.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 355768a1c70d0cb4fedf4b598ac1375b
Download size: 4.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 193 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (additional 2.8 SBU for tests)

Additional Downloads

http://git-core.googlecode.com/files/git-manpages-1.8.4.tar.gz (only needed if you've not installed asciidoc and xmlto)
http://git-core.googlecode.com/files/git-htmldocs-1.8.4.tar.gz and other docs (only needed if you've not installed asciidoc).

Git Dependencies

Optional

PCRE-8.33, Subversion-1.8.3 with Perl bindings (for git svn), and Tk-8.6.0 (gitk, a simple Git repository viewer, uses Tk at runtime)

Optional (to create the man pages and html docs)

AsciiDoc and xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/git

Installation of Git

Install Git by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig &&
make

If you have installed AsciiDoc you can create the html version of the man pages and other docs:

make html

If you have installed AsciiDoc and xmlto-0.0.25 you can create the man pages:

make man

To check the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you created the man pages, install them as the root user:

make install-man

If you created the html docs, install them as the root user:

make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4 install-html              &&
mkdir -p /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/man-pages/{html,text}         &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/{git*.txt,man-pages/text}     &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/{git*.,index.,man-pages/}html &&
mkdir    /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{html,text}         &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{*.txt,text}        &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{*.,}html           &&
mkdir    /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{html,text}             &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{*.txt,text}            &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{*.,}html

Alternatively, If you downloaded the man pages untar them as the root user:

tar -xf ../git-manpages-1.8.4.tar.gz -C /usr/share/man --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir

If you downloaded the html docs untar them as the root user:

mkdir -p /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/man-pages/{html,text}         &&

tar -xf  ../git-htmldocs-1.8.4.tar.gz \
    -C   /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4 --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir &&

find /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4 -type d -exec chmod 755 {} \;     &&
find /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4 -type f -exec chmod 644 {} \;     &&

mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/{git*.txt,man-pages/text}     &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/{git*.,index.,man-pages/}html &&
mkdir    /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{html,text}         &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{*.txt,text}        &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/technical/{*.,}html           &&
mkdir    /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{html,text}             &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{*.txt,text}            &&
mv       /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4/howto/{*.,}html

Command Explanations

--with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig: This sets /etc/gitconfig as the file that stores the default, system wide, Git settings.

--without-python: Use this switch if Python is not installed.

--with-libpcre: Use this switch if PCRE is installed.

tar -xf ../git-manpages-1.8.4.tar.gz -C /usr/share/man --no-same-owner: This untars git-manpages-1.8.4.tar.gz. The -C option makes tar change directory to /usr/share/man before it starts to decompress the docs. The --no-same-owner option stops tar from preserving the user and group details of the files. This is useful as that user or group may not exist on your system; this could (potentially) be a security risk.

mv /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4 ...: These commands move some of the files into subfolders to make it easier to sort through the docs and find what you're looking for.

find ... chmod ...: These commands correct the permissions in the shipped documentation tar file.

Configuring Git

Config Files

~/.gitconfig and /etc/gitconfig

Configuration Information

To be able to use git to pull from a https source you need first install the Certificate Authority Certificates and then configure git to know where they are. To set the default location of the SSL certificates, as the root user:

git config --system http.sslCAPath /etc/ssl/certs

Installed Programs: git, git-cvsserver, gitk, git-receive-pack, git-shell, git-upload-archive and git-upload-pack

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/git-core, /usr/share/doc/git-1.8.4, /usr/share/git-core, /usr/share/git-gui, /usr/share/gitk and /usr/share/gitweb

Short Descriptions

git	is the stupid content tracker.
git-cvsserver	is a CVS server emulator for Git.
gitk	is a graphical Git repository browser (needs Tk-8.6.0).
git-receive-pack	is invoked by git send-pack and updates the repository with the information fed from the remote end.
git-shell	is a login shell for SSH accounts to provide restricted Git access.
git-upload-archive	is invoked by git archive --remote and sends a generated archive to the other end over the git protocol.
git-upload-pack	is invoked by git fetch-pack, it discovers what objects the other side is missing, and sends them after packing.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 23:18:35 -0700

Guile-2.0.9

Introduction to Guile

The Guile package contains the Project GNU's extension language library. Guile also contains a stand alone Scheme interpreter.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-2.0.9.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/guile/guile-2.0.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a69b575d4a633bdd9118f3a4a1e97766
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 120 MB
Estimated build time: 8.0 SBU

Guile Dependencies

Required

GC-7.2d, libffi-3.0.13 and libunistring-0.9.3

Optional

Emacs-24.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/guile

Installation of Guile

Install Guile by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make      &&
make html &&

makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/r5rs/r5rs.txt doc/r5rs/r5rs.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ref/guile.txt doc/ref/guile.texi

If you have texlive-20130530 installed and wish to build alternate formats (PDF and postscript) of the documentation, issue the following commands:

for DIRNAME in r5rs ref
do make -k -C doc/${DIRNAME} pdf ps
done &&
unset DIRNAME

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

find examples -name "Makefile*" -exec rm {} \; &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9 &&
cp -vR examples   /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9 &&

for DIRNAME in r5rs ref
do
  install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9/${DIRNAME} &&
  install -v -m644  doc/${DIRNAME}/*.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9/${DIRNAME} &&
  if [ -d           doc/${DIRNAME}/${DIRNAME}.html ]; then
    cp -Rv          doc/${DIRNAME}/${DIRNAME}.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9/${DIRNAME}
  fi
done

cp -vR doc/ref/guile.html /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9/ref

If you built the alternate formats of the documentation, install them using the following commands issued by the root user:

for DIRNAME in r5rs ref
do
  install -v -m644 doc/${DIRNAME}/*.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
                   /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9/${DIRNAME}
done

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: guild, guile, guile-config, guile-snarf and guile-tools

Installed Libraries: libguile-2.0.so and libguilereadline-v-18.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/guile, /usr/lib/guile, /usr/share/doc/guile-2.0.9 and /usr/share/guile

Short Descriptions

guile	is a stand-alone Scheme interpreter for Guile.
guile-config	is a Guile script which provides the information necessary to link your programs against the Guile library, in much the same way PkgConfig does.
guile-snarf	is a script to parse declarations in your C code for Scheme visible C functions.
guild	is a wrapper program installed along with guile, which knows where a particular module is installed and calls it, passing its arguments to the program.
guile-tools	is a symlink to guild.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 03:32:24 -0700

Librep-0.92.3

Introduction to Librep

The librep package contains a Lisp system. This is useful for scripting or for applications that may use the Lisp interpreter as an extension language.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/librep-0.92.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c82744fb45022e8a06e488e4a7513558
Download size: 600 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Librep Dependencies

Optional

libffi-3.0.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librep

Installation of Librep

Install librep by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: rep, rep-config, rep-remote, rep-xgettext, and repdoc

Installed Libraries: librep.so and numerous modules installed in the /usr/lib/rep hierarchy

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/rep, /usr/share/emacs/site-lisp, and /usr/share/rep

Short Descriptions

rep	is the Lisp interpreter.
`librep.so`	contains the functions necessary for the Lisp interpreter.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 18:27:34 -0700

LLVM-3.3

Introduction to LLVM

The LLVM package contains a collection of modular and reusable compiler and toolchain technologies. The Low Level Virtual Machine (LLVM) Core libraries provide a modern source and target-independent optimizer, along with code generation support for many popular CPUs (as well as some less common ones!). These libraries are built around a well specified code representation known as the LLVM intermediate representation ("LLVM IR").

The optional Clang and Compiler RT packages provide a new C, C++, Objective C and Objective C++ front-ends and runtime libraries for the LLVM.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://llvm.org/releases/3.3/llvm-3.3.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 40564e1dc390f9844f1711c08b08e391
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 900 MB
Estimated build time: 13.0 SBU (Additional 7.0 SBU for Clang)

Optional Downloads

Clang

Download: http://llvm.org/releases/3.3/cfe-3.3.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8284891e3e311829b8e44ac813d0c9ef
Download size: 9.0 MB

Compiler RT

Download: http://llvm.org/releases/3.3/compiler-rt-3.3.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9c129ce24514467cfe492cf2fed8e2c4
Download size: 1.5 MB

LLVM Dependencies

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5, Graphviz-2.34.0, libxml2-2.9.1, Zip-3.0, OCaml, Sphinx and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/llvm

Installation of LLVM

If you have downloaded the optional packages, install them into the source tree by running the following commands:

tar -xf ../cfe-3.3.src.tar.gz -C tools &&
tar -xf ../compiler-rt-3.3.src.tar.gz -C projects &&

mv tools/cfe-3.3.src tools/clang &&
mv projects/compiler-rt-3.3.src projects/compiler-rt

Install LLVM by running the following commands:

sed -e 's:\$(PROJ_prefix)/docs/llvm:$(PROJ_prefix)/share/doc/llvm-3.3:' \
    -i Makefile.config.in &&
CC=gcc CXX=g++                         \
./configure --prefix=/usr              \
            --sysconfdir=/etc          \
            --enable-libffi            \
            --enable-optimized         \
            --enable-shared            \
            --enable-targets=all       \
            --disable-assertions       \
            --disable-debug-runtime    \
            --disable-expensive-checks \
            --enable-experimental-targets=R600 &&
make

If you have installed Sphinx and wish to generate manual pages, issue the following command:

make -C docs -f Makefile.sphinx man

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
for file in /usr/lib/lib{clang,LLVM,LTO,profile_rt}*.a
do
  test -f $file && chmod -v 644 $file
done

If you had Python-2.7.5 installed and you have built Clang, install the Clang Analyzer by running the following command as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/lib/clang-analyzer &&
for prog in scan-build scan-view
do
  cp -rfv tools/clang/tools/$prog /usr/lib/clang-analyzer/
  ln -sfv ../lib/clang-analyzer/$prog/$prog /usr/bin/
done &&
ln -sfv /usr/bin/clang /usr/lib/clang-analyzer/scan-build/ &&
mv -v /usr/lib/clang-analyzer/scan-build/scan-build.1 /usr/share/man/man1/

If you have built manual pages, install them by running the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 docs/_build/man/* /usr/share/man/man1/

Command Explanations

sed -e ...: This sed fixes location of the installed documentation.

--enable-libffi: This switch enables LLVM to use libffi. Remove if you did not install libffi.

--enable-optimized: This switch enables compiler optimizations in order to speed up the code and reduce its size.

--enable-shared: This switch enables building of the LLVM shared library which contains all of static libraries linked into single library.

--enable-targets=all: This switch ensures that all LLVM targets are built.

--disable-*: These switches disable features which are used for debugging and are not necessary on a production system.

--enable-experimental-targets=R600: This switch enables R600 target which is required by Mesa to build the radeonsi 3D driver. It can be used for R600 LLVM backend and OpenCL state tracker in Mesa.

Installed Programs: bugpoint, c-index-test, clang, clang++, clang-check, clang-format, clang-tblgen, llc, lli, llvm-ar, llvm-as, llvm-bcanalyzer, llvm-config, llvm-cov, llvm-diff, llvm-dis, llvm-dwarfdump, llvm-extract, llvm-link, llvm-mc, llvm-mcmarkup, llvm-nm, llvm-objdump, llvm-prof, llvm-ranlib, llvm-readobj, llvm-rtdyld, llvm-size, llvm-stress, llvm-symbolizer, llvm-tblgen, macho-dump, opt, scan-build and scan-view

Installed Libraries: BugpointPasses.so, libclang.so, libLLVM-3.3.so, libLTO.so, libprofile_rt.so, LLVMHello.so and numerous static libraries in /usr/lib

Installed Directories: /usr/include/clang, /usr/include/clang-c, /usr/include/llvm, /usr/include/llvm-c, /usr/lib/clang, /usr/lib/clang-analyzer and /usr/share/doc/llvm-3.3

Short Descriptions

bugpoint	is the automatic test case reduction tool.
clang	is the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler.
llc	is the LLVM static compiler.
lli	is used to directly execute programs from LLVM bitcode.
llvm-ar	is the LLVM archiver.
llvm-as	is the LLVM assembler.
llvm-bcanalyzer	is the LLVM bitcode analyzer.
llvm-config	Prints LLVM compilation options.
llvm-cov	is used to emit coverage information.
llvm-diff	is the LLVM structural 'diff'.
llvm-dis	is the LLVM disassembler.
llvm-extract	is used to extract a function from an LLVM module.
llvm-link	is the LLVM linker.
llvm-nm	is used to list LLVM bitcode and object file's symbol table.
llvm-prof	is used to print execution profile of LLVM program.
llvm-ranlib	is used to generate index for LLVM archive.
llvm-stress	is used to generate random `.ll` files.
llvm-tblgen	is the LLVM Target Description To C++ Code Generator.
opt	is the LLVM optimizer.
scan-build	is a Perl script that invokes the Clang static analyzer.
`libLLVM-3.3.so`	contains the LLVM API functions.
`libprofile_rt.so`	is the C, C++ and Objective-C runtime library for Clang.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Lua-5.1.5

Introduction to Lua

Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. Lua is implemented as a small library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.lua.org/ftp/lua-5.1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2e115fe26e435e33b0d5c022e4490567
Download size: 217 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/lua-5.1.5-shared_library-2.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lua

Installation of Lua

Install Lua by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../lua-5.1.5-shared_library-2.patch &&
sed -i '/#define LUA_ROOT/s:/usr/local/:/usr/:' src/luaconf.h &&
make linux

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make INSTALL_TOP=/usr TO_LIB="liblua.so liblua.so.5.1 liblua.so.5.1.5" \
     INSTALL_DATA="cp -d" INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man/man1 install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/lua-5.1.5 &&
cp -v doc/*.{html,css,gif,png} /usr/share/doc/lua-5.1.5

Some packages check for the pkg-config file for Lua. As the root user:

cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/lua.pc << "EOF"
V=5.1
R=5.1.5

prefix=/usr
INSTALL_BIN=${prefix}/bin
INSTALL_INC=${prefix}/include
INSTALL_LIB=${prefix}/lib
INSTALL_MAN=${prefix}/man/man1
INSTALL_LMOD=${prefix}/share/lua/${V}
INSTALL_CMOD=${prefix}/lib/lua/${V}
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: Lua
Description: An Extensible Extension Language
Version: ${R}
Requires: 
Libs: -L${libdir} -llua -lm
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This command changes Lua search path to match the install paths.

Installed Programs: lua and luac

Installed Library: liblua.so

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/lua, /usr/share/lua and /usr/share/doc/lua-5.1.5

Short Descriptions

lua	is the standalone Lua interpreter.
luac	is the Lua compiler.
`liblua.so`	contains the Lua API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

Mercurial-2.7.1

Introduction to Mercurial

Mercurial is a distributed source control management tool similar to Git and Bazaar. Mercurial is written in Python and is used by projects such as Mozilla and Vim.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://mercurial.selenic.com/release/mercurial-2.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3313de3667902ae4dc82f29f5280294d
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (additional 12 SBU for tests)

Mercurial Dependencies

Required

Optional

Docutils (required to build the documentation), git-1.8.4, GnuPG-2.0.21 (gpg2 with Python bindings), Subversion-1.8.3 (with Python bindings), Bazaar-2.5.1, CVS-1.11.23, pyflakes, pygments, and pyOpenSSL

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mercurial

Installation of Mercurial

Build Mercurial by issuing the following command:

make build

To build the documentation (requires Docutils), issue:

make doc

To test the results, issue: make check.

Install Mercurial by running the following command (as root):

make PREFIX=/usr install-bin

If you built the documentation, install it by running the following command (as root):

make PREFIX=/usr install-doc

Configuring Mercurial

Config Files

/etc/mercurial/hgrc

If you have installed the Certificate Authority Certificates and you want Mercurial to use them, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /etc/mercurial &&
cat > /etc/mercurial/hgrc << "EOF"
[web]
cacerts = /etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt
EOF

Installed Programs: hg

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: /etc/mercurial, /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/hgext and /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/mercurial

Short Descriptions

hg	is the program file for mercurial.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 00:33:33 -0700

NASM-2.10.09

Introduction to NASM

NASM (Netwide Assembler) is an 80x86 assembler designed for portability and modularity. It includes a disassembler as well.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.10.09/nasm-2.10.09.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 99ea44f338f45cf812fbf6e6d9296518
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional documentation: http://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.10.09/nasm-2.10.09-xdoc.tar.xz

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nasm

Installation of NASM

If you downloaded the optional documentation, put it into the source tree:

tar -xf ../nasm-2.10.09-xdoc.tar.xz --strip-components=1

Install NASM by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it with the following instructions as the root user:

install -m755 -d         /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.10.09/html  &&
cp -v doc/html/*.html    /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.10.09/html  &&
cp -v doc/*.{txt,ps,pdf} /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.10.09       &&
cp -v doc/info/*         /usr/share/info                   &&
install-info /usr/share/info/nasm.info /usr/share/info/dir

Installed Programs: nasm and ndisasm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.10.09

Short Descriptions

nasm	is a portable 80x86 assembler.
ndisasm	is an 80x86 binary file disassembler.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

Perl Modules

Introduction to Perl Modules

The Perl module packages add useful objects to the Perl language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page should be accomplished by installing the dependencies in the order listed. The Perl Module standard build and installation instructions are shown at the bottom of this page.

Archive::Zip-1.30

The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, read, and write Zip archive files. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Archive::Zip-1.30 (MD5 sum: 40153666e7538b410e001aa8a810e702)

Glib-1.280

This module is a Perl wrapper around GLib that attempts to provide a perlish interface while remaining as true as possible to the underlying C API, so that any reference materials you can find on using GLib may still apply to using the libraries from Perl. This module and the dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Glib-1.280 (MD5 sum: 1d81a8aec5f7f1182a96cfaaf119d866)
- ExtUtils::PkgConfig
  - ExtUtils::Depends

HTML::Parser-3.71

The HTML::Parser distribution is a collection of modules that parse and extract information from HTML documents. This module and the dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

HTML::Parser-3.71 (MD5 sum: 9128a45893097dfa3bf03301b19c5efe)
- HTML::Tagset
- libwww-perl-6.05 (circular; howevever, it can be installed after HTML::Parser as it is only a run-time requirement for the included HTML::HeadParser module)

libwww-perl-6.05 (a.k.a. LWP)

The libwww-perl (LWP) collection is a set of Perl modules which provide a simple and consistent application programming interface to the World-Wide Web. The main focus of the library is to provide classes and functions that allow you to write WWW clients. The library also contains modules that are of more general use and even classes that help you implement simple HTTP servers. The LWP collection and all its dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions. The dependencies should be installed in the order listed below. Ensure you install the dependency chain for each module before installing the modules.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

libwww-perl-6.05 (MD5 sum: 637d5f1eb61336ca2caa6e026b382f87)

If you want the LWP installation to support the HTTPS protocol, install the following modules:

Net::DNS-0.72

Net::DNS is a DNS resolver implemented in Perl. It can be used to perform nearly any type of DNS query from a Perl script. The Net::DNS module and all its dependencies are installed using the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Net::DNS-0.72 (MD5 sum: 393e48ec6f28abe5ed30204276e02775)
- Digest::HMAC
- IO::Socket::INET (required for IPv6 support)
  - Socket6

SGMLSpm-1.1

The SGMLSpm module is a Perl library used for parsing the output from James Clark's SGMLS and NSGMLS parsers. This modules uses the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Before beginning the build, issue the following command to prevent an error:

chmod -v 644 MYMETA.yml

SGMLSpm-1.1 (MD5 sum: 746c74ae969992cedb1a2879b4168090)

URI-1.60

This module implements the URI class. Objects of this class represent "Uniform Resource Identifier references" as specified in RFC 2396 (and updated by RFC 2732). A Uniform Resource Identifier is a compact string of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource. A Uniform Resource Identifier can be further classified as either a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) or a Uniform Resource Name (URN). The distinction between URL and URN does not matter to the URI class interface. A "URI-reference" is a URI that may have additional information attached in the form of a fragment identifier. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

URI-1.60 (MD5 sum: 70f739be8ce28b8baba7c5920ffee4dc)

XML::Parser-2.41

The XML::Parser module is a Perl extension interface to James Clark's XML parser, expat. The module uses the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

XML::Parser-2.41 (MD5 sum: c320d2ffa459e6cdc6f9f59c1185855e)
- expat-2.1.0
- libwww-perl-6.05 (optionally used in the test suite)

XML::Simple-2.20

The XML::Simple module is a Perl extension that provides an easy API to read and write XML (especially config files). This module and all dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

XML::Simple-2.20 (MD5 sum: 4d10964e123b76eca36678464daa63cd)
- XML::SAX (Note: this package does not support parallel build)
  - XML::NamespaceSupport
  - XML::SAX::Base
- XML::SAX::Expat (Note: this package does not support parallel build)
  - XML::Parser-2.41
- XML::LibXML (recommended for faster parsing)
- Tie::IxHash (optionally used in the test suite)

Standard Installation of Perl Modules

Install Perl modules by running the following commands:

perl Makefile.PL &&
make &&
make test

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

When reinstalling a Perl module, sometimes older versions of the module being reinstalled are in other directories specified in @INC. To delete all other versions of the module being reinstalled (not simply older ones) set the UNINST variable:

make install UNINST=1

(Alternate) Auto Installation of Perl Modules.

There is an alternate way of installing the modules using the cpan shell install command. The command automatically downloads the source from the CPAN archive, extracts it, runs the compilation, testing and installation commands mentioned above, and removes the build source tree. You may still need to install dependent library packages before running the automated installation method.

The first time you run cpan, you'll be prompted to enter some information regarding download locations and methods. This information is retained in files located in ~/.cpan. Start the cpan shell by issuing 'cpan' as the root user. Any module may now be installed from the cpan> prompt with the command:

install <Module::Name>

For additional commands and help, issue 'help' from the cpan> prompt.

Alternatively, for scripted or non-interactive installations, use the following syntax as the root user to install one or more modules:

cpan -i <Module1::Name> <Module2::Name>

Review the cpan.1 man page for additional parameters you can pass to cpan on the command line.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 19:03:18 -0700

PHP-5.5.3

Introduction to PHP

PHP is the PHP Hypertext Preprocessor. Primarily used in dynamic web sites, it allows for programming code to be directly embedded into the HTML markup. It is also useful as a general purpose scripting language.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://us2.php.net/distributions/php-5.5.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isu.edu.tw/pub/Unix/Web/PHP/distributions/php-5.5.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 886b08ee6865d654911a6bb02ae98ee8
Download size: 11.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 353 MB
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (additional 2.9 SBU to run the test suite)

Additional Downloads

Pre-built documentation (optional): http://www.php.net/download-docs.php

PHP Dependencies

Required

Apache-2.4.6

Optional System Utilities and Libraries

libxslt-1.1.28, PCRE-8.33, Aspell-0.60.6.1, enchant-1.6.0, pkg-config-0.28, expat-2.1.0 (deprecated alternative to libxml2-2.9.1), OSSP mm, Net-SNMP, Pth-2.0.7, re2c, XMLRPC-EPI, Dmalloc, and an MTA (that provides a sendmail command)

Optional Graphics Utilities and Libraries

libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, LibTIFF-4.0.3, libpng-1.6.4, libexif-0.6.21, FreeType-2.5.0.1, X Window System, ClibPDF, GD (has bugs), t1lib, and FDF Toolkit

Optional Web Utilities

cURL-7.32.0, HTML Tidy-cvs_20101110, mnoGoSearch, Hyperwave, Roxen WebServer, Caudium, and WDDX

Optional Data Management Utilities and Libraries

OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Berkeley DB-6.0.20, MySQL-5.6.13, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, unixODBC-2.3.1, SQLite-3.8.0.2, QDBM, cdb, Mini SQL, Empress, Birdstep, DBMaker, Adabas, FrontBase, and Monetra

PHP also provides support for many commercial database tools such as Oracle, SAP and ODBC Router.

Optional Security/Encryption Utilities and Libraries

OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, libmcrypt, and mhash

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/php

Installation of PHP

You can use PHP for server-side scripting, command-line scripting or client-side GUI applications. This book provides instructions for setting up PHP for server-side scripting as it is the most common form.

Note

PHP has many more configure options that will enable support for various things. You can use ./configure --help to see a full list of the available options. Also, use of the PHP web site is highly recommended, as their online docs are very good. An example of a configure command that utilizes many of the most common dependencies can be found at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/svn/php_configure.txt.

If, for whatever reason, you don't have libxml2-2.9.1 installed, you need to add --disable-libxml to the configure command in the instructions below. Note that this will prevent the pear command from being built.

Install PHP by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                \
            --sysconfdir=/etc            \
            --with-apxs2                 \
            --with-config-file-path=/etc \
            --with-zlib                  \
            --enable-bcmath              \
            --with-bz2                   \
            --enable-calendar            \
            --enable-dba=shared          \
            --with-gdbm                  \
            --with-gmp                   \
            --enable-ftp                 \
            --with-gettext               \
            --enable-mbstring            \
            --with-readline              &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test. A few tests may fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                         &&
install -v -m644 php.ini-production /etc/php.ini     &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3 &&
install -v -m644    CODING_STANDARDS EXTENSIONS INSTALL NEWS README* UPGRADING* php.gif \
                    /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3 &&
ln -v -sfn          /usr/lib/php/doc/Archive_Tar/docs/Archive_Tar.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3 &&
ln -v -sfn          /usr/lib/php/doc/Structures_Graph/docs \
                    /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3

The pre-built HTML documentation is packaged in two forms: a tarball containing many individual files, useful for quick loading into your browser, and one large individual file, which is useful for using the search utility of your browser. If you downloaded either, or both, of the documentation files, issue the following commands as the root user to install them (note these instructions assume English docs, modify the tarball names below if necessary).

For the “Single HTML” file:

install -v -m644 ../php_manual_en.html.gz \
    /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3 &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3/php_manual_en.html.gz

For the “Many HTML files” tarball:

tar -xvf ../php_manual_en.tar.gz \
    -C /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3 --no-same-owner

Command Explanations

--with-apxs2: This parameter builds the Apache HTTPD 2.0 module.

--with-config-file-path=/etc: This parameter makes PHP look for the php.ini configuration file in /etc.

--with-zlib: This parameter adds support for Zlib compression.

--enable-bcmath: Enables bc style precision math functions.

--with-bz2: Adds support for Bzip2 compression functions.

--enable-calendar: This parameter provides support for calendar conversion.

--enable-dba=shared: This parameter enables support for database (dbm-style) abstraction layer functions.

--enable-ftp: This parameter enables FTP functions.

--with-gettext: Enables functions that use Gettext text translation.

--enable-mbstring: This parameter enables multibyte string support.

--with-readline: This parameter enables command line Readline support.

--disable-libxml: This option allows building PHP without libxml2 installed.

Configuring PHP

Config Files

/etc/php.ini and /etc/pear.conf

Configuration Information

The file used as the default /etc/php.ini configuration file is recommended by the PHP development team. This file modifies the default behavior of PHP. If no /etc/php.ini is used, all configuration settings fall to the defaults. You should review the comments in this file and ensure the changes are acceptable in your particular environment.

You may have noticed the following from the output of the make install command:

You may want to add: /usr/lib/php to your php.ini include_path

If desired, add the entry using the following command as the root user:

sed -i 's@php/includes"@&\ninclude_path = ".:/usr/lib/php"@' \
    /etc/php.ini

To enable PHP support in the Apache web server, a new LoadModule (which should be handled automatically by the make install command) and AddType directives must be added to the httpd.conf file:

LoadModule php5_module lib/apache/libphp5.so
AddType application/x-httpd-php .php

Additionally, it can be useful to add an entry for index.php to the DirectoryIndex directive of the httpd.conf file. Lastly, adding a line to setup the .phps extension to show highlighted PHP source may be desirable:

AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps

You'll need to restart the Apache web server after making any modifications to the httpd.conf file.

Installed Programs: pear, peardev, pecl, php, php-config and phpize

Installed Library: libphp5.so Apache module

Installed Directories: /usr/include/php, /usr/lib/php and /usr/share/doc/php-5.5.3

Short Descriptions

php	is a command line interface that enables you to parse and execute PHP code.
pear	is the PHP Extension and Application Repository (PEAR) package manager.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:45:40 -0700

pkg-config-0.28

Introduction to pkg-config

The pkg-config package contains a tool for passing the include path and/or library paths to build tools during the configure and make file execution.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

Pkg-config is part of LFS, but was omitted from the 7.0 and 7.1 releases. If you are using a system which includes it, there is nothing more to do. If not, you should follow these instructions.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pkgconfig.freedesktop.org/releases/pkg-config-0.28.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: aa3c86e67551adc3ac865160e34a2a0d
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pkgconfig

Installation of pkg-config

Install pkg-config by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --with-internal-glib \
            --disable-host-tool  \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/pkg-config-0.28 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-internal-glib: This switch causes the package to use the shipped version of GLib2.

--disable-host-tool: This switch disables creation of the unnecessary symlink.

Configuring pkg-config

The default setting for PKG_CONFIG_PATH is /usr/lib/pkgconfig:/usr/share/pkgconfig because of the prefix used to install pkg-config. You may add to PKG_CONFIG_PATH by exporting additional paths on your system where .pc files are installed. Note that PKG_CONFIG_PATH is only needed when compiling packages, not during run-time.

Installed Program: pkg-config

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

pkg-config

returns meta information for the specified library or package.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Python-2.7.5

Introduction to Python 2

The Python 2 package contains the Python development environment. It is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications. This version is for backward compatibility with other dependent packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.7.5/Python-2.7.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5eea8462f69ab1369d32f9c4cd6272ab
Download size: 9.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 235 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional HTML Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://docs.python.org/ftp/python/doc/2.7.5/python-2.7.5-docs-html.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 77ae8fd6b456c6339a1a62d57425335b
Download size: 4.3 MB

Python 2 Dependencies

Optional

BlueZ-4.101

Optional (For Additional Modules)

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, SQLite-3.8.0.2 and Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python

Installation of Python 2

Install Python 2 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --enable-shared     \
            --with-system-expat \
            --with-system-ffi   \
            --enable-unicode=ucs4 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython2.7.so.1.0

If you have downloaded the preformatted documentation from http://docs.python.org/download.html, install it as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5 &&
tar --strip-components=1 -C /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5 \
    -xvf ../python-2.7.5-docs-html.tar.bz2                      &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5 -type d -exec chmod 0755 {} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5 -type f -exec chmod 0644 {} \;

Command Explanations

--with-system-expat: This switch enables linking against system version of Expat. Remove if you have not installed expat-2.1.0.

--with-system-ffi: This switch enables linking against system version of libffi. Remove if you have not installed libffi-3.0.13.

--enable-unicode=ucs4: This switch enables 32bit Unicode support in Python.

--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm: Use this switch if you want to build Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.

chmod ...: Fix permissions for libraries to be consistent with other libraries.

Configuring Python 2

In order for python to find the installed documentation, you must add the following environment variable to individual user's or the system's profile:

export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5

Installed Programs: 2to3, pydoc, python, python-config, python2, python2-config, python2.7, python2.7-config, smtpd.py, and optionally if Tk is installed, idle

Installed Library: libpython2.7.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/python2.7, /usr/lib/python2.7, and /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.5

Short Descriptions

2to3	is a Python program that reads Python 2.x source code and applies a series of fixers to transform it into valid Python 3.x code.
idle	is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor.
pydoc	is the Python documentation tool.
python	is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language.
python2.7	is a version-specific name for the python program.
smtpd.py	is an SMTP proxy implemented in Python.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Python-3.3.2

Introduction to Python 3

The Python 3 package contains the Python development environment. This is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.python.org/ftp/python/3.3.2/Python-3.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c94b78ea3b68a9bbc9906af4d5b4fdc7
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 260 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional HTML Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://docs.python.org/ftp/python/doc/3.3.2/python-3.3.2-docs-html.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b5eee2b290338fb08c1512bfc79bb999
Download size: 4.7 MB

Python 3 Dependencies

Optional

BlueZ-4.101

Optional (For Additional Modules)

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, SQLite-3.8.0.2 and Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python3

Installation of Python 3

Install Python 3 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --enable-shared     \
            --with-system-expat \
            --with-system-ffi &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython3.3m.so &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython3.so

If you have downloaded the preformatted documentation from http://docs.python.org/download.html, install it as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-3.3.2/html &&
tar --strip-components=1 \
    --no-same-owner \
    --no-same-permissions \
    -C /usr/share/doc/python-3.3.2/html \
    -xvf ../python-3.3.2-docs-html.tar.bz2

Command Explanations

--with-system-expat: This switch enables linking against system version of Expat. Remove if you have not installed recommended dependency expat-2.1.0.

--with-system-ffi: This switch enables linking against system version of libffi. Remove if you have not installed recommended dependency libffi-3.0.13.

--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm: Use this switch if you want to build Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.

chmod ...: Fix permissions for shared libraries to be consistent with other libraries.

Configuring Python 3

In order for python3 to find the installed documentation, you must add the following environment variable to individual user's or the system's profile:

export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-3.3.2/html

Installed Programs: 2to3 (symbolic link to 2to3-3.3), 2to3-3.3, pydoc3 (symbolic link to pydoc3.3), pydoc3.3, python3 (hard link to python3.3m), python3.3 (hard link to python3.3m), python3.3m, python3-config (symbolic link to python3.3-config), python3.3-config (symbolic link to python3-config), python3.3m-config, and optionally if Tk is installed, idle3 (symbolic link to idle3.3), idle3.3

Installed Libraries: libpython3.3m.so and libpython3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/python3.3m, /usr/lib/python3.3, and /usr/share/doc/python-3.3.2

Short Descriptions

idle3	is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor.
pydoc3	is the Python documentation tool.
python3	is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language.
python3.3	is a version-specific name for the python program.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:13:24 -0700

Python Modules

Introduction to Python Modules

The Python module packages add useful objects to the Python language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page is meant to follow from top to bottom to handle optional dependencies in each module.

D-Bus Python-1.2.0
Notify Python-0.1.1
Py2cairo-1.10.0
PyCairo-1.10.0
PyGObject-2.28.6
PyGObject-3.8.3
PyGTK-2.24.0
PyAtSpi2-2.8.0
Pyrex-0.9.9
PyXDG-0.25

D-Bus Python

Introduction to D-Bus Python Module

D-Bus Python provides Python bindings to the D-Bus.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-python/dbus-python-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b09cd2d1a057cc432ce944de3fc06bf7
Download size: 592 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

D-Bus Python Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2 and Python-2.7.5 and/or Python-3.3.2

Optional (Required to build the API and HTML Documentation)

Epydoc and Docutils

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus-python

Installation of D-Bus Python

Note

Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.

To build D-Bus Python as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python2 &&
pushd python2 &&
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python     \
../configure --prefix=/usr \
             --docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-python-1.2.0 &&
make &&
popd

To test the results, issue: make -C python2 check.

To build D-Bus Python as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python3 &&
pushd python3 &&
PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3    \
../configure --prefix=/usr \
             --docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-python-1.2.0 &&
make &&
popd

To test the results, issue: make -C python3 check.

To install the Python 2 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python2 install

To install the Python 3 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python3 install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/dbus-python-1.2.0 and /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/dbus and/or /usr/lib/python3.3/site-packages/dbus

Notify Python-0.1.1

Introduction to Notify Python Module

Notify Python provides Python 2 bindings to the libnotify.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.galago-project.org/files/releases/source/notify-python/notify-python-0.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d247cf79b46cef7495deb0a76334f81d
Download size: 212 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/notify-python-0.1.1-libnotify-0.7-1.patch

Notify Python Dependencies

Required

libnotify-0.7.6 and PyGTK-2.24.0 (with GTK+-2.24.20 support).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/notify-python

Installation of Notify Python

Install Notify Python by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../notify-python-0.1.1-libnotify-0.7-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/gtk-2.0/pynotify

Py2cairo-1.10.0

Introduction to Py2cairo Module

Py2cairo provides Python 2 bindings to Cairo.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/py2cairo-1.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 20337132c4ab06c1146ad384d55372c5
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Py2cairo Dependencies

Required

Python-2.7.5 and Cairo-1.12.16

Optional

pytest

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/py2cairo

Installation of Py2cairo

Install Py2cairo by running the following commands:

./waf configure --prefix=/usr &&
./waf build

The test suite must be run after the package is installed.

Now, as the root user:

./waf install

The test suite requires the optional pytest package. If installed, it is run by changing to the test directory and running py.test an an unprivileged user.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: _cairo.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pycairo and /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/cairo

PyCairo-1.10.0

Introduction to PyCairo Module

PyCairo provides Python 3 bindings to Cairo.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/pycairo-1.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e6fd3f2f1e6a72e0db0868c4985669c5
Download size: 244 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

PyCairo Dependencies

Required

Cairo-1.12.16 and Python-3.3.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pycairo

Installation of PyCairo

Install PyCairo by running the following commands:

PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 ./waf configure --prefix=/usr &&
./waf build

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

./waf install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: None

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pycairo and /usr/lib/python3.3/site-packages/cairo

PyGObject-2.28.6

Introduction to PyGObject Module

PyGObject-2.28.6 provides Python 2 bindings to the GObject class from GLib.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9415cb7f2b3a847f2310ccea258b101e
Download size: 730 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/pygobject-2.28.6-introspection-1.patch

PyGObject Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and Py2cairo-1.10.0

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and libxslt-1.1.28 (to Build Documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygobject2

Installation of PyGObject

If you have installed gobject-introspection-1.36.0, apply the required patch by running the following commands:

patch -p1 < ../pygobject-2.28.6-introspection-1.patch

Install PyGObject by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-introspection &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-introspection: Omit this switch if you have installed gobject-introspection-1.36.0. Note that it conflicts with PyGObject-3.8.3.

--disable-docs: This option disables the rebuilding of the html documentation if libxslt-1.1.28 is installed.

Installed Programs: pygobject-codegen-2.0

Installed Libraries: libpyglib-2.0-python.so, _gio.so, unix.so, _glib.so and _gobject.so.

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pygtk-2.0, /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/gtk-2.0/{gio,glib,gobject}, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/pygobject and /usr/share/pygobject/2.0

PyGObject-3.8.3

Introduction to PyGObject3 Module

PyGObject3 provides Python bindings to the GObject class from GLib.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/3.8/pygobject-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/3.8/pygobject-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1621d68fcd522575ed0a9e7017004319
Download size: 644 KB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

PyGObject3 Dependencies

Required

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and Py2cairo-1.10.0 (for Python 2 bindings) and/or PyCairo-1.10.0 (for Python 3 bindings)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygobject3

Installation of PyGObject3

Note

Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.

To build PyGObject3 as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python2 &&
pushd python2 &&
../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python &&
make &&
popd

To test the results, issue: make -C python2 check.

To build PyGObject3 as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python3 &&
pushd python3 &&
../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make &&
popd

To test the results, issue: make -C python3 check.

To install the Python 2 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python2 install

To install the Python 3 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python3 install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpyglib-gi-2.0-python.so and/or libpyglib-gi-2.0-python3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pygobject-3.0 and /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/{gi,pygtkcompat} and/or /usr/lib/python3.3/site-packages/{gi,pygtkcompat}

PyGTK-2.24.0

Introduction to PyGTK Module

PyGTK lets you to easily create programs with a graphical user interface using the Python programming language.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a1051d5794fd7696d3c1af6422d17a49
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

PyGTK Dependencies

Required

PyGObject-2.28.6

Required (atk module)

ATK-2.8.0

Required (pango module)

Pango-1.34.1

Required (pangocairo module)

Py2cairo-1.10.0 and Pango-1.34.1

Required (gtk and gtk.unixprint modules)

Py2cairo-1.10.0 and GTK+-2.24.20.

Required (gtk.glade module)

Py2cairo-1.10.0 and libglade-2.6.4.

Optional

NumPy

Optional (to Build Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygtk

Installation of PyGTK

Install PyGTK by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

The tests must be run from an active X display. If this is so, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-docs: This option enables rebuilding the html documentation if libxslt-1.1.28 is installed.

Installed Programs: pygtk-codegen-2.0 and pygtk-demo.

Installed Libraries: atk.so, _gtk.so, glade.so, gtkunixprint.so, pango.so and pangocairo.so.

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pygtk-2.0, /usr/lib/pygtk, /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/pygtk and /usr/share/pygtk.

Short Descriptions

pygtk-codegen-2.0	is a wrapper script to run the PyGTK codegen module.
pygtk-demo	is a Python wrapper to run the PyGTK demo program.

PyAtSpi2-2.8.0

Introduction to PyAtSpi2

The PyAtSpi2 package contains Python bindings for the core components of the GNOME Accessibility.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyatspi/2.8/pyatspi-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyatspi/2.8/pyatspi-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 930f51c62cca60ebdf90f735d26385b2
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

PyAtSpi2 Dependencies

Required

PyGObject-3.8.3

Installation of PyAtSpi2

Note

Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.

To build PyAtSpi2 as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python2 &&
pushd python2 &&
../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python &&
make &&
popd

To build PyAtSpi2 as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:

mkdir python3 &&
pushd python3 &&
../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make &&
popd

This package does not come with a testsuite.

To install the Python 2 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python2 install

To install the Python 3 module, run the following command as the root user:

make -C python3 install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/pyatspi and/or /usr/lib/python3.3/site-packages/pyatspi

Pyrex-0.9.9

Introduction to Pyrex Module

Pyrex is language used for writing Python extension modules.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.cosc.canterbury.ac.nz/~greg/python/Pyrex/Pyrex-0.9.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 515dee67d15d4393841e2d60e8341947
Download size: 252 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Pyrex Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pyrex

Installation of Pyrex

Install pyrex by running the following commands as the root user:

python setup.py install

Installed Program: pyrexc

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/Pyrex

PyXDG-0.25

Introduction to PyXDG Module

PyXDG is a Python library to access freedesktop.org standards.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~takluyver/pyxdg-0.25.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bedcdb3a0ed85986d40044c87f23477c
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 800 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

PyXDG Dependencies

Required

Python-2.7.5 and/or Python-3.3.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pyxdg

Installation of PyXDG

Note

Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.

To install the Python 2 module, run the following command as the root user:

python setup.py install --optimize=1

To install the Python 3 module, run the following command as the root user:

python3 setup.py install --optimize=1

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/xdg and/or /usr/lib/python3.3/site-packages/xdg

Last updated on 2013-08-08 15:57:44 -0700

Ruby-2.0.0

Introduction to Ruby

The Ruby package contains the Ruby development environment. This is useful for object-oriented scripting.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ruby-lang.org/pub/ruby/2.0/ruby-2.0.0-p247.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60913f3eec0c4071f44df42600be2604
Download size: 10.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 583 MB
Estimated build time: 3.9 SBU (including all tests)

Ruby Dependencies

Optional

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, Doxygen-1.8.5, Graphviz-2.34.0, libyaml, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, and Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ruby

Installation of Ruby

Install Ruby by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/ruby-2.0.0 --enable-shared &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-shared: This switch enables building of the libruby shared library.

Installed Programs: erb, gem, irb, rake, rdoc, ri, ruby, and testrb

Installed Libraries: libruby.so, libruby-static.a, and numerous modules located in the /usr/lib/ruby hierarchy.

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ruby-2.0.0, /usr/lib/ruby, /usr/share/doc/ruby-2.0.0 and /usr/share/ri

Short Descriptions

ruby	is an interpreted scripting language for quick and easy object-oriented programming.
irb	is the interactive interface for Ruby.
erb	is Tiny eRuby. It interprets a Ruby code embedded text file.
ri	displays documentation from a database on Ruby classes, modules, and methods.
`libruby.so`	contains the API functions required by Ruby.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

SCons-2.3.0

Introduction to SCons

SCons is a tool for building software (and other files) implemented in Python.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/scons-2.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 083ce5624d6adcbdaf2526623f456ca9
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

SCons Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/scons

Installation of SCons

Install SCons by running the following commands as the root user:

python setup.py install --prefix=/usr  \
                        --standard-lib \
                        --optimize=1   \
                        --install-data=/usr/share

Installed Programs: scons, scons-2.3.0, sconsign, sconsign-2.3.0, scons-time, and scons-time-2.3.0

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/SCons

Short Descriptions

scons	is a software construction tool.
sconsign	prints SCons `.sconsign` file information.
scons-time	generates and displays SCons timing information.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 06:42:36 -0700

S-Lang-2.2.4

Introduction to S-Lang

S-Lang is an interpreted language that may be embedded into an application to make the application extensible. It provides facilities required by interactive applications such as display/screen management, keyboard input and keymaps.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://space.mit.edu/pub/davis/slang/v2.2/slang-2.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7fcfd447e378f07dd0c0bae671fe6487
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

S-Lang Dependencies

Optional

libpng-1.6.4, PCRE-8.33, and Oniguruma

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/slang

Installation of S-Lang

Install S-Lang by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that this will also create a static version of the library which will then be installed in the next step.

Now, as the root user:

make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.2.4   \
     SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.2.4/slsh \
     install-all &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libslang.so.2.2.4 \
             /usr/lib/slang/v2/modules/*.so

Command Explanations

make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.2.4 SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.2.4/slsh install-all: This command installs the static library as well as the dynamic shared version and related modules. It also changes the documentation installation directories to a versioned directory.

--with-readline=gnu: Use this parameter to use the Gnu Readline parser instead of the S-Lang internal version.

Configuring S-Lang

Config Files

~/.slshrc and /etc/slsh.rc

Installed Program: slsh

Installed Libraries: libslang.{so,a} and numerous support modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/slang, /usr/share/doc/slang-2.2.4 and /usr/share/slsh

Short Descriptions

slsh

is a simple program for interpreting S-Lang scripts. It supports dynamic loading of S-Lang modules and includes a Readline interface for interactive use.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

Subversion-1.8.3

Introduction to Subversion

Subversion is a version control system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for CVS in the open source community. It extends and enhances CVS' feature set, while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with CVS. These instructions install the client and server software used to manipulate a Subversion repository. Creation of a repository is covered at Running a Subversion Server.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/subversion/subversion-1.8.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7d7bd97347a4491e1ffb529563ce2e9e
Download size: 6.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 150 MB (additional 780 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (additional 7 SBU for tests)

Subversion Dependencies

Required

Apr-Util-1.5.2 and SQLite-3.8.0.2

Optional

Apache-2.4.6, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, D-Bus-1.6.14, libgnome-keyring-3.8.0, kdelibs-4.11.1 (for KWallet support), Python-2.7.5 (required to run the test suite) and Ruby-2.0.0

Optional (for the Java Bindings)

One of OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, Dante or Jikes, and JUnit-4.11 (to test the Java bindings)

Optional (for the SWIG Bindings)

SWIG

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/subversion

Installation of Subversion

Install Subversion by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --with-apache-libexecdir=$(/usr/bin/apxs -q libexecdir) &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue: doxygen doc/doxygen.conf.

If you passed the --enable-javahl parameter to configure and wish to build the Java bindings, issue the following command:

make javahl

If you have a multi core CPU and normally run make with multiple jobs (eg make -j4) then a bug in the Makefile will prevent the Perl bindings compiling correctly. Fix the Makefile with this sed:

sed -i 's#Makefile.PL.in$#& libsvn_swig_perl#' Makefile.in

To compile the Perl, Python or Ruby bindings issue any of the following commands:

make swig-pl &&
make swig-py &&
make swig-rb

To test the results, issue: make check.

To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue make check-javahl. Note you must have the JUnit testing framework installed.

To test the results of any of the SWIG bindings, you can use any of the following commands:

make check-swig-pl &&
make check-swig-py &&
make check-swig-rb

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.8.3 &&
cp      -v -R       doc/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.8.3

If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command as the root user to install them:

make install-javahl

If you built any of the SWIG bindings, issue any of the following commands as the root user to install them:

make install-swig-pl &&
make install-swig-py swig_pydir=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/libsvn \
     swig_pydir_extra=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/svn &&
make install-swig-rb

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-apache-libexecdir=...: This switch sets Apache HTTPD module install dir.

Configuring Subversion

Config Files

~/.subversion/config and /etc/subversion/config

Configuration Information

/etc/subversion/config is the Subversion system-wide configuration file. This file is used to specify defaults for different svn commands.

~/.subversion/config is the user's personal configuration file. It is used to override the system-wide defaults set in /etc/subversion/config.

Installed Programs: svn, svnadmin, svndumpfilter, svnlook, svnmucc, svnrdump, svnserve, svnsync, and svnversion

Installed Libraries: libsvn_*-1.so and optionally, a Java library, the mod_dav_svn.so and and mod_authz_svn.so Apache HTTP DSO modules and various Perl, Python and Ruby modules.

Installed Directories: /usr/include/subversion-1, /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/<5.x.y>/<arch-linux>/auto/SVN (optional), /usr/lib/perl5/site_perl/<5.x.y>/<arch-linux>/SVN (optional), /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/libsvn (optional), /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/svn (optional), /usr/lib/ruby/site_ruby/<x.y>/i686-linux/svn (optional), /usr/lib/svn-javahl (optional), and /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.8.3

Short Descriptions

svn	is a command-line client program used to access Subversion repositories.
svnadmin	is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a Subversion repository.
svndumpfilter	is a program for filtering Subversion repository dumpfile format streams.
svnlook	is a tool for inspecting a Subversion repository.
svnmucc	is a Multiple URL Command Client for Subversion.
svnrdump	is a tool for dumping or loading a remote Subversion repository.
svnserve	is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a daemon process or invoked by SSH.
svnsync	is a Subversion repository synchronisation tool.
svnversion	is used to report the version number and state of a working Subversion repository copy.
`libsvn_*-1.so`	are the support libraries used by the Subversion programs.
`mod_authz_svn.so`	is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a Subversion repository over the Internet or an intranet.
`mod_dav_svn.so`	is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to make a Subversion repository available to others over the Internet or an intranet.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 02:32:20 -0700

Running a Subversion Server

This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a Subversion server.

Subversion Server Dependencies

Required

Subversion-1.8.3 and OpenSSH-6.3p1

Setting up a Subversion Server.

The following instructions will install a Subversion server, which will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote access method, with svnserve available for anonymous access.

Configuration of the Subversion server consists of the following steps:

1. Setup Users, Groups, and Permissions

You'll need to be user root for the initial portion of configuration. Create the svn user and group with the following commands:

groupadd -g 56 svn &&
useradd -c "SVN Owner" -d /home/svn -m -g svn -s /bin/false -u 56 svn

If you plan to have multiple repositories, you should have a group dedicated to each repository for ease of administration. Create the svntest group for the test repository and add the svn user to that group with the following commands:

groupadd -g 57 svntest &&
usermod -G svntest -a svn

Additionally you should set umask 002 while working with a repository so that all new files will be writable by owner and group. This is made mandatory by creating a wrapper script for svn and svnserve:

mv /usr/bin/svn /usr/bin/svn.orig &&
mv /usr/bin/svnserve /usr/bin/svnserve.orig &&
cat >> /usr/bin/svn << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svn.orig "$@"
EOF
cat >> /usr/bin/svnserve << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
umask 002
/usr/bin/svnserve.orig "$@"
EOF
chmod 0755 /usr/bin/svn{,serve}

Note

If you use Apache for working with the repository over HTTP, even for anonymous access, you should wrap /usr/sbin/httpd in a similar script.

2. Create a Subversion repository.

With subversion-1.1.0 and greater, a new type of repository data-store is available, FSFS. There is a tradeoff for speed with the new backend, however, the repository can now be placed on a network mount, and any corruption does not require an admin to recover the repository. For more information and comparison between FSFS and BDB, see http://svnbook.red-bean.com/svnbook-1.1/ch05.html#svn-ch-5-sect-1.2.A.

Create a new Subversion repository with the following commands:

install -v -m 0755 -d /srv &&
install -v -m 0755 -o svn -g svn -d /srv/svn/repositories &&
svnadmin create --fs-type fsfs /srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now that the repository is created, it should be populated with with something useful. You'll need to have a predefined directory layout set up exactly as you want your repository to look. For example, here is a sample BLFS layout setup with a root of svntest/. You'll need to setup a directory tree similar to the following:

svntest/            # The name of the repository
   trunk/           # Contains the existing source tree
      BOOK/
      bootscripts/
      edguide/
      patches/
      scripts/
   branches/        # Needed for additional branches
   tags/            # Needed for tagging release points

Once you've created your directory layout as shown above, you are ready to do the initial import:

svn import -m "Initial import." \
    </path/to/source/tree>      \
    file:///srv/svn/repositories/svntest

Now change owner and group information on the repository, and add an unprivileged user to the svn and svntest groups:

chown -R svn:svntest /srv/svn/repositories/svntest    &&
chmod -R g+w         /srv/svn/repositories/svntest    &&
chmod g+s            /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/db &&
usermod -G svn,svntest -a <username>

svntest is the group assigned to the svntest repository. As mentioned earlier, this eases administration of multiple repositories when using OpenSSH for authentication. Going forward, you'll need to add your unprivileged user, and any additional users that you wish to have write access to the repository, to the svn and svntest groups.

In addition, you'll notice that the new repository's db directory is set-groupID. If the reasoning is not immediately obvious, when using any external authentication method (such as ssh), the sticky bit is set so that all new files will be owned by the user, but group of svntest. Anyone in the svntest group can create files, but still give the entire group write access to those files. This avoids locking out other users from the repository.

Now, return to an unprivileged user account, and take a look at the new repository using svnlook:

svnlook tree /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/

Note

You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your group memberships. 'su <username>' should work as well.

3. Configure the Server

As mentioned previously, these instructions will configure the server to use only ssh for write access to the repository and to provide anonymous access using svnserve. There are several other ways to provide access to the repository. These additional configurations are best explained at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/.

Access configuration needs to be done for each repository. Create the svnserve.conf file for the svntest repository using the following commands:

cp /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf \
   /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf.default &&

cat > /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf << "EOF"
[general]
anon-access = read
auth-access = write
EOF

There is not a lot to the configuration file at all. You'll notice that only the general section is required. Take a look at the svnserve.conf.default file for information on using svnserve's built-in authentication method.

4. Starting the Server

To start the server at boot time, install the svn bootscript included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-svn

Last updated on 2012-06-07 13:38:04 -0700

Tcl-8.6.0

Introduction to Tcl

The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language, a robust general-purpose scripting language.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.0-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 573aa5fe678e9185ef2b3c56b24658d3
Download size: 8.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB (includes documentation installation)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.0-html.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e53baf609df8b55f091c258886b6f994
Download size: 913 KB

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcl

Installation of Tcl

This package is also installed in LFS during the bootstrap phase. As it is not installed during Chapter 6 of LFS, installation instructions are included here in BLFS.

If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack the tarball by issuing the following command:

tar -xf ../tcl8.6.0-html.tar.gz --strip-components=1

Install Tcl by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --without-tzdata        \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make &&

sed -e "s@^\(TCL_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
    -e "/TCL_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
    -i tclConfig.sh

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf tclsh8.6 /usr/bin/tclsh &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libtcl8.6.so

If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

mkdir -v -p /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.0 &&
cp -v -r  ../html/* /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.0

Command Explanations

--without-tzdata: This switch prevents installation of the shipped timezone data which are older than the ones provided in LFS.

$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit): This switch is used to enable 64 bit support in Tcl on 64 bit operating systems.

make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tcl library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tcl library.

ln -v -sf tclsh8.6 /usr/bin/tclsh: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the tclsh8.6 file as many packages expect a file named tclsh.

sed -e ... tclConfig.sh: The Tcl package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with saner system-wide locations.

Installed Programs: tclsh and tclsh8.6

Installed Libraries: libtcl8.6.so and libtclstub8.6.a

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/tcl8, /usr/lib/thread2.7.0, /usr/lib/tdbcodbc1.0.0, /usr/lib/tdbc1.0.0, /usr/lib/sqlite3.7.15.1, /usr/lib/tdbcpostgres1.0.0, /usr/lib/tcl8.6, /usr/lib/tdbcmysql1.0.0, /usr/lib/itcl4.0.0, /usr/share/man/mann and optionaly /usr/share/doc/8.6.0

Short Descriptions

tclsh	is a symlink to the tclsh8.6 program.
tclsh8.6	is a simple shell containing the Tcl interpreter.
`libtcl8.6.so`	contains the API functions required by Tcl.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Tk-8.6.0

Introduction to Tk

The Tk package contains a TCL GUI Toolkit.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk8.6.0-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b883a1a3c489c17413fb602a94bf54e8
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Tk Dependencies

Required

Tcl-8.6.0 and Xorg Libraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tk

Installation of Tk

Install Tk by running the following commands:

cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&

make &&

sed -e "s@^\(TK_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
    -e "/TK_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
    -i tkConfig.sh

Running the tests is not recommended. Some tests may crash your X Server. To test the results anyway, issue: make test. Ensure you run it from an X Window display device with the GLX extensions loaded, otherwise the tests will hang.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-private-headers &&
ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libtk8.6.so

Command Explanations

$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit): This switch is used to enable 64 bit support in Tk on 64 bit operating systems.

make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tk library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tk library.

ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the wish8.6 file as many packages expect a file named wish.

sed -e ... tkConfig.sh: The Tk package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with saner system-wide locations.

Installed Programs: wish and wish8.6

Installed Libraries: libtk8.6.so and libtkstub8.6.a

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/tk8.6

Short Descriptions

wish	is a symlink to the wish8.6 program.
wish8.6	is a simple shell containing the Tk toolkit that creates a main window and then processes Tcl commands.
`libtk8.6.so`	contains the API functions required by Tk.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Vala-0.20.1

Introduction to Vala

Vala is a new programming language that aims to bring modern programming language features to GNOME developers without imposing any additional runtime requirements and without using a different ABI compared to applications and libraries written in C.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vala/0.20/vala-0.20.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vala/0.20/vala-0.20.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f285a90af17c400e5a4bcecb2b9c318a
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 120 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Vala Dependencies

Required

Optional

D-Bus-1.6.14 (Required for the tests) and libxslt-1.1.28 (Required for generating the documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vala

Installation of Vala

Install Vala by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that a D-Bus session daemon must be running for the tests to succeed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: vala, vala-0.20, valac, valac-0.20, vala-gen-introspect, vala-gen-introspect-0.20, vapicheck, vapicheck-0.20, vapigen and vapigen-0.20

Installed Library: libvala-0.20.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vala-0.20, /usr/lib/vala-0.20, /usr/share/devhelp/books/vala-0.20, /usr/share/vala and /usr/share/vala-0.20

Short Descriptions

valac	is a compiler that translates Vala source code into C source and header files.
vala-gen-introspect	generates a GI file for GObject and GLib based packages.
vapicheck	verifies the generated bindings.
vapigen	is a utility which generates Vala API (VAPI) files from GI files.
`libvala-0.20.so`	contains the Vala API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

yasm-1.2.0

Introduction to yasm

Yasm is a complete rewrite of the NASM-2.10.09 assembler. It supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binary, ELF32 and ELF64 object formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.tortall.net/projects/yasm/releases/yasm-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4cfc0686cf5350dd1305c4d905eb55a6
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

yasm Dependencies

Optional

Python-2.7.5 or Python-3.3.2, and Cython

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yasm

Installation of yasm

Install yasm by running the following commands:

sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in: This sed prevents it compiling 2 programs (vsyasm and ytasm) that are only of use on Microsoft Windows.

Installed Program: yasm

Installed Library: libyasm.a

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libyasm

Short Descriptions

yasm	is a portable, retargetable assembler that supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binaries in ELF32 and ELF64 object formats.
`libyasm.a`	provides all of the core functionality of yasm, for manipulating machine instructions and object file constructs.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Other Programming Tools

Introduction

This section is provided to show you some additional programming tools for which instructions have not yet been created in the book or for those that are not appropriate for the book. Note that these packages may not have been tested by the BLFS team, but their mention here is meant to be a convenient source of additional information.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OtherProgrammingTools

Programming Frameworks, Languages and Compilers

A+

A+ is a powerful and efficient programming language. It is freely available under the GNU General Public License. It embodies a rich set of functions and operators, a modern graphical user interface with many widgets and automatic synchronization of widgets and variables, asynchronous execution of functions associated with variables and events, dynamic loading of user compiled subroutines, and many other features. Execution is by a rather efficient interpreter. A+ was created at Morgan Stanley. Primarily used in a computationally-intensive business environment, many critical applications written in A+ have withstood the demands of real world developers over many years. Written in an interpreted language, A+ applications tend to be portable.

Project Home Page: http://www.aplusdev.org/
Download Location: http://www.aplusdev.org/Download/index.html

ABC

ABC is an interactive programming language and environment for personal computing, originally intended as a good replacement for BASIC. It was designed by first doing a task analysis of the programming task. ABC is easy to learn (an hour or so for someone who has already programmed), and yet easy to use. Originally intended as a language for beginners, it has evolved into a powerful tool for beginners and experts alike. Some features of the language include: a powerful collection of only five data types that easily combines strong typing, yet without declarations, no limitations (such as max int), apart from sheer exhaustion of memory refinements to support top-down programming, nesting by indentation and programs typically are one fourth or one fifth the size of the equivalent Pascal or C program.

Project Home Page: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/
Download Location: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/implementations.html

ALF

ALF is a language which combines functional and logic programming techniques. The foundation of ALF is Horn clause logic with equality which consists of predicates and Horn clauses for logic programming, and functions and equations for functional programming. The ALF system is an efficient implementation of the combination of resolution, narrowing, rewriting and rejection. Similarly to Prolog, ALF uses a backtracking strategy corresponding to a depth-first search in the derivation tree.

Project Home Page: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF.html
Download Location: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF/

ASM

ASM is a Java bytecode manipulation framework. It can be used to dynamically generate stub classes or other proxy classes, directly in binary form, or to dynamically modify classes at load time, i.e., just before they are loaded into the Java Virtual Machine. ASM offers similar functionalities as BCEL or SERP, but is much smaller (33KB instead of 350KB for BCEL and 150KB for SERP) and faster than these tools (the overhead of a load time class transformation is of the order of 60% with ASM, 700% or more with BCEL, and 1100% or more with SERP). Indeed ASM was designed to be used in a dynamic way (though it works statically as well) and was therefore designed and implemented to be as small and as fast as possible.

Project Home Page: http://asm.objectweb.org/
Download Location: http://forge.objectweb.org/projects/asm/

BCPL

BCPL is a simple typeless language that was designed in 1966 by Martin Richards and implemented for the first time at MIT in the Spring of 1967.

Project Home Page: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL.html
Download Location: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL/

BETA

BETA is developed within the Scandinavian School of object-orientation, where the first object-oriented language, Simula, was developed. BETA is a modern language in the Simula tradition. The resulting language is smaller than Simula in spite of being considerably more expressive. BETA is a strongly typed language like Simula, Eiffel and C++, with most type checking being carried out at compile-time. It is well known that it is not possible to obtain all type checking at compile time without sacrificing the expressiveness of the language. BETA has optimum balance between compile-time type checking and run-time type checking.

Project Home Page: http://www.daimi.au.dk/~beta/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.daimi.au.dk/pub/beta/

<bigwig>

<bigwig> is a high-level programming language for developing interactive Web services. Programs are compiled into a conglomerate of lower-level technologies such as C code, HTTP, HTML, JavaScript, and SSL, all running on top of a runtime system based on an Apache Web server module. It is a descendant of the Mawl project but is a completely new design and implementation with vastly expanded ambitions. The <bigwig> language is really a collection of tiny domain-specific languages focusing on different aspects of interactive Web services. These contributing languages are held together by a C-like skeleton language. Thus, <bigwig> has the look and feel of C-programs but with special data and control structures.

Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/download/

Bigloo

Bigloo is a Scheme implementation devoted to one goal: enabling Scheme based programming style where C(++) is usually required. Bigloo attempts to make Scheme practical by offering features usually presented by traditional programming languages but not offered by Scheme and functional programming. Bigloo compiles Scheme modules and delivers small and fast stand-alone binary executables. It enables full connections between Scheme and C programs, between Scheme and Java programs, and between Scheme and C# programs.

Project Home Page: http://www-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/
Download Location: ftp://ftp-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/

C--

C-- is a portable assembly language that can be generated by a front end and implemented by any of several code generators. It serves as an interface between high-level compilers and retargetable, optimizing code generators. Authors of front ends and code generators can cooperate easily.

Project Home Page: http://www.cminusminus.org/
Download Location: http://www.cminusminus.org/code.html

Caml

Caml is a general-purpose programming language, designed with program safety and reliability in mind. It is very expressive, yet easy to learn and use. Caml supports functional, imperative, and object-oriented programming styles. It has been developed and distributed by INRIA, France's national research institute for computer science, since 1985. The Objective Caml system is the main implementation of the Caml language. It features a powerful module system and a full-fledged object-oriented layer. It comes with a native-code compiler that supports numerous architectures, for high performance; a bytecode compiler, for increased portability; and an interactive loop, for experimentation and rapid development.

Project Home Page: http://caml.inria.fr/
Download Location: http://caml.inria.fr/pub/distrib/

Cayenne

Cayenne is a simple(?) functional language with a powerful type system. The basic types are functions, products, and sums. Functions and products use dependent types to gain additional power. There are very few building blocks in the language, but a lot of “syntactic sugar” to make it more readable. There is no separate module language in Cayenne since the dependent types allow the normal expression language to be used at the module level as well. The design of Cayenne has been heavily influenced by Haskell and constructive type theory and with some things borrowed from Java. The drawback of such a powerful type system is that the type checking becomes undecidable.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/
Download Location: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/cayenne/get.html

Ch

Ch is an embeddable C/C++ interpreter for cross-platform scripting, shell programming, 2D/3D plotting, numerical computing, and embedded scripting.

Project Home Page: http://www.softintegration.com/
Download Location: http://www.softintegration.com/products/chstandard/download/

Clean

Clean is a general purpose, state-of-the-art, pure and lazy functional programming language designed for making real-world applications. Clean is the only functional language in the world which offers uniqueness typing. This type system makes it possible in a pure functional language to incorporate destructive updates of arbitrary data structures (including arrays) and to make direct interfaces to the outside imperative world. The type system makes it possible to develop efficient applications.

Project Home Page: http://wiki.clean.cs.ru.nl/Clean
Download Location: http://wiki.clean.cs.ru.nl/Download_Clean

CORN

CORN is designed for modeling concurrency and advanced computation. It provides lazy evaluation between concurrently worked threads, with object-oriented and functional style of semantic. This language can be also used for parallel computation.

Project Home Page: http://cornlanguage.com/
Download Location: http://cornlanguage.com/download/download.html

Cyclone

Cyclone is a programming language based on C that is safe, meaning that it rules out programs that have buffer overflows, dangling pointers, format string attacks, and so on. High-level, type-safe languages, such as Java, Scheme, or ML also provide safety, but they don't give the same control over data representations and memory management that C does (witness the fact that the run-time systems for these languages are usually written in C.) Furthermore, porting legacy C code to these languages or interfacing with legacy C libraries is a difficult and error-prone process. The goal of Cyclone is to give programmers the same low-level control and performance of C without sacrificing safety, and to make it easy to port or interface with legacy C code.

Project Home Page: http://cyclone.thelanguage.org/
Download Location: http://cyclone.thelanguage.org/wiki/Download/

D

D is a general purpose systems and applications programming language. It is a higher level language than C++, but retains the ability to write high performance code and interface directly with the operating system APIs and with hardware. D is well suited to writing medium to large scale million line programs with teams of developers. It is easy to learn, provides many capabilities to aid the programmer, and is well suited to aggressive compiler optimization technology. D is not a scripting language, nor an interpreted language. It doesn't come with a VM, a religion, or an overriding philosophy. It's a practical language for practical programmers who need to get the job done quickly, reliably, and leave behind maintainable, easy to understand code. D is the culmination of decades of experience implementing compilers for many diverse languages, and attempting to construct large projects using those languages. It draws inspiration from those other languages (most especially C++) and tempers it with experience and real world practicality.

Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/d/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DMDScript

DMDScript is Digital Mars' implementation of the ECMA 262 scripting language. Netscape's implementation is called JavaScript, Microsoft's implementation is called JScript. DMDScript is much faster than other implementations, which you can verify with the included benchmark.

Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/dscript/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/

DotGNU Portable.NET

DotGNU Portable.NET goal is to build a suite of free software tools to build and execute .NET applications, including a C# compiler, assembler, disassembler, and runtime engine. While the initial target platform was GNU/Linux, it is also known to run under Windows, Solaris, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and MacOS X. The runtime engine has been tested on the x86, PowerPC, ARM, Sparc, PARISC, s390, Alpha, and IA-64 processors. DotGNU Portable.NET is part of the DotGNU project, built in accordance with the requirements of the GNU Project. DotGNU Portable.NET is focused on compatibility with the ECMA specifications for CLI. There are other projects under the DotGNU meta-project to build other necessary pieces of infrastructure, and to explore non-CLI approaches to virtual machine implementation.

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/dotgnu/
Download Location: http://www.gnu.org/software/dotgnu/pnet-packages.html

Dylan

Dylan is an advanced, object-oriented, dynamic language which supports rapid program development. When needed, programs can be optimized for more efficient execution by supplying more type information to the compiler. Nearly all entities in Dylan (including functions, classes, and basic data types such as integers) are first class objects. Additionally, Dylan supports multiple inheritance, polymorphism, multiple dispatch, keyword arguments, object introspection, macros, and many other advanced features... --Peter Hinely.

Project Home Page: http://www.opendylan.org/
Download Location: http://www.opendylan.org/downloading.phtml

E

E is a secure distributed Java-based pure-object platform and p2p scripting language. It has two parts: ELib and the E Language. Elib provides the stuff that goes on between objects. As a pure-Java library, ELib provides for inter-process capability-secure distributed programming. Its cryptographic capability protocol enables mutually suspicious Java processes to cooperate safely, and its event-loop concurrency and promise pipelining enable high performance deadlock free distributed pure-object computing. The E Language can be used to express what happens within an object. It provides a convenient and familiar notation for the ELib computational model, so you can program in one model rather than two. Under the covers, this notation expands into Kernel-E, a minimalist lambda-language much like Scheme or Smalltalk. Objects written in the E language are only able to interact with other objects according to ELib's semantics, enabling object granularity intra-process security, including the ability to safely run untrusted mobile code (such as caplets).

Project Home Page: http://www.erights.org/
Download Location: http://www.erights.org/download/

elastiC

elastiC is a portable high-level object-oriented interpreted language with a C like syntax. Its main characteristics are: open source, interpreted, has portable bytecode compilation, dynamic typing, automatic real very fast garbage collection, object oriented with meta-programming support (a la Smalltalk), functional programming support (Scheme-like closures with lexical scoping, and eval-like functionality), hierarchical namespaces, a rich set of useful built-in types (dynamic arrays, dictionaries, symbols, ...), extensible with C (you can add functions, types, classes, methods, packages, ...), embeddable in C. elastiC has been strongly influenced by C, Smalltalk, Scheme and Python and tries to merge the best characteristics of all these languages, while still coherently maintaining its unique personality.

Project Home Page: http://www.elasticworld.org/
Download Location: http://www.elasticworld.org/download.html

Erlang/OTP

Erlang/OTP is a development environment based on Erlang. Erlang is a programming language which has many features more commonly associated with an operating system than with a programming language: concurrent processes, scheduling, memory management, distribution, networking, etc. The initial open-source Erlang release contains the implementation of Erlang, as well as a large part of Ericsson's middleware for building distributed high-availability systems. Erlang is characterized by the following features: robustness, soft real-time, hot code upgrades and incremental code loading.

Project Home Page: http://www.erlang.org/
Download Location: http://www.erlang.org/download.html

Euphoria

Euphoria is a simple, flexible, and easy-to-learn programming language. It lets you quickly and easily develop programs for Windows, DOS, Linux and FreeBSD. Euphoria was first released in 1993. Since then Rapid Deployment Software has been steadily improving it with the help of a growing number of enthusiastic users. Although Euphoria provides subscript checking, uninitialized variable checking and numerous other run-time checks, it is extremely fast. People have used it to develop high-speed DOS games, Windows GUI programs, and Linux X Windows programs. It is also very useful for CGI (Web-based) programming.

Project Home Page: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/
Download Location: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/v20.htm

Felix

Felix is an advanced Algol like procedural programming language with a strong functional subsystem. It features ML style static typing, first class functions, pattern matching, garbage collection, polymorphism, and has built in support for high performance microthreading, regular expressions and context free parsing. The system provides a scripting harness so the language can be used like other scripting languages such as Python and Perl, but underneath it generates native code to obtain high performance. A key feature of the system is that it uses the C/C++ object model, and provides an advanced binding sublanguage to support integration with C/C++ at both the source and object levels, both for embedding C/C++ data types and functions into Felix, and for embedding Felix into existing C++ architectures. The Felix compiler is written in Objective Caml, and generates ISO C++ which should compile on any platform.

Project Home Page: http://felix.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://felix-lang.org/web/download.html

ferite

ferite is a scripting language and engine all in one manageable chunk. It is designed to be easily extended in terms of API, and to be used within other applications making them more configurable and useful to the end user. It has a syntax similar to a number of other languages but remains clean and its own language.

Project Home Page: http://www.ferite.org/
Download Location: http://www.ferite.org/download.html

Forth

Forth is a stack-based, extensible language without type-checking. It is probably best known for its "reverse Polish" (postfix) arithmetic notation, familiar to users of Hewlett-Packard calculators. Forth is a real-time programming language originally developed to control telescopes. Forth has many unique features and applications: it can compile itself into a new compiler, reverse-polish coding, edit time error checking and compiling (similar to BASIC), extremely efficient thread based language, can be used to debug itself, extensible; thus can become what ever you need it to be. The links below lead to the website of the Forth Interest Group (FIG), a world-wide, non-profit organization for education in and the promotion of the Forth computer language. Another worthwhile website dedicated to the Forth community is http://wiki.forthfreak.net/.

Project Home Page: http://www.forth.org/
Download Location: http://www.forth.org/compilers.html

GNU Smalltalk

GNU Smalltalk is a free implementation of the Smalltalk-80 language which runs on most versions on Unix and, in general, everywhere you can find a POSIX-compliance library. An uncommon feature of it is that it is well-versed to scripting tasks and headless processing. See http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/gst-manual/gst_1.html#SEC1 for a more detailed explanation of GNU Smalltalk.

Project Home Page: http://smalltalk.gnu.org/
Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/smalltalk/

Haskell

Haskell is a computer programming language. In particular, it is a polymorphicly typed, lazy, purely functional language, quite different from most other programming languages. The language is named for Haskell Brooks Curry, whose work in mathematical logic serves as a foundation for functional languages. Haskell is based on lambda calculus. There are many implementations of Haskell, among them:

GHC: http://www.haskell.org/ghc/
HBC: http://www.cs.chalmers.se/~augustss/hbc/hbc.html
Helium: http://www.cs.uu.nl/wiki/bin/view/Helium/WebHome
Hugs: http://www.haskell.org/hugs/
nhc98: http://www.haskell.org/nhc98/

HLA (High Level Assembly)

The HLA language was developed as a tool to help teach assembly language programming and machine organization to University students at the University of California, Riverside. The basic idea was to teach students assembly language programming by leveraging their knowledge of high level languages like C/C++ and Pascal/Delphi. At the same time, HLA was designed to allow advanced assembly language programmers write more readable and more powerful assembly language code.

Project Home Page: http://www.plantation-productions.com/Webster/HighLevelAsm/index.html
Download Location: http://www.plantation-productions.com/Webster/HighLevelAsm/dnld.html

Icon

Icon is a high-level, general-purpose programming language with a large repertoire of features for processing data structures and character strings. It is an imperative, procedural language with a syntax reminiscent of C and Pascal, but with semantics at a much higher level.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/icon/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/icon/

Io

Io is a small, prototype-based programming language. The ideas in Io are mostly inspired by Smalltalk (all values are objects), Self (prototype-based), NewtonScript (differential inheritance), Act1 (actors and futures for concurrency), LISP (code is a runtime inspectable/modifiable tree) and Lua (small, embeddable).

Project Home Page: http://www.iolanguage.com/about/
Download Location: http://www.iolanguage.com/downloads/

J

J is a modern, high-level, general-purpose, high-performance programming language. It is portable and runs on Windows, Unix, Mac, and PocketPC handhelds, both as a GUI and in a console. True 64-bit J systems are available for XP64 or Linux64, on AMD64 or Intel EM64T platforms. J systems can be installed and distributed for free.

Project Home Page: http://www.jsoftware.com/
Download Location: http://www.jsoftware.com/stable.htm

Jamaica

Jamaica, the JVM Macro Assembler, is an easy-to-learn and easy-to-use assembly language for JVM bytecode programming. It uses Java syntax to define a JVM class except for the method body that takes bytecode instructions, including Jamaica's built-in macros. In Jamaica, bytecode instructions use mnemonics and symbolic names for all variables, parameters, data fields, constants and labels.

Project Home Page: http://judoscript.org/jamaica.html
Download Location: http://judoscript.org/download.html

Joy

Joy is a purely functional programming language. Whereas all other functional programming languages are based on the application of functions to arguments, Joy is based on the composition of functions. All such functions take a stack as an argument and produce a stack as a value. Consequently much of Joy looks like ordinary postfix notation. However, in Joy a function can consume any number of parameters from the stack and leave any number of results on the stack. The concatenation of appropriate programs denotes the composition of the functions which the programs denote.

Project Home Page: http://www.latrobe.edu.au/phimvt/joy.html

Judo

Judo is a practical, functional scripting language. It is designed to cover the use cases of not only algorithmic/object-oriented/multi-threaded programming and Java scripting but also a number of major application domain tasks, such as scripting for JDBC, WSDL, ActiveX, OS, multiple file/data formats, etc. Despite its rich functionality, the base language is extremely simple, and domain support syntax is totally intuitive to domain experts, so that even though you have never programmed in Judo, you would have little trouble figuring out what the code does.

Project Home Page: http://judoscript.org/home.html
Download Location: http://judoscript.org/download.html

JWIG

JWIG is a Java-based high-level programming language for development of interactive Web services. It contains an advanced session model, a flexible mechanism for dynamic construction of XML documents, in particular XHTML, and a powerful API for simplifying use of the HTTP protocol and many other aspects of Web service programming. To support program development, JWIG provides a unique suite of highly specialized program analysers that at compile time verify for a given program that no runtime errors can occur while building documents or receiving form input, and that all documents being shown are valid according to the document type definition for XHTML 1.0. The main goal of the JWIG project is to simplify development of complex Web services, compared to alternatives, such as, Servlets, JSP, ASP, and PHP. JWIG is a descendant of the <bigwig> research language.

Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/download.html

Lava

Lava is a name unfortunately chosen for several unrelated software development languages/projects. So it doesn't appear as though BLFS has a preference for one over another, the project web sites are listed below, without descriptions of the capabilities or features for any of them.

Project Home Page: http://lavape.sourceforge.net/index.htm
Project Home Page: http://javalab.cs.uni-bonn.de/research/darwin/#The%20Lava%20Language
Project Home Page: http://mathias.tripod.com/IavaHomepage.html

Mercury

Mercury is a new logic/functional programming language, which combines the clarity and expressiveness of declarative programming with advanced static analysis and error detection features. Its highly optimized execution algorithm delivers efficiency far in excess of existing logic programming systems, and close to conventional programming systems. Mercury addresses the problems of large-scale program development, allowing modularity, separate compilation, and numerous optimization/time trade-offs.

Project Home Page: http://www.mercury.csse.unimelb.edu.au/
Download Location: http://www.mercury.csse.unimelb.edu.au/download.html

Mono

Mono provides the necessary software to develop and run .NET client and server applications on Linux, Solaris, Mac OS X, Windows, and Unix. Sponsored by Novell, the Mono open source project has an active and enthusiastic contributing community and is positioned to become the leading choice for development of Linux applications.

Project Home Page: http://www.mono-project.com/Main_Page
Download Location: http://ftp.novell.com/pub/mono/archive/

MPD

MPD is a variant of the SR programming language. SR has a Pascal-like syntax and uses guarded commands for control statements. MPD has a C-like syntax and C-like control statements. However, the main components of the two languages are the same: resources, globals, operations, procs, procedures, processes, and virtual machines. Moreover, MPD supports the same variety of concurrent programming mechanisms as SR: co statements, semaphores, call/send/forward invocations, and receive and input statements.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/
Download Location: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/download/

Nemerle

Nemerle is a high-level statically-typed programming language for the .NET platform. It offers functional, object-oriented and imperative features. It has a simple C#-like syntax and a powerful meta-programming system. Features that come from the functional land are variants, pattern matching, type inference and parameter polymorphism (aka generics). The meta-programming system allows great compiler extensibility, embedding domain specific languages, partial evaluation and aspect-oriented programming.

Project Home Page: http://nemerle.org/Main_Page
Download Location: http://nemerle.org/Download

Octave

GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab. It may also be used as a batch-oriented language. Octave has extensive tools for solving common numerical linear algebra problems, finding the roots of nonlinear equations, integrating ordinary functions, manipulating polynomials, and integrating ordinary differential and differential-algebraic equations. It is easily extensible and customizable via user-defined functions written in Octave's own language, or using dynamically loaded modules written in C++, C, Fortran, or other languages.

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/
Download Location: http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/download.html

OO2C (Optimizing Oberon-2 Compiler)

OO2C is an Oberon-2 development platform. It consists of an optimizing compiler, a number of related tools, a set of standard library modules and a reference manual. Oberon-2 is a general-purpose programming language in the tradition of Pascal and Modula-2. Its most important features are block structure, modularity, separate compilation, static typing with strong type checking (also across module boundaries) and type extension with type-bound procedures. Type extension makes Oberon-2 an object-oriented language.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/ooc/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ooc/

Ordered Graph Data Language (OGDL)

OGDL is a structured textual format that represents information in the form of graphs, where the nodes are strings and the arcs or edges are spaces or indentation.

Project Home Page: http://ogdl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ogdl/

Pike

Pike is a dynamic programming language with a syntax similar to Java and C. It is simple to learn, does not require long compilation passes and has powerful built-in data types allowing simple and really fast data manipulation. Pike is released under the GNU GPL, GNU LGPL and MPL.

Project Home Page: http://pike.ida.liu.se/
Download Location: http://pike.ida.liu.se/download/pub/pike

Pyrex

Pyrex is a language specially designed for writing Python extension modules. It's designed to bridge the gap between the nice, high-level, easy-to-use world of Python and the messy, low-level world of C. Pyrex lets you write code that mixes Python and C data types any way you want, and compiles it into a C extension for Python.

Project Home Page: http://www.cosc.canterbury.ac.nz/greg.ewing/python/Pyrex/

Q

Q is a functional programming language based on term rewriting. Thus, a Q program or “script” is simply a collection of equations which are used to evaluate expressions in a symbolic fashion. The equations establish algebraic identities and are interpreted as rewriting rules in order to reduce expressions to “normal forms”.

Project Home Page: http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/q-lang/

R

R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics. It is a GNU project similar to the S language and environment which was developed at Bell Laboratories (formerly AT&T, now Lucent Technologies) by John Chambers and colleagues. R can be considered as a different implementation of S. There are some important differences, but much code written for S runs unaltered under R. R provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.

Project Home Page: http://www.r-project.org/
Download Location: http://cran.r-project.org/mirrors.html

Regina Rexx

Regina is a Rexx interpreter that has been ported to most Unix platforms (Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, etc.) and also to OS/2, eCS, DOS, Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP, Amiga, AROS, QNX4.x, QNX6.x BeOS, MacOS X, EPOC32, AtheOS, OpenVMS, SkyOS and OpenEdition. Rexx is a programming language that was designed to be easy to use for inexperienced programmers yet powerful enough for experienced users. It is also a language ideally suited as a macro language for other applications.

Project Home Page: http://regina-rexx.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/regina-rexx

Serp

Serp is an open source framework for manipulating Java bytecode. The goal of the Serp bytecode framework is to tap the full power of bytecode modification while lowering its associated costs. The framework provides a set of high-level APIs for manipulating all aspects of bytecode, from large-scale structures like class member fields to the individual instructions that comprise the code of methods. While in order to perform any advanced manipulation, some understanding of the class file format and especially of the JVM instruction set is necessary, the framework makes it as easy as possible to enter the world of bytecode development.

Project Home Page: http://serp.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://serp.sourceforge.net/files/

Small Device C Compiler (SDCC)

SDCC is a Freeware, retargetable, optimizing ANSI-C compiler that targets the Intel 8051, Maxim 80DS390 and the Zilog Z80 based MCUs. Work is in progress on supporting the Motorola 68HC08 as well as Microchip PIC16 and PIC18 series. The entire source code for the compiler is distributed under GPL.

Project Home Page: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/snap.php#Source

SmartEiffel (The GNU Eiffel Compiler)

SmartEiffel claims to be “the fastest and the slimmest multi-platform Eiffel compiler on Earth”. Eiffel is an object-oriented programming language which emphasizes the production of robust software. Its syntax is keyword-oriented in the ALGOL and Pascal tradition. Eiffel is strongly statically typed, with automatic memory management (typically implemented by garbage collection). Distinguishing characteristics of Eiffel include Design by contract (DbC), liberal use of inheritance including multiple inheritance, a type system handling both value and reference semantics, and generic classes. Eiffel has a unified type system—all types in Eiffel are classes, so it is possible to create subclasses of the basic classes such as INTEGER. Eiffel has operator overloading, including the ability to define new operators, but does not have method overloading.

Project Home Page: http://smarteiffel.loria.fr/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.rit.edu/pub/mirrors/SmartEiffel/

Squeak

Squeak is an open, highly-portable Smalltalk implementation whose virtual machine is written entirely in Smalltalk, making it easy to debug, analyze, and change. To achieve practical performance, a translator produces an equivalent C program whose performance is comparable to commercial Smalltalks. Other noteworthy aspects of Squeak include: real-time sound and music synthesis written entirely in Smalltalk, extensions of BitBlt to handle color of any depth and anti-aliased image rotation and scaling, network access support that allows simple construction of servers and other useful facilities, it runs bit-identical on many platforms (Windows, Mac, Unix, and others), a compact object format that typically requires only a single word of overhead per object and a simple yet efficient incremental garbage collector for 32-bit direct pointers efficient bulk-mutation of objects.

Project Home Page: http://www.squeak.org/
Download Location: http://www.squeak.org/Download/

SR (Synchronizing Resources)

SR is a language for writing concurrent programs. The main language constructs are resources and operations. Resources encapsulate processes and variables they share; operations provide the primary mechanism for process interaction. SR provides a novel integration of the mechanisms for invoking and servicing operations. Consequently, all of local and remote procedure call, rendezvous, message passing, dynamic process creation, multicast, and semaphores are supported. SR also supports shared global variables and operations.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/sr/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/sr/

Standard ML

Standard ML is a safe, modular, strict, functional, polymorphic programming language with compile-time type checking and type inference, garbage collection, exception handling, immutable data types and updatable references, abstract data types, and parametric modules. It has efficient implementations and a formal definition with a proof of soundness. There are many implementations of Standard ML, among them:

ML Kit: http://www.it-c.dk/research/mlkit/
MLton: http://mlton.org/
Moscow ML: http://www.dina.kvl.dk/~sestoft/mosml.html
Poly/ML: http://www.polyml.org/
Standard ML of New Jersey: http://www.smlnj.org/

Steel Bank Common Lisp (SBCL)

SBCL is an open source (free software) compiler and runtime system for ANSI Common Lisp. It provides an interactive environment including an integrated native compiler, a debugger, and many extensions. SBCL runs on a number of platforms.

Project Home Page: http://www.sbcl.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/sbcl/

Tiny C Compiler (TCC)

Tiny C Compiler is a small C compiler that can be used to compile and execute C code everywhere, for example on rescue disks (about 100KB for x86 TCC executable, including C preprocessor, C compiler, assembler and linker). TCC is fast. It generates optimized x86 code, has no byte code overhead and compiles, assembles and links several times faster than GCC. TCC is versatile, any C dynamic library can be used directly. It is heading toward full ISOC99 compliance and can compile itself. The compiler is safe as it includes an optional memory and bound checker. Bound checked code can be mixed freely with standard code. TCC compiles and executes C source directly. No linking or assembly necessary. A full C preprocessor and GNU-like assembler is included. It is C script supported; just add “#!/usr/local/bin/tcc -run” on the first line of your C source, and execute it directly from the command line. With libtcc, you can use TCC as a backend for dynamic code generation.

Project Home Page: http://bellard.org/tcc/
Download Location: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases-noredirect/tinycc/

TinyCOBOL

TinyCOBOL is a COBOL compiler being developed by members of the free software community. The mission is to produce a COBOL compiler based on the COBOL 85 standards. TinyCOBOL is available for the Intel architecture (IA32) and compatible processors on the following platforms: BeOS, FreeBSD, Linux and MinGW on Windows.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/tiny-cobol/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/

Yorick

Yorick is an interpreted programming language, designed for postprocessing or steering large scientific simulation codes. Smaller scientific simulations or calculations, such as the flow past an airfoil or the motion of a drumhead, can be written as standalone yorick programs. The language features a compact syntax for many common array operations, so it processes large arrays of numbers very efficiently. Unlike most interpreters, which are several hundred times slower than compiled code for number crunching, Yorick can approach to within a factor of four or five of compiled speed for many common tasks. Superficially, Yorick code resembles C code, but Yorick variables are never explicitly declared and have a dynamic scoping similar to many Lisp dialects. The “unofficial” home page for Yorick can be found at http://www.maumae.net/yorick.

Project Home Page: http://yorick.sourceforge.net/index.php
Download Location: http://sourceforge.net/projects/yorick/files/

ZPL

ZPL is an array programming language designed from first principles for fast execution on both sequential and parallel computers. It provides a convenient high-level programming medium for supercomputers and large-scale clusters with efficiency comparable to hand-coded message passing. It is the perfect alternative to using a sequential language like C or Fortran and a message passing library like MPI.

Project Home Page: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/home/index.html
Download Location: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/download/download.html

Programming Libraries and Bindings

Byte Code Engineering Library (BCEL)

BECL is intended to give users a convenient possibility to analyze, create, and manipulate (binary) Java class files (those ending with .class). Classes are represented by objects which contain all the symbolic information of the given class: methods, fields and byte code instructions, in particular. Such objects can be read from an existing file, be transformed by a program (e.g., a class loader at run-time) and dumped to a file again. An even more interesting application is the creation of classes from scratch at run-time. The Byte Code Engineering Library may be also useful if you want to learn about the Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and the format of Java .class files. BCEL is already being used successfully in several projects such as compilers, optimizers, obfuscators, code generators and analysis tools.

Project Home Page: http://jakarta.apache.org/bcel/index.html
Download Location: http://archive.apache.org/dist/jakarta/bcel/

Choco

Choco is a Java library for constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), constraint programming (CP) and explanation-based constraint solving (e-CP). It is built on a event-based propagation mechanism with backtrackable structures.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/choco/
Download Location: http://choco.sourceforge.net/download.html

FFTW (Fastest Fourier Transform in the West)

FFTW is a C subroutine library for computing the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) in one or more dimensions, of arbitrary input size, and of both real and complex data (as well as of even/odd data, i.e., the discrete cosine/sine transforms or DCT/DST).

Project Home Page: http://www.fftw.org/
Download Location: http://www.fftw.org/download.html

GOB (GObject Builder)

GOB (GOB2 anyway) is a preprocessor for making GObjects with inline C code so that generated files are not edited. Syntax is inspired by Java and Yacc or Lex. The implementation is intentionally kept simple, and no C actual code parsing is done.

Project Home Page: http://www.5z.com/jirka/gob.html
Download Location: http://ftp.5z.com/pub/gob/

GTK+/GNOME Language Bindings (wrappers)

GTK+/GNOME language bindings allow GTK+ to be used from other programming languages, in the style of those languages.

Project Home Page: http://www.gtk.org/language-bindings.html

gtkmm

gtkmm is the official C++ interface for the popular GUI library GTK+. Highlights include typesafe callbacks, widgets extensible via inheritance and a comprehensive set of widgets. You can create user interfaces either in code or with the Glade designer, using libglademm.

Project Home Page: http://www.gtkmm.org/
Download Location: http://www.gtkmm.org/download.shtml

Java-GNOME

Java-GNOME is a set of Java bindings for the GNOME and GTK+ libraries that allow GNOME and GTK+ applications to be written in Java. The Java-GNOME API has been carefully designed to be easy to use, maintaining a good OO paradigm, yet still wrapping the entire functionality of the underlying libraries. Java-GNOME can be used with the Eclipse development environment and Glade user interface designer to create applications with ease.

Project Home Page: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/4.0/
Download Location: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/4.0/get/

gtk2-perl

gtk2-perl is the collective name for a set of Perl bindings for GTK+ 2.x and various related libraries. These modules make it easy to write GTK and GNOME applications using a natural, Perlish, object-oriented syntax.

Project Home Page: http://gtk2-perl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gtk2-perl

KDE Language Bindings

KDE and most KDE applications are implemented using the C++ programming language, however there are number of bindings to other languages are available. These include scripting languages like Perl, Python and Ruby, and systems programming languages such as Java and C#.

Project Home Page: http://developer.kde.org/language-bindings/

Numerical Python (Numpy)

Numerical Python adds a fast array facility to the Python language.

Project Home Page: http://numeric.scipy.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/numpy/

Perl Scripts and Additional Modules

There are many Perl scripts and additional modules located on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) web site. Here you will find “All Things Perl”.

Project Home Page: http://cpan.org/

SWIG

SWIG is a software development tool that connects programs written in C and C++ with a variety of high-level programming languages. SWIG is used with different types of languages including common scripting languages such as Perl, Python, Tcl/Tk and Ruby. The list of supported languages also includes non-scripting languages such as C#, Common Lisp (Allegro CL), Java, Modula-3 and OCAML. Also several interpreted and compiled Scheme implementations (Chicken, Guile, MzScheme) are supported. SWIG is most commonly used to create high-level interpreted or compiled programming environments, user interfaces, and as a tool for testing and prototyping C/C++ software. SWIG can also export its parse tree in the form of XML and Lisp s-expressions.

Project Home Page: http://www.swig.org/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/swig/

Integrated Development Environments

A-A-P

A-A-P makes it easy to locate, download, build and install software. It also supports browsing source code, developing programs, managing different versions and distribution of software and documentation. This means that A-A-P is useful both for users and for developers.

Project Home Page: http://www.a-a-p.org/index.html
Download Location: http://www.a-a-p.org/download.html

Anjuta

Anujuta is a versatile Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for C and C++ on GNU/Linux. It has been written for GTK/GNOME and features a number of advanced programming facilities. These include project management, application wizards, an on-board interactive debugger, and a powerful source editor with source browsing and syntax highlighting.

Project Home Page: http://projects.gnome.org/anjuta/index.shtml
Download Location: http://projects.gnome.org/anjuta/downloads.shtml

Eclipse

Eclipse is an open source community whose projects are focused on providing an extensible development platform and application frameworks for building software. Eclipse contains many projects, including an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Java.

Project Home Page: http://www.eclipse.org/
Download Location: http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/

Mozart

The Mozart Programming System is an advanced development platform for intelligent, distributed applications. Mozart is based on the Oz language, which supports declarative programming, object-oriented programming, constraint programming, and concurrency as part of a coherent whole. For distribution, Mozart provides a true network transparent implementation with support for network awareness, openness, and fault tolerance. Security is upcoming. It is an ideal platform for both general-purpose distributed applications as well as for hard problems requiring sophisticated optimization and inferencing abilities.

Project Home Page: http://www.mozart-oz.org/
Download Location: http://www.mozart-oz.org/download/view.cgi

Other Development Tools

cachecc1

cachecc1 is a GCC cache. It can be compared with the well known ccache package. It has some unique features including the use of an LD_PRELOADed shared object to catch invocations to cc1, cc1plus and as, it transparently supports all build methods, it can cache GCC bootstraps and it can be combined with distcc to transparently distribute compilations.

Project Home Page: http://cachecc1.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cachecc1

ccache

ccache is a compiler cache. It acts as a caching pre-processor to C/C++ compilers, using the -E compiler switch and a hash to detect when a compilation can be satisfied from cache. This often results in 5 to 10 times faster speeds in common compilations.

Project Home Page: http://ccache.samba.org/
Download Location: http://samba.org/ftp/ccache/

DDD (GNU Data Display Debugger)

GNU DDD is a graphical front-end for command-line debuggers such as GDB, DBX, WDB, Ladebug, JDB, XDB, the Perl debugger, the Bash debugger, or the Python debugger. Besides “usual” front-end features such as viewing source texts, DDD has an interactive graphical data display, where data structures are displayed as graphs..

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ddd/
Download Location: http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ddd/

distcc

distcc is a program to distribute builds of C, C++, Objective C or Objective C++ code across several machines on a network. distcc should always generate the same results as a local build, is simple to install and use, and is usually much faster than a local compile. distcc does not require all machines to share a filesystem, have synchronized clocks, or to have the same libraries or header files installed. They can even have different processors or operating systems, if cross-compilers are installed.

Project Home Page: http://distcc.samba.org/
Download Location: http://distcc.samba.org/download.html

Exuberant Ctags

Exuberant Ctags generates an index (or tag) file of language objects found in source files that allows these items to be quickly and easily located by a text editor or other utility. A tag signifies a language object for which an index entry is available (or, alternatively, the index entry created for that object). Tag generation is supported for the following languages: Assembler, AWK, ASP, BETA, Bourne/Korn/Zsh Shell, C, C++, COBOL, Eiffel, Fortran, Java, Lisp, Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, REXX, Ruby, S-Lang, Scheme, Tcl, Vim, and YACC. A list of editors and tools utilizing tag files may be found at http://ctags.sourceforge.net/tools.html.

Project Home Page: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/ctags/

GDB (GNU Debugger)

GDB is the GNU Project debugger. It allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes. It also allows you to see what another program was doing at the moment it crashed.

Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/gdb/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/

User Notes and Installation Instructions: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OtherProgrammingTools

gocache (GNU Object Cache)

ccache is a clone of ccache, with the goal of supporting compilers other than GCC and adding additional features. Embedded compilers will especially be in focus.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/gocache/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gocache/

OProfile

OProfile is a system-wide profiler for Linux systems, capable of profiling all running code at low overhead. OProfile is released under the GNU GPL. It consists of a kernel driver and a daemon for collecting sample data, and several post-profiling tools for turning data into information. OProfile leverages the hardware performance counters of the CPU to enable profiling of a wide variety of interesting statistics, which can also be used for basic time-spent profiling. All code is profiled: hardware and software interrupt handlers, kernel modules, the kernel, shared libraries, and applications. OProfile is currently in alpha status; however it has proven stable over a large number of differing configurations. It is being used on machines ranging from laptops to 16-way NUMA-Q boxes.

Project Home Page: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/news/
Download Location: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/download/

SCons

SCons is an Open Source software construction tool, i.e, a next-generation build tool. Think of SCons as an improved, cross-platform substitute for the classic make utility with integrated functionality similar to Autoconf/Automake and compiler caches such as ccache.

Project Home Page: http://scons.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/

strace

strace is a system call tracer, i.e., a debugging tool which prints out a trace of all the system calls made by another process or program.

Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/strace/
Download Location: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/strace/

Valgrind

Valgrind is a collection of five tools: two memory error detectors, a thread error detector, a cache profiler and a heap profiler used for debugging and profiling Linux programs. Features include automatic detection of many memory management and threading bugs as well as detailed profiling to speed up and reduce memory use of your programs.

Project Home Page: http://valgrind.org/
Download Location: http://valgrind.org/downloads/source_code.html

Last updated on 2013-06-19 04:58:39 -0700

Java

Last updated on 2013-07-16 13:07:29 -0700

About Java

Java is different from most of the packages in LFS and BLFS. It is a programming language that works with files of byte codes to obtain instructions and executes then in a Java Virtual Machine (JVM). An introductory java program looks like:

public class HelloWorld 
{
    public static void main(String[] args) 
    {
        System.out.println("Hello, World");
    }
}

This program is saved as HelloWorld.java. The file name, HelloWorld, must match the class name. It is then converted into byte code with javac HelloWorld.java. The output file is HelloWorld.class. The program is executed with java HelloWorld. This creates a JVM and runs the code. The 'class' extension must not be specified.

Several class files can be combined into one file with the jar command. This is similar to the standard tar command. For instance, the command jar cf myjar.jar *.class will combine all class files in a directory into one jar file. These act as library files.

The JVM can search for and use classes in jar files automatically. It uses the CLASSPATH environment variable to search for jar files. This is a standard list of colon-separated directory names similar to the PATH environment variable.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Installing a binary JDK

Creating a JVM from source requires a set of circular dependencies. The first thing that's needed is a set of programs called a Java Development Kit (JDK). This set of programs includes java, javac, jar, and severl others. It also includes several base jar files.

To start, we set up a binary installation of the JDK created by the BLFS editors. It is installed in the /opt directory to allow for multiple installations, including a source based version.

Binary Package Information

Binary download (x86): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-i686-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5a099f50edbd6b0f83b746c907032d5c
Download size (binary): 163 MB
Estimated disk space required: 499 MB

Binary download (x86_64): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-x86_64-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 506ca98b2f4064c350ee08ab8f8f5416
Download size (binary): 146 MB
Estimated disk space required: 421 MB

Begin by extracting the appropriate binary tarball for your architecture and changing to the extracted directory. Install the binary OpenJDK with the following commands as the root user:

install -vdm755 /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin &&
mv -v * /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin         &&
chown -R root:root /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin

Configure the temporary OpenJDK installation with the following commands:

export CLASSPATH=.:/usr/share/java &&
export PATH="$PATH:/opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin/bin"

The binary version is now installed. If you don't want to compile the sources, skip ahead to the Configuring OpenJDK section. Otherwise, continue to the JUnit-4.11, apache-ant-1.9.2, and OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1 sections.

Last updated on 2013-08-30 03:16:31 -0700

JUnit-4.11

Introduction to JUnit

The JUnit package contains a simple, open source framework to write and run repeatable tests. It is an instance of the xUnit architecture for unit testing frameworks. JUnit features include assertions for testing expected results, test fixtures for sharing common test data, and test runners for running tests.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/debian/+archive/primary/+files/junit4_4.11.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b4d163832583dcec8bedb5427c795cc4
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required file: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/other/junit-4.11.jar
Required file: http://hamcrest.googlecode.com/files/hamcrest-1.3.tgz

JUnit Dependencies

Required

apache-ant-1.9.2 and UnZip-6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/junit

Installation of JUnit

To do a full build of JUnit from source, apache-ant-1.9.2 is required. However JUnit is useful in building Apache Ant. Copy the JUnit-4.11 jar file to get started. Then come back to build from source, if desired.

Install the JUnit jar file by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/java &&
cp -v junit-4.11.jar /usr/share/java

At this point, make sure Apache-Ant is installed and then continue with the source build and installation. From the directory created when extracting the JUnit sources, place the required hamcrest jar files where needed and build the package:

tar -xf ../hamcrest-1.3.tgz                              &&
cp -v hamcrest-1.3/hamcrest-core-1.3{,-sources}.jar lib/ &&
ant dist

Testing is automatically done as a part of the build step.

Install the files in the final location as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/{doc,java}/junit-4.11 &&
chown -R root:root .                                 &&

cp -v -R junit*/javadoc/*             /usr/share/doc/junit-4.11  &&
cp -v junit*/junit*.jar               /usr/share/java/junit-4.11 &&
cp -v hamcrest-1.3/hamcrest-core*.jar /usr/share/java/junit-4.11

Finally, update the CLASSPATH variable:

export CLASSPATH=$CLASSPATH:/usr/share/java/junit-4.11

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraies: hamcrest-core and junit jar files

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/junit-4.11 and /usr/share/java/junit-4.11

Short Descriptions

junit jar files

contains java classes to support the xUnit framework testing architecture.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

apache-ant-1.9.2

Introduction to Apache Ant

The Apache Ant package is a Java-based build tool. In theory, it is kind of like make, but without make's wrinkles. Ant is different. Instead of a model that is extended with shell-based commands, Ant is extended using Java classes. Instead of writing shell commands, the configuration files are XML-based, calling out a target tree that executes various tasks. Each task is run by an object that implements a particular task interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/ant/source/apache-ant-1.9.2-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8f610c1a0183507c2beebbf230f456af
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 120 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Apache Ant Dependencies

Required

A JDK (Java Binary or OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1)

Installation of Apache Ant

Note

You may need additional libraries to satisfy the build requirements of various packages installed using Apache Ant. Review the table at http://ant.apache.org/manual/install.html#librarydependencies for any prerequisite libraries you may need. Place any needed libraries in lib/optional.

If it is not possible to install the recommended JUnit package, install Apache Ant by removing the reference to the test instructions (note that the tests will not be performed):

sed -i 's/jars,test-jar/jars/' build.xml

otherwise copy the junit jar file to the local directory tree.

cp -v /usr/share/java/junit-4.11.jar lib/optional

Install Apache Ant by running the following commands:

The unit regression tests are performed during the build step below unless JUnit is not installed. Now, as the root user:

./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.9.2 dist &&
ln -v -sfn ant-1.9.2 /opt/ant

Note

Make sure the JAVA_HOME environment variable is set for the root user.

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/jars...: If the JUnit package is not installed, the regression tests cannot be performed.

cp -v /usr/share/java/junit-4.11.jar ...: This command copies the JUnit jar file into the directory where Apache Ant will look for it.

./build.sh -Ddist.dir=/opt/ant-1.9.2 dist: This command does everything. It builds, tests, then installs the package into /opt/ant-1.9.2.

ln -v -sfn ant-1.9.2 /opt/ant: This command is optional, and creates a convenience symlink.

Configuring Apache Ant

Config Files

/etc/ant/ant.conf, ~/.ant/ant.conf, and ~/.antrc

Configuration Information

Some packages will require ant to be in the search path and the $ANT_HOME environment variable defined. Satisfy these requirements by adding the following lines to /etc/profile or to individual user's ~/.profile or ~/.bashrc files:

export PATH=$PATH:/opt/ant/bin
export ANT_HOME=/opt/ant

Installed Programs: ant, antRun, antRun.pl, complete-ant-cmd.pl, runant.pl, and runant.py

Installed Libraries: ant*.jar

Installed Directories: /opt/ant-1.9.2

Short Descriptions

ant	is a Java based build tool used by many packages instead of the conventional make program.
antRun	is a support script used to start ant build scripts in a given directory.
antRun.pl	is a Perl script that provides similar functionality offered by the antRun script.
complete-ant-cmd.pl	is a Perl script that allows Bash to complete an ant command-line.
runant.pl	is a Perl wrapper script used to invoke ant.
runant.py	is a Python wrapper script used to invoke ant.
`ant*.jar`	files are the Apache Ant Java class libraries.

Last updated on 2013-08-30 03:16:31 -0700

OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1

Introduction to OpenJDK and IcedTea

IcedTea provides a build harness for the OpenJDK package, Oracle's open-sourced Java development environment. In order to provide a completely free runtime environment, similar to Oracle's closed distribution, the IcedTea build harness also provides free, and arguably better versions of parts of the JDK which have not been open-sourced to date. OpenJDK is useful for developing Java programs and provides a complete runtime environment to run Java programs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

The browser plugin and webstart implementation have been split off into a separate project. To provide a complete implementation, you will need to later install IcedTea-Web-1.4.

OpenJDK is GPL'd code, however, it should be explained that there has been a special exception made for non-free projects to use these classes in their proprietary products. In similar fashion to the LGPL, which allows non-free programs to link to libraries provided by free software, the GNU General Public License, version 2, with the Classpath Exception allows third party programs to use classes provided by free software without the requirement that the third party software also be free. As with the LGPL, any modifications made to the free software portions of a third party application, must also be made freely available.

Note

The IcedTea build environment includes a very thorough, open source test suite titled JTreg. JTreg is intended to test the just built JDK for reasonable compatibility with the closed Oracle JDK. However, in order for an independent implementation to claim compatibility, including the Oracle sponsored OpenJDK project, it must pass a closed JCK/TCK test suite. No claims of compatibility, even partial compatibility, may be made without passing an approved test suite.

Oracle does provide free community access, on a case by case basis, to a closed toolkit to ensure 100% compatibility with its proprietary JDK. The binary version provided here has not been tested against the TCK. Any version that is built using the instructions given, cannot claim to be compatible with the proprietary JDK, without the user applying for, and completing the compatibility tests themselves.

With that in mind, the binaries produced using this build method are regularly tested against the TCK by the members listed on the site above. In addition to the community license above, an educational, non-commercial license for the TCK can be obtained from here.

Source Package Information

IcedTea Source Package
Download: http://icedtea.classpath.org/download/source/icedtea-2.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cbdefd7d385c61a457924bfbee87e643
Download Size: 4.6 MB

The following may be downladed separately or be done as a part of the make process. For convenience the BLFS editors have made the files available in an LFS website. The files are not distributed with versions, but extracted from the OpenJDK version control system at specified (tagged) points.

Corba Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/corba.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b4a1f9a5553f92d285bff3f8076e61dd
Download Size: 1.4 MB
Hotspot Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/hotspot.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 42bfcd67d4649b3eb30649a010b9ac0a
Download Size: 9.2 MB
IcedTea Build Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/openjdk.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 165e07ce440848e437f74851f09cce81
Download Size: 136 KB
JAXP Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/jaxp.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 38834edb77ed2fd8e8828100deb6e943
Download Size: 3.7 MB
JAXWS Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/jaxws.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1426837479d61010728655315456a3d5
Download Size: 2.7 MB
Langtools Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/langtools.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 86f728535c6edb7b7ea2d567f2fcff87
Download Size: 2.3 MB
OpenJDK Source
Download: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/files/BLFS/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/jdk.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9e71e7ad6ace7ce629e26088950ec32d
Download Size: 44 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.1-9.2 GB
Estimated build time: 47 SBU (an additional 156 SBU for testsuite)

Additional Downloads

Required Patches

Required JAR

Rhino Java Script
Download: ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/js/rhino1_7R3.zip
Download MD5 sum: 99d94103662a8d0b571e247a77432ac5
Download Size: 4.5 MB

OpenJDK Dependencies

Required Dependencies

An existing binary ( the section called “About Java” or an earlier built version of this package, apache-ant-1.9.2, Certificate Authority Certificates, cpio-2.11, Cups-1.6.3, GTK+-3.8.4, giflib-5.0.5, NSPR-4.10, PulseAudio-4.0, UnZip-6.0, Wget-1.14, Which-2.20, Xorg Libraries, and Zip-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjdk

Installation of OpenJDK

Note

The source build of OpenJDK requires apache-ant-1.9.2. You'll need to build that first to satisfy the circular dependency, and return to this section to continue building OpenJDK.

Unlike other packages in BLFS, the OpenJDK source packages are distributed in multiple downloads. Since the IcedTea build harness will be used to build OpenJDK, begin by extracting the IcedTea package and changing into the extracted directory.

The IcedTea OpenJDK distribution requires that js.jar (from the Rhino package) be in place in order to provide a java-script implementation for the free JDK. If you have not installed the js.jar file in another way, do so with the following commands as the root user:

unzip ../rhino1_7R3.zip             &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/java &&
install -v -m755 rhino1_7R3/*.jar /usr/share/java

As mentioned previously, OpenJDK is composed of several individual projects of the proprietary JDK that have been relicensed under an open source license. If you have already downoaded all of the individual components, place them into the source tree with the following commands:

cp -v ../corba.tar.gz     . &&
cp -v ../hotspot.tar.gz   . &&
cp -v ../jaxp.tar.gz      . &&
cp -v ../jaxws.tar.gz     . &&
cp -v ../jdk.tar.gz       . &&
cp -v ../langtools.tar.gz . &&
cp -v ../openjdk.tar.gz   .

Apply a patch to generate a valid cacerts file using the system CA certificates:

patch -Np1 -i ../icedtea-2.4.1-add_cacerts-2.patch

Apply a patch to replace fixed paths with ones appropriate for BLFS:

patch -Np1 -i ../icedtea-2.4.1-fixed_paths-1.patch

Apply a patch to exclude known broken tests from the test suite:

patch -Np1 -i ../icedtea-2.4.1-fix_tests-1.patch

Configure and build the package with the following commands (--with-pkgversion and --with-version-suffix values can be modified to fit user preferences):

unset JAVA_HOME &&
./autogen.sh    &&
./configure --with-jdk-home=/opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin \
            --enable-nss                              \
            --with-version-suffix=blfs                \
            --enable-pulse-java &&
make

Note

If you have not installed the tarballs specified above, they will be automatically downloaded here.

To test the results, issue: make jtregcheck. The included version of jtreg is old, and the test suite is also very dependent on the host system and the environment that it is run in. You should expect to see anywhere between 40 and 100 failures in jdk with up to 10 errors in the tests themselves. The majority of the 6000+ tests should pass. The reason for the greatly varying results is due to how stringent the testing environment must be. Varying architectures, different versions of dependent libraries, unexpected X Window environment and window managers, the CA certificates used to generate the cacerts file, and even any user input or power management or screen saver interruptions during the testing can lead to various failures. While the known broken tests have been removed, with the fix_tests patch above, the graphics tests failures cannot be pre-determined (short of removing them all). The best bet for the minimal number of failures is to run the test suite in a framebuffer on a different screen (Xvfb). Even still, disk I/O can cause failures.

export DISPLAY=:20     &&
Xvfb :20 -screen 0 1x1x24 -ac&
echo $!>  Xvfb.pid     &&
make -k jtregcheck     &&
kill -9 `cat Xvfb.pid` &&
unset DISPLAY          &&
rm -f Xvfb.pid

Install the package with the following commands as the root user:

chmod 0644 openjdk.build/j2sdk-image/lib/sa-jdi.jar  &&
cp -R openjdk.build/j2sdk-image /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40 &&
chown -R root:root /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40

Command Explanations

./autogen.sh: This command forces rebuilding of auto-generated files to account for new options added to configure.

--with-jdk-home: This switch provides the location of the temporary JDK.

--with-pkgversion: This switch can be used to modify the version string in addition to "IcedTea".

--with-version-suffix: This switch appends the given text to the JDK version string.

--enable-pulse-java: This switch enables building of the pulseaudio libraries (needed to provide a complete implementation that is reasonably compatible with the proprietary JDK).

chmod -v 0644 ...sa-jdi.jar: Fix permissions in a generated file so all users can access it.

Configuring OpenJDK

Configuration Information

There are now two OpenJDK SDKs installed in /opt. You should decide on which one you would like to use as the default. For example if you decide to use the precompiled OpenJDK, do the following as the root user:

ln -v -nsf OpenJDK-1.7.0.40-bin /opt/jdk

The information below assumes your system is set up using the instructions found in “The Bash Shell Startup Files”. You may need to extract the relevant information below and incorporate it into your system's startup files if your system is set up differently.

Add the following openjdk.sh shell startup file to the /etc/profile.d directory with the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh

# Set JAVA_HOME directory
JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk

# Adjust PATH
pathappend $JAVA_HOME/bin PATH

# Auto Java CLASSPATH
# Copy jar files to, or create symlinks in this directory

AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR=/usr/share/java

pathprepend . CLASSPATH

for dir in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -type d 2>/dev/null`; do
    pathappend $dir CLASSPATH
done

for jar in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -name "*.jar" 2>/dev/null`; do
    pathappend $jar CLASSPATH
done

export JAVA_HOME CLASSPATH
unset AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR dir jar

# End /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh
EOF

Finally, add the man pages to man_db's configuration. As the root user:

cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF" &&
MANDATORY_MANPATH     /opt/jdk/man
MANPATH_MAP           /opt/jdk/bin     /opt/jdk/man
MANDB_MAP             /opt/jdk/man     /var/cache/man/jdk
EOF

mandb -c /opt/jdk/man

Install or update the JRE Certificate Authority Certificates (cacerts) file

Use the following procedure to check if the cacerts file was successfully installed during the OpenJDK build. Also, if the Certificate Authority Certificates have been updated, the following instructions will generate a new JRE cacerts file. First, check if the cacerts have been successfully installed:

cd /opt/jdk
bin/keytool -list -keystore jre/lib/security/cacerts

At the prompt "Enter keystore password:", press the "Enter" key if there is no keystore password defined. If the cacerts were installed correctly, you will see a list of the certificates with related information for each one. If not, you need to manually install them. First, generate the mkcacerts script as the root user:

cat > /opt/jdk/bin/mkcacerts << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Simple script to extract x509 certificates and create a JRE cacerts file.

function get_args()
    {
        if test -z "${1}" ; then
            showhelp
            exit 1
        fi

        while test -n "${1}" ; do
            case "${1}" in
                -f | --cafile)
                    check_arg $1 $2
                    CAFILE="${2}"
                    shift 2
                    ;;
                -d | --cadir)
                    check_arg $1 $2
                    CADIR="${2}"
                    shift 2
                    ;;
                -o | --outfile)
                    check_arg $1 $2
                    OUTFILE="${2}"
                    shift 2
                    ;;
                -k | --keytool)
                    check_arg $1 $2
                    KEYTOOL="${2}"
                    shift 2
                    ;;
                -s | --openssl)
                    check_arg $1 $2
                    OPENSSL="${2}"
                    shift 2
                    ;;
                -h | --help)
                    showhelp
                    exit 0
                    ;;
                *)
                    showhelp
                    exit 1
                    ;;
            esac
        done
    }

function check_arg()
    {
        echo "${2}" | grep -v "^-" > /dev/null
        if [ -z "$?" -o ! -n "$2" ]; then
            echo "Error:  $1 requires a valid argument."
            exit 1
        fi
    }

# The date binary is not reliable on 32bit systems for dates after 2038
function mydate()
    {
        local y=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f4 )
        local M=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f1 )
        local d=$( echo $1 | cut -d" " -f2 )
        local m

        if [ ${d} -lt 10 ]; then d="0${d}"; fi

        case $M in
            Jan) m="01";;
            Feb) m="02";;
            Mar) m="03";;
            Apr) m="04";;
            May) m="05";;
            Jun) m="06";;
            Jul) m="07";;
            Aug) m="08";;
            Sep) m="09";;
            Oct) m="10";;
            Nov) m="11";;
            Dec) m="12";;
        esac

        certdate="${y}${m}${d}"
    }

function showhelp()
    {
        echo "`basename ${0}` creates a valid cacerts file for use with IcedTea."
        echo ""
        echo "        -f  --cafile        The path to a file containing PEM formated CA"
        echo "                            certificates.  May not be used with -d/--cadir."
        echo "        -d  --cadir         The path to a diectory of PEM formatted CA"
        echo "                            certificates.  May not be used with -f/--cafile."
        echo "        -o  --outfile       The path to the output file."
        echo ""
        echo "        -k  --keytool       The path to the java keytool utility."
        echo ""
        echo "        -s  --openssl       The path to the openssl utility."
        echo ""
        echo "        -h  --help          Show this help message and exit."
        echo ""
        echo ""
    }

# Initialize empty variables so that the shell does not polute the script
CAFILE=""
CADIR=""
OUTFILE=""
OPENSSL=""
KEYTOOL=""
certdate=""
date=""
today=$( date +%Y%m%d )

# Process command line arguments
get_args ${@}

# Handle common errors
if test "${CAFILE}x" == "x" -a "${CADIR}x" == "x" ; then
    echo "ERROR!  You must provide an x509 certificate store!"
    echo "\'$(basename ${0}) --help\' for more info."
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

if test "${CAFILE}x" != "x" -a "${CADIR}x" != "x" ; then
    echo "ERROR!  You cannot provide two x509 certificate stores!"
    echo "\'$(basename ${0}) --help\' for more info."
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

if test "${KEYTOOL}x" == "x" ; then
    echo "ERROR!  You must provide a valid keytool program!"
    echo "\'$(basename ${0}) --help\' for more info."
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

if test "${OPENSSL}x" == "x" ; then
    echo "ERROR!  You must provide a valid path to openssl!"
    echo "\'$(basename ${0}) --help\' for more info."
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

if test "${OUTFILE}x" == "x" ; then
    echo "ERROR!  You must provide a valid output file!"
    echo "\'$(basename ${0}) --help\' for more info."
    echo ""
    exit 1
fi

# Get on with the work

# If using a CAFILE, split it into individual files in a temp directory
if test "${CAFILE}x" != "x" ; then
    TEMPDIR=`mktemp -d`
    CADIR="${TEMPDIR}"

    # Get a list of staring lines for each cert
    CERTLIST=`grep -n "^-----BEGIN" "${CAFILE}" | cut -d ":" -f 1`

    # Get a list of ending lines for each cert
    ENDCERTLIST=`grep -n "^-----END" "${CAFILE}" | cut -d ":" -f 1`

    # Start a loop
    for certbegin in `echo "${CERTLIST}"` ; do
        for certend in `echo "${ENDCERTLIST}"` ; do
            if test "${certend}" -gt "${certbegin}"; then
                break
            fi
        done
        sed -n "${certbegin},${certend}p" "${CAFILE}" > "${CADIR}/${certbegin}.pem"
        keyhash=`${OPENSSL} x509 -noout -in "${CADIR}/${certbegin}.pem" -hash`
        echo "Generated PEM file with hash:  ${keyhash}."
    done
fi

# Write the output file
for cert in `find "${CADIR}" -type f -name "*.pem" -o -name "*.crt"`
do

    # Make sure the certificate date is valid...
    date=$( ${OPENSSL} x509 -enddate -in "${cert}" -noout | sed 's/^notAfter=//' )
    mydate "${date}"
    if test "${certdate}" -lt "${today}" ; then
        echo "${cert} expired on ${certdate}! Skipping..."
        unset date certdate
        continue
    fi
    unset date certdate
    ls "${cert}"
    tempfile=`mktemp`
    certbegin=`grep -n "^-----BEGIN" "${cert}" | cut -d ":" -f 1`
    certend=`grep -n "^-----END" "${cert}" | cut -d ":" -f 1`
    sed -n "${certbegin},${certend}p" "${cert}" > "${tempfile}"
    echo yes | env LC_ALL=C "${KEYTOOL}" -import -alias `basename "${cert}"` -keystore \
                   "${OUTFILE}" -storepass 'changeit' -file "${tempfile}"
    rm "${tempfile}"
done

if test "${TEMPDIR}x" != "x" ; then
    rm -rf "${TEMPDIR}"
fi
exit 0
EOF

chmod -c 0755 /opt/jdk/bin/mkcacerts

Note

Doing a very large copy/paste directly to a terminal may result in a corrupted file. Copying to an editor may overcome this issue.

First, make a backup of the /opt/jdk/jre/lib/security/cacerts file, if there is any. To create a new one, as the root user:

/opt/jdk/bin/mkcacerts -d "/etc/ssl/certs/"  -k "/opt/jdk/bin/keytool" \
                       -s "/usr/bin/openssl" -o "/opt/jdk/jre/lib/security/cacerts"

Installed Programs: appletviewer, apt, extcheck, idlj, jar, jarsigner, java, javac, javadoc, javah, javap, java-rmi.cgi, jcmd, jconsole, jdb, jhat, jinfo, jmap, jps, jrunscript, jsadebugd, jstack, jstat, jstatd, keytool, native2ascii, orbd, pack200, policytool, rmic, rmid, rmiregistry, schemagen, serialver, servertool, tnameserv, unpack200, wsgen, wsimport, and xjc

Installed Libraries: /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/lib/*, and /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/jre/lib/*

Installed Directory: /opt/OpenJDK-1.7.0.40

Short Descriptions

appletviewer	allows you to run applets outside of a web browser.
apt	is an annotation processing tool.
extcheck	checks a specified jar file for title and version conflicts with any extensions installed in the OpenJDK software.
idlj	generates Java bindings from a given IDL file.
jar	combines multiple files into a single jar archive.
jarsigner	signs jar files and verifies the signatures and integrity of a signed jar file.
java	launches a Java application by starting a Java runtime environment, loading a specified class and invoking its main method.
javac	reads class and interface definitions, written in the Java programming language, and compiles them into bytecode class files.
javadoc	parses the declarations and documentation comments in a set of Java source files and produces a corresponding set of HTML pages describing the classes, interfaces,constructors, methods, and fields.
javah	generates C header and source files that are needed to implement native methods.
javap	disassembles a Java class file.
java-rmi.cgi	is the Java RMI client.
jcmd	is a utility to send diagnostic command requests to a running Java Virtual Machine.
jconsole	is a graphical console tool to monitor and manage both local and remote Java applications and virtual machines.
jdb	is a simple command-line debugger for Java classes.
jhat	parses a java heap dump file and allows viewing in a web browser.
jinfo	prints Java configuration information for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server.
jmap	prints shared object memory maps or heap memory details of a given process, core file, or a remote debug server.
jps	lists the instrumented JVMs on the target system.
jrunscript	is a command line script shell.
jsadebugd	attaches to a Java process or core file and acts as a debug server.
jstack	prints Java stack traces of Java threads for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server.
jstat	displays performance statistics for an instrumented JVM.
jstatd	is an RMI server application that monitors for the creation and termination of instrumented JVMs.
keytool	is a key and certificate management utility.
native2ascii	converts files that contain non-supported character encoding into files containing Latin-1 or Unicode-encoded characters.
orbd	is used to enable clients to transparently locate and invoke persistent objects on servers in the CORBA environment.
pack200	is a Java application that transforms a jar file into a compressed pack200 file using the Java gzip compressor.
policytool	creates and manages a policy file graphically.
rmic	generates stub and skeleton class files for remote objects from the names of compiled Java classes that contain remote object implementations.
rmid	starts the activation system daemon.
rmiregistry	creates and starts a remote object registry on the specified port on the current host.
schemagen	is a Java XML binding schema generator.
serialver	returns the serialVersionUID for one or more classes in a form suitable for copying into an evolving class.
servertool	provides an ease-of-use interface for application programmers to register, unregister, startup and shutdown a server.
tnameserv	starts the Java IDL name server.
unpack200	is a native implementation that transforms a packed file produced by pack200 into a jar file.
wsgen	generates JAX-WS portable artifacts used in JAX-WS web services.
wsimport	generates JAX-WS portable artifacts.
xjc	is a Java XML binding compiler.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 03:33:55 -0700

Part IV. Networking

Chapter 14. Connecting to a Network

The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN with a static IP address. There are other methods used to obtain an IP address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet). The most popular methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.

DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses, subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.

PPP stands for Point-to-Point Protocol. It is a data link protocol commonly used for establishing authenticated IP connections over a phone line with a modem, or over radio waves with a cellular phone. There is also a variant (PPPoE) that works over Ethernet and is used by cable providers to authenticate the Internet connections.

dhcpcd-6.0.5

Introduction to dhcpcd

dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131. A DHCP client is useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpcd strives to be a fully featured, yet very lightweight DHCP client.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://roy.marples.name/downloads/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-6.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/gentoo/distfiles/dhcpcd-6.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a65ed99460a61f42c05f652c2eaafe7c
Download size: 112 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcpcd

Installation of dhcpcd

Install dhcpcd by running the following commands:

./configure --libexecdir=/lib/dhcpcd \
            --dbdir=/run             \
            --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

By default, a plain text lease info file isn't created but the dhcpcd provides a hook which can be used for creating such a file. Install the hook by running the following commands as the root user:

sed -i "s;/var/lib;/run;g" dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat &&
install -v -m 644 dhcpcd-hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks/

Configuring dhcpcd

Config Files

/etc/dhcpcd.conf

Configuration Information

To configure dhcpcd, you need to first install the network service script, /lib/services/dhcpcd included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package (as user root):

make install-service-dhcpcd

Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down a network interface, it executes hook scripts. For more details about those scripts, see the dhcpcd-run-hooks and dhcpcd man pages.

Finally, as the root user create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 configuration file using the following commands. Adjust appropriately for additional interfaces:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="-b -q <insert appropriate start options here>"
DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"
EOF

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for dhcpcd.

Note

The default behavior of dhcpcd sets the hostname and mtu settings. It also overwrites /etc/resolv.conf and /etc/ntp.conf. These modifications to system files and settings on system configuration files are done by hooks which are stored in /lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks. Setup dhcpcd by removing or adding hooks from/to that directory. The execution of hooks can be disabled by using the --nohook (-C) command line option or by the nohook option in the /etc/dhcpcd.conf file.

Review the dhcpcd man page for switches to add to the DHCP_START value.

Installed Program: dhcpcd

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directory: /lib/dhcpcd

Short Descriptions

dhcpcd

is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

DHCP-4.2.5-P1

Introduction to ISC DHCP

The ISC DHCP package contains both the client and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is used for connecting to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is used for assigning network addresses on private networks.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/dhcp/4.2.5-P1/dhcp-4.2.5-P1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f68e3c1f00a9af5742bc5e71d567cf93
Download size: 7.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 185 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/dhcp-4.2.5-P1-client_script-1.patch
Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/dhcp-4.2.5-P1-missing_ipv6-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcp

Kernel Configuration

You must have Packet Socket support (Networking Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ Packet Socket) compiled into the kernel. If you do not have IPv6 support (Networking Support ⇒ Networking Options ⇒ The IPv6 Protocol) compiled in, then you must use the missing_ipv6 patch.

Installation of ISC DHCP

If you have not compiled IPv6 support into the kernel, apply the missing_ipv6 patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-4.2.5-P1-missing_ipv6-1.patch

Note

Be careful with the instructions below. The single and double quotes are important beecause the defined variables are used verbatim in the code.

Install ISC DHCP by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../dhcp-4.2.5-P1-client_script-1.patch &&
CFLAGS="-D_PATH_DHCLIENT_SCRIPT='\"/sbin/dhclient-script\"'         \
        -D_PATH_DHCPD_CONF='\"/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf\"'               \
        -D_PATH_DHCLIENT_CONF='\"/etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf\"'"        \
./configure --prefix=/usr                                           \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/dhcp                                  \
            --localstatedir=/var                                    \
            --with-srv-lease-file=/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases       \
            --with-srv6-lease-file=/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd6.leases     \
            --with-cli-lease-file=/var/lib/dhclient/dhclient.leases \
            --with-cli6-lease-file=/var/lib/dhclient/dhclient6.leases &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check

If you only want to install the ISC DHCP client, issue the following commands as the root user:

make -C client install         &&
mv -v /usr/sbin/dhclient /sbin &&
install -v -m755 client/scripts/linux /sbin/dhclient-script

Skip to the section called “Client Configuration” in order to configure the client

If you only want to install the ISC DHCP server, issue the following command as the root user:

make -C server install

Skip to the section called “Server Configuration” in order to configure the server.

Alternatively, you can install whole package which includes the client, server, relay, static libraries and development headers by running the following commands as the root user:

make install                   &&
mv -v /usr/sbin/dhclient /sbin &&
install -v -m755 client/scripts/linux /sbin/dhclient-script

Configuring ISC DHCP

Config Files

/etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf and /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf

Client Configuration

Create basic /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf by running the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf
#
# Basic dhclient.conf(5)

#prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
        domain-name, domain-name-servers, domain-search, host-name,
        netbios-name-servers, netbios-scope, interface-mtu,
        ntp-servers;
require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
#timeout 60;
#retry 60;
#reboot 10;
#select-timeout 5;
#initial-interval 2;

# End /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf
EOF

See man 5 dhclient.conf for additional options.

Now create the /var/lib/dhclient directory which will contain DHCP Client leases by running the following command as the root user:

install -v -dm 755 /var/lib/dhclient

At this point you can test if dhclient is behaving as expected by running the following command as the root user:

dhclient <eth0>

Replace <eth0> with your desired interface. If you want more verbose output, add the -v parameter to the command above.

If you want to configure network interfaces at boot using dhclient, you need to install the /lib/services/dhclient script included in blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package:

make install-service-dhclient

Next, create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 configuration file with the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="dhclient"
DHCP_START=""
DHCP_STOP=""

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

Adjust the file to suit your needs.

For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values see man 8 dhclient.

Server Configuration

Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client doesn't need the server in order to function properly.

Start with creating /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf by running the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf
#
# Example dhcpd.conf(5)

# Use this to enble / disable dynamic dns updates globally.
ddns-update-style none;

# option definitions common to all supported networks...
option domain-name "example.org";
option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org, ns2.example.org;

default-lease-time 600;
max-lease-time 7200;

# This is a very basic subnet declaration.
subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {
  range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;
  option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;
}

# End /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf
EOF

Adjust the file to suit your needs. See man 5 dhcpd.conf for additional options.

Now create the /var/lib/dhcpd directory which will contain DHCP Server leases by running the following command as the root user:

install -v -dm 755 /var/lib/dhcpd

If you want to start the DHCP Server at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package:

make install-dhcpd

You will need to edit the /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd in order to set the interface on which dhcpd will serve the DHCP requests.

Installed Programs: dhclient, dhclient-script, dhcpd, dhcrelay and omshell

Installed Libraries: libdhcpctl.a, libdst.a and libomapi.a

Installed Directories: /usr/include/dhcpctl, /usr/include/isc-dhcp, /usr/include/omapip, /var/lib/dhclient and /var/lib/dhcpd

Short Descriptions

dhclient	is the implementation of the DHCP client.
dhclient-script	is used by dhclient to (re)configure interfaces. It can make extra changes by invoking custom dhclient-{entry,exit}-hooks.
dhcpd	implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) requests for network addresses.
dhcrelay	provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet without a DHCP server and relay them to a DHCP server on another subnet.
omshell	provides an interactive way to connect to, query and possibly change the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the Object Management API.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

Chapter 15. Networking Programs

These applications are generally client applications used to access the appropriate server across the building or across the world. Tcpwrappers and portmap are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.

bridge-utils-1.5

Introduction to bridge-utils

The bridge-utils package contains a utility needed to create and manage bridge devices. This is useful in setting up networks for a hosted virtual machine (VM).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sourceforge.net/projects/bridge/files/bridge/bridge-utils-1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ec7b381160b340648dede58c31bb2238
Download size: 36 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/bridge-utils-1.5-linux_3.8_fix-1.patch

bridge-utils Dependencies

Optional (to run tests)

Net-tools-CVS_20101030

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bridge

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Networking support: Y
  Networking options:
    802.1d Ethernet Bridging: M or Y

Installation of bridge-utils

Install bridge-utils by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../bridge-utils-1.5-linux_3.8_fix-1.patch &&
autoconf -o configure configure.in                      &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                               &&
make

Testing the results requires running the six shell scripts in the tools/ directory. Two of the tests require two ehternet ports. Some tests will not preserve the current network configuration. See tests/README for details.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring bridge-utils

Configuration Information

To automate bridge creation and configuration, install the /lib/services/etc/bridge service script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-service-bridge

Note

The bridge script depends on the comamnds /sbin/ifup and /sbin/ifdown and the service script ipv4-static from the LFS bootscripts dated January 27, 2012 or later.

The following configuration file will create a bridge device at boot time and attach the eth0 device to it. If more than one device is desired, use a space separated list of INTERFACE_COMPONENTS. This configuration is useful when planning to run a virtual machine such as kvm/qemu.

Other SERVICE combinations are possible, for example, SERVICES="bridge dhcp". In that case, the address parameters are not needed, but do not interfere if present. The bridge service may also be used alone, but will require additional subsequent configuration.

Caution

Do not run a parallel configuration for a device in the INTERFACE_COMPONENTS list. For instance, in the example below, do not configure /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 to run at boot time. The command ifdown br0 followed by command ifup eth0 will work, but don't try to have both up at the same time.

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.br0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT=yes
IFACE=br0
SERVICE="bridge ipv4-static"  # Space separated
IP=192.168.1.32
GATEWAY=192.168.1.1
PREFIX=24
BROADCAST=192.168.1.255
CHECK_LINK=no                 # Don't check before bridge is created
STP=no                        # Spanning tree protocol, default no
INTERFACE_COMPONENTS="eth0"   # Add to IFACE, space separated devices
IP_FORWARD=true
EOF

All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.

Installed Program: brctl

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

brctl

is a program used to set up, maintain, and inspect the ethernet bridge configuration in the linux kernel.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

cifs-utils-6.1

Introduction to cifs-utils

The cifs-utils provides a means for mounting SMB/CIFS shares on a Linux system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/linux-cifs/cifs-utils/cifs-utils-6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f83ef48ab1154aa74dd4cf1c1202bf04
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

cifs-utils Dependencies

Optional

keyutils-1.5.6, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Talloc-2.1.0, Samba-4.0.9, and libcap-ng or libcap2-2.22

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cifsutils

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

File systems  --->
  Network File Systems  --->
    CIFS support (advanced network filesystem, SMBFS successor): Y or M

Installation of cifs-utils

Install cifs-utils by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: cifs.idmap, cifs.upcall, cifscreds, getcifsacl, mount.cifs, and setcifsacl

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

cifs.idmap	is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. There are a number of activities that the kernel cannot easily do itself. This program is a callout program that does these things for the kernel and then returns the result. It is not intended to be run from the command-line.
cifs.upcall	is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. It is intended to be run when the kernel calls request-key for a particular key type. It is not intended to be run from the command-line.
cifscreds	is a tool for managing credentials (username and password) for the purpose of establishing sessions in multiuser mounts.
getcifsacl	is a userspace helper to display an ACL in a security descriptor for Common Internet File System (CIFS).
mount.cifs	mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount(8) command when using the "-t cifs" option.
setcifsacl	is intended to alter an ACL of a security descriptor for a file system object.

Last updated on 2013-08-31 15:39:51 -0700

NcFTP-3.2.5

Introduction to NcFTP

The NcFTP package contains a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock ftp program.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ncftp.com/ncftp/ncftp-3.2.5-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b05c7a6d5269c04891f02f43d4312b30
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ncftp

Installation of NcFTP

There are two ways to build NcFTP. The first (and optimal) way builds most of the functionality as a shared library and then builds and installs the program linked against this library. The second method simply links all of the functionality into the binary statically. This doesn't make the dynamic library available for linking by other applications. You need to choose which method best suits you. Note that the second method does not create an entirely statically linked binary; only the libncftp parts are statically linked in, in this case. Be aware that building and using the shared library is covered by the Clarified Artistic License; however, developing applications that utilize the shared library is subject to a different license.

To install NcFTP using the first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make -C libncftp shared &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make -C libncftp soinstall &&
make install

To install NcFTP using the second method (with the libncftp functionality linked in statically) run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

make -C ... && make -C ...: These commands make and install the dynamic library libncftp which is then used to link against when compiling the main program.

Configuring NcFTP

Config Files

/etc/ncftp.* and ~/.ncftp/*; especially /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3 and ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3

Configuration Information

Most NcFTP configuration is done while in the program, and the configuration files are dealt with automatically. One exception to this is ~/.ncftp/prefs_v3. There are various options to alter in there, including:

yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes

This disables the splash screen advertising the NcFTPd server.

There are other options in the prefs_v3 file. Most of these are self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in /etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.

Installed Programs: ncftp, ncftpbatch, ncftpbookmarks, ncftpget, ncftpls, ncftpput, and ncftpspooler

Installed Library: libncftp.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ncftp	is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol.
ncftpbatch	is an individual batch FTP job processor.
ncftpbookmarks	is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor (NCurses-based).
ncftpget	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to retrieve files.
ncftpls	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to list files.
ncftpput	is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to transfer files.
ncftpspooler	is a global batch FTP job processor daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:26:16 -0700

Net-tools-CVS_20101030

Introduction to Net-tools

The Net-tools package is a collection of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux kernel.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/svn/n/net-tools-CVS_20101030.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/svn/n/net-tools-CVS_20101030.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6be14ed473cacdd68edeaa9605adc469
Download size: 222 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/net-tools

Installation of Net-tools

Note

The Net-tools package installs a hostname program which will overwrite the existing program installed by Inetutils during a base LFS installation. If, for whatever reason, you need to reinstall the Inetutils package after installing Net-tools, you should add --disable-hostname to the Inetutils configure command in LFS if you wish to preserve the Net-tools hostname program.

The instructions below automate the configuration process by piping yes to the make config command. If you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the instruction to just make config), but you are not sure how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.

Note

This package has several unneeded protocols and hardware device specific functions that are obsolete. To only build the minimum needed for your system, skip the yes command and answer each question interactively. The minimum needed options are 'UNIX protocol family' and 'INET (TCP/IP) protocol family'.

Install Net-tools by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/Token/s/y$/n/'        config.in &&
sed -i -e '/HAVE_HWSTRIP/s/y$/n/' config.in &&
yes "" | make config                 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make update

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/Token/s/y$/n/' config.in: Change the default for building obsolete token ring support to no. This is a simpler change than changing the location for the token ring headers.

sed -i -e '/HAVE_HWSTRIP/s/y$/n/' config.in: Removes obsolete Metricom radio support that requires a header no longer included in the kernel.

yes "" | make config: Piping yes to make config skips the interactive configuration and accepts the defaults.

Installed Programs: arp, dnsdomainname, domainname, hostname, ifconfig, ipmaddr, iptunnel, mii-tool, nameif, netstat, nisdomainname, plipconfig, rarp, route, slattach, and ypdomainname

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

arp	is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache.
dnsdomainname	reports the system's DNS domain name.
domainname	reports or sets the system's NIS/YP domain name.
hostname	reports or sets the name of the current host system.
ifconfig	is the main utility for configuring network interfaces.
ipmaddr	adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses.
iptunnel	adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels.
mii-tool	checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent Interface (MII) unit.
nameif	names network interfaces based on MAC addresses.
netstat	is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics.
nisdomainname	does the same as domainname.
plipconfig	is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to improve its performance.
rarp	is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table.
route	is used to manipulate the IP routing table.
slattach	attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to other computers.
ypdomainname	does the same as domainname.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

NFS-Utils-1.2.8

Introduction to NFS Utilities

The NFS Utilities package contains the userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/nfs/nfs-utils-1.2.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6e7d97de51e428a0b8698c16ca23db77
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

NFS Utilities Dependencies

Required

libtirpc-0.2.3 and pkg-config-0.28

rpcbind-0.2.1 (Runtime dependency)

Optional for NFSv4 Support

libevent-2.0.21, SQLite-3.8.0.2, and libnfsidmap

Optional for GSS (RPC Security) Support

MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 or libgssapi, and librpcsecgss

Optional for SPKM-3 Support

SPKM-3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nfs-utils

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

File systems:
  Network File Systems:
    NFS File System Support: M or Y
    NFS Server Support: M or Y

Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options are selected.

Installation of NFS Utilities

Before you compile the program, ensure that the nobody user and nogroup group have been created. You can add them by running the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
    -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

Note

The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2 when interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These values impact other files on some filesystems that do not have support for sparse files. The nobody and nogroup values are relatively arbitrary. The impact on a server is nil if the exports file is configured correctly. If it is misconfigured, an ls -l or ps listing will show a uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a name. The client uses nobody only as the user running rpc.statd.

Install NFS Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --sysconfdir=/etc      \
            --without-tcp-wrappers \
            --disable-nfsv4        \
            --disable-nfsv41       \
            --disable-gss &&
make

If your /usr directory is NFS mounted, you should install the executables in /sbin by passing an additional parameter --sbindir=/sbin to the above ./configure command.

This package does not come with a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-nfsv4 and --disable-nfsv41: Disables support for NFS version 4 and version 4.1.

--disable-gss: Disables support for RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).

--without-tcp-wrappers: This option is needed because TCP Wrappers is not in BLFS.

Configuring NFS Utilities

Server Configuration

/etc/exports contains the exported directories on NFS servers. Refer to the exports.5 manual page for the syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo" available at http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/ for information on how to configure the servers and clients in a secure manner. For example, for sharing the /home directory over the local network, the following line may be added:

/home <192.168.0.0/24>(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package to start the server at boot.

make install-nfs-server

Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server configuration file:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"
PORT="2049"
PROCESSES="8"
QUOTAS="no"
KILLDELAY="10"
EOF

Note

The above parameters may be optionally placed in /etc/sysconfig/rc.site.

Client Configuration

/etc/fstab contains the directories that are to be mounted on the client. Alternately the partitions can be mounted by using the mount command with the proper options. To mount the /home and /usr partitions, add the following to the /etc/fstab:

<server-name>:/home  /home nfs   rw,_netdev,rsize=8192,wsize=8192 0 0
<server-name>:/usr   /usr  nfs   ro,_netdev,rsize=8192            0 0

In some circumstances an /etc/netconfig file is required by an nfs client. It does no harm to create one even if it is not in fact needed. As the root user:

cat > /etc/netconfig << "EOF"
udp6 tpi_clts v inet6 udp - -
tcp6 tpi_cots_ord v inet6 tcp - -
udp tpi_clts v inet udp - -
tcp tpi_cots_ord v inet tcp - -
rawip tpi_raw - inet - - -
local tpi_cots_ord - loopback - - -
EOF

Boot Script

Note

The following boot script is not required if the nfs-server script is installed.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package to start the client services at boot.

make install-nfs-client

To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also need to install the netfs bootscript as described in Configuring for Network Filesystems.

Installed Programs: exportfs, mountstats, mount.nfs, mount.nfs4 (link to mount.nfs), nfsiostat, nfsstat, rpc.mountd, rpc.nfsd, rpc.statd, rpcdebug, showmount, sm-notify, start-statd, umount.nfs (link to mount.nfs), and umount.nfs4 (link to mount.nfs)

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/lib/nfs

Short Descriptions

exportfs	maintains a list of NFS exported file systems.
mountstats	displays NFS client per-mount statistics.
mount.nfs	Used to mount a network share using NFS
mount.nfs4	Used to mount a network share using NFSv4
nfsiostat	Report input/output statistics for network filesystems.
nfsstat	displays statistics kept about NFS client and server activity.
rpc.mountd	implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server.
rpc.nfsd	implements the user level part of the NFS service on the server.
rpc.statd	is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides, client as well as server, when you want file locking enabled.
rpcdebug	sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug flags.
showmount	displays mount information for an NFS server.
sm-notify	is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages.
start-statd	is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with locking enabled, if statd does not appear to be running. It can be customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site.
umount.nfs	Used to unmount a network share using NFS
umount.nfs4	Used to unmount a network share using NFSv4

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

Configuring for Network Filesystems

While LFS is capable of mounting network file systems such as NFS, these are not mounted by the mountfs init script. Network file systems must be mounted after the networking is activated and unmounted before the network goes down. The netfs bootscript was written to handle both boot-time mounting of network filesystems, if the entry in /etc/fstab contains the _netdev option, and unmounting of all network filesystems before the network is brought down.

As the root user, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs bootscript included with the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-netfs

Last updated on 2011-11-03 16:05:47 -0700

ntp-4.2.6p5

Introduction to ntp

The ntp package contains a client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the NTP protocol.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp/ntp_spool/ntp4/ntp-4.2/ntp-4.2.6p5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/ntp-4.2.6p5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 00df80a84ec9528fcfb09498075525bc
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

ntp Dependencies

Required

libcap2-2.22

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e and libedit

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntp

Installation of ntp

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the ntpd daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 87 ntp &&
useradd -c "Network Time Protocol" -d /var/lib/ntp -u 87 \
        -g ntp -s /bin/false ntp

Install ntp by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr         \
            --sysconfdir=/etc     \
            --enable-linuxcaps    \
            --with-binsubdir=sbin \
            --with-lineeditlibs=readline &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -o ntp -g ntp -d /var/lib/ntp &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.6p5 &&
cp -v -R html/* /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.6p5/

Command Explanations

--with-binsubdir=sbin: This parameter places the administrative programs in /usr/sbin.

--enable-linuxcaps: ntpd is run as user ntp, so use Linux capabilities for non-root clock control.

--with-lineeditlibs=readline: This option enables Readline support for ntpdc and ntpq programs. If omitted, libedit will be used if installed, otherwise no readline capabilites will be compiled.

Configuring ntp

Config Files

/etc/ntp.conf

Configuration Information

The following configuration file defines various ntp servers with open access from different continents. It also creates a drift file where ntpd stores the frequency offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process ID. Since the documentation included with the package is sparse, visit the ntp website at http://www.ntp.org/ and http://www.pool.ntp.org/ for more information.

cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Asia
server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org

# Australia
server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org

# Europe
server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org

# North America
server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org

# South America
server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org

driftfile /var/lib/ntp/ntp.drift
pidfile   /var/run/ntpd.pid
EOF

Synchronizing the Time

There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron) and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.

If you choose Option one, then install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-ntpd

If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add the following command to root's crontab:

ntpd -q

Execute the following command if you would like to set the hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown and reboot:

ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock &&
ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock

The other way around is already set up by LFS.

Installed Programs: ntp-keygen, ntp-wait, ntpd, ntpdate, ntpdc, ntpq, ntptime, ntptrace, sntp and tickadj

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.6p5

Short Descriptions

ntp-keygen	generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication and identification schemes.
ntp-wait	is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until ntpd has set the time.
ntpd	is a ntp daemon that runs in the background and keeps the date and time synchronized based on response from configured ntp servers. It also functions as a ntp server.
ntpdate	is a client program that sets the date and time based on the response from an ntp server. This command is deprecated.
ntpdc	is used to query the ntp daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state.
ntpq	is an utility program used to monitor ntpd operations and determine performance.
ntptime	reads and displays time-related kernel variables.
ntptrace	traces a chain of ntp servers back to the primary source.
sntp	is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client.
tickadj	reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision timekeeping.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

rpcbind-0.2.1

Introduction to rpcbind

The rpcbind program is a replacement for portmap. It is required for import or export of Network File System (NFS) shared directories.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rpcbind/rpcbind-0.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0a5f9c2142af814c55d957aaab3bcc68
Download size: 109 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

rpcbind Dependencies

Required

libtirpc-0.2.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rpcbind

Installation of rpcbind

In order to get rpcbind to work properly, first fix /etc/services. As the root user:

sed -i 's/^sunrpc/rpcbind/' /etc/services

Install rpcbind by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/sbin --with-rpcuser=root &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-rpcuser=root: This works around an error in the configure script.

Configuring rpcbind

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcbind init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-rpcbind

Installed Program: rpcbind and rpcinfo

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

rpcbind	is a server that converts RPC program numbers into universal addresses. It must be running on the host to be able to make RPC calls on a server on that machine.
rpcinfo	makes an RPC call to an RPC server and reports data according to the requested options.

Last updated on 2013-08-27 09:57:37 -0700

rsync-3.0.9

Introduction to rsync

The rsync package contains the rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large file archives over a network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://samba.org/ftp/rsync/src/rsync-3.0.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/rsync/src/rsync-3.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5ee72266fe2c1822333c407e1761b92b
Download size: 780 KB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB (includes installing all documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

rsync Dependencies

Optional

attr-2.4.47 and acl-2.2.52

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rsync

Installation of rsync

For security reasons, running the rsync server as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. If you intend to run rsync as a daemon, create the rsyncd user and group with the following commands issued by the root user:

groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
    -s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd

Install rsync by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to build HTML API documentation, issue doxygen.

If you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed and wish to build the user documentation, issue any or all of the following commands:

pushd doc &&
docbook2pdf             rsync.sgml &&
docbook2ps              rsync.sgml &&
docbook2dvi             rsync.sgml &&
docbook2txt             rsync.sgml &&
docbook2html --nochunks rsync.sgml &&
popd

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d          /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.9/api &&
install -v -m644 dox/html/*  /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.9/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/rsync.* /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.9

Configuring rsync

Config Files

/etc/rsyncd.conf

Configuration Information

For client access to remote files, you may need to install the OpenSSH-6.3p1 package to connect to the remote server.

This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).

cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic rsync configuration file
# It exports a single module without user authentication.

motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
use chroot = yes

[localhost]
    path = /home/rsync
    comment = Default rsync module
    read only = yes
    list = yes
    uid = rsyncd
    gid = rsyncd

EOF

You can find additional configuration information and general documentation about rsync at http://rsync.samba.org/documentation.html.

Boot Script

Note that you only want to start the rsync server if you want to provide an rsync archive on your local machine. You don't need this script to run the rsync client.

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-rsyncd

Installed Program: rsync

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: Optionally, /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.0.9

Short Descriptions

rsync

is a replacement for rcp (and scp) that has many more features. It uses the “rsync algorithm” which provides a very fast method of syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of files are present at one end of the link beforehand.

Last updated on 2013-08-27 06:13:39 -0700

Samba-4.0.9

Introduction to Samba

The Samba package provides file and print services to SMB/CIFS clients and Windows networking to Linux clients. Samba can also be configured as a Windows Domain Controller replacement, a file/print server acting as a member of a Windows Active Directory domain and a NetBIOS (rfc1001/1002) nameserver (which among other things provides LAN browsing support).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.samba.org/pub/samba/stable/samba-4.0.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.samba.org/pub/samba/stable/samba-4.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f5f2ad0e2aabf024e2e3e2f297a0631a
Download size: 21 MB
Estimated disk space required: 482 MB (up to 900MB additional for all tests)
Estimated build time: 7.2 SBU (up to 110 SBU to run all tests)

Samba Dependencies

Required

libtirpc-0.2.3

Optional

popt-1.16, Linux-PAM-1.1.7, Cups-1.6.3, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Gamin-0.1.10, acl-2.2.52, xfsprogs-3.1.11, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Python-2.7.5 (used only in parts of the test suite), libxslt-1.1.28 (used only for documentation), tdb, ctdb, libcap2-2.22, libunwind, Avahi-0.6.31, OpenAFS, and Valgrind (optionally used by the test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/samba

Installation of Samba

Note

If you wish to run the test suite after the binaries are built, you must add the --enable-socket-wrapper and --enable-selftest parameters to the configure script below. You may want to run configure with the --help parameter first. There may be other parameters needed to take advantage of optional dependencies.

Install Samba by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/dmapi_lib/s/$/ldflags='-ltirpc',/" source3/wscript_build &&

./configure                            \
    --prefix=/usr                      \
    --sysconfdir=/etc                  \
    --localstatedir=/var               \
    --with-piddir=/run/samba           \
    --with-pammodulesdir=/lib/security \
    --enable-fhs                       \
    --enable-nss-wrapper               &&

make

To test the results, as the root user,issue: make quicktest (about 8 SBU). There are other targets (test, subunit-test) available, but take a very long (over 100 SBU) time.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

mv -v /usr/lib/libnss_win{s,bind}.so*   /lib                       &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_wins.so.2    /usr/lib/libnss_wins.so    &&

install -v -m644    examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba &&

mkdir -pv /etc/openldap/schema                        &&

install -v -m644    examples/LDAP/README              \
                    /etc/openldap/schema/README.LDAP  &&
                    
install -v -m644    examples/LDAP/samba*              \
                    /etc/openldap/schema              &&
                    
install -v -m755    examples/LDAP/{convert*,get*,ol*} \
                    /etc/openldap/schema              &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/samba-4.0.9 &&

install -v -m644    lib/ntdb/doc/design.pdf \
                    /usr/share/doc/samba-4.0.9 &&

ln -v -s ../../samba/swat  /usr/share/doc/samba-4.0.9

To create the html documents needed for swat (libxslt-1.1.28 required), do the following:

cd docs-xml &&
autoreconf  &&
./configure &&
make htmlman

Now, as the root user:

mkdir -pv                          /usr/share/samba/swat/help/manpages &&
cp output/htmldocs/manpages/*.html /usr/share/samba/swat/help/manpages

Command Explanations

sed ... source3/wscript_build: This command enables the build to complete when using libtirpc instead of the deprecated glibc rpc functions.

--sysconfdir=/etc: Sets the configuration file directory to avoid the default of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: Sets the variable data directory to avoid the default of /usr/var.

--with-fhs: Assigns all other file paths in a manner compliant with the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS).

--enable-nss-wrapper: Builds the nss-wrapper library.

--enable-socket-wrapper and --enable-selftest: These options are required to run the test suite.

mv -v /usr/lib/libnss_win{s,bind}.so* /lib: The nss libraries are installed in /usr/lib by default. Move them to /lib.

ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so and ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_wins.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_wins.so: These symlinks are required when applicates build against these libraries.

install -v -m644 examples/LDAP/* /etc/openldap/schema: These commands are used to copy sample Samba schemas to the OpenLDAP schema directory.

install -v -m644 ../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba: This copies a default smb.conf file into /etc/samba. This sample configuration will not work until you copy it to /etc/samba/smb.conf and make the appropriate changes for your installation. See the configuration section for minimum values which must be set.

Configuring Samba

Config Files

/etc/samba/smb.conf

Printing to SMB Clients

If you use CUPS for print services, and you wish to print to a printer attached to an SMB client, you need to create an SMB backend device. To create the device, issue the following command as the root user:

ln -v -sf /usr/bin/smbspool /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb

Configuration Information

Due to the complexity and the many various uses for Samba, complete configuration for all the package's capabilities is well beyond the scope of the BLFS book. This section provides instructions to configure the /etc/samba/smb.conf file for two common scenarios. The complete contents of /etc/samba/smb.conf will depend on the purpose of Samba installation.

Note

You may find it easier to copy the configuration parameters shown below into an empty /etc/samba/smb.conf file instead of copying and editing the default file as mentioned in the “Command Explanations” section. How you create/edit the /etc/samba/smb.conf file will be left up to you. Do ensure the file is only writeable by the root user (mode 644).

Scenario 1: Minimal Standalone Client-Only Installation

Choose this variant if you only want to transfer files using smbclient, mount Windows shares and print to Windows printers, and don't want to share your files and printers to Windows machines.

A /etc/samba/smb.conf file with the following three parameters is sufficient:

[global]
    workgroup = MYGROUP
    dos charset = cp850
    unix charset = ISO-8859-1

The values in this example specify that the computer belongs to a Windows workgroup named “MYGROUP”, uses the “cp850” character set on the wire when talking to MS-DOS and MS Windows 9x, and that the filenames are stored in the “ISO-8859-1” encoding on the disk. Adjust these values appropriately for your installation. The “unix charset” value must be the same as the output of locale charmap when executed with the LANG variable set to your preferred locale, otherwise the ls command may not display correct filenames of downloaded files.

There is no need to run any Samba servers in this scenario, thus you don't need to install the provided bootscripts.

Scenario 2: Standalone File/Print Server

Choose this variant if you want to share your files and printers to Windows machines in your workgroup in addition to the capabilities described in Scenario 1.

In this case, the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file may be a good template to start from. Also add “dos charset” and “unix charset” parameters to the “[global]” section as described in Scenario 1 in order to prevent filename corruption.

The following configuration file creates a separate share for each user's home directory and also makes all printers available to Windows machines:

[global]
    workgroup = MYGROUP
    dos charset = cp850
    unix charset = ISO-8859-1

[homes]
    comment = Home Directories
    browseable = no
    writable = yes

[printers]
    comment = All Printers
    path = /var/spool/samba
    browseable = no
    guest ok = no
    printable = yes

Other parameters you may wish to customize in the “[global]” section include:

    server string =
    security =
    hosts allow =
    load printers =
    log file =
    max log size =
    socket options =
    local master =

Reference the comments in the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file for information regarding these parameters.

Since the smbd and nmbd daemons are needed in this case, install the samba bootscript. Be sure to run smbpasswd (with the -a option to add users) to enable and set passwords for all accounts that need Samba access, or use the SWAT web interface (see below) to do the same. Using the default Samba passdb backend, any user you attempt to add will also be required to exist in the /etc/passwd file.

Advanced Requirements

More complex scenarios involving domain control or membership are possible. Such setups are advanced topics and cannot be adequately covered in BLFS. Many complete books have been written on these topics alone. Note that in some domain membership scenarios, the winbindd daemon and the corresponding bootscript are needed.

There is quite a bit of documentation available which covers many of these advanced configurations. Point your web browser to the links below to view some of the documentation included with the Samba package:

Using Samba, 2nd Edition; a popular book published by O'Reilly http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/using_samba/toc.html
The Official Samba HOWTO and Reference Guide http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/
Samba-3 by Example http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-Guide/
The Samba-3 man Pages file:///usr/share/samba/swat/help/manpages/samba.7.html

Boot Script

For your convenience, boot scripts have been provided for Samba. There are two included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package. The first, samba, will start the smbd and nmbd daemons needed to provide SMB/CIFS services. The second script, winbind, starts the winbindd daemon, used for providing Windows domain services to Linux clients.

The default Samba installation uses the nobody user for guest access to the server. This can be overridden by setting the guest account = parameter in the /etc/samba/smb.conf file. If you utilize the guest account = parameter, ensure this user exists in the /etc/passwd file. To use the default user, issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
    -s /bin/false -u 99 nobody

Install the samba script with the following command issued as the root user:

make install-samba

If you also need the winbindd script to resolve names from Windows clients, run:

make install-winbindd

Configuring SWAT

The SWAT (Samba Web Administration Tool) utility can be used for configuration of the Samba installation.

Setting up SWAT using xinetd

If not already done, add an entry to /etc/services file as the root user:

echo "swat            905/tcp" >> /etc/services

Create the Samba xinetd-2.3.15 file as /etc/xinetd.d/swat.

Warning

You may modify or remove the “only_from” line below to include other host(s). BLFS does not recommend doing this because of the security risk involved. However, in a home network environment, disclosure of the root password may be an acceptable risk.

cat >> /etc/xinetd.d/swat << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/swat

service swat
{
    port            = 905
    socket_type     = stream
    wait            = no
    instances       = 5
    only_from       = 127.0.0.1
    user            = root
    server          = /usr/sbin/swat
    log_on_failure += USERID
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/swat
EOF

Issue a killall -HUP xinetd to read the new /etc/xinetd.d/swat file.

Note

If you linked Linux-PAM into the Samba build, you'll need to create an /etc/pam.d/samba file.

SWAT can now be launched by pointing your web browser to http://localhost:905.

Setting up SWAT using stunnel

A better way to set up SWAT for network access is through stunnel-4.56. For convenience, a boot scripts has been provided for SWAT via stunnel. First, create the stunnel configuration file:

cat >> /etc/stunnel/swat.conf << "EOF"
; File: /etc/stunnel/swat.conf

pid    = /run/stunnel-swat.pid
setuid = root
setgid = root
cert   = /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem

[swat]
accept = swat
exec   = /usr/sbin/swat

EOF

Next, install the swat bootscript:

make install-swat

After starting the SWAT boot script the tool can be accessed by pointing your web browser to https://localhost:905. Note: https. If access to the tool needs to be further restricted, then Iptables-1.4.20 can be used.

Installed Programs: cifsdd, dbwrap_tool, eventlogadm, gentest, ldbadd, ldbdel, ldbedit, ldbmodify, ldbrename, ldbsearch, locktest, masktest, ndrdump, net, nmbd, nmblookup, nmblookup4, ntlm_auth, oLschema2ldif, pdbedit, pidl, profiles, regdiff, regpatch, regshell, regtree, rpcclient, samba, samba_dnsupdate samba_kcc, samba_spnupdate, samba-tool, samba_upgradedns, sharesec, smbcacls, smbclient, smbclient4, smbcontrol, smbcquotas, smbd, smbget, smbpasswd, smbspool, smbstatus, smbta-util, smbtar, smbtree, smbtorture, swat, testparm, tdbbackup, tdbdump, tdbrestore, and tdbtool, winbindd, and wbinfo

Installed Libraries: libnss_winbind.so, libnss_wins.so, libnetapi.so, libsmbclient.so, libsmbsharemodes.so, libwbclient.so, the pam_winbind.so and pam_smbpass.so PAM libraries, and assorted character set, filesystem and support modules.

Installed Directories: /etc/samba, /usr/include/samba-4.0, /usr/lib/samba, /usr/share/samba, /var/cache/samba, /var/lib/samba, /var/log/samba, /var/lock/samba, and /var/run/samba

Short Descriptions

eventlogadm	is used to write records to eventlogs from STDIN, add the specified source and DLL eventlog registry entries and display the active eventlog names (from `smb.conf`).
ldbadd	is a command-line utility for adding records to an LDB database.
ldbdel	is a command-line program for deleting LDB database records.
ldbedit	allows you to edit LDB databases using your preferred editor.
ldbmodify	allows you to modify records in an LDB database.
ldbrename	allows you to edit LDB databases using your preferred editor.
ldbsearch	searches an LDB database for records matching a specified expression.
net	is a tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers, similar to the net utility for DOS/Windows.
nmbd	is the Samba NetBIOS name server.
nmblookup	is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses.
ntlm_auth	is a tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function.
pdbedit	is a tool used to manage the SAM database.
profiles	is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in Windows registry files. It currently only supports Windows NT.
rpcclient	is used to execute MS-RPC client side functions.
sharesec	manipulates share ACL permissions on SMB file shares.
smbcacls	is used to manipulate Windows NT access control lists.
smbclient	is a SMB/CIFS access utility, similar to FTP.
smbcontrol	is used to control running smbd, nmbd and winbindd daemons.
smbcquotas	is used to manipulate Windows NT quotas on SMB file shares.
smbd	is the main Samba daemon which provides SMB/CIFS services to clients.
smbget	is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line.
smbpasswd	changes a user's Samba password.
smbspool	sends a print job to an SMB printer.
smbstatus	reports current Samba connections.
smbtar	is a shell script used for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to Linux tape drives or a file.
smbtree	is a text-based SMB network browser.
swat	is the Samba Web Administration Tool.
tdbbackup	is a tool for backing up or validating the integrity of Samba `.tdb` files.
tdbdump	is a tool used to print the contents of a Samba `.tdb` file.
tdbtool	is a tool which allows simple database manipulation from the command line.
testparm	checks an `smb.conf` file for proper syntax.
wbinfo	queries a running winbindd daemon.
winbindd	resolves names from Windows NT servers.
`libnss_winbind.so`	provides Name Service Switch API functions for resolving names from NT servers.
`libnss_wins.so`	provides API functions for Samba's implementation of the Windows Internet Naming Service.
`libnetapi.so`	provides the API functions for the administration tools used for Samba and remote CIFS servers.
`libsmbclient.so`	provides the API functions for the Samba SMB client tools.
`libsmbsharemodes.so`	provides API functions for accessing SMB share modes (locks etc.)
`libwbclient.so`	provides API functions for Windows domain client services.

Last updated on 2013-08-27 02:03:59 -0700

Wget-1.14

Introduction to Wget

The Wget package contains a utility useful for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.14.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.14.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 316f6f59292c9098ad81fd54f658c579
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/wget-1.14-texi2pod-1.patch

Wget Dependencies

Optional

libidn-1.28, PCRE-8.33, libwww-perl-6.05 (required for the majority of the test suite), and Dante

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wget

Installation of Wget

Install Wget by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../wget-1.14-texi2pod-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr      \
            --sysconfdir=/etc  \
            --with-ssl=openssl &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This relocates the configuration file from /usr/etc to /etc.

--with-ssl=openssl: This allows the program to work with OpenSSL-1.0.1e. It can be omitted if GnuTLS-3.2.4 is found or the HTTPS protocol is not needed.

Configuring Wget

Config Files

/etc/wgetrc and ~/.wgetrc

If you have installed the Certificate Authority Certificates and you want Wget to use them, as the root user:

echo ca-directory=/etc/ssl/certs >> /etc/wgetrc

Installed Program: wget

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

wget

retrieves files from the Web using the HTTP, HTTPS and FTP protocols. It is designed to be non-interactive, for background or unattended operations.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 13:38:01 -0700

Wireless Tools-29

Introduction to Wireless Tools

The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).

The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.hpl.hp.com/personal/Jean_Tourrilhes/Linux/wireless_tools.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e06c222e186f7cc013fd272d023710cb
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/WirelessTools

Kernel Configuration

To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate bus must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases, this bus support will also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge support also needs to be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.

In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless card must also be available. There are many wireless cards and they don't all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel. The drivers are located in Device Drivers → Network Device Support → Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers available for some very common cards. For more information, look at the user notes.

After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will appear in /proc/net/wireless.

Installation of Wireless Tools

To install Wireless Tools, use the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man install

Command Explanations

INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man: Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man

Installed Programs: ifrename, iwconfig, iwevent, iwgetid, iwlist, iwpriv, and iwspy

Installed Library: libiw.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ifrename	renames network interfaces based on various static criteria.
iwconfig	configures a wireless network interface.
iwevent	displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting changes.
iwgetid	reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks.
iwlist	gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface.
iwpriv	configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network interface.
iwspy	gets wireless statistics from specific node.
`libiw.so`	contains functions required by the wireless programs and provides an API for other programs.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

wpa_supplicant-2.0

Introduction to WPA Supplicant

WPA Supplicant is a Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) client and IEEE 802.1X supplicant. It implements WPA key negotiation with a WPA Authenticator and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication with an Authentication Server. In addition, it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11 authentication/association of the wireless LAN driver. This is useful for connecting to a password protected wireless access point.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://hostap.epitest.fi/releases/wpa_supplicant-2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3be2ebfdcced52e00eda0afe2889839d
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

WPA Supplicant Dependencies

Optional

D-Bus-1.6.14, libxml2-2.9.1 and Qt-4.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wpa_supplicant

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

[*] Networking support  --->
  [*]   Wireless  --->
    [*]   cfg80211 - wireless configuration API
    [*]     cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility
    [*]   Generic IEEE 802.11 Networking Stack (mac80211)

Device Drivers  --->
  [*] Network device support  --->
    [*]   Wireless LAN  --->

Select the options that support your hardware: lspci from pciutils-3.2.0 can be used to view your hardware configuration.

Installation of WPA Supplicant

First you will need to create an initial configuration file for the build process. You can read wpa_supplicant/README and wpa_supplicant/defconfig for the explanation of the following options as well as other options that can be used. Create a build configuration file that should work for standard WiFi setups by running the following command:

cat > wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_BACKEND=file
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_FILE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG_FACILITY=LOG_DAEMON
CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED=y
CONFIG_EAP_GTC=y
CONFIG_EAP_LEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_MD5=y
CONFIG_EAP_MSCHAPV2=y
CONFIG_EAP_OTP=y
CONFIG_EAP_PEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_TLS=y
CONFIG_EAP_TTLS=y
CONFIG_IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y
CONFIG_IPV6=y
CONFIG_LIBNL32=y
CONFIG_PEERKEY=y
CONFIG_PKCS12=y
CONFIG_READLINE=y
CONFIG_SMARTCARD=y
CONFIG_WPS=y
CFLAGS += -I/usr/include/libnl3
EOF

If you wish to use WPA Supplicant with NetworkManager-0.9.8.2, make sure that you have installed D-Bus-1.6.14 and libxml2-2.9.1, then add the following options to the WPA Supplicant build configuration file by running the following command:

cat >> wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_INTRO=y
EOF

Install WPA Supplicant by running the following commands:

cd wpa_supplicant &&
make BINDIR=/sbin LIBDIR=/lib

If you have installed Qt-4.8.5 and wish to build the WPA Supplicant GUI program, run the following commands:

pushd wpa_gui-qt4 &&
qmake wpa_gui.pro &&
make &&
popd

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -m755 wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant} /sbin/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_supplicant.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant}.8 /usr/share/man/man8/

If you have built WPA Supplicant with D-Bus support, you will need to install D-Bus configuration files. Install them by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 dbus/fi.{epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant,w1.wpa_supplicant1}.service \
                 /usr/share/dbus-1/system-services/ &&
install -v -m644 dbus/dbus-wpa_supplicant.conf \
                 /etc/dbus-1/system.d/wpa_supplicant.conf

If you have built the WPA Supplicant GUI program, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui /usr/bin/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_gui.8 /usr/share/man/man8/ &&
install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui.desktop /usr/share/applications/ &&
install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/icons/wpa_gui.svg /usr/share/pixmaps/

Note

You will need to restart the system D-Bus daemon before you can use the WPA Supplicant D-Bus interface.

Note

This package installes desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy and you can improve system performance and memory usage by updating /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache. To perform the update you must have desktop-file-utils-0.22 installed and issue the following command as the root user:

update-desktop-database

Configuring wpa_supplicant

Config File

/etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-*.conf

Configuration Information

To connect to an access point that uses a password, you need to put the pre-shared key in /etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf. SSID is the string that the access point/router transmits to identify itself. Run the following command as the root user:

wpa_passphrase SSID SECRET_PASSWORD > /etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf

/etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf can hold the details of several access points. When wpa_supplicant is started, it will scan for the SSIDs it can see and choose the appropriate password to connect.

If you want to connect to an access point that isn't password protected, put an entry like this in /etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf. Replace "Some-SSID" with the SSID of the access point/router.

network={
  ssid="Some-SSID"
  key_mgmt=NONE
}

There are many options that you could use to tweak how you connect to each access point. They are described in some detail in the wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf file in the source tree.

Connecting to an Access Point

If you want to configure network interfaces at boot using wpa_supplicant, you need to install the /lib/services/wpa script included in blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package:

make install-service-wpa

If your router/access point uses DHCP to allocate IP addresses, you can install DHCP-4.2.5-P1 client and use it to automatically obtain network addresses. Create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig-wifi0 by running the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="wlan0"
SERVICE="wpa"

# Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant
WPA_ARGS=""

WPA_SERVICE="dhclient"
DHCP_START=""
DHCP_STOP=""

# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"

# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF

If you prefer dhcpcd-6.0.5 instead of DHCP-4.2.5-P1 client, then create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig-wifi0 by running the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="wlan0"
SERVICE="wpa"

# Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant
WPA_ARGS=""

WPA_SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="-b -q <insert appropriate start options here>"
DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"
EOF

Alternatively, if you use static addresses on your local network, then create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig-wifi0 by running the following command as the root user:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="wlan0"
SERVICE="wpa"

# Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant
WPA_ARGS=""

WPA_SERVICE="ipv4-static"
IP="192.168.1.1"
GATEWAY="192.168.1.2"
PREFIX="24"
BROADCAST="192.168.1.255"
EOF

You can connect to the wireless access point by running the following command as the root user:

ifup wifi0

Replace wlan0 with the correct wireless interface and wifi0 with desired name for the configuration file. Please note that wpa_supplicant-*.conf and ifconfig.* configuration files need to have identical names, ie both contain wifi0 in their name.

Installed Programs: wpa_gui, wpa_supplicant, wpa_passphrase and wpa_cli

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

wpa_gui	is a graphical frontend program for interacting with wpa_supplicant.
wpa_supplicant	is a daemon that can connect to a password protected wireless access point.
wpa_passphrase	takes an SSID and a password and generates a simple configuration that wpa_supplicant can understand.
wpa_cli	is a command line interface used to control a running wpa_supplicant daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 08:55:05 -0700

Other Networking Programs

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/othernetprogs

NCPFS contains client and administration tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.

Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700

Chapter 16. Networking Utilities

This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network needs investigating.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/basicnetworkingutilities

Avahi-0.6.31

Introduction to Avahi

The Avahi package is a system which facilitates service discovery on a local network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://avahi.org/download/avahi-0.6.31.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2f22745b8f7368ad5a0a3fddac343f2d
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Avahi Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and Intltool-0.50.2

Optional

Qt-4.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/avahi

Installation of Avahi

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the avahi-daemon daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -fg 84 avahi &&
useradd -c "Avahi Daemon Owner" -d /var/run/avahi-daemon -u 84 \
        -g avahi -s /bin/false avahi

There should also be a dedicated priviliged access group for Avahi clients. Issue the following command as the root user:

groupadd -fg 86 netdev

Install Avahi by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --disable-static     \
            --disable-mono       \
            --disable-monodoc    \
            --disable-python     \
            --disable-qt3        \
            --disable-qt4        \
            --enable-core-docs   \
            --with-distro=none &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--disable-mono: This parameter disables the Mono bindings.

--disable-monodoc: This parameter disables documentation for the Mono bindings.

--disable-python: This parameter disables the scripts that depend on Python. It also allows a regular install to complete successfully.

--disable-qt3: This parameter disables the building of Qt3 mainloop integration.

--disable-qt4: This parameter disables the building of Qt4Core mainloop integration. Omit this if you have installed Qt4.

--enable-core-docs: This parameter enables the building of documentation.

--with-distro=none: There is an obsolete boot script in the distribution for LFS. This option disables it.

--disable-dbus: This parameter disables the use of D-Bus.

--disable-gtk: This parameter disables the use of GTK+2.

--disable-gtk3: This parameter disables the use of GTK+3.

--disable-libdaemon: This parameter disables the use of libdaemon. If you remove this option, avahi-daemon won't be built.

--enable-tests: This option enables the building of tests and examples.

--enable-compat-howl: This option enables the compatibility layer for HOWL.

--enable-compat-libdns_sd: This option enables the compatibility layer for libdns_sd.

Configuring avahi

Boot Script

To automatically start the avahi-daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/avahi bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-avahi

Installed Programs: avahi-autoipd, avahi-bookmarks, avahi-browse, avahi-browse-domains, avahi-daemon, avahi-discover, avahi-discover-standalone, avahi-dnsconfd, avahi-publish, avahi-publish-address, avahi-publish-service, avahi-resolve, avahi-resolve-address, avahi-resolve-host-name, avahi-set-host-name, bshell, bssh, and bvnc

Installed Libraries: libavahi-client.so, libavahi-common.so, libavahi-core.so, libavahi-glib.so, libavahi-gobject.so, libavahi-ui-gtk3.so,, libavahi-ui.so, libdns_sd.so, and libhowl.so,

Installed Directories: /etc/avahi/services, /usr/{include/{avahi-client,avahi-common, avahi-compat-howl/{corby,discovery,rendezvous,salt}, avahi-compat-libdns_sd,avahi-core,avahi-glib,avahi-gobject,avahi-ui}, lib/{avahi,python2.7/site-packages/{avahi, avahi_discover}},share/{avahi/interfaces,locale/en_NZ/LC_MESSAGES}}

Short Descriptions

avahi-autoipd	is a IPv4LL network address configuration daemon.
avahi-bookmarks	is a Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-browse	browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-browse-domains	browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-daemon	is the Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD daemon.
avahi-discover	browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-discover-standalone	browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-dnsconfd	is a Unicast DNS server from mDNS/DNS-SD configuration daemon.
avahi-publish	registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-publish-address	registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-publish-service	registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-resolve	resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-resolve-address	resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-resolve-host-name	resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon.
avahi-set-host-name	changes the mDNS host name.
bssh	browses for SSH servers on the local network.
bvnc	browses for VNC servers on the local network.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

BIND Utilities-9.9.3-P2

Introduction to BIND Utilities

BIND Utilities is not a separate package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included with BIND-9.9.3-P2. The BIND package includes the client side programs nslookup, dig and host. If you install BIND server, these programs will be installed automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete BIND server, but need these client side applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.9.3-P2/bind-9.9.3-P2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 943f6de6bfdfd821aa444242c02c1322
Download size: 7.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 146 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

BIND Utilities Dependencies

Optional

libcap2-2.22, libxml2-2.9.1, and OpenSSL-1.0.1e

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind-utils

Installation of BIND Utilities

Install BIND Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make -C lib/dns &&
make -C lib/isc &&
make -C lib/bind9 &&
make -C lib/isccfg &&
make -C lib/lwres &&
make -C bin/dig

This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make -C bin/dig install

Command Explanations

make -C lib/...: These commands build the libraries that are needed for the client programs.

make -C bin/dig: This command builds the client programs.

Installed Programs: dig, host, and nslookup

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

See the program descriptions in the BIND-9.9.3-P2 section.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

mod_dnssd-0.6

Introduction to mod_dnssd

The mod_dnssd package is an Apache HTTPD module which adds Zeroconf support via DNS-SD using Avahi. This allows Apache to advertise itself and the websites available to clients compatible with the protocol.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/mod_dnssd/mod_dnssd-0.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bed3d95a98168bf0515922d1c05020c5
Download size: 84 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

mod_dnssd Dependencies

Required

Apache-2.4.6 and Avahi-0.6.31

Optional

Lynx-2.8.8dev.16

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mod_dnssd

Installation of mod_dnssd

Install mod_dnssd by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/unixd_setup_child/ap_&/' src/mod_dnssd.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-lynx &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install
sed -i 's| usr| /usr|' /etc/httpd/httpd.conf

Command Explanations

sed ... src/mod_dnssd.c: Fix an external function call that has been updated since this package was released.

--disable-lynx: This parameter turns off Lynx usage for documentation generation. Remove it if you have Lynx installed.

sed ... /etc/httpd/httpd.conf: Fix a directory path that the intallation procedure incorrectly puts in the httpd configuration file.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: mod_dnssd.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

mod_dnssd.so

is the Apache HTTPD module.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 17:59:05 -0700

NetworkManager-0.9.8.2

Introduction to NetworkManager

NetworkManager is a set of co-operative tools that make networking simple and straightforward. Whether WiFi, wired, 3G, or Bluetooth, NetworkManager allows you to quickly move from one network to another: Once a network has been configured and joined once, it can be detected and re-joined automatically the next time it's available.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/NetworkManager/0.9/NetworkManager-0.9.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/NetworkManager/0.9/NetworkManager-0.9.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ac4ee1652e77ba064a5e18dc7af7e25
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 81 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

NetworkManager Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, Intltool-0.50.2, libnl-3.2.22, NSS-3.15.1, and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev)

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, ModemManager and wpa_supplicant-2.0 (built with D-Bus support)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/NetworkManager

Installation of NetworkManager

Install NetworkManager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/NetworkManager \
            --disable-ppp &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-ppp: This parameter disables optional PPP support in NetworkManager.

--enable-doc: Use this switch if you have installed GTK-Doc-1.19 and wish to build the API manuals.

--without-iptables: Use this switch if you don't have Iptables installed.

Configuring NetworkManager

Config Files

/etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf

Configuration Information

For NetworkManager to work, at least minimal configuration file must be present. Such file is not installed with make install. Issue following command as the root user to create minimal NetworkManager.conf file:

cat >> /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf << "EOF"
[main]
plugins=keyfile
EOF

See man 5 NetworkManager.conf for any additional options.

Boot Script

To automatically start the NetworkManager daemon when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/networkmanager bootscript from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-networkmanager

Installed Programs: nmcli, nm-online, nm-tool, and NetworkManager

Installed Libraries: libnm-glib.so, libnm-glib-vpn.so, and libnm-util.so

Installed Directories: /etc/NetworkManager, /usr/include/libnm-glib, /usr/include/NetworkManager, /usr/lib/NetworkManager, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libnm-glib, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libnm-util, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/NetworkManager, and /var/lib/NetworkManager

Short Descriptions

nmcli	is a command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager and getting its status.
nm-online	is a utility to find out whether you are online.
nm-tool	is used to provide information about NetworkManager, device, and wireless networks.
NetworkManager	is the network management daemon.
`libnm-glib.so`	contains functions used by NetworkManager.
`libnm-glib-vpn.so`	contains functions used by NetworkManager VPN plugins.
`libnm-util.so`	contains functions used by NetworkManager utils.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Nmap-6.40

Introduction to Nmap

Nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://nmap.org/dist/nmap-6.40.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/nmap-6.40.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c0e2f3370e1fb97fb53185b15aa22aff
Download size: 7.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 107 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU

Nmap Dependencies

Note

These packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and link against its own (often older) version.

libpcap-1.4.0, Lua-5.1.5, PCRE-8.33 and liblinear

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e, PyGTK-2.24.0 (required for zenmap), Python-2.7.5 (required for ndiff) and Subversion-1.8.3 (required for nmap-update)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nmap

Installation of Nmap

Install Nmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: ncat, ndiff, nmap, nmapfe, nmap-update, nping, uninstall_zenmap, xnmap and zenmap

Installed Libraries: /usr/lib/python2.7.5/site-packages/

Installed Directories: /usr/share/ncat, /usr/share/nmap and /usr/share/zenmap

Short Descriptions

ncat	is a utility for reading and writing data across networks from the command line.
ndiff	is a tool to aid in the comparison of Nmap scans.
nmap	is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.
nmapfe	is a symbolic link to zenmap.
nmap-update	is an updater for Nmap architecture-independent files.
xnmap	is a symbolic link to zenmap.
zenmap	is a Python based graphical nmap frontend viewer. GTK+-2.24.20 is a required run time dependency.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

Traceroute-2.0.19

Introduction to Traceroute

The Traceroute package contains a program which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint the problem.

Note

This package overwrites the version of traceroute that was installed in the inetutils package in LFS. This version is more powerful and allows many more options than the standard version.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/traceroute/traceroute-2.0.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dd15d563993020d088ba02e8f987deaf
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 632 KB
Estimated build time: Less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/traceroute

Installation of Traceroute

Install Traceroute by running the following commands:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install &&
mv /usr/bin/traceroute /bin

Installed Program: traceroute

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

traceroute

does basically what it says: it traces the route your packets take from the host you are working on to another host on a network, showing all the intermediate hops (gateways) along the way.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Whois-5.0.26

Introduction to Whois

Whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name. This package by default will install two programs: whois and mkpasswd. The mkpasswd command is also installed by the Expect-5.45 package.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/w/whois/whois_5.0.26.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/w/whois/whois_5.0.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 236829eea77e85df2443a54815a1b41d
Download size: 71 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/whois

Installation of Whois

Build the application with:

make

You can install the whois program, the mkpasswd program, and the locale files independently. Control your choice of what is installed with the following commands issued as the root user:

Note

Installing this version of mkpasswd will overwrite the same command installed by Expect-5.45.

make prefix=/usr install-whois
make prefix=/usr install-mkpasswd
make prefix=/usr install-pos

Installed Programs: whois and mkpasswd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

whois

is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

Wicd-1.7.2.4

Introduction to Wicd

Wicd is a network manager written in Python. It simplifies network setup by automatically detecting and connecting to wireless and wired networks. Wicd includes support for WPA authentication and DHCP configuration. It provides Curses- and GTK-based graphical frontends for user-friendly control. An excellent KDE-based frontend is also available here.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://launchpad.net/wicd/1.7/1.7.2.4/+download/wicd-1.7.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2435ddfdef0b9898852d72a85a45f0f
Download size: 429 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Wicd Dependencies

Note

Wicd uses ifconfig to activate network connections. ifconfig is provided by both the Inetutils and Net-tools packages. The Inetutils package is part of LFS, but the ifconfig command is not installed by the LFS instructions. If you choose to install the Inetutils version of ifconfig, you need to reinstall the package and configure it without the --disable-ifconfig switch.

Required

Python-2.7.5, D-Bus Python-1.2.0, Wireless Tools-29, and Net-tools-CVS_20101030 (Wicd needs ifconfig and mii-tool from this package)

Optional

pm-utils-1.4.1 (for suspend/resume integration), Urwid (for the Curses-based frontend), and Babel (for internationalization)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wicd

Installation of Wicd

Install Wicd by running the following commands:

sed -i '/wpath.logrotate\|wpath.systemd/d' setup.py &&
rm po/*.po                                          &&
python setup.py configure --no-install-kde     \
                          --no-install-acpi    \
                          --no-install-pmutils \
                          --no-install-init

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user, install the package:

python setup.py install

Command Explanations

rm po/*.po: This command removes the international messages associated with this package. The command is required unless Babel is installed. If it is installed, po/ast.po still needs to be removed in order for the build to complete.

sed -i '/wpath...: This sed prevents installation of logrotate and systemd configuration files. You may omit it if you use these utilities.

--no-install-kde: Prevent installation of an autostart desktop file for KDE. If you use KDE, you should instead install the Wicd KDE Client.

--no-install-acpi: Prevent installation of suspend and resume scripts for acpid. Omit this option if you use acpid.

--no-install-pmutils: Prevent installation of hooks for pm-utils. Omit this option if you use pm-utils.

--no-install-init: Prevent installation of any init scripts, as a bootscript is installed later in the instructions.

--wicdgroup=<group>: The group that will have permission to use the Wicd client (default is the users group).

Configuring Wicd

Config Files

/etc/wicd/manager-settings.conf, /etc/wicd/wired-settings.conf and /etc/wicd/wireless-settings.conf

Configuration Information

To automatically start Wicd at boot time, you need to first install the Wicd bootscript, /etc/rc.d/init.d/wicd, included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package (as user root):

make install-wicd

Since Wicd will now handle all configuration of network devices, the network bootscript installed by LFS should be disabled. This can be achieved by either removing any S*network and K*network symlinks in the /etc/rc*.d directories or by setting ONBOOT=no in any /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.* files.

No manual configuration of Wicd is needed if you use the graphical frontends. If you are only going to use Wicd from command-line, you can configure it using the configuration files in /etc/wicd. For a list of available options, look at the man-pages for: wicd-manager-settings.conf, wicd-wired-settings.conf and wicd-wireless-settings.conf.

Be sure to add all users who are to have rights to open and close network connections with Wicd to the users group (or the group specified with the --wicdgroup configuration option).

Installed Programs: wicd, wicd-cli, wicd-client, wicd-curses, and wicd-gtk

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: /etc/wicd, /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/wicd, /usr/share/doc/wicd, /usr/share/pixmaps/wicd, /usr/share/wicd, /var/lib/wicd, and /var/log/wicd

Short Descriptions

wicd	is the wicd daemon.
wicd-cli	is a command line interface for configuring the wicd daemon.
wicd-client	is the wicd client. This script attempts to automatically choose the relevant configuration interface.
wicd-curses	is a curses interface for configuring the wicd daemon.
wicd-gtk	is a GTK interface for configuring the wicd daemon

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Wireshark-1.10.2

Introduction to Wireshark

The Wireshark package contains a network protocol analyzer, also known as a “sniffer”. This is useful for analyzing data captured “off the wire” from a live network connection, or data read from a capture file. Wireshark provides both a graphical and a TTY-mode front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols, as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular network analyzers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.wireshark.org/download/src/all-versions/wireshark-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cd7fedd0a67df5ad4905fd356efdc1e8
Download size: 25 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 GB
Estimated build time: 5.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional Documentation: http://www.wireshark.org/download/docs/

From this page you can download many different docs in a variety of formats.

Wireshark dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 (to build the TTY-mode front-end only)

Note that if you don't have Gtk+ installed, you will need to pass --disable-wireshark to the configure command.

Optional

pkg-config-0.28, GTK+-2.24.20 or GTK+-3.8.4 (to build the GUI front-end), OpenSSL-1.0.1e, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Python-2.7.5, PCRE-8.33, GnuTLS-3.2.4, PortAudio, GeoIP, adns, and Lua-5.1.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wireshark

Kernel Configuration

The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for Wireshark to capture live packets from the network.

Networking support: Y
  Networking options:
    Packet: sockets monitoring interface: M or Y

If built as a module, the name is af_packet.ko.

Installation of Wireshark

Optionally, fix the description of the program in the title. The first change overwrites the default "SVN Unknown" in the title and the secong overwrites a utility script that resets the version to "unknown".

cat > svnversion.h << "EOF"
#define SVNVERSION "BLFS"
#define SVNPATH "source"
EOF

cat > make-version.pl << "EOF"
#!/usr/bin/perl
EOF

Wireshark is a very large and complex application. These instructions provide additional security measures to ensure that only trusted users are allowed to view network traffic. First, set up a system group for wireshark. As the root user:

groupadd -g 62 wireshark

Continue to install Wireshark by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-1.10.2 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark &&

install -v -m644    README{,.linux} doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
                    /usr/share/doc/wireshark-1.10.2 &&

pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-1.10.2 &&
   for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do
      ln -s -v $FILENAME .
   done &&
popd &&

install -v -m644 -D wireshark.desktop \
                    /usr/share/applications/wireshark.desktop &&

install -v -m644 -D image/wsicon48.png \
                    /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark.png &&

install -v -m644    image/*.{png,ico,xpm,bmp} \
                    /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark

If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the page listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> /usr/share/doc/wireshark-1.10.2

Now, set ownership and permissions of sensitive applications to only allow authorized users. As the root user:

chown -v root:wireshark /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap} &&
chmod -v 6550 /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap}

Finally, add any users to the wireshark group with usermod -a -G wireshark <username>.

Command Explanations

--enable-threads: This parameter enables the use of threads in wireshark.

--with-ssl: This parameter is required if you are linking Kerberos libraries into the build so that the OpenSSL libcrypto library is found.

--with-python: This parameter is required if you want Python bindings built.

Configuring Wireshark

Config Files

/etc/wireshark.conf and ~/.wireshark/*

Configuration Information

Though the default configuration parameters are very sane, reference the configuration section of the Wireshark User's Guide for configuration information. Most of Wireshark's configuration can be accomplished using the menu options of the wireshark graphical interface.

Note

If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter them out with Iptables-1.4.20. If you want to exclude certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with iptables than it is with Wireshark.

Installed Programs: capinfos, dftest, dumpcap, editcap, idl2wrs, mergecap, randpkt, rawshark, text2pcap, tshark, and wireshark

Installed Libraries: libwireshark.so, libwiretap.so, libwsutil.so, and numerous plugin modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/wireshark, /usr/share/doc/wireshark-1.10.2, /usr/share/pixmaps/wireshark, and /usr/share/wireshark

Short Descriptions

capinfos	reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture supported by the Wireshark package.
dftest	is a display-filter-compiler test program.
dumpcap	is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data from a live network and write the packets to a file.
editcap	edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows how to read libpcap capture files, including those of tcpdump, Wireshark and other tools that write captures in that format.
idl2wrs	takes a user specified CORBA IDL file and generates “C” source code that can be used to create an Wireshark plugin.
mergecap	combines multiple saved capture files into a single output file.
randpkt	creates random-packet capture files.
rawshark	dump and analyze raw libpcap data.
text2pcap	reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the data described into a libpcap-style capture file.
tshark	is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture packet data from a live network or read packets from a previously saved capture file.
wireshark	is a GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live network or from a previously saved capture file.
`libwireshark.so`	contains functions used by the Wireshark programs to perform filtering and packet capturing.
`libwiretap.so`	is a library being developed as a future replacement for `libpcap`, the current standard Unix library for packet capturing. For more information, see the `README` file in the source `wiretap` directory.

Last updated on 2013-09-11 12:10:25 -0700

Chapter 17. Networking Libraries

These applications are support libraries for other applications in the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a dependency of other applications.

cURL-7.32.0

Introduction to cURL

The cURL package contains an utility and a library used for transferring files with URL syntax to any of the following protocols: FTP, FTPS, HTTP, HTTPS, SCP, SFTP, TFTP, TELNET, DICT, LDAP, LDAPS and FILE. Its ability to both download and upload files can be incorporated into other programs to support functions like streaming media.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://curl.haxx.se/download/curl-7.32.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 30d04b0a8c43c6770039d1bf033dfe79
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (additional 7 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (additional 2.9 SBU for tests)

cURL Dependencies

Optional

c-ares, krb4, libidn-1.28, libmetalink, libssh2, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, OpenLDAP-2.4.36 and SPNEGO

Optional for Running the Test Suite

stunnel-4.56 (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/curl

Installation of cURL

Install cURL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr              \
            --disable-static           \
            --enable-threaded-resolver \
            --with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
find docs \( -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" \) -exec rm {} \; &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-7.32.0 &&
cp -v -R docs/*     /usr/share/doc/curl-7.32.0

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-threaded-resolver: This switch enables cURL's builtin threaded DNS resolver.

--with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs: This parameter sets the directory to use as the path to the SSL certificates. If you've not installed OpenSSL-1.0.1e or GnuTLS-3.2.4 and the Certificate Authority Certificates you can remove this option.

--with-gssapi: This parameter adds Kerberos 5 support to libcurl.

--without-ssl --with-gnutls: Use to build with GnuTLS support instead of OpenSSL for SSL/TLS.

find docs $ -name "Makefile*" -o -name "*.1" -o -name "*.3" $ -exec rm {} \;: This command removes Makefiles and man files from the documentation directory that would otherwise be installed by the commands that follow.

Installed Programs: curl and curl-config

Installed Library: libcurl.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/curl and /usr/share/doc/curl-7.32.0

Short Descriptions

curl	is a command line tool for transferring files with URL syntax.
curl-config	prints information about the last compile, like libraries linked to and prefix setting.
`libcurl.so`	provides the API functions required by curl and other programs.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

GeoClue-0.12.0

Introduction to GeoClue

GeoClue is a modular geoinformation service built on top of the D-Bus messaging system. The goal of the GeoClue project is to make creating location-aware applications as simple as possible.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/geoclue/trunk/0.12/+download/geoclue-0.12.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33af8307f332e0065af056ecba65fec2
Download size: 556 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch (if GPSD is installed): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/geoclue-0.12.0-gpsd_fix-1.patch

GeoClue Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, GConf-3.2.6 and libxslt-1.1.28

Recommended if you are building GNOME

libsoup-2.42.2 and NetworkManager-0.9.8.2

Optional

GPSD, GTK+-2.24.20 and oFono

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/geoclue

Installation of GeoClue

Install GeoClue by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../geoclue-0.12.0-gpsd_fix-1.patch &&
sed -i "s@ -Werror@@" configure &&
sed -i "s@libnm_glib@libnm-glib@g" configure &&
sed -i "s@geoclue/libgeoclue.la@& -lgthread-2.0@g" \
       providers/skyhook/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib/geoclue &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i "s@ -Werror@@" configure: This sed removes -Werror from the CFLAGS variable, otherwise the build will fail with gcc-4.7.

sed -i "s@libnm_glib@libnm-glib@g" configure: This sed fixes detection of NetworkManager libraries.

sed -i "s@geoclue/libgeoclue.la@& -lgthread-2.0@g" .. : This sed fixes building GeoClue with recent binutils.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib/geoclue: This option installs GeoClue's private executables into /usr/lib/geoclue.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgeoclue.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/geoclue, /usr/lib/geoclue, /usr/share/geoclue-providers, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/geoclue

Short Descriptions

libgeoclue.so

contains functions that provide the GeoClue geoinformation application programming interface.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

glib-networking-2.36.2

Introduction to GLib Networking

The GLib Networking package contains Network related gio modules for GLib.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib-networking/2.36/glib-networking-2.36.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib-networking/2.36/glib-networking-2.36.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fb9121742ed36d1723f296eea19dbb3c
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GLib Networking Dependencies

Required

GnuTLS-3.2.4 and gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2

Optional

libproxy

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib-networking

Installation of GLib Networking

Install GLib Networking by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/glib-networking \
            --with-ca-certificates=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. Note that some tests fail due to recent changes in GnuTLS.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-ca-certificates=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt: This parameter specifies where the trusted root certificates are located.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: glib-pacrunner

Installed Libraries: libgiognomeproxy.so, libgiognutls.so and libgiolibproxy.so

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/glib-networking

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

ldns-1.6.16

Introduction to ldns

ldns is a fast DNS library with the goal to simplify DNS programming and to allow developers to easily create software conforming to current RFCs and Internet drafts. This packages also includes the drill tool.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.nlnetlabs.nl/downloads/ldns/ldns-1.6.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ab2b402127cf24dffefaacbb727cad7
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

ldns Dependencies

Optional

Certificate Authority Certificates and libpcap-1.4.0 (for example programs), Python-2.7.5 and SWIG (for Python bindings), and Doxygen-1.8.5 (for html documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ldns

Installation of ldns

Install ldns by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static  \
            --with-drill      &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 package installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:

make doc

This package does not come with a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built html documentation, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.6.16 &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.6.16

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-drill: This option enables building of the drill tool.

--with-examples: This option enables building of the example programs.

--with-pyldns: This option enables building of the Python bindings.

Installed Programs: drill and ldns-config

Installed Library: libldns.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ldns and /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.6.16

Short Descriptions

drill	is a tool like dig from BIND Utilities-9.9.3-P2 designed to get all sorts of information out of the DNS.
ldns-config	shows compiler and linker flags for ldns usage.
`libldns.so`	provides the ldns API functions to programs.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

libevent-2.0.21

Introduction to libevent

libevent is an asynchronous event notification software library. The libevent API provides a mechanism to execute a callback function when a specific event occurs on a file descriptor or after a timeout has been reached. Furthermore, libevent also supports callbacks due to signals or regular timeouts.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://github.com/downloads/libevent/libevent/libevent-2.0.21-stable.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b2405cc9ebf264aa47ff615d9de527a2
Download size: 832 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libevent Dependencies

Installation of libevent

Install libevent by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to build API documentation, issue doxygen Doxyfile.

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libevent-2.0.21/api &&
cp      -v -R       doxygen/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/libevent-2.0.21/api

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: event_rpcgen.py

Installed Libraries: libevent_core.so, libevent_extra.so, libevent_openssl.so, libevent_pthreads.so and libevent.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/event2

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libnice-0.1.4

Introduction to libnice

The libnice package is an implementation of the IETF's draft Interactice Connectivity Establishment standard (ICE). It provides GLib-based library, libnice and GStreamer, elements.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://nice.freedesktop.org/releases/libnice-0.1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 315c457b092980a4a9a0bea9f0723cce
Download size: 700 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

libnice Dependencies

Required

Optional

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, GTK-Doc-1.19, and gupnp-igd

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnice

Installation of libnice

Install libnice by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-static \
            --without-gstreamer-0.10 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--without-gstreamer-0.10: This switch disables building of the GStreamer 0.10 plugins which are not necessary for anything in BLFS. Remove it if you have installed gst-plugins-base-0.10.36.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: stunbdc and stund

Installed Libraries: libnice.so and libgstnice.so (GStreamer Plugin)

Installed Directories: /usr/include/nice, /usr/include/stun, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libnice

Short Descriptions

stunbdc	performs Session Traversal for NAT (STUN) Binding Discovery.
stund	is a Session Traversal for NAT (STUN) daemon.
`libnice.so`	contains the libnice API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libnl-3.2.22

Introduction to libnl

The libnl suite is a collection of libraries providing APIs to netlink protocol based Linux kernel interfaces.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.infradead.org/~tgr/libnl/files/libnl-3.2.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2e1c889494d274aca24ce5f6a748e66e
Download size: 716 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnl

Installation of libnl

Install libnl by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--disable-cli: Use this parameter if you don't want to install cli tools provided by the package.

Installed Programs: genl-ctrl-list, nl-class-add, nl-class-delete, nl-classid-lookup, nl-class-list, nl-cls-add, nl-cls-delete, nl-cls-list, nl-link-list, nl-pktloc-lookup, nl-qdisc-add, nl-qdisc-delete, and nl-qdisc-list

Installed Libraries: libnl-3.so, libnl-cli-3.so, libnl-genl-3.so, libnl-nf-3.so, and libnl-route-3.so

Installed Directories: /etc/libnl, /usr/include/libnl3, and /usr/lib/libnl

Short Descriptions

libnl*-3.so

These libraries contain API functions used to access Netlink interfaces in Linux kernel.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

libpcap-1.4.0

Introduction to libpcap

libpcap provides functions for user-level packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.tcpdump.org/release/libpcap-1.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 56e88a5aabdd1e04414985ac24f7e76c
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libpcap Dependencies

Optional

BlueZ-4.101, Software distribution for the DAG, libnl-3.2.22, libusb-1.0.9 and Septel range of passive network monitoring cards.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpcap

Installation of libpcap

Install libpcap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: libpcap-config

Installed Libraries: libpcap.{a,so}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/pcap

Short Descriptions

libpcap-config	provides configuration information for libpcap.
`libpcap.{a,so}`	are libraries used for user-level packet capture.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

libsoup-2.42.2

Introduction to libsoup

The libsoup is HTTP client/server library for GNOME. It uses GObject and the GLib main loop to integrate with GNOME applications and it also has asynchronous API for use in threaded applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.42/libsoup-2.42.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.42/libsoup-2.42.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7d19a84f9eecba53187f5c2ae13fd83e
Download size: 716 KB
Estimated disk space required: 35 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libsoup Dependencies

Required

glib-networking-2.36.2, libxml2-2.9.1 and SQLite-3.8.0.2

Optional

Apache-2.4.6 (required to run the test suite), cURL-7.32.0 (required to run the test suite), GTK-Doc-1.19, PHP-5.5.3 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests) and Samba-4.0.9 (ntlm_auth is required to run the test suite).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsoup

Installation of libsoup

Install libsoup by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libsoup-2.4.so and libsoup-gnome-2.4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libsoup-2.4, /usr/include/libsoup-gnome-2.4 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libsoup-2.4

Short Descriptions

`libsoup-2.4.so`	provides functions for asynchronous HTTP connections.
`libsoup-gnome-2.4.so`	provides GNOME specific features.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

libtirpc-0.2.3

Introduction to libtirpc

The libtirpc package contains libraries that support programs that use the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) API. It replaces the RPC, but not the NIS library entries that used to be in glibc.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/project/libtirpc/libtirpc/0.2.3/libtirpc-0.2.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b70e6c12a369a91e69fcc3b9feb23d61
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required header tar file (Add rpc/nis headers): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/other/rpcnis-headers.tar.bz2
Required patch (Remove nis dependencies): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libtirpc-0.2.3-remove_nis-1.patch

libtirpc Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.28

Optional

libgssapi

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtirpc

Installation of libtirpc

In LFS-7.1 the NIS and RPC related headers were not installed by default. If that applies to your system, install them by running the following command as the root user:

if [ ! -r /usr/include/rpc/rpc.h ]; then
   tar -xvf ../rpcnis-headers.tar.bz2 -C /usr/include
fi

Install libtirpc by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libtirpc-0.2.3-remove_nis-1.patch &&
sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac &&
autoreconf -fi &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc CFLAGS="-fPIC" &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libtirpc.so.* /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libtirpc.so.1.0.10 /usr/lib/libtirpc.so

Command Explanations

sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac: This sed fixes some issues with Automake 1.13 and later.

mv -v /usr/lib/libtirpc.so.* ...: Move shared libraries into /lib so they are available before /usr is mounted.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libtirpc.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libtirpc

Short Descriptions

libtirpc.{so,a}

provides the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) API functions required by other programs.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

neon-0.30.0

Introduction to neon

neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.webdav.org/neon/neon-0.30.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fb60b3a124eeec441937a812c456fd94
Download size: 892 KB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

neon Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.9.1 or expat-2.1.0

Optional

libproxy, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 and pakchois

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/neon

Installation of neon

Install neon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared --with-ssl --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make -k check. Some tests are known to fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-ssl: This switch enables SSL support using OpenSSL or GnuTLS respectively. Remove it if you don't have any of these installed. To force GnuTLS usage when both are present, simply pass --with-ssl=gnutls to the configure script.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-libxml2: This switch forces the use of libxml2 instead of Expat.

Installed Program: neon-config

Installed Library: libneon.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/neon and /usr/share/doc/neon-0.30.0

Short Descriptions

libneon.so

is used as a high-level interface to common HTTP and WebDAV methods.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Serf-1.3.1

Introduction to Serf

The Serf package contains a C-based HTTP client library built upon the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) library. It multiplexes connections, running the read/write communication asynchronously. Memory copies and transformations are kept to a minimum to provide high performance operation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://serf.googlecode.com/files/serf-1.3.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: da5aca0cad19fd9c19129c3f8f7393dd
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Serf Dependencies

Required

Apr-Util-1.5.2, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, and SCons-2.3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/serf

Installation of Serf

Install Serf by running the following commands:

sed -i "/Append/s:RPATH=libdir,::"  SConstruct &&
sed -i "/Default/s:lib_static,::"   SConstruct &&
sed -i "/Alias/s:install_static,::" SConstruct &&
scons PREFIX=/usr

To test the results, issue: scons check.

Now, as the root user:

scons PREFIX=/usr install

Command Explanations

sed -i "...": First command removes the runtime path from a shared library and the last two commands disable building and installing of the static library.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libserf-1.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/serf-1

Short Descriptions

libserf-1.so

contains the Serf API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Chapter 18. Text Web Browsers

People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile X and use Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!". Those who have been around systems for a while know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of these browsers as their principle method of browsing; either to avoid the clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation instructions for three console web browsers:

Links-2.7

Introduction to Links

Links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser. It includes support for rendering tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors and has many other features.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://links.twibright.com/download/links-2.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/links-2.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d06aa6e14b2172d73188871a5357185a
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Links Dependencies

Optional

Support for graphical mode requires at least one of GPM-1.20.7 (to be used with a framebuffer-based console), SVGAlib, DirectFB, and X Window System

For decoding various image formats Links can utilize libpng-1.6.4, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, and LibTIFF-4.0.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/LinksBrowser

Installation of Links

Install Links by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-2.7 &&
install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
    /usr/share/doc/links-2.7

Command Explanations

--enable-graphics: This switch enables support for graphics mode.

Configuring Links

Config Files

~/.links/*

Configuration Information

Links stores its configuration in per-user files in the ~/.links directory. These files are created automatically when links is run for the first time.

Installed Program: links

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/links-2.7

Short Descriptions

links

is a text and graphics mode WWW browser.

Last updated on 2013-08-22 04:10:10 -0700

Lynx-2.8.8dev.16

Introduction to Lynx

Lynx is a text based web browser.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://lynx.isc.org/current/lynx2.8.8dev.16.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://lynx.isc.org/current/lynx2.8.8dev.16.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 84b396aa285d1768095450e1db7d3555
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Lynx Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e or GnuTLS-3.2.4 (experimental), Zip-3.0, UnZip-6.0, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), and Sharutils-4.13.5 (for a uudecode program)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Lynx

Installation of Lynx

Install Lynx by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
            --datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16 \
            --with-zlib            \
            --with-bzlib           \
            --with-screen=ncursesw \
            --enable-locale-charset &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install-full &&
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16/lynx_doc

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This parameter is used so that the configuration files are located in /etc/lynx instead of /usr/etc.

--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16: This parameter is used so that the documentation files are installed into /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16 instead of /usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.

--with-zlib: This enables support for linking libz into Lynx.

--with-bzlib: This enables support for linking libbz2 into Lynx.

--with-screen=ncursesw: This switch enables the use of advanced wide-character support present in the system NCurses library. This is needed for proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte locales.

--enable-locale-charset: This switch allows Lynx to deduce the proper character encoding for terminal output from the current locale. A configuration step is still needed (see below), but unlike the situation without this switch, the configuration step becomes the same for all users (without the switch one must specify the display character set explicitly). This is important for environments such as a LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration steps has to be reduced to the minimum.

--enable-nls: This switch allows Lynx to print translated messages (such as questions about cookies and SSL certificates).

--with-ssl: This enables support for linking SSL into Lynx.

Note

Due to an error in the configure process, building with openssl also requires running the following before running make.

echo "#define USE_OPENSSL_INCL 1" >> lynx_cfg.h

--with-gnutls: This enables experimental support for linking GnuTLS into Lynx.

make install-full: In addition to the standard installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.

chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16/lynx_doc: This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed documentation files.

Configuring Lynx

Config Files

/etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Configuration Information

The proper way to get the display character set is to examine the current locale. However, Lynx does not do this by default. Change this setting:

sed -i 's/#\(LOCALE_CHARSET\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

The built-in editor in Lynx Breaks Multibyte Characters. This issue manifests itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the Backspace key not erasing non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect data being sent to the network when one edits the contents of text areas. The only solution to this problem is to configure Lynx to use an external editor (bound to the “Ctrl+X e” key combination by default):

sed -i 's/#\(DEFAULT_EDITOR\):/\1:vi/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Lynx handles the following values of the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning arguments: “emacs”, “jed”, “jmacs”, “joe”, “jove”, “jpico”, “jstar”, “nano”, “pico”, “rjoe”, “vi” (but not “vim”: in order to position the cursor in Vim-7.4, set this option to “vi”).

By default, Lynx doesn't save cookies between sessions. Change this setting:

sed -i 's/#\(PERSISTENT_COOKIES\):FALSE/\1:TRUE/' /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg

Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be set in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg file.

Installed Program: lynx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/lynx and /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.8dev.16

Short Descriptions

lynx

is a general purpose, text-based, distributed information browser for the World Wide Web.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

W3m-0.5.3

Introduction to W3m

w3m is primarily a pager but it can also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/w3m/w3m-0.5.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1b845a983a50b8dec0169ac48479eacc
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/w3m-0.5.3-bdwgc72-1.patch

W3m Dependencies

Required

GC-7.2d

Optional

GPM-1.20.7, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Imlib2-1.4.5, GTK+-2.24.20, Imlib (not recommended: obsolete, abandoned upstream, buggy, and gives no additional functionality as compared to other image loading libraries), gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, Compface-1.5.2, and nkf, a Mail User Agent, and an External Browser

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/W3M

Installation of W3m

Install w3m by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../w3m-0.5.3-bdwgc72-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/file_handle/file_foo/' istream.{c,h} &&
sed -i 's#gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.0#& x11#' configure &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
install -v -m644    doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.3 &&
install -v -m644    doc/{HISTORY,READ*,keymap.*,menu.*,*.html} \
                    /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.3

Command Explanations

patch -p1 < ../w3m-0.5.3-bdwgc72-1.patch: This patch fixes compiling w3m with GC-7.2 installed.

sed -i 's/file_handle/file_foo/' istream.{c,h}: This sed renames the file_handle function to avoid a clash with a glibc function that has the same name, defined in /usr/include/bits/fcntl.h.

sed -i 's#gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.0#& x11#' configure: This sed fixes compiling w3m using GTK+-2.24.20 as its image library. It has no impact if GTK+-2.24.20 is not installed.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This option puts the configuration files in /etc.

Configuring W3m

Config Files

/etc/w3m/* and ~/.w3m/*

Installed Programs: w3m and w3mman

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/libexec/w3m, /usr/share/w3m, and /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.3

Short Descriptions

w3m	is a text based web browser and pager.
w3mman	is an interface to the on-line reference manuals in w3m.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Chapter 19. Mail/News Clients

Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution, SeaMonkey) to email.

News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP).

mailx-12.4

Introduction to Heirloom mailx

The Heirloom mailx package (formerly known as the Nail package) contains mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from Berkeley Mail. It is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX mailx command with additional support for MIME messages, IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting, scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heirloom/mailx-12.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0c93759e34200eb56a0e7c464680a54a
Download size: 265 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/mailx-12.4-openssl_1.0.0_build_fix-1.patch (if you intend to link this package against openssl)

Heirloom mailx Dependencies

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e or NSS-3.15.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 (for IMAP GSSAPI authentication), and an MTA

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mailx

Installation of Heirloom mailx

Install Heirloom mailx by running the following commands.

patch -Np1 -i ../mailx-12.4-openssl_1.0.0_build_fix-1.patch &&
make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail &&
ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.4 &&
install -v -m644 README mailx.1.html /usr/share/doc/mailx-12.4

Command Explanations

make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.

make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install: This changes the default installation path of /usr/local and the default install command path of /usr/ucb.

Configuring Heirloom mailx

Config Files

/etc/nail.rc, ~/.mailrc and ~/.nailrc

Installed Programs: mail, mailx and nail

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

mailx	is a command-line mail user agent compatible with the mailx command found on commercial Unix versions.
mail	is a symbolic link to mailx.
nail	is a symbolic link to mailx.

Last updated on 2013-08-28 15:59:52 -0700

Procmail-3.22

Introduction to Procmail

The Procmail package contains an autonomous mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.ring.gr.jp/archives/net/mail/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ucsb.edu/pub/mirrors/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1678ea99b973eb77eda4ecf6acae53f1
Download size: 226 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/procmail

Installation of Procmail

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install Procmail by running the following commands as the root user:

sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch] &&
make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install &&
make install-suid

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch]: This renames procmail's getline function to avoid conflict with the getline function from glibc.

make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents make from asking you where to test file-locking patterns.

make install-suid: Modifies permissions of the installed files.

Configuring Procmail

Config Files

/etc/procmailrc and ~/.procmailrc

Configuration Information

Recipes have to be written and placed in ~/.procmailrc for execution. The procmailex man page is the starting place to learn how to write recipes. For additional information, see also http://pm-doc.sourceforge.net/.

Installed Programs: formail, lockfile, mailstat and procmail

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

formail	is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format.
lockfile	is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a script.
mailstat	prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by procmail since the last time mailstat was ran.
procmail	is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent).

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:58:01 -0700

Fetchmail-6.3.26

Introduction to Fetchmail

The Fetchmail package contains a mail retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be read by normal mail user agents.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.at.gnucash.org/pub/infosys/mail/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.3.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 61b66faad044afa26e142bb1791aa2b3
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Fetchmail Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-1.0.1e and a local MDA (Procmail-3.22)

Optional

Python-2.7.5 and Tk-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fetchmail

Installation of Fetchmail

Install Fetchmail by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-ssl: This enables SSL support, so that you can handle connections to secure POP3 and IMAP servers.

--enable-fallback=procmail: This tells Fetchmail to hand incoming mail to Procmail for delivery, if the port 25 mail server is not present or not responding.

Configuring Fetchmail

Config Files

~/.fetchmailrc

Configuration Information

cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
set no bouncemail
set postmaster root

poll SERVERNAME :
    user <username> pass <password>;
    mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
EOF

chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc

This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people. You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.

man fetchmail: Look for the section near the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It gives some quick examples. There are countless other configuration options once you get used to it.

Installed Programs: fetchmail and fetchmailconf

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

fetchmail	when executed as a user, this will source `~/.fetchmailrc` and download the appropriate mail.
fetchmailconf	it will assist you in setting up and editing a `~/.fetchmailrc` configuration file, by using a Tk GUI interface. It requires Python and it must have the Tkinker module available.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:58:01 -0700

Mutt-1.5.21

Introduction to Mutt

The Mutt package contains a Mail User Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and deleting your email.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mutt/mutt-1.5.21.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/devel/mutt-1.5.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a29db8f1d51e2f10c070bf88e8a553fd
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (plus a further 0.3SBU to regenerate the html if the required dependencies are present)

Mutt Dependencies

Optional

GnuPG-1.4.14 or GnuPG-2.0.21, OpenSSL-1.0.1e or GnuTLS-3.2.4, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), Aspell-0.60.6.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, S-Lang-2.2.4, libidn-1.28, texlive-20130530 Berkeley DB-6.0.20 or QDBM or Tokyo Cabinet, and GDB

Optional (To Regenerate HTML Documentation)

libxslt-1.1.28 and either Lynx-2.8.8dev.16, w3m-0.5.3 or ELinks

Optional (To Generate PDF Manual)

docbook-dsssl-1.79

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mutt

Installation of Mutt

Note

This version of Mutt is a development release. The BLFS staff has determined that it provides a stable program and fixes two issues in the current stable version of Mutt: a segmentation fault that occurs under certain conditions and a compilation problem when building with recent versions of GCC. To find the current stable release, please refer to the Mutt home page.

Mutt requires a group named mail. You can add this group, if it does not exist, with this command:

groupadd -g 34 mail

If you did not install an MTA, such as Postfix-2.10.2 or sendmail-8.14.7, you need to modify the ownership of /var/mail with this command:

chgrp -v mail /var/mail

Install Mutt by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.21 \
            --enable-pop --enable-imap \
            --enable-hcache --without-qdbm \
            --without-tokyocabinet \
            --with-gdbm --without-bdb &&
make

To generate the PDF manual with texlive-20130530, run the following command:

make -C doc manual.pdf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you generated the PDF manual, install it and the source TeX file by issuing the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 doc/manual.{pdf,tex} \
    /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.21

Command Explanations

--enable-pop: This switch enables POP3 support.

--enable-imap: This switch enables IMAP support.

--enable-hcache: This switch enables header caching.

--without-qdbm: This switch disables QDBM as the header cache backend.

--without-tokyocabinet: This switch disables Tokyo Cabinet as the header cache backend.

--with-gdbm: This switch enables GDBM as the header cache backend.

--without-bdb: This switch disables Berkeley DB as the header cache backend.

--enable-smtp: This switch enables SMTP relay support.

--with-ssl: This parameter adds SSL/TLS support from OpenSSL-1.0.1e in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are enabled.

--with-sasl: This parameter adds authentication support from Cyrus SASL-2.1.26 in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are enabled. Depending on the server configuration, this may not be needed for POP3 or IMAP. However, it is needed for SMTP authentication.

--with-slang: Use S-Lang instead of Ncurses.

Configuring Mutt

Config Files

/etc/Muttrc, ~/.muttrc, /etc/mime.types, ~/.mime.types

Configuration Information

No changes in these files are necessary to begin using Mutt. When you are ready to make changes, the man page for muttrc is a good starting place.

In order to utilize GnuPG, use the following command:

cat /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.21/samples/gpg.rc >> ~/.muttrc

Mutt uses gpg in the imported sample. If you have GnuPG-2.0.21 installed and you do not have GnuPG-1.4.14 installed you can create a symlink to satisfy this condition:

ln -v -s gpg2 /usr/bin/gpg

If, however, you have GnuPG-1.4.14 installed and you wish to use GnuPG-2.0.21, then you should edit ~/.muttrc by hand and change all occurrences of gpg to gpg2.

Installed Programs: flea, mutt, mutt_dotlock, muttbug, pgpewrap, pgpring, and smime_keys

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.5.21

Short Descriptions

flea	is a bug submitter for Mutt.
mutt	is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write and delete your email.
mutt_dotlock	implements the mail spool file lock.
muttbug	is a script that executes flea.
pgpewrap	prepares a command line for the GnuPG-1.4.14 utilities.
pgpring	is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for GnuPG-1.4.14.
smime_keys	manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 09:58:01 -0700

Re-alpine-2.03

Introduction to Re-alpine

Re-alpine is the continuation of Alpine; a text-based email client developed by the University of Washington.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sourceforge.net/projects/re-alpine/files/re-alpine-2.03.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 566d269d4bd43aba68f377110a6295d5
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 122 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Re-alpine Dependencies

Optional

OpenLDAP-2.4.36, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Aspell-0.60.6.1, Tcl-8.6.0, and Linux-PAM-1.1.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/re-alpine

Installation of Re-alpine

Install Re-alpine by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --sysconfdir=/etc   \
            --without-ldap      \
            --without-krb5      \
            --with-ssl-dir=/usr \
            --with-passfile=.pine-passfile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--without-ldap: Disables LDAP support.

--without-krb5: Disables Kerberos support.

--with-ssl-dir=/usr: Sets the root path to OpenSSL libraries and include files.

--with-passfile=.pine-passfile: Sets the password cache file.

--without-ssl: Disables OpenSSL support.

Configuring Re-alpine

Config Files

~/.pinerc

Configuration Information

It is not required to manually edit any configuration files to use the Alpine email client. Users can configure Alpine using the graphical configuration menu, which stores the changes in ~/.pinerc.

Installed Programs: alpine, pico, pilot, rpdump, and rpload

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: none

Short Descriptions

alpine	is the Alpine mailer.
pico	is a standalone text editor similar to the Alpine message composer.
pilot	is a standalone file system navigator.
rpdump	is an utility for downloading a pinerc or address book to the local machine.
rpload	is an utility for uploading a local pinerc or address book to an IMAP server.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Other Mail and News Programs

Balsa-2.5.1 is a GTK2 based mail client.

SeaMonkey-2.20 includes both a mail client and newsreader in its installation.

Thunderbird-17.0.8 is a mail/news client based on the Mozilla code base.

Last updated on 2013-06-01 05:20:39 -0700

Part V. Servers

Chapter 20. Major Servers

Major servers are the programs that provide content or services to users or other programs.

Apache-2.4.6

Introduction to Apache HTTPD

The Apache HTTPD package contains an open-source HTTP server. It is useful for creating local intranet web sites or running huge web serving operations.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/httpd/httpd-2.4.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ea5e361ca37b8d7853404419dd502efe
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 73 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/httpd-2.4.6-blfs_layout-1.patch

Apache HTTPD Dependencies

Required

Apr-Util-1.5.2

Optional

Berkeley DB-6.0.20, Doxygen-1.8.5, Lynx-2.8.8dev.16, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, PCRE-8.33, rsync-3.0.9, Distcache, and Lua-5.1.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache

Installation of Apache HTTPD

For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged. Create the following group and user using the following commands as root:

groupadd -g 25 apache &&
useradd -c "Apache Server" -d /srv/www -g apache \
        -s /bin/false -u 25 apache

Build and install Apache HTTPD by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../httpd-2.4.6-blfs_layout-1.patch &&
./configure --enable-layout=BLFS                            \
            --enable-mods-shared="all cgi"                  \
            --enable-mpms-shared=all                        \
            --with-apr=/usr/bin/apr-1-config                \
            --with-apr-util=/usr/bin/apu-1-config           \
            --enable-suexec=shared                          \
            --with-suexec-bin=/usr/lib/httpd/suexec         \
            --with-suexec-docroot=/srv/www                  \
            --with-suexec-caller=apache                     \
            --with-suexec-userdir=public_html               \
            --with-suexec-logfile=/var/log/httpd/suexec.log \
            --with-suexec-uidmin=100 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                 &&

mv -v /usr/sbin/suexec /usr/lib/httpd/suexec &&
chgrp apache           /usr/lib/httpd/suexec &&
chmod 4754             /usr/lib/httpd/suexec &&

chown -v -R apache:apache /srv/www

Command Explanations

--enable-mods-shared="all cgi": The modules should be compiled and used as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs) so they can be included and excluded from the server using the run-time configuration directives.

--enable-mpm-shared=all: This switch ensures that all MPM (Multi Processing Modules) are built as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs), so the user can choose which one to use at runtime.

--enable-suexec: This switch enables building of the Apache suEXEC module which can be used to allow users to run CGI and SSI scripts under user IDs different from the user ID of the calling web server.

--with-suexec-*: These switches control suEXEC module behavior, such as default document root, minimal UID that can be used to run the script under the suEXEC. Please note that with minimal UID 100, you can't run CGI or SSI scripts under suEXEC as the apache user.

... /usr/lib/httpd/suexec: These commands put suexec wrapper into proper location, since it is not meant to be run directly. They also adjust proper permissions of the binary, making it setgid apache.

chown -R apache:apache /srv/www: By default, the installation process installs files (documentation, error messages, default icons, etc.) with the ownership of the user that extracted the files from the tar file. If you want to change the ownership to another user, you should do so at this point. The only requirement is that the document directories need to be accessible by the httpd process with (r-x) permissions and files need to be readable (r--) by the apache user.

Configuring Apache

Config Files

/etc/httpd/httpd.conf and /etc/httpd/extra/*

Configuration Information

See /usr/share/httpd/manual/configuring.html for detailed instructions on customising your Apache HTTP server configuration file.

Boot Script

If you want the Apache server to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-httpd

Installed Programs: ab, apachectl, apxs, checkgid, dbmmanage, fcgistarter, htcacheclean, htdbm, htdigest, htpasswd, httpd, httxt2dbm, logresolve, and rotatelogs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/httpd, /srv/www, /usr/include/httpd, /usr/lib/httpd, /usr/share/httpd /var/log/httpd, and /var/run/httpd

Short Descriptions

ab	is a tool for benchmarking your Apache HTTP server.
apachectl	is a front end to the Apache HTTP server which is designed to help the administrator control the functioning of the Apache httpd daemon.
apxs	is a tool for building and installing extension modules for the Apache HTTP server.
checkgid	is a program that checks whether it can setgid to the group specified. This is to see if it is a valid group for Apache2 to use at runtime. If the user (should be run as superuser) is in that group, or can setgid to it, it will return 0.
dbmmanage	is used to create and update the DBM format files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users.
htcacheclean	is used to clean up the disk cache.
htdbm	is used to manipulate the DBM password databases.
htdigest	is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames, realms and passwords for digest authentication of HTTP users.
htpasswd	is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users.
httpd	is the Apache HTTP server program.
httxt2dbm	is used to generate DBM files from text, for use in RewriteMap.
logresolve	is a post-processing program to resolve IP-addresses in Apache's access log files.
rotatelogs	is a simple program for use in conjunction with Apache's piped log file feature.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 14:54:24 -0700

BIND-9.9.3-P2

Introduction to BIND

The BIND package provides a DNS server and client utilities. If you are only interested in the utilities, refer to the BIND Utilities-9.9.3-P2.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.9.3-P2/bind-9.9.3-P2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 943f6de6bfdfd821aa444242c02c1322
Download size: 7.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 125 MB (additional 34 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (additional 15 minutes, processor independent, to run the complete test suite)

Additional Downloads

Optional patch (if net-tools is not installed): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/bind-9.9.3-P2-use_iproute2-1.patch

BIND Dependencies

Optional

libcap2-2.22, libxml2-2.9.1, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, and OpenSSL-1.0.1e

Optional (to run the test suite)

Net::DNS-0.72 and Net-tools-CVS_20101030 (you may omit net-tools by using the optional patch to utilize iproute2, but the IPv6 tests will fail)

Optional (to rebuild the documentation)

Doxygen-1.8.5, texlive-20130530, and libxslt-1.1.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind

Installation of BIND

If you have chosen not to install net-tools, apply the iproute2 patch with the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../bind-9.9.3-P2-use_iproute2-1.patch

Install BIND by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr           \
            --sysconfdir=/etc       \
            --localstatedir=/var    \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --enable-threads        \
            --with-libtool          \
            --disable-static        &&
make

Issue the following commands to run the complete suite of tests. First, as the root user, set up some test interfaces:

bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh up

Now run the test suite as an unprivileged user:

make check 2>&1 | tee check.log

Again as root, clean up the test interfaces:

bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh down

Issue the following command to check that all 185 tests ran successfully:

grep "R:PASS" check.log | wc -l

Finally, install the package as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 0755 /usr/lib/lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.? &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/bind-9.9.3-P2/{arm,misc} &&
install -v -m644    doc/arm/*.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.9.3-P2/arm &&
install -v -m644 \
    doc/misc/{dnssec,ipv6,migrat*,options,rfc-compliance,roadmap,sdb} \
    /usr/share/doc/bind-9.9.3-P2/misc

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This parameter forces BIND to look for configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--enable-threads: This parameter enables multi-threading capability.

--with-libtool: This parameter forces the building of dynamic libraries and links the installed binaries to these libraries.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

chmod 755 /usr/lib/{lib{bind9,isc{,cc,cfg},lwres,dns}.so.*.?.?}: Enable the execute bit to prevent a warning when using ldd to check library dependencies.

cd doc; install ...: These commands install additional package documentation. Omit any or all of these commands if desired.

Configuring BIND

Config files

named.conf, root.hints, 127.0.0, rndc.conf and resolv.conf

Configuration Information

BIND will be configured to run in a chroot jail as an unprivileged user (named). This configuration is more secure in that a DNS compromise can only affect a few files in the named user's HOME directory.

Create the unprivileged user and group named:

groupadd -g 20 named &&
useradd -c "BIND Owner" -g named -s /bin/false -u 20 named &&
install -d -m770 -o named -g named /srv/named

Set up some files, directories and devices needed by BIND:

cd /srv/named &&
mkdir -p dev etc/namedb/{slave,pz} usr/lib/engines var/run/named &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/null c 1 3 &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/random c 1 8 &&
chmod 666 /srv/named/dev/{null,random} &&
cp /etc/localtime etc &&
touch /srv/named/managed-keys.bind &&
cp /usr/lib/engines/libgost.so usr/lib/engines &&
[ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && ln -sv lib usr/lib64

The rndc.conf file contains information for controlling named operations with the rndc utility. Generate a key for use in the named.conf and rdnc.conf with the rndc-confgen command:

rndc-confgen -r /dev/urandom -b 512 > /etc/rndc.conf &&
sed '/conf/d;/^#/!d;s:^# ::' /etc/rndc.conf > /srv/named/etc/named.conf

Complete the named.conf file from which named will read the location of zone files, root name servers and secure DNS keys:

cat >> /srv/named/etc/named.conf << "EOF"
options {
    directory "/etc/namedb";
    pid-file "/var/run/named.pid";
    statistics-file "/var/run/named.stats";

};
zone "." {
    type hint;
    file "root.hints";
};
zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
    type master;
    file "pz/127.0.0";
};

// Bind 9 now logs by default through syslog (except debug).
// These are the default logging rules.

logging {
    category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
    category unmatched { null; };

  channel default_syslog {
      syslog daemon;                      // send to syslog's daemon
                                          // facility
      severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                          // and higher
  };

  channel default_debug {
      file "named.run";                   // write to named.run in
                                          // the working directory
                                          // Note: stderr is used instead
                                          // of "named.run"
                                          // if the server is started
                                          // with the '-f' option.
      severity dynamic;                   // log at the server's
                                          // current debug level
  };

  channel default_stderr {
      stderr;                             // writes to stderr
      severity info;                      // only send priority info
                                          // and higher
  };

  channel null {
      null;                               // toss anything sent to
                                          // this channel
  };
};
EOF

Create a zone file with the following contents:

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz/127.0.0 << "EOF"
$TTL 3D
@      IN      SOA     ns.local.domain. hostmaster.local.domain. (
                        1       ; Serial
                        8H      ; Refresh
                        2H      ; Retry
                        4W      ; Expire
                        1D)     ; Minimum TTL
                NS      ns.local.domain.
1               PTR     localhost.
EOF

Create the root.hints file with the following commands:

Note

Caution must be used to ensure there are no leading spaces in this file.

cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/root.hints << "EOF"
.                       6D  IN      NS      A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
.                       6D  IN      NS      M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       198.41.0.4
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.228.79.201
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.33.4.12
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       199.7.91.13
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.203.230.10
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.5.5.241
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.112.36.4
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       128.63.2.53
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.36.148.17
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       192.58.128.30
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       193.0.14.129
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       199.7.83.42
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.     6D  IN      A       202.12.27.33
EOF

The root.hints file is a list of root name servers. This file must be updated periodically with the dig utility. A current copy of root.hints can be obtained from ftp://rs.internic.net/domain/named.root. Consult the BIND 9 Administrator Reference Manual for details.

Create or modify resolv.conf to use the new name server with the following commands:

Note

Replace <yourdomain.com> with your own valid domain name.

cp /etc/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf.bak &&
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
search <yourdomain.com>
nameserver 127.0.0.1
EOF

Set permissions on the chroot jail with the following command:

chown -R named:named /srv/named

Boot Script

To start the DNS server at boot, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/bind init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-bind

Now start BIND with the new boot script:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/bind start

Testing BIND

Test out the new BIND 9 installation. First query the local host address with dig:

dig -x 127.0.0.1

Now try an external name lookup, taking note of the speed difference in repeated lookups due to the caching. Run the dig command twice on the same address:

dig www.linuxfromscratch.org &&
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org

You can see almost instantaneous results with the named caching lookups. Consult the BIND Administrator Reference Manual located at doc/arm/Bv9ARM.html in the package source tree, for further configuration options.

Installed Programs: arpaname, ddns-confgen, dig, dnssec-checkds, dnssec-coverage, dnssec-dsfromkey, dnssec-keyfromlabel, dnssec-keygen, dnssec-revoke, dnssec-settime, dnssec-signzone, dnssec-verify, genrandom, host, isc-config.sh, isc-hmac-fixup, lwresd, named, named-checkconf, named-checkzone, named-journalprint, nsec3hash, nslookup, nsupdate, rndc, and rndc-confgen

Installed Libraries: libbind9.so, libdns.so, libisccc.so, libisccfg.so, libisc.so, and liblwres.so

Installed Directories: /srv/named, /usr/include/bind9, /usr/include/dns, /usr/include/dst, /usr/include/isc, /usr/include/isccc, /usr/include/isccfg, /usr/include/lwres, and /usr/share/doc/bind-9.9.3-P2

Short Descriptions

dig	interrogates DNS servers.
dnssec-keygen	is a key generator for secure DNS.
dnssec-signzone	generates signed versions of zone files.
host	is a utility for DNS lookups.
lwresd	is a caching-only name server for local process use.
named	is the name server daemon.
named-checkconf	checks the syntax of `named.conf` files.
named-checkzone	checks zone file validity.
nslookup	is a program used to query Internet domain nameservers.
nsupdate	is used to submit DNS update requests.
rndc	controls the operation of BIND.
rndc-confgen	generates `rndc.conf` files.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

ProFTPD-1.3.4d

Introduction to ProFTPD

The ProFTPD package contains a secure and highly configurable FTP daemon. This is useful for serving large file archives over a network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.proftpd.org/distrib/source/proftpd-1.3.4d.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 13c6fd7ce320886adc371c81a3e23f07
Download size: 7.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

ProFTPD Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-1.1.7 and to run tests Check-0.9.10 and Test::Unit-0.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/proftpd

Installation of ProFTPD

For security reasons, you should install ProFTPD using an unprivileged user and group. As the root user:

groupadd -g 46 proftpd                             &&
useradd -c proftpd -d /srv/ftp -g proftpd \
        -s /usr/bin/proftpdshell -u 46 proftpd     &&

install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp &&
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell          &&
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells

Install ProFTPD as an unprivileged user by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var/run &&
make

The tests for this package require a very old (2001) version of the Perl Module Test::Unit. Using the lastest version of this Test::Unit results in many failures (34/1089) although the program appears to run well. The tests take a long time (38 minutes, not CPU dependent) and are not recommended. To test the results anyway, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp: Create the home directory for ProFTPD.

ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell: Set the default shell as a link to an invalid shell.

echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells: Fake a valid shell for compatibility purposes.

Note

The above two commands can be omitted if the following directive is placed in the configuration file:

RequireValidShell off

By default, proftpd will require that users logging in have valid shells. The RequireValidShell directive turns off this requirement. This is only recommended if you are setting up your FTP server exclusively for anonymous downloads.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This prevents the configuration files from going to /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var/run: This uses /var/run instead of /usr/var for lock files.

Configuring ProFTPD

Config Files

/etc/proftpd.conf

Configuration Information

This is a simple, download-only sample configuration. See the ProFTPD documentation in /usr/share/doc/proftpd and consult the website at http://www.proftpd.org/ for example configurations.

cat > /etc/proftpd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file
# It establishes a single server and a single anonymous login.

ServerName                      "ProFTPD Default Installation"
ServerType                      standalone
DefaultServer                   on

# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.
Port                            21
# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
# from being group and world writable.
Umask                           022

# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes
# to 30.  If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
# at once, simply increase this value.  Note that this ONLY works
# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service

MaxInstances                    30

# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
User                            proftpd
Group                           proftpd

# Normally, files should be overwritable.
<Directory /*>
  AllowOverwrite                on
</Directory>

# A basic anonymous configuration, no upload directories.
<Anonymous ~proftpd>
  User                          proftpd
  Group                         proftpd
  # Clients should be able to login with "anonymous" as well as "proftpd"
  UserAlias                     anonymous proftpd

  # Limit the maximum number of anonymous logins
  MaxClients                    10

  # 'welcome.msg' should be displayed at login, and '.message' displayed
  # in each newly chdired directory.
  DisplayLogin                  welcome.msg
  DisplayChdir                  .message

  # Limit WRITE everywhere in the anonymous chroot
  <Limit WRITE>
    DenyAll
  </Limit>
</Anonymous>
EOF

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/proftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-proftpd

Installed Programs: ftpcount, ftpdctl, ftpasswd, ftpmail, ftpquota, ftpscrub, ftptop, ftpshut, ftpcount, ftpwho, and proftpd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /var/run/proftpd

Short Descriptions

proftpd	is the FTP daemon.
ftpcount	shows the current number of connections.
ftpdctl	is used to control the proftpd daemon while it is running.
ftpasswd	is a Perl script designed to create and manage AuthUserFiles and AuthGroupFiles of the correct format for proftpd.
ftpmail	is a Perl script for sending email based on the proftpd TransferLog.
ftpquota	is a Perl script designed to create and manage limits and tally files for the mod_quotatab + mod_quotatab_file module combination for proftpd.
ftpscrub	provides a way to scrub the scoreboard file on demand.
ftpshut	shuts down all proftpd servers at a given time.
ftptop	displays running status on connections.
ftpwho	shows current process information for each session.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

vsftpd-3.0.2

Introduction to vsftpd

The vsftpd package contains a very secure and very small FTP daemon. This is useful for serving files over a network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): https://security.appspot.com/downloads/vsftpd-3.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8b00c749719089401315bd3c44dddbb2
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

vsftpd Dependencies

Optional

Linux-PAM-1.1.7, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, and libcap2-2.22

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vsftpd

Installation of vsftpd

For security reasons, running vsftpd as an unprivileged user and group is encouraged. Also, a user should be created to map anonymous users. As the root user, create the needed directories, users, and groups with the following commands:

install -v -d -m 0755 /var/ftp/empty &&
install -v -d -m 0755 /home/ftp      &&
groupadd -g 47 vsftpd                &&
groupadd -g 45 ftp                   &&

useradd -c "vsftpd User"  -d /dev/null -g vsftpd -s /bin/false -u 47 vsftpd &&
useradd -c anonymous_user -d /home/ftp -g ftp    -s /bin/false -u 45 ftp

If you did not install the optional libcap2 package, run the following to avoid a build error:

sed -i -e 's|#define VSF_SYSDEP_HAVE_LIBCAP|//&|' sysdeputil.c

Build vsftpd as an unprivileged user using the following command:

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Once again, become the root user and install vsftpd with the following commands:

install -v -m 755 vsftpd        /usr/sbin/vsftpd    &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.8      /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf   /etc

Command Explanations

install -v -d ...: This creates the directory that anonymous users will use (/home/ftp) and the directory the daemon will chroot into (/var/ftp/empty).

Note

/home/ftp should not be owned by the user vsftpd, or the user ftp.

echo "#define VSF_BUILD_TCPWRAPPERS" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for tcpwrappers.

echo "#define VSF_BUILD_SSL" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for SSL.

install -v -m ...: The Makefile uses non-standard installation paths. These commands install the files in /usr and /etc.

Configuring vsftpd

Config Files

/etc/vsftpd.conf

Configuration Information

vsftpd comes with a basic anonymous-only configuration file that was copied to /etc above. While still as root, this file should be modified because it is now recommended to run vsftpd in standalone mode. Also, you should specify the privilege separation user created above. Finally, you should specify the chroot directory. man vsftpd.conf will give you all the details.

cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
background=YES
listen=YES
nopriv_user=vsftpd
secure_chroot_dir=/var/ftp/empty
EOF

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-vsftpd

Installed Program: vsftpd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /var/ftp, /var/ftp/empty, /home/ftp

Short Descriptions

vsftpd

is the FTP daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Chapter 21. Mail Server Software

MTAs are the programs which transport mail from one machine to the other. The traditional MTA is Sendmail, however there are several other choices.

As well as SMTP servers there is a POP server (qpopper) and an IMAP server (Courier-IMAP).

Exim-4.80.1

Introduction to Exim

The Exim package contains a Mail Transport Agent written by the University of Cambridge, released under the GNU Public License.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.80.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.80.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1a95dc9f02834b1b7430403a75edf162
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Additional formats of the documentation (text-based docs are shipped with the sources) can be downloaded by following the links shown at http://exim.org/docs.html.

Exim Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-6.0.20 or GDBM (GDBM built in LFS) or TDB

Optional

X Window System, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, OpenSSL-1.0.1e or GnuTLS-3.2.4, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, MySQL-5.6.13, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2, and Linux-PAM-1.1.7

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exim

Installation of Exim

Before building Exim, as the root user you should create the group and user exim which will run the exim daemon:

groupadd -g 31 exim &&
useradd -d /dev/null -c "Exim Daemon" -g exim -s /bin/false -u 31 exim

Install Exim with the following commands:

sed -e 's,^BIN_DIR.*$,BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin,' \
    -e 's,^CONF.*$,CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf,' \
    -e 's,^EXIM_USER.*$,EXIM_USER=exim,' \
    -e 's,^EXIM_MONITOR,#EXIM_MONITOR,' src/EDITME > Local/Makefile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/exim.8 /usr/share/man/man8 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/exim-4.80.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/exim-4.80.1 &&
ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail

Command Explanations

sed -e ... > Local/Makefile: Most of Exim's configuration options are compiled in using the directives in Local/Makefile which is created from the src/EDITME file. This command specifies the minimum set of options. Descriptions for the options are listed below.

BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin: This installs all of Exim's binaries and scripts in /usr/sbin.

CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf: This installs Exim's main configuration file in /etc.

EXIM_USER=exim: This tells Exim that after the daemon no longer needs root privileges, the process hands off the daemon to the exim user.

#EXIM_MONITOR: This defers building the Exim monitor program, as it requires X Window System support, by commenting out the EXIM_MONITOR line in the Makefile. If you wish to build the monitor program, omit this sed command and issue the following command before building the package (modify Local/eximon.conf, if necessary): cp exim_monitor/EDITME Local/eximon.conf.

ln -sv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail: Creates a link to sendmail for applications which need it. Exim will accept most Sendmail command-line options.

Adding Additional Functionality

To utilize some or all of the dependency packages, you'll need to modify Local/Makefile to include the appropriate directives and parameters to link additional libraries before you build Exim. Local/Makefile is heavily commented with instructions on how to do this. Listed below is additional information to help you link these dependency packages or add additional functionality.

If you wish to build and install the .info documentation, refer to http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinsinfdoc.

If you wish to build in Exim's interfaces for calling virus and spam scanning software directly from access control lists, uncomment the WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes parameter and review the information found at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch41.html.

To use a backend database other than Berkeley DB, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTdb.

For SSL functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinctlsssl and http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch39.html.

For tcpwrappers functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECID27.

For information about adding authentication mechanisms to the build, see chapters 33-37 of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/index.html.

For information about linking Linux-PAM, refer to the instructions http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch11.html#SECTexpcond.

For information about linking database engine libraries used for Exim name lookups, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch09.html.

If you wish to add Readline support to Exim when invoked in “test expansion” (-be) mode, see the information in the -be section of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch05.html#id2525974.

You may wish to modify the default configuration and send log files to syslog instead of the default /var/spool/exim/log directory. See the information at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.80.1/doc/html/spec_html/ch49.html.

Configuring Exim

Config Files

/etc/exim.conf and /etc/aliases

Configuration Information

A default (nothing but comments) /etc/aliases file is installed during the package installation if this file did not exist on your system. Create the necessary aliases and start the Exim daemon using the following commands:

cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
exim -v -bi &&
/usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m

Note

To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the command above appends these aliases to it. This file should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

The /usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m command starts the Exim daemon with a 15 minute interval in processing the mail queue. Adjust this parameter to suit your desires.

Boot Script

To automate the running of exim at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-exim

The bootscript also starts the Exim daemon and dispatches a queue runner process every 15 minutes. Modify the -q<time interval> parameter in /etc/rc.d/init.d/exim, if necessary for your installation.

Installed Programs: exicyclog, exigrep, exim, exim-4.43-2, exim_checkaccess, exim_dbmbuild, exim_dumpdb, exim_fixdb, exim_lock, exim_tidydb, eximstats, exinext, exipick, exiqgrep, exiqsumm, exiwhat, and optionally, eximon and eximon.bin

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/exim-4.80.1 and /var/spool/exim

Short Descriptions

exicyclog	cycles Exim log files.
exigrep	searches Exim log files.
exim	is a symlink to the exim-4.43-2 MTA daemon.
exim-4.43-2	is the Exim mail transport agent daemon.
exim_checkaccess	states whether a given recipient address from a given host is acceptable or not.
exim_dbmbuild	creates and rebuilds Exim databases.
exim_dumpdb	writes the contents of Exim databases to the standard output.
exim_fixdb	modifies data in Exim databases.
exim_lock	locks a mailbox file.
exim_tidydb	removes old records from Exim databases.
eximstats	generates mail statistics from Exim log files.
exinext	queries remote host retry times.
exipick	selects messages based on various criteria.
exiqgrep	is a utility for selective queue listing.
exiqsumm	produces a summary of the messages in the mail queue.
exiwhat	queries running Exim processes.
eximon	is a start-up shell script for eximon.bin used to set the required environment variables before running the program.
eximon.bin	is a monitor program which displays current information in an X window, and also contains a menu interface to Exim's command line administration options.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

Postfix-2.10.2

Introduction to Postfix

The Postfix package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA). This is useful for sending email to other users of your host machine. It can also be configured to be a central mail server for your domain, a mail relay agent or simply a mail delivery agent to your local Internet Service Provider.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/mirrors/postfix-release/official/postfix-2.10.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 109e753aecafe487207b425dd46e6ee9
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 154 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Postfix Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-6.0.20

Optional

MySQL-5.6.13, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, PCRE-8.33, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2, and CDB or TinyCDB

Note that SQLite, MySQL, PostgreSQL and CDB are only useful if there is a known need for them.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postfix

Installation of Postfix

Adding Users and Groups

Before you compile the program, you need to create users and groups that will be expected to be in place during the installation. Add the users and groups with the following commands issued by the root user:

groupadd -g 32 postfix &&
groupadd -g 33 postdrop &&
useradd -c "Postfix Daemon User" -d /var/spool/postfix -g postfix \
        -s /bin/false -u 32 postfix &&
chown -v postfix:postfix /var/mail

Configuring the Build

Run the following command to enable Postfix to compile against the current version of BerkeleyDB:

sed -i "s/DB_VERSION_MAJOR == 5/DB_VERSION_MAJOR >= 5/" src/util/dict_db.c

The README files are formatted to be read with a pager like Less or More. If you want to read them in a text editor, make them legible with a sed:

sed -i 's/.\x08//g' README_FILES/*

The Postfix source tree does not contain a configure script, rather the makefile in the top-level directory contains a makefiles target that regenerates all the other makefiles in the build tree. If you wish to use additional software such as a database back-end for virtual users, or TLS/SSL authentication, you will need to regenerate the makefiles using one or more of the appropriate CCARGS and AUXLIBS settings listed below.

For more details read the readme files.

Cyrus-SASL

To use Cyrus-SASL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl'
AUXLIBS='-lsasl2'

OpenLDAP

To use OpenLDAP with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_LDAP'
AUXLIBS='-lldap -llber'

Sqlite

To use Sqlite with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_SQLITE'
AUXLIBS='-lsqlite3 -lpthread'

MySQL

To use MySQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql'
AUXLIBS='-lmysqlclient -lz -lm'

PostgreSQL

To use PostgreSQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql'
AUXLIBS='-lpq -lz -lm'

CDB/TinyCDB

To use CDB or TinyCDB with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DHAS_CDB'
AUXLIBS='</path/to/CDB>/libcdb.a'

StartTLS Authentication

To use OpenSSL with Postfix, use the following arguments:

CCARGS='-DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl/'
AUXLIBS='-lssl -lcrypto'

Installing Postfix

If you have Cyrus SASL and OpenSSL installed, install Postfix by running the following commands:

make CCARGS="-DNO_NIS -DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl/            \
             -DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl" \
     AUXLIBS="-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2"                              \
     makefiles &&
make

This package does not come with a useful test suite.

Now, as the root user:

sh postfix-install -non-interactive \
   daemon_directory=/usr/lib/postfix \
   manpage_directory=/usr/share/man \
   html_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.10.2/html \
   readme_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-2.10.2/readme

Command Explanations

make makefiles: This command rebuilds the makefiles throughout the source tree to use the options contained in the CCARGS and AUXLIBS variables.

-DNO_NIS: This option disables building Network Information Service/Yellow Pages support. The RPC implementation in Glibc (on which NIS/YP depends) is deprecated.

sh postfix-install -non-interactive: This keeps the install script from asking any questions, thereby accepting default destination directories in all but the few cases. If the html_directory and readme_directory options are not set then the documentation will not be installed.

Configuring Postfix

Config Files

/etc/aliases, /etc/postfix/main.cf, and /etc/postfix/master.cf

Configuration Information

Create (or append to an existing) /etc/aliases with the following command. Change <LOGIN> for your non-root login identity so mail addressed to root can be forwarded to you. As the root user:

cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/aliases

MAILER-DAEMON:    postmaster
postmaster:       root

root:             <LOGIN>
# End /etc/aliases
EOF

To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the above command appends these aliases to it if it exists. This file should be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.

Note

The /etc/postfix/main.cf and /etc/postfix/master.cf files must be personalized for your system. The main.cf file needs your fully qualified hostname. You will find that main.cf is self documenting, so load it into your editor to make the changes you need for your situation.

Note

Postfix can also be set up to run in a chroot jail. See the file in the source examples/chroot-setup/LINUX2 for details.

If you have an existing configuration, you can run the postfix utility to add any necessary definitions to your existing files. As the root user:

/usr/sbin/postfix upgrade-configuration

Before starting Postfix, you should check that your configuration and file permissions will work properly. Run the following commands as the root user to check and start your Postfix server:

/usr/sbin/postfix check &&
/usr/sbin/postfix start

Boot Script

To automate the running of Postfix at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postfix init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-postfix

Installed Programs: mailq, newaliases, postaliases, postcat, postconf, postdrop, postfix, postkick, postlock, postlog, postmap, postmulti, postqueue, postsuper, and sendmail

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/postfix, /usr/lib/postfix, /usr/share/doc/postfix-2.10.2, /var/lib/postfix, and /var/spool/postfix

Short Descriptions

mailq	A symlink to `sendmail`.
newaliases	A symlink to `sendmail`.
postaliases	is a utility for Postfix alias database maintenance
postcat	Prints the contents of files from the Postfix queue in human readable format.
postconf	Displays or changes the value of Postfix configuration parameters.
postdrop	Creates a file in the maildrop directory and copies its standard input to the file.
postfix	is the Postfix control program.
postkick	Sends requests to the specified service over a local transport channel.
postlock	Locks a mail folder for exclusive use, and executes commands passed to it.
postlog	A Postfix-compatible logging interface for use in, for example, shell scripts.
postmap	Creates or queries one or more Postfix lookup tables, or updates an existing one.
postmulti	is the Postfix multi-instance manager. It allows a system administrator to manage multiple Postfix instances on a single host.
postqueue	The Postfix user interface for queue management.
postsuper	The Postfix user interface for superuser queue management.
sendmail	is the Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 14:35:19 -0700

Qpopper-4.1.0

Introduction to Qpopper

The Qpopper package contains a POP3 mail server.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.qualcomm.com/eudora/servers/unix/popper/qpopper4.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3b62b70fbcd16bb17795e1762dd33765
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 7.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Qpopper Dependencies

Required

An MTA

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Linux-PAM-1.1.7, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qpopper

Installation of Qpopper

Install Qpopper with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-standalone &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -D -m644 GUIDE.pdf /usr/share/doc/qpopper-4.1.0/GUIDE.pdf

Command Explanations

--enable-standalone: This option gives the flexibility to run Qpopper in standalone mode.

Configuring Qpopper

Configuration Information

Update the Syslog configuration file and force the syslogd daemon to reread the new file so that Qpopper events are logged:

echo "local0.notice;local0.debug /var/log/POP.log" >> /etc/syslog.conf &&
killall -HUP syslogd

If you want Qpopper to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/qpopper init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-qpopper

This startup procedure uses a configuration file. The details of the configuration file can be found in the documentation file GUIDE.pdf.

cat > /etc/mail/qpopper.conf << "EOF"
# Qpopper configuration file

set debug = false

set spool-dir = /var/spool/mail/
set temp-dir  = /var/spool/mail/

set downcase-user = true
set trim-domain = true

set statistics = true

# End /etc/shells
EOF

If you use inetd, the following command will add the Qpopper entry to /etc/inetd.conf:

echo "pop3 stream tcp nowait root /usr/sbin/popper popper" >> /etc/inetd.conf &&
killall inetd || inetd

Issue a killall -HUP inetd to reread the changed inetd.conf file.

Installed Program: popper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

popper

is the POP3 server daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

sendmail-8.14.7

Introduction to sendmail

The sendmail package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA).

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sendmail.org/pub/sendmail/sendmail.8.14.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 348eedfab0ed00931f2df94e78f22c43
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

sendmail Dependencies

Required

OpenLDAP-2.4.36

Optional

OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, Procmail-3.22, nph, and ghostscript-9.10 (for creating PDF documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sendmail

Installation of sendmail

Before building sendmail, create the required user, group and directory with the following commands issued as the root user:

groupadd -g 26 smmsp                               &&
useradd -c "Sendmail Daemon" -g smmsp -d /dev/null \
        -s /bin/false -u 26 smmsp                  &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail                            &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/spool/mqueue

Note

See the source tree sendmail/README file for information on linking optional packages into the build. Use the example below, which adds support for SASL, StartTLS (OpenSSL) and OpenLDAP, as a starting point. Of course, modify it to suit your particular needs.

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
APPENDDEF(`confENVDEF',`-DSTARTTLS -DSASL -DLDAPMAP')
APPENDDEF(`confLIBS', `-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lldap -llber')
APPENDDEF(`confINCDIRS', `-I/usr/include/sasl')
EOF

Install sendmail with the following commands:

cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
define(`confMANGRP',`root')
define(`confMANOWN',`root')
define(`confSBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINOWN',`root')
EOF

sed -i -r "s/^# if (DB.*)$/# if (\1) || DB_VERSION_MAJOR >= 5/" \
    include/sm/bdb.h            &&

cd sendmail                     &&
sh Build                        &&
cd ../cf/cf                     &&
cp generic-linux.mc sendmail.mc &&
sh Build sendmail.cf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /etc/mail &&
sh Build install-cf &&

cd ../..            &&
sh Build install    &&

install -v -m644 cf/cf/{submit,sendmail}.mc /etc/mail &&
cp -v -R cf/* /etc/mail                               &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7/{cf,sendmail} &&

install -v -m644 CACerts FAQ KNOWNBUGS LICENSE PGPKEYS README RELEASE_NOTES \
        /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7 &&

install -v -m644 sendmail/{README,SECURITY,TRACEFLAGS,TUNING} \
        /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7/sendmail &&

install -v -m644 cf/README /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7/cf &&

for manpage in sendmail editmap mailstats makemap praliases smrsh
do
    install -v -m644 $manpage/$manpage.8 /usr/share/man/man8
done &&

install -v -m644 sendmail/aliases.5    /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/mailq.1      /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/newaliases.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 vacation/vacation.1   /usr/share/man/man1

Install the sendmail Installation and Operations Guide with the following commands:

Note

Remove op.pdf from the make and install commands below if you don't have Ghostscript installed.

cd doc/op                                       &&
sed -i 's/groff/GROFF_NO_SGR=1 groff/' Makefile &&
make op.txt op.pdf

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7 &&
install -v -m644 op.ps op.txt op.pdf /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7 &&
cd ../..

Command Explanations

cat > devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF": This creates a configuration file changing some of the default settings.

sed ... include/sm/bdb.h: This allows sendmail to build properly with Berkeley DB-6.0.20 versions 5 and above.

sh Build; sh Build sendmail.cf; sh Build install-cf; sh Build install: sendmail uses an m4 based build script to create the various Makefiles. These commands build and install the package.

for manpage in...;do...;done; install ...: The man pages are installed already formatted and man displays them somewhat garbled. These commands replace the formatted pages with pages man can display properly.

Configuring sendmail

Config Files

/etc/mail/*

Configuration Information

Create the /etc/mail/local-host-names and /etc/mail/aliases files using the following commands as the root user:

echo $(hostname) > /etc/mail/local-host-names
cat > /etc/mail/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root

EOF
newaliases -v

sendmail's primary configuration file, /etc/mail/sendmail.cf, is complex and not meant to be directly edited. The recommended method for changing it is to modify /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and various m4 files, then run the m4 macro processor from within /etc/mail as follows:

m4 m4/cf.m4 sendmail.mc > sendmail.cf

A full explanation of the files to modify, and the available parameters can be found in /etc/mail/README.

Boot Script

To automate the running of sendmail at startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sendmail init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-sendmail

Note

The -qNm option to sendmail, where N is number of minutes, controls how often sendmail will process the mail queue. A default of 5 minutes is used in the init script. Individual workstation users may want to set this as low as 1 minute, large installations handling more mail may want to set it higher.

Installed Programs: editmap, hoststat, mailstats, mailq, makemap, newaliases, praliases, purgestat, sendmail, smrsh, and vacation

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/mail, /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.14.7, /var/spool/mqueue, and /var/spool/clientmqueue

Short Descriptions

editmap	queries and edits sendmail map files.
hoststat	prints sendmail's persistent host status.
mailstats	displays sendmail statistics.
mailq	prints a summary of outbound mail messages waiting for delivery.
makemap	creates sendmail map files.
newaliases	rebuilds `/etc/mail/aliases.db` from the contents of `/etc/mail/aliases`.
praliases	displays current sendmail aliases.
purgestat	causes sendmail to clear (purge) all its host-status information.
sendmail	is the sendmail mail transport agent.
smrsh	is a restricted shell for sendmail.
vacation	is an email auto responder.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Chapter 22. Databases

This chapter includes databases that range from single-user read/write to industrial database servers with transaction support. Generally, you will be sent here to satisfy dependencies to other applications although building a SQL server on a base LFS system is entirely possible.

Berkeley DB-6.0.20

Introduction to Berkeley DB

The Berkeley DB package contains programs and utilities used by many other applications for database related functions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.oracle.com/berkeley-db/db-6.0.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f73afcb308aefde7e6ece4caa87b22a9
Download size: 35 MB
Estimated disk space required: 279 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Berkeley DB Dependencies

Optional

Tcl-8.6.0, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, and Sharutils-4.13.5 (for the uudecode command)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/db

Installation of Berkeley DB

Install Berkeley DB by running the following commands:

cd build_unix                        &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr      \
                  --enable-compat185 \
                  --enable-dbm       \
                  --disable-static   \
                  --enable-cxx       &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-6.0.20 install &&
chown -v -R root:root                        \
      /usr/bin/db_*                          \
      /usr/include/db{,_185,_cxx}.h          \
      /usr/lib/libdb*.{so,la}                \
      /usr/share/doc/db-6.0.20

Command Explanations

cd build_unix && ../dist/configure --prefix=/usr...: This replaces the normal ./configure command, as Berkeley DB comes with various build directories for different platforms.

--enable-compat185: This switch enables building the DB-1.85 compatibility API.

--enable-cxx: This switch enables building C++ API libraries.

--enable-dbm: Enables legacy interface support needed by some older packages.

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-6.0.20 install: This installs the documentation in the standard location instead of /usr/docs.

chown -v -R root:root ...:This command changes the ownership of various installed files from the uid:gid of the builder to root:root.

--enable-tcl --with-tcl=/usr/lib: Enables Tcl support in DB and creates the libdb_tcl libraries.

--enable-java: Enables Java support in DB and creates the libdb_java libraries.

Installed Programs: db_archive, db_checkpoint, db_deadlock, db_dump, db_hotbackup, db_load, db_log_verify, db_printlog, db_recover, db_replicate, db_stat, db_tuner, db_upgrade, and db_verify.

Installed Libraries: libdb.so and libdb_cxx.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/db-6.0.20

Short Descriptions

db_archive	prints the pathnames of log files that are no longer in use.
db_checkpoint	is a daemon process used to monitor and checkpoint database logs.
db_deadlock	is used to abort lock requests when deadlocks are detected.
db_dump	converts database files to a flat file format readable by db_load.
db_hotbackup	creates "hot backup" or "hot failover" snapshots of Berkeley DB databases.
db_load	is used to create database files from flat files created with db_dump.
db_log_verify	verifies the log files of a database.
db_printlog	converts database log files to human readable text.
db_recover	is used to restore a database to a consistent state after a failure.
db_replicate	is a daemon process that provides replication/HA services on a transactional environment.
db_stat	displays database environment statistics.
db_tuner	analyzes the data in a btree database, and suggests a page size that is likely to deliver optimal operation.
db_upgrade	is used to upgrade database files to a newer version of Berkeley DB.
db_verify	is used to run consistency checks on database files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

MySQL-5.6.13

Introduction to MySQL

MySQL is a widely used and fast SQL database server. It is a client/server implementation that consists of a server daemon and many different client programs and libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cdn.mysql.com/Downloads/MySQL-5.6/mysql-5.6.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4bfeb22f2f876825db70d9820d164343
Download size: 35 MB
Estimated disk space required: 970 MB
Estimated build time: 6.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch (recommended if building for Amarok): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/mysql-5.6.13-embedded_library_shared-1.patch
Optional Documentation (see tip below): http://dev.mysql.com/doc/

MySQL Dependencies

Required

Optional

libaio and libedit

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mysql

Installation of MySQL

For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged user and group is strongly encouraged. Issue the following (as root) to create the user and group:

groupadd -g 40 mysql &&
useradd -c "MySQL Server" -d /srv/mysql -g mysql -s /bin/false -u 40 mysql

If the MySQL server is not needed, it is possible to build only the client libraries of MySQL. To do this you need to add -DWITHOUT_SERVER=ON to the cmake command below.

MySQL contains an embedded server library. By default, it is built as a statically linked library, libmysqld.a, but by applying the optional patch, a shared version of this library can be built. The library is needed by certain applications, such as Amarok and it is recommend to use the shared libraries whenever it is possible.

There are numerous options available to cmake. Check the output of the `cmake . -LH` for additional customization options. See the MySQL Documentation for a full listing of all options.

If you want to build shared version of the embedded server library, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../mysql-5.6.13-embedded_library_shared-1.patch

Install MySQL by running the following commands:

sed -i "/ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(sql\/share)/d" CMakeLists.txt &&
sed -i "s/ADD_SUBDIRECTORY(libmysql)/&\\nADD_SUBDIRECTORY(sql\/share)/" CMakeLists.txt &&
sed -i "s@data/test@\${INSTALL_MYSQLSHAREDIR}@g" sql/CMakeLists.txt &&
sed -i "s@data/mysql@\${INSTALL_MYSQLTESTDIR}@g" sql/CMakeLists.txt &&

sed -i "s/srv_buf_size/srv_sort_buf_size/" storage/innobase/row/row0log.cc &&

mkdir build &&
cd build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release                    \
      -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr                   \
      -DINSTALL_DOCDIR=share/doc/mysql              \
      -DINSTALL_DOCREADMEDIR=share/doc/mysql        \
      -DINSTALL_INCLUDEDIR=include/mysql            \
      -DINSTALL_INFODIR=share/info                  \
      -DINSTALL_MANDIR=share/man                    \
      -DINSTALL_MYSQLDATADIR=/srv/mysql             \
      -DINSTALL_MYSQLSHAREDIR=share/mysql           \
      -DINSTALL_MYSQLTESTDIR=share/mysql/test       \
      -DINSTALL_PLUGINDIR=lib/mysql/plugin          \
      -DINSTALL_SBINDIR=sbin                        \
      -DINSTALL_SCRIPTDIR=bin                       \
      -DINSTALL_SQLBENCHDIR=share/mysql/bench       \
      -DINSTALL_SUPPORTFILESDIR=share/mysql         \
      -DMYSQL_DATADIR=/srv/mysql                    \
      -DMYSQL_UNIX_ADDR=/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock     \
      -DSYSCONFDIR=/etc/mysql                       \
      -DWITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE=OFF           \
      -DWITH_PERFSCHEMA_STORAGE_ENGINE=OFF          \
      -DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex                 \
      -DWITH_LIBEVENT=system                        \
      -DWITH_SSL=system                             \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Tip

The only documentation shipped in the source tarball are mysql.info and man pages. You can download various formats of the MySQL Reference Manual from http://dev.mysql.com/doc/.

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: First two seds fix client-only builds. Last two seds set correct installation directories for some components.

-DWITHOUT_SERVER=ON: Use this switch if you don't want the server and would like to build the client only.

-DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex: This switch enables support for the complex character sets.

-DWITH_LIBEVENT=system: This switch is used to tell the build system to use installed libevent. Remove it if you didn't install libevent.

-DWITH_SSL=system: This switch is used to tell the build system to use installed OpenSSL. Remove it if you didn't install OpenSSL.

Configuring MySQL

Config Files

/etc/mysql/my.cnf and ~/.my.cnf

Configuration Information

Note

If you are upgrading from previous major version of MySQL, be sure to consult the MySQL Reference Manual for notes on upgrading the software.

Create basic /etc/mysql/my.cnf using the following command as the root user:

install -v -dm 755 /etc/mysql &&
cat > /etc/mysql/my.cnf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/mysql/my.cnf

# The following options will be passed to all MySQL clients
[client]
#password       = your_password
port            = 3306
socket          = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock

# The MySQL server
[mysqld]
port            = 3306
socket          = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock
datadir         = /srv/mysql
skip-external-locking
key_buffer_size = 16M
max_allowed_packet = 1M
sort_buffer_size = 512K
net_buffer_length = 16K
myisam_sort_buffer_size = 8M

# Don't listen on a TCP/IP port at all.
skip-networking

# required unique id between 1 and 2^32 - 1
server-id       = 1

# Uncomment the following if you are using BDB tables
#bdb_cache_size = 4M
#bdb_max_lock = 10000

# Uncomment the following if you are using InnoDB tables
#innodb_data_home_dir = /srv/mysql
#innodb_data_file_path = ibdata1:10M:autoextend
#innodb_log_group_home_dir = /srv/mysql
# You can set .._buffer_pool_size up to 50 - 80 %
# of RAM but beware of setting memory usage too high
#innodb_buffer_pool_size = 16M
#innodb_additional_mem_pool_size = 2M
# Set .._log_file_size to 25 % of buffer pool size
#innodb_log_file_size = 5M
#innodb_log_buffer_size = 8M
#innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit = 1
#innodb_lock_wait_timeout = 50

[mysqldump]
quick
max_allowed_packet = 16M

[mysql]
no-auto-rehash
# Remove the next comment character if you are not familiar with SQL
#safe-updates

[isamchk]
key_buffer = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M

[myisamchk]
key_buffer_size = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M

[mysqlhotcopy]
interactive-timeout

# End /etc/mysql/my.cnf
EOF

You can now install a database and change the ownership to the unprivileged user and group (perform as the root user):

mysql_install_db --basedir=/usr --datadir=/srv/mysql --user=mysql &&
chown -R mysql:mysql /srv/mysql

Further configuration requires that the MySQL server is running. Start the server using the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -o mysql -g mysql -d /var/run/mysqld &&
mysqld_safe --user=mysql 2>&1 >/dev/null &

A default installation does not set up a password for the administrator, so use the following command as the root user to set one. Replace <new-password> with your own.

mysqladmin -u root password <new-password>

Configuration of the server is now finished. Shut the server down using the following command as the root user:

mysqladmin -p shutdown

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/mysql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package as the root user to start the MySQL server during system boot-up.

make install-mysql

Installed Programs: innochecksum, msql2mysql, myisamchk, myisam_ftdump, myisamlog, myisampack, my_print_defaults, mysql, mysqlaccess, mysqlaccess.conf, mysqladmin, mysqlbinlog, mysqlbug, mysqlcheck, mysql_client_test, mysql_client_test_embedded, mysql_config, mysql_config_editor, mysql_convert_table_format, mysqld, mysqld_multi, mysqld_safe, mysqldump, mysqldumpslow, mysql_embedded, mysql_find_rows, mysql_fix_extensions, mysqlhotcopy, mysqlimport, mysql_install_db, mysql_plugin, mysql_secure_installation, mysql_setpermission, mysqlshow, mysqlslap, mysqltest, mysqltest_embedded, mysql_tzinfo_to_sql, mysql_upgrade, mysql_waitpid, mysql_zap, perror, replace, resolveip and resolve_stack_dump

Installed Libraries: libmysqlclient.{so,a}, libmysqlclient_r.{so,a}, libmysqld.{so,a} and libmysqlservices.a

Installed Directories: /etc/mysql, /srv/mysql, /usr/include/mysql, /usr/lib/mysql, /usr/share/doc/mysql and /usr/share/mysql

Short Descriptions

Descriptions of all the programs and libraries would be several pages long. Instead, consult the mysql.info documentation or the on-line reference manual at http://dev.mysql.com/doc/refman/5.6/en/index.html.

The Perl DBI modules must be installed for some of the MySQL support programs to function properly.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 14:54:24 -0700

PostgreSQL-9.3.0

Introduction to PostgreSQL

PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system (ORDBMS), derived from the Berkeley Postgres database management system.

There may be a more recent release available from the PostgreSQL home page. You can check http://www.postgresql.org/ and probably use the existing BLFS instructions. Note that versions other than the one shown in the download URLs have not been tested in a BLFS environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp5.us.postgresql.org/pub/PostgreSQL/source/v9.3.0/postgresql-9.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 09aee56f3a15ce4a7ea32044fb845b53
Download size: 17.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 169 MB (additional 170 MB to run the testsuite)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (additional 0.2 SBU to run the testsuite)

PostgreSQL Dependencies

Optional

Python-2.7.5, Tcl-8.6.0, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, libxml2-2.9.1, libxslt-1.1.28, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Linux-PAM-1.1.7, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 and Bonjour

Optional (To Regenerate Documentation)

docbook-4.5, docbook-dsssl-1.79, OpenJade-1.3.2, and SGMLSpm-1.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postgresql

Installation of PostgreSQL

Install PostgreSQL with the following commands:

sed -e "s@DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR  \"/tmp\"@DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR  \"/run/postgresql\"@" \
    -i src/include/pg_config_manual.h &&
sed -i -e 's@psql\\"@& -h /tmp@' src/test/regress/pg_regress{,_main}.c &&
sed -i -e 's@gres\\"@& -k /tmp@' src/test/regress/pg_regress.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --enable-thread-safety \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/postgresql-9.3.0 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

There are a number of programs in the contrib/ directory. If you are going to run this installation as a server and wish to build some of them, enter make -C contrib or make -C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME> for each subdirectory.

Now, as the root user:

make install      &&
make install-docs

If you made any of the contrib/ programs, as the root user:

make -C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME> install

If you only intend to use PostgreSQL as a client to connect to a server on another machine, your installation is complete and you should not run the remaining commands.

Note

If you are upgrading an existing system and are going to install the new files over the old ones, then you should back up your data, shut down the old server and follow the instructions in the official PostgreSQL documentation.

Initialize a database cluster with the following commands issued by the root user:

install -v -dm700 /srv/pgsql/data &&
install -v -dm755 /run/postgresql &&
groupadd -g 41 postgres &&
useradd -c "PostgreSQL Server" -g postgres -d /srv/pgsql/data \
        -u 41 postgres &&
chown -Rv postgres:postgres /srv/pgsql /run/postgresql &&
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/data'

As the root user, start the database server with the following command:

su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/postmaster -D /srv/pgsql/data > \
    /srv/pgsql/data/logfile 2>&1 &'

Still as user root, create a database and verify the installation:

su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/createdb test' &&
echo "create table t1 ( name varchar(20), state_province varchar(20) );" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Billy', 'NewYork');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Evanidus', 'Quebec');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Jesse', 'Ontario');" \
    | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "select * from t1;" | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test')

Command Explanations

sed -e ...: These seds change server socket location from /tmp to /run/postgresql and fix up the regression tests to use /tmp so that they can work reliably.

--docdir=/usr/share/doc/postgresql-9.3.0: This switch puts the documentation in a versioned directory.

--enable-thread-safety: This switch makes the client libraries thread-safe by allowing concurrent threads in libpq and ECPG programs to safely control their private connection handles.

make -C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME> ...: replace <SUBDIR-NAME> with the name of the subdirectory you wish to build or install.

--with-openssl: build with support for OpenSSL encrypted connections.

--with-perl: build the PL/Perl server-side language.

--with-python: build the PL/Python server-side language.

--with-tcl: build the PL/Tcl server-side language.

groupadd ...; useradd ...: These commands add an unprivileged user and group to run the database server.

createdb test; create table t1; insert into t1 values...; select * from t1: Create a database, add a table to it, insert some rows into the table and select them to verify that the installation is working properly.

Configuring PostgreSQL

Config Files

$PGDATA/pg_ident.con, $PGDATA/pg_hba.conf and $PGDATA/postgresql.conf

The PGDATA environment variable is used to distinguish database clusters from one another by setting it to the value of the directory which contains the cluster desired. The three configuration files exist in every PGDATA/ directory. Details on the format of the files and the options that can be set in each can be found in file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-9.3.0/html/index.html.

Boot Script

Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postgresql init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-postgresql

Installed Programs: clusterdb, createdb, createlang, createuser, dropdb, droplang, dropuser, ecpg, initdb, pg_basebackup, pg_config, pg_controldata, pg_ctl, pg_dump, pg_dumpall, pg_isready, pg_resetxlog, pg_restore, pltcl_delmod, pltcl_listmod, pltcl_loadmod, postgres, postmaster, psql, reindexdb, and vacuumdb. Optionally (in contrib/) oid2name, pg_archivecleanup, pgbench, pg_standby, pg_test_fsync, pg_test_timing, pg_upgrade, pg_xlogdump, vacuumlo,

Installed Libraries: libecpg.{so,a}, libecpg_compat.{so,a}, libpgport.a, libpgtypes.{so,a}, libpq.{so,a}, and various charset (and optionally, programming language) modules.

Installed Directories: /srv/pgsql, /usr/include/libpq, /usr/include/postgresql, /usr/lib/postgresql, /usr/share/doc/postgresql-9.3.0, and /usr/share/postgresql

Short Descriptions

clusterdb	is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database.
createdb	creates a new PostgreSQL database.
createlang	defines a new PostgreSQL procedural language.
createuser	defines a new PostgreSQL user account.
dropdb	removes a PostgreSQL database.
droplang	removes a PostgreSQL procedural language.
dropuser	removes a PostgreSQL user account.
ecpg	is the embedded SQL preprocessor.
initdb	creates a new database cluster.
oid2name	resolves OIDs (Object IDs) and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory.
pg_archivecleanup	clean up PostgreSQL WAL (write-ahead log) archive files.
pg_basebackup	takes base backups of a running PostgreSQL cluster.
pg_config	retrieves PostgreSQL version information.
pg_controldata	returns information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version and server locale.
pg_ctl	controls stopping and starting the database server.
pg_dump	dumps database data and metadata into scripts which are used to recreate the database.
pg_dumpall	recursively calls pg_dump for each database in a cluster.
pg_isready	check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server.
pg_resetxlog	clears the write-ahead log and optionally resets some fields in the `pg_control` file.
pg_restore	creates databases from dump files created by pg_dump.
pg_standby	supports the creation of a PostgreSQL warm standby server.
pg_test_fsync	determine fastest wal_sync method for PostgreSQL.
pg_test_timing	measure timing overhead.
pg_upgrade	upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance.
pg_xlogdump	display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster.
pgbench	run a benchmark test on PostgreSQL.
pltcl_delmod	is a support script used to delete a module from a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
pltcl_listmod	is a support script used to list the modules in a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
pltcl_loadmod	is a support script used to load a module into a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also.
postgres	is a single user database server, generally used for debugging.
postmaster	(a symlink to postgres) is a multi-user database daemon.
psql	is a console based database shell.
reindexdb	is a utility for rebuilding indexes in a database.
vacuumdb	compacts databases and generates statistics for the query analyzer.
vacuumlo	remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database.
`libecpg.{so,a}`	contains functions to support embedded SQL in C programs.
`libecpg_compat.{so,a}`	is the ecpg compatibility library.
`libgport.a`	is the port-specific subsystem of the Postgres backend.
`libpgtypes.{so,a}`	contains functions for dealing with Postgres data types.
`libpq.{so,a}`	is the C programmer's API to Postgres.

Last updated on 2013-09-13 07:20:27 -0700

SQLite-3.8.0.2

Introduction to SQLite

The SQLite package is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sqlite.org/2013/sqlite-autoconf-3080002.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6d6cc639a4da04fbbdda7b1a1a01b386
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB (includes optional documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional Documentation

Download (HTTP): http://sqlite.org/2013/sqlite-doc-3080002.zip
Download MD5 sum: 3f6cdfaff621cc3575ed71c66a396b75
Download size: 4.1 MB

SQLite Dependencies

Optional

UnZip-6.0 (required to unzip the documentation).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sqlite

Installation of SQLite

If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the following command to install the documentation into the source tree:

unzip -q ../sqlite-doc-3080002.zip

Install SQLite by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static        \
            CFLAGS="-g -O2 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 \
            -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1     \
            -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1       \
            -DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1" &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the following commands as the root user to install it:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.8.0.2 &&
cp -v -R sqlite-doc-3080002/* /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.8.0.2

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

CFLAGS="-g -O2 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1 -DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1": Applications such as Firefox require secure delete and enable unlock notify to be turned on. The only way to do this is to include them in the CFLAGS. By default, these are set to "-g -O2" so we specify that to preserve those settings. You may, of course, wish to omit the '-g' if you do not wish to create debugging information. For further information on what can be specified see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html.

Installed Program: sqlite3

Installed Library: libsqlite3.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.8.0.2

Short Descriptions

sqlite3	A terminal-based front-end to the SQLite library that can evaluate queries interactively and display the results.
`libsqlite3.so`	contains the SQLite API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 06:42:36 -0700

Chapter 23. Other Server Software

Here you will find many ways to share your machine with the rest of the world or your local network. Before installing any packages in this chapter, you need to be sure you understand what the package does and how to set it up correctly. It might also be helpful to learn about the consequences of an improper setup so that you can analyze the risks.

OpenLDAP-2.4.36

Introduction to OpenLDAP

The OpenLDAP package provides an open source implementation of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openldap.org/pub/OpenLDAP/openldap-release/openldap-2.4.36.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 744701405d396b1fb9de6cb7a453c6e9
Download size: 5.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 130 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openldap-2.4.36-blfs_paths-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openldap-2.4.36-symbol_versions-1.patch
Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openldap-2.4.36-ntlm-1.patch

OpenLDAP Dependencies

Required

Berkeley DB-6.0.20

Optional

ICU-51.2, MySQL-5.6.13 or PostgreSQL-9.3.0, OpenSLP, Pth-2.0.7 and unixODBC-2.3.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openldap

Installation of OpenLDAP

Important

Without the following patch, the Evolution Exchange addressbook integration uses simple binds with cleartext passwords. If you are going to build Evolution Data Server with OpenLDAP support, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.36-ntlm-1.patch

Note

If you only need to install the client side ldap* binaries, corresponding man pages, libraries and header files (referred to as a “client-only” install), issue the following configure command instead of the other one, and then proceed with the remaining commands (no test suite available):

patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.36-blfs_paths-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.36-symbol_versions-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --enable-dynamic  \
            --disable-debug   \
            --disable-slapd &&
make depend &&
make

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the slapd daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 83 ldap &&
useradd -c "OpenLDAP Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/openldap -u 83 \
        -g ldap -s /bin/false ldap

Install OpenLDAP by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.36-blfs_paths-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.36-symbol_versions-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr         \
            --sysconfdir=/etc     \
            --localstatedir=/var  \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --disable-static      \
            --disable-debug       \
            --enable-dynamic      \
            --enable-crypt        \
            --enable-spasswd      \
            --enable-modules      \
            --enable-rlookups     \
            --enable-backends=mod \
            --enable-overlays=mod \
            --disable-ndb         \
            --disable-sql &&
make depend &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

chown -R ldap:ldap /var/lib/openldap &&

install -v -dm755  /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.36 &&
cp -vfr doc/drafts /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.36 &&
cp -vfr doc/rfc    /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.36 &&
cp -vfr doc/guide  /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.36

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--disable-debug: This switch disables the debugging code in OpenLDAP.

--enable-dynamic: This switch forces the OpenLDAP libraries to be dynamically linked to the executable programs.

--enable-crypt: This switch enables using of crypt(3) passwords.

--enable-spasswd: This switch enables SASL password verification.

--enable-modules: This switch enables dynamic module support.

--enable-rlookups: This switch enables reverse lookups of client hostnames.

--enable-backends: This switch enables all available backends.

--enable-overlays: This switch enables all available overlays.

--disable-ndb: This switch disables MySQL NDB Cluster backend which causes configure to fail if MySQL is present.

--disable-sql: This switch explicitly disables the SQL backend. Omit this switch if a SQL server is installed and you are going to use a SQL backend.

--enable-slp: This switch enables SLPv2 support. Use it if you have installed OpenSLP.

Note

You can run ./configure --help to see if there are other switch you can pass to the configure command to enable other options or dependency packages.

Configuring OpenLDAP

Config Files

/etc/openldap/*

Configuration Information

Configuring the slapd servers can be complex. Securing the LDAP directory, especially if you are storing non-public data such as password databases, can also be a challenging task. You'll need to modify the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf and /etc/openldap/ldap.conf files to set up OpenLDAP for your particular needs.

Resources to assist you with topics such as choosing a directory configuration, backend and database definitions, access control settings, running as a user other than root and setting a chroot environment include:

The slapd man page.
The slapd.conf man page.
The OpenLDAP 2.4 Administrator's Guide (also installed locally in /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.36/guide/admin).
Documents located at http://www.openldap.org/pub/.

Mozilla Address Directory

By default, LDAPv2 support is disabled in the slapd.conf file. Once the database is properly set up and Mozilla is configured to use the directory, you must add allow bind_v2 to the slapd.conf file.

Boot Script

To automate the startup of the LDAP server at system bootup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/slapd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package using the following command:

make install-slapd

Note

The init script starts the daemon without any parameters. You'll need to modify the /etc/sysconfig/slapd to include the parameters needed for your specific configuration. See the slapd man page for parameter information.

Testing the Configuration

Start the LDAP server using the init script:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/slapd start

Verify access to the LDAP server with the following command:

ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts

The expected result is:

# extended LDIF
#
# LDAPv3
# base <> with scope base
# filter: (objectclass=*)
# requesting: namingContexts
#

#
dn:
namingContexts: dc=my-domain,dc=com

# search result
search: 2
result: 0 Success

# numResponses: 2
# numEntries: 1

Installed Programs: ldapadd, ldapcompare, ldapdelete, ldapexop, ldapmodify, ldapmodrdn, ldappasswd, ldapsearch, ldapurl, ldapwhoami, slapacl, slapadd, slapauth, slapcat, slapd, slapdn, slapindex, slappasswd, slapschema and slaptest

Installed Libraries: liblber.so, libldap.so and libldap_r.so

Installed Directories: /etc/openldap, /usr/lib/openldap and /var/lib/openldap

Short Descriptions

ldapadd	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and adds entries.
ldapcompare	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a compare using specified parameters.
ldapdelete	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and deletes one or more entries.
ldapexop	issues the LDAP extended operation specified by oid or one of the special keywords whoami, cancel, or refresh.
ldapmodify	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies entries.
ldapmodrdn	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies the RDN of entries.
ldappasswd	is a tool used to set the password of an LDAP user.
ldapsearch	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a search using specified parameters.
ldapurl	is a command that allows to either compose or decompose LDAP URIs.
ldapwhoami	opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and displays whoami information.
slapacl	is used to check the behavior of slapd by verifying access to directory data according to the access control list directives defined in its configuration.
slapadd	is used to add entries specified in LDAP Directory Interchange Format (LDIF) to an LDAP database.
slapauth	is used to check the behavior of the slapd in mapping identities for authentication and authorization purposes, as specified in slapd.conf.
slapcat	is used to generate an LDAP LDIF output based upon the contents of a slapd database.
slapd	is the standalone LDAP server.
slapdn	checks a list of string-represented DNs based on schema syntax.
slapindex	is used to regenerate slapd indexes based upon the current contents of a database.
slappasswd	is an OpenLDAP password utility.
slapschema	is used to check schema compliance of the contents of a slapd database.
slaptest	checks the sanity of the `slapd.conf` file.
`liblber.so`	is a set of Lightweight Basic Encoding Rules routines. These routines are used by the LDAP library routines to encode and decode LDAP protocol elements using the (slightly simplified) Basic Encoding Rules defined by LDAP. They are not normally used directly by an LDAP application program except in the handling of controls and extended operations.
`libldap.so`	supports the LDAP programs and provide functionality for other programs interacting with LDAP.
`libldap_r.so`	contains the functions required by the LDAP programs to produce the results from LDAP requests.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Soprano-2.9.3

Introduction to Soprano

Soprano (formally known as QRDF) is a library which provides a nice Qt interface to RDF storage solutions. It has a modular structure which allows to replace the actual RDF storage implementation used.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/soprano/soprano-2.9.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 714a729809943efd4b536ed15cd66aca
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/soprano-2.9.3-dbus-1.patch

Soprano Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2, Qt-4.8.5, and Redland-1.0.16

Recommended (Required if building KDE)

D-Bus-1.6.14, libiodbc-3.52.8 (required for the Virtuoso backend. Additionally, Virtuoso-6.1.7 is required as a runtime dependency for this backend.)

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 (to build the documentation), CLucene (no longer required to use Soprano in KDE), and Sesame2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/soprano

Installation of Soprano

Install soprano by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../soprano-2.9.3-dbus-1.patch &&
mkdir build &&
cd build    &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release  \
      .. &&
make

This package does not come with a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler optimizations.

-DSOPRANO_DISABLE_CLUCENE_INDEX=1: Soprano might not build with recent Clucene versions. Use this switch to fix it.

Configuration of Soprano

Create a directory where Soprano places some runtime data:

install -m755 -d /srv/soprano

The sopranod accepts some parameters. To configure how the bootscript starts sopranod, create a configuration file:

cat > /etc/sysconfig/soprano <<EOF
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/soprano

SOPRANO_STORAGE="/srv/soprano"
SOPRANO_BACKEND="virtuoso"                       # virtuoso, sesame2, redland
#SOPRANO_OPTIONS="$SOPRANO_OPTIONS --port 4711"  # Default port is 5000

# End /etc/sysconfig/soprano
EOF

Boot Script

Note

It is not required to start the Soprano server at boottime for KDE. KDE will start Soprano as needed.

In order to get Soprano started automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/soprano init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-soprano

Installed Programs: onto2vocabularyclass, sopranocmd, and sopranod

Installed Libraries: libsopranoclient.so, libsopranoserver.so, and libsoprano.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/soprano, /usr/include/Soprano, /usr/lib/soprano, and /usr/share/soprano

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Unbound-1.4.20

Introduction to Unbound

Unbound is a validating, recursive, and caching DNS resolver. It is designed as a set of modular components that incorporate modern features, such as enhanced security (DNSSEC) validation, Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6), and a client resolver library API as an integral part of the architecture.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.unbound.net/downloads/unbound-1.4.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f2d0b490fd7928a708a326beda21948
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Unbound Dependencies

Required

expat-2.1.0, ldns-1.6.16, and OpenSSL-1.0.1e

Optional

libevent-2.0.21, Python-2.7.5, SWIG (for Python bindings), and Doxygen-1.8.5 (for html documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unbound

Installation of Unbound

There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of the unbound daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 88 unbound &&
useradd -c "Unbound DNS resolver" -d /var/lib/unbound -u 88 \
        -g unbound -s /bin/false unbound

Install Unbound by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static  \
            --with-pidfile=/run/unbound.pid &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 package installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:

make doc

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mv -v /usr/sbin/unbound-host /usr/bin

If you built html documentation, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.4.20 &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.4.20

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-libevent: This option enables libevent support allowing use of large outgoing port ranges.

--with-pyunbound: This option enables building of the Python bindings.

Configuring Unbound

Config Files

/etc/unbound/unbound.conf

Configuration Information

In the default configuration, unbound will bind to localhost (127.0.0.1 IP address) and allow recursive queries only from localhost clients. If you want to use unbound for local DNS resolution, run the following command as the root user:

echo "nameserver 127.0.0.1" > /etc/resolv.conf

If you are using a DHCP client for connecting to a network, /etc/resolv.conf gets overwritten with values provided by DHCP server. You can override this, for example in DHCP-4.2.5-P1, by running the following command:

sed -i '/request /i\supersede domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;' \
       /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf

For advanced configuration see /etc/unbound/unbound.conf file and the documentation.

Boot Script

If you want the Unbound server to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/unbound init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-unbound

Installed Programs: unbound, unbound-anchor, unbound-checkconf, unbound-control, unbound-control-setup, and unbound-host

Installed Library: libunbound.so

Installed Directories: /etc/unbound and /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.4.20

Short Descriptions

unbound	is a DNS resolver daemon.
unbound-anchor	performs setup or update of the root trust anchor for DNSSEC validation.
unbound-checkconf	checks unbound configuration file for syntax and other errors.
unbound-control	performs remote administration on the unbound DNS resolver.
unbound-control-setup	generates self-signed certificate and private keys for the server and client.
unbound-host	is a DNS lookup utility similar to host from BIND Utilities-9.9.3-P2.
`libunbound.so`	provides the Unbound API functions to programs.

Last updated on 2013-07-21 21:06:50 +0200

Virtuoso-6.1.7

Introduction to Virtuoso

Virtuoso is a cross-platform server that implements multiple server-side protocols as part of a single-server product offering. There is one server product that offers WebDAV/HTTP, Application, and Database-server functionality alongside Native XML Storage, Universal Data-Access Middleware, Business Process Integration and a Web-Services Platform.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/virtuoso/virtuoso-opensource-6.1.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 88885e84e8f7b61e59516f696b1d3be5
Download size: 111 MB
Estimated disk space required: 761 MB (additional 2 GB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 3.9 SBU (additional 22 SBU to run the test suite)

Virtuoso Dependencies

Optional

ImageMagick-6.8.6-9, Python-2.7.5, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/virtuoso

Installation of Virtuoso

Install virtuoso by running the following commands:

sed -i "s|virt_iodbc_dir/include|&/iodbc|" configure  &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                             \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                         \
            --localstatedir=/var                      \
            --with-iodbc=/usr                         \
            --with-readline                           \
            --without-internal-zlib                   \
            --program-transform-name="s/isql/isql-v/" \
            --disable-all-vads                        \
            --disable-static                          &&
make

To test the results, issue make -k check. Some tests are known to fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/virtuoso-6.1.7 &&
ln -s   -v          ../../virtuoso/doc \
                    /usr/share/doc/virtuoso-6.1.7

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This command is used to modify the CPPFLAGS variable so that the libiodbc interface headers are found by the configure script.

--with-iodbc=/usr: This parameter is used so that the build will use the system libiodbc interface headers and not the headers in the source tree.

--with-readline: This parameter is used so that the system Readline library is used.

--without-internal-zlib: This parameter is set so that the installed zlib library is used and not the bundled one.

--program-transform-name: Both Virtuoso and unixODBC install a program named isql. Use this parameter to rename virtuosos program to isql-v.

--disable-all-vads: This parameter disables building all the VAD packages (tutorials, demos, etc.).

--disable-static: This option disables building static libraries. However, the main Virtuoso libraries, libvirtuoso-t and libvirtuoso-iodbc-t are still built as static libraries.

--enable-python: Add this option if Python is installed to enable building Python bindings.

--with-port: Add this if you want the Virtuoso server to listen on a port other than 1111.

--enable-aio: Add this if you want Virtuoso to perform asynchronous file I/O operations instead of synchronous file I/O.

--enable-perl: Do not use this option if you built Perl according to the LFS instructions. The build will fail with a note similar to Your perl should be compiled w -Dusemultiplicity. Check the output of perl -V:usemultiplicity.

Note that passing the with-jdk4=${JAVA_HOME}, --enable-php5=/usr, --enable-ruby, and --enable-wbxml2=/usr options all will fail during the configure phase of the build. They will not break the build, but the desired support will not be included in the build.

Configuration

Note

If Virtuoso is only to be used for KDE, there is no need to start the Virtuoso server at boot time.

Boot Script

If you want the Virtuoso server to start automatically when the system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/virtuoso init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-virtuoso

User accounts

When the server is started using the start script, there is a web interface to Virtuoso at http://localhost:8890/. Several links are pointing to the OpenLink site, but the Conductor at http://localhost:8890/conductor/. This is a full featured configuration site for Virtuoso. Login as dba with the predefined password dba.

Change password

Remember to immediately change the password of user dba as well as of all other predefined users. Click on [System Admin] and than on [User Accounts].

Installed Programs: inifile, isql-v, isql-vw, virt_maili, and virtuoso-t

Installed Libraries: libvirtuoso-t.a, virtodbc.so, virtodbc_r.so, virtodbcu.so, and virtodbcu_r.so

Installed Directories: /var/lib/virtuoso, /usr/lib/{hibernate,jdbc-{2,3,4}.0,jena,sesame,virtuoso}, and /usr/share/virtuoso

Short Descriptions

isql-v	is an interactive SQL utility.
virtuoso-t	is the Universial Server daemon.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

xinetd-2.3.15

Introduction to xinetd

xinetd is the eXtended InterNET services daemon, a secure replacement for inetd.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/xinetd-2.3.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 77358478fd58efa6366accae99b8b04c
Download size: 308 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xinetd Dependencies

Required

libtirpc-0.2.3

Optional

tcpwrappers (deprecated)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xinetd

Installation of xinetd

Install xinetd by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/^LIBS/s/-lpset/& -ltirpc/" xinetd/Makefile.in       &&
sed -i -e "/register unsigned count/s/register//" xinetd/itox.c &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-loadavg                        &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed ... xinetd/Makefile.in: Ensure the program links against the libtirpc library.

sed ... xinetd/itox.c: Fix some compiler warnings.

Configuring xinetd

Config Files

/etc/xinetd.conf and /etc/xinetd.d/*

Configuration Information

Ensure the path to all daemons is /usr/sbin, rather than the default path of /usr/bin, and install the xinetd configuration files by running the following commands as the root user:

cat > /etc/xinetd.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/xinetd
# Configuration file for xinetd

defaults
{
      instances       = 60
      log_type        = SYSLOG daemon
      log_on_success  = HOST PID USERID
      log_on_failure  = HOST USERID
      cps             = 25 30
}

# All service files are stored in the /etc/xinetd.d directory

includedir /etc/xinetd.d

# End /etc/xinetd
EOF

All of the following files have the statement, "disable = yes". To activate any of the services, this statement will need to be changed to "disable = no".

Note

The following files are listed to demonstrate several xinetd applications. In many cases, these applications are not needed. Some classic applications are considered security risks. For example, telnet, rlogin, rexec, and rsh transmit unencrypted usernames and passwords over the network and can be easily replaced with a more secure alternative: ssh.

install -v -d -m755 /etc/xinetd.d &&

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/systat << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/systat

service systat
{
   disable           = yes
   socket_type       = stream
   wait              = no
   user              = nobody
   server            = /usr/bin/ps
   server_args       = -auwwx
   only_from         = 128.138.209.0
   log_on_success    = HOST
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/systat
EOF

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/echo << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/echo

service echo
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = INTERNAL
   id          = echo-stream
   socket_type = stream
   protocol    = tcp
   user        = root
   wait        = no
}

service echo
{
   disable     = yes
   type        = INTERNAL
   id          = echo-dgram
   socket_type = dgram
   protocol    = udp
   user        = root
   wait        = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/echo
EOF

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/chargen << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/chargen

service chargen
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = chargen-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}

service chargen
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = chargen-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/chargen
EOF

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/daytime << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/daytime

service daytime
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = daytime-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}

service daytime
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = daytime-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/daytime
EOF

cat > /etc/xinetd.d/time << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/xinetd.d/time

service time
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = time-stream
   socket_type    = stream
   protocol       = tcp
   user           = root
   wait           = no
}

service time
{
   disable        = yes
   type           = INTERNAL
   id             = time-dgram
   socket_type    = dgram
   protocol       = udp
   user           = root
   wait           = yes
}

# End /etc/xinetd.d/time
EOF

The format of the /etc/xinetd.conf is documented in the xinetd.conf.5 man page. Further information can be found at http://www.xinetd.org.

Boot Script

As the root user, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-xinetd

As the root user, use the new boot script to start xinetd:

/etc/rc.d/init.d/xinetd start

Check the /var/log/daemon.log to ensure the appropriate services are started. If no services are enabled, the program will not start without the -stayalive option.

Installed Programs: itox, xconv.pl, and xinetd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/xinetd.d/

Short Descriptions

itox	is a utility used for converting `inetd.conf` files to `xinetd.conf` format.
xconv.pl	is a Perl script used for converting `inetd.conf` files to `xinetd.conf` format, similar to itox.
xinetd	is the Internet services daemon.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 10:46:32 -0700

Part VI. X + Window Managers

Chapter 24. X Window System Environment

This chapter contains instructions to build and configure a graphical user environment.

Xorg, in addition to clearing up some licensing issues with XFree86, introduced a completely auto-tooled build for the X Window system. This means that the packages build and install using the conventional configure, make and make install commands, as opposed to a proprietary build system that required hand editing of configuration parameters in a C-like syntax.

Xorg also brought with it a modular build system. While this separation into modules resulted in full control of the features available to the X server on any given installation, it also made the installation more tedious as it requires installing more than 100 different packages to obtain a functional X Window environment. Most large commercial distributions have elected to use Xorg over the XFree86 distribution due to both licensing issues and the increased functionality provided by it over XFree86. With the modular build system, also came incremental updates to individual packages. The distribution of Xorg is given a release number by the developers, in this case Xorg-7.7, and is referred to as the "katamari" by the upstream developers.

Introduction to Xorg-7.7

Xorg is a freely redistributable, open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7

Xorg Download and Installation Instructions

Xorg-7.0 introduced a completely auto-tooled, modular build system. With the new modular build system, it is no longer possible to download the entire package in a single file. In fact, there will be well over 100 packages that need to be fetched from the download location. To assist with such a large task, installing Wget-1.14 is strongly recommended for downloading the needed files. A complete wget file list is provided for each page that includes multiple packages.

Given the number of packages available, deciding which packages you need to install for your particular setup may seem a bit overwhelming at first. Take a look at this page and this thread to get an idea of what you will need. If you are unsure, you should install all packages at the cost of extra disk space.

Note

Even if you intend to download only the necessary packages, you should download the wget file lists. The list of files are ordered by dependency, and the package versions listed in the files are known to work well with each other. Further, the wget file lists contain comments for specific packages that are deprecated or are not recommended to install. Newer packages are likely intended for the next release of Xorg and have already proved to be incompatible with current versions of software installed in BLFS. The installed size of Xorg can be reduced considerably by installing only the packages that you will need and use, however, the BLFS book cannot account for all dependencies and build options for the individual Xorg packages. The instructions assume that all packages have been built. A wiki page containing dependency information is under development. You are encouraged to add to these pages if you discover additional information that may be helpful to other users who selectively install individual packages.

Additionally, because of the large number of repetitive commands, you are encouraged to partially automate the build. Instructions have been given that utilize the Sudo-1.8.7 package. It is recommended that you use the :NOPASSWD configuration option for the user that will be building the xorg packages.

Setting up the Xorg Build Environment

First, you'll need to create a working directory:

mkdir xc &&
cd xc

As with previous releases of the X Window System, it may be desirable to install Xorg into an alternate prefix. This is no longer common practice among Linux distributions. The common installation prefix for Xorg on Linux is /usr. There is no standard alternate prefix, nor is there any exception in the current revision of the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard for Release 7 of the X Window System. Alan Coopersmith of Sun Microsystems, has recently stated "At Sun, we were using /usr/X11 and plan to stick with it." Only the /opt/* prefix or the /usr prefix adhere to the current FHS guidelines.

Choose your installation prefix, and set the XORG_PREFIX variable with the following command:

export XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"

Throughout these instructions, you will use the following configure switches for all of the packages. Create the XORG_CONFIG variable to use for this parameter substitution:

export XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc \
    --localstatedir=/var --disable-static"

Create an /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh configuration file containing these variables as the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << "EOF"
XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"
XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
             --sysconfdir=/etc \
             --localstatedir=/var \
             --disable-static"
export XORG_PREFIX XORG_CONFIG
EOF
chmod 644 /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh

If you've decided to use the standard /usr prefix, you can omit the remainder of this page. Otherwise, be sure to add $XORG_PREFIX/bin to your PATH environment variable, and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig and $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig to your PKG_CONFIG_PATH variable. It is also helpful to specify additional search paths for gcc and an include directory for the aclocal program. Issue the following commands as the root user:

cat >> /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << "EOF"

pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/bin             PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig   PKG_CONFIG_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH

pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib             LIBRARY_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include         C_INCLUDE_PATH
pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include         CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH

ACLOCAL='aclocal -I $XORG_PREFIX/share/aclocal'

export PATH PKG_CONFIG_PATH ACLOCAL LIBRARY_PATH C_INCLUDE_PATH CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH
EOF

You should also add $XORG_PREFIX/lib to the /etc/ld.so.conf file. Again, as the root user, issue the following command:

echo "$XORG_PREFIX/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf

You should also modify /etc/man_db.conf, adding appropriate MANDATORY_MANPATH, MANPATH_MAP, and MANDB_MAP entries following the examples for /usr/X11R6. Issue the following command as the root user:

sed "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@g" -i /etc/man_db.conf

Some applications look for shared files in /usr/share/X11. Create a symbolic link to the proper location as the root user:

ln -s $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11 /usr/share/X11

Finally, if building on x86_64, you will need to create the $XORG_PREFIX/lib directory and the $XORG_PREFIX/lib64 symlink. Again, as the root user, issue the following commands:

install -v -m755 -d $XORG_PREFIX &&
install -v -m755 -d $XORG_PREFIX/lib &&
ln -s lib $XORG_PREFIX/lib64

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:09:36 -0700

util-macros-1.17.1

Introduction to util-macros

The util-macros package contains the m4 macros used by all of the Xorg packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/util/util-macros-1.17.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/util-macros-1.17.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 661d762243f494d390613b85ee321a50
Download size: 78 KB
Estimated disk space required: 596 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/util-macros

Installation of util-macros

Install util-macros by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig and $XORG_PREFIX/share/util-macros

Last updated on 2013-09-08 10:58:51 -0700

Xorg Protocol Headers

Introduction to Xorg Protocol Headers

The Xorg protocol headers provide the header files required to build the system, and to allow other applications to build against the installed X Window system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/proto/
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Xorg Protocol Headers Dependencies

Required

util-macros-1.17.1

Optional

fop-1.1, xmlto-0.0.25 and AsciiDoc (to build additional documentation)

Note

There is a reciprocal dependency with fop-1.1. If you wish to build the documentation, you'll need to re-install the Protocol Headers after the installation is complete and fop-1.1 has been installed.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7ProtocolHeaders

Downloading Xorg Protocol Headers

First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:

cat > proto-7.7.md5 << "EOF"
1a05fb01fa1d5198894c931cf925c025  bigreqsproto-1.1.2.tar.bz2
98482f65ba1e74a08bf5b056a4031ef0  compositeproto-0.4.2.tar.bz2
998e5904764b82642cc63d97b4ba9e95  damageproto-1.2.1.tar.bz2
4ee175bbd44d05c34d43bb129be5098a  dmxproto-2.3.1.tar.bz2
b2721d5d24c04d9980a0c6540cb5396a  dri2proto-2.8.tar.bz2
e7431ab84d37b2678af71e29355e101d  fixesproto-5.0.tar.bz2
c5f4f1fb4ba7766eedbc9489e81f3be2  fontsproto-2.1.2.tar.bz2
3847963c1b88fd04a030b932b0aece07  glproto-1.4.16.tar.bz2
94db391e60044e140c9854203d080654  inputproto-2.3.tar.bz2
677ea8523eec6caca86121ad2dca0b71  kbproto-1.0.6.tar.bz2
ce4d0b05675968e4c83e003cc809660d  randrproto-1.4.0.tar.bz2
1b4e5dede5ea51906f1530ca1e21d216  recordproto-1.14.2.tar.bz2
a914ccc1de66ddeb4b611c6b0686e274  renderproto-0.11.1.tar.bz2
cfdb57dae221b71b2703f8e2980eaaf4  resourceproto-1.2.0.tar.bz2
edd8a73775e8ece1d69515dd17767bfb  scrnsaverproto-1.2.2.tar.bz2
e658641595327d3990eab70fdb55ca8b  videoproto-2.3.2.tar.bz2
5f4847c78e41b801982c8a5e06365b24  xcmiscproto-1.2.2.tar.bz2
eaac343af094e6b608cf15cfba0f77c5  xextproto-7.2.1.tar.bz2
120e226ede5a4687b25dd357cc9b8efe  xf86bigfontproto-1.2.0.tar.bz2
a036dc2fcbf052ec10621fd48b68dbb1  xf86dgaproto-2.1.tar.bz2
1d716d0dac3b664e5ee20c69d34bc10e  xf86driproto-2.1.1.tar.bz2
e793ecefeaecfeabd1aed6a01095174e  xf86vidmodeproto-2.3.1.tar.bz2
9959fe0bfb22a0e7260433b8d199590a  xineramaproto-1.2.1.tar.bz2
9c0203c3bee4bac432ec504dc45712ed  xproto-7.0.24.tar.bz2
EOF

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir proto &&
cd proto &&
grep -v '^#' ../proto-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
    -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/ &&
md5sum -c ../proto-7.7.md5

Installation of Xorg Protocol Headers

Note

When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:

Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.7 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.

One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.

as_root()
{
  if   [ $EUID = 0 ];        then $*
  elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
  else                            su -c \\"$*\\"
  fi
}

export -f as_root

First, start a subshell that will exit on error:

bash -e

Install all of the packages by running the following commands:

for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../proto-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
  packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
  tar -xf $package
  pushd $packagedir
  ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
  as_root make install
  popd
  rm -rf $packagedir
done

Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:

exit

Command Explanations

bash -e: This command starts a subshell that will exit if any command returns a value other than 0, causing the for loop to exit immediately if an error occurs. This also eliminates the need for the && construct used elsewhere in the book.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/include/GL, $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/bigreqsproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/compositeproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/damageproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/dri2proto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/fixesproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/fontsproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/kbproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/randrproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/recordproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/renderproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/resourceproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/scrnsaverproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/videoproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xcmiscproto, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xextproto and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xproto

Last updated on 2013-09-02 14:11:10 -0700

makedepend-1.0.5

Introduction to makedepend

The makedepend package contains a C-preprocessor like utility to determine build-time dependencies.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/util/makedepend-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/makedepend-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0475638eb40a3920d0d3f14482c924a4
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

makedepend Dependencies

Required

Xorg Protocol Headers and pkg-config-0.28

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/makedepend

Installation of makedepend

Install makedepend by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: makedepend

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

makedepend

creates dependencies in makefiles.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libXau-1.0.8

Introduction to libXau

The libXau package contains a library implementing the X11 Authorization Protocol. This is useful for restricting client access to the display.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 685f8abbffa6d145c0f930f00703b21b
Download size: 289 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libXau Dependencies

Required

Xorg Protocol Headers

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libXau

Installation of libXau

Install libXau by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libXau.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libXau.so

is the library of X authority database routines.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libXdmcp-1.1.1

Introduction to libXdmcp

The libXdmcp package contains a library implementing the X Display Manager Control Protocol. This is useful for allowing clients to interact with the X Display Manager.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b94af6cef211cf3ee256f7e81f70fcd9
Download size: 304 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libXdmcp Dependencies

Required

Xorg Protocol Headers

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libXdmcp

Installation of libXdmcp

Install libXdmcp by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libXdmcp.so

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXdmcp

Short Descriptions

libXdmcp.so

is the X Display Manager Control Protocol library.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

xcb-proto-1.8

Introduction to xcb-proto

The xcb-proto package provides the XML-XCB protocol descriptions that libxcb uses to generate the majority of its code and API.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-proto-1.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a5de3432cc6e43cc6a27f241dbb991b1
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-proto Dependencies

Required

Python-2.7.5 or Python-3.3.2

Optional (required to run the tests)

libxml2-2.9.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-proto

Installation of xcb-proto

Install xcb-proto by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/xcb

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libxcb-1.9.1

Introduction to libxcb

The libxcb package provides an interface to the X Window System protocol, which replaces the current Xlib interface. Xlib can also use XCB as a transport layer, allowing software to make requests and receive responses with both.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/libxcb-1.9.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ed632cb0dc31b6fbd7ea5c0f931cf5a4
Download size: 365 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libxcb-1.9.1-automake_bug-1.patch

libxcb Dependencies

Required

libXau-1.0.8, libXdmcp-1.1.1, libxslt-1.1.28, and xcb-proto-1.8

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 (to generate API documentation) and Check-0.9.10 (to run tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxcb

Installation of libxcb

Install libxcb by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libxcb-1.9.1-automake_bug-1.patch &&
sed -e "s/pthread-stubs//" -i configure.ac &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --docdir='${datadir}'/doc/libxcb-1.9.1 \
            --enable-xinput --enable-xkb &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -e "s/pthread-stubs//" -i configure.ac: This sed removes dependency on libpthread-stubs package which is useless on Linux.

--enable-xinput: This switch enables XCB Xinput extension.

--enable-xkb: This switch enables XCB XKB extension.

--without-doxygen: This switch can be used to disable the API documentation if Doxygen-1.8.5 is installed.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libxcb.so and libxcb-*.so

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/include/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libxcb-1.9.1

Short Descriptions

libxcb.so

is an interface to the X Window System protocol.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Xorg Libraries

Introduction to Xorg Libraries

The Xorg libraries provide library routines that are used within all X Window applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 280 MB
Estimated build time: 3.7 SBU

Xorg Libraries Dependencies

Required

Fontconfig-2.10.93 and libxcb-1.9.1

Optional

xmlto-0.0.25 with one or more of the following: fop-1.1, Links-2.7, Lynx-2.8.8dev.16, and w3m-0.5.3 (to generate additional PDF or text documentation for the libXfont package).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Libraries

Downloading Xorg Libraries

First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:

cat > lib-7.7.md5 << "EOF"
84c66908cf003ad8c272b0eecbdbaee3  xtrans-1.2.7.tar.bz2
c35d6ad95b06635a524579e88622fdb5  libX11-1.6.2.tar.bz2
4376101e51bb2c6c44d9ab14344e85ad  libXext-1.3.2.tar.bz2
e3c77ca27942ebc5eb2ca99f29363515  libFS-1.0.5.tar.bz2
471b5ca9f5562ac0d6eac7a0bf650738  libICE-1.0.8.tar.bz2
499a7773c65aba513609fe651853c5f3  libSM-1.2.2.tar.bz2
7a773b16165e39e938650bcc9027c1d5  libXScrnSaver-1.2.2.tar.bz2
03149823ae57bb02d0cec90d5b97d56c  libXt-1.1.4.tar.bz2
41d92ab627dfa06568076043f3e089e4  libXmu-1.1.2.tar.bz2
769ee12a43611cdebd38094eaf83f3f0  libXpm-3.5.11.tar.bz2
7446f5fba888672aad068b29c0928ba3  libXaw-1.0.12.tar.bz2
b985b85f8b9386c85ddcfe1073906b4d  libXfixes-5.0.1.tar.bz2
f7a218dcbf6f0848599c6c36fc65c51a  libXcomposite-0.4.4.tar.bz2
2bd9a15fcf64d216e63b8d129e4f1f1c  libXrender-0.9.8.tar.bz2
1e7c17afbbce83e2215917047c57d1b3  libXcursor-1.1.14.tar.bz2
0cf292de2a9fa2e9a939aefde68fd34f  libXdamage-1.1.4.tar.bz2
ad2919764933e075bb0361ad5caa3d19  libfontenc-1.1.2.tar.bz2
351a9b7348d165029bda52c9fdcb5c7a  libXfont-1.4.6.tar.bz2
78d64dece560c9e8699199f3faa521c0  libXft-2.3.1.tar.bz2
f4df3532b1af1dcc905d804f55b30b4a  libXi-1.7.2.tar.bz2
9336dc46ae3bf5f81c247f7131461efd  libXinerama-1.1.3.tar.bz2
210ed9499a3d9c96e3a221629b7d39b0  libXrandr-1.4.2.tar.bz2
45ef29206a6b58254c81bea28ec6c95f  libXres-1.0.7.tar.bz2
25c6b366ac3dc7a12c5d79816ce96a59  libXtst-1.2.2.tar.bz2
e0af49d7d758b990e6fef629722d4aca  libXv-1.0.10.tar.bz2
2e4014e9d55c430e307999a6b3dd256d  libXvMC-1.0.8.tar.bz2
d7dd9b9df336b7dd4028b6b56542ff2c  libXxf86dga-1.1.4.tar.bz2
e46f6ee4f4567349a3189044fe1bb712  libXxf86vm-1.1.3.tar.bz2
ba983eba5a9f05d152a0725b8e863151  libdmx-1.1.3.tar.bz2
b7c0d3afce14eedca57312a3141ec13a  libpciaccess-0.13.2.tar.bz2
19e6533ae64abba0773816a23f2b9507  libxkbfile-1.0.8.tar.bz2
EOF

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir lib &&
cd lib &&
grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
    -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/ &&
md5sum -c ../lib-7.7.md5

Installation of Xorg Libraries

Note

When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:

Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.7 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.

as_root()
{
  if   [ $EUID = 0 ];        then $*
  elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
  else                            su -c \\"$*\\"
  fi
}

export -f as_root

First, start a subshell that will exit on error:

bash -e

Install all of the packages by running the following commands:

for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
  packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
  tar -xf $package
  pushd $packagedir
  case $packagedir in
    libXfont-[0-9]* )
      ./configure $XORG_CONFIG --disable-devel-docs
    ;;
    libXt-[0-9]* )
      ./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
                  --with-appdefaultdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults
    ;;
    * )
      ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
    ;;
  esac
  make
  as_root make install
  popd
  rm -rf $packagedir
  as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done

Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:

exit

Command Explanations

--with-fop: Use fop-1.1 to generate PDF documentation (only for the libXfont package).

--disable-devel-docs: Disable generation of text documentation in the libXfont package if xmlto-0.0.25 is installed without a text browser. Omit this parameter (or the entire case statement) if a text browser is installed.

Configuration of Xorg Libraries

If you've chosen to install Xorg into /usr, then no further configuration is necessary and you can skip the rest of this section. If you've opted for an alternate prefix, you should create three symlinks to satisfy the expected environment of several packages. Execute the following commands as the root user:

ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 &&
ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11 /usr/include/X11

Installed Programs: cxpm and sxpm

Installed Libraries: libdmx.so, libfontenc.so, libFS.so, libICE.so, libpciaccess.so, libSM.so, libX11.so, libXaw6.so, libXaw7.so, libXaw.so, libXcomposite.so, libXcursor.so, libXdamage.so, libXext.so, libXfixes.so, libXfont.so, libXft.so, libXinerama.so, libXi.so, libxkbfile.so, libXmu.so, libXmuu.so, libXpm.so, libXrandr.so, libXrender.so, libXRes.so, libXss.so, libXt.so, libXtst.so, libXvMC.so, libXvMCW.so, libXv.so, libXxf86dga.so and libXxf86vm.so

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libFS, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libICE, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libSM, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libX11, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXaw, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXext, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXi, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXmu, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXrender, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXt, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXtst, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXvMC, $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xtrans and $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/locale

Short Descriptions

cxpm	checks the format of an XPM file.
sxpm	shows an XPM file and/or converts XPM 1 or 2 files to XPM 3.
`libdmx.so`	is the X Window System DMX (Distributed Multihead X) extension library.
`libfontenc.so`	is the X11 font encoding library.
`libFS.so`	is the library interface to the X Font Server.
`libICE.so`	is the X Inter Client Exchange Library.
`libpciaccess.so`	is the generic PCI Access library for X.
`libSM.so`	is the X Session Management Library.
`libX11.so`	is the Xlib Library.
`libXaw6.so`	is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 6.
`libXaw7.so`	is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 7.
`libXaw.so`	are symbolic links to the current X Athena Widgets Library, version 7.
`libXcomposite.so`	is the X Composite Library.
`libXcursor.so`	is the X Cursor management library.
`libXdamage.so`	is the X Damage Library.
`libXext.so`	is the Misc X Extension Library.
`libXfixes.so`	provides augmented versions of core protocol requests.
`libXfont.so`	is the X font library.
`libXft.so`	is the X FreeType interface library.
`libXinerama.so`	is the Xinerama Library.
`libXi.so`	is the X Input Extension Library.
`libxkbfile.so`	is the xkbfile Library.
`libXmu.so`	is the X interface library for miscellaneous utilities not part of the Xlib standard.
`libXmuu.so`	is the Mini Xmu Library.
`libXpm.so`	is the X Pixmap Library.
`libXrandr.so`	is the X Resize, Rotate and Reflection extension library.
`libXrender.so`	is the X Render Library.
`libXRes.so`	is the X-Resource extension client library.
`libXss.so`	is the X11 Screen Saver extension client library.
`libXt.so`	is the X Toolkit Library.
`libXtst.so`	is the Xtst Library.
`libXvMC.so`	is the X-Video Motion Compensation Library.
`libXvMCW.so`	is the XvMC Wrapper including the Nonstandard VLD extension.
`libXv.so`	is the X Window System video extension library.
`libXxf86dga.so`	is the client library for the XFree86-DGA extension.
`libXxf86vm.so`	is the client library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 03:49:02 -0700

xcb-util-0.3.9

Introduction to xcb-util

The xcb-util package provides additional extensions to the XCB library, many that were previously found in Xlib, but are not part of core X protocol.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-0.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 01dcc7a16d5020530552712710646ea2
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-util Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util

Installation of xcb-util

Install xcb-util by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxcb-util.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libxcb-util.so

Provides utility functions for other XCB utilities.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

xcb-util-image-0.3.9

Introduction to xcb-util-image

The xcb-util-image package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-image-0.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fabb80b36490b00fc91289e2c7f66770
Download size: 311 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-util-image Dependencies

Required

xcb-util-0.3.9

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-image

Installation of xcb-util-image

Install xcb-util-image by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxcb-image.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libxcb-image.so

Is a port of Xlib's XImage and XShmImage functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

xcb-util-keysyms-0.3.9

Introduction to xcb-util-keysyms

The xcb-util-keysyms package contains a library for handling standard X key constants and conversion to/from keycodes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-keysyms-0.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 64e4aad2d48cd4a92e2da13b9f35bfd2
Download size: 280 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-util-keysyms Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-keysyms

Installation of xcb-util-keysyms

Install xcb-util-keysyms by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxcb-keysyms.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libxcb-keysyms.so

provides the standard X key constants and API functions for conversion to/from keycodes.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.8

Introduction to xcb-util-renderutil

The xcb-util-renderutil package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b346ff598ee093c141f836fbc0f8f721
Download size: 258 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-util-renderutil Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-renderutil

Installation of xcb-util-renderutil

Install xcb-util-renderutil by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxcb-render-util.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libxcb-render-util.so

Provides convenience functions for the Render extension.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

xcb-util-wm-0.3.9

Introduction to xcb-util-wm

The xcb-util-wm package contains libraries which provide client and window-manager helpers for EWMH and ICCCM.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-wm-0.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c612aae7ffe2e70fe743efab9c5548e9
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcb-util-wm Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-wm

Installation of xcb-util-wm

Install xcb-util-wm by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libxcb-ewmh.so and libxcb-icccm.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

`libxcb-ewmh.so`	provides the client and window-manager helpers for EWMH.
`libxcb-icccm.so`	provides the client and window-manager helpers for ICCCM.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

MesaLib-9.2.0

Introduction to MesaLib

Mesa is an OpenGL compatible 3D graphics library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/9.2/MesaLib-9.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4185b6aae890bc62a964f4b24cc1aca8
Download size: 6.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 420 MB
Estimated build time: 5.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

GLU Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/glu/glu-9.0.0.tar.bz2
GLU Download MD5 sum: be9249132ff49275461cf92039083030
GLU Download size: 484 KB
Estimated GLU disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated GLU build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Patches

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/MesaLib-9.2.0-add_xdemos-1.patch (Needed if testing the Xorg installation per BLFS instructions).

MesaLib Dependencies

Required

expat-2.1.0, libdrm-2.4.46, libxml2-2.9.1, and makedepend-1.0.5

Optional

Wayland

Note

The instructions below assume that elfutils and LLVM are installed. You will need to modify the instructions if you choose not to install them. Please note that elfutils and LLVM are required for Radeon 3D drivers. For an explanation of gallium please see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gallium3D.

Note

The libxml2 Python module must have been built during the installation of libxml2 or else MesaLib build will fail.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mesalib

Installation of MesaLib

Note

Unlike other packages, the MesaLib-9.2.0.tar.bz2 archive will extract to the Mesa-9.2.0 directory.

If you have downloaded the recommended patch, apply it by running the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../MesaLib-9.2.0-add_xdemos-1.patch

Install MesaLib by running the following commands:

autoreconf -fi &&
./configure CFLAGS="-O2" CXXFLAGS="-O2"    \
            --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX          \
            --sysconfdir=/etc              \
            --enable-texture-float         \
            --enable-gles1                 \
            --enable-gles2                 \
            --enable-openvg                \
            --enable-osmesa                \
            --enable-xa                    \
            --enable-gbm                   \
            --enable-gallium-egl           \
            --enable-gallium-gbm           \
            --enable-glx-tls               \
            --with-llvm-shared-libs        \
            --with-egl-platforms="drm,x11" \
            --with-gallium-drivers="nouveau,r300,r600,radeonsi,svga,swrast" &&
make

If you have applied the recommended patch, build the demo programs by running the following command:

make -C xdemos DEMOS_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have built the demo programs, install them by running the following command as the root user:

make -C xdemos DEMOS_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX install

If desired, install the optional documentation by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/MesaLib-9.2.0 &&
cp -rfv docs/* /usr/share/doc/MesaLib-9.2.0

Installation of GLU

Install GLU by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

CFLAGS="-O2" CXXFLAGS="-O2": By default, Autoconf sets CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS to "-g -O2". That results in binaries and libraries being built with debugging symbols which make them bigger. Override the default flags to omit -g compiler flag so the final libraries are smaller.

--enable-texture-float: This switch enables floating-point textures and render buffers. Please consult docs/patents.txt to see if there are any legal issues if you use this feature.

--enable-gles1: This switch enables support for OpenGL ES 1.x API.

--enable-gles2: This switch enables support for OpenGL ES 2.x API.

--enable-openvg: This switch enables support for OpenVG API.

--enable-osmesa: This switch enables building of the libOSMesa library.

--enable-xa: This switch enables building of the XA X Acceleration API (Required for VMware 3D Driver).

--enable-gbm: This switch enables building of the Mesa Graphics Buffer Manager library.

--enable-gallium-egl: This switch enables optional EGL state tracker for Gallium.

--enable-gallium-gbm: This switch enables optional GBM state tracker for Gallium.

--enable-glx-tls: This switch enables TLS (Thread Local Storage) support in GLX.

--with-llvm-shared-libs: This switch is used so Gallium drivers will link against shared LLVM libraries instead of the static ones. Remove if you did not install LLVM.

--with-egl-platforms="...": This parameter controls for which platforms EGL should be built. Available platforms are drm, x11 and wayland.

--with-gallium-drivers="...": This parameter controls which Gallium drivers should be built. Available drivers are: i915, ilo, nouveau, r300, r600, radeonsi, svga and swrast. You will need to remove r300, r600 and radeonsi from the list if you did not install elfutils and LLVM.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-r600-llvm-compiler: Use this switch to enable experimental R600 LLVM backend for graphics shaders which claims to speed up the driver.

Installed Programs: glxgears and glxinfo

Installed Libraries: libdricore9.2.0.so, libEGL.so, libgbm.so, libglapi.so, libGLESv1_CM.so, libGLESv2.so, libGL.so, libGLU.so, libOpenVG.so, libOSMesa.so, libxatracker.so, libXvMCnouveau.so, libXvMCr300.so, libXvMCr600.so and libXvMCsoftpipe.so

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/include/EGL, $XORG_PREFIX/include/GLES, $XORG_PREFIX/include/GLES2, $XORG_PREFIX/include/GLES3, $XORG_PREFIX/include/KHR, $XORG_PREFIX/include/VG, $XORG_PREFIX/lib/dri, $XORG_PREFIX/lib/egl, $XORG_PREFIX/lib/gallium-pipe, $XORG_PREFIX/lib/gbm and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/vdpau

Short Descriptions

glxgears	is a GL demo useful for troubleshooting graphics problems.
glxinfo	is a diagnostic program that displays information about the graphics hardware and installed GL libraries.
`libdricore9.2.0.so`	contains common DRI routines used by Mesa DRI drivers.
`libEGL.so`	provides a native platform graphics interface as defined by the EGL-1.4 specification.
`libgbm.so`	is the Mesa Graphics Buffer Manager library.
`libGLESv1_CM.so`	is the Mesa OpenGL ES 1.1 library.
`libGLES2.so`	is the Mesa OpenGL ES 2.0 library.
`libGL.so`	is the main Mesa OpenGL library.
`libGLU.so`	is the Mesa OpenGL Utility library.
`libOpenVG.so`	is the Mesa OpenVG 1.0 library.
`libOSMesa.so`	is the Mesa Off-screen Rendering library.
`libxatracker.so`	is the Xorg Gallium3D acceleration library.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:25:58 -0700

xbitmaps-1.1.1

Introduction to xbitmaps

The xbitmaps package contains bitmap images used by multiple applications built in Xorg chapter.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7444bbbd999b53bec6a60608a5301f4c
Download size: 116 KB
Estimated disk space required: 855 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xbitmaps

Installation of xbitmaps

Install xbitmaps by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/bitmaps

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Xorg Applications

Introduction to Xorg Applications

The Xorg applications provide the expected applications available in previous X Window implementations.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 51 MB
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU

Xorg Applications Dependencies

Required

libpng-1.6.4, MesaLib-9.2.0, xbitmaps-1.1.1, and xcb-util-0.3.9

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Applications

Downloading Xorg Applications

First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:

cat > app-7.7.md5 << "EOF"
96a648a332160a7482885800f7a506fa  bdftopcf-1.0.4.tar.bz2
2527344acc60741a709f4858564c5ae6  iceauth-1.0.6.tar.bz2
c4a3664e08e5a47c120ff9263ee2f20c  luit-1.1.1.tar.bz2
18c429148c96c2079edda922a2b67632  mkfontdir-1.0.7.tar.bz2
03de3f15db678e277f5ef9c013aca1ad  mkfontscale-1.1.1.tar.bz2
f548e389ff68424947b87785df6a321b  sessreg-1.0.8.tar.bz2
1001771344608e120e943a396317c33a  setxkbmap-1.3.0.tar.bz2
edce41bd7562dcdfb813e05dbeede8ac  smproxy-1.0.5.tar.bz2
5c3c7431a38775caaea6051312a49bc9  x11perf-1.5.4.tar.bz2
cbcbd8f2156a53b609800bec4c6b6c0e  xauth-1.0.7.tar.bz2
04189c90850c36592b9f2b358f8581e4  xbacklight-1.2.0.tar.bz2
5812be48cbbec1068e7b718eec801766  xcmsdb-1.0.4.tar.bz2
09f56978a62854534deacc8aa8ff3031  xcursorgen-1.0.5.tar.bz2
cacc0733f16e4f2a97a5c430fcc4420e  xdpyinfo-1.3.1.tar.bz2
3d3cad4d754e10e325438193433d59fd  xdriinfo-1.0.4.tar.bz2
5b0a0b6f589441d546da21739fa75634  xev-1.2.1.tar.bz2
c06067f572bc4a5298f324f27340da95  xgamma-1.0.5.tar.bz2
f1669af1fe0554e876f03319c678e79d  xhost-1.0.6.tar.bz2
d2459d35b4e0b41ded26a1d1159b7ac6  xinput-1.6.0.tar.bz2
a0fc1ac3fc4fe479ade09674347c5aa0  xkbcomp-1.2.4.tar.bz2
37ed71525c63a9acd42e7cde211dcc5b  xkbevd-1.1.3.tar.bz2
502b14843f610af977dffc6cbf2102d5  xkbutils-1.0.4.tar.bz2
0ae6bc2a8d3af68e9c76b1a6ca5f7a78  xkill-1.0.4.tar.bz2
9d0e16d116d1c89e6b668c1b2672eb57  xlsatoms-1.1.1.tar.bz2
9fbf6b174a5138a61738a42e707ad8f5  xlsclients-1.1.3.tar.bz2
2dd5ae46fa18abc9331bc26250a25005  xmessage-1.0.4.tar.bz2
5511da3361eea4eaa21427652c559e1c  xmodmap-1.0.8.tar.bz2
6101f04731ffd40803df80eca274ec4b  xpr-1.0.4.tar.bz2
fae3d2fda07684027a643ca783d595cc  xprop-1.2.2.tar.bz2
52c3de0297bf45be6a189dc2e0515638  xrandr-1.4.1.tar.bz2
b54c7e3e53b4f332d41ed435433fbda0  xrdb-1.1.0.tar.bz2
a896382bc53ef3e149eaf9b13bc81d42  xrefresh-1.0.5.tar.bz2
dcd227388b57487d543cab2fd7a602d7  xset-1.2.3.tar.bz2
7211b31ec70631829ebae9460999aa0b  xsetroot-1.1.1.tar.bz2
1fbd65e81323a8c0a4b5e24db0058405  xvinfo-1.1.2.tar.bz2
6b5d48464c5f366e91efd08b62b12d94  xwd-1.0.6.tar.bz2
b777bafb674555e48fd8437618270931  xwininfo-1.1.3.tar.bz2
3025b152b4f13fdffd0c46d0be587be6  xwud-1.0.4.tar.bz2
EOF

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir app &&
cd app &&
grep -v '^#' ../app-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
    -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/ &&
md5sum -c ../app-7.7.md5

Installation of Xorg Applications

Note

When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:

Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.7 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.

as_root()
{
  if   [ $EUID = 0 ];        then $*
  elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
  else                            su -c \\"$*\\"
  fi
}

export -f as_root

First, start a subshell that will exit on error:

bash -e

Install all of the packages by running the following commands:

for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../app-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
  packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
  tar -xf $package
  pushd $packagedir
  case $packagedir in
    luit-[0-9]* )
      line1="#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE"
      line2="#  undef _XOPEN_SOURCE"
      line3="#  define _XOPEN_SOURCE 600"
      line4="#endif"
 
      sed -i -e "s@#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H@$line1\n$line2\n$line3\n$line4\n\n&@" sys.c
      unset line1 line2 line3 line4
    ;;
  esac
  ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
  make
  as_root make install
  popd
  rm -rf $packagedir
done

Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:

exit

Installed Programs: bdftopcf, iceauth, luit, mkfontdir, mkfontscale, sessreg, setxkbmap, smproxy, x11perf, x11perfcomp, xauth, xbacklight, xcmsdb, xcursorgen, xdpr, xdpyinfo, xdriinfo, xev, xgamma, xhost, xinput, xkbbell, xkbcomp, xkbevd, xkbvleds, xkbwatch, xkeystone, xkill, xlsatoms, xlsclients, xmessage, xmodmap, xpr, xprop, xrandr, xrdb, xrefresh, xset, xsetroot, xvinfo, xwd, xwininfo, and xwud

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

bdftopcf	converts an X font from Bitmap Distribution Format to Portable Compiled Format.
iceauth	is the ICE authority file utility.
luit	provides locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals.
mkfontdir	creates an index of X font files in a directory.
mkfontscale	creates an index of scalable font files for X.
sessreg	manages utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients.
setxkbmap	sets the keyboard using the X Keyboard Extension.
smproxy	is the Session Manager Proxy.
x11perf	is an X11 server performance test program.
x11perfcomp	is an X11 server performance comparison program.
xauth	is the X authority file utility.
xbacklight	adjusts backlight brightness using RandR extension.
xcmsdb	is the Device Color Characterization utility for the X Color Management System.
xcursorgen	creates an X cursor file from a collection of PNG images.
xdpr	dumps an X window directly to a printer.
xdpyinfo	is a display information utility for X.
xdriinfo	queries configuration information of DRI drivers.
xev	prints contents of X events.
xgamma	alters a monitor's gamma correction through the X server.
xhost	is a server access control program for X.
xinput	is an utility to configure and test X input devices.
xkbbell	is an XKB utility program that raises a bell event.
xkbcomp	compiles an XKB keyboard description.
xkbevd	is the XKB event daemon.
xkbvleds	shows the XKB status of keyboard LEDs.
xkbwatch	monitors modifier keys and LEDs.
xkill	kills a client by its X resource.
xlsatoms	lists interned atoms defined on the server.
xlsclients	lists client applications running on a display.
xmessage	displays a message or query in a window.
xmodmap	is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X.
xpr	prints an X window dump.
xprop	is a property displayer for X.
xrandr	is a primitive command line interface to RandR extension.
xrdb	is the X server resource database utility.
xrefresh	refreshes all or part of an X screen.
xset	is the user preference utility for X.
xsetroot	is the root window parameter setting utility for X.
xvinfo	prints out X-Video extension adaptor information.
xwd	dumps an image of an X window.
xwininfo	is a window information utility for X.
xwud	is an image displayer for X.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 03:49:02 -0700

xcursor-themes-1.0.4

Introduction to xcursor-themes

The xcursor-themes package contains the redglass and whiteglass animated cursor themes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fdfb0ad9cfceed60e3bfe9f18765aa0d
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xcursor-themes Dependencies

Required

Xorg Applications

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcursor-themes

Installation of xcursor-themes

Install xcursor-themes by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/handhelds, $XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/redglass and $XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/whiteglass

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Xorg Fonts

Introduction to Xorg Fonts

The Xorg font packages provide needed fonts to the Xorg applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download size: 15.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 278 MB
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU

Xorg Fonts Dependencies

Required

xcursor-themes-1.0.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Fonts

Downloading Xorg Fonts

First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:

cat > font-7.7.md5 << "EOF"
ddfc8a89d597651408369d940d03d06b  font-util-1.3.0.tar.bz2
0f2d6546d514c5cc4ecf78a60657a5c1  encodings-1.0.4.tar.bz2
1347c3031b74c9e91dc4dfa53b12f143  font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6c9f26c92393c0756f3e8d614713495b  font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
66fb6de561648a6dce2755621d6aea17  font-adobe-utopia-100dpi-1.0.4.tar.bz2
e99276db3e7cef6dccc8a57bc68aeba7  font-adobe-utopia-75dpi-1.0.4.tar.bz2
fcf24554c348df3c689b91596d7f9971  font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.4.tar.bz2
6d25f64796fef34b53b439c2e9efa562  font-alias-1.0.3.tar.bz2
cc0726e4a277d6ed93b8e09c1f195470  font-arabic-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
9f11ade089d689b9d59e0f47d26f39cd  font-bh-100dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
565494fc3b6ac08010201d79c677a7a7  font-bh-75dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
c8b73a53dcefe3e8d3907d3500e484a9  font-bh-lucidatypewriter-100dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
f6d65758ac9eb576ae49ab24c5e9019a  font-bh-lucidatypewriter-75dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
e8ca58ea0d3726b94fe9f2c17344be60  font-bh-ttf-1.0.3.tar.bz2
53ed9a42388b7ebb689bdfc374f96a22  font-bh-type1-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6b223a54b15ecbd5a1bc52312ad790d8  font-bitstream-100dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
d7c0588c26fac055c0dd683fdd65ac34  font-bitstream-75dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
5e0c9895d69d2632e2170114f8283c11  font-bitstream-type1-1.0.3.tar.bz2
e452b94b59b9cfd49110bb49b6267fba  font-cronyx-cyrillic-1.0.3.tar.bz2
3e0069d4f178a399cffe56daa95c2b63  font-cursor-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
0571bf77f8fab465a5454569d9989506  font-daewoo-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6e7c5108f1b16d7a1c7b2c9760edd6e5  font-dec-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
bfb2593d2102585f45daa960f43cb3c4  font-ibm-type1-1.0.3.tar.bz2
a2401caccbdcf5698e001784dbd43f1a  font-isas-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
cb7b57d7800fd9e28ec35d85761ed278  font-jis-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
143c228286fe9c920ab60e47c1b60b67  font-micro-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
96109d0890ad2b6b0e948525ebb0aba8  font-misc-cyrillic-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6306c808f7d7e7d660dfb3859f9091d2  font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.3.tar.bz2
e3e7b0fda650adc7eb6964ff3c486b1c  font-misc-meltho-1.0.3.tar.bz2
c88eb44b3b903d79fb44b860a213e623  font-misc-misc-1.1.2.tar.bz2
56b0296e8862fc1df5cdbb4efe604e86  font-mutt-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
e805feb7c4f20e6bfb1118d19d972219  font-schumacher-misc-1.1.2.tar.bz2
6f3fdcf2454bf08128a651914b7948ca  font-screen-cyrillic-1.0.4.tar.bz2
beef61a9b0762aba8af7b736bb961f86  font-sony-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
948f2e07810b4f31195185921470f68d  font-sun-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
829a3159389b7f96f629e5388bfee67b  font-winitzki-cyrillic-1.0.3.tar.bz2
3eeb3fb44690b477d510bbd8f86cf5aa  font-xfree86-type1-1.0.4.tar.bz2
EOF

To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:

mkdir font &&
cd font &&
grep -v '^#' ../font-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
    -B http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/font/ &&
md5sum -c ../font-7.7.md5

Installation of Xorg Fonts

Note

When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:

Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.7 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.

as_root()
{
  if   [ $EUID = 0 ];        then $*
  elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
  else                            su -c \\"$*\\"
  fi
}

export -f as_root

First, start a subshell that will exit on error:

bash -e

Install all of the packages by running the following commands:

for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../font-7.7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
  packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
  tar -xf $package
  pushd $packagedir
  ./configure $XORG_CONFIG
  make
  as_root make install
  popd
  rm -rf $packagedir
done

Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:

exit

When all of the fonts have been installed, the system must be configured so that Fontconfig can find the TrueType fonts since they are outside of the default search path of /usr/share/fonts. Make symlinks to the Xorg TrueType font directories by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts                               &&
ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF &&
ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF

Installed Programs: bdftruncate and ucs2any

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts

Short Descriptions

bdftruncate	generates a truncated BDF font from an ISO 10646-1 encoded BDF font.
ucs2any	generates BDF fonts in any encoding from an ISO 10646-1 encoded BDF font.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 03:39:21 -0700

XKeyboardConfig-2.9

Introduction to XKeyboardConfig

The XKeyboardConfig package contains the keyboard configuration database for the X Window System.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9b1280d8ba40274a0f1567c94fca7501
Download size: 891 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

XKeyboardConfig Dependencies

Required

Intltool-0.50.2 and Xorg Applications

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xkeyboard-config

Installation of XKeyboardConfig

Install XKeyboardConfig by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg: By default, the XKB rules installed are named "base". This creates symlinks named "xorg" to those rules, which is the default name used by Xorg.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Xorg-Server-1.14.3

Introduction to Xorg Server

The Xorg Server is the core of the X Window system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.14.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.14.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 86abeb08d3f7ead3a2bd3d6a9ba6714e
Download size: 5.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 588 MB
Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/xorg-server-1.14.3-add_prime_support-1.patch

Xorg Server Dependencies

Required

OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Pixman-0.30.2, Xorg Fonts, and xkeyboard-config-2.9

Optional

acpid-2.0.19 (runtime), Doxygen-1.8.5 (to build API documentation), fop-1.1, (to build documentation), ghostscript-9.10 (to build documentation), and xmlto-0.0.25, (to build documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Server

Installation of Xorg Server

If you have downloaded the optional patch, apply it by running the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../xorg-server-1.14.3-add_prime_support-1.patch

Install the server by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
           --with-xkb-output=/var/lib/xkb \
           --enable-install-setuid &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now as the root user:

make install &&
mkdir -pv /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d &&
cat >> /etc/sysconfig/createfiles << "EOF"
/tmp/.ICE-unix dir 1777 root root
/tmp/.X11-unix dir 1777 root root
EOF

Command Explanations

--enable-install-setuid: The Xorg binary must run as the root user. This switch ensures that the binary is installed setuid when make is run by an unprivileged user.

cat >> /etc/sysconfig/createfiles...: This command creates the /tmp/.ICE-unix and /tmp/.X11-unix directories at startup, and ensures that the permissions and ownership are correct as required by the server.

Installed Programs: cvt, dmxaddinput, dmxaddscreen, dmxinfo, dmxreconfig, dmxresize, dmxrminput, dmxrmscreen, dmxtodmx, dmxwininfo, gtf, vdltodmx, X, Xdmx, xdmxconfig, Xnest, Xorg, and Xvfb

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: $XORG_PREFIX/include/xorg, $XORG_PREFIX/lib/xorg, $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xorg.conf.d, and /var/lib/xkb

Short Descriptions

cvt	calculates VESA CVT mode lines.
dmx*	are various tools used for manipulating the dmx server.
gtf	calculates VESA GTF mode lines.
vdltodmx	is a tool used to convert VDL config files to DMX config files.
X	is a symbolic link to Xorg.
Xnest	is a nested X server.
Xorg	is the X11R7 X Server.
Xvfb	is the virtual framebuffer X server for X Version 11.
xdmxconfig	is a graphical configuration utility for the dmx server.

Last updated on 2013-09-13 12:50:39 -0700

Xorg Drivers

Introduction to Xorg Drivers

The Xorg Drivers page contains the instructions for building Xorg drivers that are necessary in order for Xorg Server to take the advantage of the hardware that it is running on. At least one input and one video driver is required for Xorg Server to start.

Note

If you are unsure which video hardware you have, you can use lspci from pciutils-3.2.0 to find out which video hardware you have and then look at the descriptions of the packages in order to find out which driver you need.

Xorg Modules

Glamor EGL-0.5.0

Xorg Video Drivers

Xorg ATI Driver-7.2.0
Xorg Cirrus Driver-1.5.2
Xorg Fbdev Driver-0.4.3
Xorg Intel Driver-2.21.15
Xorg Mach64 Driver-6.9.4
Xorg MGA Driver-1.6.2
Xorg Nouveau Driver-1.0.9
Xorg OpenChrome Driver-0.3.3
Xorg R128 Driver-6.9.1
Xorg Savage Driver-2.3.6
Xorg SiS Driver-0.10.7
Xorg 3Dfx Driver-1.4.5
Xorg VESA Driver-2.3.3
Xorg VMware Driver-13.0.1

Hardware Video Acceleration

libva-1.2.1
libvdpau-0.7

Glamor EGL-0.5.0

Introduction to Glamor EGL

The Glamor EGL package contains a GL-based rendering acceleration library for X server. It is only useful if you are using newer AMD Radeon cards with Xorg ATI Driver.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/other/glamor-egl-0.5.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/other/glamor-egl-0.5.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b8c3ca4d502313df8e62c01c000e10d
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/glamor-egl-0.5.0-fixes-1.patch

Glamor EGL Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glamor-egl

Installation of Glamor EGL

Install Glamor EGL by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../glamor-egl-0.5.0-fixes-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --enable-glx-tls &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-glx-tls: This switch enables TLS support in GLX.

Installed Library: libglamor.so

Installed Xorg Module: libglamoregl.so

Short Descriptions

`libglamoregl.so`	contains functions to create and initialize OpenGL/EGL context.
`libglamor.so`	contains the Glamor rendering functions.

Xorg Evdev Driver-2.8.1

Introduction to Xorg Evdev Driver

The Xorg Evdev Driver package contains Generic Linux input driver for the Xorg X server. It handles keyboard, mouse, touchpads and wacom devices, though for touchpad and wacom advanced handling, additional drivers are required.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.8.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cc1f59e22edfbc69daecf01e43a8dba3
Download size: 361 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg Evdev Driver Dependencies

Required

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Input device support --->
    Event interface: Y or M

Installation of Xorg Evdev Driver

Install Xorg Evdev Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: evdev_drv.so

Short Descriptions

evdev_drv.so

is an Xorg input driver for Linux generic event devices.

Xorg Synaptics Driver-1.7.1

Introduction to Xorg Synaptics Driver

The Xorg Synaptics Driver package contains the X.Org Input Driver, support programs and SDK for Synaptics touchpads. Even though the evdev driver can handle touchpads very well, this driver is required if you want to use advanced features like multi tapping, scrolling with touchpad, turning the touchpad off while typing, etc.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.7.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.7.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6505de717972b6a24b8eb13e69eb996c
Download size: 432 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg Synaptics Driver Dependencies

Required

mtdev-1.1.4 and Xorg-Server-1.14.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-synaptics-driver

Installation of Xorg Synaptics Driver

Install Xorg Synaptics Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: synclient and syndaemon

Installed Xorg Driver: synaptics_drv.so

Short Descriptions

synclient	is a command line utility used to query and modify Synaptics driver options.
syndaemon	is a program that monitors keyboard activity and disables the touchpad when the keyboard is being used.
`synaptics_drv.so`	is an Xorg input driver for touchpads.

Xorg VMMouse Driver-13.0.0

Introduction to Xorg VMMouse Driver

The Xorg VMMouse Driver package contains the VMMouse input driver for the Xorg X server. The VMMouse driver enables support for the special VMMouse protocol that is provided by VMware virtual machines to give absolute pointer positioning.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-input-vmmouse-13.0.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-vmmouse-13.0.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 34f9f64ee6a1a51fc8266a9af24e1e07
Download size: 308 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg VMMouse Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-vmmouse-driver

Installation of Xorg VMMouse Driver

Install Xorg VMMouse Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
            --with-udev-rules-dir=/lib/udev/rules.d \
            --without-hal-callouts-dir \
            --without-hal-fdi-dir &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-udev-rules-dir=/lib/udev/rules.d: This switch specifies where udev rules should be installed.

--without-hal-*-dir: These switches disable installation of the HAL components which are not needed on Linux.

Installed Program: vmmouse_detect

Installed Xorg Drivers: vmmouse_drv.so

Short Descriptions

vmmouse_detect	is a tool for detecting if running in a VMware environment where vmmouse is used.
`vmmouse_drv.so`	is an Xorg input driver for VMware Mouse.

Xorg Wacom Driver-0.22.1

Introduction to Xorg Wacom Driver

The Xorg Wacom Driver package contains the X.Org X11 driver and SDK for Wacom and Wacom-like tablets. It is not required to use a Wacom tablet, the xf86-input-evdev driver can handle these devices without problems.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/linuxwacom/xf86-input-wacom-0.22.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dba80caac08145a907fc7f7796f3aea7
Download size: 536 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg Wacom Drivers Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-wacom-driver

Kernel Configuration

To use a Wacom tablet, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile:

Device Drivers  --->
  Input device support  --->
    [*] Tablets  --->
      Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support (USB): Y or M

Installation of Xorg Wacom Driver

Install Xorg Wacom Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: isdv4-serial-debugger and xsetwacom

Installed Xorg Driver: wacom_drv.so

Short Descriptions

xsetwacom	is an commandline utility used to query and modify wacom driver settings.
`wacom_drv.so`	is an Xorg input driver for Wacom devices.

Xorg ATI Driver-7.2.0

Introduction to Xorg ATI Driver

The Xorg ATI Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for ATI Radeon video cards including all chipsets ranging from R100 to R900 and the newer RAxx chipsets.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

For Direct Rendering to work with newer Radeon Cards (R300 and later chipsets), you need to enable the r300, r600 and radeonsi Gallium drivers at MesaLib-9.2.0 build time. Also, some cards require Firmware to be available when the kernel driver is loaded. Firmware can be obtained from this site. See "Kernel Configuration for additional firmware" below.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-ati-7.2.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-ati-7.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5ab9a826699e5c86ef89fca43ebb3821
Download size: 806 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xorg ATI Driver Dependencies

Required

Optional

Glamor EGL-0.5.0

Note

This is required for "Southern Islands" GPUs but optional for R300 to R700, Evergreen and "Northern Islands" GPUs - see the link under "Glamor Acceleration" below.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-ati-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    ATI Radeon: Y or M

Kernel Configuration for additional firmware

If you need to add firmware, install the file(s) and then point to them in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary. To find out which firmware you need, consult the Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names. Download any firmware for your card which is named like: <ENGINEERING_NAME>_rlc.bin, etc. Note that for R600 and R700 family, generic R600_rlc.bin and R700_rlc.bin are necessary in adition to the model specific firmware, while for later generations (Evergreen, "Northern Islands" and probably "Southern Islands") you need the BTC_rlc.bin in adition to the model specific firmware. Below is an example for Radeon HD6470, which is "Northern Islands" GPU with a network card that also requires the firmware:

CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE="radeon/BTC_rlc.bin radeon/CAICOS_mc.bin radeon/CAICOS_me.bin radeon/CAICOS_pfp.bin radeon/CAICOS_smc.bin rtl_nic/rtl8168e-3.fw"
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE_DIR="/lib/firmware"

Tip

You can check dmesg output after boot to see which firmware is missing.

Installation of Xorg ATI Driver

Install Xorg ATI Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --enable-glamor &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-glamor: This switch enables new GL-based 2D acceleration. As well as specifying this in the build, it needs to be enabled at run time (see below). It is, however, enabled by default for Radeon "Southern Islands" and newer GPUs.

Glamor Acceleration

Glamor is an acceleration library which uses cards' 3D capabilities to accelerate 2D rendering. Glamor acceleration is required for Radeon "Southern Islands" GPUs which use "radeonsi" Gallium3D driver from MesaLib-9.2.0. To see which cards fall under "Southern Islands" category, read the Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names. Please note that Glamor acceleration can be used with other chips as well, from the R300 onwards, but it has not been tested recently.

Glamor acceleration is not enabled by default for chipsets that don't use "radeonsi" Gallium3D driver. You have to use a xorg.conf file to enable it. To enable Glamor for cards other than "Southern Islands" and later, create the following /etc/X11/xorg.conf as the root user:

cat >> /etc/X11/xorg.conf << "EOF"
Section "Module"
        Load "dri2"
        Load "glamoregl"
EndSection

Section "Device"
        Identifier "radeon"
        Driver "radeon"
        Option "AccelMethod" "glamor"
EndSection
EOF

Installed Xorg Drivers: ati_drv.so and radeon_drv.so

Short Descriptions

`ati_drv.so`	is a wrapper driver for ATI video cards that autodetects ATI video hardware and loads radeon, mach64 or r128 driver.
`radeon_drv.so`	is an Xorg video driver for ATI Radeon based video cards.

Xorg Cirrus Driver-1.5.2

Introduction to Xorg Cirrus Driver

The Xorg Cirrus Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for Cirrus Logic video chips. Qemu uses this driver for its virtual GPU.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-cirrus-1.5.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-cirrus-1.5.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 91fd6b677d62027cd3001debb587a6a6
Download size: 320 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg Cirrus Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-cirrus-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Cirrus driver for QEMU emulated device: Y or M

Installation of Xorg Cirrus Driver

Install Xorg Cirrus Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: cirrus_drv.so

Short Descriptions

cirrus_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for Cirrus Logic grahpics chipsets.

Xorg Fbdev Driver-0.4.3

Introduction to Xorg Fbdev Driver

The Xorg Fbdev Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for framebuffer devices. This driver is often used as fallback driver if the hardware specific and VESA drivers fail to load or are not present. If this driver is not installed, Xorg Server will print a warning on startup, but it can be safely ignored if hardware specific driver works well.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-fbdev-0.4.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-fbdev-0.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1d99f1dfb3f0fea077b6b61caa3dc85a
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg Fbdev Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-fbdev-driver

Installation of Xorg Fbdev Driver

Install Xorg Fbdev Driver by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/mibstore.h/d" -e "/miInitializeBackingStore/d" src/fbdev.c &&

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -e "/mibstore.h/d" ...: Fixes building with Xorg Server 1.14.0.

Installed Xorg Driver: fbdev_drv.so

Short Descriptions

fbdev_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for framebuffer devices.

Xorg Intel Driver-2.21.15

Introduction to Xorg Intel Driver

The Xorg Intel Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for Intel integrated video cards including 8xx, 9xx, Gxx, Qxx and HD graphics processors (SandyBridge, IvyBridge and Haswell).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-intel-2.21.15.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-intel-2.21.15.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8b646d257ace8197d6ab4e5ddeb8efb2
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Xorg Intel Driver Dependencies

Required

xcb-util-0.3.9 and Xorg-Server-1.14.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-intel-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Intel I810: Y or M
    Intel 8xx/9xx/G3x/G4x/HD Graphics: Y or M
      Enable modesetting on intel by default: Y

Installation of Xorg Intel Driver

Install Xorg Intel Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG --enable-kms-only --with-default-accel=sna &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-kms-only: This switch omits the UMS (User Mode Setting) code.

--with-default-accel=sna: This switch enables SandyBridge New Acceleration method by default.

Installed Library: libIntelXvMC.so

Installed Xorg Driver: intel_drv.so

Short Descriptions

intel_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for Intel integrated graphics chipsets.

Xorg Mach64 Driver-6.9.4

Introduction to Xorg Mach64 Driver

The Xorg Mach64 Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for ATI video adapters based on the Mach64 chipsets.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-mach64-6.9.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-mach64-6.9.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d645197cbf238ac0427c3904eafdce2f
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg Mach64 Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-mach64-driver

Installation of Xorg Mach64 Driver

Install Xorg Mach64 Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: mach64_drv.so

Short Descriptions

mach64_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for ATI Mach64 grahpics chipsets.

Xorg MGA Driver-1.6.2

Introduction to Xorg MGA Driver

The Xorg MGA Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for Matrox video cards including Millennium G2xx, G4xx, G5xx, Millennium II and Mystique G200 chipsets.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-mga-1.6.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-mga-1.6.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f543877db4e260d8b43c7da3095605ed
Download size: 440 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg MGA Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-mga-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Matrox g200/g400: Y or M

Installation of Xorg MGA Driver

Install Xorg MGA Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: mga_drv.so

Short Descriptions

mga_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for Matrox video cards.

Xorg Nouveau Driver-1.0.9

Introduction to Xorg Nouveau Driver

The Xorg Nouveau Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for NVidia Cards including RIVA TNT, RIVA TNT2, GeForce 256, QUADRO, GeForce2, QUADRO2, GeForce3, QUADRO DDC, nForce, nForce2, GeForce4, QUADRO4, GeForce FX, QUADRO FX, GeForce 6XXX and GeForce 7xxx chipsets.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-nouveau-1.0.9.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-nouveau-1.0.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8b2c0df5de3929597ade8c5ddb489a44
Download size: 567 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xorg Nouveau Drivers Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-nouveau-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Nouveau (nVidia) cards: Y or M
      Support for backlight control: Y

Installation of Xorg Nouveau Driver

Install Xorg Nouveau Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: nouveau_drv.so

Short Descriptions

nouveau_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for nVidia video cards.

Xorg OpenChrome Driver-0.3.3

Introduction to Xorg OpenChrome Driver

The Xorg OpenChrome Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for Via integrated video cards including Unichrome, Unichrome Pro and Chrome9 series.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-openchrome-0.3.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-openchrome-0.3.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f21abcdf87f73b5b547491281e894c87
Download size: 507 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg OpenChrome Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-openchrome-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Via unichrome video cards: Y or M

Installation of Xorg OpenChrome Driver

Install Xorg OpenChrome Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Libraries: libchromeXvMCPro.so and libchromeXvMC.so

Installed Xorg Driver: openchrome_drv.so

Short Descriptions

openchrome_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for VIA integrated graphics chipsets.

Xorg R128 Driver-6.9.1

Introduction to Xorg R128 Driver

The Xorg R128 Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for ATI Rage 128 based video cards.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-r128-6.9.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-r128-6.9.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 99299cbf45abfd86e21b34eb4217d6f5
Download size: 460 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg R128 Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-r128-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    ATI Rage 128: Y or M

Installation of Xorg R128 Driver

Install Xorg R128 Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: r128_drv.so

Short Descriptions

r128_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for ATI Rage 128 based video cards.

Xorg Savage Driver-2.3.6

Introduction to Xorg Savage Driver

The Xorg Savage Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for the S3 Savage family video accelerator chips including Savage3D, Savage4, Savage/MX, Savage/IX, SuperSavage/MX, SuperSavage/IX, ProSavage PM133, ProSavage KM133, Twister, TwisterK, ProSavage DDR and ProSavage DDR-K series.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-savage-2.3.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-savage-2.3.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b57424a84c92aa3c6e97f6678d8d4a3e
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg Savage Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-savage-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    Savage video cards: Y or M

Installation of Xorg Savage Driver

Install Xorg Savage Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: savage_drv.so

Short Descriptions

savage_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for S3 Savage video cards.

Xorg SiS Driver-0.10.7

Introduction to Xorg SiS Driver

The Xorg SiS Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for SiS (Silicon Integrated Systems) and XGI video cards including SiS5597/5598, SiS530/620, SiS6326/AGP/DVD, SiS300/305, SiS540, SiS630/730, SiS315/E/H/PRO, SiS550/551/552, SiS650/651/661/741, SiS330 (Xabre), SiS760/761, XGI Volari V3/V5/V8 and XGI Volari Z7 chipsets.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-sis-0.10.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-sis-0.10.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f01e5e20e37342acf1983d269886171b
Download size: 684 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/xf86-video-sis-0.10.7-upstream_fixes-1.patch

Xorg SiS Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-sis-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    SiS video cards: Y or M

Installation of Xorg SiS Driver

Install Xorg SiS Driver by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xf86-video-sis-0.10.7-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: sis_drv.so

Short Descriptions

sis_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for SiS and XGI video cards.

Xorg 3Dfx Driver-1.4.5

Introduction to Xorg 3Dfx Driver

The Xorg 3Dfx Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for 3Dfx video cards including Voodoo Banshee, Voodoo3, Voodoo4 and Voodoo5 chipsets.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-tdfx-1.4.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-tdfx-1.4.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1b4a7815a604b3764900b520336a75ea
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg 3Dfx Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-tdfx-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    3dfx Banshee/Voodoo3+: Y or M

Installation of Xorg 3Dfx Driver

Install Xorg 3Dfx Driver by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/mibstore.h/d" -e "/miInitializeBackingStore/d" src/tdfx_driver.c &&

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -e "/mibstore.h/d" ...: Fixes building with Xorg Server 1.14.0.

Installed Xorg Driver: tdfx_drv.so

Short Descriptions

tdfx_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for 3Dfx video cards.

Xorg VESA Driver-2.3.3

Introduction to Xorg VESA Driver

The Xorg VESA Driver contains the Generic VESA video driver for the Xorg X server. This driver is often used as fallback driver if the hardware specific driver fails to load or is not present. If this driver is not installed, Xorg Server will print a warning on startup, but it can be safely ignored if hardware specific driver works well.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-vesa-2.3.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-vesa-2.3.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3690a5356ed121b1a7dfb59a6dcf4bf9
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Xorg VESA Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-vesa-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    -*- Support for frame buffer devices --->
      VESA VGA graphics support: Y

Installation of Xorg VESA Driver

Install Xorg VESA Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: vesa_drv.so

Short Descriptions

vesa_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for generic VESA video cards.

Xorg VMware Driver-13.0.1

Introduction to Xorg VMware Driver

The Xorg VMware Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for VMware SVGA virtual video cards.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/driver/xf86-video-vmware-13.0.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-vmware-13.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b08e0195ebf3f88a82129322cb93da08
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xorg VMware Driver Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-vmware-driver

Kernel Configuration

Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:

Device Drivers  --->
  Graphics support --->
    DRM driver for VMware Virtual GPU: Y or M
      Enable framebuffer console under vmwgfx by default: Y

Installation of Xorg VMware Driver

Install Xorg VMware Driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Xorg Driver: vmware_drv.so

Short Descriptions

vmware_drv.so

is an Xorg video driver for VMware SVGA virtual video card.

libva-1.2.1

Introduction to libva

The libva package contains a library which provides access to hardware accelerated video processing, using hardware to accelerate video processing in order to offload the central processing unit (CPU) to decode and encode compressed digital video. VA API video decode/encode interface is platform and window system independent targeted at Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) in the X Window System however it can potentially also be used with direct framebuffer and graphics sub-systems for video output. Accelerated processing includes support for video decoding, video encoding, subpicture blending, and rendering.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/vaapi/releases/libva/libva-1.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ca95b343050cf8feaf98dfe08ce0191b
Download size: 896 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Intel Driver Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/vaapi/releases/libva-intel-driver/libva-intel-driver-1.2.0.tar.bz2
Intel Driver Download MD5 sum: afdd4c91ac552a14b4d0ce93b75c88bb
Intel Driver Download size: 840 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libva Dependencies

Required

MesaLib-9.2.0

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and Wayland

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libva

Installation of libva

Install libva by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installation of libva-intel-driver

The libva-intel-driver is designed specifically for video cards based on an Intel GPU. Install the driver by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: avcenc, h264encode, loadjpeg, mpeg2vaenc, mpeg2vldemo, putsurface, putsurface_wayland and vainfo

Installed Libraries: libva-drm.so, libva-egl.so, libva-glx.so, libva.so, libva-tpi.so, libva-wayland.so and libva-x11.so

Installed Drivers: dummy_drv_video.so and i965_drv_video.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/va

Short Descriptions

libva.so

contains API functions which provide access to hardware accelerated video processing.

libvdpau-0.7

Introduction to libvdpau

The libvdpau package contains a library which implements the VDPAU library.

VDPAU (Video Decode and Presentation API for Unix) is an open source library (libvdpau) and API originally designed by Nvidia for its GeForce 8 series and later GPU hardware targeted at the X Window System This VDPAU API allows video programs to offload portions of the video decoding process and video post-processing to the GPU video-hardware.

Currently, the portions capable of being offloaded by VDPAU onto the GPU are motion compensation (mo comp), inverse discrete cosine transform (iDCT), VLD (variable-length decoding) and deblocking for MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), H.264/MPEG-4 AVC and VC-1, WMV3/WMV9 encoded videos. Which specific codecs of these that can be offloaded to the GPU depends on the version of the GPU hardware; specifically, to also decode MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), Xvid/OpenDivX (DivX 4), and DivX 5 formats, a GeForce 200M (2xxM) Series (the eleventh generation of Nvidia's GeForce graphics processing units) or newer GPU hardware is required.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://people.freedesktop.org/~aplattner/vdpau/libvdpau-0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cb81b0c3b7d32b2b2a51894ef05b95ce
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libvdpau Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5, Graphviz-2.34.0 and texlive-20130530

Runtime Dependency

MesaLib-9.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libvdpau

Installation of libvdpau

Install libvdpau by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libvdpau.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libvdpau and /usr/lib/libvdpau

Short Descriptions

libvdpau.so

contains functions to offload portions of the video decoding process and video post-processing to the GPU video-hardware.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 19:08:53 -0700

printproto-1.0.5

Introduction to printproto

The printproto package provides the protocol headers for the libXp-1.0.2 package.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/proto/printproto-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/proto/printproto-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 99d0e25feea2fead7d8325b7000b41c3
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/printproto

Installation of printproto

Install printproto by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: None

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libXp-1.0.2

Introduction to libXp

The libXp package contains a library implementing the X Print Protocol.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/lib/libXp-1.0.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXp-1.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bb038577c7f4e42a1b675fa6451bc4aa
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libXp Dependencies

Required

printproto-1.0.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libXp

Installation of libXp

Install libXp by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libXp.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libXp.so

is the library of X authority database routines.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

twm-1.0.8

Introduction to twm

The twm package contains a very minimal window manager.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/twm-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/twm-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4b28317d4a9f7ca61bef8462e132bd4c
Download size: 269 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

twm Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/twm

Installation of twm

Install twm by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s,^\(rcdir = \).*,\1/etc/X11/app-defaults,' src/Makefile.in &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s...: This command ensures the twm configuration file gets installed in the proper location.

Installed Programs: twm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /etc/X11/app-defaults

Short Descriptions

twm

is the Tab Window Manager for the X Window System.

Last updated on 2013-09-08 14:32:21 -0700

xterm-297

Introduction to xterm

xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm-297.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 45610ae6fe90cf086fcd75b9cb97bbaf
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

xterm Dependencies

Required

Xorg Applications

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xterm

Installation of xterm

Install xterm by running the following commands:

sed -i '/v0/,+1s/new:/new:kb=^?:/' termcap &&
echo -e '\tkbs=\\177,' >>terminfo &&

TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo \
./configure $XORG_CONFIG     \
    --with-app-defaults=/etc/X11/app-defaults &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-ti

Command Explanations

sed -i ... termcap, echo ... >>terminfo: These commands modify the terminal description, so that the Backspace key is expected to send the character with ASCII code 127, for consistency with the Linux console.

TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo: This ensures that the xterm terminfo files are installed to the system terminfo database when the installation prefix is not /usr.

--with-app-defaults=...: Sets the location for the app-defaults directory.

make install-ti: This command installs corrected terminfo description files for use with xterm.

Configuring xterm

There are two ways to configure xterm. You can add X resource definitions to the user's ~/.Xresources file, or add them to the system-wide $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults/Xterm file.

In order for xterm to follow the locale settings in the environment, use TrueType fonts, and follow the Linux convention about the code sent by the Backspace key, add the following definitions as the root user:

cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm << "EOF"
*VT100*locale: true
*VT100*faceName: Monospace
*VT100*faceSize: 10
*backarrowKeyIsErase: true
*ptyInitialErase: true
EOF

Installed Programs: koi8rxterm, resize, uxterm, and xterm

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

koi8rxterm	is a wrapper script to set up xterm with a KOI8-R locale.
resize	prints a shell command for setting the TERM and TERMCAP environment variables to indicate the current size of xterm window.
uxterm	is a wrapper script that modifies the current locale to use UTF-8 and starts xterm with the proper settings.
xterm	is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.

Last updated on 2013-09-11 11:26:33 -0700

xclock-1.0.7

Introduction to xclock

The xclock package contains a simple clock application which is used in the default xinit configuration.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/xclock-1.0.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xclock-1.0.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6f150d063b20d08030b98c45b9bee7af
Download size: 161 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xclock Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xclock

Installation of xclock

Install xclock by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xclock

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: None

Short Descriptions

xclock

is an analog/digital clock for X.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 03:49:02 -0700

xinit-1.3.3

Introduction to xinit

The xinit package contains a usable script to start the xserver.

This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://xorg.freedesktop.org/releases/individual/app/xinit-1.3.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xinit-1.3.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3b8da0e6237aee9828cc809c647510a7
Download size: 161 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

xinit Dependencies

Required (runtime only)

xclock-1.0.7 and xterm-297

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xinit

Installation of xinit

Install xinit by running the following commands:

./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
            --with-xinitdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xinit and startx

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

startx	initializes an X session.
xinit	is the X Window System initializer.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 03:49:02 -0700

Xorg-7.7 Testing and Configuration

Testing Xorg

To test the Xorg installation, issue startx. This command brings up a rudimentary window manager called twm with three xterm windows and one xclock window. The xterm window in the upper left is a login terminal and running exit from this terminal will exit the X Window session. The third xterm window may be obscured on your system by the other two xterms.

Generally, there is no specific configuration required for Xorg, but customization is possible. For details see the section called “Setting up Xorg Devices” below.

Checking the Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) Installation

DRI is a framework for allowing software to access graphics hardware in a safe and efficient manner. It is installed in X by default (using MesaLib) if you have a supported video card.

To check if DRI drivers are installed properly, check the log file /var/log/Xorg.0.log for statements such as:

(II) intel(0): direct rendering: DRI2 Enabled

(II) NOUVEAU(0): Loaded DRI module

Note

DRI configuration may differ if you are using alternate drivers, such as those from NVIDIA or ATI.

Although all users can use software acceleration, any hardware acceleration (DRI2) is only available to root and members of the video group.

If your driver is supported, add any users that might use X to that group:

usermod -a -G video <username>

Another way to determine if DRI is working properly is to use one of the two optionally installed OpenGL demo programs in MesaLib-9.2.0. From an X terminal, run glxinfo and look for the phrase:

name of display: :0
display: :0  screen: 0
direct rendering: Yes

If direct rendering is enabled, you can add verbosity by running LIBGL_DEBUG=verbose glxinfo. This will show the drivers, device nodes and files used by the DRI system.

To confirm that DRI2 hardware acceleration is working, you can (still in the X terminal) run the command glxinfo | egrep "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL renderer|OpenGL version)". If that reports something other than Software Rasterizer then you have working acceleration for the user who ran the command.

If your hardware does not have any DRI2 driver available, it will use a Software Rasterizer for Direct Rendering. In such cases, you can use a new, LLVM-accelerated, Software Rasterizer called LLVMPipe. In order to build LLVMPipe just make sure that LLVM-3.3 is present at MesaLib build time. Note that all decoding is done on the CPU instead of the GPU, so the display will run slower than with hardware acceleration. To check if you are using LLVMpipe, review the output ot the glxinfo command above. An example of the output using the Software Rasterizer is shown below:

OpenGL vendor string: VMware, Inc.
OpenGL renderer string: Gallium 0.4 on llvmpipe (LLVM 3.2, 256 bits)
OpenGL version string: 2.1 Mesa 9.1-devel (git-cb3b172)

You can also force LLVMPipe by exporting the LIBGL_ALWAYS_SOFTWARE=1 environment variable when starting Xorg.

Again, if you have built the Mesa OpenGL demos, you can also run the test program glxgears. This program brings up a window with three gears turning. The X terminal will display how many frames were drawn every five seconds, so this will give a rough benchmark. The window is scalable, and the frames drawn per second is highly dependent on the size of the window. On some hardware, glxgears will run synchronized with the vertical refresh signal and the frame rate will be approximately the same as the monitor refresh rate.

Hybrid Graphics

Hybrid Graphics is still in experimental state for Linux. Xorg Developers have developed a technology called PRIME that can be used for switching between integrated and muxless discrete GPU at will. Automatic switching is not possible at the moment.

In order to use PRIME for GPU switching, make sure that you are using Linux Kernel 3.4 or later (recommended). You will need latest DRI and DDX drivers for your hardware and Xorg Server 1.13 or later with an optional patch applied.

Xorg Server should load both GPU drivers automaticaly. In order to run a GLX application on a discrete GPU, you will need to export the DRI_PRIME=1 environment variable. For example,

DRI_PRIME=1 glxinfo | egrep "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL renderer|OpenGL version)"

will show OpenGL vendor, renderer and version for the discrete GPU.

If the last command reports same OpenGL renderer with and without DRI_PRIME=1, you will need to check your installation.

Xft Font Protocol

Xft provides antialiased font rendering through Freetype, and fonts are controlled from the client side using Fontconfig. The default search path is /usr/share/fonts and ~/.fonts. Fontconfig searches directories in its path recursively and maintains a cache of the font characteristics in fonts.cache-1 files in each directory. If the cache appears to be out of date, it is ignored, and information is (slowly) fetched from the fonts themselves. This cache can be regenerated using the fc-cache command at any time. You can see the list of fonts known by Fontconfig by running the command fc-list.

If you've installed Xorg in any prefix other than /usr, the X fonts were not installed in a location known to Fontconfig. This prevents Fontconfig from using the poorly rendered Type 1 fonts or the non-scalable bitmapped fonts. Symlinks were created from the OTF and TTF X font directories to /usr/share/fonts/X11-{OTF,TTF}. This allows Fontconfig to use the OpenType and TrueType fonts provided by X (which are scalable and of higher quality).

Fontconfig uses names such as "Monospace 12" to define fonts. Applications generally use generic font names such as "Monospace", "Sans" and "Serif". Fontconfig resolves these names to a font that has all characters that cover the orthography of the language indicated by the locale settings. Knowledge of these font names is included in /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Fonts that are not listed in this file are still usable by Fontconfig, but they will not be accessible by the generic family names.

Standard scalable fonts that come with X provide very poor Unicode coverage. You may notice in applications that use Xft that some characters appear as a box with four binary digits inside. In this case, a font set with the available glyphs has not been found. Other times, applications that don't use other font families by default and don't accept substitutions from Fontconfig will display blank lines when the default font doesn't cover the orthography of the user's language. This happens, e.g., with Fluxbox in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale.

In order to provide greater Unicode coverage, it is recommended that you install these fonts:

DejaVu fonts - These fonts are replacements for the Bitstream Vera fonts and provide Latin-based scripts with accents and Cyrillic glyphs.
FreeFont - This set of fonts covers nearly every non-CJK character, but is not visually pleasing. Fontconfig will use it as a last resort to substitute generic font family names.
Microsoft Core fonts - These fonts provide slightly worse Unicode coverage than FreeFont, but are better hinted. Be sure to read the license before using them. These fonts are listed in the aliases in the /etc/fonts/conf.d directory by default.
Firefly New Sung font - This font provides Chinese coverage. This font is listed in the aliases in the the /etc/fonts/conf.d directory by default.
Arphic fonts - A similar set of Chinese fonts to the Firefly New Sung font. These fonts are listed in the aliases in the /etc/fonts/conf.d directory by default.
Kochi fonts - These provide Japanese characters, and are listed in the aliases in the /etc/fonts/conf.d directory by default.
Baekmuk fonts - These fonts provide Korean coverage, and are listed in the aliases in the /etc/fonts/conf.d directory by default.
Cantarell fonts - The Cantarell typeface family provides a contemporary Humanist sans serif. It is particularly optimised for legibility at small sizes and is the preferred font family for the GNOME-3 user interface.

The list above will not provide complete Unicode coverage. For more information, please visit the Unicode Font Guide.

Rendered examples of many of the above fonts can be found at this font analysis site.

As a font installation example, consider the installation of the DejaVu fonts. From the unpacked source directory, run the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&
install -v -m644 *.ttf /usr/share/fonts/dejavu &&
fc-cache -v /usr/share/fonts/dejavu

Setting up Xorg Devices

For most hardware configurations, modern Xorg will automatically get the server configuration correct without any user intervention. There are, however, some cases where auto-configuration will be incorrect. Following are some example manual configuration items that may be of use in these instances.

Setting up X Input Devices

For most input devices, no additional configuration will be necessary. This section is provided for informational purposes only.

A sample default XKB setup could look like the following (executed as the root user):

cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/xkb-defaults.conf << "EOF"
Section "InputClass"
    Identifier "XKB Defaults"
    MatchIsKeyboard "yes"
    Option "XkbOptions" "terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp"
EndSection
EOF

Fine Tuning Display Settings

Again, with modern Xorg, little or no additional configuration is necessary. If you should need extra options passed to your video driver, for instance, you could use something like the following (again, executed as the root user):

cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/videocard-0.conf << "EOF"
Section "Device"
    Identifier  "Videocard0"
    Driver      "radeon"
    VendorName  "Videocard vendor"
    BoardName   "ATI Radeon 7500"
    Option      "NoAccel" "true"
EndSection
EOF

Another common setup is having multiple server layouts for use in different environments. Though the server will automatically detect the presence of another monitor, it may get the order incorrect:

cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/server-layout.conf << "EOF"
Section "ServerLayout"
    Identifier     "DefaultLayout"
    Screen      0  "Screen0" 0 0
    Screen      1  "Screen1" LeftOf "Screen0"
    Option         "Xinerama"
EndSection
EOF

Last updated on 2013-05-05 11:02:40 -0700

Chapter 25. X Libraries

This chapter does not contain libraries that are required to run X. It does contain libraries that enhance X. In some cases the enhancement is as simple as font support. In others it is as complex as libraries that sit between X and applications that run on X whose purpose is to standardize the look and feel and inter-process communications for different applications. They also assist programmers by supplying common elements.

agg-2.5

Introduction to agg

The Anti-Grain Geometry (AGG) package contains a general purpose C++ graphical toolkit. It can be used in many areas of computer programming where high quality 2D graphics is an essential part of the project.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.antigrain.com/agg-2.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0229a488bc47be10a2fee6cf0b2febd6
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 122 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

agg Dependencies

Required

pkg-config-0.28, SDL-1.2.15, and Xorg Libraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/agg

Installation of agg

Install agg by running the following commands:


sed -i 's:  -L@x_libraries@::' src/platform/X11/Makefile.am &&
sed -i '/^AM_C_PROTOTYPES/d'   configure.in                 &&

bash autogen.sh --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's: -L@x_libraries@::' src/platform/X11/Makefile.am: This fixes compiling with the current Xorg Libraries.

sed -i '/^AM_C_PROTOTYPES/d' configure.in: this fixes reconfiguring with the current version of automake.

bash autogen.sh: This script uses autotools to create the configure script, then it runs configure with the given arguments.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libagg.so, libaggfontfreetype.so, libaggplatformsdl.so, and libaggplatformX11.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/agg2

Short Descriptions

`libagg.so`	contains the AGG API functions.
`libaggfontfreetype.so`	contains the AGG freetype font API functions.
`libaggplatformsdl.so`	contains the AGG SDL API functions that.
`libaggplatformX11.so`	contains the AGG LibX11 API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

ATK-2.8.0

Introduction to ATK

ATK provides the set of accessibility interfaces that are implemented by other toolkits and applications. Using the ATK interfaces, accessibility tools have full access to view and control running applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/2.8/atk-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/2.8/atk-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c652bd25530825d604dae1c1ebd2da02
Download size: 624 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

ATK Dependencies

Required

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/atk

Installation of ATK

Install ATK by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libatk-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/atk-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/atk

Short Descriptions

libatk-1.0.so

contains functions that are used by assistive technologies to interact with the desktop applications.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Atkmm-2.22.7

Introduction to Atkmm

Atkmm is the official C++ interface for the ATK accessibility toolkit library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atkmm/2.22/atkmm-2.22.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atkmm/2.22/atkmm-2.22.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fec7db3fc47ba2e0c95d130ec865a236
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Atkmm Dependencies

Required

ATK-2.8.0 and GLibmm-2.36.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/atkmm

Installation of Atkmm

Install Atkmm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libatkmm-1.6.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/atkmm-1.6, /usr/lib/atkmm-1.6, /usr/share/devhelp/books/atkmm-1.6 and /usr/share/doc/atkmm-1.6

Short Descriptions

libatkmm-1.6.so

contains the ATK API classes.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

at-spi2-core-2.8.0

Introduction to At-Spi2 Core

The At-Spi2 Core package is a part of the GNOME Accessibility Project. It provides a Service Provider Interface for the Assistive Technologies available on the GNOME platform and a library against which applications can be linked.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-core/2.8/at-spi2-core-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-core/2.8/at-spi2-core-2.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 93b57d5d56d15d1222ddf2386e2f869f
Download size: 432 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

At-Spi2 Core Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14, GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and Xorg Libraries

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at-spi2-core

Installation of At-Spi2 Core

Install At-Spi2 Core by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/at-spi2-core &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libatspi.so

Installed Directories: /etc/at-spi2, /usr/include/at-spi-2.0, /usr/lib/at-spi2-core, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libatspi

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

at-spi2-atk-2.8.1

Introduction to At-Spi2 Atk

The At-Spi2 Atk package contains a library that bridges ATK to At-Spi2 D-Bus service.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-atk/2.8/at-spi2-atk-2.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-atk/2.8/at-spi2-atk-2.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 854e36a2538bea50bc08d33aa9499bb2
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

At-Spi2 Atk Dependencies

Required

at-spi2-core-2.8.0 and ATK-2.8.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at-spi2-atk

Installation of At-Spi2 Atk

Install At-Spi2 Atk by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

If you installed the package to your system using a “DESTDIR” method, /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using the following command as the root user:

glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libatk-bridge.so and libatk-bridge-2.0.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/at-spi2-atk

Short Descriptions

`libatk-bridge.so`	is the Accessibility Toolkit GTK+ module.
`libatk-bridge-2.0.so`	Contains the common functions used by GTK+ Accessibility Toolkit Bridge.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

Cairo-1.12.16

Introduction to Cairo

Cairo is a 2D graphics library with support for multiple output devices. Currently supported output targets include the X Window System, win32, image buffers, PostScript, PDF and SVG. Experimental backends include OpenGL, Quartz and XCB file output. Cairo is designed to produce consistent output on all output media while taking advantage of display hardware acceleration when available (e.g., through the X Render Extension). The Cairo API provides operations similar to the drawing operators of PostScript and PDF. Operations in Cairo include stroking and filling cubic B�zier splines, transforming and compositing translucent images, and antialiased text rendering. All drawing operations can be transformed by any affine transformation (scale, rotation, shear, etc.).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/cairo-1.12.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a1304edcdc99282f478b995ee5f8f854
Download size: 35 MB
Estimated disk space required: 158 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Cairo Dependencies

Required

libpng-1.6.4, GLib-2.36.4 and Pixman-0.30.2

Optional

Cogl-1.14.0, DirectFB, GTK-Doc-1.19, libdrm-2.4.46, LZO-2.06, MesaLib-9.2.0, Qt-4.8.5, Skia and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cairo

Installation of Cairo

Install Cairo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-xlib-xcb: This switch enables experimental Xlib/XCB functions used by some window managers.

--enable-gl: This switch enables Cairo's experimental OpenGL surface which is required for Wayland compositor and some other packages that are not part of BLFS.

--enable-tee: This switch enables experimental tee surface backend which is required if using system-installed Cairo with Mozilla applications.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: cairo-sphinx and cairo-trace

Installed Libraries: libcairo.so, libcairo-gobject.so and libcairo-script-interpreter.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cairo, /usr/lib/cairo and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/cairo

Short Descriptions

cairo-trace	generates a log of all calls made by an application to Cairo.
`libcairo.so`	contains the 2D graphics functions required for rendering to the various output targets.
`libcairo-gobject.so`	contains functions that integrate Cairo with GLib-2.36.4's GObject type system.
`libcairo-script-interpreter.so`	contains the script interpreter functions for executing and manipulating Cairo execution traces.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 03:31:55 -0700

Cairomm-1.10.0

Introduction to Cairomm

The Cairomm package provides a C++ interface to Cairo.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://cairographics.org/releases/cairomm-1.10.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9c63fb1c04c8ecd3c5e6473075b8c39f
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Cairomm Dependencies

Required

Cairo-1.12.16 and libsigc++-2.2.11

Optional

Boost-1.54.0 and Doxygen-1.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cairomm

Installation of Cairomm

Install Cairomm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libcairomm-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cairomm-1.0, /usr/lib/cairomm-1.0, /usr/share/devhelp/books/cairomm-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/cairomm-1.0

Short Descriptions

libcairomm-1.0.so

contains the Cairo API classes.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

Cogl-1.14.0

Introduction to Cogl

Cogl is a modern 3D graphics API with associated utility APIs designed to expose the features of 3D graphics hardware using a direct state access API design, as opposed to the state-machine style of OpenGL.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cogl/1.14/cogl-1.14.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cogl/1.14/cogl-1.14.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7eabaf4241c0b87cc9e3b0fa23fd0315
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Cogl Dependencies

Required

gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, MesaLib-9.2.0, and Pango-1.34.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, SDL-1.2.15, SDL2, and Wayland

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cogl

Installation of Cogl

Install Cogl by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-gles1 --enable-gles2 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. The tests should be ran from an X terminal running on the hardware accelerated Xorg Server.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gles1: This switch enables support for OpenGL ES 1.1.

--enable-gles2: This switch enables support for OpenGL ES 2.0.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libcogl-gles2.so, libcogl-pango.so, and libcogl.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cogl and /usr/share/cogl

Short Descriptions

`libcogl-gles2.so`	is the OpenGL ES 2.0 integration library for Cogl.
`libcogl-pango.so`	is the Pango integration library for Cogl.
`libcogl.so`	is an object oriented GL/GLES Abstraction/Utility Layer library.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Clutter-1.14.4

Introduction to Clutter

The Clutter package contains an open source software library used for creating fast, visually rich and animated graphical user interfaces.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

Anything built with this toolkit needs hardware 3D acceleration from the graphics driver at runtime. This is provided by MesaLib (or by proprietary graphics drivers), but is not available for every graphics card nor for all virtual machines. You may wish to review Checking the DRI installation.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter/1.14/clutter-1.14.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter/1.14/clutter-1.14.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c072e4c27e69368f2b877ea4f6da2cdf
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

Clutter Dependencies

Required

ATK-2.8.0, Cogl-1.14.0, and JSON-GLib-0.16.0

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, libxkbcommon, Tslib, udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev), and Wayland

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter

Installation of Clutter

Install Clutter by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --enable-egl-backend &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check (you must be in an xterm or similar to do this, because it launches some windows).

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-egl-backend: This switch enables the experimental EGL windowing backend.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libclutter-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/clutter-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{cally,clutter}

Short Descriptions

libclutter-1.0.so

contains the Clutter API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

clutter-gst-2.0.6

Introduction to Clutter Gst

The Clutter Gst is an integration library for using GStreamer with Clutter. Its purpose is to implement the ClutterMedia interface using GStreamer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gst/2.0/clutter-gst-2.0.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gst/2.0/clutter-gst-2.0.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 35f67cfc75c4aa545db0f8b0a1f0e7a0
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Clutter Gst Dependencies

Required

Clutter-1.14.4 and gst-plugins-base-1.0.10

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter-gst2

Installation of Clutter Gst

Install Clutter Gst by running the following commands:

Note

This packages must be built from an Xterm. It will fail over an ssh sesion.

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libclutter-gst-2.0.so and libgstclutter.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/clutter-gst-2.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/clutter-gst

Short Descriptions

libclutter-gst-2.0.so

contains the Clutter Gst API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

clutter-gtk-1.4.4

Introduction to Clutter Gtk

The Clutter Gtk package is a library providing facilities to integrate Clutter into GTK+ applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gtk/1.4/clutter-gtk-1.4.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gtk/1.4/clutter-gtk-1.4.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ef50b52ffc2a18704eb62f13dd8d6198
Download size: 304 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Clutter Gtk Dependencies

Required

Clutter-1.14.4 and GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter-gtk

Installation of Clutter Gtk

Install Clutter Gtk by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libclutter-gtk-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/clutter-gtk-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/clutter-gtk-1.0

Short Descriptions

libclutter-gtk-1.0.so

contains the Clutter Gtk API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Freeglut-2.8.1

Introduction to Freeglut

Freeglut is intended to be a 100% compatible, completely opensourced clone of the GLUT library. GLUT is a window system independent toolkit for writing OpenGL programs, implementing a simple windowing API, which makes learning about and exploring OpenGL programming very easy.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-2.8.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 918ffbddcffbac83c218bc52355b6d5a
Download size: 984 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Freeglut Dependencies

Required

MesaLib-9.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freeglut

Installation of Freeglut

Install Freeglut by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libglut.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libglut.so

contains functions that implement the OpenGL Utility Toolkit.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 15:00:43 -0700

gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2

Introduction to Gdk Pixbuf

The Gdk Pixbuf is a toolkit for image loading and pixel buffer manipulation. It is used by GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 to load and manipulate images. In the past it was distributed as part of GTK+ 2 but it was split off into a separate package in preparation for the change to GTK+ 3.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.28/gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.28/gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 04c04e5042acd85cff6c439aba1995f1
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Gdk Pixbuf Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libpng-1.6.4 and LibTIFF-4.0.3

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

JasPer-1.900.1 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdk-pixbuf

Installation of Gdk Pixbuf

Install Gdk Pixbuf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-x11 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

If you installed the package on to your system using a “DESTDIR” method, an important file was not installed and should be copied and/or generated. Generate it using the following command as the root user:

gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache

Command Explanations

--with-x11: This switch enables building of the Gdk Pixbuf X11 library which is needed for many packages.

--with-libjasper: If you've installed JasPer-1.900.1 and you want Gdk Pixbuf to use it to compile a JPEG2000 image loader, pass this switch to configure.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gdk-pixbuf-csource, gdk-pixbuf-pixdata, and gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders

Installed Libraries: libgdk_pixbuf-2.0.so and libgdk_pixbuf_xlib-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gdk-pixbuf-2.0, /usr/lib/gdk-pixbuf-2.0, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gdk-pixbuf

Short Descriptions

gdk-pixbuf-csource	is a small utility that generates C code containing images, used for compiling images directly into programs.
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders	collects information about loadable modules for Gdk Pixbuf and writes it to the default cache file location, or to stdout.
`libgdk_pixbuf-2.0.so`	contains functions used to load and render images.
`libgdk_pixbuf_xlib-2.0.so`	contains functions used to manipulate images and interfaces with Xlib.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

GOffice-0.10.7

Introduction to GOffice

The GOffice package contains a library of GLib/GTK document centric objects and utilities. This is useful for performing common operations for document centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. Some of the operations provided by the GOffice library include support for plugins, load/save routines for application documents and undo/redo functions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0538fd4edee0a55cbe385c391fcd8e27
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

GOffice Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, libgsf-1.14.28, librsvg-2.37.0, and Which-2.20

Optional

Lasem, libspectre, ghostscript-9.10, gobject-introspection-1.36.0, and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/goffice010

Installation of GOffice

Install GOffice by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgoffice-0.10.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgoffice-0.10, /usr/lib/goffice, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/goffice-0.10

Short Descriptions

libgoffice-0.10.so

contains API functions to provide support for document centric objects and utilities.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:19:45 -0700

GTK+-2.24.20

Introduction to GTK+ 2

The GTK+ 2 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.20.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.20.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9d7833331d7accd80668e29d7f567ce5
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 354 MB
Estimated build time: 3.1 SBU

GTK+ 2 Dependencies

Required

ATK-2.8.0, gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2 and Pango-1.34.1

Optional

Cups-1.6.3, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk+2

Installation of GTK+ 2

Install GTK+ 2 by running the following commands:

sed -i 's#l \(gtk-.*\).sgml#& -o \1#' docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's#.*@man_#man_#' docs/reference/gtk/Makefile.in               &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc                           &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that you must run the tests from a session with X Window Display capability (i.e., not a text-based terminal/console) as the tests attempt to open an X window, and the tests can take an excessively long time. Using an X Window, the tests should take less than 0.3 SBUs

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

If you installed the package on to your system using a “DESTDIR” method, an important file was not installed and must be copied and/or generated. Generate it using the following command as the root user:

gtk-query-immodules-2.0 --update-cache

Command Explanations

sed -i 's#l $gtk-.*$.sgml#& -o \1#' docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in: If you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed (specifically, if configure finds db2html) then it will try to use it to rebuild some of its HTML documentation and fail due to bugs in some of the Makefiles. This sed fixes the Makefiles.

sed -i 's#.*@man_#man_#' docs/reference/gtk/Makefile.in: This sed fixes one of the Makefiles so it installs the man pages for gtk-builder-convert, gtk-query-immodules-2.0, and gtk-update-icon-cache.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Configuring GTK+ 2

Config Files

~/.gtkrc-2.0 and /etc/gtk-2.0/gtkrc

Configuration Information

GTK+ 2 themes change the way a GTK+ 2 application looks. A GTK+ 2 icon theme can be used to change the icons that appear on the application's toolbar. If you have installed a GTK+ 2 theme (such as gnome-themes (requires GTK Engines-2.20.2)) or a GTK+ 2 icon theme (such as gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3) you can set your preferences in ~/.gtkrc-2.0:

cat > ~/.gtkrc-2.0 << "EOF"
include "/usr/share/themes/Glider/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
gtk-icon-theme-name = "hicolor"
EOF

There are many more themes available at Gnome-Look.org and other places.

Once you've settled on themes you like, you can (as the root user) make them the default system wide:

cat > /etc/gtk-2.0/gtkrc << "EOF"
include "/usr/share/themes/Clearlooks/gtk-2.0/gtkrc"
gtk-icon-theme-name = "elementary"
EOF

LXAppearance is a GTK+ 2 application that can help you choose the themes you like.

Installed Programs: gtk-builder-convert, gtk-demo, gtk-query-immodules-2.0, and gtk-update-icon-cache

Installed Libraries: libgailutil.so, libgdk-x11-2.0.so, and libgtk-x11-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /etc/gtk-2.0, /usr/include/{gail-1.0,gtk-2.0,gtk-unix-print-2.0}, /usr/lib/gtk-2.0, /usr/share/doc/gtk+-2.24.20, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{gail-libgail-util,gdk2,gtk2}, and /usr/share/themes/{Default,Emacs,Raleigh}

Short Descriptions

gtk-builder-convert	converts glade files into XML files which can be loaded with GtkBuilder.
gtk-demo	demonstrates GTK+ 2 functionality and provides code for the examples.
gtk-query-immodules-2.0	collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 2 and writes it to standard output.
gtk-update-icon-cache	creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes.
`libgdk-x11-2.0.so`	contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system.
`libgtk-x11-2.0.so`	contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

GTK+-3.8.4

Introduction to GTK+ 3

The GTK+ 3 package contains the libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/3.8/gtk+-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/3.8/gtk+-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b232d76c01ceb626948bcbe70b05269
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 320 MB
Estimated build time: 2.6 SBU (Additional 0.5 SBU for the test suite)

GTK+ 3 Dependencies

Required

at-spi2-atk-2.8.1, gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, and Pango-1.34.1

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

Colord-1.0.3, Cups-1.6.3, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GTK-Doc-1.19, libxkbcommon, and Wayland

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk3

Installation of GTK+ 3

Note

GTK+ 3 will overwrite gtk-update-icon-cache from GTK+-2.24.20 if it is installed. There is nothing wrong about that assuming that both programs provide same functionality. If you wish to keep one from GTK+ 2 you can add --enable-gtk2-dependency to the configure command.

Install GTK+ 3 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

Three tests are known to fail. To test the results:

make -k check

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

gtk-query-immodules-3.0 --update-cache

Note

glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas

Command Explanations

--disable-packagekit: switch disables use of PackageKit which isn't needed for BLFS.

rm tests/a11y/pickers.ui: This prevents test being run as it is known to fail.

Configuring GTK+ 3

Config Files

~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini and /etc/gtk-3.0/settings.ini

Configuration Information

GTK+ 3 themes change the way a GTK+ 3 application looks. An icon theme can be used to change the icons that appear on the application's toolbar. If you have installed a GTK+ 3 theme (eg gnome-themes-standard-3.8.4 or an icon theme (such as gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3) you can set your prefences in ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini. Eg:

mkdir -p ~/.config/gtk-3.0 &&
cat > ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini << "EOF"
[Settings]
gtk-theme-name = Adwaita
gtk-fallback-icon-theme = gnome
EOF

There are many more themes available at http://gnome-look.org/ and other places.

Once you've settled on themes you like, you can (as the root user) make them the default system wide:

cat > /etc/gtk-3.0/settings.ini << "EOF"
[Settings]
gtk-theme-name = Clearwaita
gtk-fallback-icon-theme = elementary
EOF

Installed Programs: gtk-launch, gtk-query-immodules-3.0, gtk-update-icon-cache, gtk3-demo, gtk3-demo-application, and gtk3-widget-factory

Installed Libraries: libgailutil.so, libgdk-3.so, and libgtk-3.so

Installed Directories: /etc/gtk-3.0, /usr/include/gail-3.0, /usr/include/gtk-3.0, /usr/lib/gtk-3.0, /usr/share/gtk-3.0, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{gail-libgail-util3,gdk3,gtk3}

Short Descriptions

gtk-launch	launches an application using the given name. The name should match application desktop file name, as residing in `/usr/share/application`, with or without the '.desktop' suffix.
gtk-query-immodules-3.0	collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 3 and writes it to the default cache file location, or to standard output.
gtk-update-icon-cache	is an icon theme caching utility that creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes.
gtk3-demo	is a simple program that demonstrates some of the things that can be done with GTK+ 3
gtk3-demo-application	is a simple GTK+ 3 application.
gtk3-widget-factory	is a program to view GTK+ 3 themes and widgets.
`libgailutil-3.so`	contains functions that implements the accessibility interfaces defined by the GNOME Accessibility Toolkit.
`libgdk-3.so`	contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system.
`libgtk-3.so`	contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 18:27:34 -0700

GTK Engines-2.20.2

Introduction to GTK Engines

The GTK Engines package contains eight themes/engines and two additional engines for GTK2.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5deb287bc6075dc21812130604c7dc4f
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GTK Engines Dependencies

Required

Optional

Which-2.20 (Required for test suite)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-engines

Installation of GTK Engines

Install GTK Engines by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libclearlooks.so, libcrux-engine.so, libglide.so, libhcengine.so, libindustrial.so, libmist.so, libredmond95.so and libthinice.so (GTK-2 engines libraries)

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gtk-2.0/2.10.0/engines, /usr/share/gtk-engines, /usr/share/themes/Clearlooks, /usr/share/themes/Crux, /usr/share/themes/Industrial, /usr/share/themes/Mist, /usr/share/themes/Redmond and /usr/share/themes/ThinIce

Installed Themes: Clearlooks, Crux, Industrial, Mist, Redmond and ThinIce

Short Descriptions

engine libraries

are manager systems for specific themes.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

Gtkmm-2.24.4

Introduction to Gtkmm

The Gtkmm package provides a C++ interface to GTK+ 2. It can be installed alongside Gtkmm-3.8.1 (the GTK+ 3 version) with no namespace conflicts.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/2.24/gtkmm-2.24.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/2.24/gtkmm-2.24.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b9ac60c90959a71095f07f84dd39961d
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 296 MB
Estimated build time: 3.6 SBU

Gtkmm Dependencies

Required

Atkmm-2.22.7, GTK+-2.24.20 and Pangomm-2.34.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkmm2

Installation of Gtkmm

Install Gtkmm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgdkmm-2.4.so and libgtkmm-2.4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gdkmm-2.4, /usr/include/gtkmm-2.4, /usr/lib/gdkmm-2.4, /usr/lib/gtkmm-2.4, /usr/share/devhelp/books/gtkmm-2.4, and /usr/share/doc/gtkmm-2.4

Short Descriptions

`libgdkmm-2.4.so`	contains the GDK API classes.
`libgtkmm-2.4.so`	contains the GTK+ API classes.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

Gtkmm-3.8.1

Introduction to Gtkmm

The Gtkmm package provides a C++ interface to GTK+ 3.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/3.8/gtkmm-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/3.8/gtkmm-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 15211fab12ea2ce955369dcc320baf5c
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 398 MB
Estimated build time: 3.7 SBU

Gtkmm Dependencies

Required

Atkmm-2.22.7, GTK+-3.8.4, and Pangomm-2.34.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkmm3

Installation of Gtkmm

Install Gtkmm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgdkmm-3.0.so and libgtkmm-3.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gdkmm-3.0, /usr/include/gtkmm-3.0, /usr/lib/gdkmm-3.0, /usr/lib/gtkmm-3.0, /usr/share/devhelp/books/gtkmm-3.0, and /usr/share/doc/gtkmm-3.0

Short Descriptions

`libgdkmm-3.0.so`	contains the GDK API classes.
`libgtkmm-3.0.so`	contains the GTK+ 3 API classes.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

hicolor-icon-theme-0.12

Introduction to hicolor-icon-theme

The hicolor-icon-theme package contains a default fallback theme for implementations of the icon theme specification.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://icon-theme.freedesktop.org/releases/hicolor-icon-theme-0.12.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/hicolor-icon-theme-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 55cafbcef8bcf7107f6d502149eb4d87
Download size: 38 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hicolor-icon-theme

Installation of hicolor-icon-theme

Install hicolor-icon-theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/icons/hicolor

Short Descriptions

/usr/share/icons/hicolor/*

contains icon definitions used as defaults.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

libnotify-0.7.6

Introduction to libnotify

The libnotify library is used to send desktop notifications to a notification daemon, as defined in the Desktop Notifications spec. These notifications can be used to inform the user about an event or display some form of information without getting in the user's way.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libnotify/0.7/libnotify-0.7.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libnotify/0.7/libnotify-0.7.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a4997019d08f46f3bf57b78e6f795a59
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4,9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libnotify Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, and notification-daemon-0.7.6 (runtime)

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnotify

Installation of libnotify

Install libnotify by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: notify-send

Installed Library: libnotify.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libnotify and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libnotify

Short Descriptions

notify-send	is a command used to send notifications.
`libnotify.so`	contains the libnotify API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 12:45:25 -0700

libxklavier-5.3

Introduction to libxklavier

The libxklavier package contains a utility library for X keyboard.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxklavier/5.3/libxklavier-5.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libxklavier/5.3/libxklavier-5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 290ea2a8abc40f78a3a16bdae6f02808
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libxklavier Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, ISO Codes-3.46, libxml2-2.9.1 and Xorg Libraries

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxklavier

Installation of libxklavier

Install libxklavier by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-xkb-base=$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb: Use this swithc if the $XORG_PREFIX is anything other than /usr.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxklavier.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libxklavier and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxklavier

Short Descriptions

libxklavier.so

contains XKB utility functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Pango-1.34.1

Introduction to Pango

Pango is a library for laying out and rendering of text, with an emphasis on internationalization. It can be used anywhere that text layout is needed, though most of the work on Pango so far has been done in the context of the GTK+ widget toolkit.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.34/pango-1.34.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.34/pango-1.34.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e36dc70c0e246db84b41736a40edf7a0
Download size: 996 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangox-compat/0.0/pangox-compat-0.0.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangox-compat/0.0/pangox-compat-0.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7bcbd0187f03e1e27af9a81e07249c33
Download size: 264 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Pango Dependencies

Required

Cairo-1.12.16, Harfbuzz-0.9.20 and Xorg Libraries

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pango

Installation of Pango

Install Pango by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

pango-querymodules --update-cache

Installation of Pangox Compat

Install Pangox Compat by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Configuring Pango

Config Files

/etc/pango/pangorc, ~/.pangorc and the file specified in the environment variable PANGO_RC_FILE

Configuration Information

The Pango module path is specified by the key Pango/ModulesPath in the Pango config database, which is read from the config files listed above.

Installed Programs: pango-querymodules and pango-view

Installed Libraries: libpango-1.0.so, libpangocairo-1.0.so, libpangoft2-1.0.so, libpangox-1.0.so and libpangoxft-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /etc/pango, /usr/include/pango-1.0, /usr/lib/pango, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/pango

Short Descriptions

pango-querymodules	is a module registration utility that collects information about Pango loadable modules.
pango-view	renders a given file through Pango for viewing purposes.
`libpango-1.0.so`	contain low level layout rendering routines, a high level driver for laying out entire blocks of text, and routines to assist in editing internationalized text.

Last updated on 2013-08-18 14:52:29 -0700

Pangomm-2.34.0

Introduction to Pangomm

The Pangomm package provides a C++ interface to Pango.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangomm/2.34/pangomm-2.34.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangomm/2.34/pangomm-2.34.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2c702caede167323c9ed9eed2b933098
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Pangomm Dependencies

Required

Cairomm-1.10.0, GLibmm-2.36.2 and Pango-1.34.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pangomm

Installation of Pangomm

Install Pangomm by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libpangomm-1.4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/pangomm-1.4, /usr/lib/pangomm-1.4, /usr/share/devhelp/books/pangomm-1.4, and /usr/share/doc/pangomm-1.4

Short Descriptions

libpangomm-1.4.so

contains the Pango API classes.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:17:00 -0700

Qt-4.8.5

Introduction to Qt

Qt is a cross-platform application framework that is widely used for developing application software with a graphical user interface (GUI) (in which cases Qt is classified as a widget toolkit), and also used for developing non-GUI programs such as command-line tools and consoles for servers. One of the major users of Qt is KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.qt-project.org/official_releases/qt/4.8/4.8.5/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-4.8.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1864987bdbb2f58f8ae8b350dfdbe133
Download size: 231 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 GB
Estimated build time: 41 SBU

Qt Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2 and MesaLib-9.2.0

Optional

Cups-1.6.3, GTK+-2.24.20 (GTK+ 2 theme support), gst-plugins-base-0.10.36 (For QtWebKit HTML5 Video), MySQL-5.6.13, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, PulseAudio-4.0, unixODBC-2.3.1, and qtchooser-31 (runtime, if also installing Qt5 and installing in /usr)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt4

Installation of Qt

There are several ways to install a complicated package such as Qt. The files are not completely position independent. Installation procedures execute the program pkg-config to determine the location of package executables, libraries, headers, and other files. For Qt, pkg-config will look for the appropriate lib/pkgconfig/Qt*.pc files which must be modified if relocating the package. These files are set up correctly by the build process.

The default installation places the files in /usr/local/qt/. Many commercial distributions place the files in the system's /usr hierarchy. The package can also be installed in an arbitrary directory.

The advantage of installing in /usr is that no updates to the /etc/ld.so.conf or /etc/man_db.conf files are required. The package files are distributed within several subdirectories of the /usr hierarchy. This is the method that most commercial distributions use. It is also supported by the optional qtchooser application.

The disadvantage of installing in /usr is that the executable filenames for Qt4 and Qt5 conflict if both packages are installed in the same directory. The instructions below give a workaround for this problem using the helper program qtchooser-31. This requires renaming the Qt executables with a version suffix.

The advantage of installing Qt4 in a custom directory such as /opt/qt-4.8.5 is that it keeps all the package files consolidated in a dedicated directory hierarchy. By using this method, an update can be made without overwriting a previous installation and users can easily revert to a previous version by changing one symbolic link or merely changing the PATH variable. It also allows a developer to maintain multiple versions of Qt4 or Qt5 for testing.

Caution

If you did not install some of the recommended dependencies, examine ./configure --help output to check how to disable them or use internal versions bundled in the source tarball.

Warning

If Qt4 is being reinstalled into the same directory as an existing instance, run the following commands from a console or non-Qt4 based window manager. It overwrites Qt4 libraries that should not be in use during the install process.

Note

The build time and space required for the full Qt is quite long. The instructions below do not build the tutorials and examples. Removing the -nomake lines will create a complete build.

Method 1: Installing in /usr

Install Qt4 by running the following commands:

Note

If not also installing Qt5 into the /usr directory, change the entry for -bindir below to /usr/bin.

sed -i -e "/#if/d" -e "/#error/d" -e "/#endif/d" \
     config.tests/unix/libmng/libmng.cpp &&

./configure -prefix         /usr                 \
            -bindir         /usr/lib/qt4/bin     \
            -plugindir      /usr/lib/qt4/plugins \
            -importdir      /usr/lib/qt4/imports \
            -headerdir      /usr/include/qt4     \
            -datadir        /usr/share/qt4       \
            -sysconfdir     /etc/xdg             \
            -docdir         /usr/share/doc/qt4   \
            -demosdir       /usr/share/doc/qt4/demos    \
            -examplesdir    /usr/share/doc/qt4/examples \
            -translationdir /usr/share/qt4/translations \
            -confirm-license   \
            -opensource        \
            -release           \
            -dbus-linked       \
            -openssl-linked    \
            -system-sqlite     \
            -no-phonon         \
            -no-phonon-backend \
            -no-nis            \
            -no-openvg         \
            -nomake demos      \
            -nomake examples   \
            -optimized-qmake   &&

make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
rm -rf /usr/tests &&
install -v -Dm644 src/gui/dialogs/images/qtlogo-64.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qt4logo.png       &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/assistant/tools/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt4.png &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt4.png  &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt4.png  &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt4.png

Remove references to the build directory from installed files by running the following command as the root user:

for file in 3Support CLucene Core DBus Declarative DesignerComponents \
            Designer Gui Help Multimedia Network OpenGL Script \
            ScriptTools Sql Svg Test UiTools WebKit XmlPatterns Xml
do
  sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d;s/\(QMAKE_PRL_LIBS =\).*/\1/' \
       /usr/lib/libQt${file}.prl
  perl -pi -e "s, -L$PWD/?\S+,,g" /usr/lib/pkgconfig/Qt${file}.pc
done
unset file

If also installing Qt5 into /usr, symlink the Qt4 executables into /usr/bin by running the following commands as the root user:

for file in /usr/lib/qt4/bin/*
do
  ln -sfv ../lib/qt4/bin/$(basename $file) /usr/bin/$(basename $file)-qt4
done

Method 2: Installing in /opt/qt-4.8.5

This section provides an alternate way to install Qt4 by installing almost all of the files in the /opt directory. This allows management of all Qt4 related files in one unit. For instance, a new version of Qt4 can be installed without over-writing the existing installation and entire Qt4 instances can be easily removed. However, it has the disadvantage of needing some extra configuration.

Install Qt in /opt/qt-4.8.5 by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/#if/d" -e "/#error/d" -e "/#endif/d" \
     config.tests/unix/libmng/libmng.cpp &&

export QTDIR=/opt/qt-4.8.5

./configure -prefix $QTDIR       \
            -sysconfdir /etc/xdg \
            -confirm-license     \
            -opensource          \
            -release             \
            -dbus-linked         \
            -openssl-linked      \
            -system-sqlite       \
            -plugin-sql-sqlite   \
            -no-phonon           \
            -no-phonon-backend   \
            -no-nis              \
            -no-openvg           \
            -nomake demos        \
            -nomake examples     \
            -optimized-qmake     &&

make

Now, as the root user:

make install                 &&
ln -svfn qt-$VERSION /opt/qt &&

install -v -Dm644 src/gui/dialogs/images/qtlogo-64.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qt4logo.png       &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/assistant/tools/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt4.png &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt4.png  &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt4.png  &&
install -v -Dm644 tools/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt4.png

Remove references to the build directory from installed files by running the following command as the root user:

for file in 3Support CLucene Core DBus Declarative DesignerComponents \
            Designer Gui Help Multimedia Network OpenGL Script \
            ScriptTools Sql Svg Test UiTools WebKit XmlPatterns Xml; do
  sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d;s/\(QMAKE_PRL_LIBS =\).*/\1/' \
       $QTDIR/lib/libQt${file}.prl
  perl -pi -e "s, -L$PWD/?\S+,,g" $QTDIR/lib/pkgconfig/Qt${file}.pc
done

unset file

Command Explanations

sed -i "..." ...: This command fixes detection of libmng 2.0.

-confirm-license: Accept license without prompting user during configuration.

-opensource: Install the opensource version of Qt.

-release: This switch disables building with debugging symbols.

-nomake examples -nomake demos: These switches disable building programs that are only of interest to a Qt developer.

-system-sqlite: This switch enables use the system version of SQLite.

-no-nis: This switch disables support for Network Information Service (NIS) which has been deprecated in recent versions of Glibc.

-no-phonon -no-phonon-backend: These switches disable building of the bundled Phonon library. Better version is provided by phonon-4.6.0 package.

-dbus-linkend -openssl-linkend: These switches enable explicit linking of the D-Bus and OpenSSL libraries into Qt libraries instead of dlopen()-ing them.

-no-openvg: This switch disables OpenVG support in Qt.

-optimized-qmake: This switch enables building of the optimized qmake program.

Configuring Qt

Configuration Information

If you installed Qt in /usr, create an environment variable needed by certain packages. As the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/qt.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt.sh

QTDIR=/usr

export QTDIR

# End /etc/profile.d/qt.sh
EOF

If you installed Qt in a location other than /usr, you need to update the following configuration files so that Qt is correctly found by other packages and system processes.

As the root user, update the /etc/ld.so.conf file and the dynamic linker's run-time cache file:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin Qt addition
   
/opt/qt/lib
   
# End Qt addition
EOF

ldconfig

As the root user, create the /etc/profile.d/qt.sh file:

cat > /etc/profile.d/qt.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt.sh
   
QTDIR=/opt/qt
   
pathappend /opt/qt/bin           PATH
pathappend /opt/qt/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
   
export QTDIR
   
# End /etc/profile.d/qt.sh
EOF

For all methods, create the menu entries for installed applications. As the root user:

install -dm755 /usr/share/applications

cat > /usr/share/applications/qtconfig-qt4.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt4 Config 
Comment=Configure Qt4 behavior, styles, fonts
Exec=qtconfig-qt4
Icon=qt4logo
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Settings;
EOF

cat > /usr/share/applications/assistant-qt4.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt4 Assistant 
Comment=Shows Qt4 documentation and examples
Exec=assistant-qt4
Icon=assistant-qt4
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Documentation;
EOF

cat > /usr/share/applications/designer-qt4.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt4 Designer
Comment=Design GUIs for Qt4 applications
Exec=designer-qt4
Icon=designer-qt4
MimeType=application/x-designer;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF

cat > /usr/share/applications/linguist-qt4.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt4 Linguist 
Comment=Add translations to Qt4 applications
Exec=linguist-qt4
Icon=linguist-qt4
MimeType=text/vnd.trolltech.linguist;application/x-linguist;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF

cat > /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer-qt4.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt4 QDbusViewer 
GenericName=D-Bus Debugger
Comment=Debug D-Bus applications
Exec=qdbusviewer-qt4
Icon=qdbusviewer-qt4
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Debugger;
EOF

Installed Programs: assistant-qt4, designer-qt4, lconvert-qt4, linguist-qt4, lrelease-qt4, lupdate-qt4, moc-qt4, pixeltool-qt4, qcollectiongenerator-qt4, qdbuscpp2xml-qt4, qdbus-qt4, qdbusviewer-qt4, qdbusxml2cpp-qt4, qdoc3-qt4, qhelpconverter-qt4, qhelpgenerator-qt4, qmake-qt4, qmlplugindump-qt4, qmlviewer-qt4, qt3to4-qt4, qtconfig-qt4, qttracereplay-qt4, rcc-qt4, uic3-qt4, uic-qt4, xmlpatterns-qt4 and xmlpatternsvalidator-qt4

Installed Libraries: libQt3Support.so, libQtCLucene.so, libQtCore.so, libQtDBus.so, libQtDeclarative.so, libQtDesignerComponents.so, libQtDesigner.so, libQtGui.so, libQtHelp.so, libQtMultimedia.so, libQtNetwork.so, libQtOpenGL.so, libQtScript.so, libQtScriptTools.so, libQtSql.so, libQtSvg.so, libQtTest.so, libQtWebKit.so, libQtXmlPatterns.so and libQtXml.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/qt4, /usr/lib/qt4, /usr/share/doc/qt4, and /usr/share/qt4 (OR $QTDIR) (OR $QTDIR)

Short Descriptions

assistant-qt4	is a tool for presenting on-line documentation.
designer-qt4	is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor.
linguist-qt4	provides support for translating applications into local languages.
lrelease-qt4	is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the application.
lupdate-qt4	reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file.
moc-qt4	generates Qt meta object support code.
pixeltool-qt4	is a desktop magnifier and as you move your mouse around the screen it will show the magnified contents in its window.
qmake-qt4	uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it generates.
qt3to4-qt4	qt3to4 is a tool to help update Qt3 code to Qt4.
qtconfig-qt4	is used to customize the appearance of Qt applications.
rcc-qt4	is a resource compiler used in conjunction with designer.
uic-qt4	is a Qt user interface compiler.
uic3-qt4	is a tool to generate Qt4 code out of user interface files generated by the Qt3 version of designer.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 21:56:57 -0700

Qt-5.1.1

Introduction to Qt

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.qt-project.org/official_releases/qt/5.1/5.1.1/single/qt-everywhere-opensource-src-5.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 697b7b8768ef8895e168366ab6b44760
Download size: 169 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 GB
Estimated build time: 94 SBU

Qt Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, MesaLib-9.2.0, xcb-util-image-0.3.9, xcb-util-keysyms-0.3.9, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.8, and xcb-util-wm-0.3.9

Optional

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 (QtWebKit HTML5 Video Support), GTK+-2.24.20 (GTK+ Theme Support), libxkbcommon, MySQL-5.6.13, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, PulseAudio-4.0, unixODBC-2.3.1, and qtchooser-31 (runtime, if also installing Qt4 and installing in /usr)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt5

Installation of Qt

Caution

If you did not install some of the recommended dependencies, examine ./configure --help output to check how to disable them or use internal versions bundled in the source tarball.

Warning

If Qt5 is being reinstalled into the same directory as an existing instance, run the following commands from a console or non-Qt5 based window manager. It overwrites Qt5 libraries that should not be in use during the install process.

Method 1: Installing in /usr

Install Qt5 by running the following commands:

Note

If not also installing Qt4 into the /usr directory, change the entry for -bindir below to /usr/bin.

sed -i "s:Context\* context}:&\n%lex-param {YYLEX_PARAM}:" \
     qtwebkit/Source/ThirdParty/ANGLE/src/compiler/glslang.y &&

sed -i -e "/#if/d" -e "/#error/d" -e "/#endif/d" \
     qtimageformats/config.tests/libmng/libmng.cpp &&

./configure -prefix         /usr               \
            -sysconfdir     /etc/xdg           \
            -bindir         /usr/lib/qt5/bin   \
            -headerdir      /usr/include/qt5   \
            -archdatadir    /usr/lib/qt5       \
            -datadir        /usr/share/qt5     \
            -docdir         /usr/share/doc/qt5 \
            -translationdir /usr/share/qt5/translations \
            -examplesdir    /usr/share/doc/qt5/examples \
            -confirm-license   \
            -opensource        \
            -dbus-linked       \
            -openssl-linked    \
            -system-sqlite     \
            -no-nis            \
            -nomake examples   \
            -opengl es2        \
            -optimized-qmake   &&
make

Remove references to the build directory from the installed .pc files by running the following command:

find . -name "*.pc" -exec perl -pi -e "s, -L$PWD/?\S+,,g" {} \;

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/assistant/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt5.png

Remove references to the build directory from installed files by running the following commands as the root user:

sed -i -e "s:$PWD/qtbase:/usr/lib/qt5:g" \
    /usr/lib/qt5/mkspecs/modules/qt_lib_bootstrap.pri &&
find /usr/lib/*.prl -exec sed -i -e \
     '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d;s/\(QMAKE_PRL_LIBS =\).*/\1/' {} \;

If also installing Qt4 into /usr, Symlink the Qt5 executables into /usr/bin by running the following commands as the root user:

for file in /usr/lib/qt5/bin/*
do
  ln -sfv ../lib/qt5/bin/$(basename $file) /usr/bin/$(basename $file)-qt5
done

Method 2: Installing in /opt/qt-5.1.1

This section provides an alternate way to install Qt4 by installing almost all of the files in the /opt directory. This allows management of all Qt related files in one unit. For instance, a new version of Qt5 can be installed without over-writing the existing installation and entire Qt5 instances can be easily removed. However, it has the disadvantage of needing some extra configuration.

sed -i "s:Context\* context}:&\n%lex-param {YYLEX_PARAM}:" \
     qtwebkit/Source/ThirdParty/ANGLE/src/compiler/glslang.y &&

sed -i -e "/#if/d" -e "/#error/d" -e "/#endif/d" \
     qtimageformats/config.tests/libmng/libmng.cpp &&

QT5DIR=/opt/qt-5.1.1

./configure -prefix     $QT5DIR  \
            -sysconfdir /etc/xdg \
            -confirm-license     \
            -opensource          \
            -dbus-linked         \
            -openssl-linked      \
            -system-sqlite       \
            -plugin-sql-sqlite   \
            -no-nis              \
            -nomake examples     \
            -opengl es2          \
            -optimized-qmake     &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/assistant/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
                  /usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt5.png

Remove references to the build directory from installed files by running the following commands as the root user:

find $QT5DIR -name qt_lib_bootstrap.pri \
   -exec sed -i -e "s:$PWD/qtbase:/$QT5DIR/lib/:g" {} \; &&

find $QT5DIR -name \*.prl \
   -exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;

At this point is is useful to add some configuration items as the root user:

echo /opt/qt5 >> /etc/ld.so.conf &&
ldconfig                         &&

cat >> /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
pathappend /opt/qt5/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
EOF

Command Explanations

sed -i "..." ...: First command fixes building with Bison 3.0 and second command fixes detection of libmng 2.0.

-confirm-license: Accept license without prompting user during configuration.

-opensource: Install the opensource version of Qt.

-release: This switch disables building with debugging symbols.

-nomake examples: This switch disables building of the example programs included in the source tarball. Remove it if you want to build them.

-system-sqlite: This switch enables use of the system version of SQLite.

-no-nis: This switch disables support for Network Information Service (NIS) which has been removed from recent versions of Glibc.

-dbus-linkend -openssl-linkend: These switches enable explicit linking of the D-Bus and OpenSSL libraries into Qt libraries instead of dlopen()-ing them.

-opengl es2: This switch enables OpenGL ES2 support in Qt.

-optimized-qmake: This switch enables building of the optimized qmake program.

Configuring Qt

Configuration Information

If you installed Qt in /usr, create an environment variable needed by certain packages. As the root user:

cat > /etc/profile.d/qt.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt.sh

QTDIR=/usr

export QT5DIR

# End /etc/profile.d/qt.sh
EOF

If you installed Qt5 in a location other than /usr, you need to update the following configuration files so that Qt5 is correctly found by other packages and system processes.

Note

If you also installed Qt4 and need to use the Qt5 version of an executable such as qmake for building a program, make sure that the Qt5 bin directory is listed prior to the Qt4 bin directory in the PATH variable.

As the root user, update the /etc/ld.so.conf file and the dynamic linker's run-time cache file:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin Qt addition

/opt/qt5/lib

# End Qt addition
EOF

ldconfig

As the root user, create the /etc/profile.d/qt.sh file:

cat > /etc/profile.d/qt.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt.sh

QT5DIR=/opt/qt5

pathappend /opt/qt5/bin           PATH
pathappend /opt/qt5/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH

export QT5DIR

# End /etc/profile.d/qt.sh
EOF

For all methods, create the menu entries for installed applications. As the root user:

install -dm755 /usr/share/applications
cat > /usr/share/applications/assistant-qt5.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Assistant 
Comment=Shows Qt5 documentation and examples
Exec=assistant-qt5
Icon=assistant-qt5
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Documentation;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/designer-qt5.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Designer
GenericName=Interface Designer
Comment=Design GUIs for Qt5 applications
Exec=designer-qt5
Icon=designer-qt5
MimeType=application/x-designer;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/linguist-qt5.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Linguist
Comment=Add translations to Qt5 applications
Exec=linguist-qt5
Icon=linguist-qt5
MimeType=text/vnd.trolltech.linguist;application/x-linguist;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer-qt5.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 QDbusViewer 
GenericName=D-Bus Debugger
Comment=Debug D-Bus applications
Exec=qdbusviewer-qt5
Icon=qdbusviewer-qt5
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Debugger;
EOF

Installed Programs: assistant-qt5, designer-qt5, lconvert-qt5, linguist-qt5, lrelease-qt5, lupdate-qt5, moc-qt5, pixeltool-qt5, qcollectiongenerator-qt5, qdbuscpp2xml-qt5, qdbus-qt5, qdbusviewer-qt5, qdbusxml2cpp-qt5, qdoc-qt5, qhelpconverter-qt5, qhelpgenerator-qt5, qmake-qt5, qml1plugindump-qt5, qmlbundle-qt5, qmlmin-qt5, qmlplugindump-qt5, qmlprofiler-qt5, qmlscene-qt5, qmltestrunner-qt5, qmlviewer-qt5, rcc-qt5, syncqt.pl-qt5, uic-qt5, xmlpatterns-qt5, and xmlpatternsvalidator-qt5

Installed Libraries: libqgsttools_p.so, libQt5Bootstrap.a, libQt5CLucene.so, libQt5Concurrent.so, libQt5Core.so, libQt5DBus.so, libQt5Declarative.so, libQt5DesignerComponents.so, libQt5Designer.so, libQt5Gui.so, libQt5Help.so, libQt5MultimediaQuick_p.so, libQt5Multimedia.so, libQt5MultimediaWidgets.so, libQt5Network.so, libQt5OpenGLExtensions.a, libQt5OpenGL.so, libQt5PlatformSupport.a, libQt5PrintSupport.so, libQt5QmlDevTools.a, libQt5Qml.so, libQt5QuickParticles.so, libQt5Quick.so, libQt5QuickTest.so, libQt5Script.so, libQt5ScriptTools.so, libQt5Sensors.so, libQt5SerialPort.so, libQt5Sql.so, libQt5Svg.so, libQt5Test.so, libQt5UiTools.a, libQt5V8.so, libQt5WebKit.so, libQt5WebKitWidgets.so, libQt5Widgets.so, libQt5X11Extras.so, libQt5XmlPatterns.so, and libQt5Xml.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/qt5, /usr/lib/qt5, /usr/share/doc/qt5, and /usr/share/qt5

Short Descriptions

assistant-qt5	is a tool for presenting on-line documentation.
designer-qt5	is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor.
linguist-qt5	provides support for translating applications into local languages.
lrelease-qt5	is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the application.
lupdate-qt5	reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file.
moc-qt5	generates Qt meta object support code.
pixeltool-qt5	is a desktop magnifier and as you move your mouse around the screen it will show the magnified contents in its window.
qmake-qt5	uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it generates.
rcc-qt5	is a resource compiler used in conjunction with designer.
uic-qt5	is a Qt user interface compiler.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:09:36 -0700

shared-mime-info-1.1

Introduction to Shared Mime Info

The Shared Mime Info package contains a MIME database. This allows central updates of MIME information for all supporting applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/~hadess/shared-mime-info-1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 12ba00bf1cb2e69bfba73127e708e833
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Shared Mime Info Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2, and libxml2-2.9.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shared-mime-info

Installation of Shared Mime Info

Install Shared Mime Info by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: update-mime-database

Installed Directory: /usr/share/mime

Short Descriptions

update-mime-database

assists in adding MIME data to the database.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

startup-notification-0.12

Introduction to startup-notification

The startup-notification package contains startup-notification libraries. These are useful for building a consistent manner to notify the user through the cursor that the application is loading.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/startup-notification/releases/startup-notification-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2cd77326d4dcaed9a5a23a1232fb38e9
Download size: 347 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

startup-notification Dependencies

Required

Xorg Libraries and xcb-util-0.3.9

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/startup-notification

Installation of startup-notification

Install startup-notification by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/startup-notification.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.12/startup-notification.txt

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libstartup-notification-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/startup-notification-1.0 and /usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.12

Short Descriptions

libstartup-notification-1.so

provides the functions to assist applications in communicating with the cursor system to provide feedback to the user that the application is loading.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

WebKitGTK+-1.10.2

Introduction to WebKitGTK+

The WebKitGTK+ is the port of the portable web rendering engine WebKit to the GTK+ 2 platform.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://webkitgtk.org/releases/webkitgtk-1.10.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7b1a652af1eb11bee5bf7209e9ff67e6
Download size: 8.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 650 MB
Estimated build time: 55 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/webkitgtk-1.10.2-fix_librt_linking-1.patch

WebKitGTK+ Dependencies

Required

Gperf-3.0.4, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, GTK+-2.24.20, ICU-51.2, libsoup-2.42.2, MesaLib-9.2.0, Ruby-2.0.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2 and Which-2.20

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, gobject-introspection-1.36.0, GTK-Doc-1.19 and MathML

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/webkitgtk

Installation of WebKitGTK+

Warning

If you are building WebKitGTK+ with make 3.82, make sure that you have built it with the following patch applied or WebKitGTK+ build will fail.

If you have not installed GTK-Doc-1.19, fix a bug that will cause make install to fail:

sed -i '/generate-gtkdoc --rebase/s:^:# :' GNUmakefile.in

Install WebKitGTK+ by running the following commands:

sed -i '/parse-param/ a%lex-param {YYLEX_PARAM}' \
             Source/ThirdParty/ANGLE/src/compiler/glslang.y &&
patch -Np1 -i ../webkitgtk-1.10.2-fix_librt_linking-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/webkitgtk2 \
            --with-gtk=2.0 \
            --disable-webkit2 &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed ... Source/ThirdParty/ANGLE/src/compiler/glslang.y: This command corrects a problem caused by the most recent version of Bison.

--with-gtk=2.0 --disable-webkit2: These parameters force WebKitGTK+ to compile against GTK+ 2, even if GTK+ 3 is also installed.

--disable-geolocation: Use this option if you did not install GeoClue-0.12.0 or configure will fail.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: jsc-1

Installed Libraries: libjavascriptcoregtk-1.0.so and libwebkit-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/webkit-1.0, /usr/share/webkit-1.0 and /usr/lib/webkitgtk2

Short Descriptions

jsc-1	is a command-line utility that allows you to run JavaScript programs outside of the context of a web browser.
`libjavascriptcoregtk-1.0.so`	contains core JavaScript API functions used by jsc-1 and `libwebkitgtk-1.0.so`.
`libwebkitgtk-1.0.so`	contains the WebKitGTK+ API functions for GTK+ 2.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 06:19:00 -0700

WebKitGTK+-2.0.4

Introduction to WebKitGTK+

The WebKitGTK+ is the port of the portable web rendering engine WebKit to the GTK+ 3 platform.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://webkitgtk.org/releases/webkitgtk-2.0.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 413be319ba171feed9348d1bede6b0a7
Download size: 9.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 900 MB
Estimated build time: 50 SBU

WebKitGTK+ Dependencies

Required

Gperf-3.0.4, gst-plugins-base-1.0.10, GTK+-3.8.4, ICU-51.2, libsecret-0.16, libsoup-2.42.2, libwebp-0.3.1, MesaLib-9.2.0, Ruby-2.0.0, SQLite-3.8.0.2, udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev) and Which-2.20

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and MathML

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/webkitgtk

Installation of WebKitGTK+

Warning

If you are building WebKitGTK+ with make 3.82, make sure that you have built it with the following patch applied or WebKitGTK+ build will fail.

If you have not installed GTK-Doc-1.19, fix a bug that will cause make install to fail:

sed -i '/generate-gtkdoc --rebase/s:^:# :' GNUmakefile.in

Install WebKitGTK+ by running the following commands:

sed -i "/%union/i %lex-param {YYLEX_PARAM}" \
   Source/ThirdParty/ANGLE/src/compiler/glslang.y &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/webkitgtk3 \
            --enable-introspection &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Note

When installing, the Makefile does some additional compiling and linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH variables need to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed ... glslang.y: This command fixes a problem when using bison-3.0 or later.

--enable-introspection: This switch enables support for Gobject Introspection and is required for a GNOME Desktop. Remove if you don't have Gobject Introspection installed or you don't want to install GNOME.

--disable-geolocation: Use this option if you did not install GeoClue-0.12.0 or configure will fail.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: jsc-3

Installed Libraries: libjavascriptcoregtk-3.0.so, libwebkit2gtk-3.0.so and libwebkit-3.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/webkit-3.0, /usr/lib/webkitgtk3 and /usr/share/webkit-3.0

Short Descriptions

jsc-3	is a command-line utility that allows you to run JavaScript programs outside of the context of a web browser.
`libjavascriptcoregtk-3.0.so`	contains core JavaScript API functions used by jsc-3 and `libwebkitgtk-3.0.so`.
`libwebkitgtk-3.0.so`	contains the WebKitGTK+ API functions for GTK+ 3.
`libwebkit2gtk-3.0.so`	contains the WebKit2 API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Xulrunner-23.0.1

Introduction to Xulrunner

Xulrunner is a runtime environment for XUL applications, and forms the major part of the Mozilla codebase. In particular, it provides the Gecko engine together with pkgconfig files so that other applications can find and use it.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/23.0.1/source/firefox-23.0.1.source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/23.0.1/source/firefox-23.0.1.source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0fa25582fb5e0fba37c9f1add8370af2
Download size: 111 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.9 GB (89 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 94 SBU

Additional Download

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/firefox-23.0.1-system_cairo-1.patch

Xulrunner Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, GTK+-2.24.20, Zip-3.0 and UnZip-6.0

Note

If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, dbus-glib-0.100.2, Doxygen-1.8.5, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, Hunspell, libnotify-0.7.6, startup-notification-0.12, Wget-1.14 and Wireless Tools-29

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xulrunner

Installation of Xulrunner

The configuration of Xulrunner is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. You should review the entire file and comment or uncomment options as necessary.

cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, firefox will now use all the cores by
# default. Exceptionally, you can reduce the number of cores, e.g. to 1,
# by uncommenting the next line and setting a valid number of CPU cores.
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j1"

# If you have installed DBus-Glib comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus

# If you have installed wireless-tools comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi

# If you have installed libnotify comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-libnotify

# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
# GStreamer is necesary for H.264 video playback in HTML5 Video Player
#ac_add_options --enable-gstreamer
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification

# Uncomment this line if you compiled Cairo with --enable-tee switch and want
# to use it instead of the bundled one:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# If you have not installed Yasm then uncomment this line:
#ac_add_options --disable-webm

# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss

# It is recommended not to touch anything below this line
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=xulrunner

ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-installer
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-tests
ac_add_options --disable-mochitest

ac_add_options --enable-optimize
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip

ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman

ac_add_options --enable-shared-js
ac_add_options --with-pthreads

ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib

mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/xulrunner-build-dir
EOF

Note

Xulrunner's build uses large amount of memory. On some systems, the RAM/Swap combination needs 6 GB available.

If you are building against a system-installed Cairo apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-23.0.1-system_cairo-1.patch

Build Xulrunner by issuing the following commands:

make -f client.mk

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install, as the root user:

make -C xulrunner-build-dir install &&

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins &&
rm -rf /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1/plugins &&
ln -sv ../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1 &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/bin/xpcshell &&

for library in libmozalloc.so libmozjs.so libxul.so; do
    ln -sfv ../../../xulrunner-23.0.1/$library \
            /usr/lib/xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/lib/$library
    ln -sfv xulrunner-23.0.1/$library /usr/lib/$library
done

ln -sfv ../xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/bin/run-mozilla.sh \
        /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1
ln -sfv ../xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/bin/xpcshell \
        /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1

Command Explanations

make -f client.mk ...: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration and setup parameters.

ln -sfv ../mozilla/plugins ...: Some packages will install browser plugins into /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. Creating this symlink Xulrunner keeps additional plugins in a common directory.

for library in libmozalloc.so libmozjs.so libxul.so ... : The libraries shipped with this package are installed into /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1 which means they will not be found at runtime. These commands make relative symbolic links to the shared libraries from /usr/lib. They will also replace duplicate libraries that are installed in /usr/lib/xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/lib with symlinks in order to save some space.

ln -sfv ../xulrunner-devel-23.0.1/sdk/bin/ ... The run-mozilla.sh and xpcshell files have been moved in this version, but the code which installs Firefox (when linked to xulrunner) was not updated. These symlinks allowFirefox to install when built against Xulrunner.

Installed Programs: xulrunner

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xulrunner-23.0.1, /usr/lib/xulrunner-23.0.1, /usr/lib/xulrunner-devel-23.0.1 and /usr/share/idl/xulrunner-23.0.1

Short Descriptions

xulrunner

is a shell script used for identifying the installed version and running Xulrunner applications.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:49:53 -0700

Chapter 26. Window Managers

Introduction

Window Managers and Desktop Environments are the primary user interfaces into the X Window System. A window manager is a program that controls the appearance of windows and provides the means by which the user can interact with them. A Desktop Environment provides a more complete interface to the operating system, and provides a range of integrated utilities and applications.

There are many Window Managers available. Some of the more well known ones include fvwm2, Window Maker, AfterStep, Enlightenment, Sawfish, and Blackbox.

The Desktop Environments available for Linux are GNOME, KDE, and XFce.

Choosing a Window Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (RAM, disk space) required, and the utilities included. One web site that provides a very good summary of what is available, screenshots, and their respective features is Window Managers for X.

In this chapter, the installation instructions of several Window Managers and one lightweight Desktop Environment are presented. Later in the book, both KDE and GNOME have their own sections.

Last updated on 2013-03-08 15:46:06 -0800

Fluxbox-1.3.5

Introduction to Fluxbox

The Fluxbox package contains a window manager.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/fluxbox/fluxbox-1.3.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.jaist.ac.jp/pub//sourceforge/f/fl/fluxbox/fluxbox/1.3.5/fluxbox-1.3.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9d9e183424a0934e20417ff20775a570
Download size: 787 KB
Estimated disk space required: 150 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU

Fluxbox Dependencies

Required

X Window System

Optional

FriBidi-0.19.5 and Imlib2-1.4.5 (if you wish to use other image formats in addition to XPM)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fluxbox

Installation of Fluxbox

Install Fluxbox by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Fluxbox

Config Files

~/.fluxbox/init, ~/.fluxbox/keys, and ~/.fluxbox/menu

Configuration Information

If Fluxbox is the only Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an .xinitrc file in your home folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

echo startfluxbox > ~/.xinitrc

Or alternatively, if you use a login manager like GDM or KDM and would like to be able to choose Fluxbox at the login prompt, create a fluxbox.desktop file like this.

As root:

cat > /usr/share/xsessions/fluxbox.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Fluxbox
Comment=This session logs you into Fluxbox
Exec=startfluxbox
Type=Application
EOF

If you didn't install GDM or KDM in /usr, then change that command to fit the prefix you chose.

Now create the Fluxbox configuration files:

mkdir -v ~/.fluxbox &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/init ~/.fluxbox/init &&
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/keys ~/.fluxbox/keys

To generate the application menu:

cd ~/.fluxbox &&
fluxbox-generate_menu

Alternately, copy a pregenerated menu:

cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/menu ~/.fluxbox/menu

Menu items are added by editing ~/.fluxbox/menu. The syntax is explained on the fluxbox man page.

If you want to use an image as your desktop background, copy the theme you like into ~/.fluxbox. Then add a line to make it use the correct image. In the following command, change <theme> for the name of the theme you want and change </path/to/nice/image.xpm> to point to the actual image you want to use.

cp /usr/share/fluxbox/styles/<theme> ~/.fluxbox/theme &&
sed -i 's,\(session.styleFile:\).*,\1 ~/.fluxbox/theme,' ~/.fluxbox/init &&
echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.xpm>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme

In some locales the font specified in the theme may not contain the needed characters. This results in menus with blank items. You can fix this by editing ~/.fluxbox/theme with a text editor and altering it so that it names a suitable font.

Installed Programs: fluxbox, fbsetbg, fbsetroot, fluxbox-generate_menu, startfluxbox, fbrun, fluxbox-remote, and fluxbox-update_configs

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/fluxbox and ~/.fluxbox

Short Descriptions

fluxbox	is a window manager for X11 based on Blackbox 0.61.0.
fbsetbg	is a utility that sets the background image. It requires one of: display, Esetroot, wmsetbg, xv, qiv or xsri. It also requires which if Esetroot is found.
fbsetroot	is a utility to change root window appearance based on the Blackbox application bsetroot.
fluxbox-generate_menu	is a utility that generates a menu by scanning your `PATH`.
startfluxbox	is a session startup script that allows for command executions prior to fluxbox starting.
fbrun	displays a run dialog window.
fluxbox-remote	provides command line access to key commands for Fluxbox.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

IceWM-1.3.7

Introduction to IceWM

IceWM is a window manager with the goals of speed, simplicity, and not getting in the user's way.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/icewm/icewm-1.3.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/icewm-1.3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 224695231aedb2b91db3254a13e1c8dd
Download size: 878 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

IceWM Dependencies

Required

X Window System and gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2

Optional

EsounD-0.2.41

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icewm

Installation of IceWM

Note

This version of IceWM is nominally a development release, but it provides a stable working environment and can be built without using obsolete libraries.

Install IceWM by running the following commands:

sed -i '/^LIBS/s/\(.*\)/\1 -lfontconfig/' src/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's/define deprecated/define ICEWM_deprecated/' src/base.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-docs &&
make install-man &&
make install-desktop

Command Explanations

sed -i '/^LIBS/s/$.*$/\1 -lfontconfig/' src/Makefile.in: this fixes the build with recent versions of binutils.

sed -i 's/define deprecated/define ICEWM_deprecated/' src/base.h: this fixes the build with current libX11.

Configuring IceWM

Config Files

~/.icewm/keys, ~/.icewm/menu, and ~/.icewm/preferences, and ~/.icewm/toolbar, and ~/.icewm/winoptions. The default versions are installed in /usr/share/icewm/ and will be used if you have not copied them to ~/.icewm.

Configuration Information

If IceWM is the only Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an .xinitrc file in your home folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

echo icewm-session > ~/.xinitrc

Now create the IceWM configuration files:

mkdir -v ~/.icewm &&
cp -v /usr/share/icewm/keys ~/.icewm/keys &&
cp -v /usr/share/icewm/menu ~/.icewm/menu &&
cp -v /usr/share/icewm/preferences ~/.icewm/preferences &
cp -v /usr/share/icewm/toolbar ~/.icewm/toolbar &
cp -v /usr/share/icewm/winoptions ~/.icewm/winoptions

You can now edit these files to meet your requirements. In particular, review the preferences file. You can use Logout -> Restart-IceWM on the main menu to load your changed preferences, but changes to the background only take effect when IceWM is started.

The syntax of the menus is explained in the help files, which you can access by running help from the menu, but some of the detail is out of date and the default selections in the menus (a few old applications on the main menu, everything else on the Programs menu) will benefit from being updated to meet your needs. The following examples are provided to encourage you to think about how you wish to organise your menus. Please note the following:

If a program listed in the menu has not been installed, it will not appear when the menu is displayed. Similarly, if the program exists but the specified icon does not, no icon will be displayed in the menu.
The icons can be either .xpm or .png files, and there is no need to specify the extension. If the icon is located in the "library" (/usr/share/icewm/icons) there is no need to specifiy the path.
Most programs are in sub-menus, and the main menu will always append entries for windows, help, settings, logout at the bottom.
An icon for firefox was copied to the library directory and given a meaningful name. The icon for xine is xine.xpm which was installed to a pixmap directory.
The default toolbar is not altered.

It is unlikely that these examples meet your desires, but if you wish to use them run the following commands:

cat > ~/.icewm/menu << "EOF"
prog Urxvt xterm urxvt
prog GVolWheel /usr/share/pixmaps/gvolwheel/audio-volume-medium gvolwheel
separator
menufile General folder general
menufile Multimedia folder multimedia
menufile Tool_bar folder toolbar
EOF &&
>cat > ~/.icewm/general << "EOF"
prog Firefox firefox firefox
prog Epiphany /usr/share/icons/gnome/16x16/apps/web-browser epiphany
prog Midori /usr/share/icons/hicolor/24x24/apps/midori midori
separator
prog Gimp /usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/apps/gimp gimp
separator
prog Evince /usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/apps/evince evince
prog Epdfview /usr/share/epdfview/pixmaps/icon_epdfview-48 epdfview
EOF &&
>cat > ~/.icewm/multimedia << "EOF"
prog Audacious /usr/share/icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/audacious audacious
separator
prog Parole /usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/apps/parole parole
prog Totem /usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/apps/totem totem
prog Vlc /usr/share/icons/hicolor/16x16/apps/vlc vlc
prog Xine /usr/share/pixmaps/xine xine
EOF &&

If you wish to put icons on your desktop, you will need to install a program such as Rox-Filer-2.11 which provides a pinboard. If you do that you will no longer be able to access the menu by right-clicking on the desktop, you will have to use the IceWM button. To ensure that the rox pinboard is running, the following commands will put it in the startup file:

cat > ~/.icewm/startup << "EOF"
rox -p Default &
EOF &&
chmod +x ~/.icewm/startup

Tip

There are a number of keyboard shortcuts in IceWM:

Ctrl + Alt + FN : go to ttyN.
Ctrl + Alt + N : go to desktop number N
Ctrl + Alt + Space : open a box on the taskbar where you can key in the name of an application and run it.

Installed Programs: icehelp, icesh, icewm, icewm-session, icewm-set-gnomewm, icewmbg, icewmhint, icewmtray

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/icewm-1.3.7, /usr/share/icewm and ~/.icewm

Short Descriptions

icehelp	is used to display the html manual.
icesh	is a command-line window manager which can be used in `~/.icewm/startup`.
icewm	is the window manager.
icewm-session	runs icewmbg, icewm, icewmtray, startup, shutdown (i.e. startup and shutdown scripts are run if installed).
icewm-set-gnomewm	is a script to set the GNOME to icewm using gconftool.
icewmbg	is used to set the background, according to the various `DesktopBackground` settings in the preferences.
icewmhint	is used internally.
icewmtray	provides the tray.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

openbox-3.5.2

Introduction to openbox

Openbox is a highly configurable desktop window manager with extensive standards support. It allows you to control almost every aspect of how you interact with your desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://openbox.org/dist/openbox/openbox-3.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 93df606606053b7e8578a5c116afb8ec
Download size: 956 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Openbox Dependencies

Required

X Window System and Pango-1.34.1 (compiled with support for libXft)

Optional

Imlib2-1.4.5 (to enable icons in the right click menu), PyXDG-0.25, startup-notification-0.12, and librsvg-2.37.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openbox

Installation of Openbox

Note

If XORG_PREFIX is not /usr, tell gcc about it:

export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib

Install Openbox by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                         \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/openbox         \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                     \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.5.2 \
            --disable-static                      &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This option puts Openbox's configuration files in /etc/xdg/openbox instead of /usr/etc/xdg/openbox.

--docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.5.2: this puts a few files in a versioned directory in /usr/share/doc.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring Openbox

Config Files

/etc/xdg/openbox/autostart, /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml, /etc/xdg/openbox/rc.xml, ~/.config/openbox/autostart, ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml

Configuration Information

Openbox's right click menu can be used to launch programs. The menu itself is configured with 2 files, /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml and ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml. To make changes to the menu, copy /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml to ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and edit it:

cp -rf /etc/xdg/openbox ~/.config

~/.config/openbox/menu.xml can be edited with a text editor or you can install Obmenu (requires pyxml and PyGTK-2.24.0).

To have icons in your right click menu requires installing Imlib2-1.4.5 before you install Openbox. To set an icon for an entry in the menu edit ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and add an icon to the <item> tag like this:

<item label="Mplayer" icon="/usr/share/pixmaps/mplayer.png">

Many other aspects of Openbox's behaviour are configured with ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml such as what keybindings are used to launch programs or which mouse button launches the main menu.

Details of the theme that Openbox applies to window decorations are configured in ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml. You can get a list of the available themes with the command:

ls -d /usr/share/themes/*/openbox-3 | sed 's#.*es/##;s#/o.*##'

Starting Openbox

To automatically start openbox when you start Xorg:

echo openbox > ~/.xinitrc

If you want to set a background image to your desktop you can use display and launch it from ~/.xinitrc just before openbox:

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
display -backdrop -window root /path/to/beautiful/picture.jpeg
exec openbox
EOF

Or if you like a bit of variety, put a selection of images in a folder (in this example, the directory ~/.config/backgrounds) and choose one at random each time you xinit:

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# make an array which lists the pictures:
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
# create a random integer between 0 and the number of pictures:
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[@]} ))
# display the chosen picture:
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
exec openbox
EOF

If you like to have the numlock key set whan you start Xorg, install Numlockx and add that to your xinitrc. Another useful application is D-Bus-1.6.14

cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
. /etc/profile
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[*]} ))
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
numlockx
eval $(dbus-launch --auto-syntax --exit-with-session)
lxpanel &
exec openbox
EOF

Installed Programs: gdm-control, gnome-panel-control, obxprop, openbox, openbox-autostart, openbox-gnome-session, openbox-kde-session, openbox-session and openbox-xdg-autostart

Installed Libraries: libobrender.so and libobt.so

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/openbox, /usr/include/openbox, /usr/share/doc/openbox-3.5.2 and /usr/share/themes.

Short Descriptions

gdm-control	is a command line tool to send signals to GDM.
gnome-panel-control	is a command line utility to invoke the Gnome Panel run dialog/menu.
obxprop	is a tool for displaying the properties on an x window. It has a similar functionality to xprop, but allows you to see UTF-8 strings as text.
openbox	is a standards compliant, highly configurable, window manager.
openbox-autostart	is a script that runs commands and applications at Openbox startup.
openbox-xdg-autostart	is a script that runs xdg autostart .desktop files.
openbox-gnome-session	is a script to launch an Gnome session with Openbox as your window manager from your `~/.xinitrc`.
openbox-kde-session	is a script to launch an KDE session with Openbox as your window manager from your `~/.xinitrc`.
openbox-session	is a script to launch an Openbox session from your `~/.xinitrc`.
`libobrender.so`	contains the functions used by Openbox for theme rendering.
`libobt.so`	is the Openbox toolkit library.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

sawfish-1.9.1

Introduction to sawfish

The sawfish package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows where all window decorations are configurable and all user-interface policy is controlled through the extension language.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/sawfish/sawfish-1.9.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 502cf6ad78e39288abeeb5d0527fe9a7
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

sawfish Dependencies

Required

rep-gtk-0.90.8.1 and Which-2.20

Installation of sawfish

Install sawfish by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-pango  &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring sawfish

Configuration Information

Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.

cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
exec sawfish
EOF

Installed Programs: sawfish, sawfish-about, sawfish-client, and sawfish-config

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sawfish

Short Descriptions

`sawfish`	is the extensible window manager using a Lisp-based scripting language.
`sawfish-about`	is the sawfish about window.
`sawfish-client`	allows you to connect to a window manager process and evaluate arbitrary Lisp forms.
`sawfish-config`	is the sawfish configuration manager.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 18:27:34 -0700

Other Window Managers

twm is the Tab Window Manager. This is the default window manager installed by the X Window System packages.

mwm is the Motif� Window Manager. It is an OSF/Motif� clone packaged and installed with LessTif.

Last updated on 2012-05-06 08:26:39 -0700

Part VII. KDE

Chapter 27. Introduction

Introduction to KDE

KDE Software Compilation 4 is a comprehensive desktop environment with a huge number of applications written for it and a huge amount of users. It is based on the Qt framework.

For more information visit the official KDE project site at http://www.kde.org/.

Build order

The core KDE packages are listed in the recommended and tested build order. The additional KDE packages can be built in any order.

Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800

KDE Pre-installation Configuration

Installing in /usr

One option is to put KDE into the /usr hierarchy. This creates a simpler setup but makes it more difficult to try multiple versions of KDE.

export KDE_PREFIX=/usr

Installing in /opt

A method of building multiple versions installs KDE in the /opt hierarchy:

export KDE_PREFIX=/opt/kde

If you are not installing KDE in /usr, you will need to make some additional configuration changes. Best practice is to add those to your system or personal profile:

cat > /etc/profile.d/kde.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/kde.sh

KDE_PREFIX=/opt/kde
KDEDIR=$KDE_PREFIX

pathappend $KDE_PREFIX/bin             PATH
pathappend $KDE_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig   PKG_CONFIG_PATH
pathappend $KDE_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
pathappend $KDE_PREFIX/share           XDG_DATA_DIRS
pathappend /etc/kde/xdg                XDG_CONFIG_DIRS

export KDE_PREFIX KDEDIR

# End /etc/profile.d/kde.sh
EOF

Add to your /etc/ld.so.conf:

cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin kde addition

/opt/kde/lib

# End kde addition
EOF

Several KDE packages install files into D-Bus and polkit directories. When installing KDE in a location other than /usr, D-Bus and polkit need to find these files. The easiest way to achieve this is to create the following symlinks (as the root user):

install -d $KDE_PREFIX/share &&
ln -svf /usr/share/dbus-1 $KDE_PREFIX/share &&
ln -svf /usr/share/polkit-1 $KDE_PREFIX/share

Tip

Sometimes, the installation paths are coded into installed files. This is the reason why /opt/kde is used as installation prefix instead of /opt/kde-4.11.1. After installing KDE, you may rename the directory and create a symlink:

mv /opt/kde{,-4.11.1} &&
ln -svf kde-4.11.1 /opt/kde

Later on, you may want to install other versions of KDE. To do that, just remove the symlink and use /opt/kde as the prefix again (KDE must not be started). Which version of KDE you use depends only on where the symlink points to. No other reconfiguration will be needed.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 06:59:00 -0700

Chapter 28. The KDE Core

Automoc4-0.9.88

Introduction to Automoc4

Automoc4 is a tool to add rules for generating Qt moc files automatically to projects that use CMake as the buildsystem.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/automoc4/0.9.88/automoc4-0.9.88.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/automoc4/0.9.88/automoc4-0.9.88.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 91bf517cb940109180ecd07bc90c69ec
Download size: 0.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 488 KB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Automoc4 Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2 and Qt-4.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/automoc4

Installation of Automoc4

Install automoc4 by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QTDIR .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: automoc4

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: none

Short Descriptions

automoc4

is a utility generating Qt moc files.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Phonon-4.6.0

Introduction to Phonon

Phonon is the multimedia API for KDE4. It replaces the old aRts, that is no longer supported by KDE. Phonon needs either the GStreamer or VLC backend.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/4.6.0/src/phonon-4.6.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/phonon/4.6.0/src/phonon-4.6.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bbe0c1c62ed14c31479c4c1a6cf1e173
Download size: 275 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Phonon Dependencies

Required

automoc4-0.9.88 and GLib-2.36.4

Optional

PulseAudio-4.0 and QZeitgeist

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/phonon

Installation of Phonon

Make sure that Qt-4.8.5 is compiled without the bundled Phonon library. This package provides a better implementation.

Install Phonon by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QTDIR \
      -DPHONON_INSTALL_QT_EXTENSIONS_INTO_SYSTEM_QT=TRUE \
      -DDBUS_INTERFACES_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DPHONON_INSTALL_QT_EXTENSIONS_INTO_SYSTEM_QT=TRUE: This option ensures that the plugins and mkspecs files get installed in the correct location.

-DDBUS_INTERFACES_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces: This option sets the correct installation path for a D-Bus interfaces file.

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: libphonon.so and libphononexperimental.so

Installed Directories: none

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.6.3

Introduction to the Phonon-backend-gstreamer

This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the GStreamer media framework.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-gstreamer/4.6.3/src/phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.6.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-gstreamer/4.6.3/src/phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.6.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d7b0b6245f380347c52c09033a814931
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Phonon-backend-gstreamer Dependencies

Required

phonon-4.6.0 and GStreamer-0.10.36

Installation of Phonon-backend-gstreamer

Install Phonon-backend-gstreamer by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler optimizations.

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: phonon_gstreamer.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4/plugins/phonon_backend and $KDE_PREFIX/share/kde4/services/phononbackends

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Phonon-backend-vlc-0.6.2

Introduction to the Phonon-backend-vlc

This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the VLC media framework.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-vlc/0.6.2/phonon-backend-vlc-0.6.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-vlc/0.6.2/phonon-backend-vlc-0.6.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1ae8b15594714841d2bcf8c72813a176
Download size: 56 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Phonon-backend-vlc Dependencies

Required

phonon-4.6.0 and VLC-2.0.8

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/phonon-backend-vlc

Installation of Phonon-backend-vlc

Install Phonon-backend-vlc by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler optimizations.

Installed Program: none

Installed Libraries: phonon_vlc.so

Installed Directory: $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4/plugins/phonon_backend and $KDE_PREFIX/share/kde4/services/phononbackends

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Akonadi-1.10.2

Introduction to Akonadi

Akonadi is an extensible cross-desktop storage service for PIM data and metadata providing concurrent read, write, and query access. It provides unique desktop-wide object identification and retrieval.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/akonadi/src/akonadi-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/akonadi/src/akonadi-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 35eb8f76588b1d111f75bc46e3ac784b
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU

Akonadi Dependencies

Required

shared-mime-info-1.1, Boost-1.54.0, Soprano-2.9.3, and one of: SQLite-3.8.0.2, MySQL-5.6.13, or PostgreSQL-9.3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/akonadi

Installation of Akonadi

Install Akonadi by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX  \
      -DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QTDIR          \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release          \
      -DINSTALL_QSQLITE_IN_QT_PREFIX=TRUE \
      .. &&
make

To test the results,issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QTDIR: This switch is used to help cmake find automoc4.

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.

-DINSTALL_QSQLITE_IN_QT_PREFIX=TRUE: This switch ensures that Akonadi SQLite extension is installed into the Qt plugins directory.

Installed Programs: akonadi_agent_launcher, akonadi_agent_server, akonadi_control, akonadi_rds, akonadictl and akonadiserver

Installed Libraries: libakonadiprotocolinternals.so and libqsqlite3.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/akonadi, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/Akonadi and $KDE_PREFIX/share/config/akonadi

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Attica-0.4.2

Introduction to Attica

Attica is a library to access "Open Collaboration Service" providers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/attica/attica-0.4.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/attica/attica-0.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d62c5c9489a68432e8d990dde7680c24
Download size: 59 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Attica Dependencies

Required

Qt-4.8.5 and CMake-2.8.11.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/attica

Installation of Attica

Install Attica by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: libattica.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/attica

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

QImageblitz-0.0.6

Introduction to QImageblitz

QImageblitz is a graphical effect and filter library for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/qimageblitz/qimageblitz-0.0.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/qimageblitz/qimageblitz-0.0.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0ae2f7d4e0876764a97ca73799f61df4
Download size: 57 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

QImageblitz Dependencies

Required

Qt-4.8.5 and CMake-2.8.11.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qimageblitz

Installation of QImageblitz

Install QImageblitz by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX .. &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: blitztest

Installed Libraries: libqimageblitz.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/qimageblitz

Short Descriptions

blitztest

is a testing utility for qimageblitz.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Shared-desktop-ontologies-0.11.0

Introduction to Shared-Desktop-Ontologies

The Shared desktop ontologies provide RDF vocabularies for the Semantic Desktop. This includes basic ontologies like RDF and RDFS and all the Nepomuk ontologies like NRL, NIE, and NFO, which are also maintained and developed in this open-source project.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/oscaf/shared-desktop-ontologies-0.11.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: db75d155ac9b60e3d187e23544744acc
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Shared-desktop-ontologies Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shared-desktop-ontologies

Installation of Shared-desktop-ontologies

Install Shared-desktop-ontologies by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/share/ontology and $KDE_PREFIX/share/cmake/SharedDesktopOntologies

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Polkit-Qt-0.103.0

Introduction to Polkit-Qt

Polkit-Qt provides an API to polkit in the Qt environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/apps/KDE4.x/admin/polkit-qt-1-0.103.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/apps/KDE4.x/admin/polkit-qt-1-0.103.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a105e233e6733fb072c9080cd7ae1af2
Download size: 67 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Polkit-Qt Dependencies

Required

automoc4-0.9.88 and Polkit-0.111

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit-qt

Installation of Polkit-Qt

Install Polkit-Qt by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QTDIR \
      cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX .. &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

CMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QTDIR: This option is set to find automoc4.

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: libpolkit-qt-agent-1.so, libpolkit-qt-core-1.so and libpolkit-qt-gui-1.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/polkit-qt-1

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Oxygen-icons-4.11.1

Introduction to Oxygen-icons

The Oxygen theme is a photo-realistic icon style, with a high standard of graphics quality.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/oxygen-icons-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/oxygen-icons-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 300b8986cd83c8b95cf2e8e3017f65b0
Download size: 276 MB
Estimated disk space required: 431 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Oxygen-icons Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/oxygen-icons

Installation of Oxygen-icons

Install Oxygen-icons by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directory: $KDE_PREFIX/share/icons/oxygen

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kdelibs-4.11.1

Introduction to Kdelibs

This package includes programs and libraries that are central to development and execution of KDE programs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kdelibs-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kdelibs-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 94673d3c379a673f7ee89527c7514bea
Download size: 11.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 370 MB
Estimated build time: 24 SBU

Kdelibs Dependencies

Required

phonon-4.6.0, Attica-0.4.2, Soprano-2.9.3, strigi-0.7.8, qca-2.0.3, libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.2, docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, shared-desktop-ontologies-0.11.0, and shared-mime-info-1.1

Optional

JasPer-1.900.1, PCRE-8.33, Avahi-0.6.31, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, acl-2.2.52, Aspell-0.60.6.1, enchant-1.6.0, grantlee-0.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, Hspell, FAM, HUPnP, OpenEXR, and media-player-info

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdelibs

Installation of Kdelibs

Fix file conflicts with GNOME Menus by running the following commands:

sed -i "s@{SYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR}/xdg/menus@& RENAME kde-applications.menu@" \
        kded/CMakeLists.txt &&
sed -i "[email protected]@kde-&@" \
        kded/kbuildsycoca.cpp

Install Kdelibs by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc         \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      -DDOCBOOKXML_CURRENTDTD_DIR=/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5 \
      .. &&
make

The unit regression tests are designed to be run after kdelibs is installed.

Now, as the root user:

make install

To run the unit regression tests, you must have a current KDE session running and issue make test.

Command Explanations

-DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc: This switch is used to install configuration files in /etc.

-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release: This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler optimizations.

-DDOCBOOKXML_CURRENTDTD_DIR=...: This switch is used to tell cmake where to find the XML DTDs.

-DWITH_SOLID_UDISKS2=TRUE: Use this switch if you have UDisks2.

Installed Programs: checkXML, kbuildsycoca4, kconfig_compiler, kcookiejar4, kde4-config, kded4, kdeinit4, kdeinit4_shutdown, kdeinit4_wrapper, kfilemetadatareader, kjs, kjscmd, kmailservice, kross, kshell4, ktelnetservice, kunittestmodrunner, kwrapper4, makekdewidgets, meinproc4, meinproc4_simple, nepomuk-rcgen and preparetips

Installed Libraries: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/include, $KDE_PREFIX/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

checkXML	is a tool used to check for syntax errors in KDE DocBook XML files.
kbuildsycoca4	is used to rebuild the system configuration cache.
kconfig_compiler	is the KDE configuration compiler.
kcookiejar4	is the KDE HTTP cookie daemon.
kde4-config	is used to print the KDE installation paths.
kded4	is the KDE daemon.
kdeinit4	is the KDE process launcher.
kjs	is the KDE ECMAScript/JavaScript engine.
kjscmd	is a tool used for launching KJSEmbed scripts from the command line.
kross	is the KDE application used to run kross scripts.
makekdewidgets	is used to build Qt widget plugins from an ini style description file.
meinproc4	is used to convert DocBook files to HTML.
preparetips	is a script used to extract the text from a tips file.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Polkit-kde-agent-0.99.0

Introduction to Polkit-kde-agent

Polkit-kde-agent provides a graphical authentication prompt so non-priviledged users can authenticate themselves for performing administrative tasks in KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/apps/KDE4.x/admin/polkit-kde-agent-1-0.99.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/apps/KDE4.x/admin/polkit-kde-agent-1-0.99.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a02d3fddc6270a88bceaf3ba604c92f8
Download size: 34 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/polkit-kde-agent-1-0.99.0-remember_password-1.patch

Polkit-kde-agent Dependencies

Required

polkit-qt-0.103.0 and kdelibs-4.11.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit-kde-agent

Installation of Polkit-kde-agent

Install polkit-kde-agent by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../polkit-kde-agent-1-0.99.0-remember_password-1.patch &&

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX .. &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: polkit-kde-authentication-agent-1

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/policykit1-kde

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Nepomuk-core-4.11.1

Introduction to Nepomuk-core

Nepomuk-core contains the Semantik Desktop core libraries. This includes central services like file indexing, file system monitoring, query, and of course storage, as well as the corresponding client libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/nepomuk-core-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/nepomuk-core-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dcf5ef02c6581bec50dfc367f6616ce2
Download size: 390 KB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU

Nepomuk-core Dependencies

Required

Installation of Nepomuk-core

Install nepomuk-core by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

This package does not come with a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: nepomuk-simplesource-rcgen, nepomuk2-rcgen, nepomukbackup, nepomukcleaner, nepomukindexer, nepomukserver and nepomukservicestub

Installed Libraries: libkdeinit4_nepomukserver.so, libnepomukcommon.so, libnepomukcore.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/nepomuk2, $KDE_PREFIX/include/Nepomuk2, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/NepomukCore and several in $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Nepomuk-widgets-4.11.1

Introduction to nepomuk-widgets

Nepomuk-widgets contains the widget library for the Nepomuk Semantik Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/nepomuk-widgets-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/nepomuk-widgets-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c074dc7d0c0411d79b808843e8db9942
Download size: 49 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Nepomuk-widgets Dependencies

Required

nepomuk-core-4.11.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nepomuk-widgets

Installation of nepomuk-widgets

Install nepomuk-widgets by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: libnepomukwidgets.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/nepomuk2 and $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/NepomukWidgets

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kdepimlibs-4.11.1

Introduction to Kdepimlibs

Kdepimlibs is the common library for KDE PIM applications like kmail, kalarm, etc.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepimlibs-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepimlibs-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b611eafbf234d58541117a60bc4d672
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 153 MB
Estimated build time: 7.5 SBU

Kdepimlibs Dependencies

Required

nepomuk-core-4.11.1, libxslt-1.1.28, GPGME-1.4.3, libical-1.0, Akonadi-1.10.2, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, Boost-1.54.0 and QJson-0.8.1

Installation of Kdepimlibs

Install kdepimlibs by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

The full test suite for this package is not enabled by default and not tested by the BLFS team.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: akonadi_benchmarker and akonaditest

Installed Libraries: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/include, $KDE_PREFIX/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kactivities-4.11.1

Introduction to Kactivities

This package provides the activitymanager for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kactivities-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kactivities-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7bfab3c78c79ec8404b141b95a90dd77
Download size: 91 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Kactivities Dependencies

Required

Installation of Kactivities

Install Kactivities by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

This package does not ship a default test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: kactivitymanagerd

Installed Libraries: libkactivities.so, libkactivities-models.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/kactivities, $KDE_PREFIX/include/kactivities-models, $KDE_PREFIX/include/KDE/KActivities, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/KActivities, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/KActivities-models, and several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kde-runtime-4.11.1

Introduction to Kde-runtime

Kde-runtime contains runtime applications and libraries essential for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-runtime-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-runtime-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b195a10b9ffda33aaef5b34092ddc23a
Download size: 7.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 111 MB
Estimated build time: 7.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/kde-runtime-4.11.1-rpc_fix-1.patch

Kde-runtime Dependencies

Required

kdelibs-4.11.1 and libtirpc-0.2.3

Optional

GDB-7.6.1, PulseAudio-4.0, xine-lib-1.2.3, libcanberra-0.30, Samba-4.0.9, NetworkManager-0.9.8.2, OpenSLP, QNtrack, LibSSH and OpenEXR

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kde-runtime

Installation of Kde-runtime

Install kde-runtime by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../kde-runtime-4.11.1-rpc_fix-1.patch &&

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc         \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -s -v ../lib/kde4/libexec/kdesu $KDE_PREFIX/bin/kdesu

Installed Programs: kcmshell4, kde-cp, kde-mv, kde-open, kde4, kde4-menu, kdebugdialog, keditfiletype, kfile4, kglobalaccel, khelpcenter, khotnewstuff-upload, khotnewstuff4, kiconfinder, kioclient, kmimetypefinder, knotify4, kquitapp, kreadconfig, kstart, ksvgtopng, ktraderclient, ktrash, kuiserver, kwalletd, kwriteconfig, nepomukcontroller, plasma-remote-helper, plasmapkg and solid-hardware.

Installed Libraries: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kde-baseapps-4.11.1

Introduction to Kde-baseapps

This package provides various applications, such as Dolphin (file manager) and Konqueror (web browser). Infrastructure files and libraries are also provided.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-baseapps-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-baseapps-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2718070353b203fef58da8426cc55257
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 82 MB
Estimated build time: 5.2 SBU

Kde-baseapps Dependencies

Required

Optional

HTML Tidy-cvs_20101110 and GLib-2.36.4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kde-baseapps

Installation of Kde-baseapps

Install Kde-baseapps by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

To test the results, issue make test.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: dolphin, fsview, kbookmarkmerger, kdepasswd, kdialog, keditbookmarks, kfind, kfmclient, konqueror, nspluginscan, nspluginviewer, servicemenudeinstallation and servicemenuinstallation

Installed Libraries: libdolphinprivate.so, libkbookmarkmodel_private.so, libkdeinit4_dolphin.so, libkdeinit4_keditbookmarks.so, libkdeinit4_kfmclient.so, libkdeinit4_konqueror.so, libkonq.so, libkonqsidebarplugin.so, libkonquerorprivate.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kbookmarkmerger	is a program for merging a given set of bookmarks into the user's set of bookmarks.
kfind	is the file find utility for KDE.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kde-base-artwork-4.11.1

Introduction to Kde-base-artwork

This package provides the default splash screen for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-base-artwork-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-base-artwork-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: de7c8c3532c8439243603195be7e4580
Download size: 7.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Kde-base-artwork Dependencies

Required

kactivities-4.11.1, qimageblitz-0.0.6, xcb-util-image-0.3.9, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.8, xcb-util-keysyms-0.3.9 and xcb-util-wm-0.3.9

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kde-base-artwork

Installation of Kde-base-artwork

Install Kde-base-artwork by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX ..

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directory: $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/ksplash/Themes/Default

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kde-workspace-4.11.1

Introduction to Kde-workspace

The Kde-workspace package contains components that are central to providing the KDE desktop environment. Of particular importance are KWin, the KDE window manager, and Plasma, which provides the workspace interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-workspace-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kde-workspace-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4cf6d42500385272e1b84fca508fa2e4
Download size: 13.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 333 MB
Estimated build time: 20 SBU

Kde-workspace Dependencies

Required

Optional

Linux-PAM-1.1.7, libusb-1.0.9, NetworkManager-0.9.8.2, lm_sensors-3.3.4, QJson-0.8.1, PyKDE4, GoogleGadgets, Prison, libraw1394, gpsd, XMMS and libqalculate (wants CLN)

Note

Kde-workspace has a run-time dependency called Application menu for Qt that allows the application menubar to be inserted as a single button in the titlebar. It can be found at appmenu-qt.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kde-workspace

Installation of Kde-workspace

It is recommended to have a dedicated user and group to take control of the kdm daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 37 kdm &&
useradd -c "KDM Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/kdm -g kdm \
        -u 37 -s /bin/false kdm &&
install -o kdm -g kdm -dm755 /var/lib/kdm

Install Kde-workspace by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX           \
      -DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc                   \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release                   \
      -DINSTALL_PYTHON_FILES_IN_PYTHON_PREFIX=TRUE \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install                  &&
mkdir -p /usr/share/xsessions &&
ln -sf $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/kdm/sessions/kde-plasma.desktop \
       /usr/share/xsessions/kde-plasma.desktop

Command Explanations

-DINSTALL_PYTHON_FILES_IN_PYTHON_PREFIX=TRUE: This option is set to install the KDE Python objects in the correct place.

Configuring KDE Workspace

Linux PAM Configuration

If you built KDE Workspace with Linux PAM support, create necessary configuration files by running the following commands as the root user:

cat >> /etc/pam.d/kde << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/pam.d/kde

auth     requisite      pam_nologin.so
auth     required       pam_env.so

auth     required       pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet
auth     include        system-auth

account  include        system-account
password include        system-password
session  include        system-session

# End /etc/pam.d/kde
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/kde-np << "EOF" &&
# Begin /etc/pam.d/kde-np

auth     requisite      pam_nologin.so
auth     required       pam_env.so

auth     required       pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet
auth     required       pam_permit.so

account  include        system-account
password include        system-password
session  include        system-session

# End /etc/pam.d/kde-np
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver

auth    include system-auth
account include system-account

# End /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver
EOF

Installed Programs: genkdmconf, kaccess, kapplymousetheme, kblankscrn.kss, kcheckrunning, kcminit, kcminit_startup, kdm, kdmctl, kdostartupconfig4, kfontinst, kfontview, kinfocenter, klipper, kmenuedit, krandom.kss, krandrstartup, krandrtray, krdb, krunner, ksmserver, ksplashqml, ksplashsimple, ksplashx, ksplashx_scale, kstartupconfig4, ksysguard, ksysguardd, ksystraycmd, kwin, kwin_gles, kwrited, oxygen-demo, oxygen-settings, oxygen-shadow-demo, plasma-desktop, plasma-netbook, plasma-overlay, plasma-windowed, solid-action-desktop-gen, solid-network, startkde and systemsettings

Installed Libraries: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/include, $KDE_PREFIX/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Starting KDE

After Kde-workspace has been installed, the first important milestone has been reached. Now you need to configure your system to start KDE.

Starting KDE from the command prompt

To start KDE from the command prompt, you first need to modify your .xinitrc file:

cat > ~/.xinitrc << EOF
# Begin .xinitrc

exec ck-launch-session dbus-launch --exit-with-session startkde

# End .xinitrc
EOF

Note

If you are not using ConsoleKit, remove ck-launch-session.

You can now start KDE using the startx command.

Starting KDE at boot

KDE comes with a graphical login interface called KDM (the KDE Display Manager), which provides a customizable graphical login at boot. To use KDM, you need to edit your /etc/inittab file (as the root user). First, setup run-level 5 to start KDM (adjust the path to kdm according to your system):

cat >> /etc/inittab << EOF
kd:5:respawn:/opt/kde/bin/kdm
EOF

Additionally, you need to change the default run-level from 3 to 5:

sed -i 's#id:3:initdefault:#id:5:initdefault:#' /etc/inittab

You can now restart your system and see the KDE login screen.

Installing further KDE packages

Every subsequent package can be built while having KDE up and running, but remember to keep $KDE_PREFIX and $QTDIR set.

Last updated on 2013-06-02 12:23:30 -0700

Chapter 29. KDE Additional Packages

Konsole-4.11.1

Introduction to Konsole

This package provides a terminal emulator for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/konsole-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/konsole-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b4b8304ebfbbe19509ad2def62bf4aa
Download size: 446 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Konsole Dependencies

Required

Installation of Konsole

Install Konsole by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: konsole and konsoleprofile

Installed Libraries: libkdeinit4_konsole.so, libkonsolepart.so and libkonsoleprivate.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/konsole and $KDE_PREFIX/share/doc/HTML/en/konsole

Short Descriptions

konsole

is the KDE terminal emulator.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kate-4.11.1

Introduction to Kate

This package provides two texteditors: Kate and KWrite. Kate is a powerful programmer's text editor with syntax highlighting for many programming and scripting languages. KWrite is the lightweight cousin of Kate.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kate-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kate-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3cbe472e9c45e8ddb5592ad2b1620734
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB
Estimated build time: 4.6 SBU

Kate Dependencies

Required

Optional

QJson-0.8.1 and PyKDE4

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kate

Installation of Kate

Install Kate by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      -DINSTALL_PYTHON_FILES_IN_PYTHON_PREFIX=TRUE \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DINSTALL_PYTHON_FILES_IN_PYTHON_PREFIX=TRUE: This option is set to install the KDE Python objects in the correct place.

Installed Programs: kate and kwrite

Installed Libraries: libkateinterfaces.so, libkatepartinterfaces.so, libkdeinit4_kate.so, libkdeinit4_kwrite.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/kate and several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kate

is the KDE text editor.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Ark-4.11.1

Introduction to Ark

This package provides an archiving utility for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/ark-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/ark-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0b4750682e633ff3e904bd5bf16c0550
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Ark Dependencies

Required

kde-baseapps-4.11.1 and libarchive-3.1.2

Optional

QJson-0.8.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ark

Installation of Ark

Install Ark by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: ark

Installed Libraries: libkerfuffle.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

ark

is the KDE archiving utility.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kmix-4.11.1

Introduction to Kmix

This packages provides an audio mixer application for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kmix-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kmix-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a2b4ef18500bce3a82ff7992649a2ec6
Download size: 378 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Kmix Dependencies

Required

Optional

PulseAudio-4.0 and libcanberra-0.30

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kmix

Installation of Kmix

Install Kmix by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: kmix and kmixctrl

Installed Libraries: libkdeinit4_kmix.so, libkdeinit4_kmixctrl.so, kded_kmixd.so and plasma_engine_mixer.so

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

kmix

is the KDE Volume Control.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

libkcddb-4.11.1

Introduction to libkcddb

The libkcddb package contains a library used to retrieve audio CD meta data from the internet.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/libkcddb-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/libkcddb-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 75600259a589aa1e42ec5849fc2017f4
Download size: 158 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libkcddb Dependencies

Required

kdelibs-4.11.1 and libmusicbrainz-5.0.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libkcddb

Installation of libkcddb

Install libkcddb by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libkcddb.so and kcm_cddb.so in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/libkcddb, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/libkcddb and several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

libkcddb.so

contains functions used to retrieve audio CD meta data from the internet.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kdepim-runtime-4.11.1

Introduction to Kdepim-runtime

This package provides additional resources for Akonadi.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepim-runtime-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepim-runtime-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ca295260c4bf14fb3d30c7dacc4e2571
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 106 MB
Estimated build time: 7.2 SBU

Kdepim-runtime Dependencies

Required

kdepimlibs-4.11.1

Optional

LibKGAPI (to access Google services) and KolabLibraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdepim-runtime

Installation of Kdepim-runtime

Install Kdepim-runtime by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: accountwizard, akonadi2xml, akonadi_nepomuk_feeder, akonadi_*_agent, akonadi_*_resource, akonaditray, kaddressbookmigrator, kjotsmigrator, kmail-migrator, kres-migrator and nepomukpimindexerutility

Installed Libraries: libakonadi-filestore.so, libakonadi-xml.so, libkdepim-copy.so, libkmindexreader.so, libmaildir.so, libnepomukfeederpluginlib.a and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Grantlee-0.3.0

Introduction to grantlee

Grantlee is a set of Free Software libraries written using the Qt framework. Currently two libraries are shipped with Grantlee: Grantlee Templates and Grantlee TextDocument. The goal of Grantlee Templates is to make it easier for application developers to separate the structure of documents from the data they contain, opening the door for theming.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.grantlee.org/grantlee-0.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 195763a3238f51f8885881fc8012cd83
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Grantlee Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2 and Qt-4.8.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/grantlee

Installation of Grantlee

Install Grantlee by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX ..

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Libraries: libgrantlee_core.so and libgrantlee_gui.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/lib/cmake/grantlee, $KDE_PREFIX/lib/grantlee/0.3, and $KDE_PREFIX/include/grantlee

Last updated on 2013-08-04 11:28:54 -0500

Kdepim-4.11.1

Introduction to Kdepim

This package provides several KDE programs for managing personal information. Programs include a contact manager, calendar, mail client, newsreader, X.509 certificate manager and sticky notes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepim-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kdepim-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9930c35f7052d1d93263cdd4e25d6d50
Download size: 13.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 318 MB
Estimated build time: 19.2 SBU

Kdepim Dependencies

Required

grantlee-0.3.0 and kdepim-runtime-4.11.1

Optional

Prison, dblatex

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdepim

Installation of Kdepim

Install Kdepim by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc         \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: akonadi_archivemail_agent, akonadi_mailfilter_agent, akonadiconsole, akregator, akregatorstorageexporter, blogilo, ical2vcal, importwizard, kabc2mutt, kabcclient, kaddressbook, kaddressbook-mobile, kalarm, kalarmautostart, karm, kgpgconf, kincidenceeditor, kleopatra, kmail, kmail-mobile, kmail_antivir.sh, kmail_clamav.sh, kmail_fprot.sh, kmail_sav.sh, kmailcvt, knode, knotes, konsolekalendar, kontact, korgac, korganizer, korganizer-mobile, ksendemail, ktimetracker, ktnef, kwatchgnupg, notes-mobile, pimsettingexporter and tasks-mobile

Installed Libraries: several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

libkexiv2-4.11.1

Introduction to libkexiv2

Libkexiv2 is a KDE wrapper around the Exiv2 library for manipulating image metadata.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/libkexiv2-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/libkexiv2-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 82e3e80d5debb11cc48067b096c06f9b
Download size: 134 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

libkexiv2 Dependencies

Required

kdelibs-4.11.1 and Exiv2-0.23

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libkexiv2

Installation of libkexiv2

Install libkexiv2 by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: none

Installed Library: libkexiv2.so

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/libkexiv2 and $KDE_PREFIX/share/apps/libkexiv2

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Kdeplasma-addons-4.11.1

Introduction to Kdeplasma-addons

This package provides extra Plasma applets and engines like lancelot, calculator, wallpapers etc.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/kdeplasma-addons-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/kdeplasma-addons-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d4d5933770ab0b1693dd5789cab36bef
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 72 MB
Estimated build time: 5.1 SBU

Kdeplasma-addons Dependencies

Required

kde-workspace-4.11.1 and kdepimlibs-4.11.1

Optional

libkexiv2-4.11.1, IBus-1.5.3, QJson-0.8.1, Marble (for the desktop globe wallpaper), Eigen (for the Mandelbrot wallpaper plugin) and QOAuth (needed for the Plasma microblog dataengine)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdeplasma-addons

Installation of Kdeplasma-addons

Install Kdeplasma-addons by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: lancelot

Installed Libraries: liblancelot-datamodels.so, liblancelot.so, libplasma_groupingcontainment.so, libplasmacomicprovidercore.so, libplasmapotdprovidercore.so, libplasmaweather.so, librtm.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/include and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Okular-4.11.1

Introduction to Okular

Okular is a document viewer for KDE. It can view documents of many types including PDF, PostScript, TIFF, Microsoft CHM, DjVu, DVI, XPS and ePub.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/okular-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/okular-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 48452ef4c8dfe1c1d28a14735c5010d4
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU

Okular Dependencies

Required

Note

For PDF support in Okular you need to configure Poppler using --enable-xpdf-headers .

Optional

ActiveApp (for developing applications for Plasma Active), libspectre (for PostScript support), libchm, DjVuLibre, and libepub

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/okular

Installation of Okular

Install Okular by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: okular

Installed Libraries: libokularcore.so and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: $KDE_PREFIX/include/okular and several in $KDE_PREFIX/lib and $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

okular

is the KDE document viewer.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Gwenview-4.11.1

Introduction to Gwenview

Gwenview is a fast and easy-to-use image viewer for KDE.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/4.11.1/src/gwenview-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/4.11.1/src/gwenview-4.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2361e30a14ab095059eecbe5ced5da8b
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU

Gwenview Dependencies

Required

Optional

Little CMS-2.5 and Kipi-Plugins (a collection of image manipulation plugins)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gwenview

Installation of Gwenview

Install Gwenview by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gwenview and gwenview_importer

Installed Libraries: libgwenviewlib.so and gvpart.so

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

gwenview

is the KDE image viewer.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:12:30 -0700

Further KDE packages

This section did not provide instructions for all of the available packages in the KDE Software Compilation. The included packages were selected based on what most people would want to use on a standard desktop computer.

For a full list of available packages, have a look on the KDE servers (http or ftp).

Some additional packages worth mentioning are:

Kdeartwork: Collection of wallpapers, icon themes, screensavers, widget styles etc.
Juk: A lightweight music player.
Dragon: A video player.
Kcalc: A scientific calculator.
PyKDE4: Python bindings.
Kaccessible: Accessibility utilities.
Kwallet: Credentials management application.
Marble: A global map program.

Most of these packages can be built with the standard KDE instructions:

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      .. &&
make

And as the root user:

make install

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

Part VIII. GNOME

Chapter 30. GNOME Core Packages

This section contains required packages for the GNOME applications to build and function properly. We don't provide any desktop related packages due to dependency on Systemd which BLFS doesn't support.

Platform

Last updated on 2012-04-27 16:27:13 -0700

AccountsService-0.6.34

Introduction to AccountsService

The AccountsService package provides a set of D-Bus interfaces for querying and manipulating user account information and an implementation of these interfaces based on the usermod(8), useradd(8) and userdel(8) commands.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.freedesktop.org/software/accountsservice/accountsservice-0.6.34.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dbf4323b688a314b4bf76890ad6d5279
Download size: 352 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

AccountsService Dependencies

Required

libxslt-1.1.28 and Polkit-0.111

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/accountsservice

Installation of AccountsService

Install AccountsService by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr            \
            --sysconfdir=/etc        \
            --localstatedir=/var     \
            --enable-admin-group=adm \
            --disable-static         \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/accountsservice &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-admin-group=adm: This switch sets group for administrator accounts.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: accounts-daemon

Installed Library: libaccountsservice.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/accountsservice-1.0, /usr/lib/accountsservice, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libaccountsservice, and /var/lib/AccountsService

Short Descriptions

accounts-daemon	is the AccountsService daemon.
`libaccountsservice.so`	contains the AccountsService API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

polkit-gnome-0.105

Introduction to Polkit GNOME

The Polkit GNOME package provides an Authentication Agent for Polkit that integrates well with the GNOME Desktop environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 50ecad37c8342fb4a52f590db7530621
Download size: 305 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Polkit GNOME Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 and Polkit-0.111

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit-gnome

Installation of Polkit GNOME

Install Polkit GNOME by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/polkit-gnome &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Configuring Polkit GNOME

Automatic Startup

For the authentification framework to work, polkit-gnome-authentification-agent-1 needs to be started. However, make install did not install a startup file for the Polkit GNOME so you have to create it by yourself.

Issue the following commands as the root user to create a startup file for Polkit GNOME:

mkdir -p /etc/xdg/autostart &&
cat > /etc/xdg/autostart/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Comment=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Exec=/usr/lib/polkit-gnome/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=
NoDisplay=true
OnlyShowIn=GNOME;XFCE;Unity;
AutostartCondition=GNOME3 unless-session gnome
EOF

Installed Program: polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/polkit-gnome

Short Descriptions

polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1

is the Polkit authentication agent.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2

Introduction to GSettings Desktop Schemas

The GSettings Desktop Schemas package contains a collection of GSettings schemas for settings shared by various components of a GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/3.8/gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/3.8/gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e084260f176b3cdc8d56a5f6af0d2c0d
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GSettings Desktop Schemas Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and Intltool-0.50.2

Installation of GSettings Desktop Schemas

Install GSettings Desktop Schemas by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/include/gsettings-desktop-schemas

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Introduction to Yelp XSL

The Yelp XSL package contains XSL stylesheets that are used by the Yelp help browser to format Docbook and Mallard documents.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp-xsl/3.8/yelp-xsl-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp-xsl/3.8/yelp-xsl-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8f64d5abdd11067b675afe232b3ac6fa
Download size: 580 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Yelp XSL Dependencies

Required

libxslt-1.1.28, Intltool-0.50.2 and Itstool-1.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yelp-xsl

Installation of Yelp XSL

Install Yelp XSL by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/yelp-xsl

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

GConf-3.2.6

Introduction to GConf

The GConf package contains a configuration database system used by many GNOME applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b16996d0e4b112856ee5c59130e822c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GConf Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2, Intltool-0.50.2 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and OpenLDAP-2.4.36

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gconf

Installation of GConf

Install GConf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/GConf \
            --disable-orbit \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
ln -s gconf.xml.defaults /etc/gconf/gconf.xml.system

Command Explanations

--disable-orbit: This switch is required if ORBit2 is not installed. ORBit2 is a deprecated package.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gconf-merge-tree, gconftool-2, gsettings-data-convert and gsettings-schema-convert

Installed Libraries: libgconf-2.so

Installed Directories: /etc/gconf, /usr/include/gconf, /usr/lib/GConf, /usr/share/GConf, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gconf and /usr/share/sgml/gconf

Short Descriptions

gconf-merge-tree	merges an XML filesystem hierarchy.
gconftool-2	is a command line tool used for manipulating the GConf database.
gsettings-data-convert	reads values out of the users GConf database and stores them in GSettings.
gsettings-schemas-convert	converts between GConf and GSettings schema file formats.
`libgconf-2.so`	provides the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

libgnome-keyring-3.8.0

Introduction to libgnome-keyring

The libgnome-keyring is used by applications to integrate with the GNOME Keyring system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome-keyring/3.8/libgnome-keyring-3.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgnome-keyring/3.8/libgnome-keyring-3.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: caec6bcfac4d1fce6927c2338bdc5058
Download size: 420 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgnome-keyring Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14, GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and libgcrypt-1.5.3

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgnome-keyring

Installation of libgnome-keyring

Install libgnome-keyring by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgnome-keyring.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnome-keyring-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnome-keyring

Short Descriptions

libgnome-keyring.so

is used by applications to integrate with the GNOME Keyring system.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

libsecret-0.16

Introduction to libsecret

The libsecret package contains a GObject based library for accessing the Secret Service API.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsecret/0.16/libsecret-0.16.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsecret/0.16/libsecret-0.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 321ef07775faed2305da08f989dfa41b
Download size: 496 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libsecret Dependencies

Required

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, and libxslt-1.1.28 (to build manual pages)

Optional (Required for the testsuite)

D-Bus Python-1.2.0, Gjs-1.36.1, and PyGObject-2.28.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsecret

Installation of libsecret

Install libsecret by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check from an X terminal emulator.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

--disable-manpages: Use this switch if you have not installed libxslt-1.1.28 and DocBook packages.

--disable-gcrypt: Use this switch if you have not installed the recommended dependency of libgcrypt-1.5.3.

Installed Program: secret-tool

Installed Library: libsecret-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libsecret-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libsecret-1

Short Descriptions

secret-tool	is a command line tool that can be used to store and retrieve passwords.
`libsecret-1.so`	contains the libsecret API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

Gcr-3.9.91

Introduction to Gcr

The Gcr package contains libraries used for displaying certificates and accessing key stores. It also provides the viewer for crypto files on the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/3.9/gcr-3.9.91.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/3.9/gcr-3.9.91.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 03ac407ebebe546e199c70234c8bf838
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 71 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Gcr Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2, libgcrypt-1.5.3, libtasn1-3.3, and p11-kit-0.20.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcr

Installation of Gcr

Install Gcr by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnome-keyring &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--without-gtk: Use this switch if you haven't installed GTK+-3.8.4.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: gcr-viewer

Installed Libraries: libgck-1.so, libgcr-3.so, libgcr-base-3.so, and libmock-test-module.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gck-1, /usr/include/gcr-3, /usr/lib/gnome-keyring, /usr/share/gcr-3, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gck, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gcr-3

Short Descriptions

gcr-viewer	is used to view certificate and key files.
`libgck-1.so`	contains GObject bindings for PKCS#11.
`libgcr-3.so`	contains functions for high level crypto parsing.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 07:48:13 -0700

gnome-keyring-3.8.2

Introduction to GNOME Keyring

The GNOME Keyring package contains a daemon that keeps passwords and other secrets for users.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/3.8/gnome-keyring-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/3.8/gnome-keyring-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ba61e86f447584d2408bb95c34bbdb6
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 140 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

GNOME Keyring Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14 and Gcr-3.9.91

Optional

libcap-ng and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-keyring

Installation of GNOME Keyring

Install GNOME Keyring by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-pam-dir=/lib/security &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-pam-dir=/lib/security: This switch specifies where the PAM module will be installed.

Installed Programs: gnome-keyring, gnome-keyring-3, and gnome-keyring-daemon

Installed Libraries: gnome-keyring-pkcs11.so and pam_gnome_keyring.so

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/gnome-keyring/devel

Short Descriptions

gnome-keyring-daemon

is a session daemon that keeps passwords for users.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 08:50:35 -0700

Gvfs-1.16.3

Introduction to Gvfs

The Gvfs package is a userspace virtual filesystem designed to work with the I/O abstractions of GLib's GIO library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gvfs/1.16/gvfs-1.16.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gvfs/1.16/gvfs-1.16.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 122f20b25a5e0259a3d33be25113a0aa
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Gvfs Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14, GLib-2.36.4 and Intltool-0.50.2

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31, BlueZ-4.101 and dbus-glib-0.100.2, Fuse-2.9.3, GNOME Online Accounts, GTK-Doc-1.19, libarchive-3.1.2, libbluray, libcdio-paranoia, libgcrypt-1.5.3, libgphoto2, libimobiledevice, libmtp, OpenSSH-6.3p1 and Samba-4.0.9

Optional (Runtime)

obex-data-server-0.4.6 and Obexd-0.48

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gvfs

Installation of Gvfs

Install Gvfs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gvfs \
            --disable-gphoto2 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas

Command Explanations

--disable-gphoto2: This switch is required if libgphoto2 is not installed. Remove it if you installed libgphoto2 and wish to use it with Gvfs.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gvfs-cat, gvfs-copy, gvfs-info, gvfs-less, gvfs-ls, gvfs-mime, gvfs-mkdir, gvfs-monitor-dir, gvfs-monitor-file, gvfs-mount, gvfs-move, gvfs-open, gvfs-rename, gvfs-rm, gvfs-save, gvfs-set-attribute, gvfs-trash, gvfs-tree, gvfsd, gvfsd-fuse and gvfsd-metadata

Installed Library: libgvfscommon.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gvfs-client, /usr/lib/gvfs and /usr/share/gvfs

Short Descriptions

gvfs-cat	concatenates the given files and prints them to the standard output.
gvfs-copy	copies a file from one URI location to another.
gvfs-info	shows information about the given locations.
gvfs-less	executes less using the VFS as input preprocesor, so less can access any resource accessible by any of the Gvfs backends.
gvfs-ls	lists information about the given locations.
gvfs-mime	is used to query information about applications that are registered to handle a mime-type, or set the default handler for a mime-type.
gvfs-mkdir	creates a directory specified by an URI.
gvfs-monitor-dir	prints information about file creation, deletion, file content and attribute changes and mount and unmount operations inside the specified directories.
gvfs-monitor-file	prints information about creation, deletion, content and attribute changes and mount and unmount operations affecting the monitored files.
gvfs-mount	provides commandline access to various aspects of GIOs mounting functionality.
gvfs-move	moves a file from one URI location to another.
gvfs-open	opens files with the default application that is registered to handle files of that type.
gvfs-rename	changes the name of a file or directory.
gvfs-rm	removes a file.
gvfs-save	reads from the standard input and saves the data to the given location.
gvfs-set-attribute	allows to set a file attribute on a file.
gvfs-trash	sends files or directories to the "Trashcan".
gvfs-tree	lists the contents of the given directories recursively, in a tree-like format.
gvfsd	is the main daemon for the Gvfs virtual filesystem.
gvfsd-fuse	maintains a FUSE mount to make Gvfs backends available to POSIX applications.
gvfsd-metadata	is a daemon acting as a write serialiser to the internal Gvfs metadata storage.
`libgvfscommon.so`	contains the common API functions used in Gvfs programs.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

Gjs-1.36.1

Introduction to Gjs

Gjs is a Javascript binding for GNOME.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://people.gnome.org/~walters/gjs-js17-1.36.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d97bdc386ee6ce84d7c69e7fbeed238d
Download size: 468 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Gjs Dependencies

Required

Cairo-1.12.16, gobject-introspection-1.36.0, and JS-17.0.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gjs

Installation of Gjs

Install Gjs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gjs and gjs-console

Installed Library: libgjs.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gjs-1.0, /usr/lib/gjs, /usr/lib/gjs-1.0 and /usr/share/gjs-1.0

Short Descriptions

libgjs.so

contains the GNOME JavaScript bindings.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gnome-desktop-3.8.4

Introduction to GNOME Desktop

The GNOME Desktop package contains a library that provides an API shared by several applications on the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/3.8/gnome-desktop-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/3.8/gnome-desktop-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 233350635fe7f041070d0a74a57ce79e
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Desktop Dependencies

Required

gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2, GTK+-3.8.4, ISO Codes-3.46, xkeyboard-config-2.9, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-desktop

Installation of GNOME Desktop

Install GNOME Desktop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnome-desktop-3.0 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-gnome-distributor="Some Name": Use this parameter to supply a custom name in the “Distributor:” field of the “GNOME About” display window.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgnome-desktop-3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gnome-desktop-3.0, /usr/lib/gnome-desktop-3.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnome-desktop3, /usr/share/help/*/gpl, /usr/share/help/*/lgpl, /usr/share/help/*/fdl, and /usr/share/libgnome-desktop-3.0

Short Descriptions

libgnome-desktop-3.so

contains functions shared by several GNOME applications.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 13:31:27 -0700

gnome-video-effects-0.4.0

Introduction to GNOME Video Effects

The GNOME Video Effects package contains a collection of GStreamer effects.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.4/gnome-video-effects-0.4.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.4/gnome-video-effects-0.4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bf77ccbf5bfff2d3c763c11b2ba90fcf
Download size: 140 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Video Effects Dependencies

Required

Intltool-0.50.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-video-effects

Installation of GNOME Video Effects

Install GNOME Video Effects by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gnome-video-effects

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gtksourceview-3.8.2

Introduction to GtkSourceView

The GtkSourceView package contains libraries used for extending the GTK+ text functions to include syntax highlighting.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/3.8/gtksourceview-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/3.8/gtksourceview-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fa8a252f811b6042cfc2eb47e580609f
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GtkSourceView Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

Glade and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtksourceview

Installation of GtkSourceView

Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgtksourceview-3.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gtksourceview-3.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gtksourceview-3.0, and /usr/share/gtksourceview-3.0

Short Descriptions

libgtksourceview-3.0.so

contains function extensions for the GtkTextView widget.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

libgtop-2.28.5

Introduction to libgtop

The libgtop package contains the GNOME top libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.28/libgtop-2.28.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.28/libgtop-2.28.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3f15032ef2bf06f2b26efd13bc4ae9ab
Download size: 640 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libgtop Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and Xorg Libraries

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgtop

Installation of libgtop

Install libgtop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgtop-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libgtop-2.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libgtop

Short Descriptions

libgtop-2.0.so

contains the functions that allow access to system performance data.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

libpeas-1.8.1

Introduction to libpeas

libpeas is a GObject based plugins engine, and is targeted at giving every application the chance to assume its own extensibility.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libpeas/1.8/libpeas-1.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libpeas/1.8/libpeas-1.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f63d49ab7f72e1ab9eb398c1f0750790
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libpeas-1.8.1-gjs_fixes-1.patch

libpeas Dependencies

Required

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

GDB-7.6.1, Glade, GTK-Doc-1.19, Seed, and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpeas

Installation of libpeas

Install libpeas by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libpeas-1.8.1-gjs_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: peas-demo

Installed Libraries: libpeas-1.0.so and libpeas-gtk-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libpeas-1.0, /usr/lib/libpeas-1.0, /usr/lib/peas-demo and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libpeas

Short Descriptions

peas-demo	is the Peas demo program.
`libpeas-1.0.so`	contains the libpeas API functions.
`libpeas-gtk-1.0.so`	contains the libpeas GTK+ widgets.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

libwnck-3.4.7

Introduction to libwnck

The libwnck package contains the Window Navigator Construction Kit.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/3.4/libwnck-3.4.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/3.4/libwnck-3.4.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b028685089dd1267dab64cca77fd7f35
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libwnck Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwnck

Installation of libwnck

Install libwnck by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: wnckprop and wnck-urgency-monitor

Installed Library: libwnck-3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libwnck-3.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libwnck-3.0

Short Descriptions

wnckprop	is used to print or modify the properties of a screen/workspace/window, or to interact with it.
`libwnck-3.so`	contains functions for writing pagers and task lists.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

notification-daemon-0.7.6

Introduction to Notification Daemon

The Notification Daemon package contains a daemon that displays passive pop-up notifications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/notification-daemon/0.7/notification-daemon-0.7.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/notification-daemon/0.7/notification-daemon-0.7.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 08c9a6d18ead0aa62d933fc5a4135d38
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Notification Daemon Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and libcanberra-0.30 (Built with GTK+-3.8.4 support).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/notification-daemon

Installation of Notification Daemon

Install Notification Daemon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-static  \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/notification-daemon &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: notification-daemon

Installed Libraries: none

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/notification-daemon

Short Descriptions

notification-daemon

is the Notification Daemon itself.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 17:59:05 -0700

totem-pl-parser-3.4.5

Introduction to Totem PL Parser

The Totem PL Parser package contains a simple GObject-based library used to parse a host of playlist formats, as well as save those.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.4/totem-pl-parser-3.4.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.4/totem-pl-parser-3.4.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c675bb7e0195397d3870fd3c9690b220
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Totem PL Parser Dependencies

Required

GMime-2.6.17, Intltool-0.50.2, and libsoup-2.42.2

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and libquvi

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/totem-pl-parser

Installation of Totem PL Parser

Install Totem PL Parser by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. You will need an active internet connection in order to successfully complete all tests.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libtotem-plparser-mini.so and libtotem-plparser.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/totem-pl-parser and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/totem-pl-parser

Short Descriptions

`libtotem-plparser.so`	is the Totem Playlist Parser library.
`libtotem-plparser-mini.so`	is the Totem Playlist Parser library, mini version.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

VTE-0.34.7

Introduction to VTE

The VTE package contains a termcap file implementation for terminal emulators.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.34/vte-0.34.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.34/vte-0.34.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: aaab625a8d3ffe1f9a95fc9cd132040e
Download size: 964 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

VTE Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

Glade and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vte

Installation of VTE

Install VTE by running the following commands:


./configure --prefix=/usr          \
            --sysconfdir=/etc      \
            --disable-static       \
            --enable-introspection \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte-2.90 &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-introspection: This switch enables Gobject Introspection bindings. Remove if you don't have gobject-introspection-1.36.0 installed.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: vte2_90

Installed Library: libvte2_90.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vte-2.90, /usr/lib/vte-2.90, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/vte-2.90

Short Descriptions

vte2_90	is a test application for the VTE libraries.
`libvte2_90.so`	is a library which implements a terminal emulator widget for GTK+ 3.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Required Runtime Dependencies

Last updated on 2013-06-01 05:19:53 -0700

DConf-0.16.1

Introduction to DConf

The DConf package contains a low-level configuration system. Its main purpose is to provide a backend to GSettings on platforms that don't already have configuration storage systems.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf/0.16/dconf-0.16.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf/0.16/dconf-0.16.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1f17e92511a21240ab5a56e4523f77da
Download size: 368 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

DConf Dependencies

Required

D-Bus-1.6.14 and GTK+-3.8.4

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dconf

Installation of DConf

Install DConf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/dconf &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: dconf, dconf-editor and dconf-service

Installed Libraries: libdconf-dbus-1.so and libdconf.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/dconf, /usr/include/dconf-dbus-1, /usr/lib/dconf, /usr/share/dconf-editor and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/dconf

Short Descriptions

dconf	is a simple tool for manipulating the DConf database.
dconf-editor	is a graphical program for editing settings that are stored in the DConf database.
dconf-service	is the D-Bus service that writes to the DConf database.
`libdconf.so`	contains the DConf client API functions.
`libdconf-dbus-1.so`	contains the DConf client API functions for D-Bus.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3

Introduction to GNOME Icon Theme

The GNOME Icon Theme package contains an assortment of non-scalable icons of different sizes and themes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.8/gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.8/gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a32d21242b3c648026c9846a58806a09
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Icon Theme Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 or GTK+-2.24.20, hicolor-icon-theme-0.12, icon-naming-utils-0.8.90, and Intltool-0.50.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme

Installation of GNOME Icon Theme

Install GNOME Icon Theme by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/icons/gnome

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.6.2

Introduction to GNOME Icon Theme Extras

The GNOME Icon Theme Extras package contains extra icons for the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.6/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.6.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.6/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.6.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 41a37beccf627237d98eef2b472e9c4d
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Icon Theme Extras Dependencies

Required

gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme-extras

Installation of GNOME Icon Theme Extras

Install GNOME Icon Theme Extras by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.8.3

Introduction to GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic

The GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic package contains symbolic icons for the default GNOME icon theme.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.8/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.8/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0e732124bd3d7e4b813fc5177d50f190
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic Dependencies

Required

gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic

Installation of GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic

Install GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/icons/gnome/scalable

Last updated on 2013-09-02 13:01:46 -0700

gnome-themes-standard-3.8.4

Introduction to GNOME Themes Standard

The GNOME Themes Standard package contains various components of the default GNOME 3 theme.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes-standard/3.8/gnome-themes-standard-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes-standard/3.8/gnome-themes-standard-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fc8b02b4860c5e842270d567a743dbee
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Themes Standard Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20, GTK+-3.8.4 and librsvg-2.37.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-themes-standard

Installation of GNOME Themes Standard

Install GNOME Themes Standard by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libadwaita.so

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gtk-3.0/3.0.0/theming-engines, /usr/share/gnome-background-properties, /usr/share/icons/Adwaita, /usr/share/icons/HighContrast, /usr/share/icons/HighContrastInverse and /usr/share/icons/LowContrast

Short Descriptions

libadwaita.so

is the Adwaita GTK+ theme.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 14:35:19 -0700

Yelp-3.8.1

Introduction to Yelp

The Yelp package contains the help browser used for viewing help files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/3.8/yelp-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/3.8/yelp-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 716581c68c0f52deb73a84820dae5795
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Yelp Dependencies

Required

WebKitGTK+-2.0.4 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

Note

The Yelp package is not required for a functional GNOME Desktop. Note, however, that without Yelp you will not be able to view the built-in Help provided by core GNOME and many of the support applications.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yelp

Installation of Yelp

Install Yelp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: yelp

Installed Library: libyelp.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libyelp, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libyelp, and /usr/share/yelp

Short Descriptions

yelp	is the GNOME Help Browser.
`libyelp.so`	contains the Yelp API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Chapter 31. GNOME Applications

These packages are desktop applications and assorted utilities from the GNOME project. Feel free to install them on an as needed or as desired basis.

Brasero-3.8.0

Introduction to Brasero

Brasero is an application used to burn CD/DVD on the GNOME Desktop. It is designed to be as simple as possible and has some unique features that enable users to create their discs easily and quickly.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/brasero/3.8/brasero-3.8.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/brasero/3.8/brasero-3.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0a380af9dc134084fb04f54f2a656e6f
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Brasero Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10, libcanberra-0.30, libnotify-0.7.6, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Tracker

Recommended (Runtime)

dvd+rw-tools-7.1 and Gvfs-1.16.3

Optional (Runtime)

Cdrdao-1.2.3, cdrkit, cdrtools, libdvdcss-1.2.13, and VCDImager

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/brasero

Installation of Brasero

Install Brasero by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Note

When installing, the Makefile does some additional linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH variable needs to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: brasero

Installed Libraries: libbrasero-burn3.so, libbrasero-media3.so, and libbrasero-utils3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/brasero3, /usr/lib/brasero3, /usr/share/brasero, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{libbrasero-burn,libbrasero-media}, and /usr/share/help/*/brasero

Short Descriptions

brasero	is a simple and easy to use CD/DVD burning application for the GNOME Desktop.
`libbrasero-burn3.so`	contains the Burning API functions.
`libbrasero-media3.so`	contains the Media API functions.
`libbrasero-utils3.so`	contains the Brasero API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

Cheese-3.8.3

Introduction to Cheese

Cheese is used to take photos and videos with fun graphical effects.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cheese/3.8/cheese-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cheese/3.8/cheese-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 62f2670fa2c44fb51613ebb8f4d2c07c
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Cheese Dependencies

Required

clutter-gst-2.0.6, clutter-gtk-1.4.4, gnome-desktop-3.8.4, gnome-video-effects-0.4.0, gst-plugins-bad-1.0.10, gst-plugins-good-1.0.10, libcanberra-0.30, librsvg-2.37.0, udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev), and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Nautilus SendTo

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cheese

Installation of Cheese

Install Cheese by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check. The tests must be run from a local xterm. They cannot be run over a ssh connection.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: cheese

Installed Library: libcheese.so and libcheese-gtk.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cheese, /usr/share/cheese, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/cheese, and /usr/share/help/*/cheese

Short Descriptions

cheese	is the webcam tool with graphical effects.
`libcheese.so`	contains the Cheese API functions.
`libcheese-gtk.so`	contains the Cheese GTK+ widgets.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

EOG-3.8.2

Introduction to EOG

EOG is an application used for viewing and cataloging image files on the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/3.8/eog-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/3.8/eog-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 84c48f8468b8cee09379091d11b553ca
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

EOG Dependencies

Required

gnome-desktop-3.8.4, gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3, libpeas-1.8.1, shared-mime-info-1.1, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

Exempi-2.2.1, GTK-Doc-1.19, Little CMS-2.5, and libexif-0.6.21

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/eog

Installation of EOG

Install EOG by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-scrollkeeper: Use this parameter if you have installed Rarian but wish to disable the updates to the Scrollkeeper database.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: eog

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/include/eog-3.0, /usr/lib/eog, /usr/share/eog, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/eog, and /usr/share/help/*/eog

Short Descriptions

eog

is a fast and functional image viewer as well as an image cataloging program.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Epiphany-3.8.2

Introduction to Epiphany

Epiphany is a simple yet powerful GNOME web browser targeted at non-technical users. Its principles are simplicity and standards compliance.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/3.8/epiphany-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/3.8/epiphany-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5aa6c07fba38a395e5aa94ae7346a9cb
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Epiphany Dependencies

Required

Avahi-0.6.31, Gcr-3.9.91, gnome-desktop-3.8.4, libnotify-0.7.6, libwnck-3.4.7, and WebKitGTK+-2.0.4

Installation of Epiphany

Install Epiphany by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: epiphany

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/epiphany and /usr/share/epiphany

Short Descriptions

epiphany

is a GNOME web browser based on the WebKit2 rendering engine.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 08:57:23 -0700

Evince-3.8.3

Introduction to Evince

Evince is a document viewer for multiple document formats. It supports PDF, Postscript, DjVu, TIFF and DVI. It is useful for viewing documents of various types using one simple application instead of the multiple document viewers that once existed on the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/3.8/evince-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/3.8/evince-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 81a8b0ffc427f2e3bde4056286e3a27a
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Evince Dependencies

Required

gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2, GTK+-3.8.4, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

DjVuLibre, GTK-Doc-1.19, libspectre, libgxps, t1lib, and texlive-20130530

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/evince

Installation of Evince

Install Evince by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/evince \
            --enable-introspection \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanation

--enable-introspection: By default, the Gobject Introspection support is turned off, even though that package is an expected component of the GNOME Desktop.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--without-keyring: This switch disables use of the libsecret. Use this switch if libsecret is not installed.

--disable-nautilus: This switch disables building of the Nautilus Plugin. Use this switch if Nautilus is not installed.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: evince, evince-previewer, and evince-thumbnailer

Installed Library: libevdocument3.so and libevview3.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/evince, /usr/lib/evince, /usr/share/evince, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{evince,libevdocument-3.0,libevview-3.0}, and /usr/share/help/*/evince

Short Descriptions

evince	is a multiple format document viewer.
evince-previewer	is an applicaton that implements the printing preview.
evince-thumbnailer	is a simple program used to create thumbnail images of supported documents.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

File-Roller-3.8.4

Introduction to File Roller

File Roller is an archive manager for GNOME with support for tar, bzip2, gzip, zip, jar, compress, lzop and many other archive formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

File Roller is only a graphical interface to archiving utilities such as tar and zip.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/3.8/file-roller-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/3.8/file-roller-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: daee8374afe23a3c7d83ec42bb84da22
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

File Roller Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional (Runtime)

UnRar-5.0.11, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/file-roller

Installation of File Roller

Install File Roller by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --disable-packagekit \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-packagekit: This switch disables use of PackageKit which isn't suitable for BLFS.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: file-roller

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/file-roller, /usr/share/file-roller, and /usr/share/help/*/file-roller

Short Descriptions

file-roller

is an archive manager for GNOME.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Gedit-3.8.3

Introduction to Gedit

The Gedit package contains a lightweight UTF-8 text editor for the GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/3.8/gedit-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/3.8/gedit-3.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dd81bffac9026854e33ded9e8ed9bf7c
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Gedit Dependencies

Required

gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2, gtksourceview-3.8.2, libpeas-1.8.1, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Zeitgeist

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gedit

Installation of Gedit

Install Gedit by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

To test the results, issue make check. Note that you should run tests from an already active GNOME session.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-spell: Use this switch to disable spell-checking capability. It is required if Enchant is not installed.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: gedit

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gedit-3.0, /usr/lib/gedit, /usr/share/gedit, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gedit, and /usr/share/help/*/gedit

Short Descriptions

gedit

is a lightweight text editor integrated with the GNOME Desktop.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

gnome-calculator-3.8.2

Introduction to GNOME Calculator

GNOME Calculator is a powerful graphical calculator with financial, logical and scientific modes. It uses a multiple precision package to do its arithmetic to give a high degree of accuracy.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-calculator/3.8/gnome-calculator-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-calculator/3.8/gnome-calculator-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1040c061ee791a44a00e1ea7482feb61
Download size: 1.1 KB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GNOME Calculator Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Installation of GNOME Calculator

Install GNOME Calculator by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gcalccmd and gnome-calculator

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gnome-calculator and /usr/share/help/*/gnome-calculator

Short Descriptions

gnome-calculator	is the official calculator of the GNOME Desktop.
gcalccmd	is a command line version of gnome-calculator.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

gnome-nettool-3.8.1

Introduction to GNOME Nettool

The GNOME Nettool package is a network information tool which provides GUI interface for some of the most common command line network tools.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-nettool/3.8/gnome-nettool-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-nettool/3.8/gnome-nettool-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d4fc944b7ba8fd5f49f04a73e0d37e80
Download size: 576 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GNOME Nettool Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, libgtop-2.28.5, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Runtime Dependencies

BIND-9.9.3-P2, Net-tools-CVS_20101030, Traceroute-2.0.19, and Whois-5.0.26

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-nettool

Installation of GNOME Nettool

Install GNOME Nettool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: gnome-nettool

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gnome-nettool and /usr/share/help/*/gnome-nettool

Short Descriptions

gnome-nettool

is a network information tool.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

gnome-power-manager-3.8.2

Introduction to GNOME Power Manager

The GNOME Power Manager package contains a tool used to report on power management on the system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-power-manager/3.8/gnome-power-manager-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-power-manager/3.8/gnome-power-manager-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f6d16edbb5e539a9ba3e66d63e4799d0
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

GNOME Power Manager Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 and UPower-0.9.21

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14 (to generate man pages) which will require SGMLSpm-1.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-power-manager

Installation of GNOME Power Manager

Install GNOME Power Manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: gnome-power-statistics

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

gnome-power-statistics

is used to visualize the power consumption of laptop hardware.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 18:31:21 -0700

gnome-system-monitor-3.8.2.1

Introduction to GNOME System Monitor

The GNOME System Monitor package contains GNOME's replacement for gtop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/3.8/gnome-system-monitor-3.8.2.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/3.8/gnome-system-monitor-3.8.2.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 414cfebd9ff4a314692faa78a0a046b5
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

GNOME System Monitor Dependencies

Required

gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3, Gtkmm-3.8.1, libgtop-2.28.5, librsvg-2.37.0, libwnck-3.4.7, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-system-monitor

Installation of GNOME System Monitor

Install GNOME System Monitor by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --libexecdir=/usr/lib &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: gnome-system-monitor

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnome-system-monitor, /usr/share/gnome-system-monitor, /usr/share/help/*/gnome-system-monitor, and /usr/share/pixmaps/gnome-system-monitor

Short Descriptions

gnome-system-monitor

is used to display the process tree and hardware meters.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

gnome-terminal-3.8.4

Introduction to GNOME Terminal

The GNOME Terminal package contains the terminal emulator for GNOME Desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/3.8/gnome-terminal-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/3.8/gnome-terminal-3.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 43fb1f084bc9c11c6d4a6158b246bede
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GNOME Terminal Dependencies

Required

DConf-0.16.1, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.8.2, VTE-0.34.7, and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Nautilus-3.8.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-terminal

Installation of GNOME Terminal

Install GNOME Terminal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr             \
            --disable-static          \
            --disable-migration       \
            --with-nautilus-extension \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/gnome-terminal &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-nautilus-extension: This switch enables building of the Nautilus extension. Remove it if you don't have Nautilus installed.

--disable-migration: This switch disables building of the GNOME Terminal GConf migration tool which is not necessary for BLFS.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: gnome-terminal

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnome-terminal and /usr/share/help/*/gnome-terminal

Short Descriptions

gnome-terminal

is the GNOME Terminal Emulator.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Gucharmap-3.8.2

Introduction to Gucharmap

Gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer. It allows you to browse through all the available Unicode characters and categories for the installed fonts, and to examine their detailed properties. It is an easy way to find the character you might only know by its Unicode name or code point.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/3.8/gucharmap-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/3.8/gucharmap-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ffb657c57ae9eb6e5e41948d864721ff
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Gucharmap Dependencies

Required

desktop-file-utils-0.22, GTK+-3.8.4 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gucharmap

Installation of Gucharmap

Install Gucharmap by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-vala &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-vala: This switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove if you don't have Vala-0.20.1 installed.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: gucharmap

Installed Library: libgucharmap_2_90.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gucharmap-2.90 and /usr/share/help/*/gucharmap

Short Descriptions

gucharmap	is a Unicode character map and font viewer.
`libgucharmap_2_90.so`	contains the Gucharmap API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-21 18:50:45 -0700

Nautilus-3.8.2

Introduction to Nautilus

The Nautilus package contains the GNOME file manager.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/3.8/nautilus-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/3.8/nautilus-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3725deae73d9b45f7f69a87c64c29941
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 135 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Nautilus Dependencies

Required

gnome-desktop-3.8.4 and libnotify-0.7.6

Optional

Exempi-2.2.1, GTK-Doc-1.19, libexif-0.6.21, and Tracker

Recommended (Runtime)

Gvfs-1.16.3 (For hotplugging and device mounting to work)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nautilus

Installation of Nautilus

Install Nautilus by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --sysconfdir=/etc    \
            --disable-tracker    \
            --disable-packagekit \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/nautilus &&
make

This package needs to be installed before its testsuite can be run.

Now, as the root user:

make install

To test the results, issue: make check.

Command Explanations

--disable-packagekit: This switch disables use of PackageKit which isn't suitable for BLFS.

--disable-tracker: This switch disables use of Tracker which isn't part of BLFS.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: nautilus, nautilus-autorun-software and nautilus-connect-server

Installed Library: libnautilus-extension.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/nautilus, /usr/lib/nautilus, /usr/share/gnome-shell/search-providers, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libnautilus-extension, and /usr/share/nautilus

Short Descriptions

nautilus	is the GNOME file manager.
`libnautilus-extension.so`	supplies the functions needed by the file manager extensions.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

network-manager-applet-0.9.8.2

Introduction to NetworkManager Applet

The NetworkManager Applet is a tool used to configure wired and wireless network connections through GUI.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/network-manager-applet/0.9/network-manager-applet-0.9.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/network-manager-applet/0.9/network-manager-applet-0.9.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1dbece6519f32aa43a746abd96181aa0
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

NetworkManager Applet Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, ISO Codes-3.46, libsecret-0.16, libnotify-0.7.6, and NetworkManager-0.9.8.2

Required (Runtime)

polkit-gnome-0.105

Optional

GNOME Bluetooth, mobile-broadband-provider-info, and ModemManager

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/network-manager-applet

Installation of NetworkManager Applet

Install MetworkManager Applet by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/NetworkManager \
            --disable-migration \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-migration: This switch disables building of the NetworkManager Applet GConf migration tool which is not necessary for BLFS.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: nm-applet and nm-connection-editor

Installed Libraries: libnm-gtk.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libnm-gtk, /usr/share/libnm-gtk, and /usr/share/nm-applet

Short Descriptions

nm-connection-editor	allows users to view and edit network connection settings.
`libnm-gtk.so`	contains the NetworkManager GTK+ bindings.

Last updated on 2013-09-04 14:37:09 -0700

Seahorse-3.9.91

Introduction to Seahorse

Seahorse is a graphical interface for managing and using encryption keys. Currently it supports PGP keys (using GPG/GPGME) and SSH keys.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/seahorse/3.9/seahorse-3.9.91.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/seahorse/3.9/seahorse-3.9.91.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e7f9de4230446b206bfa292505a5a898
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 67 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Seahorse Dependencies

Required

Gcr-3.9.91, GPGME-1.4.3, GnuPG-1.4.14 or GnuPG-2.0.21, libsecret-0.16 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31 and OpenLDAP-2.4.36

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seahorse

Installation of Seahorse

Install Seahorse by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: seahorse

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/seahorse, /usr/share/help/*/seahorse and /usr/share/seahorse

Short Descriptions

seahorse

is the graphical interface for managing and using encryption keys.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 07:48:13 -0700

Totem-3.8.2

Introduction to Totem

Totem package contains the official movie player of the GNOME Desktop based on GStreamer. It features a playlist, a full-screen mode, seek and volume controls, as well as keyboard navigation. This is useful for playing any GStreamer supported file, DVD, VCD or digital CD.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/3.8/totem-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem/3.8/totem-3.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a7b332a6d3bb475e425fcb3bc45affee
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 80 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Totem Dependencies

Required

clutter-gst-2.0.6, clutter-gtk-1.4.4, gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3, gst-plugins-bad-1.0.10, gst-plugins-good-1.0.10, libpeas-1.8.1, totem-pl-parser-3.4.5 and yelp-xsl-3.8.1

Optional

grilo-plugins, GTK-Doc-1.19, libzeitgeist-0.3.18, LIRC, pylint and Xulrunner-23.0.1

Recommended (Runtime)

gst-libav-1.0.10, gst-plugins-ugly-1.0.10 and libdvdcss-1.2.13

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/totem

Installation of Totem

Install Totem by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/totem \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: totem, totem-audio-preview and totem-video-thumbnailer

Installed Library: libtotem.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/totem, /usr/lib/totem, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/totem, /usr/share/help/*/totem and /usr/share/totem

Short Descriptions

totem	is a GNOME Desktop movie player based on GStreamer.
totem-video-thumbnailer	is a video thumbnailer for the GNOME Desktop used internally by GNOME applications such as Nautilus to generate PNG thumbnails of video files. While it is possible to invoke it manually, it is usually done automatically by Nautilus.
`libtotem.so`	contains the Totem API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 13:27:47 -0700

Part IX. Xfce

Chapter 32. Xfce Desktop

Xfce is a desktop environment that aims to be fast and low on system resources, while still being visually appealing and user friendly.

Xfce embodies the traditional UNIX philosophy of modularity and re-usability. It consists of a number of components that provide the full functionality one can expect of a modern desktop environment. They are packaged separately and you can pick among the available packages to create the optimal personal working environment.

Build Xfce core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.

libxfce4util-4.10.1

Introduction to libxfce4util

The libxfce4util package is a basic utility library for the Xfce desktop environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4util/4.10/libxfce4util-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 11eec87e8eda2bc62512c2416cb807a1
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libxfce4util Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and Intltool-0.50.2

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxfce4util

Installation of libxfce4util

Install libxfce4util by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: xfce4-kiosk-query

Installed Library: libxfce4util.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xfce4 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxfce4util

Short Descriptions

xfce4-kiosk-query	Queries the given capabilities of <module> for the current user and reports whether the user has the capabilities or not. This tool is mainly meant for system administrators to test their Kiosk setup.
`libxfce4util.so`	contains basic utility functions for the Xfce desktop environment.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Xfconf-4.10.0

Introduction to Xfconf

Xfconf is the configuration storage system for Xfce.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfconf/4.10/xfconf-4.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4ed48150a03fb5f42b455494307b7f28
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xfconf Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2 and libxfce4util-4.10.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Glib-1.280

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfconf

Installation of Xfconf

Install Xfconf by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Program: xfconf-query

Installed Library: libxfconf.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xfconf-0, /usr/lib/xfce4 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/xfconf

Short Descriptions

xfconf-query	is a commandline utility to view or change any setting stored in Xfconf.
`libxfconf.so`	contains basic functions for Xfce configuration.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Introduction to libxfce4ui

The libxfce4ui package contains GTK+ 2 widgets that are used by other Xfce applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4ui/4.10/libxfce4ui-4.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6df1ce474a3d4885aee31cda9dbc9192
Download size: 536 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libxfce4ui Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20 and Xfconf-4.10.0

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxfce4ui

Installation of libxfce4ui

Install libxfce4ui by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libxfce4kbd-private-2.so and libxfce4ui-1.so

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/xfce4, /usr/include/xfce4/libxfce4kbd-private-2, /usr/include/xfce4/libxfce4ui-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxfce4ui

Short Descriptions

`libxfce4kbd-private-2.so`	is a private Xfce library for sharing code between Xfwm4 and Xfce4 Settings.
`libxfce4ui-1.so`	contains widgets that are used by other Xfce applications.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Exo-0.10.2

Introduction to Exo

Exo is a support library used in the Xfce desktop. It also has some helper applications that are used throughout Xfce.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/exo/0.10/exo-0.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c70f2a217811bfba2e62f938d4b8f748
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Exo Dependencies

Required

libxfce4ui-4.10.0, libxfce4util-4.10.1 and URI-1.60

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exo

Installation of Exo

Install Exo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: exo-csource, exo-desktop-item-edit, exo-open and exo-preferred-applications

Installed Libraries: libexo-1.so

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/xfce4, /usr/include/exo-1, /usr/lib/xfce4/exo-1, /usr/share/doc/exo-0.10.2, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/exo-1, /usr/share/pixmaps/exo-1 and /usr/share/xfce4

Short Descriptions

exo-csource	is a small utility that generates C code containing arbitrary data, useful for compiling texts or other data directly into programs.
exo-desktop-item-edit	is a command line utility to create or edit icons on the desktop.
exo-open	is a command line frontend to the Xfce Preferred Applications framework. It can either be used to open a list of urls with the default URL handler or launch the preferred application for a certain category.
exo-preferred-applications	is a command line utility to edit the preferred application that is used to handle a particular type of file or URI.
`libexo-1.so`	contains additional widgets, a framework for editable toolbars, light-weight session management support and functions to automatically synchronise object properties (based on GObject Binding Properties).

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Garcon-0.2.1

Introduction to Garcon

The Garcon package contains a freedesktop.org compliant menu implementation based on GLib and GIO.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/garcon/0.2/garcon-0.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c3cf89c836be0ddb281c81e4808fb68b
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Garcon Dependencies

Required

libxfce4util-4.10.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/garcon

Installation of Garcon

Install Garcon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgarcon-1.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/garcon

Short Descriptions

libgarcon-1.so

contains functions that provide a freedesktop.org compliant menu implementation based on GLib and GIO.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

gtk-xfce-engine-3.0.1

Introduction to GTK Xfce Engine

The GTK Xfce Engine package contains several GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 themes and libraries needed to display them. This is useful for customising the appearance of your Xfce desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/gtk-xfce-engine/3.0/gtk-xfce-engine-3.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 174e774d0debb052ec457640275f065d
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

GTK Xfce Engine Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20

Installation of GTK Xfce Engine

Install GTK Xfce Engine by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxfce.so (in /usr/lib/gtk-2.0/2.10.0/engines and /usr/lib/gtk-3.0/3.0.0/theming-engines)

Installed Directories: Xfce, Xfce-4.0, Xfce-4.2, Xfce-4.4, Xfce-4.6, Xfce-b5, Xfce-basic, Xfce-cadmium, Xfce-curve, Xfce-dawn, Xfce-dusk, Xfce-kde2, Xfce-kolors, Xfce-light, Xfce-orange, Xfce-redmondxp, Xfce-saltlake, Xfce-smooth, Xfce-stellar, Xfce-winter in /usr/share/themes

Short Descriptions

libxfce.so

contains functions that allow Xfce to apply and change GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 themes.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libwnck-2.30.7

Introduction to libwnck

The libwnck package contains a Window Navigator Construction Kit.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d20f26105a2fd878899d6ecdbe9a082
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libwnck Dependencies

Required

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwnck2

Installation of libwnck

Install libwnck by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-static \
            --program-suffix=-1 &&
make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1 install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--program-suffix=-1: This option adds -1 to the end of the names of the installed programs to avoid overwriting the programs installed by libwnck-3.4.7.

GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1: This parameter adds -1 to the end of the names of the gettext files installed by the package to avoid overwriting the files installed by libwnck-3.4.7.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: wnckprop-1 and wnck-urgency-monitor-1

Installed Library: libwnck-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libwnck-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libwnck-1.0

Short Descriptions

wnckprop-1	Print or modify the properties of a screen/workspace/window, or interact with it.
`libwnck-1.so`	contains functions for writing pagers and task lists.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libxfcegui4-4.10.0

Introduction to libxfcegui4

The libxfcegui4 package provides the basic GUI functions used by Xfce.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfcegui4/4.10/libxfcegui4-4.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4025b9d6811f051c914cdd700d437e61
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libxfcegui4 Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.4 and libxfce4util-4.10.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxfcegui4

Installation of libxfcegui4

Install libxfcegui4 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libxfcegui4.so and libxfce4.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xfce4/libxfcegui4 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxfcegui4

Short Descriptions

libxfcegui4.so

contains the basic GUI functions used by Xfce.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-panel-4.10.1

Introduction to Xfce4 Panel

The Xfce4 Panel package contains the Xfce4 Panel.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-panel/4.10/xfce4-panel-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8a1f8371fc725ba00f4594c5c0f81c59
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU

Xfce4 Panel Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2, Garcon-0.2.1, libwnck-2.30.7 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-panel

Installation of Xfce4 Panel

Install Xfce4 Panel by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: xfce4-panel, xfce4-popup-directorymenu, xfce4-popup-applicationsmenu and xfce4-popup-windowmenu

Installed Library: libxfce4panel-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/xfce4/panel, /usr/include/xfce4/libxfce4panel-1.0, /usr/lib/xfce4/panel, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libxfce4panel-1.0 and /usr/share/xfce4/panel

Short Descriptions

xfce4-panel	is the Xfce panel.
xfce4-popup-applicationsmenu	is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of the installed applications.
xfce4-popup-directorymenu	is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of your home folder and its subdirectories.
xfce4-popup-windowmenu	is a shell script that uses DBus to display the Xfwm4 a popup menu.
`libxfce4panel-1.0.so`	contains the Xfce Panel API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Thunar-1.6.3

Introduction to Thunar

Thunar is the Xfce file manager, a GTK+ 2 GUI to organise the files on your computer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar/1.6/Thunar-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4f10d5d5576ce5127308d6badbac3afa
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Thunar Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Optional

libexif-0.6.21

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/thunar

Installation of Thunar

Install Thunar by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/Thunar-1.6.3 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: Thunar, thunar and thunar-settings

Installed Library: libthunarx-2.so

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/Thunar, /usr/include/thunarx-2, /usr/lib/Thunar, /usr/lib/thunarx-2, /usr/share/doc/Thunar-1.6.3, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/thunarx, /usr/share/pixmaps/Thunar and /usr/share/Thunar

Short Descriptions

Thunar	is the Xfce file manager.
thunar	is a symbolic link to Thunar.
thunar-settings	is a shell script that launches a dialog box to allow you to alter the behaviour of Thunar.
`libthunarx-2.so`	contains the Thunar extension library which permits adding new features to the Thunar file manager.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

thunar-volman-0.8.0

Introduction to the Thunar Volume Manager

The Thunar Volume Manager is an extension for the Thunar file manager, which enables automatic management of removable drives and media.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar-volman/0.8/thunar-volman-0.8.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 250af757ea629c7c27f554d17119080c
Download size: 404 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Thunar Volume Manager Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2, libxfce4ui-4.10.0 and udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev)

Recommended Runtime Dependencies

Gvfs-1.16.3 and polkit-gnome-0.105

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/thunar-volman

Installation of the Thunar Volume Manager

Install the Thunar Volume Manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: thunar-volman and thunar-volman-settings

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

thunar-volman	is the Thunar Volume Manager, a command line utility to automatically mount or unmount removable media.
thunar-volman-settings	is a small GTK+ 2 application for changing Thunar Volume Manager settings.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Tumbler-0.1.29

Introduction to Tumbler

The Tumbler package contains a D-Bus thumbnailing service based on the thumbnail management D-Bus specification. This is useful for generating thumbnail images of files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/tumbler/0.1/tumbler-0.1.29.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f844215c5e3918eae58abdd85f146780
Download size: 500 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Tumbler Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2 and Intltool-0.50.2

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, FFmpegThumbnailer, FreeType-2.5.0.1, gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, GTK-Doc-1.19, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libgsf-1.14.28, libopewnraw, libpng-1.6.4 and Poppler-0.24.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tumbler

Installation of Tumbler

Install Tumbler by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libtumbler-1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/tumbler-1, /usr/lib/tumbler-1 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/tumbler

Short Descriptions

libtumbler-1.so

contains functions that the Tumbler daemon uses to create thumbnail images.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-appfinder-4.10.1

Introduction to Xfce4 Appfinder

Xfce4 Appfinder is a tool to find and launch installed applications by searching the .desktop files installed on your system.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-appfinder/4.10/xfce4-appfinder-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bea253956638e2df2dd950343b3b1b7b
Download size: 436 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Xfce4 Appfinder Dependencies

Required

Garcon-0.2.1 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-appfinder

Installation of Xfce4 Appfinder

Install Xfce4 Appfinder by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xfce4-appfinder and xfrun4

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

xfce4-appfinder

Is a GTK+ 2 application that enables you to quickly search through the .desktop files installed on your system looking for an application.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-power-manager-1.2.0

Introduction to Xfce4 Power Manager

The Xfce4 Power Manager is a power manager for the Xfce desktop, Xfce power manager manages the power sources on the computer and the devices that can be controlled to reduce their power consumption (such as LCD brightness level, monitor sleep, CPU frequency scaling). In addition, Xfce4 Power Manager provides a set of freedesktop-compliant DBus interfaces to inform other applications about current power level so that they can adjust their power consumption.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-power-manager/1.2/xfce4-power-manager-1.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 935599b7114b0a4b0e2c9a5d6c72524c
Download size: 1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xfce4 Power Manager Dependencies

Required

libnotify-0.7.6, UPower-0.9.21 and xfce4-panel-4.10.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-power-manager

Installation of Xfce4 Power Manager

Install Xfce4 Power Manager by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/xfce4-power-manager-1.2.0 \
     imagesdir=/usr/share/doc/xfce4-power-manager-1.2.0/images install

Installed Programs: xfce4-power-information, xfce4-power-manager, xfce4-power-manager-settings and xfpm-power-backlight-helper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

xfce4-power-information	is a GTK+ 2 application that displays information about installed devices. It uses DBus to comunicate with UPower which is required at runtime for xfce4-power-information to give any meaningful output.
xfce4-power-manager	is the Xfce Power Manager.
xfce4-power-manager-settings	is a utility that comes with the Xfce Power Manager to access/change its configuration.
xfpm-power-backlight-helper	is a command line utility to get or set the brightness of your screen.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-settings-4.10.1

Introduction to Xfce4 Settings

The Xfce4 Settings package contains a collection of programs that are useful for adjusting your Xfce preferences.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-settings/4.10/xfce4-settings-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: eaa86dd86ef0dad9cf7af1ee2c831972
Download size: 760 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Xfce4 Settings Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Installation of Xfce4 Settings

Install Xfce4 Settings by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-sound-settings: Use this switch to enable sound settings in GUI.

--enable-pluggable-dialogs: Use this switch to enable support for embedded settings dialogs.

Installed Programs: xfce4-accessibility-settings, xfce4-appearance-settings, xfce4-display-settings, xfce4-keyboard-settings, xfce4-mime-settings, xfce4-mouse-settings, xfce4-settings-editor, xfce4-settings-manager and xfsettingsd

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

xfce4-accessibility-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard and mouse preferences.
xfce4-appearance-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your theme, icon and font preferences.
xfce4-display-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your screen preferences.
xfce4-keyboard-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard preferences.
xfce4-mime-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change which applications are used to handle different mime types.
xfce4-mouse-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your mouse preferences.
xfce4-settings-editor	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change your preferences stored in Xfconf.
xfce4-settings-manager	is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change your many of your Xfce preferences.
xfsettingsd	is the Xfce settings daemon.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Xfdesktop-4.10.2

Introduction to Xfdesktop

Xfdesktop is a desktop manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Xfdesktop sets the background image / color, creates the right click menu and window list and displays the file icons on the desktop using Thunar libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfdesktop/4.10/xfdesktop-4.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 54a84ce63046c279fc3ec3f436d2f1b0
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xfdesktop Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2, libwnck-2.30.7 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Installation of Xfdesktop

Install Xfdesktop by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xfdesktop and xfdesktop-settings

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/backgrounds/xfce and /usr/share/pixmaps/xfdesktop

Short Descriptions

xfdesktop	is the Xfce Desktop Environment's desktop manager.
xfdesktop-settings	is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to change your desktop background, some preferences for the righ click menu and what icons are displayed on the desktop.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Xfwm4-4.10.1

Introduction to Xfwm4

Xfwm4 is the window manager for Xfce.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfwm4/4.10/xfwm4-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 10de50c79ed944cbb9c87741062c2a76
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Xfwm4 Dependencies

Required

libwnck-2.30.7, libxfce4ui-4.10.0 and libxfce4util-4.10.1

Installation of Xfwm4

Install Xfwm4 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xfwm4, xfwm4-settings, xfwm4-tweaks-settings and xfwm4-workspace-settings

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/themes/Daloa, /usr/share/themes/Default, /usr/share/themes/Kokodi, /usr/share/themes/Moheli and /usr/share/xfwm4

Short Descriptions

xfwm4	is the Xfce window manager.
xfwm4-settings	is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set some preferences such as your theme, keyboard shortcuts and mouse focus behaviour.
xfwm4-tweaks-settings	is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set some more preferences for Xfwm4.
xfwm4-workspace-settings	is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set your workspace preferences.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-session-4.10.1

Introduction to Xfce4 Session

Xfce4 Session is a session manager for Xfce. Its task is to save the state of your desktop (opened applications and their location) and restore it during a next startup. You can create several different sessions and choose one of them on startup.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-session/4.10/xfce4-session-4.10.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1757657c1d590aa6274b7b7cbba33352
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Xfce4 Session Dependencies

Required

libwnck-2.30.7, libxfce4ui-4.10.0 and Which-2.20

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-session

Installation of Xfce4 Session

Install Xfce4 Session by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-legacy-sm &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-legacy-sm: This switch disables legacy session management which isn't necessary on modern system.

Configuring Xfce4 Session

There are several optional run time dependencies for Xfce4: ConsoleKit-0.4.6, GnuPG-2.0.21, hicolor-icon-theme-0.12 and OpenSSH-6.3p1

To launch Xfce4 use the command startxfce4. If you have ConsoleKit-0.4.6 installed, use startxfce4 --with-ck-launch. ConsoleKit is required to perform any task that requires administrative access, including shut down and reboot.

Installed Programs: xfce4-session, xfce4-session-logout, xfce4-session-settings and xfce4-tips

Installed Library: libxfsm-4.6.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xfce4/xfce4-session-4.6, /usr/share/xfce4/tips and /usr/share/doc/xfce4-session-4.10.1

Short Descriptions

xfce4-session	starts up the Xfce Desktop Environment.
xfce4-session-logout	logs out from Xfce.
xfce4-session-settings	is a GTK+ 2 GUI which allows you to alter your preferences for your Xfce Session.
xfce4-tips	is a GTK+ 2 GUI which displays tips when you log in to an Xfce Session.
`libxfsm-4.6.so`	contains the Xfce Session API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Chapter 33. Xfce Applications

This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to your Xfce desktop.

Midori-0.5.5

Introduction to Midori

Midori is a lightweight web browser that uses WebKitGTK+.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.midori-browser.org/downloads/midori_0.5.5_all_.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b99e87d4b73a4732ed1c1e591f0242ac
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB (10 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Midori Dependencies

Required

libzeitgeist-0.3.18, WebKitGTK+-1.10.2 or WebKitGTK+-2.0.4 and Vala-0.20.1

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19 and libunique-1.1.6 or libunique (3.x)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/midori

Installation of Midori

Install Midori by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/midori-0.5.5 &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk3: Use this switch if you want to build Midori with GTK+ 3 dependencies.

--enable-apidocs: Use this switch if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to build and install the API documentation.

export NOCOLOR=1: This prevents the build process outputting colored text. Colored text is fine if you're running the commands in a terminal, but if you compile it with a script and pipe the output to a log file the control characters that color the text can makehe log file difficult to read with a text editor.

Installed Program: midori

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/xdg/midori, /usr/include/midori-0.5, /usr/lib/midori, /usr/share/doc/midori-0.5.5 and /usr/share/midori

Short Descriptions

midori

is a lightweight WebKitGTK+ browser.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 04:52:57 -0700

Parole-0.5.2

Introduction to Parole

Parole is a DVD/CD/music player for Xfce that uses GStreamer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/parole/0.5/parole-0.5.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 918914fcdede178a027cd1ed70954c30
Download size: 668 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Parole Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36 or gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

Installation of Parole

Install Parole by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-gstreamer=1.0: Use this switch if you want to use gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 instead of gst-plugins-base-0.10.36.

Using Parole

If you have installed Gstreamer Plugins Ugly with support for libdvdnav and libdvdread and would like to use Parole to play a DVD, click Media> Open location and enter dvd:// into the box.

Similarly, to play a CD, click Media> Open location and enter cdda:// into the box.

Installed Program: parole

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/include/parole, /usr/lib/parole-0 and /usr/share/parole

Short Descriptions

parole

is a GTK+ 2 media player that uses GStreamer.

Last updated on 2013-08-28 10:40:10 -0700

gtksourceview-2.10.5

Introduction to GtkSourceView

The GtkSourceView package contains libraries used for extending the GTK+ 2 text functions to include syntax highlighting.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/2.10/gtksourceview-2.10.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/2.10/gtksourceview-2.10.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 220db5518e3f7fa06c980f057b22ba62
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

GtkSourceView Dependencies

Required

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtksourceview2

Installation of GtkSourceView

Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libgtksourceview-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gtksourceview-2.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gtksourceview-2.0 and /usr/share/gtksourceview-2.0

Short Descriptions

libgtksourceview-2.0.so

contains function extensions for the GtkTextView widget.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

Mousepad-0.3.0

Introduction to Mousepad

Mousepad is a simple GTK+ 2 text editor for the Xfce desktop environment.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/mousepad/0.3/mousepad-0.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dcfcdfaa8a19c89f35d5f6f64753e6e1
Download size: 472 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Mousepad Dependencies

Required

dbus-glib-0.100.2 and gtksourceview-2.10.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mousepad

Installation of Mousepad

Install Mousepad by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: mousepad

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

mousepad

is a simple GTK+ 2 text editor.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

Vte-0.28.2

Introduction to Vte

Vte is a library (libvte) implementing a terminal emulator widget for GTK+ 2, and a minimal demonstration application (vte) that uses libvte.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 497f26e457308649e6ece32b3bb142ff
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Vte Dependencies

Required

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0, GTK-Doc-1.19 and PyGTK-2.24.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vte2

Installation of Vte

Install Vte by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte \
            --disable-static  &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: vte

Installed Library: libvte.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vte-0.0, /usr/lib/vte, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/vte-0.0 and /usr/share/vte

Short Descriptions

vte	is a simple terminal emulator.
`libvte.so`	contains the Vte API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

xfce4-terminal-0.6.2

Introduction to Xfce4 Terminal

Xfce4 Terminal is a GTK+ 2 terminal emulator. This is useful for running commands or programs in the comfort of an Xorg window; you can drag and drop files into the Xfce4 Terminal or copy and paste text with your mouse.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-terminal/0.6/xfce4-terminal-0.6.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d5cdb302bd770c9f2d30262c26639006
Download size: 824 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xfce4 Terminal Dependencies

Required

libxfce4ui-4.10.0 and Vte-0.28.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-terminal

Installation of Xfce4 Terminal

Install Xfce4 Terminal by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: xfce4-terminal

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/xfce4/terminal

Short Descriptions

xfce4-terminal

is a GTK+ 2 terminal emulator.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

Xfburn-0.4.3

Introduction to Xfburn

Xfburn is a GTK+ 2 GUI frontend for Libisoburn. This is useful for creating CDs and DVDs from files on your computer or ISO images downloaded from elsewhere.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfburn/0.4/xfburn-0.4.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 147cdc2d909e751125be16103b8dc81f
Download size: 640 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Xfburn Dependencies

Required

Exo-0.10.2, libxfcegui4-4.10.0, and libisoburn-1.3.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfburn

Installation of Xfburn

Install Xfburn by running the following commands:

sed -i '/<glib.h>/a#include <glib-object.h>' xfburn/xfburn-settings.h &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i '/<glib.h>/a#include <glib-object.h>' xfburn/xfburn-settings.h: This sed is needed to compile with Glib 2.32 installed.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: xfburn

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/xfburn

Short Descriptions

xfburn

is a GTK+ 2 application for creating CDs and DVDs.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

Ristretto-0.6.3

Introduction to Ristretto

Ristretto is a fast and lightweight image viewer for the Xfce desktop.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/ristretto/0.6/ristretto-0.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6b8c9a5d7ed319e4c84a9fefaa18792c
Download size: 488 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Ristretto Dependencies

Required

libexif-0.6.21 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ristretto

Installation of Ristretto

Install Ristretto by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: ristretto

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

ristretto

is a fast and lightweight image viewer.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

libunique-1.1.6

Introduction to libunique

The libunique package contains a library for writing single instance applications.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7955769ef31f1bc4f83446dbb3625e6d
Download size: 328 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libunique-1.1.6-upstream_fixes-1.patch

libunique Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20

Optional

gobject-introspection-1.36.0 and GTK-Doc-1.19

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libunique

Installation of libunique

Install libunique by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libunique-1.1.6-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&

./configure --prefix=/usr  \
            --disable-dbus \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-dbus: This switch disables D-Bus backend in favor of the GDBus backend.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libunique-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/unique-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/unique

Short Descriptions

libunique-1.0.so

contains the libunique API functions for single instance support.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

xfce4-mixer-4.10.0

Introduction to Xfce4 Mixer

Xfce4 Mixer is a volume control application for the Xfce desktop based on GStreamer.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-mixer/4.10/xfce4-mixer-4.10.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e47d5b3e873fdee3fa80d309a5f53e9c
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Xfce4 Mixer Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, libunique-1.1.6 and xfce4-panel-4.10.1

Optional

Keybinder

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-mixer

Installation of Xfce4 Mixer

Install Xfce4 Mixer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: xfce4-mixer

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/pixmaps/xfce4-mixer and /usr/share/xfce4-mixer

Short Descriptions

xfce4-mixer

is an audio mixer which allows you to adjust input and output volume levels on your sound cards.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

xfce4-notifyd-0.2.4

Introduction to the Xfce4 Notification Daemon

The Xfce4 Notification Daemon is a small program that implements the "server-side" portion of the Freedesktop desktop notifications specification. Applications that wish to pop up a notification bubble in a standard way can use Xfce4-Notifyd to do so by sending standard messages over D-Bus using the org.freedesktop.Notifications interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-notifyd/0.2/xfce4-notifyd-0.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 094be6f29206aac8299f27084e284e88
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

The Xfce4 Notification Daemon Dependencies

Required

libnotify-0.7.6 and libxfce4ui-4.10.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-notifyd

Installation of the Xfce4 Notification Daemon

Install the Xfce4 Notification Daemon by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

You can test the notification daemon with the command notify-send:

notify-send -i info Information "Hi ${USER}, This is a Test"

Installed Program: xfce4-notifyd-config

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/themes/Default/xfce-notify-4.0, /usr/share/themes/Smoke/xfce-notify-4.0 and /usr/share/themes/ZOMG-PONIES!/xfce-notify-4.0

Short Descriptions

xfce4-notifyd-config

is a GTK+ 2 GUI that allows you to change some of your preferences (theme and screen position) for the notifications that the Xfce4 Notification Daemon displays.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

Part X. X Software

Chapter 34. Office Programs

This chapter is a collection of programs that are useful for viewing or editing office documents. Some specialise in doing one thing (such as word processing or manipulating a spreadsheet). Libre Office is a suite of programs that can manipulate many different formats including powerpoint presentations.

AbiWord-2.9.4

Introduction to AbiWord

AbiWord is a word processor which is useful for writing reports, letters and other formatted documents.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/2.9.4/source/abiword-2.9.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62e59bea4279c7ec48de8824aea8dc58
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 GB (160 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 6.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

AbiWord Docs: http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/2.9.4/source/abiword-docs-2.9.4.tar.gz
AbiWord Docs MD5 sum: 1.4 MB
AbiWord Docs size: 4e694a7ba6bf8294b3498118f2b6eb27

AbiWord Dependencies

Required

Boost-1.54.0, FriBidi-0.19.5, GOffice-0.10.7, and wv-1.2.9

Optional

Aiksaurus, dbus-glib-0.100.2, Evolution Data Server, gobject-introspection-1.36.0, GtkMathView, libchamplain, libgcrypt-1.5.3, libical-1.0, libsoup-2.42.2, libwmf, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, Link Grammar Parser, Loudmouth, Redland-1.0.16, Telepathy GLib, OTS Psiconv, and Valgrind

Note

To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from ./configure --help for the necessary switches you must pass to the configure script.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/abiword

Installation of AbiWord

Install AbiWord by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This program does not come with a functional test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to install the local help files, untar and build them first

tar -xf ../abiword-docs-2.9.4.tar.gz &&
cd abiword-docs-2.9.4 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

and then, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-collab-backend-telepathy: This switch disables Telepathy Colab backend which causes build to fail when using recent versions of Telepathy GLib.

--without-evolution-data-server: This switch disables AbiWord Evolution Data Server support which is known to fail when using recent versions of Evolution Data Server.

--enable-plugins="collab openxml goffice grammar": Build some or all of the collab plugins. The openxml plugin enables Abiword to open some .docx files. The grammar plugin requires Link Grammar Parser

Configuring AbiWord

Config File

~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

Configuration Information

Choose the right template for your language and locale from the list produced by the following command:

ls /usr/share/abiword-2.9/templates

Create the folder ~/.AbiSuite/templates then copy the normal.awt you want into it:

install -v -m750 -d ~/.AbiSuite/templates &&
install -v -m640    /usr/share/abiword-2.9/templates/normal.awt-<lang> \
                    ~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt

Change <lang> by the above command to fit the name of the file you want.

If you are using multiple languages, you may need to edit the template to use a font with greater coverage (e.g. one of the DejaVu fonts), because Abiword does not use fontconfig and can only display glyphs that are provided in the chosen font.

If you have desktop-file-utils-0.22 installed, you should run the update-desktop-database command to update the mimeinfo cache and allow the Help system to work.

Installed Program: abiword

Installed Library: libabiword-2.9.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/abiword-2.9, /usr/lib/abiword-2.9, and /usr/share/abiword-2.9

Short Descriptions

abiword	is the word processor, a wrapper for the functions in libabiword-2.9 - it can also be used on the command line, see man 1 abiword.
`libabiword-2.9.so`	provides functions to access MS Word documents.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 17:59:05 -0700

Gnumeric-1.12.7

Introduction to Gnumeric

The Gnumeric package contains a spreadsheet program which is useful for mathematical analysis.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 31c8cc37a7cfc571a1aa84437bf36b21
Download size: 15 MB
Estimated disk space required: 270 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

Gnumeric Dependencies

Required

GOffice-0.10.7 and Rarian-0.8.1

Optional

dblatex (for PDF docs), gobject-introspection-1.36.0, Guile-2.0.9, libgda, Mono, pxlib, Psiconv and PyGObject-3.8.3

Note

Though only a run-time dependency, if you don't install the Yelp-3.8.1 package, the built-in help functionality in Gnumeric will not be available.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnumeric

Installation of Gnumeric

Install Gnumeric by running the following commands:

sed -e "s@zz-application/zz-winassoc-xls;@@" -i gnumeric.desktop.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package requires that it is installed before the test suite is run.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to test the results, issue make check. 9 of the 14 tests will fail for various reasons, many more will be skipped because the xls files don't exist.

Command Explanations

sed -e "s@zz-application/zz-winassoc-xls;@@" ...: This sed removes invalid mime type from the .desktop file.

--enable-pdfdocs: Use this switch if you have installed dblatex and wish to create PDF docs.

Installed Programs: gnumeric, gnumeric-1.12.7, ssconvert, ssgrep and ssindex

Installed Libraries: libspreadsheet.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libspreadsheet-1.10, /usr/lib/gnumeric, /usr/lib/goffice/0.10/plugins/gnumeric, /usr/share/gnome/help/gnumeric, /usr/share/gnumeric and /usr/share/omf/gnumeric

Short Descriptions

gnumeric	is a symlink to gnumeric-1.12.7.
gnumeric-1.12.7	is GNOME's spreadsheet application.
ssconvert	is a command line utility to convert spreadsheet files between various spreadsheet file formats.
ssgrep	is a command line utility to search spreadsheets for strings.
ssindex	is a command line utility to generate index data for spreadsheet files.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 16:59:56 -0700

LibreOffice-4.1.1

Introduction to LibreOffice

LibreOffice is a full-featured office suite. It is largely compatible with Microsoft Office and is descended from OpenOffice.org.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Core Download: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/4.1.1/libreoffice-4.1.1.2.tar.xz
Core Download MD5 sum: 4eb8fd2b0d1177d19b2f797faabc4ea2
Core Download size: 117 MB
Estimated disk space required: 7.8 GB (509 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 173 SBU

Additional Downloads

Dictionaries: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/4.1.1/libreoffice-dictionaries-4.1.1.2.tar.xz
Dictionaries MD5 sum: 482c3ba55f6062eaf49eb493200643c9
Dictionaries size: 35 MB
Help Files: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/4.1.1/libreoffice-help-4.1.1.2.tar.xz
Help Files MD5 sum: f6b418a1ed94ef9d5ee30e9f5d7f305a
Help Files size: 1.8 MB
Translations: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/4.1.1/libreoffice-translations-4.1.1.2.tar.xz
Translations MD5 sum: e8c69bdb55586531cc192904467f5e24
Translations size: 124 MB

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libreoffice-4.1.1.2-system_neon-1.patch

LibreOffice Dependencies

Required

Gperf-3.0.4, GTK+-2.24.20, Perl Modules Archive::Zip-1.30 and XML::Parser-2.41, UnZip-6.0, Wget-1.14, Which-2.20 and Zip-3.0

Note

Most of these packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and install its own (often older) version.

Boost-1.54.0, Cups-1.6.3, cURL-7.32.0, D-Bus-1.6.14, expat-2.1.0, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36 or gst-plugins-base-1.0.10, ICU-51.2, Little CMS-2.5, librsvg-2.37.0, libxml2-2.9.1 and libxslt-1.1.28, MesaLib-9.2.0, neon-0.30.0, NSS-3.15.1, OpenLDAP-2.4.36 (client only), OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Poppler-0.24.1, Python-3.3.2 (used to build the translations), Redland-1.0.16 and unixODBC-2.3.1

Optional

BlueZ-4.101, Cppunit, Graphite2, GTK+-3.8.4, Hunspell, Hyphen, kdelibs-4.11.1, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, libcdr, libmspub, libmwaw, libvisio, libcmis, CLucene, libexttextcat, liblangtag, libodfgen, VIGRA, mdds, MySQL-5.6.13, MyThes, PostgreSQL-9.3.0, SANE-1.0.23 and Zenity

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libreoffice

Installation of LibreOffice

Warning

Untaring the libreoffice-4.1.1.2 tarball as root has the curious effect of changing the ownership of the parent directory to a user with numerical id 11012 and with the permissions set to allow read, write and execute for that user only! If you untared as root in your home folder you could end up unable to log in again. If you untared it in /usr you would find your user account unable to access any file in /usr.

You can avoid this unpleasantness by not untaring it as root. If you must untar it as root pass the option --no-overwrite-dir to tar. This is the default when you untar as a user but has to be passed as an option when untaring as root:

tar -xf libreoffice-4.1.1.2.tar.xz --no-overwrite-dir &&
cd libreoffice-4.1.1.2

Unpack the dictionaries file and create symlinks to tarballs from the source directory so they won't get downloaded again (it is not necessary to unpack the help nor the translations tarballs):

install -dm755 src &&

tar -xf ../libreoffice-dictionaries-4.1.1.2.tar.xz --no-overwrite-dir --strip-components=1 &&

ln -sv ../../libreoffice-dictionaries-4.1.1.2.tar.xz src/ &&
ln -sv ../../libreoffice-help-4.1.1.2.tar.xz src/

If you have downloaded the translations tarball, create a symlink:

ln -sv ../../libreoffice-translations-4.1.1.2.tar.xz src/

Note

During the build process, some packages will be downloaded (including the ones listed as recommended and optional dependencies) if they are not present on the system. Doing so, build time may be different for everyone.

In the rest of the page, locales "en-US" and "pt-BR" are examples; the user will change them to suit his needs - you might want to read the "Command Explanations", further below, before proceeding. Due to the large size of the package, the user may prefer to install in /opt, instead of /usr. In order to do that, replace /usr by /opt/libreoffice-4.1.1.2 in the rest of the page, except in the commands fixing the menu icons. Prepare LibreOffice for compilation by running the following commands:

sed -e "/gzip -f/d"   \
    -e "s|.1.gz|.1|g" \
    -i bin/distro-install-desktop-integration &&
sed -e "/distro-install-file-lists/d" -i Makefile.in &&

chmod -v +x bin/unpack-sources &&
sed -e "s/target\.mk/langlist\.mk/"                \
    -e "s/tar -xf/tar -x --strip-components=1 -f/" \
    -e "/tar -x/s/lo_src_dir/start_dir/"           \
    -i bin/unpack-sources &&

patch -Np1 -i ../libreoffice-4.1.1.2-system_neon-1.patch    &&
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr              \
             --sysconfdir=/etc          \
             --with-vendor="BLFS"       \
             --with-lang="en-US pt-BR"  \
             --with-help                \
             --with-alloc=system        \
             --without-java             \
             --disable-gconf            \
             --disable-odk              \
             --disable-postgresql-sdbc  \
             --enable-python=system     \
             --with-system-boost        \
             --with-system-cairo        \
             --with-system-curl         \
             --with-system-expat        \
             --with-system-harfbuzz     \
             --with-system-icu          \
             --with-system-jpeg         \
             --with-system-lcms2        \
             --with-system-libpng       \
             --with-system-libxml       \
             --with-system-mesa-headers \
             --with-system-neon         \
             --with-system-nss          \
             --with-system-odbc         \
             --with-system-openldap     \
             --with-system-openssl      \
             --with-system-poppler      \
             --with-system-redland      \
             --with-system-zlib         \
             --with-parallelism=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)

The instructions below will only build the package without running any unit tests. If you prefer to run the unit tests, replace make build with make

Build the package:

make build

Now, as the root user:

make distro-pack-install

If the dictionaries have been built, again as root user:

chown -cR 0:0 dictionaries/                                                  &&
mkdir -pv /usr/lib/libreoffice/share/extensions/dict-en                      &&
cp -vR dictionaries/en/*    /usr/lib/libreoffice/share/extensions/dict-en    &&
mkdir -pv /usr/lib/libreoffice/share/extensions/dict-pt-BR                   &&
cp -vR dictionaries/pt_BR/* /usr/lib/libreoffice/share/extensions/dict-pt-BR

In the following, do not replace /usr by /opt/libreoffice-4.1.1.2. If installed in /opt and there are no icons in the new items of the desktop menu, optionally run the following commands, as root user (it may be necessary to logout the session, before the icons appear):

mkdir -pv /usr/share/pixmaps &&
for i in writer base calc draw impress math startcenter writer
do
  ln -svf /opt/libreoffice-4.1.1.2/share/icons/hicolor/32x32/apps/libreoffice-$i.png \
          /usr/share/pixmaps/
done
unset i

Command Explanations

sed -e ...: First sed prevents compression of the manual pages, the second one prevents a script that causes install to fail from running and the third one fixes the unpack script.

chmod -v +x ...: Fix the unpack script's permissions.

--with-vendor=BLFS: This switch sets BLFS as the vendor which is mentioned when you click "About" on the toolbar.

--with-lang="en-US pt-BR": This switch sets what languages to support. To list several languages, separate them with a space. For all languages, use --with-lang=ALL.

For a list of the available languages, you can uncompress the translations tarball, tar -xf ../libreoffice-translations-4.1.1.2.tar.xz --no-overwrite-dir -C /tmp, and run ls /tmp/libreoffice-4.1.1.2/translations/source.

--with-help: Without this switch, the help files are not built.

--with-alloc=system: This switch tells LibreOffice to use system allocator instead of the internal one.

--without-java: This switch disables Java support in LibreOffice.

--disable-gconf: This switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the deprecated GNOME configuration system support.

--disable-odk: This switch disables installing the office development kit. Remove if you want to develop a LibreOffice based application.

--disable-postgresql-sdbc: This switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the ability to connect to a PostgreSQL database. Remove it if you would like LibreOffice to be able to connect to a PostgreSQL database. If you have installed PostgreSQL on your system and would like LibreOffice to use that rather than compile its own copy, use the --with-system-postgresql switch.

--enable-python=system: This switch tells LibreOffice to use installed Python 3 to build the translations instead of the bundled one. If you don't need to build any translations, you can use --disable-python instead.

--with-system-*: These switches prevent LibreOffice from trying to compile its own versions of these dependencies. If you've not installed some of the dependencies, remove the corresponding switches.

--with-parallelism=$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN): This switch tells LibreOffice to use all your CPUs to compile in parallel and speed up the build.

--disable-cups: Use this switch if you don't need printing support.

--disable-gstreamer-0.10: Use this switch if you've not installed gst-plugins-base-0.10.36.

--disable-dbus: Use this switch if you've not installed D-Bus-1.6.14. It also disables Bluetooth support and font install via PackageKit.

--enable-gstreamer: Use this switch if you want to use gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 instead of gst-plugins-base-0.10.36 for the avmedia module.

--enable-gtk3: Use this switch if you want to build the GTK+ 3 integration module.

--enable-kde4: Use this switch if you want to build the KDE integration module.

Installed Programs: libreoffice, lobase, localc, lodraw, loffice, lofromtemplate, loimpress, lomath, loweb, lowriter, soffice and unopkg

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/libreoffice

Short Descriptions

lobase	is a database manager.
localc	is a spreadsheet program.
lodraw	is a vector graphics editor and diagramming tool.
loimpress	can edit and display PowerPoint presentations.
lomath	is a mathematical formula editor.
lowriter	is a word processor.
unopkg	is a tool to manage LibreOffice extensions from the command line.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 07:37:56 -0700

Chapter 35. Graphical Web Browsers

This chapter contains a wonderful selection of browsers. We hope you can find one you enjoy using or give them each a trial run.

SeaMonkey-2.20

Introduction to SeaMonkey

SeaMonkey is a browser suite, the Open Source sibling of Netscape. It includes the browser, composer, mail and news clients, and an IRC client. It is the follow-on to the Mozilla browser suite.

The Mozilla project also hosts two subprojects that aim to satisfy the needs of users who don't need the complete browser suite or prefer to have separate applications for browsing and e-mail. These subprojects are Firefox-23.0.1 and Thunderbird-17.0.8. Both are based on the Mozilla source code.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/2.20/source/seamonkey-2.20.source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/seamonkey/releases/2.20/source/seamonkey-2.20.source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 04b961790658233b7dafb5222b251bf5
Download size: 134 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 GB (51 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 64 SBU

Additional Download

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/seamonkey-2.20-system_cairo-1.patch

SeaMonkey Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, GTK+-2.24.20, Zip-3.0, and UnZip-6.0.

Optional

dbus-glib-0.100.2, startup-notification-0.12, SQLite-3.8.0.2, Hunspell, libevent-2.0.21, Doxygen-1.8.5, libnotify-0.7.6, NSPR-4.10, NSS-3.15.1, Wireless Tools-29, Valgrind (only for testing the jemalloc code), and Wget-1.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seamonkey

Installation of SeaMonkey

The configuration of SeaMonkey is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default mozconfig file is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. You may also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other desired options. Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > mozconfig << EOF
# If you have a multicore machine you can speed up the build by running
# several jobs at once, but if you have a single core, delete this line:
mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j$(getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN)"

# If you have installed Yasm delete this option:
ac_add_options --disable-webm

# If you have installed DBus-Glib delete this option:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus

# If you have installed wireless-tools delete this option:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi

# If you have installed libnotify delete this option:
ac_add_options --disable-libnotify

# Uncomment this line if you compiled Cairo with --enable-tee switch and want
# to use it instead of the bundled one:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# Uncomment these if you have installed them:
# ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification
# ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
# ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
# ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
# ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
# ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
# ac_add_options --with-system-nss

mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/moz-build-dir
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-debug-symbols
ac_add_options --disable-installer
ac_add_options --disable-static
ac_add_options --disable-tests
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --enable-application=suite
ac_add_options --enable-shared
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --with-pthreads
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
EOF

If you are building against a system-installed Cairo apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../seamonkey-2.20-system_cairo-1.patch

Compile SeaMonkey by running the following command:

Note

If you did not install Xorg in /usr, be sure to specify the location with:

export CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/include
export C_INCLUDE_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/include

make -f client.mk &&
make -C moz-build-dir/suite/installer

This package does not come with a test suite. However, if X is running it can be launched from the build directory before installing with the command line: moz-build-dir/mozilla/dist/seamonkey/seamonkey

Install SeaMonkey by issuing the following commands as the root user:

rm -rf    /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20 &&
mkdir -pv /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20 &&

tar -xf moz-build-dir/mozilla/dist/seamonkey-2.20.en-US.linux-$(uname -m).tar.bz2 \
  -C /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20 --strip-components=1  &&

ln -sfv ../lib/seamonkey-2.20/seamonkey /usr/bin   &&

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins                   &&
ln -sfv ../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20 &&

cp -v moz-build-dir/mozilla/dist/man/man1/seamonkey.1 /usr/share/man/man1

NPAPI Headers

The above instructions just install the parts you need to run SeaMonkey. If you want to compile gnash-0.8.10, the open source version of Flash, copy some headers that Gnash needs into /usr/include, as the root user:

rm -rf   /usr/include/npapi &&
mkdir -v /usr/include/npapi &&
cp -v mozilla/dom/plugins/base/*.h /usr/include/npapi

All the Development Libraries and Headers

If you want to install the full SeaMonkey development environment, as the root user:

make -C moz-build-dir install

Command Explanations

make -f client.mk: Mozilla products are packaged to allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to pass the configuration settings to the configure command. make uses the client.mk file to get initial configuration and setup parameters.

make -C moz-build-dir/suite/installer: this creates a tarball of the finished SeaMonkey.

tar xf moz-build-dir/mozilla/dist/seamonkey-2.20.en-US.linux-$(uname -m).tar.bz2 -C /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20 --strip-components=1: this untars SeaMonkey into /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20.

ln -s ../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20: this creates a symlink to /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins for the sake of compatibility, to keep all your plugins in the place mozilla plugins are normally found.

Configuring SeaMonkey

If you deleted the --disable-webm option from your mozconfig, your SeaMonkey can play most youtube videos without the need for the flash plugin. To enable this, go to http://www.youtube.com/html5 and click on 'Join the HTML5 Trial' (needs cookies enabled).

For installing various SeaMonkey plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project.

Along with using the “Preferences” menu to configure SeaMonkey's options and preferences to suit individual tastes, finer grain control of many options is only available using a tool not available from the general menu system. To access this tool, you'll need to open a browser window and enter about:config in the address bar. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.

Tip

There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize SeaMonkey. A very extensive list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a seamonkey.desktop file so that SeaMonkey appears in the panel's menus. If you didn't enable Startup-Notification in your mozconfig change the StartupNotify line to false. As the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps}              &&

cat > /usr/share/applications/seamonkey.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Name=SeaMonkey
Comment=The Mozilla Suite
Icon=seamonkey
Exec=seamonkey
Categories=Network;GTK;Application;Email;Browser;WebBrowser;News;
StartupNotify=true
Terminal=false
EOF

ln -sfv /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20/chrome/icons/default/seamonkey.png \
        /usr/share/pixmaps

Installed Programs: seamonkey

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser, and email/newsgroup components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20

Installed Directories: /usr/include/npapi and /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.20.

Short Descriptions

seamonkey

is the Mozilla browser/email/newsgroup/chat client suite.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 09:49:53 -0700

Firefox-23.0.1

Introduction to Firefox

Firefox is a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla codebase.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/23.0.1/source/firefox-23.0.1.source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/firefox/releases/23.0.1/source/firefox-23.0.1.source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0fa25582fb5e0fba37c9f1add8370af2
Download size: 111 MB
Estimated disk space required: 4.9 GB (48 MB installed) (or 794 MB and 4.6 MB if using Xulrunner)
Estimated build time: 58 SBU (0.31 SBU if using Xulrunner)

Additional Downloads

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/firefox-23.0.1-search_box_fix-1.patch
Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/firefox-23.0.1-system_cairo-1.patch

Firefox Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, GTK+-2.24.20, Zip-3.0, and UnZip-6.0

Note

If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, dbus-glib-0.100.2, Doxygen-1.8.5, gst-plugins-base-0.10.36, Hunspell, libnotify-0.7.6, startup-notification-0.12, Wget-1.14, Wireless Tools-29 and Xulrunner-23.0.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/firefox

Installation of Firefox

There are two major methods for building Firefox. In the standard case, the entire suite of libraries is built and installed. In the other, most of the system is built using the procedures found in Xulrunner-23.0.1. This is advantageous if you are planning to build other related packages such as IcedTea-Web-1.4. With either build method, you need to run the main build procedure below with the appropriate options in the mozconfig file. Then use the appropriate install instructions depending on the chosen build method.

The configuration of Firefox is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and an abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. You may also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other desired options. Create the file by issuing the following command:

cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, firefox will now use all the cores by
# default. Exceptionally, you can reduce the number of cores, e.g. to 1,
# by uncommenting the next line and setting a valid number of CPU cores.
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j1"

# If you have installed DBus-Glib comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus

# If you have installed wireless-tools comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi

# If you have installed libnotify comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-libnotify

# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
# GStreamer is necessary for H.264 video playback in HTML5 Video Player
#ac_add_options --enable-gstreamer
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification

# Uncomment this line if you compiled Cairo with --enable-tee switch and want
# to use it instead of the bundled one:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# If you have not installed Yasm then uncomment this line:
#ac_add_options --disable-webm

# If you have installed xulrunner uncomment the next two ac_add_options lines
# and check that the sdk will be set by running pkg-config in a subshell
# and has not become hardcoded or empty when you created this file
#ac_add_options --with-system-libxul
#ac_add_options --with-libxul-sdk=$(pkg-config --variable=sdkdir libxul)

# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss

# It is recommended not to touch anything below this line
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=browser

ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-installer
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-tests

ac_add_options --enable-optimize
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip

ac_add_options --enable-gio
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
ac_add_options --enable-safe-browsing
ac_add_options --enable-url-classifier

ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman

ac_add_options --with-pthreads

ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib

mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/firefox-build-dir
EOF

If you are building against an already installed Xulrunner apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-23.0.1-search_box_fix-1.patch

If you are building against a system-installed Cairo apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-23.0.1-system_cairo-1.patch

Compile Firefox by issuing the following commands:

sed -i 's@ ""@@' browser/base/Makefile.in &&
make -f client.mk

This package does not come with a test suite.

If you have not linked Firefox against an installed Xulrunner:

make -C firefox-build-dir/browser/installer

Now, as the root user, if you have not linked Firefox against an installed Xulrunner, install the package:

rm -rf /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1 &&
mkdir  /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1 &&

tar -xvf firefox-build-dir/dist/firefox-23.0.1.en-US.linux-$(uname -m).tar.bz2 \
    -C /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1 --strip-components=1 &&
chown -R -v root:root /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1 &&

ln -sfv ../lib/firefox-23.0.1/firefox /usr/bin &&

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins &&
ln -sfv ../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1

If you have linked against an already installed Xulrunner, as the root user:

make -C firefox-build-dir install &&
ln -sfv ../lib/firefox-23.0.1/firefox /usr/bin &&
ln -sfv ../xulrunner-23.0.1 /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1/xulrunner &&

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins &&
ln -sfv ../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1

NPAPI Headers

The above instructions just install the parts you need to run Firefox. If you want to compile gnash-0.8.10, the open source version of Flash, copy some headers that Gnash needs into /usr/include, as the root user:

rm -rf /usr/include/npapi &&
mkdir -v /usr/include/npapi &&
cp -v dom/plugins/base/*.h /usr/include/npapi

Note

You don't need to install the headers if you have built Firefox against Xulrunner.

Command Explanations

sed -i 's@ ""@@' browser/base/Makefile.in: This sed removes an unprintable control character from the title bar.

make -C firefox-build-dir/browser/installer: this creates a Firefox tarball similar to the ones you can download from Mozilla.

tar -xfv firefox-build-dir/dist ...: This untars Firefox in /usr/lib. The --strip-components=1 option removes the leading 'firefox' directory from the filenames, allowing us to untar it into a versioned directory.

make -C firefox-build-dir install: This runs make install in firefox-build-dir.

ln -sfv ... /usr/bin/firefox: This puts a symbolic link to the firefox executable in your PATH variable.

mkdir -p /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins: This checks that /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins exists.

ln -sv ... /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1: This command creates a symbolic link to /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. It's not really needed, as Firefox checks /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins by default, but the symbolic link is made to keep all the plugins installed in one folder.

Configuring Firefox

If you deleted the --disable-webm option from your mozconfig, your Firefox can play most YouTube videos without the need for the flash plugin. To enable this, go to http://www.youtube.com/html5 and click on 'Join the HTML5 Trial' (needs cookies enabled).

If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may like to create a firefox.desktop file so that Firefox appears in the panel's menus. If you didn't enable startup-notification in your mozconfig change the StartupNotify line to false. As the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/pixmaps &&

cat > /usr/share/applications/firefox.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Firefox Web Browser
Comment=Browse the World Wide Web
GenericName=Web Browser
Exec=firefox %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=firefox
Categories=GNOME;GTK;Network;WebBrowser;
MimeType=application/xhtml+xml;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml;text/mml;x-scheme-handler/http;x-scheme-handler/https;
StartupNotify=true
EOF

ln -sfv /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1/browser/icons/mozicon128.png \
        /usr/share/pixmaps/firefox.png

Installed Programs: firefox

Installed Libraries: Numerous libraries, browser components, plugins, extensions, and helper modules installed in /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1

Installed Directories: /usr/include/npapi and /usr/lib/firefox-23.0.1

Short Descriptions

firefox

is a GTK+ 2 internet browser that uses the Mozilla Gecko rendering engine.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 00:48:50 -0700

Chapter 36. Other X-based Programs

These programs use the X window system and don't fit easily into any of the other chapters.

Balsa-2.5.1

Introduction to Balsa

The Balsa package contains a GNOME-2 based mail client.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://pawsa.fedorapeople.org/balsa/balsa-2.5.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: afd175b4de2c6cc685ace50dc3ad61ff
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 72 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Balsa Dependencies

Required

libESMTP-1.0.6, Rarian-0.8.1, GMime-2.6.17, and Aspell-0.60.6.1 or GtkSpell (GtkSpell provides on-the-fly as you type spell checking)

Optional

GtkHTML, gtksourceview-3.8.2, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, OpenLDAP-2.4.36, Compface-1.5.2, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, libnotify-0.7.6, SQLite-3.8.0.2, and MTA (that provides a sendmail command, note that it is only used if you didn't install the recommended libESMTP package)

Optional to Build S/MIME Support

GPGME-1.4.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/balsa

Installation of Balsa

Install Balsa by running the following commands:

sed -i "/(HAVE_CONFIG_H)/i \
#include <glib-2.0/glib.h>" src/main-window.c &&


./configure --prefix=/usr            \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/gnome  \
            --localstatedir=/var/lib \
            --with-rubrica           \
            --without-html-widget    \
            --without-libnotify      \
            --without-nm             \
            --without-gtkspell       &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-rubrica: This parameter is used to provide Rubrica2 address book support.

--with-ssl: Use this option to enable SSL support if OpenSSL is installed.

--with-ldap: Use this option to enable LDAP address book support if OpenLDAP is installed.

--with-sqlite: Use this option to enable SQLite address book support if SQLite is installed.

--with-gpgme: Use this option to enable GPG support if “GnuPG Made Easy” (GPGME) is installed.

--enable-smime: Use this option to enable S/MIME support if GnuPG-2.x.x is installed.

Configuring Balsa

Configuration Information

All configuration of Balsa is done through the Balsa menu system, with mailbox configuration done with the Settings—>Preferences menu.

If you are unable to connect to your ISP, they probably don't support APOP. Disable it in Settings/Preferences/POP3/advanced.

If you enable filters for your incoming POP3 mail, you must have Procmail-3.22 installed, as the incoming mail will be handed off to procmail for processing.

Installed Programs: balsa and balsa-ab

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/balsa and /usr/share/sounds/balsa

Short Descriptions

balsa

is a glib based mail client.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

Blueman-1.23

Introduction to Blueman

Blueman is full featured GTK+ Bluetooth manager.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/blueman/blueman-1.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f0bee59589f4c23e35bf08c2ef8acaef
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Blueman Dependencies

Required

BlueZ-4.101, D-Bus Python-1.2.0, GTK+-2.24.20, Notify Python-0.1.1, PyGTK-2.24.0 (with GTK+-2.24.20 support), Pyrex-0.9.9, and startup-notification-0.12

Optional

Nautilus SendTo

Required (Runtime)

obex-data-server-0.4.6 and polkit-gnome-0.105

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/blueman

Installation of Blueman

Install Blueman by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib/blueman \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: blueman-adapters, blueman-applet, blueman-assistant, blueman-browse, blueman-manager, blueman-sendto, and blueman-services

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/blueman, /usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/blueman, and /usr/share/blueman

Short Descriptions

blueman-adapters	is an utility used to set adapter properties.
blueman-applet	is a tray applet used to manage bluetooth.
blueman-assistant	is an application used for configuring and pairing bluetooth devices.
blueman-browse	is used to start obex browser for specified device.
blueman-manager	is the bluetooth device manager.
blueman-sendto	is an application used for sending files to bluetooth devices.
blueman-services	is a graphical dialog used for configuring local bluetooth services.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

Ekiga-4.0.1

Introduction to Ekiga

Ekiga is a VoIP, IP Telephony, and Video Conferencing application that allows you to make audio and video calls to remote users with SIP or H.323 compatible hardware and software. It supports many audio and video codecs and all modern VoIP features for both SIP and H.323. Ekiga is the first Open Source application to support both H.323 and SIP, as well as audio and video.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/4.0/ekiga-4.0.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ekiga/4.0/ekiga-4.0.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 704ba532a8e3e0b5e3e2971dd2db39e4
Download size: 8.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 315 MB
Estimated build time: 3.5 SBU

Ekiga Dependencies

Required

Boost-1.54.0, gnome-icon-theme-3.8.3, GTK+-2.24.20 and Opal-3.10.10

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31, Evolution Data Server, GNOME Doc Utils and OpenLDAP-2.4.36

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ekiga

Installation of Ekiga

Install Ekiga by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --disable-eds     \
            --disable-gdu     \
            --disable-ldap    \
            --disable-scrollkeeper &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-eds: This switch disables support for the Evolution Data Server. Remove if you have installed Evolution Data Server.

--disable-gdu: This switch disables documentation generation using GNOME Doc Utils. Remove if you have installed GNOME Doc Utils.

--disable-ldap: This switch disables LDAP support in Ekiga. Remove if you have installed OpenLDAP.

--disable-scrollkeeper: Use this parameter if you have installed Rarian but wish to disable the updates to the Scrollkeeper database.

--disable-dbus: This switch disables D-Bus support. Use if you have not installed D-Bus.

--enable-avahi: This switch enables use of the Avahi with Ekiga. Use if you have installed Avahi.

Note

If you have not installed recommended dependencies you will need additional switches passed to configure. Examine ./configure --help output to see all available switches.

Installed Programs: ekiga, ekiga-config-tool and ekiga-helper

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/ekiga, /usr/share/gnome/help/ekiga, /usr/share/omf/ekiga, /usr/share/pixmaps/ekiga and /usr/share/sounds/ekiga

Short Descriptions

ekiga

is a SIP and H.323 VoIP, IP Telephony and Video Conferencing application which complies to the SIP and H.323 protocols.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 08:40:02 -0700

Gimp-2.8.6

Introduction to Gimp

The Gimp package contains the GNU Image Manipulation Program which is useful for photo retouching, image composition and image authoring.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://artfiles.org/gimp.org/gimp/v2.8/gimp-2.8.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gimp.org/pub/gimp/v2.8/gimp-2.8.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 12b3fdf33d1f07ae79b412a9e38b9693
Download size: 20 MB
Estimated disk space required: 670 MB (additional 680 MB to run the test suite, the help files add from 267 MB (en only) to 1.3 GB (all), typically increasing by 60 MB per translation)
Estimated build time: 4.9 SBU (additional 1.2 SBU to run the test suite, for the help files from 0.7 SBU (en only) to 29 SBU (all) - typically 1.5 SBU per translation)

Additional Downloads

Optional help files: ftp://gimp.org/pub/gimp/help/gimp-help-2.8.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d6e07a569fe4b3bb11aaf5630da2693b
Download size: 127 MB
Optional compressed patch for the help files: ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/other/gimp-help-2.8.0-build_fixes-1.patch.xz (to build the Catalan translations).
Compressed Patch MD5 sum: 5312793a67132131a6e3360e76f392e4
Compressed Patch size: 486 KB

Gimp Dependencies

Required

gegl-0.2.0, GTK+-2.24.20 and Intltool-0.50.2

Optional

AAlib-1.4rc5, alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, cURL-7.32.0, dbus-glib-0.100.2, ghostscript-9.10 (with libgs installed), Gvfs-1.16.3, ISO Codes-3.46, JasPer-1.900.1, Little CMS-1.19, libexif-0.6.21, libmng-2.0.2, librsvg-2.37.0, libwmf, Poppler-0.24.1, an MTA (that provides a sendmail program), udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev), WebKitGTK+-1.10.2 and GTK-Doc-1.19

Optional, for optimizing the PNG files in the help system

pngnq and pngcrush

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gimp

Installation of Gimp

Install Gimp by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --without-gvfs &&
make

To test the results (requires an X-Windowed terminal) issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

The gimp-help tarball contains images and English text help for help files, together with translations. It is "work in progress".

If you downloaded the gimp-help tarball, unpack it and change into the root of the newly created source tree. This release fails to build for its first language, Catalan ("ca") but those who wish to build the remaining languages can prepare for the build with the following command:

ALL_LINGUAS="da de el en en_GB es fi fr hr it ja ko lt nl nn pl ru sl sv zh_CN" \
./configure --prefix=/usr &&

Remove from ALL_LINGUAS the codes for any languages which you do not wish to install.

Alternatively, if you wish to build languages including Catalan, apply the patch:

xzcat ../gimp-help-2.8.0-build_fixes-1.patch.xz \
 | patch -p1 &&
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr &&

Again, you can specify a subset of languages by specifying ALL_LINGUAS in front of ./autogen.sh, but this time including "ca".

Now build the help files:

make

Issue the following commands as the root user to install the help files:

make install &&
chown -R root:root /usr/share/gimp/2.0/help

Note

This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You can improve system performance and memory usage by updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache. To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.20 or GTK+-3.8.4 installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.22 (for the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the root user:

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Command Explanations

LINGUAS="ca da de en en_GB ...": by default, the help files will be rendered in all the available languages. Remove the codes of any languages you do not wish to build.

--without-gvfs: the choice of the backend to handle URI information, e.g., when dragging images from a browser into the Gimp, is made at compile time. This parameter will ensure that cURL is used at run-time, instead of Gvfs. You can omit this if you are installing Gvfs AND will be running gvfsd, e.g., in a GNOME desktop.

--disable-python: This option is necessary if you have not installed PyGTK.

./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr: In this case, using autoreconf to regenerate configure does not work, because of how the gimp-help developers chose to address problems with the autotools.

xzcat ../gimp-help-2.8.0-build_fixes-1.patch.xz: this patch is large, so it has been compressed with xz. You are encouraged to be suspicious of all patches until you have looked at them. Use view to read the compressed patch before you apply it.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Configuring The Gimp

Config Files

/etc/gimp/2.0/* and ~/.gimp-2.8/gimprc

Configuration Information

The Gimp executes a configuration wizard for each user upon their initial use of the program.

The Gimp executes the firefox web browser by default to view the help files. If you do not have Firefox, or prefer a different web browser, you can set a new system value in /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc. Execute the following command as the root user, replacing <browser> with your preferred web browser:

echo '(web-browser "<browser> %s")' >> /etc/gimp/2.0/gimprc

Installed Programs: gimp, gimp-2.8, gimp-console, gimp-console-2.8 and gimptool-2.0

Installed Libraries: libgimp-2.0.so, libgimpbase-2.0.so, libgimpcolor-2.0.so, libgimpconfig-2.0.so, libgimpmath-2.0.so, libgimpmodule-2.0.so, libgimpthumb-2.0.so, libgimpui-2.0.so and libgimpwidgets-2.0.so

Installed Directories: /etc/gimp, /usr/include/gimp-2.0, /usr/lib/gimp, /usr/share/gimp, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{libgimp,libgimpbase,libgimpcolor}, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{libgimpconfig,libgimpmath}, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/{libgimpmodule,libgimpthumb} and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libgimpwidgets

Short Descriptions

gimp	is a symbolic link to gimp-2.8.
gimp-2.8	is the Gnu Image Manipulation Program. It works with a variety of image formats and provides a large selection of tools.
gimp-console	is a symbolic link to gimp-console-2.8.
gimp-console-2.8	is a console program that behaves as if The Gimp was called with the `--no-interface` command-line option.
gimptool-2.0	is a tool that can build plug-ins or scripts and install them if they are distributed in one source file. gimptool-2.0 can also be used by programs that need to know what libraries and include-paths The Gimp was compiled with.
`libgimp-2.0.so`	provides C bindings for The Gimp's Procedural Database (PDB) which offers an interface to core functions and to functionality provided by plug-ins.
`libgimpbase-2.0.so`	provides the C functions for basic Gimp functionality such as determining enumeration data types, gettext translation, determining The Gimp's version number and capabilities, handling data files and accessing the environment.
`libgimpcolor-2.0.so`	provides the C functions relating to RGB, HSV and CMYK colors as well as converting colors between different color models and performing adaptive supersampling on an area.
`libgimpconfig-2.0.so`	contains C functions for reading and writing config information.
`libgimpmath-2.0.so`	contains C functions which provide mathematical definitions and macros, manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices, set up and manipulate vectors and the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
`libgimpmodule-2.0.so`	provides the C functions which implements module loading using GModule and keeps a list of GimpModule's found in a given searchpath.
`libgimpthumb-2.0.so`	provides the C functions for handling The Gimp's thumbnail objects.
`libgimpui-2.0.so`	contains The Gimp's common user interface functions.
`libgimpwidgets-2.0.so`	contains The Gimp and GTK's widget creation and manipulation functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 04:24:34 -0700

gnash-0.8.10

Introduction to gnash

Gnash is the GNU Flash movie player and browser plugin. This is useful for watching YouTube videos or simple flash animations.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gnash/0.8.10/gnash-0.8.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/gnash/0.8.10/gnash-0.8.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 63e9f79c41d93d48c5a2fa94856548c4
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 758 MB
Estimated build time: 11.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/gnash-0.8.10-CVE-2012-1175-1.patch

gnash Dependencies

Required

agg-2.5, Boost-1.54.0, cURL-7.32.0, gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13, Firefox-23.0.1 or SeaMonkey-2.20 and giflib-5.0.5.

Optional

DejaGnu-1.5.1, GConf-3.2.6, git-1.8.4, libogg-1.3.1, libvorbis-1.3.3, Qt-4.8.5, Speex-1.2rc1, Wget-1.14, SWFTools, Swfmill , Mtasc, Netcat, Csound, LibGSM and Libdc1394.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnash

Installation of gnash

Install gnash by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gnash-0.8.10-CVE-2012-1175-1.patch &&
sed -i '/^LIBS/s/\(.*\)/\1 -lboost_system/' \
  gui/Makefile.in utilities/Makefile.in &&
sed -i "/DGifOpen/s:Data:&, NULL:" libbase/GnashImageGif.cpp &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc               \
  --with-npapi-incl=/usr/include/npapi --enable-media=gst \
  --with-npapi-plugindir=/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins         \
  --without-gconf &&
make

To test the results issue make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
make install-plugin

Command Explanations

sed -i '/^LIBS/s/$.*$/\1 -lboost_system/' ...: This fixes linking to the current boost libraries.

sed -i "/DGifOpen/s:Data:&, NULL:" ...: This sed fixes building with recent versions of Giflib.

--enable-media=gst: This tells it to use Gstreamer for to play video and audio (--enable-media=ffmpeg is broken with FFmpeg-0.11.1).

--with-npapi-incl=/usr/include/npapi: This option tells it where to find some Mozilla headers that it needs. You should have installed these headers when you installed Firefox or SeaMonkey.

--with-npapi-plugindir=/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins: This option tells it to install the Mozilla browser plugin into /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins.

--without-gconf: Omit this switch if you have GConf installed and wish gnash to use it.

make install-plugin: This command installs the Mozilla browser plugin.

Installed Program: gnash-gtk-launcher

Installed Libraries: 2 private libraries in /usr/lib/gnash and libgnashplugin.so.

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/gnash and /usr/share/gnash.

Short Descriptions

gnash-gtk-launcher	launches Gnash.
`libgnashplugin.so`	is the Mozilla browser plugin.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 12:48:14 -0700

Gparted-0.16.1

Introduction to Gparted

Gparted is the Gnome Partition Editor, a Gtk 2 GUI for other command line tools that can create, reorganise or delete disk partitions.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gparted/gparted-0.16.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3f399bff031b5ce14d11a8c346f4b89c
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Gparted Dependencies

Required

Gtkmm-2.24.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and parted-3.1

Optional

GNOME Doc Utils and Rarian-0.8.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gparted

Installation of Gparted

Install Gparted by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-doc &&
make

This package does not come with a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-doc: This switch disables building of the optional documentation. Remove it if you have installed GNOME Doc Utils.

Using Gparted

To manipulate file systems Gparted has a run time dependency on various file system tools (you only need to install the tools for file systems you actually use): e2fsprogs (installed as part of LFS), jfsutils-1.1.15, ntfs-3g-2013.1.13, reiserfsprogs-3.6.24, xfsprogs-3.1.11, btrfs-progs, dosfstools, mtools (required to read and write FAT16/32 volume labels and UUIDs), hfsutils, hfsprogs, nilfs-utils and reiser4progs.

Installed Programs: gparted and gpartedbin

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/gnome/help/gparted and /usr/share/omf/gparted

Short Descriptions

gparted	is a shell script which sets up the environment before calling gpartedbin.
gpartedbin	is the Gparted binary.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 04:18:11 -0700

IcedTea-Web-1.4

Introduction to IcedTea-Web

The IcedTea-Web package contains both a Java browser plugin, and a new webstart implementation, licensed under GPLV3.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://icedtea.classpath.org/download/source/icedtea-web-1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 97c1d5f02f9a4ab19812a216f39e401a
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/icedtea-web-1.4-imminent_breakage_fix-1.patch

IcedTea-Web Dependencies

Required

OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, and Xulrunner-23.0.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icedtea-web

Installation of IcedTea-Web

Install IcedTea-Web by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../icedtea-web-1.4-imminent_breakage_fix-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=${JAVA_HOME}/jre    \
            --with-jdk-home=${JAVA_HOME} \
            --disable-docs               \
            --mandir=${JAVA_HOME}/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-jdk-home: This switch provides the location of the installed JDK.

--disable-docs: This switch disables installation of additional developer-related documentation. Omit this switch if you would like to do development work on IcedTea-Web.

Configuration Information

As the root user, create a symbolic link to the plugin from your browser(s) plugins directory:

ln -s ${JAVA_HOME}/jre/lib/IcedTeaPlugin.so /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins/

Important

The plugin must be a symlink for it to work. If not, the browsers will crash when you attempt to load a Java application.

Installed Programs: itweb-settings, javaws, and pluginappletviewer

Installed Libraries: IcedTeaPlugin.so, about.jar, netx.jar, plugin.jar

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

itweb-settings	allows customization of the browser plugin and javaws.
javaws	launches Java application/applets hosted on a network.
pluginappletviewer	runs Java applets outside of the context of a browser.
`IcedTeaPlugin.so`	is the Java browser plugin.
`about.jar`	contains functions for the about dialog boxes.
`netx.jar`	contains functions for the IcedTea-Web webstart implementation (NetX).
`plugin.jar`	contains functions for the IcedTea-Web Java plugin.

Last updated on 2013-08-30 03:16:31 -0700

Inkscape-0.48.4

Introduction to Inkscape

Inkscape is a what you see is what you get Scalable Vector Graphics editor. It is useful for creating, viewing and changing SVG images.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/inkscape/inkscape-0.48.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 47bd8546e42ba396624eef9eb66b9b6c
Download size: 19 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 GB
Estimated build time: 18 SBU

Inkscape Dependencies

Required

Boost-1.54.0, GC-7.2d, Gsl-1.16 and Gtkmm-2.24.4

Optional

Aspell-0.60.6.1, Doxygen-1.8.5, ImageMagick-6.8.6-9, libwpg, Poppler-0.24.1 and popt-1.16

Optional Runtime Dependencies (for some of the Inkscape extensions)

XML::Parser-2.41, XML::XQL and python-lxml

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/inkscape

Installation of Inkscape

If Xorg is installed in a prefix other than /usr, the build will fail. Fix this by issuing the following command:

export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib

Install Inkscape by running the following commands:

sed -e "s@commands_toolbox,@commands_toolbox@" -i src/widgets/desktop-widget.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make &&
unset LIBRARY_PATH

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Command Explanations

sed -e "s@commands_toolbox,@commands_toolbox@" ...: This sed fixes building with GCC 4.8.

Installed Programs: inkscape and inkview

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/inkscape

Short Descriptions

inkscape	an SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) editing program.
inkview	is a simple program for displaying SVG files.

Last updated on 2013-09-07 13:44:55 -0700

Pidgin-2.10.7

Introduction to Pidgin

Pidgin is a Gtk+ 2 instant messaging client that can connect with a wide range of networks including AIM, ICQ, GroupWise, MSN, Jabber, IRC, Napster, Gadu-Gadu, SILC, Zephyr and Yahoo!

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/pidgin/pidgin-2.10.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ea88976b9952e80b702b030489f94393
Download size: 9.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 315 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

Pidgin Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20 and XML::Parser-2.41

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31 (required for the Bonjour plugin), Check-0.9.10 (only used during the test suite), Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, dbus-glib-0.100.2, Evolution Data Server, Farstream (Version 0.1) (required for video and voice support), GConf-3.2.6, GStreamer-0.10.36 (required for audio support), Gtkspell, Intltool-0.50.2, libidn-1.28, libgadu, Meanwhile (required for Sametime protocol support), MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3 (required for Kerberos support in the Zephyr module), NetworkManager-0.9.8.2, SILC Client, SILC Toolkit, startup-notification-0.12, SQLite-3.8.0.2 (required for the Contact Availability Prediction plugin), Tcl-8.6.0, and Zephyr

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pidgin

Installation of Pidgin

Compile Pidgin by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr       \
            --sysconfdir=/etc   \
            --disable-avahi     \
            --disable-dbus      \
            --disable-gtkspell  \
            --disable-gstreamer \
            --disable-meanwhile \
            --disable-idn       \
            --disable-nm        \
            --disable-vv        \
            --disable-tcl &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed (Graphviz-2.34.0 can be used also) and you wish to create the API documentation, issue: make docs

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.10.7 &&
cp -v README doc/gtkrc-2.0 /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.10.7

If you created the API documentation, install it using the following commands as the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.10.7/api &&
cp -v doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.10.7/api

Command Explanations

--disable-avahi: Remove this switch if you've installed Avahi-0.6.31.

--disable-dbus: Remove this switch if you've installed D-Bus-1.6.14.

--disable-gtkspell: Spellchecking. Remove this switch if you've installed Gtkspell.

--disable-gstreamer: Sounds. Remove this switch if you've installed GStreamer-0.10.36.

--disable-meanwhile: Remove this switch if you've installed Meanwhile.

--disable-idn: Remove this switch if you've installed libidn-1.28.

--disable-nm: Remove this switch if you've installed NetworkManager-0.9.8.2.

--disable-vv: Video and voice. Remove this switch if you've installed Farstream (Version 0.1).

--disable-tcl: Remove this switch if you've installed Tcl-8.6.0.

--enable-cyrus-sasl: Use this switch if you've installed Cyrus SASL-2.1.26 and wish to build Pidgin with SASL support.

--disable-gnutls: Use this switch if you've got both GnuTLS-3.2.4 and NSS-3.15.1 installed, but want to use NSS-3.15.1 for the SSL support.

Configuring Pidgin

Config Files

~/.purple/* and ~/.gtkrc-02

Configuration Information

Most configuration can be accomplished by using the various preference settings inside the programs. Additionally, you can create a ~/.gtkrc-02 file which can store gtk+-2 theme settings that affect Pidgin and other Gtk+ 2 applications. Note that an example gtkrc-02 file was installed during the package installation and can be used as a starting point or reference.

Installed Programs: finch, pidgin, purple-client-example, purple-remote, purple-send, purple-send-async, and purple-url-handler

Installed Library: libgnt.so, libpurple.so, and libpurple-client.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/finch, /usr/include/gnt, /usr/include/libpurple, /usr/include/pidgin, /usr/lib/finch, /usr/lib/gnt, /usr/lib/pidgin, /usr/lib/purple-2, /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.10.7, /usr/share/pixmaps/pidgin, /usr/share/purple, and /usr/share/sounds/purple

Short Descriptions

pidgin	is a GTK+ 2 instant messaging client.
finch	is a text-based instant messaging client.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

Rox-Filer-2.11

Introduction to Rox-Filer

rox-filer is a fast, lightweight, gtk2 file manager.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/rox/rox-filer-2.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0eebf05a67f7932367750ebf9faf215d
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

rox-filer Dependencies

Required

libglade-2.6.4 and shared-mime-info-1.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rox-filer

Kernel Configuration

If you want rox-filer to be able to update the contents of a directory when changes are made to the files by other applications (eg, if a script is running) you will need to enable dnotify support in your kernel. In make menuconfig:

Filesystems --->
  [*] Dnotify support

Save the new .config and then compile the kernel.

Installation of Rox-Filer

Compile rox-filer with the following commands:

cd ROX-Filer                                                        &&
sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c &&

mkdir build                      &&
pushd build                      &&
../src/configure LIBS="-lm -ldl" &&
make                             &&
popd

Now install it as the root user:

mkdir -p /usr/share/rox                              &&
cp -av Help Messages Options.xml ROX images style.css .DirIcon /usr/share/rox &&

cp -av ../rox.1 /usr/share/man/man1                  &&
cp -v  ROX-Filer /usr/bin/rox                        &&
chown -Rv root:root /usr/bin/rox /usr/share/rox      &&

cd /usr/share/rox/ROX/MIME                           &&
ln -sv text-x-{diff,patch}.png                       &&
ln -sv application-x-font-{afm,type1}.png            &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-dtd}.png                    &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-external-parsed-entity}.png &&
ln -sv application-{,rdf+}xml.png                    &&
ln -sv application-x{ml,-xbel}.png                   &&
ln -sv application-{x-shell,java}script.png          &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}-compressed-tar.png    &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,lzma}-compressed-tar.png  &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip-compressed-tar,lzo}.png   &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}.png                   &&
ln -sv application-x-{gzip,lzma}.png                 &&
ln -sv application-{msword,rtf}.png

Command Explanations

sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c: This command hard codes /usr/share/rox as the directory for rox-filer's private files. Without this sed rox needs the environment variable ${APP_DIR} to be set.

ln -sv application-...: These commands duplicate the icons for some common mime types. Without these links rox-filer would just display the default "unknown binary blob" icon.

Configuring RoxFiler

Configuration Information

Most of the configuration of rox-filer is achieved by right clicking on a rox-filer window and choosing "Options" from the menu. It stores its settings in ~/.config/rox.sourceforge.net.

A rox-filer feature is that if there is an executable file called AppRun in a directory rox-filer will first run AppRun before it opens the folder.

As an example of how this may be used, if you have ssh access to another computer (perhaps another computer on you local network) with ssh configured for passwordless logins and you have sshfs-fuse-2.4 installed you can use AppRun to mount the remote computer in a local folder using sshfs. For this example AppRun script to work the folder must have the same name as the hostname of the remote computer:

cat > /path/to/hostname/AppRun << "HERE_DOC"
#!/bin/bash

MOUNT_PATH="${0%/*}"
HOST=${MOUNT_PATH##*/}
export MOUNT_PATH HOST
sshfs -o nonempty ${HOST}:/ ${MOUNT_PATH}
rox -x ${MOUNT_PATH}
HERE_DOC

chmod 755 /path/to/hostname/AppRun

That works fine for mounting, but to unmount it the command fusermount -u ${MOUNTPOINT} is ran. You could set that as your default umount command in your rox preferences, but you would then be unable to unmount any normal mountpoints (that need umount). A script is needed that will unmount a Fuse mountpoint with fusermount -u ${MOUNTPOINT} and everything else with umount. As the root user:

cat > /usr/bin/myumount << "HERE_DOC" &&
#!/bin/bash
sync
if mount | grep "${@}" | grep -q fuse
then fusermount -u "${@}"
else umount "${@}"
fi
HERE_DOC

chmod 755 /usr/bin/myumount

Now, to make Rox use this simple script, open a Rox window, right click on it and choose Options from the menu. In the left hand list choose "Action windows" and then on the right hand side, where it says "Unmount command" change umount to myumount.

If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may like to create a rox.desktop file so that rox-filer appears in the panel's menus. As the root user:

ln -s ../rox/.DirIcon /usr/share/pixmaps/rox.png &&
mkdir -p /usr/share/applications &&

cat > /usr/share/applications/rox.desktop << "HERE_DOC"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Name=Rox
Comment=The Rox File Manager
Icon=rox
Exec=rox
Categories=GTK;Utility;Application;System;Core;
StartupNotify=true
Terminal=false
HERE_DOC

Installed Programs: rox

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/rox

Short Descriptions

rox

is the rox file manager.

Last updated on

Thunderbird-17.0.8

Introduction to Thunderbird

Thunderbird is a stand-alone mail/news client based on the Mozilla codebase. It uses the Gecko rendering engine to enable it to display and compose HTML emails.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://releases.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/thunderbird/releases/17.0.8/source/thunderbird-17.0.8.source.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mozilla.org/pub/mozilla.org/thunderbird/releases/17.0.8/source/thunderbird-17.0.8.source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e4aee8852e94e455930bf482aecdbcd4
Download size: 108 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 GB (47 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 30 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/thunderbird-17.0.8-system_cairo-1.patch

Thunderbird Dependencies

Required

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, GTK+-2.24.20, Zip-3.0 and UnZip-6.0

Note

If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, dbus-glib-0.100.2, Doxygen-1.8.5, Hunspell, libnotify-0.7.6, startup-notification-0.12, Wget-1.14 and Wireless Tools-29

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Thunderbird

Installation of Thunderbird

The configuration of Thunderbird is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the entire list of available configuration options (and a brief description of each), issue ./configure --help. Create the file with the following command:

cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine you can speed up the build by running
# several jobs at once by uncommenting the following line and setting the
# value to number of CPU cores:
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j4"

# If you have installed DBus-Glib comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus

# If you have installed wireless-tools comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi

# If you have installed libnotify comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-libnotify

# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification

# Uncomment this line if you compiled Cairo with --enable-tee switch and want
# to use it instead of the bundled one:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo

# If you have not installed Yasm then uncomment this line:
#ac_add_options --disable-webm

# If you want to compile the Mozilla Calendar, uncomment this line:
#ac_add_options --enable-calendar

# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss

# It is recommended not to touch anything below this line
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr

ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-installer
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-tests

ac_add_options --enable-optimize
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip

ac_add_options --enable-gio
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
ac_add_options --enable-safe-browsing
ac_add_options --enable-url-classifier

ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman

ac_add_options --with-pthreads

ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib

mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/thunderbuild
EOF

If you are building against a system-installed Cairo apply the patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../thunderbird-17.0.8-system_cairo-1.patch

Compile Thunderbird by issuing the following commands:

make -f client.mk &&
make -C thunderbuild/mail/installer

This package does not come with a test suite.

Install Thunderbird by running the following commands as the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/lib/thunderbird-17.0.8 &&
tar -xvf thunderbuild/mozilla/dist/thunderbird-17.0.8.en-US.linux-$(uname -m).tar.bz2 \
    -C /usr/lib/thunderbird-17.0.8 --strip-components=1 &&
ln -sfv ../lib/thunderbird-17.0.8/thunderbird /usr/bin

The above instructions just install the parts you need to run Thunderbird. Alternatively, if you want to install the full Thunderbird development environment, run the following command as the root user:

make -C thunderbuild install

Command Explanations

make -C thunderbuild/mail/installer: this runs make in the thunderbuild/mail/installer folder. This gathers together all the parts of Thunderbird and compresses them into a tarball.

tar -xfv thunderbuild/mozilla/dist ...: This untars Thunderbird, the -C option uncompresses the files in /usr/lib/thunderbird-17.0.8. The --strip-components=1 option removes the leading 'thunderbird' directory from the filenames, allowing us to untar it into a versioned directory.

Configuring Thunderbird

Configuration Information

If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default browser, you can add a configuration parameter to Thunderbird so that a browser will start when when you click on an Internet/intranet/local URL. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.

First, open the configuration dialog by opening the “Edit” drop-down menu. Choose “Preferences” and then click on the “Advanced” icon on the top menu bar. Choose the “General” tab and click on the “Config Editor” button. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.

The configuration preference item you need to check so that Thunderbird uses a specified browser is the network.protocol-handler.app.http which should be set to the path of the desired browser, e.g. /usr/bin/firefox.

Tip

There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Thunderbird. A very extensive, but not so up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.

If you use a desktop environment like GNOME or KDE you may wish to create a thunderbird.desktop file so that Thunderbird appears in the panel's menus. If you didn't enable startup-notification in your mozconfig then change the StartupNotify line to false. Run the following commands as the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/pixmaps &&

cat > /usr/share/applications/thunderbird.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Thunderbird Mail
Comment=Send and receive mail with Thunderbird
GenericName=Mail Client
Exec=thunderbird %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=thunderbird
Categories=Application;Network;Email;
MimeType=application/xhtml+xml;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/xml;application/rss+xml;x-scheme-handler/mailto;
StartupNotify=true
EOF

ln -sfv /usr/lib/thunderbird-17.0.8/chrome/icons/default/default256.png \
        /usr/share/pixmaps/thunderbird.png

Installed Program: thunderbird

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/thunderbird-17.0.8

Short Descriptions

thunderbird

is Mozilla's email and newsgroup client.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 00:48:50 -0700

Transmission-2.82

Introduction to Transmission

Transmission is a cross-platform, open source BitTorrent client. This is useful for downloading large files (such as Linux ISOs) and reduces the need for the distributors to provide server bandwidth.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.transmissionbt.com/files/transmission-2.82.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a5ef870c0410b12d10449c2d36fa4661
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 275 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/transmission-2.82-qt4-1.patch

Transmission Dependencies

Required

cURL-7.32.0, Intltool-0.50.2, libevent-2.0.21, and OpenSSL-1.0.1e

Recommended (to build a GUI)

GTK+-3.8.4 and either Qt-4.8.5 or Qt-5.1.1

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and GDB-7.6.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transmission

Installation of Transmission

If you want to build the Qt interface using Qt-4.8.5, apply the following patch:

patch -Np1 -i ../transmission-2.82-qt4-1.patch

Install Transmission by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have installed Qt and would like to compile the Qt GUI, run the following commands:

pushd qt        &&
  qmake qtr.pro &&
  make          &&
popd

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you compiled the Qt GUI, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

make INSTALL_ROOT=/usr -C qt install &&

install -m644 qt/transmission-qt.desktop /usr/share/applications/transmission-qt.desktop &&
install -m644 qt/icons/transmission.png  /usr/share/pixmaps/transmission-qt.png

Command Explanations

--without-gtk: This switch disables building of the GTK+ interface if GTK+ is present on the system (useful for Qt5 or cli only builds).

Installed Programs: transmission-cli, transmission-create, transmission-daemon, transmission-edit, transmission-gtk, transmission-qt, transmission-remote and transmission-show

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/transmission

Short Descriptions

transmission-cli	is a lightweight, command-line BitTorrent client with scripting capabilities.
transmission-create	is a command line tool used to create .torrent files.
transmission-daemon	is a daemon-based Transmission session that can be controlled via RPC commands from transmission's web interface or transmission-remote.
transmission-edit	is a command-line utility to modify .torrent files' announce URLs.
transmission-gtk	is a GTK+ bittorrent client.
transmission-qt	is a Qt bittorrent client.
transmission-remote	is a remote control utility for transmission-daemon and transmission.
transmission-show	is a command line tool to display bittorrent .torrent file metadata.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:09:36 -0700

XChat-2.8.8

Introduction to XChat

XChat is an IRC chat program. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly, have private one-on-one conversations, etc. File transfers are also possible.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.xchat.org/files/source/2.8/xchat-2.8.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/xchat-2.8.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6775c44f38e84d06c06c336b32c4a452
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/xchat-2.8.8-glib-2.31-1.patch

XChat Dependencies

Required

Optional

enchant-1.6.0 (runtime), dbus-glib-0.100.2, GConf-3.2.6, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Python-2.7.5, and Tcl-8.6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xchat

Installation of XChat

Install XChat by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xchat-2.8.8-glib-2.31-1.patch &&

LIBS+="-lgmodule-2.0"         \
./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --enable-shm &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.8 &&
install -v -m644    README faq.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.8

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=$GNOME_SYSCONFDIR: Setting the sysconfdir using this parameter will ensure that the sysconfdir is consistent with the installation environment and the package will be installed in the correct location.

--enable-shm: This parameter is used to enable XShm for fast tinting.

--enable-ipv6: Enable IPv6 support in xchat.

Installed Programs: xchat

Installed Libraries: XChat binding modules

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/xchat and /usr/share/doc/xchat-2.8.8

Short Descriptions

xchat

is a graphical Internet Relay Chat (IRC) client.

Last updated on 2013-09-06 12:06:41 -0700

xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1

Introduction to xdg-utils

xdg-utils is a a set of command line tools that assist applications with a variety of desktop integration tasks. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://portland.freedesktop.org/download/xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fadf5e7a08e0526fc60dbe3e5b7ef8d6
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Installation of xdg-utils

Compile xdg-utils with the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man

Caution

The tests for the scripts must be made from a X-Window based session. There are several run-time requirements to run the tests including a broswer and an MTA. Running the tests as root usr is not recommended.

To run the tests, issue: make test.

Now install it as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xdg-desktop-menu, xdg-desktop-icon, xdg-mime, xdg-icon-resource, xdg-open, xdg-email, xdg-screensaver, xdg-settings

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

xdg-desktop-menu	is a command line tool for (un)installing desktop menu items.
xdg-desktop-icon	is a command line tool for (un)installing icons to the desktop.
xdg-mime	is a command line tool for querying information about file type handling and adding descriptions for new file types.
xdg-icon-resource	is a command line tool for (un)installing icon resources.
xdg-open	opens a file or URL in the user's preferred application.
xdg-email	opens the user's preferred e-mail composer in order to send a mail message.
xdg-screensaver	is a command line tool for controlling the screensaver.
xdg-settings	is a command line tool for managing various settings from the desktop environment.

Last updated on

Part XI. Multimedia

Chapter 37. Multimedia Libraries and Drivers

Many multimedia programs require libraries and/or drivers in order to function properly. The packages in this section fall into this category. Generally you only need to install these if you are installing a program which has the library listed as either a requirement, or as an option to enable it to support certain functionality.

ALSA-1.0.27

The Linux kernel now provides ALSA support by default. However, applications need to interface to that capability. The following five sections of the book deal with the five separate components of ALSA: the libraries, the utilities, the tools, the firmware and the OSS compatibility libraries.

Last updated on 2012-01-23 19:05:41 -0800

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2

Introduction to ALSA Library

The ALSA Library package contains the ALSA library used by programs (including ALSA Utilities) requiring access to the ALSA sound interface.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.27.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.0.27.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 69129a7c37697f81ac092335e9fa452b
Download size: 886 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

ALSA Library Dependencies

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and Python-2.7.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-lib

Kernel Configuration

In the Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, select the settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware. Ensure that the deprecated Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Open Sound System is not selected. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.

Installation of ALSA Library

Install ALSA Library by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the library API documentation, run the following commands from the top-level directory of the source tree:

make doc

To install the API documentation, run the following command as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.27.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/alsa-1.0.27.2/html

Configuring ALSA Library

Config Files

~/.asoundrc and /etc/asound.conf

Configuration Information

The default alsa.conf is adequate for most installations. For extra functionality and/or advanced control of your sound device, you may need to create additional configuration files. For information on the available configuration parameters, visit http://www.alsa-project.org/alsa-doc/doc-php/asoundrc.php.

Installed Program: aserver

Installed Library: libasound.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/alsa, /usr/lib/alsa-lib, /usr/share/alsa and /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.0.27.2

Short Descriptions

aserver	is the ALSA server.
`libasound.so`	contains the ALSA API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

alsa-plugins-1.0.27

Introduction to ALSA Plugins

The ALSA Plugins package contains plugins for various audio libraries and sound servers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ada0163e0e84c787bfc929ad0f3f5cb8
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Plugins Dependencies

Required

Optional

FFmpeg-1.2.2, JACK, libsamplerate-0.1.8, PulseAudio-4.0 and Speex-1.2rc1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-plugins

Installation of ALSA Plugins

Install ALSA Plugins by running the following commands:

./configure &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Numerous libasound_module_<module>.so modules including ctl_oss, ctl_pulse, pcm_a52, pcm_jack, pcm_oss, pcm_pulse, pcm_upmix, pcm_usb_stream, pcm_vdownmix, rate_samplerate* and rate_speexrate*

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

`libasound_module_pcm_oss.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to run on OSS.
`libasound_module_pcm_upmix.so`	Allows upmixing sound to 4 or 6 channels.
`libasound_module_pcm_vdownmix.so`	Allows downmixing sound from 4-6 channels to 2 channel stereo output.
`libasound_module_pcm_jack.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to work with jackd.
`libasound_module_pcm_pulse.so`	Allows native ALSA applications to access a PulseAudio sound daemon.
`libasound_module_pcm_a52.so`	Converts S16 linear sound format to A52 compressed format and sends it to an SPDIF output.
`libasound_module_rate_samplerate.so`	Provides an external rate converter through `libsamplerate`.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

alsa-utils-1.0.27.2

Introduction to ALSA Utilities

The ALSA Utilities package contains various utilities which are useful for controlling your sound card.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.27.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.0.27.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b65e9a04181bd7c9db7667a4566f8dc3
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

ALSA Utilities Dependencies

Required

Optional

libsamplerate-0.1.8, Dialog and xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-utils

Installation of ALSA Utilities

Install ALSA Utilities by running the following commands:

./configure --disable-alsaconf --disable-xmlto &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-alsaconf: This switch disables building the alsaconf configuration tool which is incompatible with Udev.

--disable-xmlto: Omit this switch if you have installed xmlto-0.0.25 and don't wish to install pregenerated man pages.

Configuring ALSA Utilities

Config Files

/var/lib/alsa/asound.state

Configuration Information

Note that all channels of your sound card are muted by default. You can use the alsamixer program to change this. Use speaker-test to check that your settings have been applied correctly. You should hear “pink noise” on your speakers.

The alsactl program is normally run from a standard udev rule. The first time it is run, it will complain that there is no state in /var/lib/alsa/asound.state. You can prevent this by running the following commands as the root user:

touch /var/lib/alsa/asound.state &&
alsactl store

The volume settings should be restored from the saved state by Udev when the device is detected (during boot or when plugged in for USB devices).

All sound devices are not accessible for any user except root and members of the audio group. Add any users that might use the sound devices to that group:

usermod -a -G audio <username>

Note

You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your group memberships. 'su <username>' should work as well.

Boot Script

To automatically store and restore volume settings (if udev rule doesn't work for you) when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/alsa boot script from the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package.

make install-alsa

Installed Programs: aconnect, alsactl, alsaloop, alsamixer, alsaucm, amidi, amixer, aplay, aplaymidi, arecord, arecordmidi, aseqdump, aseqnet, iecset and speaker-test

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/sounds/alsa and /var/lib/alsa

Short Descriptions

aconnect	is a utility for connecting and disconnecting two existing ports in the ALSA sequencer system.
alsactl	is used to control advanced settings for the ALSA sound card drivers.
alsaloop	allows creation of a PCM loopback between a PCM capture device and a PCM playback device.
alsamixer	is an Ncurses based mixer program for use with the ALSA sound card drivers.
amidi	is used to read from and write to ALSA RawMIDI ports.
amixer	allows command-line control of the mixers for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplay	is a command-line soundfile player for the ALSA sound card drivers.
aplaymidi	is a command-line utility that plays the specified MIDI file(s) to one or more ALSA sequencer ports.
arecord	is a command-line soundfile recorder for the ALSA sound card drivers.
arecordmidi	is a command-line utility that records a standard MIDI file from one or more ALSA sequencer ports.
aseqdump	is a command-line utility that prints the sequencer events it receives as text.
aseqnet	is an ALSA sequencer client which sends and receives event packets over a network.
iecset	is a small utility to set or dump the IEC958 (or so-called “S/PDIF”) status bits of the specified sound card via the ALSA control API.
speaker-test	is a command-line speaker test tone generator for ALSA.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 15:18:54 -0700

alsa-tools-1.0.27

Introduction to ALSA Tools

The ALSA Tools package contains advanced tools for certain sound cards.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1ea381d00a6069a98613aa7effa4cb51
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

ALSA Tools Dependencies

Required

Optional

GTK+-2.24.20 (to build echomixer, envy24control and rmedigicontrol), GTK+-3.8.4 (to build hdajackretask) and FLTK (to build hdspconf and hdspmixer)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-tools

Installation of ALSA Tools

The ALSA Tools package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. The tools are not all built together, instead you need to cd into the directory of each tool you wish to compile and run the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: as10k1, cspctl, dl10k1, echomixer, envy24control, hdajackretask, hda-verb, hdspconf, hdsploader, hdspmixer, hwmixvolume, init_audigy, init_audigy_eq10, init_live, lo10k1, ld10k1, ld10k1d, mixartloader, pcxhrloader, qlo10k1, rmedigicontrol, sbiload, sscape_ctl, us428control, usx2yloader and vxloader

Installed Library: liblo10k1.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lo10k1, /usr/share/ld10k1 and /usr/share/sounds

Short Descriptions

as10k1	is an assembler for the emu10k1 DSP chip present in the Creative SB Live, PCI 512, and emu APS sound cards. It is used to make audio effects such as a flanger, chorus or reverb.
cspctl	is an SB16/AWE32 Creative Signal Processor (ASP/CSP) control program.
echomixer	is the Linux equivalent of the Echoaudio console application from Echoaudio. It is a tool to control all the features of any Echoaudio soundcard. This includes clock sources, input and output gains, mixers, etc.
envy24control	is a control tool for Envy24 (ice1712) based sound cards.
hdspconf	is a GUI to control the Hammerfall HDSP Alsa Settings. Up to four hdsp cards are supported.
hdsploader	is used to load the firmware required by the Hammerfall HDSP sound cards.
hdspmixer	is the Linux equivalent of the Totalmix application from RME. It is a tool to control the advanced routing features of the RME Hammerfall DSP soundcard series.
ld10k1	is the server of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
lo10k1	is the client of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA.
dl10k1	loads config dumps generated by lo10k1 and ld10k1.
ld10k1d	is an init script for the ld10k1 patch loader.
qlo10k1	is a Qt GUI for the ld10k1 patch loader.
mixartloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's miXart board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-mixart. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.
pcxhrloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto Digigram's pcxhr compatible board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-pcxhr. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.
rmedigicontrol	is a control tool for RME Digi32 and RME Digi96 sound cards. It provides a graphical frontend for all the sound card controls and switches.
sbiload	is an OPL2/3 FM instrument loader for the ALSA sequencer.
sscape_ctl	is an ALSA SoundScape control utility.
us428control	is a Tascam US-428 control program.
usx2yloader	is a helper program to load the 2nd Phase firmware binaries onto the Tascam USX2Y USB sound cards. It has proven to work so far for the US122, US224 and US428. The snd-usb-usx2y module requires this program.
vxloader	is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's VX-board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-vx222, snd-vxpocket, snd-vxp440. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

alsa-firmware-1.0.27

Introduction to ALSA Firmware

The ALSA Firmware package contains firmware for certain sound cards.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.27.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b373b350d5151dd7d64db2fc12936b04
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA Firmware Dependencies

Required

alsa-tools-1.0.27

Optional

AS31 (for rebuilding the firmware from source)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-firmware

Installation of ALSA Firmware

The ALSA Firmware package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. See the README for configure options.

Install ALSA Firmware by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: Several directories in /lib/firmware and /usr/share/alsa/firmware

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

ALSA OSS-1.0.25

Introduction to ALSA OSS

The ALSA OSS package contains the ALSA OSS compatibility library. This is used by programs which wish to use the ALSA OSS sound interface.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alsa.cybermirror.org/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.25.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.0.25.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 922ea177db15c72f1b5037181c73f934
Download size: 247 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

ALSA OSS Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-oss

Installation of ALSA OSS

Install ALSA OSS by running the following commands:

./configure --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: aoss

Installed Libraries: libalsatoss.so, libaoss.so, and libossredir.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

aoss

is a simple wrapper script which facilitates the use of the ALSA OSS compatibility library. It just sets the appropriate LD_PRELOAD path and then runs the command.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

AudioFile-0.3.6

Introduction to AudioFile

The AudioFile package contains the audio file libraries and two sound file support programs useful to support basic sound file formats.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 235dde14742317328f0109e9866a8008
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

AudioFile Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-bad-1.0.10 and gst-plugins-good-1.0.10

Optional

AsciiDoc and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audiofile

Installation of AudioFile

Install AudioFile by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that the tests will fail if the --disable-static option is used.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: sfconvert and sfinfo

Installed Libraries: libaudiofile.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

sfinfo	displays the sound file format, audio encoding, sampling rate and duration for audio formats supported by this library.
sfconvert	converts sound file formats where the original format and destination format are supported by this library.
`libaudiofile.so`	contains functions used by programs to support AIFF, AIFF-compressed, Sun/NeXT, WAV and BIC audio formats.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

EsounD-0.2.41

Introduction to EsounD

The EsounD package contains the Enlightened Sound Daemon. This is useful for mixing together several digitized audio streams for playback by a single device.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.41.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/esound/0.2/esound-0.2.41.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8d9aad3d94d15e0d59ba9dc0ea990c6c
Download size: 392 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

EsounD Dependencies

Required

AudioFile-0.3.6

Optional

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2 and DocBook-utils-0.6.14 (Required for building the html documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/esound

Installation of EsounD

Install EsounD by running the following commands:

LIBS=-lm ./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install docdir=/usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.41

If you have DocBook-utils installed, still as the root user:

chown -v root:root /usr/share/doc/esound-0.2.41/*

Command Explanations

LIBS=-lm: Make sure the linker uses the math library.

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch puts configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.

--disable-static: Prevent the static libraries being built.

Configuring EsounD

Config Files

/etc/esd.conf

Configuration Information

Instructions and information about the configuration file is located in the TIPS file in the EsounD source directory.

Installed Programs: esd, esdcat, esd-config, esdctl, esddsp, esdfilt, esdloop, esdmon, esdplay, esdrec, and esdsample

Installed Libraries: libesd.{so,a} and libesddsp.{so,a}

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/esound

Short Descriptions

esd	is the Enlightened Sound Daemon.
esdcat	plays a RAW audio stream through the daemon.
esd-config	is used by configure to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use EsounD.
esdctl	controls certain aspects of the sound daemon.
esddsp	can allow non-esd applications to be routed through esd.
esdfilt	is an EsoundD filter.
esdloop	is test scaffolding for sample cache, loop and free.
esdmon	outputs the mixed stream from the daemon.
esdplay	plays the named file on EsoundD.
esdrec	outputs from the sound device's current input.
esdsample	is test scaffolding for sample cache, playback, and free.
`libesd.{so,a}`	contains functions used by the EsounD programs to read, write and play various sound format files.
`libesddsp.{so,a}`	contains functions used by other programs to read, write and play various sound format files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

FAAC-1.28

Introduction to FAAC

FAAC is an encoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC). This encoder is useful for producing files that can be played back on iPod. Moreover, iPod does not understand other sound compression schemes in video files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faac-1.28.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c5dde68840cefe46532089c9392d1df0
Download size: 519 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/faac-1.28-glibc_fixes-1.patch

FAAC Dependencies

Optional

libmp4v2 from mpeg4ip (untested, as of 2007-09-28, development of the project is stopped; an internal version of the library is used if the external one is not found).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/faac

Installation of FAAC

Install FAAC by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../faac-1.28-glibc_fixes-1.patch &&
sed -i -e '/obj-type/d' -e '/Long Term/d' frontend/main.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by encoding a sample WAV file (the sample file is installed by the alsa-utils-1.0.27.2 package:

./frontend/faac -o Front_Left.mp4 /usr/share/sounds/alsa/Front_Left.wav

Then, decode the result using the faad program from the FAAD2-2.7 package and play back the decoded file (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.0.27.2 package:

faad Front_Left.mp4
aplay Front_Left.wav

aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 48000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear the words “front left”.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This command removes documentation for the --obj-type parameter from the faac --long-help command output. This parameter is already disabled in FAAC-1.28 due to sound quality issues with object types other than “Low Complexity”.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-drm: This option is supposed to enable support for encoding files for Digital Radio Mondiale, but actually breaks the base functionality of the package (e.g., the resulting faac program produces files that cannot be decoded by FAAD2-2.7, even if compiled with DRM support). Don't use it.

Other AAC encoders

The quality of FAAC is not up to par with the best AAC encoders currently available. Also, it only supports AAC and not High Efficiency AAC (also known as aacPlus), which provides better quality at low bitrates by means of using the “spectral band replication” technology. There are the following alternative programs for producing AAC and HE-AAC streams:

Nero AAC Codec: available only in the binary form, the command-line AAC and HE-AAC encoders for Linux are in the same archive as the Windows application.
3GPP Enhanced aacPlus general audio codec: available in the source form, can encode only HE-AAC up to 48 kbps out of the box, but the maximum bitrate can be changed by editing the tuning table in the FloatFR_sbrenclib/src/sbr_main.c file.

Note, however, that iPod supports only Low Complexity AAC profile, which is the default in FAAC, but may not be the default in Nero AAC Encoder and is completely unavailable in the 3GPP encoder.

Installed Program: faac

Installed Libraries: libfaac.so and libmp4v2.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

faac	is a command-line AAC encoder.
`libfaac.so`	contains functions for encoding AAC streams.
`libmp4v2.so`	contains functions for creating and manipulating MP4 files.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

FAAD2-2.7

Introduction to FAAD2

FAAD2 is a decoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faad2-2.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4c332fa23febc0e4648064685a3d4332
Download size: 880 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (without media player plugins)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (without media player plugins)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/faad2-2.7-mp4ff-1.patch
Sample AAC file: http://www.nch.com.au/acm/sample.aac (7 KB)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/faad2

Installation of FAAD2

Install FAAD2 by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../faad2-2.7-mp4ff-1.patch &&
sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.in &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by decoding the sample AAC file:

./frontend/faad -o sample.wav ../sample.aac

This should display a copyright message and the following information about the sample file:

sample.aac file info: ADTS, 4.608 sec, 13 kbps, 16000 Hz --------------------- | Config: 2 Ch | --------------------- | Ch | Position | --------------------- | 00 | Left front | | 01 | Right front | ---------------------

Now play the result (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.0.27.2 package):

aplay sample.wav

aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 16000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear some piano notes.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--with-drm: This option is supposed to enable support for decoding Digital Radio Mondiale, but actually breaks the base functionality of the package (e.g., the resulting faad program cannot decode the sample AAC file linked above). Don't use it.

Installed Program: faad

Installed Library: libfaad.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

faad	is a command-line utility for decoding AAC and MP4 files.
`libfaad.so`	contains functions for decoding AAC streams.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

Farstream-0.2.3

Introduction to Farstream

The Farstream package contains libraries and a collection of GStreamer modules used for video conferencing.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/software/farstream/releases/farstream/farstream-0.2.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a8971167068b69a6933d3eaaeb9ab448
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Farstream Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 and libnice-0.1.4

Recommended (Runtime)

Optional

GTK-Doc-1.19, gupnp-igd and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/farstream

Installation of Farstream

Install Farstream by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libfarstream-0.2.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/farstream-0.2, /usr/lib/farstream-0.2, /usr/share/farstream, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/farstream-libs-1.0, and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/farstream-plugins-0.2

Short Descriptions

libfarstream-0.2.so

contains the Farstream API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

FLAC-1.3.0

Introduction to FLAC

FLAC is an audio CODEC similar to MP3, but lossless, meaning that audio is compressed without losing any information.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/flac/flac-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://downloads.xiph.org/pub/xiph/releases/flac/flac-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 13b5c214cee8373464d3d65dee362cdd
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (additional 77 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.9 SBU to run the test suite)

FLAC Dependencies

Optional

libogg-1.3.1, NASM-2.10.09, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Doxygen-1.8.5 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/flac

Installation of FLAC

Install FLAC by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-thorough-tests &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if you passed the --enable-exhaustive-tests and --enable-valgrind-testing parameters to configure and then run the test suite, it will take a very long time (up to 300 SBUs) and use about 375 MB of disk space.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-thorough-tests: This parameter is used so that the test suite will complete in a reasonable amount of time. Remove it if you desire more extensive tests.

--enable-sse: This option is off by default and should be set on if your machine has SSE capability. One way to find out if you have SSE is to issue cat /proc/cpuinfo and see if sse is listed in the flags.

Installed Programs: flac and metaflac

Installed Libraries: libFLAC.so and libFLAC++.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/FLAC, /usr/include/FLAC++ and /usr/share/doc/flac-1.3.0

Short Descriptions

flac	is a command-line utility for encoding, decoding and converting FLAC files.
metaflac	is a program for listing, adding, removing, or editing metadata in one or more FLAC files.
`libFLAC{,++}.so`	these libraries provide native FLAC and Ogg FLAC C/C++ APIs for programs utilizing FLAC.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

Grilo-0.2.6

Introduction to Grilo

Grilo is a framework focused on making media discovery and browsing easy for application developers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/grilo/0.2/grilo-0.2.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/grilo/0.2/grilo-0.2.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 55532065ce4dba0e54fb43787c809e81
Download size: 522 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Grilo Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4, libxml2-2.9.1 and XML::Parser-2.41

Optional

DocBook-utils-0.6.14, liboauth (to configure flickr personal accounts), and Vala-0.20.1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/grilo

Installation of Grilo

Install Grilo by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not have a testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: grilo-simple-playlist, grilo-test-ui-0.2 and grl-inspect-0.2

Installed Libraries: libgrilo-0.2.so and libgrlnet-0.2.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/grilo-0.2

Short Descriptions

grilo-test-ui-0.2	is a simple playground application that you can use to test the framework and its plugins.
grl-inspect-0.2	is a tool that prints out information on available Grilo sources.
`libgrilo.so`	provides the Grilo framework.
`libgrlnet.so`	provides Grilo networking helpers for plug-ins.

Last updated on 2013-09-10 14:28:22 -0700

GStreamer-0.10.36

Introduction to GStreamer

GStreamer is a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of plugins for things like video decoding and encoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio visualisation, Web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. It is modelled after research software worked on at the Oregon Graduate Institute. After installing GStreamer, you'll likely need to install one or more of the gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23, gst-plugins-good-0.10.31, gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19 and gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13 packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gstreamer/0.10/gstreamer-0.10.36.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gstreamer/0.10/gstreamer-0.10.36.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 15389c73e091b1dda915279c388b9cb2
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 90 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

GStreamer Dependencies

Required

GLib-2.36.4 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

Gsl-1.16, Valgrind (optionally used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Python-2.7.5 (compiled against an XML Parser such as expat-2.1.0).

Optional (Required to Build Manuals)

DocBook-utils-0.6.14, ghostscript-9.10 libxslt-1.1.28 and texlive-20130530

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gstreamer

Installation of GStreamer

Install GStreamer by running the following commands:

sed -i  -e '/YYLEX_PARAM/d'                                       \
        -e '/parse-param.*scanner/i %lex-param { void *scanner }' \
            gst/parse/grammar.y &&

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&
install -v -m644 docs/design/*.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/design &&

if [ -d /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/faq/html ]; then
    chown -v -R root:root \
        /usr/share/doc/gstreamer-0.10/*/html
fi

Testing the Installation

To test the functionality of the GStreamer installation, you can run a simple test as an unprivileged user (you may have to run ldconfig as the root user before attempting the test).

gst-launch -v fakesrc num_buffers=5 ! fakesink

If the command outputs a series of messages from fakesrc and fakesink, everything is okay.

Command Explanations

sed ... gst/parse/grammar.y: This command corrects a problem caused by the most recent version of Bison.

--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This parameter is used so that the GStreamer internal support programs are installed in the preferred location of /usr/lib/gstreamer-0.10 instead of /usr/libexec/gstreamer-0.10.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

--enable-docbook: This parameter is used to build HTML, PDF and PostScript versions of the GStreamer User's Manual, FAQ and Writer's Guide. Note that you must have all the listed dependencies installed.

chown -v -R root:root ...: The documentation is installed with the ownership of the user who untarred and built the package. This command changes the ownership of the installed documentation files to root:root, and is only executed if the documentation files were built and installed.

Installed Programs: gst-feedback, gst-feedback-0.10, gst-inspect, gst-inspect-0.10, gst-launch, gst-launch-0.10, gst-typefind, gst-typefind-0.10, gst-xmlinspect, gst-xmlinspect-0.10, gst-xmllaunch and gst-xmllaunch-0.10

Installed Libraries: libgstbase-0.10.so, libgstcheck-0.10.so, libgstcontroller-0.10.so, libgstdataprotocol-0.10.so, libgstnet-0.10.so and libgstreamer-0.10.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/lib/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer-0.10, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer-libs-0.10 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer-plugins-0.10

Short Descriptions

gst-feedback-0.10	generates debug info for GStreamer bug reports.
gst-inspect-0.10	prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element.
gst-launch-0.10	is a tool that builds and runs basic GStreamer pipelines.
gst-typefind-0.10	uses the GStreamer type finding system to determine the relevant GStreamer plugin to parse or decode a file, and determine the corresponding MIME type.
gst-xmlinspect-0.10	prints information about a GStreamer plugin or element in XML document format.
gst-xmllaunch-0.10	is used to build and run a basic GStreamer pipeline, loading it from an XML description.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 18:26:43 -0700

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36

Introduction to GStreamer Base Plug-ins

The GStreamer Base Plug-ins is a well-groomed and well-maintained collection of GStreamer plug-ins and elements, spanning the range of possible types of elements one would want to write for GStreamer. It also contains helper libraries and base classes useful for writing elements. A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included. Also see the gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23, gst-plugins-good-0.10.31, gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19, and gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13 packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-base/0.10/gst-plugins-base-0.10.36.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-base/0.10/gst-plugins-base-0.10.36.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d2337841b132fe996e5eb2396ac9438
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

GStreamer Base Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

GStreamer-0.10.36 and Pango-1.34.1

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

Optional

CDParanoia-III-10.2, GTK+-3.8.4 (required to build the examples), libvisual, ORC, Check-0.9.10 (required to run the unit regression tests), and Valgrind (optionaly used during the unit regression tests)

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Python-2.7.5 (compiled against an XML parser such as expat-2.1.0).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-base

Installation of GStreamer Base Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To run the unit regression tests, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: gst-visualise-0.10

Installed Libraries: libgstapp-0.10.so, libgstaudio-0.10.so, libgstcdda-0.10.so, libgstfft-0.10.so, libgstinterfaces-0.10.so, libgstnetbuffer-0.10.so, libgstpbutils-0.10.so, libgstriff-0.10.so, libgstrtp-0.10.so, libgstrtsp-0.10.so, libgstsdp-0.10.so, libgsttag-0.10.so and libgstvideo-0.10.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{app,audio,cdda,fft,floatcast,interfaces,netbuffer} /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{pbutils,riff,rtp,rtsp,sdp,tag,video}, /usr/share/gst-plugins-base, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-base-libs-0.10 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-base-plugins-0.10

Short Descriptions

gst-visualise-0.10

is used to run a basic GStreamer pipeline to display a graphical visualisation of an audio stream.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 18:26:43 -0700

gst-plugins-good-0.10.31

Introduction to GStreamer Good Plug-ins

The GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality code, correct functionality, and the preferred license (LGPL for the plug-in code, LGPL or LGPL-compatible for the supporting library). A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included. Also see the gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19, gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23 and gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13 packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-good/0.10/gst-plugins-good-0.10.31.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gst-plugins-good/0.10/gst-plugins-good-0.10.31.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 555845ceab722e517040bab57f9ace95
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 110 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

GStreamer Good Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

GConf-3.2.6 and libsoup-2.42.2

Optional

AAlib-1.4rc5, GTK+-3.8.4 (required to build the examples), JACK, libavc1394 (requires libraw1394), libcaca, libcdio, libdv-1.0.0, libiec61883, libshout, ORC, PulseAudio-4.0, Speex-1.2rc1, taglib-1.8, Video4Linux and WavPack

Optional, for the unit regression tests

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Python-2.7.5 (compiled against an XML parser such as expat-2.1.0)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-good

Installation of GStreamer Good Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:

sed -i -e "/input:/d" sys/v4l2/gstv4l2bufferpool.c &&
sed -i -e "/case V4L2_CID_HCENTER/d" -e "/case V4L2_CID_VCENTER/d" sys/v4l2/v4l2_calls.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --with-gtk=3.0 &&
make

To run the unit regression tests, issue: make check. There are many other Makefile targets you can specify for running the tests, issue make -C tests/check help to see the complete list.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you did not rebuild the API documentation by passing --enable-gtk-doc to the configure script and you wish to install the pre-built documentation, issue the following command as the root user:

make -C docs/plugins install-data

Command Explanations

sed -i -e "...": These sed commands fix building with recent kernels.

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-good-plugins-0.10

Last updated on 2013-08-23 18:26:43 -0700

gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23

Introduction to Gstreamer Bad Plug-ins

The GStreamer Bad Plug-ins package contains a set a set of plug-ins that aren't up to par compared to the rest. They might be close to being good quality, but they're missing something - be it a good code review, some documentation, a set of tests, a real live maintainer, or some actual wide use. Also see the gst-plugins-good-0.10.31, gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19 and gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13 packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-bad/gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e4822fa2cc933768e2998311a1565979
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 140 MB (depending on which optional dependencies are fulfilled)
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

GStreamer Bad Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36

Optional

celt, cURL-7.32.0, Dirac, DirectFB, FAAC-1.28, FAAD2-2.7, Flite, Game Music Emu, GSM, JasPer-1.900.1, LADSPA, libass, libcdaudio, libdc1394, libdca, libiptcdata, libkate, libmimic, libmms, libmodplug, libmpcdec, libmusicbrainz-2.1.5, libofa, librsvg-2.37.0, libsndfile-1.0.25, libvdpau, MJPEG Tools, neon-0.30.0, OpenAL, ORC, rtmpdump, Schroedinger, SDL-1.2.15, SoundTouch, SpanDSP, VO AACENC, VO AMRWBENC, WildMidi, ZBAR and ZVBI

Optional, for the unit regression tests

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-bad

Installation of GStreamer Bad Plug-ins

Install Gstreamer Bad Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --with-gtk=3.0 --disable-examples &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. Note that tests for some of the items may fail.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-gtk=3.0: Build against GTK+ 3 instead of the default GTK+ 2; recommended for a GNOME Desktop.

--disable-examples: If the dependencies for the camera driver have been satisfied, the associated example code fails to build.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgstbasecamerabinsrc-0.10.so, libgstbasevideo-0.10.so, libgstcodecparsers-0.10.so, libgstphotography-0.10.so, libgstsignalprocessor-0.10.so and libgstvdp-0.10.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{basecamerabinsrc,codecparsers,interfaces}, /usr/include/gstreamer-0.10/gst/{signalprocessor,vdpau,video} and /usr/share/gtk-doc/gst-plugins-bad-libs-0.10

Last updated on 2013-08-23 18:26:43 -0700

gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19

Introduction to GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

The GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality and correct functionality, but distributing them might pose problems. The license on either the plug-ins or the supporting libraries might not be how the GStreamer developers would like. The code might be widely known to present patent problems. Also see the gst-plugins-bad-0.10.23, gst-plugins-good-0.10.31 and gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13 packages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ba26045c8c8c91f0d48d327ccf53ac0c
Download size: 864 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19-libcdio_fixes-1.patch

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36

Optional

liba52-0.7.4, libcdio, libmad-0.15.1b, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libsidplay, OpenCore AMR, ORC, TwoLAME and x264

Optional, for the unit regression tests

Optional (Required to Rebuild the API Documentation)

GTK-Doc-1.19 and Python-2.7.5 (compiled against an XML parser such as expat-2.1.0)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-plugins-ugly

Installation of GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../gst-plugins-ugly-0.10.19-libcdio_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To run the unit regression tests, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

make -C docs/plugins install-data

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-ugly-plugins-0.10

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13

Introduction to Gst FFMpeg

The Gst FFMpeg contains GStreamer plugins for FFMpeg.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-ffmpeg/gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7f5beacaf1312db2db30a026b36888c4
Download size: 4.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 272 MB
Estimated build time: 2.9 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13-gcc-4.7-1.patch

Gst FFMpeg Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-0.10.36 and yasm-1.2.0

Optional

ORC

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst-ffmpeg

Installation of Gst FFMpeg

Install Gst FFMpeg by running the following commands:

patch -p1 < ../gst-ffmpeg-0.10.13-gcc-4.7-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed GStreamer Plugins: libgstffmpeg.so, libgstffmpegscale.so and libgstpostproc.so

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

GStreamer-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer

GStreamer is a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of plugins for things like video encoding and decoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio visualisation, web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. This package only provides base functionality and libraries. You may need at least gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 and one of Good, Bad, Ugly or Libav plugins.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer/gstreamer-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fddc83a851f7c695bd667b7325455b47
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 89 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

GStreamer Dependencies

Required

Optional

Gsl-1.16, GTK-Doc-1.19 and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gstreamer10

Installation of GStreamer

Install GStreamer by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed ... gst/parse/grammar.y: This command corrects a problem caused by the most recent version of Bison.

Installed Programs: gst-inspect-1.0, gst-launch-1.0 and gst-typefind-1.0

Installed Libraries: libgstbase-1.0.so, libgstcheck-1.0.so, libgstcontroller-1.0.so, libgstnet-1.0.so and libgstreamer-1.0.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-1.0, /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0, /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer-1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gstreamer-{libs,plugins}-1.0

Short Descriptions

gst-inspect-1.0	is a tool that prints out information on available GStreamer plugins, information about a particular plugin, or information about a particular element.
gst-launch-1.0	is a tool that builds and runs basic GStreamer pipelines.
gst-typefind-1.0	uses the GStreamer type finding system to determine the relevant GStreamer plugin to parse or decode file, and the corresponding MIME type.
`libgstbase-1.0.so`	provides some base classes to be extended by elements and utillity classes that are most useful for plugin developers.
`libgstcheck-1.0.so`	provides functionality for writing unit tests that use the check framework.
`libgstcontroller-1.0.so`	provides functionality to animate element properties over time.
`libgstnet-1.0.so`	provides network elements and objects.
`libgstreamer-1.0.so`	provides all the core GStreamer services, including initialization, plugin management and types, as well as the object hierarchy that defines elements and bins, along with some more specialized elements.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 08:30:05 -0700

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer Base Plug-ins

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-base/gst-plugins-base-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ffbca3265343cd66092b28286199b795
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 102 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

GStreamer Base Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

GStreamer-1.0.10 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

CDParanoia-III-10.2, GTK+-3.8.4, GTK-Doc-1.19, libvisual, ORC, and Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-base

Installation of GStreamer Base Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer Base Plugins 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Note

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: gst-discoverer-1.0 and gst-visualise-1.0

Installed Libraries: libgstapp-1.0.so, libgstaudio-1.0.so, libgstfft-1.0.so, libgstpbutils-1.0.so, libgstriff-1.0.so, libgstrtp-1.0.so, libgstrtsp-1.0.so, libgstsdp-1.0.so, libgsttag-1.0.so, libgstvideo-1.0.so and several plugins in /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-1.0/gst/{app,audio,fft,pbutils}, /usr/include/gstreamer-1.0/gst/{riff,rtp,rtsp,sdp,tag,video} /usr/share/gst-plugins-base/1.0 and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-base-{libs,plugins}-1.0

Short Descriptions

gst-visualise-1.0

is a tool that is used to run a basic GStreamer pipeline, to display a graphical visualisation of an audio stream.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

gst-plugins-good-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer Good Plug-ins

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-good/gst-plugins-good-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6576c133d4a0faa904087e5d1b32ccc5
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 107 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU

GStreamer Good Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10

Optional

AAlib-1.4rc5, libdv-1.0.0, PulseAudio-4.0, taglib-1.8, udev-Installed LFS Version or udev-extras (from systemd) (for GUdev), JACK, libcaca, libiec61883, libraw1394, libshout, ORC, Video4Linux and WavPack

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-good

Installation of GStreamer Good Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer Good Plugins 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/"  &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Several plugins in /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gstreamer-1.0/presets

Last updated on 2013-09-01 08:30:05 -0700

gst-plugins-bad-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer Bad Plug-ins

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-bad/gst-plugins-bad-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f1fd76e251824d80657dbe3ceb1d9aa1
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 95 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU

GStreamer Bad Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, FAAC-1.28, FAAD2-2.7, GTK+-3.8.4, libexif-0.6.21, libmpeg2-0.5.1, MesaLib-9.2.0, mpg123-1.15.4, neon-0.30.0, OpenJPEG-1.5.1, OpenSSL-1.0.1e, Xorg Libraries, Celt, Flite, Game Music Emu, GSM, libass, libdca, libmimic, libmms, libofa, libvdpau, MJPEG Tools, OpenAL, ORC, RTMPDUMP, Schroedinger, VO AAC, VO AMRWB, Wayland and ZBAR

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-bad

Installation of GStreamer Bad Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Bad Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer Bad Plugins 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libgstbasecamerabinsrc-1.0.so, libgstbasevideo-1.0.so, libgstcodecparsers-1.0.so, libgstphotography-1.0.so, libgstsignalprocessor-1.0.so and several plugins in /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gstreamer-1.0/gst/{basecamerabinsrc,codecparsers}, /usr/include/gstreamer-1.0/gst/{interfaces,signalprocessor,video}, /usr/share/gstreamer-1.0/presets and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gst-plugins-bad-libs-1.0

Last updated on 2013-09-01 08:30:05 -0700

gst-plugins-ugly-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fbe21d93c314e43c790e0ac96e197905
Download size: 816 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10

Optional

liba52-0.7.4, libmad-0.15.1b, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libcdio, libsidplay, OpenCore AMR, ORC, TwoLame and x264

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-ugly

Installation of GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins

Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer Ugly Plugins 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Several plugins in /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0

Installed Directory: /usr/share/gstreamer-1.0/presets

Last updated on 2013-09-01 08:30:05 -0700

gst-libav-1.0.10

Introduction to GStreamer Libav

The GStreamer Libav package contains GStreamer plugins for Libav (a fork of FFmpeg).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Note

GStreamer 1.0 series is not API or ABI compatible with GStreamer 0.10 series and both can be installed on the same system.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-libav/gst-libav-1.0.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 715564cdb735dad75b0e770e044488e0
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 287 MB
Estimated build time: 2.4 SBU

GStreamer Libav Dependencies

Required

gst-plugins-base-1.0.10 and yasm-1.2.0

Optional

ORC

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-libav

Installation of GStreamer Libav

Install GStreamer Libav by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --with-package-name="GStreamer Libav Plugins 1.0.10 BLFS" \
            --with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: Several plugins in /usr/lib/gstreamer-1.0

Installed Directories: None

Last updated on 2013-09-01 08:30:05 -0700

Liba52-0.7.4

Introduction to Liba52

liba52 is a free library for decoding ATSC A/52 (also known as AC-3) streams. The A/52 standard is used in a variety of applications, including digital television and DVD.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://liba52.sourceforge.net/files/a52dec-0.7.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: caa9f5bc44232dc8aeea773fea56be80
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Optional

djbfft

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/liba52

Installation of Liba52

Install liba52 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --mandir=/usr/share/man \
            --enable-shared \
            --disable-static \
            CFLAGS="-g -O2 $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo -fPIC)" &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
cp liba52/a52_internal.h /usr/include/a52dec &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/liba52.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4/liba52.txt

Command Explanations

CFLAGS="-g -O2 ...: This sets CFLAGS to -g -O2 (which is the default) but then on x86_64 adds -fPIC. This is needed to compile liba52 on x86_64.

--disable-static: This option stops it installing the static version of the library.

cp liba52/a52_internal.h ...: Copying this header file into /usr/include/a52dec allows some other programs (such as xine-lib) to compile and link against a system installed liba52.

Installed Programs: a52dec and extract_a52

Installed Library: liba52.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/a52dec and /usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4

Short Descriptions

a52dec	plays ATSC A/52 audio streams.
extract_a52	extracts ATSC A/52 audio from an MPEG stream.
`liba52.so`	provides functions for the programs dealing with ATSC A/52 streams.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

Libao-1.1.0

Introduction to Libao

The libao package contains a cross-platform audio library. This is useful to output audio on a wide variety of platforms. It currently supports WAV files, OSS (Open Sound System), ESD (Enlighten Sound Daemon), ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture), NAS (Network Audio system), aRTS (analog Real-Time Synthesizer and PulseAudio (next generation GNOME sound architecture).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ao/libao-1.1.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/libao-1.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2b2508c29bc97e4dc218fa162cf883c8
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Libao Dependencies

Optional

X Window System, EsounD-0.2.41, ALSA-1.0.27, and PulseAudio-4.0 (requires libatomic_ops-7.2d on x86)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libao

Installation of Libao

Install libao by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/libao-1.1.0

Configuring Libao

Config Files

/etc/libao.conf and ~/.libao

Configuration Information

Currently, the only configuration option available is setting the default output device. Issue man libao.conf for details.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libao.so and plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ao, /usr/lib/ao and /usr/share/doc/libao-1.1.0

Short Descriptions

libao.so

provides functions for programs wishing to output sound over supported platforms.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libcanberra-0.30

Introduction to libcanberra

libcanberra is an implementation of the XDG Sound Theme and Name Specifications, for generating event sounds on free desktops, such as GNOME.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libcanberra/libcanberra-0.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 34cb7e4430afaf6f447c4ebdb9b42072
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libcanberra Dependencies

Required

libvorbis-1.3.3

Optional

GTK+-2.24.20, GTK-Doc-1.19, PulseAudio-4.0 and tdb

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcanberra

Installation of libcanberra

Install libcanberra by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-oss &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libcanberra-0.30 install

Command Explanations

--enable-gtk-doc: Use this parameter if GTK-Doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API documentation.

Installed Programs: canberra-boot and canberra-gtk-play

Installed Libraries: libcanberra-gtk.so, libcanberra-gtk3.so and libcanberra.so

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/libcanberra-0.30, /usr/share/doc/libcanberra and /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/libcanberra

Short Descriptions

canberra-gtk-play	is an application used for playing sound events.
`libcanberra-gtk.so`	contains the libcanberra bindings for GTK+ 2.
`libcanberra-gtk3.so`	contains the libcanberra bindings for GTK+ 3.
`libcanberra.so`	contains the libcanberra API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libdiscid-0.5.2

Introduction to libdiscid

The libdiscid package contains a library for creating MusicBrainz DiscIDs from audio CDs. It reads a CD's table of contents (TOC) and generates an identifier which can be used to lookup the CD at MusicBrainz (http://musicbrainz.org). Additionally, it provides a submission URL for adding the DiscID to the database.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libdiscid/libdiscid-0.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ce5141be6082cf2f8a31f624ce8510c9
Download size: 352 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdiscid

Installation of libdiscid

Install libdiscid by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdiscid.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/discid

Short Descriptions

libdiscid.so

contains the DiscID API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libdvdcss-1.2.13

Introduction to libdvdcss

libdvdcss is a simple library designed for accessing DVDs as a block device without having to bother about the decryption.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.videolan.org/pub/libdvdcss/1.2.13/libdvdcss-1.2.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 53cfc52a60a156763c425572e5179273
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

libdvdcss Dependencies

Optional (to Create Documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdcss

Installation of libdvdcss

Install libdvdcss by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.13 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdvdcss.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/dvdcss and /usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.2.13

Short Descriptions

libdvdcss.so

provides the functionality that is required for transparent DVD access with CSS decryption.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Libdvdread-4.2.0

Introduction to Libdvdread

libdvdread is a library which provides a simple foundation for reading DVDs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dvdnav.mplayerhq.hu/releases/libdvdread-4.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ab7a19d3ab1a437ae754ef477d6231a4
Download size: 95 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdread

Installation of Libdvdread

Install libdvdread by running the following commands:

./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

./autogen.sh: This package does not come with the normal configure script, so the autogen.sh script is used to generate and run configure.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libdvdread.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/dvdread

Short Descriptions

libdvdread.so

provides functionality required to access DVDs.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

Libdvdnav-4.2.0

Introduction to Libdvdnav

libdvdnav is a library that allows easy use of sophisticated DVD navigation features such as DVD menus, multiangle playback and even interactive DVD games.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://dvdnav.mplayerhq.hu/releases/libdvdnav-4.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 53be8903f9802e101929a3451203bbf6
Download size: 112 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Libdvdnav Dependencies

Required

libdvdread-4.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdnav

Installation of Libdvdnav

Install libdvdnav by running the following commands:

./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

./autogen.sh: This package does not come with the normal configure script, so the autogen.sh script is used to generate and run configure.

Installed Programs: dvdnav-config

Installed Library: libdvdnav.so and libdvdnavmini.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/dvdnav

Short Descriptions

`libdvdnav.so`	DVD navigation library.
`libdvdnavmini.so`	DVD navigation mini library.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

Libdv-1.0.0

Introduction to Libdv

The Quasar DV Codec (libdv) is a software CODEC for DV video, the encoding format used by most digital camcorders. It can be used to copy videos from camcorders using a firewire (IEEE 1394) connection.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libdv/libdv-1.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f895162161cfa4bb4a94c070a7caa6c7
Download size: 574 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Libdv Dependencies

Optional

popt-1.16, pkg-config-0.28, SDL-1.2.15, and X Window System

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdv

Installation of Libdv

Install libdv by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --disable-xv \
            --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d      /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0 &&
install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0

Command Explanations

--disable-xv: This parameter is required if an X Window System is not installed. It also prevents configure testing for libXv which is only used for an obsolete program playdv that will not be built with current linux headers and would also need other obsolete dependencies.

--disable-static: This switch prevents the static libraries being installed.

Installed Programs: dubdv, dvconnect, and encodedv

Installed Library: libdv.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libdv and /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0

Short Descriptions

dubdv	inserts audio into a digital video stream.
dvconnect	is a small utility to send or capture raw data from and to the camcorder.
encodedv	encodes a series of images to a digital video stream.
`libdv.so`	provides functions for programs interacting with the Quasar DV CODEC.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

libmad-0.15.1b

Introduction to libmad

libmad is a high-quality MPEG audio decoder capable of 24-bit output.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mad/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mars.org/pub/mpeg/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1be543bc30c56fb6bea1d7bf6a64e66c
Download size: 491 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libmad-0.15.1b-fixes-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmad

Installation of libmad

Install libmad by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmad-0.15.1b-fixes-1.patch                &&
sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac &&
touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog                                 &&
autoreconf -fi                                               &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Some packages check for the pkg-config file for libmad. This file is particularly needed so that Cdrdao can recognize the installed libmad.

As the root user:

cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mad.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include

Name: mad
Description: MPEG audio decoder
Requires:
Version: 0.15.1b
Libs: -L${libdir} -lmad
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF

Command Explanations

touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog: Prevent autoreconf from returning an error.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmad.so

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

libmad.so

is a MPEG audio decoder library.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

libmpeg2-0.5.1

Introduction to libmpeg2

The libmpeg2 package contains a library for decoding MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams. The library is able to decode all MPEG streams that conform to certain restrictions: “constrained parameters” for MPEG-1, and “main profile” for MPEG-2. This is useful for programs and applications needing to decode MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://libmpeg2.sourceforge.net/files/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0f92c7454e58379b4a5a378485bbd8ef
Download size: 513 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

libmpeg2 Dependencies

Optional

X Window System and SDL-1.2.15

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmpeg2

Installation of libmpeg2

Install libmpeg2 by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/static const/static/' libmpeg2/idct_mmx.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                           &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. To perform a more comprehensive regression test, see the file test/README in the source tree.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.5.1 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/libmpeg2.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.5.1

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This sed fixes problems with recent GCC compilers.

Installed Programs: corrupt_mpeg2, extract_mpeg2 and mpeg2dec

Installed Libraries: libmpeg2.{so,a} and libmpeg2convert.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/mpeg2dec and /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.5.1

Short Descriptions

extract_mpeg2	extracts MPEG video streams from a multiplexed stream.
mpeg2dec	decodes MPEG1 and MPEG2 video streams.
`libmpeg2.{so,a}`	contains API functions used to decode MPEG video streams.
`libmpeg2convert.{so,a}`	contains API functions used for color conversions of MPEG video streams.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

libMPEG3-1.8

Introduction to libMPEG3

libMPEG3 supports advanced editing and manipulation of MPEG streams.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/heroines/libmpeg3-1.8-src.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a9d0d34e8941a4437eb8e7dfe559eca1
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libmpeg3-1.8-makefile_fixes-2.patch

libMPEG3 Dependencies

Required

liba52-0.7.4 and NASM-2.10.09

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmpeg3

Installation of libMPEG3

Install libMPEG3 by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmpeg3-1.8-makefile_fixes-2.patch &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: mpeg3cat, mpeg3dump, mpeg3peek and mpeg3toc

Installed Libraries: libmpeg3.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/audio and /usr/include/video

Short Descriptions

mpeg3cat	concatenates elementary streams or demultiplexes a program stream (separates components of the stream).
mpeg3dump	dumps information or extracts audio to a 24 bit PCM file.
mpeg3peek	prints the byte offset of a given frame. It only works for video and requires a table of contents.
mpeg3toc	creates a table of contents for a DVD or MPEG stream.
`libmpeg3.{so,a}`	decodes several MPEG standards into uncompressed data suitable for editing and playback.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

libmusicbrainz-2.1.5

Introduction to libmusicbrainz

The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server. This is useful for adding MusicBrainz lookup capabilities to other applications.

MusicBrainz is a community music metadatabase that attempts to create a comprehensive music information site. You can use the MusicBrainz data either by browsing the web site, or you can access the data from a client program — for example, a CD player program can use MusicBrainz to identify CDs and provide information about the CD, about the artist or other related information.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d5e19bb77edd6ea798ce206bd05ccc5f
Download size: 524 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5-missing-includes-1.patch

libmusicbrainz Dependencies

Required

expat-2.1.0

Optional to Build the Python Bindings

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmusicbrainz

Installation of libmusicbrainz

Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmusicbrainz-2.1.5-missing-includes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If Python is installed, build the bindings with the following commands:

(cd python && python setup.py build)

This package does not come with a stand-alone test suite (to test you must have Python installed and perform the test after the package is installed).

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mb_howto.txt \
    /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5/mb_howto.txt

To test the Python bindings, issue the following: (cd python && python setup.py test).

If you built the Python bindings, issue the following commands as the root user to install them:

(cd python && python setup.py install)

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmusicbrainz.{so,a}

Installed Directories: /usr/include/musicbrainz and /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5

Short Descriptions

libmusicbrainz.{so,a}

contains API functions to access the MusicBrainz database, both for looking up data and also for submitting new data.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libmusicbrainz-5.0.1

Introduction to libmusicbrainz

The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://github.com/downloads/metabrainz/libmusicbrainz/libmusicbrainz-5.0.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a0406b94c341c2b52ec0fe98f57cadf3
Download size: 108 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/libmusicbrainz-5.0.1-build_system-1.patch

libmusicbrainz Dependencies

Required

CMake-2.8.11.2 and neon-0.30.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmusicbrainz5

Installation of libmusicbrainz

Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../libmusicbrainz-5.0.1-build_system-1.patch &&

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libmusicbrainz5.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libmusicbrainz5

Short Descriptions

libmusicbrainz5.so

contains API functions for accessing the MusicBrainz database.

Last updated on 2013-08-26 10:26:25 -0700

libogg-1.3.1

Introduction to libogg

The libogg package contains the Ogg file structure. This is useful for creating (encoding) or playing (decoding) a single physical bit stream.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ogg/libogg-1.3.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://downloads.xiph.org/pub/xiph/releases/ogg/libogg-1.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ca25d8da0ddfc8c6cbbf78d847a209fe
Download size: 398 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libogg

Installation of libogg

Install libogg by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/libogg-1.3.1 --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libogg.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ogg and /usr/share/doc/libogg-1.3.1

Short Descriptions

libogg.so

provides the functions required for programs to read or write Ogg formatted bit streams.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libquicktime-1.2.4

Introduction to libquicktime

The libquicktime package contains the libquicktime library, various plugins and codecs, along with graphical and command line utilities used for encoding and decoding QuickTime files. This is useful for reading and writing files in the QuickTime format. The goal of the project is to enhance, while providing compatibility with the Quicktime 4 Linux library.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/libquicktime/libquicktime-1.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81cfcebad9b7ee7e7cfbefc861d6d61b
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (includes building all codec modules)

libquicktime Dependencies

Optional

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, Doxygen-1.8.5, FAAC-1.28, FAAD2-2.7, FFmpeg-1.2.2, GTK+-2.24.20, LAME-3.99.5, libdv-1.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libpng-1.6.4, libvorbis-1.3.3, Schroedinger, x264, and Xorg Libraries

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libquicktime

Installation of libquicktime

Install libquicktime by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --enable-gpl      \
            --without-doxygen \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4 **
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4 &&
install -v -m644    README doc/{*.txt,*.html,mainpage.incl} \
                    /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4

Command Explanations

--with-libdv: Build with libdv support. Not enabled by default.

--enable-gpl: Changes the licence to GPL. This enables some extra plugins, such as FAAC, FAAD2, and x264.

--without-doxygen: This is necessary if you do not have Doxygen, omit this if installed.

Installed Programs: libquicktime_config, lqtplay, lqtremux, lqt_transcode, qt2text, qtdechunk, qtdump, qtinfo, qtrechunk, qtstreamize, and qtyuv4toyuv

Installed Libraries: libquicktime.so and several plugin codec libraries

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lqt, /usr/lib/libquicktime, and /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4

Short Descriptions

libquicktime_config	is a graphical front end to examine and configure the available libquicktime audio and video codecs.
lqtplay	is a simple QuickTime movie player for X Window System.
lqt_transcode	is a command-line program used to encode video and/or audio files from one format to another.
qtdechunk	can take movies containing rgb frames and write them out as ppm images.
qtrechunk	concatenates input frames into a QuickTime movie.
qtyuv4toyuv	is used to write a YUV4 encoded movie as a planar YUV 4:2:0 file.
`libquicktime.so`	is a library for reading and writing QuickTime files. It provides convenient access to QuickTime files with a variety of supported codecs. The library contains new functions integrated with all the original QuickTime 4 Linux library functions used to encode and decode QuickTime files.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libsamplerate-0.1.8

Introduction to libsamplerate

libsamplerate is a sample rate converter for audio.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.mega-nerd.com/SRC/libsamplerate-0.1.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1c7fb25191b4e6e3628d198a66a84f47
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libsamplerate Dependencies

Optional

libsndfile-1.0.25, and libfftw3 (for tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsamplerate

Installation of libsamplerate

Install libsamplerate by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make htmldocdir=/usr/share/doc/libsamplerate-0.1.8 install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Program: sndfile-resample

Installed Library: libsamplerate.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libsamplerate-0.1.8

Short Descriptions

sndfile-resample

is a sample rate converter using libsndfile for file I/O.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

libsndfile-1.0.25

Introduction to libsndfile

Libsndfile is a library of C routines for reading and writing files containing sampled audio data.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/files/libsndfile-1.0.25.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e2b7bb637e01022c7d20f95f9c3990a2
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libsndfile Dependencies

Optional

alsa-lib-1.0.27.2, FLAC-1.3.0, libogg-1.3.1, libvorbis-1.3.3 and SQLite-3.8.0.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsndfile

Installation of libsndfile

Install libsndfile by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make htmldocdir=/usr/share/doc/libsndfile-1.0.25 install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: sndfile-cmp, sndfile-concat, sndfile-convert, sndfile-deinterleave, sndfile-info, sndfile-interleave, sndfile-metadata-get, sndfile-metadata-set, sndfile-play, sndfile-regtest and sndfile-salvage

Installed Library: libsndfile.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/libsndfile-1.0.25

Short Descriptions

sndfile-cmp	compares two audio files.
sndfile-concat	concatenates two or more audio files.
sndfile-convert	converts a sound files from one format to another.
sndfile-deinterleave	splits a multi-channel into multiple single channel files.
sndfile-info	displays information about a sound file.
sndfile-interleave	converts multiple single channel files into a multi-channel file.
sndfile-metadata-get	retrieves metadata from a sound file.
sndfile-metadata-set	sets metadata in a sound file.
sndfile-play	plays a sound file.
`libsndfile.so`	contains the libsndfile API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

libtheora-1.1.1

Introduction to libtheora

Theora is a free and open video compression format.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/theora/libtheora-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9eeabf1ad65b7f41533854a59f7a716d
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB (without static libs or API docs and without installing the examples)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libtheora Dependencies

Required

libogg-1.3.1

Optional

SDL-1.2.15 and libpng-1.6.4 (both to build the example players), Doxygen-1.8.5, texlive-20130530, BibTex, and Transfig (all four to build the API documentation), Valgrind

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libtheora

Installation of libtheora

Install libtheora by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/png_\(sizeof\)/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you wish to install the examples (so that you can hack on theora), install them as the root user:

cd examples/.libs &&
for E in *; do
  install -v -m755 $E /usr/bin/theora_${E}
done

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/png_$sizeof$/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c: This sed fixes build with libpng 1.6.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None, unless you installed the examples

Installed Libraries: libtheora.so, libtheoraenc.so, and libtheoradec.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/theora and /usr/share/doc/libtheora-1.1.1

Short Descriptions

libtheora*.so

libraries provide the functions to read and write video files.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

libvorbis-1.3.3

Introduction to libvorbis

The libvorbis package contains a general purpose audio and music encoding format. This is useful for creating (encoding) and playing (decoding) sound in an open (patent free) format.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/libvorbis-1.3.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 71b649d3e08e63ece16649df906ce8b9
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libvorbis Dependencies

Required

libogg-1.3.1

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and texlive-20130530 (specifically, pdflatex and htlatex) to build the PDF documentation

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libvorbis

Installation of libvorbis

Install libvorbis by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make LIBS=-lm check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/Vorbis* /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.3.3

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-docs: This switch enables building the documentation in formats other than the supplied html.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libvorbis.so, libvorbisenc.so and libvorbisfile.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vorbis and /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.3.3

Short Descriptions

libvorbis.so

provides the functions used to read and write sound files.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:51:02 -0700

libvpx-v1.2.0

Introduction to libvpx

This package provides the reference implementation of the vp8 Codec from the WebM project, used in most current html5 video.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://webm.googlecode.com/files/libvpx-v1.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4eab3775d178d44e084525ed978bcd9a
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (without the documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

libvpx Dependencies

Required

yasm-1.2.0 (compiling with NASM-2.10.09 is currently broken) and Which-2.20 (so configure can find yasm)

Optional

Doxygen-1.8.5 and PHP-5.5.3 (to build the documentation).

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libvpx

Installation of libvpx

Install libvpx by running the following commands:

mkdir ../libvpx-build &&
cd ../libvpx-build &&
../libvpx-v1.2.0/configure --prefix=/usr \
                           --enable-shared \
                           --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

mkdir ../libvpx-build && cd ../libvpx-build: The libvpx developers recommend building in a dedicated build directory.

--disable-static: This switch prevents building of static versions of libraries.

Installed Programs: vp8_scalable_patterns, vpxdec and vpxenc

Installed Libraries: libvpx.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vpx

Short Descriptions

vpxdec	is the WebM Project VP8 decoder.
vpxenc	is the WebM project VP8 encoder.
`libvpx.so`	provides functions to use the VP8 video codec.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 23:58:21 -0700

Opal-3.10.10

Introduction to Opal

The Opal package contains a C++ class library for normalising the numerous telephony protocols into a single integrated call model.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/opal/3.10/opal-3.10.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/opal/3.10/opal-3.10.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6efa1b4c5e0ad6460019b4c6df0898d7
Download size: 5.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 305 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/opal-3.10.10-ffmpeg-1.patch

Opal Dependencies

Required

Ptlib-2.10.10

Optional

Celt, FFmpeg-1.2.2, GSM, ISDN4Linux, libtheora-1.1.1, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, Ruby-2.0.0, Spandsp, Speex-1.2rc1, and x264

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/opal

Installation of Opal

Install Opal by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../opal-3.10.10-ffmpeg-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 644 /usr/lib/libopal_s.a

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: libopal.so and libopal_s.a

Installed Directories: /usr/include/opal and /usr/lib/opal-3.10.10

Short Descriptions

libopal.so

contains the Opal API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

PulseAudio-4.0

Introduction to PulseAudio

PulseAudio is a sound system for POSIX OSes, meaning that it is a proxy for sound applications. It allows you to do advanced operations on your sound data as it passes between your application and your hardware. Things like transferring the audio to a different machine, changing the sample format or channel count and mixing several sounds into one are easily achieved using a sound server.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://freedesktop.org/software/pulseaudio/releases/pulseaudio-4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 591f211db2790a7e4d222f2dc6858db3
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU

PulseAudio Dependencies

Required

Intltool-0.50.2, JSON-C-0.11, libsndfile-1.0.25 and pkg-config-0.28

Optional (Required if building GNOME)

GConf-3.2.6, GLib-2.36.4 and GTK+-2.24.20

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31, BlueZ-4.101 and SBC-1.1, Check-0.9.10, FFTW, JACK, libasyncns, libsamplerate-0.1.8, LIRC, ORC, TDB, Valgrind, WebRTC AudioProcessing and XEN

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pulseaudio

Installation of PulseAudio

In order for PulseAudio to communicate properly with D-BUS, create a unique user. As the root user, run:

groupadd -g 58 pulse &&
groupadd -g 59 pulse-access &&
useradd -c "Pulseaudio User" -d /var/run/pulse -g pulse \
        -s /bin/false -u 58 pulse &&
usermod -a -G audio pulse

Install PulseAudio by running the following commands:

find . -name "Makefile.in" | xargs sed -i "s|(libdir)/@PACKAGE@|(libdir)/pulse|" &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --sysconfdir=/etc \
            --localstatedir=/var \
            --libexecdir=/usr/lib \
            --with-module-dir=/usr/lib/pulse/modules &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

find . -name Makefile.in ...: This sed changes the build system to install PulseAudio private libraries into /usr/lib/pulse instead of /usr/lib/pulseaudio.

--with-module-dir=/usr/lib/pulse/modules: This parameter ensures that PulseAudio modules are installed in /usr/lib/pulse/modules instead of /usr/lib/pulse-4.0/modules.

Installed Programs: esdcompat, pacat, pacmd, pactl, padsp, pamon, paplay, parec, parecord, pasuspender, pax11publish, pulseaudio, qpaeq, start-pulseaudio-kde and start-pulseaudio-x11

Installed Libraries: libpulsecore-4.0.so, libpulse-mainloop-glib.so, libpulse-simple.so and libpulse.so

Installed Directories: /etc/pulse, /usr/include/pulse, /usr/lib/cmake/PulseAudio, /usr/lib/pulse and /usr/share/pulseaudio

Short Descriptions

esdcompat	is the PulseAudio ESD wrapper script.
pacat	Plays back or records raw or encoded audio streams on a PulseAudio sound server.
pacmd	is a tool used to reconfigure a PulseAudio sound server during runtime.
pactl	is used to control a running PulseAudio sound server.
padsp	is the PulseAudio OSS Wrapper.
pamon	is a symbolic link to pacat.
paplay	is used to play audio files on a PulseAudio sound server.
parec	is a symbolic link to pacat.
parecord	is a symbolic link to pacat.
pasuspender	is a tool that can be used to tell a local PulseAudio sound server to temporarily suspend access to the audio devices, to allow other applications to access them directly.
pax11publish	is the PulseAudio X11 Credential Utility.
pulseaudio	is a networked low-latency sound server for Linux.
qpaeq	is an equalizer interface for PulseAudio equalizer sinks.
start-pulseaudio-kde	Starts PulseAudio and loads module-device-manager to use KDE routing policies.
start-pulseaudio-x11	Starts PulseAudio and registers it to the X11 session manager.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

SDL-1.2.15

Introduction to SDL

The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL-1.2.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d96df8417572a2afb781a7c4c811a85
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

SDL Dependencies

Optional

ALSA-1.0.27, EsounD-0.2.41, PulseAudio-4.0 NASM-2.10.09, libusb-1.0.9, X Window System, AAlib-1.4rc5, Pth-2.0.7, DirectFB, GGI, SVGAlib-1.9.5 (patched), libcaca and PicoGUI

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sdl

Installation of SDL

Install SDL by running the following commands:

sed -i '/_XData32/s:register long:register _Xconst long:' src/video/x11/SDL_x11sym.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.15/html &&
install -v -m644    docs/html/*.html \
                    /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.15/html

Testing SDL

If you wish to, test the installation of SDL using the included test programs. It is not required to install any of the resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:

cd test &&
./configure &&
make

You'll need to manually run all the test programs (they are listed in the README file in this directory). Many of them will need to be manually killed, and you'll need to turn your speakers on with the volume at a suitable level.

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This command fixes compilation with libX11-1.6.0

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Configuring SDL

Configuration Information

As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do, save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in /etc/ld.so.conf so that ldd can find the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case, /sbin/ldconfig should be run while logged in as root.

Installed Program: sdl-config

Installed Libraries: libSDL.so and libSDLmain.a

Installed Directories: /usr/include/SDL and /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.15

Short Descriptions

sdl-config	determines the compile and linker flags that should be used to compile and link programs that use `libSDL`.
`libSDL.so`	library provides low level access to audio, keyboard, mouse, joystick, 3D hardware via OpenGL, and 2D frame buffer across multiple platforms.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

SoundTouch-1.7.1

Introduction to SoundTouch

The SoundTouch package contains an open-source audio processing library that allows changing the sound tempo, pitch and playback rate parameters independently from each other.

This package is known to build using an LFS 7.4 platform but has not been tested.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.surina.net/soundtouch/soundtouch-1.7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 957500b90593cd6c7d8adc62a64a1851
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/soundtouch

Installation of SoundTouch

Install SoundTouch by running the following commands:

sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac &&
./bootstrap &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make pkgdocdir=/usr/share/doc/soundtouch-1.7.1 install

Command Explanations

sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac: This sed fixes some issues with Automake 1.13 and later.

Installed Program: soundstrech

Installed Library: libSoundTouch.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/soundtouch and /usr/share/doc/soundtouch-1.7.1

Short Descriptions

libSoundTouch.so

contains SoundTouch API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Speex-1.2rc1

Introduction to Speex

Speex is an audio compression format designed especially for speech. It is well-adapted to internet applications and provides useful features that are not present in most other CODECs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.us.xiph.org/releases/speex/speex-1.2rc1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c4438b22c08e5811ff10e2b06ee9b9ae
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Speex Dependencies

Required

libogg-1.3.1

Optional

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/speex

Installation of Speex

Install Speex by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr    \
            --disable-static \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/speex-1.2rc1 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: speexdec and speexenc

Installed Libraries: libspeex.so and libspeexdsp.so

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/speex

Short Descriptions

speexdec	decodes a Speex file and produces a WAV or raw file.
speexenc	encodes a WAV or raw files using Speex.
`libspeex.so`	provides functions for the audio encoding/decoding programs.
`libspeexdsp.so`	is a speech processing library that goes along with the Speex codec.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 18:40:33 -0700

Taglib-1.8

Introduction to Taglib

Taglib is a library used for reading, writing and manipulating audio file tags and is used by applications such as Amarok and VLC.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://github.com/downloads/taglib/taglib/taglib-1.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dcb8bd1b756f2843e18b1fdf3aaeee15
Download size: 584 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Taglib Dependencies

Required

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/taglib

Installation of Taglib

Install Taglib by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release  \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: taglib-config

Installed Libraries: libtag.so and libtag_c.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/taglib

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

xine-lib-1.2.3

Introduction to Xine Libraries

The Xine Libraries package contains xine libraries. These are useful for interfacing with external plug-ins that allow the flow of information from the source to the audio and video hardware.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-lib-1.2.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/xine-lib-1.2.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 011def012e9db3dee06808b4580ccede
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 126 MB (additional 120 MB to install API documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/xine-lib-1.2.3-missing_include-1.patch

Xine Libraries Dependencies

Required

X Window System, FFmpeg-1.2.2, and at least one of: ALSA-1.0.27, PulseAudio-4.0 or JACK

Optional

liba52-0.7.4, AAlib-1.4rc5, DirectFB, FAAD2-2.7, FLAC-1.3.0, gdk-pixbuf-2.28.2, ImageMagick-6.8.6-9, libbluray, libcaca, libdca, libdvdnav-4.2.0, libFAME, libmad-0.15.1b, libmng-2.0.2, libtheora-1.1.1, libva-1.2.1, libvdpau-0.7, libvorbis-1.3.3, MesaLib-9.2.0, libmodplug, musepack, Samba-4.0.9, SDL-1.2.15, Speex-1.2rc1, VCDImager, Video4Linux, WavPack, and Doxygen-1.8.5 (to create the API documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xine-lib

Installation of Xine Libraries

Install Xine Libraries by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../xine-lib-1.2.3-missing_include-1.patch &&

./configure --prefix=/usr     \
            --disable-vcd     \
            --disable-modplug \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.3 &&
make

To create the API documentation, Doxygen must be installed and issue the following command:

doxygen doc/Doxyfile

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

If you built the API documentation, issue the following commands as the root user to install it:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.3/api &&
install -v -m644    doc/api/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.3/api

Command Explanations

--disable-vcd: This option is required to compile Xine Lib without VCDImager installed. Remove this option if you have installed VCDImager.

--disable-modplug: This option is required to compile Xine Lib without libmodplug installed. Remove this option if you have installed libmodplug.

--docdir=/usr/share/xine-lib-1.2.3: This switch causes the documentation to be installed into a versioned directory instead of the default /usr/share/doc/xine-lib.

Installed Programs: xine-config and xine-list-1.2

Installed Libraries: libxine.so and numerous plugin modules and video extensions

Installed Fonts: Output display engine fonts located in /usr/share/xine-lib/fonts

Installed Directories: /usr/include/xine, /usr/lib/xine, /usr/share/xine-lib, and /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.3

Short Descriptions

xine-config	provides information to programs trying to link with the xine libraries.
xine-list-1.2	is used to get supported filetype information from xine-lib.
`libxine.so`	provides the API for processing audio/video files.

Last updated on 2013-09-03 12:08:19 -0700

XviD-1.3.2

Introduction to XviD

XviD is an MPEG-4 compliant video CODEC.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xvid.org/downloads/xvidcore-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 87c8cf7b69ebed93c2d82ea5709d098a
Download size: 800 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

XviD Dependencies

Optional

yasm-1.2.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xvid

Installation of XviD

Note

This package tarball expands to xvidcore, not the expected xvidcore-1.3.2.

Install XviD by running the following commands:

cd build/generic &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile &&
make install &&

chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4.3 &&
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4.3 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4 &&
ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4   /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so   &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.2/examples &&
install -v -m644 ../../doc/* /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.2 &&
install -v -m644 ../../examples/* \
    /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.2/examples

Command Explanations

sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile: This command disables installing the static library.

ln -v -sf libxvidcore.so.4 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so: This command makes applications linked against .so names, link to .so.<MAJOR>. This ensures better binary compatibility, as XviD developers take care not changing the <MAJOR> number until there is an incompatible ABI change.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libxvidcore.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.2

Short Descriptions

libxvidcore.so

provides functions to encode and decode most MPEG-4 video data.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

Chapter 38. Audio Utilities

This chapter contains programs involved with audio file manipulation; that is to say playing, recording, ripping and the other common things which people want to do. It also includes a package used to render text to speech using your system's audio hardware. To use much of this software, you will need to have the kernel sound drivers installed.

Mpg123-1.15.4

Introduction to Mpg123

The Mpg123 package contains a console-based MP3 player. It claims to be the fastest MP3 decoder for Unix.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/mpg123/mpg123-1.15.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0703bf3b104910ba41c658a4d1080c9b
Download size: 784 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Mpg123 Dependencies

Optional

EsounD-0.2.41, OpenAL, PulseAudio-4.0, JACK, PortAudio and SDL-1.2.15

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mpg123

Installation of Mpg123

Install Mpg123 by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--with-module-suffix=.so: This switch tells mpg123 to load modules with .so extension. Useful if you don't want to keep .la files.

Installed Program: mpg123

Installed Library: libmpg123.so

Installed Directory: /usr/lib/mpg123

Short Descriptions

mpg123	is used for playing MP3 files via the console.
`libmpg123.so`	contains the Mpg123 API functions.

Last updated on 2013-08-23 13:56:44 -0700

vorbis-tools-1.4.0

Introduction to Vorbis Tools

The Vorbis Tools package contains command-line tools useful for encoding, playing or editing files using the Ogg CODEC.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/vorbis-tools-1.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 567e0fb8d321b2cd7124f8208b8b90e6
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

Vorbis Tools Dependencies

Required

libvorbis-1.3.3

Optional (required to build the ogg123 program)

libao-1.1.0

Optional

cURL-7.32.0, FLAC-1.3.0, kate-4.11.1, and Speex-1.2rc1

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vorbistools

Installation of Vorbis Tools

Install Vorbis Tools by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --enable-vcut \
            --without-curl &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--enable-vcut: This parameter is used so that the vcut program is built as it is not by default.

--without-curl: This parameter disables HTTP streaming in ogg123. Remove this parameter if you have cURL installed.

Configuring Vorbis Tools

Config Files

/etc/libao.conf, ~/.libao and ~/.ogg123rc

Configuration Information

Issue man libao.conf for information about setting the default output device. Also see /usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.4.0/ogg123rc-example .

Installed Programs: ogg123, oggdec, oggenc, ogginfo, vcut and vorbiscomment

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/vorbis-tools-1.4.0

Short Descriptions

ogg123	is a command-line audio player for Ogg Vorbis streams.
oggdec	is a simple decoder which converts Ogg Vorbis files into PCM audio files (WAV or raw).
oggenc	is an encoder that turns raw, WAV or AIFF files into an Ogg Vorbis stream.
ogginfo	prints information stored in an audio file.
vcut	splits a file into two files at a designated cut point.
vorbiscomment	is an editor that changes information in the audio file metadata tags.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 15:41:29 -0700

LAME-3.99.5

Introduction to LAME

The LAME package contains an MP3 encoder and optionally, an MP3 frame analyzer. This is useful for creating and analyzing compressed audio files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/lame/lame-3.99.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 84835b313d4a8b68f5349816d33e07ce
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

LAME Dependencies

Optional

Dmalloc, Electric Fence, libsndfile-1.0.25 and NASM-2.10.09

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lame

Installation of LAME

Install LAME by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-mp3rtp --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make test.

Now, as the root user:

make pkghtmldir=/usr/share/doc/lame-3.99.5 install

Command Explanations

--enable-mp3rtp: This switch enables building of the encode-to-RTP program.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-nasm: Enable the use of NASM-2.10.09 to compile optimized assembly routines.

Installed Programs: lame and mp3rtp

Installed Library: libmp3lame.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/lame and /usr/share/doc/lame-3.99.5

Short Descriptions

lame	creates MP3 audio files from raw PCM or `.wav` data.
mp3rtp	is used to encode MP3 with RTP streaming of the output.
`libmp3lame.so`	libraries provide the functions necessary to convert raw PCM and WAV files to MP3 files.

Last updated on 2013-08-24 04:19:06 -0700

CDParanoia-III-10.2

Introduction to CDParanoia

The CDParanoia package contains a CD audio extraction tool. This is useful for extracting .wav files from audio CDs. A CDDA capable CDROM drive is needed. Practically all drives supported by Linux can be used.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xiph.org/releases/cdparanoia/cdparanoia-III-10.2.src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: b304bbe8ab63373924a744eac9ebc652
Download size: 179 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/cdparanoia-III-10.2-gcc_fixes-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdparanoia

Installation of CDParanoia

Install CDParanoia by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../cdparanoia-III-10.2-gcc_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libcdda_*.so.0.10.2

Configuring CDParanoia

Configuration Information

Installed Program: cdparanoia

Installed Libraries: libcdda_interface.{so,a} and libcdda_paranoia.{so,a}

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

cdparanoia	is used for 'ripping' an audio-cd. Ripping is the process of digitally extracting music from an audio CD.
`libcdda_interface.{so,a}`	contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which can automatically identify if a CD device is CDDA compatible.
`libcdda_paranoia.{so,a}`	contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which provide data verification, synchronization, error handling and scratch reconstruction capability.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

FreeTTS-1.2.2

Introduction to FreeTTS

The FreeTTS package contains a speech synthesis system written entirely in the Java programming language. It is based upon Flite: a small run-time speech synthesis engine developed at Carnegie Mellon University. Flite is derived from the Festival Speech Synthesis System from the University of Edinburgh and the FestVox project from Carnegie Mellon University. The FreeTTS package is used to convert text to audible speech through the system audio hardware.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetts/freetts-1.2.2-src.zip
Download MD5 sum: 692b5ece251fed88539736e55af5f391
Download size: 13.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 92 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

Test suite: http://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetts/freetts-1.2.2-tst.zip
Download MD5 sum: 4348c7db928612d4b6f6eb2fd621a949
Download size: 3.8 MB

FreeTTS Dependencies

Required

apache-ant-1.9.2 and Sharutils-4.13.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freetts

Installation of FreeTTS

The FreeTTS package is distributed in ZIP format and the unzip command will default to creating an unused source directory. Additionally, unzipping the test suite file will prompt for questions about overwriting existing files. Use the following commands to unzip the source files:

unzip -q freetts-1.2.2-src.zip -x META-INF/* &&
unzip -q freetts-1.2.2-tst.zip -x META-INF/*

Tip

The sh jsapi.sh command below installs the Java Speech API components into the FreeTTS source tree. You will be required to view, and then accept (by entering a y keypress), a license agreement before the installation will continue. If you are scripting (automating) the build, you'll need to account for this. There is information about automating build commands in the Automated Building Procedures section of Chapter 2. Towards the end of this section, specific information for automating this type of installation is discussed.

Install FreeTTS by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/value="src/value="./' build.xml &&
cd lib      &&
sh jsapi.sh &&
cd ..       &&
ant

To test the results, issue:

ant junit &&
cd tests &&
sh regression.sh &&
cd ..

Now, as the root user:


install -v -m755 -d /opt/freetts-1.2.2/{lib,docs/{audio,images}} &&
install -v -m644 lib/*.jar /opt/freetts-1.2.2/lib                &&
install -v -m644 *.txt RELEASE_NOTES docs/*.{pdf,html,txt,sx{w,d}} \
                               /opt/freetts-1.2.2/docs           &&
install -v -m644 docs/audio/*  /opt/freetts-1.2.2/docs/audio     &&
install -v -m644 docs/images/* /opt/freetts-1.2.2/docs/images    &&
cp -v -R javadoc               /opt/freetts-1.2.2                &&
ln -v -s freetts-1.2.2 /opt/freetts

Optionally, install any or all of the additional FreeTTS components using the following commands as the root user (see the Command Explanations section for details):

cp -v -R bin    /opt/freetts-1.2.2        &&
install -v -m644 speech.properties $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib &&
cp -v -R tools  /opt/freetts-1.2.2        &&
cp -v -R mbrola /opt/freetts-1.2.2        &&
cp -v -R demo   /opt/freetts-1.2.2

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/value="src/value="./' build.xml: Fix an error in the build file to allow the program to find the source.

sh jsapi.sh: This command installs the Java Speech API components into the FreeTTS source tree.

ant: FreeTTS uses the Apache Ant build system instead of the GNU autotools. This commands builds everything, including the class libraries, tools and demos.

cp -v -R bin ...; install -v -m644 speech.properties: These two commands install the demonstration programs. Optionally copy the speech.properties file to ~/speech.properties if you don't want to make it available system-wide.

cp -v -R tools ...: This installs the voice data import utilities. See the README.html files in the tools/ subdirectories for information and instructions about using the tools.

cp -v -R mbrola ...: This installs the mbrola.jar file, required if you use the MBROLA voices.

cp -v -R demo ...: This installs the sources and documentation for the demonstration programs.

For additional information and documentation about the FreeTTS project, visit the main web page at http://freetts.sourceforge.net.

Testing the Installation

Test the installation using the following command:

java -jar /opt/freetts/lib/freetts.jar \
    -text "This is a test of the FreeTTS speech synthesis system"

Depending on the setup of your audio drivers and software, you may have to add the -streaming switch to the command as shown below:

java -jar /opt/freetts/lib/freetts.jar -streaming \
    -text "This is a test of the FreeTTS speech synthesis system"

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: /opt/freetts-1.2.2/lib/*.jar

Installed Directory: /opt/freetts-1.2.2

Short Descriptions

*.jar

contains the class libraries which make up the FreeTTS speech synthesis system.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Audacious-3.4.1

Introduction to Audacious

Audacious is a GTK+ based audio player.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-3.4.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f7f00c2b7d50f2da42be457efe2c376d
Download size: 468 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required Plugins

Plugins: http://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-plugins-3.4.1.tar.bz2
Plugins Md5 sum: 74c9929190dee4b95db8633d4edb2afb
Plugins Size: 1.7 MB
Estimated Plugins disk space required: 42 MB
Estimated Plugins build time: 0.6 SBU

Audacious Dependencies

Required

GTK+-3.8.4 and libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

PCRE-8.33 or Oniguruma and libguess

Optional (for Plugins)

cURL-7.32.0, neon-0.30.0 (for online mpg3 and ogg radio), LAME-3.99.5, FLAC-1.3.0, libvorbis-1.3.3, FAAD2-2.7, FFmpeg-1.2.2, SDL-1.2.15, mpg123-1.15.4, libnotify-0.7.6, PulseAudio-4.0, libsndfile-1.0.25, libsamplerate-0.1.8, LIRC, libcdio (both libcdio and libcdio-paranoia are needed to play CDs), libcddb (to identify CDs), libmodplug, libmms, JACK (requires libsamplerate-0.1.8), FluidSynth, libcue, The Bauer stereophonic-to-binaural DSP (bs2b) library, libbinio (to build the AdPlug plugin), and WavPack

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audacious

Installation of Audacious

Install Audacious by running the following commands:

TPUT=/bin/true ./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you built the API documentation, install it as the root user by issuing:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/audacious-3.4.1/api &&
install -v -m644    doc/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/audacious-3.4.1/api

Installation of Audacious Plugins

Note

If Xorg is not installed in /usr, tell the linker where to find it:

export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib

Install the required plugins package by unpacking the tarball, changing into the newly created directory, and issuing the following commands:

TPUT=/bin/true ./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Note

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Command Explanations

TPUT=/bin/true: the default is for make to output text in color. This is fine if you're building in a terminal, but if you script the build process and pipe the output from make to a log file then the control characters used to color the text can make the logfile unreadable. This option stops it coloring the text.

Configuring Audacious

If you prefer the old, smaller Winamp/XMMS interface, click on View> Interface> Winamp Classic Interface.

Installed Programs: audacious and audtool

Installed Libraries: libaudclient.so, libaudcore.so, libaudgui.so and libaudtag.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/audacious, /usr/include/libaudcore, /usr/include/libaudgui, /usr/lib/audacious and /usr/share/audacious

Short Descriptions

audacious	is a GTK+2 port of XMMS based on the Beep Media Player.
audtool	is a small tool to modify the behavior of a running audacious instance.
`libaudclient.so`	contains functions that are used by audacious to render its graphical interface.

Last updated on 2013-09-09 10:58:02 -0700

Amarok-2.8.0

Introduction to Amarok

Amarok is a powerful audio player for the KDE environment. Features include a context browser, integration with many online music services and support for management of several digital music players including Apple's iPod.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/amarok/2.8.0/src/amarok-2.8.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/stable/amarok/2.8.0/src/amarok-2.8.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 53cfcb4819668b10e13b061478c7b32a
Download size: 38.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 223 MB
Estimated build time: 9.2 SBU

Amarok Dependencies

Required

kdelibs-4.11.1, MySQL-5.6.13, and taglib-1.8

Optional

cURL-7.32.0 (for MP3tunes integration), libxml2-2.9.1 (for MP3tunes integration), OpenSSL-1.0.1e (for MP3tunes integration), QJson-0.8.1, Taglib-extras, Clamz (For Amazon integration), libgpod (for iPod support), liblastfm (for Last.fm integration), libmtp (for MTP device support), libmygpo-qt (for gpodder.net podcast support), libofa (for MusicDNS support), Loudmouth (for MP3tunes integration), qtscript-qt, and Google Mock (for tests)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/amarok

Installation of Amarok

Install Amarok by running the following commands:

mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release         \
      -DKDE4_BUILD_TESTS=OFF             \
      .. &&
make

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

-DKDE4_BUILD_TESTS=OFF: This switch disables the integrated tests. The test suite requires Google Mock.

Installed Programs: amarok, amarok_afttagger, amarokcollectionscanner, amarokpkg, and amzdownloader

Installed Libraries: libamarokcore.so, libamaroklib.so, libamarokocsclient.so, libamarokpud.so, libamarok_service_lastfm_shared.so, libamarok-sqlcollection.so, libamarok-transcoding.so, libampache_account_login.so, and several libraries in $KDE_PREFIX/lib/kde4

Installed Directories: several in $KDE_PREFIX/share

Short Descriptions

amarok

Is a powerful music player and organizer built on top of KDE development platform.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

gvolwheel-1.0

Introduction to Gvolwheel

The Gvolwheel package provides a lightweight volume control with a tray icon.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gvolwheel/gvolwheel-1.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP):
Download MD5 sum: 4f04f00cdb875894c96b8a3ff8a9edb9
Download size: 340 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Gvolwheel Dependencies

Required

alsa-utils-1.0.27.2, GTK+-3.8.4, Intltool-0.50.2 and XML::Parser-2.41

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gvolwheel

Kernel Configuration

In the Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, ensure that OSS Mixer API (CONFIG_SND_MIXER_OSS) is selected. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.

Installation of Gvolwheel

Install Gvolwheel by running the following commands:

sed -i 's%doc/gvolwheel%share/doc/gvolwheel-1.0%' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-oss &&
make

This package does not come with a working test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i 's%doc/gvolwheel%share/doc/gvolwheel-1.0%' ...: This ensures that the documentation into a versioned directory.

--enable-oss: without this, the program will not run unless alsamixer has been run.

Configuring Gvolwheel

Before using this application, use alsamixer to ensure the channels are not muted, and are set to suitable levels so that the master volume control will provide suitable levels. Once gvolwheel is running you can, if you wish, right-click on its icon in the tray to change it to control the PCM volume instead of the master volume. Depending on your theme settings, you may also wish to tick "Use Gnome Icons".

If you middle-click on the icon, it will mute the volume, that is, it will set it to zero : do not confuse this with the mute/unmute controls in e.g. alsamixer.

Installed Program: gvolwheel

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/gvolwheel-1.0 and /usr/share/pixmaps/gvolwheel

Short Descriptions

gvolwheel

is a lightweight volume control that sits in a tray.

Last updated on 2013-08-20 13:22:42 -0700

Chapter 39. Video Utilities

This chapter always seems to be the favorite chapter. It's probably because there is a lot of satisfaction in playing your first video when you have spent so much time getting to that point. All those libraries, all the configurations and your reward is that you finally get to watch a movie. Not to worry though, there is always one more CODEC to install.

FFmpeg-1.2.2

Introduction to FFmpeg

FFmpeg is a solution to record, convert and stream audio and video. It is a very fast video and audio converter and it can also acquire from a live audio/video source. Designed to be intuitive, the command-line interface (ffmpeg) tries to figure out all the parameters, when possible. FFmpeg can also convert from any sample rate to any other, and resize video on the fly with a high quality polyphase filter. FFmpeg can use a Video4Linux compatible video source and any Open Sound System audio source.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ffmpeg.org/releases/ffmpeg-1.2.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4997660dfc077922e37d0583f9322f6b
Download size: 5.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU

FFmpeg Dependencies

Recommended (For Hardware Video Decoding)

libva-1.2.1 and libvdpau-0.7 (with the corresponding driver package)

Optional

Fontconfig-2.10.93, frei0r, GnuTLS-3.2.4, libaacplus, libass, libbluray, libcaca, libcelt, libcdio, libdc1394, fdk-aac, Flite, GSM, libiec61883, libilbc, libmodplug, libnut (SVN checkout), OpenCore AMR, OpenCV, Opus, librtmp, Schroedinger, TwoLAME, Video4Linux, vo-aaenc, vo-amrwbenc, x264, libxavs (SVN checkout), OpenAL, and texi2html (to build HTML documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ffmpeg

Installation of FFmpeg

If Xorg is installed in a prefix other than /usr, the build will fail. Fix this by issuing the following command:

export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib

Install FFmpeg by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/-lflite"/-lflite -lasound"/' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr        \
            --enable-gpl         \
            --enable-version3    \
            --enable-nonfree     \
            --disable-static     \
            --enable-shared      \
            --enable-x11grab     \
            --enable-libfaac     \
            --enable-libfreetype \
            --enable-libmp3lame  \
            --enable-libopenjpeg \
            --enable-libpulse    \
            --enable-libspeex    \
            --enable-libtheora   \
            --enable-libvorbis   \
            --enable-libvpx      \
            --enable-libxvid     \
            --enable-openssl     \
            --disable-debug      &&
make &&
gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o tools/qt-faststart &&
unset LIBRARY_PATH

HTML documentation was built in the previous step if texi2html is installed. If the HTML was built (check for any .html files in the doc directory) and you have texlive-20130530 installed and wish to build PDF and Postscript versions of the documentation, issue the following commands:

pushd doc &&
for DOCNAME in `basename -s .html *.html`
do
    texi2pdf -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
    texi2dvi -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
    dvips -o    $DOCNAME.ps   \
                $DOCNAME.dvi  &&
done                          &&
popd                          &&
unset DOCNAME

If you have Doxygen-1.8.5 installed and wish to create the API documentation (takes about 300 MB of space), issue the command doxygen doc/Doxyfile.

To properly test the installation you must have rsync-3.0.9 installed and follow the instructions for the FFmpeg Automated Testing Environment. Note that the BLFS team has not performed this regression testing.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755    tools/qt-faststart /usr/bin &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2 &&
install -v -m644    doc/*.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2

If HTML documentation was built, issue the following command to install it:

install -v -m644 doc/*.html \
                 /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2

If you used doxygen to create the API documentation, install it (another 300 MB of space) by issuing the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2/api &&
install -v -m644    doc/doxy/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2/api

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This command adds the ALSA library to the Flite LDFLAGS variable and enables the discovery of Flite.

gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o tools/qt-faststart: This builds the qt-faststart program which can modify QuickTime formatted movies (.mov or .mp4) so that the header information is located at the beginning of the file instead of the end. This allows the movie file to begin playing before the entire file has been downloaded.

--enable-gpl: Enables the use of GPL code and permits support for postprocessing, swscale and many other features.

--enable-version3: Enables the use of (L)GPL version 3 code.

--enable-nonfree: Enables the use of nonfree code. Note that the resulting libraries and binaries will be unredistributable.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

--enable-shared: Enables building shared libraries, otherwise only static libraries are built and installed.

--enable-x11grab: Enables X11 grabbing.

--enable-libfaac: Enables AAC encoding via libfaac.

--enable-libfreetype: Enables the use of libfreetype.

--enable-libmp3lame: Enables MP3 encoding via libmp3lame.

--enable-libopenjpeg: Enables JPEG 2000 de/encoding via libopenjpeg.

--enable-libpulse: Enables Pulseaudio input via libpulse.

--enable-libspeex: Enables Speex de/encoding via libspeex.

--enable-libtheora: Enables Theora encoding via libtheora.

--enable-libvorbis: Enables Vorbis de/encoding via libvorbis.

--enable-libvpx: Enables VP8 de/encoding via libvpx.

--enable-libxvid: Enables Xvid encoding via libxvidcore.

--enable-openssl: Enables OpenSSL cryptography.

--disable-debug: Disables building debugging symbols into the programs and libraries.

--enable-<codec>: FFmpeg comes with code to compile decoders for almost every codec you could think of. The only reason to enable a specific codec (and make FFmpeg link to the prerequisite shared library installed on your system) is to make FFmpeg compile an encoder for that codec. FFmpeg provides an excellent collection of decoders. If you just want to use FFmpeg to watch video or listen to music (via other applications such as Gstreamer or Xine) then you will not benefit from linking FFmpeg to other codec libraries.

Configuring FFmpeg

Config Files

/etc/ffserver.conf and ~/.ffmpeg/ffserver-config

You'll find a sample ffserver configuration file at doc/ffserver.conf in the source tree.

Installed Programs: ffmpeg, ffplay, ffprobe, ffserver and qt-faststart

Installed Libraries: libavcodec.so, libavdevice.so, libavfilter.so, libavformat.so, libavutil.so, libpostproc.so, libswresample and libswscale.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libavcodec, /usr/include/libavdevice, /usr/include/libavfilter, /usr/include/libavformat, /usr/include/libavutil, /usr/include/libpostproc, /usr/include/libswresample /usr/include/libswscale, /usr/share/ffmpeg and /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-1.2.2

Short Descriptions

ffmpeg	is a command-line tool to convert video files, network streams and input from a TV card to several video formats.
ffplay	is a very simple and portable media player using the `ffmpeg` libraries and the SDL library.
ffprobe	gathers information from multimedia streams and prints it in a human and machine-readable fashion.
ffserver	is a streaming server for everything that ffmpeg could use as input (files, streams, TV card input, webcam, etc).
qt-faststart	moves the index file to the front of quicktime (mov/mp4) videos.
`libavcodec.so`	is a library containing the FFmpeg codecs (both encoding and decoding).
`libavdevice.so`	is the FFmpeg device handling library.
`libavfilter.so`	is a library of filters that can alter video or audio between the decoder and the encoder (or output).
`libavformat.so`	is a library containing the file formats handling (mux and demux code for several formats) used by ffplay as well as allowing the generation of audio or video streams.
`libavutil.so`	is the FFmpeg utility library.
`libpostproc.so`	is the FFmpeg post processing library.
`libswresample.so`	is the FFmpeg audio rescaling library, it contains functions for converting audio sample formats.
`libswscale.so`	is the FFmpeg image rescaling library.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

MPlayer-1.1.1

Introduction to MPlayer

MPlayer is a powerful audio/video player controlled via the command line or a graphical interface that is able to play almost every popular audio and video file format. With supported video hardware and additional drivers, MPlayer can play video files without an X Window System installed.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 39dd55f30eb5403f219a606e79a6648a
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 183 MB (120 MB using system-installed FFMpeg)
Estimated build time: 4 SBU (1.5 SBU using system-installed FFMpeg)

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/MPlayer-1.1.1-giflib_fixes-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/MPlayer-1.1.1-live_fixes-1.patch

Skins

GUI skin (HTTP): http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-1.5.tar.bz2
GUI skin (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-1.5.tar.bz2
Skin MD5 sum: 6b046a78fb15b243dc1eb5884276a750
Skin size: 40 KB
Alternative skins: http://www1.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/

Note

Skins are only required to use the Gtk+ 2 user interface.

MPlayer Dependencies

Required

yasm-1.2.0

Optional Input Drivers and Libraries

CDParanoia-III-10.2, Samba-4.0.9, libdvdread-4.2.0, libdvdnav-4.2.0, libdvdcss-1.2.13, libbluray, libcdio, LIVE555 Streaming Media, RTMPDump, TiVo vstream client, and XMMS

Optional Audio Output Drivers and Libraries

ALSA-1.0.27, EsounD-0.2.41, PulseAudio-4.0, SDL-1.2.15, JACK, OpenAL, and NAS

Optional Video Output Drivers and Libraries

AAlib-1.4rc5, DirectFB, giflib-5.0.5, libcaca, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libmng-2.0.2, libpng-1.6.4, OpenJPEG-1.5.1, and SVGAlib

Optional CODECs

FFmpeg-1.2.2, libmad-0.15.1b, LZO-2.06, Speex-1.2rc1, libtheora-1.1.1, mpg123-1.15.4, liba52-0.7.4, FAAC-1.28, FAAD2-2.7, libdv-1.0.0, XviD-1.3.2, libvpx-1.2.0, LAME-3.99.5, TwoLAME, GSM, libdca, libmpcdec, OpenCore Adaptive Multi Rate, CrystalHD, x264, Dirac, Schroedinger, and libnut

Optional Miscellaneous Dependencies

Enca, Fontconfig-2.10.93, FreeType-2.5.0.1, FriBidi-0.19.5, LADSPA, libbs2b, LIRC (and LIRC Client Daemon), UnRar-5.0.11, and libxslt-1.1.28, docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.78.1 (all three required to build the HTML documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mplayer

Installation of MPlayer

Main MPlayer Installation

Note

The package maintainers recommend building without any optimizations.

You may wish to examine the output from ./configure --help to find out what additional parameters to configure are needed to include the dependencies you have installed on your system.

Install MPlayer by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../MPlayer-1.1.1-giflib_fixes-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../MPlayer-1.1.1-live_fixes-1.patch &&
sed -i 's:libsmbclient.h:samba-4.0/&:' configure stream/stream_smb.c &&

./configure --prefix=/usr            \
            --confdir=/etc/mplayer   \
            --enable-dynamic-plugins \
            --enable-menu            \
            --enable-gui             &&
make

If you wish to rebuild the chunked HTML documentation and build a non-chunked HTML version of the docs, issue the following command:

make doc

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

To install the HTML documentation, issue the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.1.1 &&
install -v -m644    DOCS/HTML/en/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.1.1

You will only need codecs.conf if you want to change its properties, as the main binary contains an internal copy of it. Ensure any changes you make to codecs.conf achieve the desired results, as incorrect entries in this file have been known to cause errors and render the player unusable. If necessary, create the file as the root user:

install -v -m644 etc/codecs.conf /etc/mplayer

You may alternatively want to copy all the default configuration files to /etc/mplayer for future reference or more customization ability. As the root user:

install -v -m644 etc/*.conf /etc/mplayer

Note

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Skin Installation (Optional)

To enable the Gtk+ 2 frontend of MPlayer, you'll need to install at least one skin. Extract the desired skin and create the default location (as the root user):

tar -xvf ../Clearlooks-1.5.tar.bz2 \
       -C /usr/share/mplayer/skins &&
ln -sfv Clearlooks /usr/share/mplayer/skins/default

Command Explanations

--enable-gui: This option builds the GUI interface into mplayer.

--enable-menu: This option is set to enable the on-screen display.

--disable-ffmpeg_a: You can use this option if you have installed FFmpeg-1.2.2. MPlayer includes a copy of the FFmpeg source and without this option it will statically compile the included version of FFmpeg into itself. Dynamically linking to a system installed FFmpeg makes MPlayer and Mencoder about 9MB smaller. If MPlayer exhibits unstable behavior linked to a system installed FFmpeg, try recompiling MPlayer without this option (it is always more thoroughly tested with the included FFmpeg).

Configuring MPlayer

Config Files

/etc/mplayer/* and ~/.mplayer/*

Configuration Information

Typically, there's no configuration required for the system-wide files in /etc/mplayer (in fact, this directory is empty unless you copied the default files as mentioned above). Configuration can be accomplished by choosing the configuration button located on the MPlayer GUI. Any configuration changes made in the GUI will be saved in the user's ~/.mplayer directory.

Installed Programs: gmplayer, mplayer and mencoder

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/mplayer, /usr/lib/mplayer, /usr/share/mplayer and /usr/share/doc/mplayer

Short Descriptions

gmplayer	is a symlink to mplayer which brings up the GTK+ 2 frontend of MPlayer.
mplayer	is the main MPlayer video player.
mencoder	is a powerful command line video decoding, encoding and filtering tool that is useful for (amongst other things) ripping DVDs to files on your hard disk (see /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.1.1/mencoder.html)

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Transcode-1.1.7

Introduction to Transcode

Transcode is a fast, versatile and command-line based audio/video everything to everything converter. For a rundown of the features and capabilities, along with usage examples, visit the Transcode Wiki at http://www.transcoding.org/.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://bitbucket.org/france/transcode-tcforge/downloads/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9bb25a796a8591fb764de46ee87ce505
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/transcode-1.1.7-ffmpeg-2.patch

Transcode Dependencies

Required

FFmpeg-1.2.2

Optional

FAAC-1.28, FreeType-2.5.0.1, ImageMagick-6.8.6-9, liba52-0.7.4, libdv-1.0.0, libdvdread-4.2.0, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, libogg-1.3.1, libquicktime-1.2.4, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.3, libxml2-2.9.1, LZO-2.06, MJPEG Tools, PVM3, SDL-1.2.15, Video4Linux, x264, and XviD-1.3.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transcode

Installation of Transcode

Note

The details of how the FFmpeg libraries are used has changed since this version of Transcode was released. The patch allows the package to be compiled, but some or all of the internal calls to FFmpeg fail at run time (they report an error and processing continues, but without any output).

For many packages, that would be a critical error. In this case, the main reason to install Transcode is for the tccat program, which works. Some of the transcode options work - for the others, use ffmpeg directly on the command line.

Install Transcode by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|doc/transcode|&-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|' \
       $(find . -name Makefile.in -exec grep -l 'docsdir =' {} \;) &&
patch -Np1 -i ../transcode-1.1.7-ffmpeg-2.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
            --enable-alsa \
            --enable-libmpeg2 &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: Fixes install location for documentation.

Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the INSTALL file and the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.

Installed Programs: avifix, aviindex, avimerge, avisplit, avisync, tccat, tcdecode, tcdemux, tcextract, tcmodinfo, tcmp3cut, tcprobe, tcscan, tcxmlcheck, tcxpm2rgb, tcyait, and transcode

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/lib/transcode and /usr/share/doc/transcode-1.1.7

Short Descriptions

avifix	fixes the header of an AVI file.
aviindex	writes a text file describing the index of an AVI file.
avimerge	merges AVI files of the same format. Do not try to merge AVI files of different formats, it will most likely result in errors (and format means same bitrates, too!).
avisplit	splits AVI files into multiple files.
avisync	can shift audio in AVI files for better synchronizing of the audio and video data signal.
tccat	concatenates input files using the input plugins of Transcode. This is useful for extracting VOB (Video OBject) files.
tcdecode	is used to decode input files to raw video and PCM audio streams.
tcdemux	demultiplexes (separates) audio/video input that contains multiple streams, e.g., VOB files.
tcextract	grabs single streams from a file containing multiple streams.
tcmodinfo	loads a supplied Transcode filter module and prints its parameters.
tcmp3cut	is a tool which can cut MP3 streams at milliseconds positions.
tcprobe	prints information about the input file format.
tcscan	performs several measurements on the given input data.
tcxmlcheck	checks information in a SMIL input file.
transcode	is the encoder's user interface that handles the plugins and other programs, being the glue between the modules. There are several well documented usage examples on both the homepage and the documentation included in the package.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

VLC-2.0.8

Introduction to VLC

VLC is a media player, streamer, and encoder. It can play from many inputs like files, network streams, capture device, desktops, or DVD, SVCD, VCD, and audio CD. It can play most audio and video codecs (MPEG 1/2/4, H264, VC-1, DivX, WMV, Vorbis, AC3, AAC, etc.), but can also convert to different formats and/or send streams through the network.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://download.videolan.org/pub/videolan/vlc/2.0.8/vlc-2.0.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.videolan.org/pub/videolan/vlc/2.0.8/vlc-2.0.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6445eb55aa087f30abe27423535e1ab8
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: as much as 600 MB, but likely around 500 MB
Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/vlc-2.0.8-opencv_fixes-1.patch
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/vlc-2.0.8-live_fixes-1.patch

VLC Dependencies

Optional input drivers and libraries

libproxy, Live555, libdc1394, libdv-1.0.0, libdvdread-4.2.0, libdvdnav-4.2.0, libbluray, OpenCV, Samba-4.0.9, Video4Linux, VCDImager (requires libcdio) and libcddb

Optional mux/demux plugins

libdvbpsi, Game Music Emu, sidplay-libs, libogg-1.3.1, libshout, libmatroska (requires libebml), libmodplug and Musepack

Optional codec plugins

OpenMAX, FAAD2-2.7, Twolame, libdca, FLAC-1.3.0, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libvorbis-1.3.3, Tremor, Speex-1.2rc1, Opus, libtheora-1.1.1, Dirac, Schroedinger, libpng-1.6.4, libx264, FluidSynth, Zapping VBI, libass, libkate and libtiger

Optional video plugins

SDL-1.2.15 (with SDL_image), FreeType-2.5.0.1, Fontconfig-2.10.93, FriBidi-0.19.5, librsvg-2.37.0, AAlib-1.4rc5 and libcaca

Optional audio plugins

PulseAudio-4.0, PortAudio, JACK and libsamplerate-0.1.8

Optional interface plugins

xcb-util-keysyms-0.3.9, LIRC and libtar

Optional visualization plugins

Goom and projectM

Optional service discovery plugins

Avahi-0.6.31, libmtp and libupnp

Optional miscellaneous dependencies

libxml2-2.9.1, taglib-1.8, libnotify-0.7.6 and MediaLibrary (requires SQLite-3.8.0.2)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vlc

Installation of VLC

Install VLC by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../vlc-2.0.8-opencv_fixes-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../vlc-2.0.8-live_fixes-1.patch   &&
sed -i 's:libsmbclient.h:samba-4.0/&:' configure.ac modules/access/smb.c &&
./bootstrap &&

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

Note

If the XORG_PREFIX is not /usr, make sure the LIBRARY_PATH environment variable is set properly when doing the install, For example: sudo make LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib ... install.

make docdir=/usr/share/doc/vlc-2.0.8 install

Note

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Command Explanations

sed -i ...: This sed fixes compilation with Samba 4.

./bootstrap: This command is required because the patch modifies Autotools files and VLC uses a custom reconfiguration system.

--disable-lua: Use this switch if you don't have Lua installed.

--disable-dbus: Use this switch if you don't have D-Bus installed.

--disable-avcodec: Use this switch if you don't have FFmpeg installed.

--disable-a52: Use this switch if you don't have liba52 installed.

--disable-libgcrypt: Use this switch if you don't have libgcrypt installed.

--disable-mad: Use this switch if you don't have libmad installed.

--enable-shine: Use this option if you wish to build the Shine plugin.

--enable-faad: Use this option if you have FAAD installed and wish to build the FAAD plugin.

--enable-tremor: Use this option if you have Tremor installed and wish to build the Tremor plugin.

--enable-aa: Use this option if you have AAlib installed and wish to build the AAlib plugin.

Installed Programs: cvlc, qvlc, rvlc, svlc, vlc and vlc-wrapper

Installed Libraries: libvlccore.so, libvlc.so and several libraries in /usr/lib/vlc/plugins

Installed Directories: /usr/include/vlc, /usr/lib/vlc, /usr/share/vlc and /usr/share/doc/vlc-2.0.8

Short Descriptions

cvlc	is a script to run VLC with the dummy interface.
qvlc	is a script to run VLC with the Qt interface.
rvlc	is a script to run VLC with a command line interface.
svlc	is a script to run VLC with the skins interface.
vlc	is the VLC media player.
vlc-wrapper	is a wrapper to drop privileges with VLC.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:35:12 -0700

xine-ui-0.99.7

Introduction to Xine User Interface

The xine User Interface package contains a multimedia player. It plays back CDs, DVDs and VCDs. It also decodes multimedia files like AVI, MOV, WMV, MPEG and MP3 from local disk drives, and displays multimedia streamed over the Internet.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-ui-0.99.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/xine-ui-0.99.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2af6fcc2ad6af6ba2e471497c5d140dc
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Patches

Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/xine-ui-0.99.7-upstream_fix-1.patch (without this, opening files from the menu doesn't work).

Xine User Interface Dependencies

Required

xine-lib-1.2.3 and shared-mime-info-1.1

Optional

pkg-config-0.28, cURL-7.32.0, AAlib-1.4rc5, LIRC, and libcaca

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xine-ui

Installation of Xine User Interface

If you have downloaded the recommended patch, apply it by running the following command:

patch -Np1 -i ../xine-ui-0.99.7-upstream_fix-1.patch

Install xine User Interface by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.7 install

Note

gtk-update-icon-cache &&
update-desktop-database

Command Explanations

docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.7: This parameter causes the Xine UI documentation to be installed in the versioned directory /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.7, rather that the default /usr/share/doc/xine-ui.

Configuring Xine User Interface

Config Files

~/.xine/config

Configuration Information

The above file is created and maintainable through the xine setup dialog box. The documentation for the configuration settings is located at /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.7/README.config_en.

If you have a DVB TV card, you can watch TV with the command xine dvb:// and change channels with the scroll wheel on your mouse.

Installed Programs: aaxine, cacaxine, fbxine, xine, xine-bugreport, xine-check, and xine-remote

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/xine and /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.7

Short Descriptions

aaxine	is an ASCII art video player which utilizes AAlib as the frontend for the xine Libraries.
cacaxine	is a color ASCII art video player which utilizes CACA as the frontend for the xine Libraries.
fbxine	is a frame buffer interface to the xine Libraries.
xine	is a multimedia player designed to play MPEG streams (audio and video), MPEG elementary streams (MP3), MPEG transport streams, Ogg files, AVI files, ASF files, some Quicktime files, VCDs and DVDs.
xine-bugreport	produces a terse system description and guides you through the process of reporting a bug.
xine-check	tests the xine video player installation for common problems. It tests the operating system settings, installation of plugins, CD/DVD drive settings and video support parameters.
xine-remote	is a tool to connect to a xine remote control server.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

Chapter 40. CD/DVD-Writing Utilities

This chapter contains information on CD/DVD-writing utilities in Linux.

Additional sources of information include:

Cdrdao-1.2.3

Introduction to Cdrdao

The Cdrdao package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for burning a CD in disk-at-once mode.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrdao/cdrdao-1.2.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8d15ba6280bb7ba2f4d6be31d28b3c0c
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (includes building gcdmaster)

Cdrdao Dependencies

Optional (Required to Build the gcdmaster Program)

Note that the following packages must be built in the order listed. Use the current “stable” version of each package.

libsigc++-2.2.11, glibmm, gtkmm, libglademm, libgnomecanvasmm, gconfmm, gnome-vfsmm, libgnomemm, and libgnomeuimm

There are two additional optional dependencies that can be used by the Cdrdao build: Cdrtools and PCCTS. The pieces of these two packages required to build Cdrdao are also included in the source tree and are used by default.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdrdao

Installation of Cdrdao

Install Cdrdao by running the following commands:

sed -i '/ioctl/a #include <sys/stat.h>' dao/ScsiIf-linux.cc &&

./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.3 &&
install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.3

Command Explanations

sed -i '/ioctl/a #include <sys/stat.h>' ...: This sed adds missing sys/stat.h include.

--mandir=/usr/share/man: Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.

Installed Programs: cdrdao, cue2toc, toc2cddb, toc2cue and optionally, gcdmaster and toc2mp3

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/cdrdao, /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.3 and /usr/share/gcdmaster

Short Descriptions

cdrdao	records audio or data CD-Rs in disk-at-once (DAO) mode based on a textual description of the CD contents.
cue2toc	converts CUE to TOC format for audio CDs.
gcdmaster	is a graphical front end to cdrdao for composing audio CDs.
toc2cddb	converts a Cdrdao TOC file into a cddb file and prints it to stdout.
toc2cue	converts TOC to CUE format for audio CDs.
toc2mp3	converts an audio CD disk image (`.toc` file) to MP3 files.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

dvd+rw-tools-7.1

Introduction to dvd+rw-tools

The dvd+rw-tools package contains several utilities to master the DVD media, both +RW/+R and -R[W]. The principle tool is growisofs which provides a way to both lay down and grow an ISO9660 file system on (as well as to burn an arbitrary pre-mastered image to) all supported DVD media. This is useful for creating a new DVD or adding to an existing image on a partially burned DVD.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/tools/dvd+rw-tools-7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8acb3c885c87f6838704a0025e435871
Download size: 138 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

dvd+rw-tools Dependencies

Required

Though not required during the build, you must have installed a package which provides the xorrisofs command, such as libisoburn-1.3.2, or the growisofs command will not function properly, rendering the entire package useless.

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dvd+rw-tools

Installation of dvd+rw-tools

Install dvd+rw-tools by running the following commands:

sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <limits.h>' transport.hxx &&
sed -i 's#mkisofs"#xorrisofs"#' growisofs.c &&
sed -i 's#mkisofs#xorrisofs#;s#MKISOFS#XORRISOFS#' growisofs.1 &&

make all rpl8 btcflash

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make prefix=/usr install &&
install -v -m644 -D index.html \
    /usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.1/index.html

Command Explanations

sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <limits.h>' ...: This sed includes limits.h, one of the kernel headers. This is needed due to a change in the 2.6.23 kernel headers.

sed -i 's#mkisofs"#xorrisofs"#' growisofs.c: This sed changes the code to use xorrisofs from xorriso. The default was for it to use mkisofs from Cdrtools.

sed -i 's#mkisofs#xorrisofs#;s#MKISOFS#XORRISOFS#' growisofs.1: This sed fixes the man page to account for the above change.

make all rpl8 btcflash: This command uses additional targets so that all the utilities are built.

Installed Programs: btcflash, dvd+rw-booktype, dvd+rw-format, dvd+rw-mediainfo, dvd-ram-control, growisofs, and rpl8

Installed Libraries: /usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.1

Short Descriptions

growisofs

is a combined mkisofs frontend/DVD recording program.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

K3b-2.0.2

Introduction to K3b

The K3b package contains a KDE-based graphical interface to the Cdrtools and dvd+rw-tools CD/DVD manipulation tools. It also combines the capabilities of many other multimedia packages into one central interface to provide a simple-to-operate application that can be used to handle many of your CD/DVD recording and formatting requirements. It is used for creating audio, data, video and mixed-mode CDs as well as copying, ripping and burning CDs and DVDs.

Though K3b can be used to copy almost any DVD to similar medium, it does not provide a way to copy, or reproduce a double-layer DVD onto single-layer medium. Of course, there is not a program anywhere on any platform that can make an exact duplicate of a double-layer DVD onto a single-layer disk, there are programs on some platforms that can compress the data on a double-layer DVD to fit on a single-layer DVD producing a duplicate, but compressed, image. If you need to copy the contents of a double-layer DVD to single-layer medium, you may want to look at the RMLCopyDVD package.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/k3b/k3b-2.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c86113af31a2032e57fd2f302b5f637a
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 350 MB
Estimated build time: 3.0 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/k3b-2.0.2-ffmpeg_fix-2.patch

K3b Dependencies

Required

kde-runtime-4.11.1, libkcddb-4.11.1, and libsamplerate-0.1.8

There are programs from three packages that K3b will look for at runtime: Cdrtools (required to burn CD-ROM media), dvd+rw-tools-7.1 (required to burn or format DVD media), and Cdrdao-1.2.3 (required to burn CD-ROM media in DAO (Disk At Once) mode). If you don't need the capability provided by any of the three packages, you don't have to install it. However, a warning message will be generated every time you run the k3b program if any are not installed.

Optional

FLAC-1.3.0, LAME-3.99.5, libmad-0.15.1b, libsndfile-1.0.25, libvorbis-1.3.3, libmusicbrainz (version 2), Musepack (libmpcdec), and VCDImager

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/k3b

Installation of K3b

Install K3b by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../k3b-2.0.2-ffmpeg_fix-2.patch &&

mkdir build &&
cd    build &&

cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KDE_PREFIX \
      -DSYSCONF_INSTALL_DIR=/etc/kde     \
      ..  &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: k3b and k3bsetup

Installed Libraries: libk3b.so, libk3bdevice.so and numerous modules for the installed dependencies

Installed Directories: The following subdirectories of $KDE_PREFIX/share/: applnk/Settings/System, apps/k3b, doc/HTML/en/k3b

Short Descriptions

k3b	is the graphical CD/DVD program.
k3bsetup	is a script used to launch the k3bsetup2 KControlModule for setting up the CD/DVD hardware and device files on your system.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 15:01:22 -0700

libburn-1.3.2

Introduction to libburn

libburn is a library for writing preformatted data onto optical media: CD, DVD and BD (Blu-Ray).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libburn-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3c6ee25f172ff28e7b5e5de4f9f26ba9
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libburn

Installation of libburn

Install libburn by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: cdrskin

Installed Library: libburn.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libburn

Short Descriptions

cdrskin	burns preformatted data to CD, DVD, and BD via libburn.
`libburn.so`	contains the libburn API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

libisoburn-1.3.2

Introduction to libisoburn

libisoburn is a frontend for libraries libburn and libisofs which enables creation and expansion of ISO-9660 filesystems on all CD/DVD/BD media supported by libburn. This includes media like DVD+RW, which do not support multi-session management on media level and even plain disk files or block devices.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisoburn-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7ebee7c1d4e09565daddca15467035af
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

libisoburn Dependencies

Required

libburn-1.3.2 and libisofs-1.3.2

Optional

acl-2.2.52, attr-2.4.47, Doxygen-1.8.5 (to generate HTML documentation) and Tk-8.6.0 (for xorriso-tcltk)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libisoburn

Installation of libisoburn

Install libisoburn by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

If you have installed Doxygen and wish to generate the HTML documentation, issue the following command:

doxygen doc/doxygen.conf

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you have built the HTML documentation, install it by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.3.2 &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.3.2

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: osirrox, xorrecord, xorriso, xorrisofs and xorriso-tcltk

Installed Library: libisoburn.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/libisoburn and /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.3.2

Short Descriptions

osirrox	is a symbolic link to xorriso that copies files from ISO image to a disk filesystem.
xorrecord	is a symbolic link to xorriso that provides a cdrecord type user interface.
xorriso	is a program to create, load, manipulate, read, and write ISO 9660 filesystem images with Rock Ridge extensions.
xorrisofs	is a symbolic link to xorriso that that provides a mkisofs type user interface.
`libisoburn.so`	contains the libisoburn API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

libisofs-1.3.2

Introduction to libisofs

libisofs is a library to create an ISO-9660 filesystem with extensions like RockRidge or Joliet.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisofs-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3dfdaaf964ed7a779bc23de50c5f2175
Download size: 756 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

libisofs Dependencies

Optional

acl-2.2.52 and attr-2.4.47

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libisofs

Installation of libisofs

Install libisofs by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: None

Installed Library: libisofs.so

Installed Directory: /usr/include/libisofs

Short Descriptions

libisofs.so

contains the libisofs API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-01 11:17:09 -0700

Part XII. Printing, Scanning and Typesetting

Chapter 41. Printing

This chapter contains spooling printer management systems and ghostscript applications to render PostScript for display on terminals or paper.

Cups-1.6.3

Introduction to Cups

The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) is a print spooler and associated utilities. It is based on the "Internet Printing Protocol" and provides printing services to most PostScript and raster printers.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.cups.org/software/1.6.3/cups-1.6.3-source.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 946a2d8ad1aec6beced312fce18543da
Download size: 7.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 56 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/cups-1.6.3-blfs-1.patch

Cups Dependencies

Optional

acl-2.2.52, Avahi-0.6.31, GnuTLS-3.2.4 or OpenSSL-1.0.1e, libpaper, Linux-PAM-1.1.7, MIT Kerberos V5-1.11.3, OpenJDK-1.7.0.40/IcedTea-2.4.1, PHP-5.5.3, Python-2.7.5, and xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1

Required (Runtime)

cups-filters-1.0.38

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups

Kernel Configuration

Note

There is a conflict between the Cups libusb backend and the usblp kernel driver. If you want to use Cups with libusb, do not enable USB Printer support in your kernel.

If you want to use the kernel usblp driver, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

Device Drivers  --->
  [*] USB support  --->
...
Enable support for either UHCI or OHCI, not both:
    [*]   OHCI HCD support
    [*]   UHCI HCD (most Intel and VIA) support
...
    [*]   USB Printer support

If you have a parallel printer, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:

Device Drivers  --->
  [*] Parallel port support  --->
    [*]   PC-style hardware
...
  Character devices  --->
    [*] Parallel printer support

Installation of Cups

You will need to add an lp user, as Cups will create some files owned by this user. (The lp user is the default used by Cups, but may be changed to a different user by passing a parameter to the configure script.) Use the following command as the root user:

useradd -c "Print Service User" -d /var/spool/cups -g lp -s /bin/false -u 9 lp

You will also need a dedicated group that will contain users allowed to do Cups administrative tasks. Add the group by running the following command as the root user:

groupadd -g 19 lpadmin

If you want to add a user to the Cups administrative group, run the following command as the root user:

usermod -a -G lpadmin <username>

If you didn't install xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1, use the following sed to change the default browser that will be used to access the Cups web interface:

sed -i 's#@CUPS_HTMLVIEW@#firefox#' desktop/cups.desktop.in

Replace firefox with the web browser of your choice.

Install Cups by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../cups-1.6.3-blfs-1.patch &&
aclocal -I config-scripts &&
autoconf -I config-scripts &&

CC=gcc \
./configure --libdir=/usr/lib                 \
            --with-rcdir=/tmp/cupsinit        \
            --with-docdir=/usr/share/cups/doc \
            --with-system-groups=lpadmin      &&
make

This package does not have a working testsuite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
rm -rf /tmp/cupsinit &&
ln -sv ../cups/doc /usr/share/doc/cups-1.6.3

Create a basic Cups client configuration file by running the following command as the root user:

echo "ServerName /var/run/cups/cups.sock" > /etc/cups/client.conf

Remove filters that are now part of the Cups Filters package by running the following commands as the root user:

rm -rf /usr/share/cups/banners &&
rm -rf /usr/share/cups/data/testprint

Note

This package installes icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and you can improve system performance and memory usage by updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme. To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.20 or GTK+-3.8.4 installed and issue the following command as the root user:

gtk-update-icon-cache

Command Explanations

CC=gcc: This environment variable ensures that gcc is used if clang is installed. The build fails with the clang compiler.

--with-rcdir=/tmp/cupsinit: This switch tells the build process to install the shipped bootscript into /tmp instead of /etc/rc.d.

--with-system-groups=lpadmin: This switch ensures that only lpadmin will be used as the Cups administrative group.

--disable-libusb: Use this switch if you have installed libusb-1.0.9, but wish to use the kernel usblp driver.

--enable-libpaper: Use this switch if you have installed libpaper and wish to use it with Cups.

--disable-gnutls --enable-openssl: This switch tells the build process to use OpenSSL-1.0.1e instead of GnuTLS-3.2.4. The current version of GnuTLS might produce lot of warnings during the Cups build.

Configuring Cups

Configuration of Cups is dependent on the type of printer and can be complex. Generally, PostScript printers are easier. For detailed instructions on configuration and use of Cups, see http://www.cups.org/documentation.php. The Software Administrators Manual and Software Users Manual are particularly useful.

For non-PostScript printers to print with Cups, you need to install ghostscript-9.10 to convert PostScript to raster images and a driver (e.g., from Gutenprint-5.2.9) to convert the resulting raster images to a form that the printer understands. Foomatic drivers use Ghostscript to convert PostScript to a printable form directly, but this is considered to be a hack by Cups developers.

Boot Script

If you want the Cups print service to start automatically when the system is booted, install the init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20130908 package:

make install-cups

Installed Programs: accept, cancel, cupsaccept, cupsaddsmb, cups-config, cupsctl, cupsd, cupsdisable, cupsenable, cupsfilter, cupsreject, cupstestdsc, cupstestppd, ipptool, lp, lpadmin, lpc, lpinfo, lpmove, lpoptions, lppasswd, lpq, lpr, lprm, lpstat, ppdc, ppdhtml, ppdi, ppdmerge, ppdpo and reject

Installed Libraries: libcupscgi.so, libcupsimage.so, libcupsmime.so, libcupsppdc.so and libcups.so

Installed Directories: /etc/cups, /usr/include/cups, /usr/lib/cups, /usr/share/cups, /usr/share/doc/cups-1.6.3, /var/cache/cups, /var/log/cups, /var/run/cups and /var/spool/cups

Short Descriptions

accept	instructs the printing system to accept print jobs to the specified destinations.
cancel	cancels existing print jobs from the print queues.
cupsaddsmb	exports printers to the Samba software for use with Windows clients.
cups-config	is a Cups program configuration utility.
cupsctl	updates or queries the cupsd.conf file for a server.
cupsd	is the scheduler for the Common Unix Printing System.
cupsfilter	is a front-end to the Cups filter subsystem which allows you to convert a file to a specific format.
cupstestdsc	tests the conformance of PostScript files.
cupstestppd	tests the conformance of PPD files.
ipptool	sends IPP requests to the specified URI and tests and/or displays the results.
lp	submits files for printing or alters a pending job.
lpadmin	configures printer and class queues provided by Cups.
lpc	provides limited control over printer and class queues provided by Cups.
lpinfo	lists the available devices or drivers known to the Cups server.
lpmove	moves the specified job to a new destination.
lpoptions	displays or sets printer options and defaults.
lppasswd	adds, changes or deletes passwords in the Cups digest password file `passwd.md5`.
lpq	shows the current print queue status on the named printer.
lpr	submits files for printing.
lprm	cancels print jobs that have been queued for printing.
lpstat	displays status information about the current classes, jobs, and printers.
ppdc	compiles PPDC source files into one or more PPD files.
ppdhtml	reads a driver information file and produces a HTML summary page that lists all of the drivers in a file and the supported options.
ppdi	imports one or more PPD files into a PPD compiler source file.
ppdmerge	merges two or more PPD files into a single, multi-language PPD file.
ppdpo	extracts UI strings from PPDC source files and updates either a GNU gettext or Mac OS X strings format message catalog source file for translation.
reject	instructs the printing system to reject print jobs to the specified destinations.
`libcups.so`	contains the Cups API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 06:19:11 -0700

cups-filters-1.0.38

Introduction to CUPS Filters

The CUPS Filters package contains backends, filters and other software that was once part of the core CUPS distribution but is no longer maintained by Apple Inc.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.openprinting.org/download/cups-filters/cups-filters-1.0.38.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bf9b6f34b3445ebc16b13cbb0c249ae1
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 0.45 SBU

CUPS Filters Dependencies

Required

Cups-1.6.3, IJS-0.35, Little CMS-2.5, Poppler-0.24.1 and Qpdf-5.0.0

Optional

Avahi-0.6.31, PHP-5.5.3 (use of this might be broken) and acroread

Required (Runtime)

ghostscript-9.10 (Needed for PostScript printers), or Gutenprint-5.2.9 (for supported printers), or other printer drivers

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups-filters

Installation of CUPS Filters

Install CUPS Filters by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                               \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                           \
            --docdir=/usr/share/doc/cups-filters-1.0.38 \
            --without-rcdir                             \
            --with-gs-path=/usr/bin/gs                  \
            --with-pdftops-path=/usr/bin/gs             \
            --disable-avahi                             \
            --disable-static                            &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check 2>&1 >testlog.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

--without-rcdir: This switch disables installation of the bundled bootscript which is not compatible with BLFS.

--with-gs-path=/usr/bin/gs: This switch defines the path to the GhostScript binary in case ghostscript-9.10 is not installed at build time.

--with-pdftops-path=/usr/bin/gs: This switch defines the path to the GhostScript binary in case ghostscript-9.10 is not installed at build time.

--disable-avahi: This switch is required if you have not installed Avahi-0.6.31.

make check 2>&1 >testlog: the testsuite dumps a stream of bytes into the input buffer after it finishes. Sending the output to a file keeps the history usable, but some debug information will still appear on the screen.

--with-test-path=VALUE : if you wish to run the tests, but you do not have the default /usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf use this switch to specify where DejaVuSans.ttf (or perhaps some other text TTF font - untested) is located.

--disable-static: This switch prevents installation of static versions of the libraries.

Installed Programs: ttfread and cups-browsed

Installed Libraries: libcupsfilters.so and libfontembed.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/cupsfilters, /usr/include/fontembed, /usr/share/cups/banners, /usr/share/cups/charsets, /usr/share/doc/cups-filters-1.0.38 and /usr/share/ppd/cups-filters

Short Descriptions

libcupsfilters.so

contains CUPS Filters API functions.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 13:42:29 -0700

ghostscript-9.10

Introduction to Ghostscript

Ghostscript is a versatile processor for PostScript data with the ability to render PostScript to different targets. It used to be part of the cups printing stack, but is no longer used for that.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.ghostscript.com/public/ghostscript-9.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7179bb1ed4f6f453147e6f7e1f210ce8
Download size: 30 MB
Estimated disk space required: 127 MB (includes installing libgs.so, add 5 MB if the fonts are installed)
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (includes building and installing libgs.so)

Additional Downloads

If you wish, you can download additional fonts.

Standard Fonts

Download (FTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6865682b095f8c4500c54b285ff05ef6
Download size: 3.7 MB

Other Fonts

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33457d3f37de7ef03d2eea05a9e6aa4f
Download size: 796 KB

Ghostscript Dependencies

Optional

Cairo-1.12.16, Fontconfig-2.10.93, GTK+-2.24.20, Cups-1.6.3, Little CMS-1.19 (not used by default, nor if lcms2 is present or found), libidn-1.28, X Window System and libpaper

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gs

Installation of Ghostscript

Note

The Ghostscript build system is not user-friendly. In order to use system copies of various graphics libraries, you must do it using unconventional methods.

GPL Ghostscript includes (old) copies of several libraries. Some of these seem to have been patched to fix known vulnerabilities, but others of these copies are less-well maintained. To ensure that any future fixes are applied throughout the whole system, it is recommended that you first install the released versions of these libraries and then configure GPL Ghostscript to link to them.

If you have installed these dependencies on your system, remove the copies of expat, freetype, lcms2, libjpeg, and libpng:

rm -rf expat freetype lcms2 jpeg libpng

Note

If you have a multicore computer and try to run make with multiple jobs (eg, make -j4) then the build may fail due to race conditions in the Ghostscript build system. You can work around that problem by simply running make again (eg, make -j4 || make -j1).

Compile Ghostscript:

rm -rf zlib &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-compile-inits \
 --enable-dynamic --with-system-libtiff &&
make

Note

The shared library depends on GTK+-2.24.20. It is only used in external programs like ImageMagick-6.8.6-9.

To compile the shared library libgs.so, run the following additional command as an unprivileged user:

make so

This package does not come with a test suite. However, you may test the operation of the newly built gs program by issuing the following command (issue from an X Windows terminal):

bin/gs -Ilib -IResource/Init -dBATCH examples/tiger.eps

Now, as the root user:

make install

If you want the shared library too:

make soinstall &&
install -v -m644 base/*.h /usr/include/ghostscript &&
ln -v -s ghostscript /usr/include/ps

Now make the documentation accessible from the normal place:

ln -sfv ../ghostscript/9.10/doc /usr/share/doc/ghostscript-9.10

If you have downloaded any fonts, unpack them to /usr/share/ghostscript and ensure the ownerships of the files are root: root. Substitute <font-tarball> appropriately in the command below for the fonts you wish to install:

tar -xvf ../<font-tarball> -C /usr/share/ghostscript --no-same-owner

Command Explanations

rm -rf zlib: zlib was installed as part of LFS.

--disable-compile-inits: This option makes gs and libgs.so slightly smaller.

--with-system-libtiff: Remove this option if you've not installed LibTIFF-4.0.3.

install -v -m644 base/*.h...: Some packages (ImageMagick is one) need the Ghostscript interface headers in place to link to the shared library. These commands install the headers.

ln -v -s ghostscript /usr/include/ps: Some packages expect to find the interface headers in an alternate location.

ln -sfv ../ghostscript-9.10/doc ...: This puts a symbolic link to the documentation where it is expected to be found.

--disable-cups: this option will save a tiny amount of space by not linking gs and libgs.so to the Cups-1.6.3 libraries if you have installed those.

Installed Programs: bdftops, dvipdf, eps2eps, fixmswrd.pl, font2c, gs, gsbj, gsc (from soinstall), gsdj, gsdj500, gslj, gslp, gsnd, gsx (from soinstall), lprsetup.sh, pdf2dsc, pdf2ps, pf2afm, pfbtopfa, printafm, ps2ascii, ps2epsi, ps2pdf, ps2pdf12, ps2pdf13, ps2pdf14, ps2pdfwr, ps2ps, ps2ps2, pv.sh, unix-lpr.sh, and wftopfa

Installed Library: libgs.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/ghostscript, /usr/lib/ghostscript, /usr/share/ghostscript, and /usr/share/doc/ghostscript-9.10

Short Descriptions

gs	is an interpreter for Adobe Systems' PostScript(tm) and Portable Document Format (PDF).
`libgs.so`	provides Ghostscript functionality to other programs, such as GSView, ImageMagick, and libspectre.

GPL Ghostscript provides many different scripts used to convert PostScript, PDF, and other formats. Please refer to the HTML documentation or the man pages for information about the capabilities provided.

Last updated on 2013-09-12 06:57:32 -0700

Gutenprint-5.2.9

Introduction to Gutenprint

The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) package contains high quality drivers for many brands and models of printers for use with ghostscript-9.10, Cups-1.6.3, Foomatic, and the GIMP-2.0. See a list of supported printers at http://gutenprint.sourceforge.net/p_Supported_Printers.php.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/gimp-print/gutenprint-5.2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: aefbec27b96dd404d9ac9811e17d58ce
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 73 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU

Gutenprint Dependencies

Optional

Foomatic, IJS-0.35

Optional (to Regenerate Documentation)

ImageMagick-6.8.6-9, texlive-20130530, Doxygen-1.8.5, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gutenprint

Installation of Gutenprint

Install Gutenprint by running the following commands:

sed -i 's|$(PACKAGE)/doc|doc/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)|' \
       {,doc/,doc/developer/}Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check. When last tested (version 5.2.7, LFS-7.1, on a uniprocessor box which is admittedly short of memory) this took more than 800 SBUs (more than two days for that box) and used an extra 678 MB of disk space.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.9/api/gutenprint{,ui2} &&
install -v -m644    doc/gutenprint/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.9/api/gutenprint &&
install -v -m644    doc/gutenprintui2/html/* \
                    /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.9/api/gutenprintui2

Command Explanations

sed -i '...' ...Makefile.in: This command is used so that the package documentation is installed in the conventional /usr/share/doc directory structure instead of /usr/share/gutenprint/doc.

--disable-static: This switch prevents the static libraries being installed.

Configuring Gutenprint

Configuration Information

For CUPS to see newly installed print drivers, it has to be restarted (as the root user):

/etc/rc.d/init.d/cups restart

Then point your web browser to http://localhost:631/ to add a new printer to CUPS.

Installed Programs: cups-calibrate, cups-genppd.5.2, cups-genppdupdate, escputil, ijsgutenprint.5.2 (if compiled using ijs), and testpattern

Installed Libraries: libgutenprint.so, libgutenprintui2.so and optionally, various CUPS filters and backend drivers

Installed Directories: /usr/include/gutenprint, /usr/lib/gutenprint, /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.9 and /usr/share/gutenprint

Short Descriptions

cups-calibrate	calibrates the color output of printers using the Gutenprint, CUPS or ESP Print Pro drivers.
escputil	is a command line utility to perform various maintenance tasks on Epson Stylus inkjet printers.
ijsgutenprint.5.2	is a Ghostscript driver for HP inkjet and laserjet printers.

Last updated on 2013-08-25 13:36:37 -0700

Chapter 42. Scanning

This chapter contains scanning applications which allow you to convert printed documents into formatted documents readable by other applications.

SANE-1.0.23

Introduction to SANE

SANE is short for Scanner Access Now Easy. Scanner access; however, is far from easy, since every vendor has their own protocols. The only known protocol that should bring some unity into this chaos is the TWAIN interface, but this is too imprecise to allow a stable scanning framework. Therefore, SANE comes with its own protocol, and the vendor drivers can't be used.

SANE is split into back ends and front ends. The back ends are drivers for the supported scanners and cameras. The front ends are user interfaces to access the backends.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Back Ends Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/sane-backends-1.0.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 979c9dbb23920d04e322be23122c7de7
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 120 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU

Front Ends Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://alioth.debian.org/frs/download.php/file/1140/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
Downlaod MD5 sum: c63bf7b0bb5f530cf3c08715db721cd3
Download size: 231 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

SANE Dependencies

Optional (Back Ends)

Avahi-0.6.31, Cups-1.6.3, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, LibTIFF-4.0.3, libusb-1.0.9, Net-SNMP, libieee1284, libgphoto2, Video4Linux, and texlive-20130530

Optional (Front Ends)

X Window System, GTK+-2.24.20, and Gimp-2.8.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sane

Kernel Configuration

To access your scanner, you will probably need the related kernel drivers and/or additional support packages. A SCSI scanner will need SCSI drivers, a parallel port scanner needs parallel port support (you should use enhanced EPP modes) and perhaps libieee1284, and a USB scanner will need the libusb-1.0.9 package. Ensure you have the necessary drivers properly configured to access the devices.

Installation of SANE

Installation of SANE Back Ends

Note

You may safely disregard any messages printed on the screen when you unpack the tarball.

The SANE daemon should run with its own group. Create this group by issuing the following commands as the root user:

groupadd -g 70 scanner

Note

The user building SANE-backends should be a member of the scanner group before proceeding. After you have added the user building the package to the scanner group, issue the following command to create a new shell:

su $(whoami)

Check the output of the groups command and ensure the user is a member of the scanner group.

For a USB scanner, if you are linking to libusb-1.0.9, include the configure switch --enable-libusb_1_0. Install SANE-backends by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                                    \
            --sysconfdir=/etc                                \
            --localstatedir=/var                             \
            --with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/sane-backend-1.0.23 \
            --with-group=scanner                             &&
make                                                         &&
exit

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                         &&
install -m 644 -v tools/udev/libsane.rules           \
                  /etc/udev/rules.d/65-scanner.rules &&
chgrp -v scanner  /var/lock/sane

With the scanner on, run scanimage -L and the name and location of the device will appear, if the installation was successful.

Installation of SANE Front Ends

The SANE-frontends package includes the graphical frontends xscanimage and xcam, and a command-line frontend scanadf. You don't need this package if you intend to use one of the more advanced graphical frontends like XSane-0.998. For a list of frontend packages, see http://www.sane-project.org/sane-frontends.html.

To install SANE-frontends, use the following commands:

sed -i -e "/SANE_CAP_ALWAYS_SETTABLE/d" src/gtkglue.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/sane.png xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png \
    /usr/share/sane

If GIMP was linked into the build and you wish GIMP to use xscanimage as a scanning plugin, issue the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s ../../../../bin/xscanimage /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins

Note

If the plugin xscanimage is disabled in GIMP's menu, in order to enable it, "create" a blank image using the menu or Ctrl-N. After that, it is enabled.

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc: This switch installs the configuration files in /etc/sane.d instead of /usr/etc/sane.d.

--with-group=scanner: This parameter causes the directory created for the locking files to be group owned by the scanner group instead of the default uucp group.

exit: This command is used to exit the shell created by the su command.

Configuring SANE

Config Files

/etc/sane.d/*.conf

Configuration Information

Backend Configuration

The backend configuration files are located in /etc/sane.d. Information for configuring the various backends can be found by using the man(5) page for the desired backend. Run man sane-<backend>, substituting the desired backend.

Add any desired users to the scanner group.

If you want to access a network scanner, include two lines in net.conf, as root user (make sure to replace <server_ip> by the actual value, below):

cat >> /etc/sane.d/net.conf << "EOF" &&
connect_timeout = 60
<server_ip>
EOF

On the server side, include the client ip in the access list of /etc/sane.d/saned.conf, restart the saned daemon, and make sure the firewall, if any, is open to the client.

Frontend Configuration

If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a xscanimage.desktop file so that xscanimage appears in the panel's menus. As the root user:

mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps}               &&

cat > /usr/share/applications/xscanimage.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=XScanImage - Scanning
Comment=Acquire images from a scanner
Exec=xscanimage
Icon=xscanimage
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=Application;Graphics
EOF

ln -svf ../sane/xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png /usr/share/pixmaps/xscanimage.png

General Information

For general information about configuring and using SANE, see man sane. Linux-2.6.x brings some special issues into the picture. See http://www.sane-project.org/README.linux for information about using SANE with the Linux-2.6.x kernel. For information about USB scanning devices, run man sane-usb. For information about SCSI devices, run man sane-scsi.

Configuration and setup of the 'saned' daemon

The saned daemon is not meant to be used for untrusted clients. You should provide Firewalling protection to ensure only trusted clients access the daemon. Due to the complex security requirements to ensure only trusted clients access the daemon, BLFS does not provide instructions to configure the saned daemon. If you desire to make the daemon available, ensure you provide adequate security, configure your [x]inetd.conf file and send a SIGHUP to the [x]inetd daemon. Some good information for setting up and securing the saned daemon can be found at http://penguin-breeder.org/sane/saned/.

Back Ends:

Installed Programs: gamma4scanimage, sane-config, saned, sane-find-scanner, and scanimage

Installed Libraries: libsane.so and numerous scanner backend modules

Installed Directories: /etc/sane.d, /usr/include/sane, /usr/lib/sane, /usr/share/sane, and /usr/share/doc/sane-1.0.23

Front Ends:

Installed Programs: scanadf, xcam, and xscanimage

Installed Library: GIMP plugin embedded in xscanimage

Installed Directories: None

Short Descriptions

gamma4scanimage	creates a gamma table in the format expected by scanimage.
sane-config	is a tool used to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link SANE.
saned	is the SANE daemon that allows remote clients to access image acquisition devices available on the local host.
sane-find-scanner	is a command-line tool to find SCSI and USB scanners and determine their device files. Its primary purpose is to make sure that scanners can be detected by SANE backends.
scanadf	is a command-line interface to control image acquisition devices which are equipped with an automatic document feeder (ADF).
scanimage	is a command line interface for scanning from image acquisition devices such as flatbed scanners or cameras. It is also used to list the available backend devices.
xcam	is a graphical camera front end for SANE.
xscanimage	is a graphical user interface for scanning.
`libsane.so`	is the application programming interface that is used to communicate between frontends and backends.
`libsane-*.so`	modules are backend scanning library plugins used to interface with scanning devices. See http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html for a list of supported backends.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 16:02:58 -0700

XSane-0.998

Introduction to XSane

XSane is another front end for SANE-1.0.23. It has additional features to improve the image quality and ease of use compared to xscanimage.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp2.sane-project.org/pub/sane/xsane/xsane-0.998.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 936f1cc76b37caa8f285e1e15ac7e0aa
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU

XSane Dependencies

Required

GTK+-2.24.20 and SANE-1.0.23 (back ends)

Optional

LibTIFF-4.0.3, libjpeg-turbo-1.3.0, Little CMS-1.19, and Gimp-2.8.6

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xsane

Installation of XSane

Install XSane by running the following commands:

sed -i -e 's/netscape/xdg-open/'                   src/xsane.h      &&
sed -i -e 's/png_ptr->jmpbuf/png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)/' src/xsane-save.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                                           &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make xsanedocdir=/usr/share/doc/xsane-0.998 install &&
ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.998 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc

If you have not installed xdg-utils-1.1.0-rc1 and have not issued the first sed:

ln -v -s <browser> /usr/bin/netscape

Note

Be sure to replace <browser> with the browser of your choice on your system.

If GIMP is installed, issue the following command as the root user:

ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/

Command Explanations

sed -i -e 's/netscape/xdg-open/' src/xsane.h : This is to use xdg-open for the help documentation, instead of the hardcoded browser.

ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.998 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc: This symlink is created to ensure that any program that looks for the XSane documentation in the default location will find it, as the documentation is installed in an alternate location specified in the make install command.

ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/: This creates a link in the system-wide GIMP plug-ins directory so that users can access XSane directly from GIMP. GIMP must be available before building XSane for this to work. Alternatively, create the link in ~/.gimp-2.0/plug-ins/ to provide individual user access. man xsane for additional information.

Installed Program: xsane

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/doc/xsane-0.998 and /usr/share/sane/xsane

Short Descriptions

xsane

is a graphical user-interface to control an image acquisition device such as a flatbed scanner.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 15:51:57 -0700

Chapter 43. Standard Generalized Markup Language (SGML)

This chapter contains DocBook SGML document type definitions (DTDs), DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets and DocBook tools to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.

sgml-common-0.6.3

Introduction to SGML Common

The SGML Common package contains install-catalog. This is useful for creating and maintaining centralized SGML catalogs.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 103c9828f24820df86e55e7862e28974
Download size: 75 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-common

Installation of SGML Common

Instead of the normal convention of including the autotools files in the package, the maintainers included symlinks to the files in /usr/share/automake. For previous versions of Automake this convention is correct, but recent versions of Automake install the internal files in version specific directories. This causes the configure script to abort. To fix this error, the autotools are regenerated. Since the included Makefile.am file uses a syntax not supported by current versions of Automake, a patch is required to fix the syntax.

patch -Np1 -i ../sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch &&
autoreconf -f -i

Install SGML Common by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
    /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat

Update Hint

Remove the above catalog items prior to upgrading (as the root user) with:

install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
    /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat

Configuring SGML Common

Config Files

/etc/sgml/sgml.conf

Configuration Information

No change in this file is necessary.

Installed Programs: install-catalog and sgmlwhich

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Files: SGML and XML DocBook entity files

Installed Directories: /etc/sgml, /usr/share/doc/sgml-common-0.6.3, and /usr/share/sgml

Short Descriptions

install-catalog	creates a centralized catalog that maintains references to catalogs scattered throughout the `/usr/share/sgml` directory tree.
sgmlwhich	will print to standard output the name of the main configuration file.
`SGML entities files`	contain the basic character entities defined with SDATA entries.
`XML entities files`	contain the basic character entities defined by a hexadecimal representation of the Unicode character number.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

docbook-3.1

Introduction to DocBook SGML DTD

The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/3.1/docbk31.zip
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.kde.org/pub/kde/devel/docbook/SOURCES/docbk31.zip
Download MD5 sum: 432749c0c806dbae81c8bcb70da3b5d3
Download size: 55 KB
Estimated disk space required: 676 KB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

DocBook SGML DTD Dependencies

Required

sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-dtd-3

Installation of DocBook SGML DTD

Note

The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create a directory and change to that directory before unzipping the file to ease the removal of the source files after the package has been installed.

Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:


sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
       -e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' \
       docbook.cat

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
    /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.

sed -i -e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD Docbook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' docbook.cat: This command replaces the DTDDECL catalog entry, which is not supported by Linux SGML tools, with the SGMLDECL catalog entry.

Configuring DocBook SGML DTD

Config Files

/etc/sgml/catalog

Configuration Information

The above installation script updates the catalog.

Using only the most current 3.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the following (perform as the root user):

cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog << "EOF"
  -- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --

PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"

  -- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Files: SGML DTD and MOD files

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1

Short Descriptions

`SGML DTD files`	contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that can be used in the corresponding SGML files.
`SGML MOD files`	contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the `DTD` files.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

docbook-4.5

Introduction to DocBook SGML DTD

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/4.5/docbook-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 07c581f4bbcba6d3aac85360a19f95f7
Download size: 70 KB
Estimated disk space required: 784 KB
Estimated build time: 0.01 SBU

DocBook SGML DTD Dependencies

Required

sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-dtd

Installation of DocBook SGML DTD

Note

Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:

sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
       -e '/gml/d' docbook.cat

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
    /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat

Command Explanations

sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' -e '/gml/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.

Configuring DocBook SGML DTD

Config Files

/etc/sgml/catalog

Configuration Information

The above installation script updates the catalog.

Using only the most current 4.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the following (perform as the root user):

cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog << "EOF"
  -- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --

PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.4//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.3//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"

  -- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Files: SGML DTD and MOD files

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5

Short Descriptions

`SGML DTD files`	contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that can be used in the corresponding SGML files.
`SGML MOD files`	contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the `DTD` files.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

OpenSP-1.5.2

Introduction to OpenSP

The OpenSP package contains a C++ library for using SGML/XML files. This is useful for validating, parsing and manipulating SGML and XML documents.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/OpenSP-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 670b223c5d12cee40c9137be86b6c39b
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU

OpenSP Dependencies

Required

sgml-common-0.6.3

Optional

xmlto-0.0.25

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/opensp

Installation of OpenSP

Install OpenSP by running the following commands:

sed -i 's/32,/253,/' lib/Syntax.cxx &&
sed -i 's/LITLEN          240 /LITLEN          8092/' \
    unicode/{gensyntax.pl,unicode.syn} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                              \
            --disable-static                           \
            --disable-doc-build                        \
            --enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
            --enable-http                              \
            --enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml &&
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2

To test the results, issue: make check. As many as nine of the 23 tests may fail. Do not be alarmed.

Now, as the root user:

make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2 install &&
ln -v -sf onsgmls /usr/bin/nsgmls &&
ln -v -sf osgmlnorm /usr/bin/sgmlnorm &&
ln -v -sf ospam /usr/bin/spam &&
ln -v -sf ospcat /usr/bin/spcat &&
ln -v -sf ospent /usr/bin/spent &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sx &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sgml2xml &&
ln -v -sf libosp.so /usr/lib/libsp.so

Command Explanations

sed -i 's/32,/253,/...unicode.syn}: These seds prevent some annoying messages that may otherwise appear while running openjade.

--disable-static: This switch prevents the building of the static library.

--enable-http: This switch adds support for HTTP.

--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog: This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.

--enable-default-search-path: This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.

--enable-xml-messages: This switch adds support for XML Formatted Messages.

--disable-doc-build: This switch prevents the configure script checking if you have xmlto installed. If you have xmlto, you can remove this option.

make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2: This sets the pkgdatadir variable in the Makefile from /usr/share/OpenSP to /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2.

ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the SP equivalents of OpenSP executables and libraries.

Installed Programs: onsgmls, osgmlnorm, ospam, ospcat, ospent, osx, and the SP equivalent symlinks: nsgmls, sgml2xml, sgmlnorm, spam, spcat, spent, and sx

Installed Library: libosp.so and the SP equivalent symlink: libsp.so

Installed Directories: /usr/include/OpenSP, /usr/share/doc/OpenSP, and /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2

Short Descriptions

onsgmls	is used to process SGML files.
osgmlnorm	prints on the standard output a normalized document instance for the SGML document contained in the concatenation of the entities with system identifiers .nf and .fi.
ospam	is a markup stream editor.
ospcat	prints effective system identifiers found in the catalogs.
ospent	provides access to OpenSP's entity manager.
osx	is an SGML normalizer or used to convert SGML files to XML files.
nsgmls	is a symlink to onsgmls.
sgml2xml	is a symlink to osx.
sgmlnorm	is a symlink to osgmlnorm.
spam	is a symlink to ospam.
spcat	is a symlink to ospcat.
spent	is a symlink to ospent.
sx	is a symlink to osx.
`libosp.so`	contains functions required by the OpenSP programs to parse, validate and manipulate SGML and XML files.
`libsp.so`	is a symlink to `libosp.so`.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

OpenJade-1.3.2

Introduction to OpenJade

The OpenJade package contains a DSSSL engine. This is useful for SGML and XML transformations into RTF, TeX, SGML and XML.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/openjade-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7df692e3186109cc00db6825b777201e
Download size: 880 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU

Additional Download

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/openjade-1.3.2-gcc_4.6-1.patch

OpenJade Dependencies

Required

OpenSP-1.5.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjade

Installation of OpenJade

First fix a compilation problem identified in gcc-4.6 and later:

patch -Np1 -i ../openjade-1.3.2-gcc_4.6-1.patch

Now fix a compilation problem with perl-5.16 and later:

sed -i -e '/getopts/{N;s#&G#g#;s#do .getopts.pl.;##;}' \
       -e '/use POSIX/ause Getopt::Std;' msggen.pl

Install OpenJade by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr                                \
            --enable-http                                \
            --disable-static                             \
            --enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog   \
            --enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml \
            --datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2   &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install                                                   &&
make install-man                                               &&
ln -v -sf openjade /usr/bin/jade                               &&
ln -v -sf libogrove.so /usr/lib/libgrove.so                    &&
ln -v -sf libospgrove.so /usr/lib/libspgrove.so                &&
ln -v -sf libostyle.so /usr/lib/libstyle.so                    &&

install -v -m644 dsssl/catalog /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/ &&

install -v -m644 dsssl/*.{dtd,dsl,sgm}              \
    /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2                             &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat  \
    /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog                     &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat    \
    /etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat

Command Explanations

make install-man: This command installs the openjade man page.

--disable-static: This switch prevents the building of the static library.

--enable-http: This switch adds support for HTTP.

--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog: This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.

--enable-default-search-path: This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.

--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2: This switch puts data files in /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 instead of /usr/share.

ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the Jade equivalents of OpenJade executables and libraries.

Configuring OpenJade

Configuration Information

echo "SYSTEM \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd\" \
    \"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/docbookx.dtd\"" >> \
    /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog

This configuration is only necessary if you intend to use OpenJade to process the BLFS XML files through DSSSL Stylesheets.

Installed Programs: openjade and the Jade equivalent symlink, jade

Installed Libraries: libogrove.so, libospgrove.so, libostyle.so, and the Jade equivalent symlinks: libgrove.so, libspgrove.so, and libstyle.so

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2

Short Descriptions

openjade	is a DSSSL engine used for transformations.
jade	is a symlink to openjade.

Last updated on 2013-08-19 17:03:51 -0700

docbook-dsssl-1.79

Introduction to DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets

The DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets package contains DSSSL stylesheets. These are used by OpenJade or other tools to transform SGML and XML DocBook files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bc192d23266b9a664ca0aba4a7794c7c
Download size: 277 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Documentation and test data

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a7b809a21ab7d2749bb328334c380f2
Download size: 142 KB

DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets Dependencies

Required

sgml-common-0.6.3

Required (to Test the DocBook SGML Toolchain)

docbook-3.1, docbook-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2 and OpenJade-1.3.2

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-dsssl

Installation of DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets

If you downloaded the documentation, run:

tar -xf ../docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1

Install DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 bin/collateindex.pl /usr/bin                      &&
install -v -m644 bin/collateindex.pl.1 /usr/share/man/man1         &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
cp -v -R * /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79          &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/catalog         &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
    /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/common/catalog  &&

install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat              \
    /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat

Command Explanations

The above commands create an installation script for this package.

Testing the DocBook SGML Toolchain (Optional)

The following commands will perform the necessary tests to confirm that your installed DocBook SGML toolchain will produce desired results. You must have the docbook-3.1, docbook-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2 and OpenJade-1.3.2 packages installed and perform the tests as the root user.

All tests will be performed from the /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata directory as the root user:

cd /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata

The first test should produce no output to stdout (your screen) and create a file named jtest.rtf in the current directory:

openjade -t rtf -d jtest.dsl jtest.sgm

The next test should return only the following line to stdout: onsgmls:I: "OpenSP" version "1.5.2"

onsgmls -sv test.sgm

The next test should produce no output to stdout and create a file named test.rtf in the current directory:

openjade -t rtf \
    -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/print/docbook.dsl \
    test.sgm

The last test should produce no output to stdout and create a file named c1.htm in the current directory:

openjade -t sgml \
    -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/html/docbook.dsl \
    test.sgm

Finally, clean up:

rm jtest.rtf test.rtf c1.htm

Installed Program: collateindex.pl

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Files: DSSSL stylesheets

Installed Directory: /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79

Short Descriptions

collateindex.pl

is a Perl script that creates a DocBook index from raw index data.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

DocBook-utils-0.6.14

Introduction to DocBook-utils

The DocBook-utils package is a collection of utility scripts used to convert and analyze SGML documents in general, and DocBook files in particular. The scripts are used to convert from DocBook or other SGML formats into “classical” file formats like HTML, man, info, RTF and many more. There's also a utility to compare two SGML files and only display the differences in markup. This is useful for comparing documents prepared for different languages.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://sources-redhat.mirrors.redwire.net/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://sources.redhat.com/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6b41b18c365c01f225bc417cf632d81c
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.44 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch

DocBook-utils Dependencies

Required

OpenJade-1.3.2, docbook-dsssl-1.79, and docbook-3.1

Optional (Runtime Dependencies Only)

SGMLSpm-1.1 (for conversion to man and texinfo), and Lynx-2.8.8dev.16 or Links-2.7 or w3m-0.5.3 (for conversion to ASCII text)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-utils

Installation of DocBook-utils

Install DocBook-utils by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch &&
sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in                &&
./configure --prefix=/usr                              &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Many packages use an alternate name for the DocBook-utils scripts. If you wish to create these alternate names, use the following command as the root user:

for doctype in html ps dvi man pdf rtf tex texi txt
do
    ln -s docbook2$doctype /usr/bin/db2$doctype
done

Note

The jw script uses the which command to locate required utilities. You must install Which-2.20 before attempting to use any of the DocBook-utils programs.

Command Explanations

patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch: This patch corrects the syntax in the jw (Jade Wrapper) script which is at the heart of much db2* processing, so that the current version of Grep will not reject it.

sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in: This command changes the installation directory of the HTML documents.

Installed Programs: docbook2dvi, docbook2html, docbook2man, docbook2pdf, docbook2ps, docbook2rtf, docbook2tex, docbook2texi, docbook2txt, jw, and sgmldiff

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/doc/docbook-utils-0.6.14 and /usr/share/sgml/docbook/utils-0.6.14

Installed Symlinks: db2dvi, db2html, db2man, db2pdf, db2ps, db2rtf, db2tex, db2texi, and db2txt

Short Descriptions

docbook2*	are simple one-line wrapper scripts to jw. They are provided as easy-to-remember names used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to the respective format.
db2*	are symlinks pointing at the respectively named docbook2* commands, created to satisfy some program's use of these names.
jw	is a script used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to various output formats. It hides most of OpenJade's complexity and adds comfortable features.
sgmldiff	is used to compare two SGML files and only return the differences in the markup. This is especially useful to compare files that should be identical except for language differences in the content.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

Chapter 44. Extensible Markup Language (XML)

This chapter contains the DocBook XML document type definition (DTD) and DocBook Stylesheets which are used to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.

docbook-xml-4.5

Introduction to DocBook XML DTD

The DocBook XML DTD-4.5 package contains document type definitions for verification of XML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.5/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 03083e288e87a7e829e437358da7ef9e
Download size: 96 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

DocBook XML DTD Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.9.1 and UnZip-6.0

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook

Installation of DocBook XML DTD

Note

Install DocBook XML DTD by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5 &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/xml &&
chown -R root:root . &&
cp -v -af docbook.cat *.dtd ent/ *.mod \
    /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5

Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook catalog file by running the following commands as the root user:

if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook ]; then
    xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML CALS Table Model V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/calstblx.dtd" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//DTD XML Exchange Table Model 19990315//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/soextblx.dtd" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Information Pool V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbpoolx.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Document Hierarchy V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbhierx.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML HTML Tables V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/htmltblx.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Notations V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbnotnx.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Character Entities V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbcentx.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Additional General Entities V4.5//EN" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbgenent.mod" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
    /etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
    /etc/xml/docbook

Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/catalog catalog file by running the following commands as the root user:

if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
    xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
    "-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
    "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog

Configuring DocBook XML DTD

Config Files

/etc/xml/catalog, /etc/xml/docbook

Configuration Information

The above installation creates the files and updates the catalogs. In order to install ScrollKeeper or to utilize DocBook XML DTD V4.5 when any version 4.x is requested in the System Identifier, you need to add additional statements to the catalog files. If you have any of the DocBook XML DTD's referenced below already installed on your system, remove those entries from the for command below (issue the commands as the root user):

for DTDVERSION in 4.1.2 4.2 4.3 4.4
do
  xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
    "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V$DTDVERSION//EN" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/docbookx.dtd" \
    /etc/xml/docbook
  xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
    /etc/xml/docbook
  xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
    "file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
    /etc/xml/docbook
  xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog
  xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
    "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
    "file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
    /etc/xml/catalog
done

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Files: DTD, MOD and ENT files

Installed Directories: /etc/xml and /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5

Short Descriptions

`DTD files`	contain a document type definition which defines the element types and the attribute lists that can be used in the corresponding `XML` files.
`MOD files`	files contain components of the document type definition that are sourced into the `DTD` files.
`ENT files`	files contain lists of named character entities allowed in HTML.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

docbook-xsl-1.78.1

Introduction to DocBook XSL Stylesheets

The DocBook XSL Stylesheets package contains XSL stylesheets. These are useful for performing transformations on XML DocBook files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-xsl-1.78.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6dd0f89131cc35bf4f2ed105a1c17771
Download size: 4.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (includes installing optional documentation)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Optional documentation

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-xsl-doc-1.78.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 77b63a06db2db2b692dcb96c2c64dc45
Download size: 1.0 MB

DocBook XSL Stylesheets Dependencies

Required

libxml2-2.9.1

Optional

Ruby-2.0.0 (to utilize the “epub” stylesheets)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-xsl

Installation of DocBook XSL Stylesheets

If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, unpack it with the following command:

tar -xf ../docbook-xsl-doc-1.78.1.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1

BLFS does not install the required packages to run the test suite and provide meaningful results.

Install DocBook XSL Stylesheets by running the following commands as the root user:

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1 &&

cp -v -R VERSION common eclipse epub extensions fo highlighting html \
         htmlhelp images javahelp lib manpages params profiling \
         roundtrip slides template tests tools webhelp website \
         xhtml xhtml-1_1 \
    /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1 &&

ln -s VERSION /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1/VERSION.xsl &&

install -v -m644 -D README \
                    /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.78.1/README.txt &&
install -v -m644    RELEASE-NOTES* NEWS* \
                    /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.78.1

If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, install the documentation by issuing the following command as the root user:

cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.78.1

Configuring DocBook XSL Stylesheets

Config Files

/etc/xml/catalog

Configuration Information

Create (or append) and populate the XML catalog file using the following commands as the root user:

if [ ! -d /etc/xml ]; then install -v -m755 -d /etc/xml; fi &&
if [ ! -f /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
    xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.78.1" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.78.1" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1" \
    /etc/xml/catalog

Occasionally, you may find the need to install other versions of the XSL stylesheets as some projects reference a specific version. One example is BLFS-6.0, which required the 1.67.2 version. In these instances you should install any other required version in its own versioned directory and create catalog entries as follows (substitute the desired version number for <version>):

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
    /etc/xml/catalog &&

xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
           "http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
           "/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
    /etc/xml/catalog

Installed Programs: None

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.78.1 and /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.78.1

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Itstool-1.2.0

Introduction to Itstool

Itstool extracts messages from XML files and outputs PO template files, then merges translations from MO files to create translated XML files. It determines what to translate and how to chunk it into messages using the W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS).

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://files.itstool.org/itstool/itstool-1.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c0925f6869e33af8e7fe56848c129152
Download size: 80 KB
Estimated disk space required: 600 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Itstool Dependencies

Required

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1 and Python-2.7.5

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/itstool

Installation of Itstool

Install Itstool by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Program: itstool

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/itstool

Short Descriptions

itstool

is used to create translated XML files.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

xmlto-0.0.25

Introduction to xmlto

The xmlto is a front-end to an XSL toolchain. It chooses an appropriate stylesheet for the conversion you want and applies it using an external XSL-T processor. It also performs any necessary post-processing.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): https://fedorahosted.org/releases/x/m/xmlto/xmlto-0.0.25.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6b6267b1470f8571fe5f63a128970364
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

xmlto Dependencies

Required

docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.78.1, and libxslt-1.1.28

Optional (for DVI, PDF, and postscript backend post-processing)

dblatex, PassiveTeX, and fop-1.1

Optional (for text backend post-processing)

One of w3m-0.5.3, Links-2.7, or Lynx-2.8.8dev.16

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xmlto

Installation of xmlto

Install xmlto by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Installed Programs: xmlif and xmlto

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/xmlto

Short Descriptions

xmlif	is a conditional processing instructions for XML.
xmlto	applies an XSL stylesheet to an XML document.

Last updated on 2013-08-17 21:37:04 -0700

Chapter 45. PostScript

This chapter includes applications that create, manipulate or view PostScript files and create or view Portable Document Format PDF files.

a2ps-4.14

Introduction to a2ps

a2ps is a filter utilized mainly in the background and primarily by printing scripts to convert almost every input format into PostScript output. The application's name expands appropriately to “all to PostScript”.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Caution

a2ps cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8 instead of a2ps for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 781ac3d9b213fa3e1ed0d79f986dc8c7
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU

Additional Downloads

International fonts: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/conglomeration/i18n-fonts/i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.bz2

a2ps Dependencies

Required

Gperf-3.0.4

Optional

X Window System, texlive-20130530, ghostscript-9.10, libpaper, Adobe Reader, and Ghostview

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/A2PS

Installation of a2ps

Install a2ps by running the following commands:

autoconf &&
sed -i -e "s/GPERF --version |/& head -n 1 |/" \
       -e "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure &&

./configure --prefix=/usr  \
    --sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps \
    --enable-shared        \
    --with-medium=letter   &&
make                       &&
touch doc/*.info

To test the results, issue: make check. The printers.tst test will fail, as there is no default test printer. The styles.tst may also fail, as the tests report some inconsistencies between the generated postscript and the reference sets. This is caused by version number differences between the postscript test files and those generated by the tests — these do not affect the operation of the program and can be ignored.

Now, as the root user:

make install

If desired, install the downloaded i18n-fonts by running the following commands as the root user:

tar -xf ../i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.bz2 &&
cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/fonts/* /usr/share/a2ps/fonts &&
cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/afm/* /usr/share/a2ps/afm &&
cd /usr/share/a2ps/afm &&
./make_fonts_map.sh &&
mv fonts.map.new fonts.map

Command Explanations

autoconf: This command is used to recreate the configure script. This is required because there is an issue in the mktime test which causes the configure script to hang for 60 seconds and then report that there is no working mktime function.

sed -i "s/GPERF --version |/& head -n 1 |/" configure: This fixes a bug in the handling of the version output of gperf.

sed -i "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure: This command modifies the configure script to search for Ghostscript fonts at the location where they were installed by the BLFS instructions.

--sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps: Configuration data is installed in /etc/a2ps instead of /usr/etc.

--enable-shared: This switch enables building the dynamic liba2ps library.

--with-medium=letter: This switch changes the default paper format to US letter. It can either be given here or set in /etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg after installation. The default is A4, but there are several other options, in particular: A4dj or letterdj are good settings for HP Deskjet and other printers that need wider paper-handling margins. See /etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg after installation.

touch doc/*.info: This command avoids trying to regenerate the info files. This is an older package and the current .texi files will produce errors preventing make install from working properly.

Configuring a2ps

Config Files

/etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg, /etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg

Configuration Information

Information about configuring a2ps can be found in the comments contained in the above files, and also by running info a2ps.

Installed Programs: a2ps, card, composeglyphs, fixnt, fixps, ogonkify, pdiff, psmandup, psset, and texi2dvi4a2ps

Installed Libraries: liba2ps.{so,a} and filter data

Installed Directories: /etc/a2ps and /usr/share/a2ps

Short Descriptions

a2ps	is a filter, utilized primarily by printing scripts, that converts standard input or supported files to PostScript.
card	prints a reference card of a given program's options.
composeglyphs	creates a composite font program.
fixnt	is supposed to fix the problems in the PostScript files generated by the Microsoft PostScript driver under Windows NT (3.5 and 4.0).
fixps	tries to fix common PostScript problems that break postprocessing.
ogonkify	provides international support for Postscript by performing various munging of PostScript files related to printing in different languages.
pdiff	produces a pretty comparison between files.
psmandup	tries to produce a version of a given PostScript file to print in manual duplex.
psset	produces a version of a given PostScript file with a protected call to the PostScript operator 'setpagedevice'. Typical use is making a file print duplex, or on the manual tray, etc.
texi2dvi4a2ps	compiles Texinfo and LaTeX files to DVI or PDF

Last updated on 2013-09-02 11:10:49 -0700

Enscript-1.6.6

Introduction to Enscript

Enscript converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Caution

Enscript cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8, instead of Enscript, for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/enscript/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirror.ovh.net/gentoo-distfiles/distfiles/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3acc242b829adacabcaf28533f049afd
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Enscript

Installation of Enscript

Install Enscript by running the following commands:

./configure --prefix=/usr              \
            --sysconfdir=/etc/enscript \
            --localstatedir=/var       \
            --with-media=Letter &&
make &&

pushd docs &&
  makeinfo --plaintext -o enscript.txt enscript.texi &&
popd

If you have texlive-20130530 installed, you can create Postscript and PDF documentation by issuing: make -C docs ps pdf.

To test the results, issue: make check.

Now, as the root user:

make install &&

install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6 &&
install -v -m644    README* *.txt docs/*.txt \
                    /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6

If you built Postscript and PDF documentation, install it using the following command as the root user:

install -v -m644 docs/*.{dvi,pdf,ps} \
                 /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6

Command Explanations

--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript: This switch puts configuration data in /etc/enscript instead of /usr/etc.

--localstatedir=/var: This switch sets the directory for runtime data to /var instead of /usr/var.

--with-media=Letter: This switch sets the medium format to letter size instead of the A4 default.

Installed Programs: diffpp, enscript, mkafmmap, over, sliceprint, and states

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /etc/enscript, /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6, and /usr/share/enscript

Short Descriptions

diffpp	converts diff output files to a format suitable to be printed with enscript.
enscript	is a filter, used primarily by printing scripts, that converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.
mkafmmap	creates a font map from a given file.
over	is a script which calls enscript and passes the correct parameters to create overstriked fonts.
sliceprint	slices documents with long lines.
states	is an awk-like text processing tool with some state machine extensions. It is designed for program source code highlighting and for similar tasks where state information helps input processing.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 11:10:49 -0700

PSUtils-p17

Introduction to PSUtils

PSUtils is a set of utilities to manipulate PostScript files.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.knackered.org/pub/psutils/psutils-p17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b161522f3bd1507655326afa7db4a0ad
Download size: 68 KB
Estimated disk space required: 740 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/psutils

Installation of PSUtils

Install PSUtils by running the following commands:

sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g' Makefile.unix > Makefile &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g' Makefile.unix > Makefile: This command creates a Makefile that installs the program to the /usr prefix instead of the /usr/local prefix.

Installed Programs: epsffit, extractres, fixdlsrps, fixfmps, fixmacps, fixpsditps, fixpspps, fixscribeps, fixtpps, fixwfwps, fixwpps, fixwwps, getafm, includeres, psbook, psmerge, psnup, psresize, psselect, pstops, and showchar

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directories: /usr/share/psutils

Sometimes psnup and other utilities from this package produce PostScript files that don't conform to Adobe's DSC standard. CUPS may print them incorrectly. On the other hand, CUPS has builtin replacements for most commands from this package. For example, to print a document 2-up, you can issue this command:

lp -o number-up=2 <filename>

Short Descriptions

epsffit	fits an EPSF file to a given bounding box.
psbook	rearranges pages into signatures.
psnup	puts multiple pages per physical sheet of paper.
psresize	alters the document paper size.
psselect	selects pages and page ranges.
pstops	performs general page rearrangements and selection.
scripts	the remaining commands are scripts that perform specific functions described in their respective man pages.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 11:10:49 -0700

ePDFView-0.1.8

Introduction to ePDFView

ePDFView is a free standalone lightweight PDF document viewer using Poppler and GTK+ libraries. It is a good replacement for Evince as it does not rely upon GNOME libraries.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/sources/BLFS/conglomeration/epdfview/epdfview-0.1.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e50285b01612169b2594fea375f53ae4
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/svn/epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-1.patch

ePDFView Dependencies

Required

Poppler-0.24.1 and GTK+-2.24.20

Optional

Cups-1.6.3

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/epdfview

Installation of ePDFView

Install ePDFView by running the following commands:

patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make

This package does not come with a test suite.

Now, as the root user:

make install

Command Explanations

patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-1.patch The patch does three things: fixes compiling with glib-2.32 or greater, corrects red appearing as blue with recent versions of poppler, and allows the application to compile when Cups-1.6.3 has been installed.

Installed Program: epdfview

Installed Libraries: None

Installed Directory: /usr/share/epdfview

Short Descriptions

epdfview

is a Gtk+-2 program for viewing PDF documents.

Last updated on 2013-09-05 10:04:34 -0700

fop-1.1

Introduction to fop

The FOP (Formatting Objects Processor) package contains a print formatter driven by XSL formatting objects (XSL-FO). It is a Java application that reads a formatting object tree and renders the resulting pages to a specified output. Output formats currently supported include PDF, PCL, PostScript, SVG, XML (area tree representation), print, AWT, MIF and ASCII text. The primary output target is PDF.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://archive.apache.org/dist/xmlgraphics/fop/source/fop-1.1-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7b63af514b28c06fe710a794cbf4d68e
Download size: 23 MB
Estimated disk space required: 206 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU

Additional Downloads

Required packages

Java Advanced Imaging (JAI) API components (architecture dependent):
http://download.java.net/media/jai/builds/release/1_1_3/jai-1_1_3-lib-linux-i586.tar.gz
a2cbc155ef3899bcde9c74a8035764b3
3.4 MB

or

http://download.java.net/media/jai/builds/release/1_1_3/jai-1_1_3-lib-linux-amd64.tar.gz
4a906db35612f668aeef2c0606d7075b
3.4 MB

fop Dependencies

Required

Xorg-7.7 and apache-ant-1.9.2

Optional

JUnit-4.11 (to run tests), JIMI SDK, XMLUnit, JAI Image I/O Tools, JEuclid, PMD (requires Jaxen), and Forrest (Forrest used only to build the documentation)

User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fop

Installation of fop

Important

You must run this installation from an X-window using a GL-aware Xorg server or some of the JUnit tests will hang.

Ensure $JAVA_HOME is set correctly before beginning the build. To build the JIMI SDK and/or XMLUnit extension classes, ensure the corresponding .jar files can be found via the CLASSPATH environment variable.

Installing Java Advanced Imaging (JAI) API components

Next install the JAI API components. As the root user:

case `uname -m` in
  i?86)
    tar -xf ../jai-1_1_3-lib-linux-i586.tar.gz
    cp -v jai-1_1_3/lib/{jai*,mlibwrapper_jai.jar} $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext/
    cp -v jai-1_1_3/lib/libmlib_jai.so             $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/i386/
    ;;

  x86_64)
    tar -xf ../jai-1_1_3-lib-linux-amd64.tar.gz
    cp -v jai-1_1_3/lib/{jai*,mlibwrapper_jai.jar} $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/ext/
    cp -v jai-1_1_3/lib/libmlib_jai.so             $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/amd64/
    ;;
esac

Installing fop Components

Compile fop by running the following commands:

ant compile &&
ant jar-main &&
ant javadocs &&
mv build/javadocs .

If Forrest is installed, build the full set of documentation:

ant docs

To test the application run ant junit-all. The hyphenation tests will fail. To see a list of other test targets, use ant -p.

Now, as the root user:

install -v -d -m755                                     /opt/fop-1.1 &&
cp -v  KEYS LICENSE NOTICE README                       /opt/fop-1.1 &&
cp -va build conf examples fop* javadocs lib status.xml /opt/fop-1.1 &&

ln -v -sf fop-1.1 /opt/fop

Command Explanations

ant target: This reads the file build.xml and builds the target files.

ln -v -sf fop-1.1 /opt/fop: This is optional and creates a convenience symlink so that $FOP_HOME doesn't have to be changed each time there's a package version change.

Configuring fop

Config Files

~/.foprc

Configuration Information

Using fop to process some large FO's (including the FO derived from the BLFS XML sources), can lead to memory errors. Unless you add a parameter to the java command used in the fop script you may receive messages similar to the one shown below:

Exception in thread "main" java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap space

To avoid errors like this, you need to pass an extra parameter to the java command used in the fop script. This can be accomplished by creating a ~/.foprc (which is sourced by the fop script) and adding the parameter to the FOP_OPTS environment variable.

The fop script looks for a FOP_HOME environment variable to locate the fop class libraries. You can create this variable using the ~/.foprc file as well. Create a ~/.foprc file using the following commands:

cat > ~/.foprc << "EOF"
FOP_OPTS="-Xmx<RAM_Installed>m"
FOP_HOME="/opt/fop"
EOF

Replace <RAM_Installed> with a number representing the amount of RAM installed in your computer (in megabytes). An example would be FOP_OPTS="-Xmx768m". For more information about memory issues running fop, see http://xml.apache.org/fop/running.html#memory.

To include the fop script in your path, update your personal or system-wide profile with the following:

PATH=$PATH:/opt/fop

Note

Running fop can be somewhat verbose. The default logging level can be changed from INFO to any of FINEST, FINER, FINE, CONFIG, INFO, WARNING, SEVERE, ALL, or OFF. To do this, edit $JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/logging.properties and change the entries for .leval and java.util.logging.ConsoleHandler.level to the desired value.

Installed Programs: fop

Installed Libraries: fop.jar and numerous support library classes located in /opt/fop/{build,lib}; JAI components include libmlib_jai.so, jai_codec.jar, jai_core.jar, and mlibwrapper_jai.jar

Installed Directory: /opt/fop-1.1

Short Descriptions

fop	is a wrapper script to the java command which sets up the fop environment and passes the required parameters.
`fop.jar`	contains all the fop Java classes.

Last updated on 2013-09-02 11:10:49 -0700

paps-0.6.8

Introduction to paps

paps is a text to PostScript converter that works through Pango. Its input is a UTF-8 encoded text file and it outputs vectorized PostScript. It may be used for printing any complex script supported by Pango.

This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-7.4 platform.

Package Information

Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/paps/paps-0.6.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e9508132bf27609bf2fded2bfd9cb3f1
Download size: 460 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU

paps Dependencies

Required

Pango-1.34.1

Optional